Engineering Materials

Upendra Kumar Editor

Defects
Engineering in
Electroceramics
for Energy
Applications
Engineering Materials
This series provides topical information on innovative, structural and functional
materials and composites with applications in optical, electrical, mechanical, civil,
aeronautical, medical, bio- and nano-engineering. The individual volumes are
complete, comprehensive monographs covering the structure, properties, manufac-
turing process and applications of these materials. This multidisciplinary series is
devoted to professionals, students and all those interested in the latest developments
in the Materials Science field, that look for a carefully selected collection of high
quality review articles on their respective field of expertise.
Indexed at Compendex (2021) and Scopus (2022)
Upendra Kumar
Editor

Defects Engineering
in Electroceramics
for Energy Applications
Editor
Upendra Kumar
Department of Applied Sciences
Indian Institute of Information Technology
Allahabad
Prayagraj, Uttar Pradesh, India

ISSN 1612-1317 ISSN 1868-1212 (electronic)

Engineering Materials
ISBN 978-981-97-9017-3 ISBN 978-981-97-9018-0 (eBook)
[Link]

© The Editor(s) (if applicable) and The Author(s), under exclusive license to Springer Nature
Singapore Pte Ltd. 2024

This work is subject to copyright. All rights are solely and exclusively licensed by the Publisher, whether
the whole or part of the material is concerned, specifically the rights of translation, reprinting, reuse
of illustrations, recitation, broadcasting, reproduction on microfilms or in any other physical way, and
transmission or information storage and retrieval, electronic adaptation, computer software, or by similar
or dissimilar methodology now known or hereafter developed.
The use of general descriptive names, registered names, trademarks, service marks, etc. in this publication
does not imply, even in the absence of a specific statement, that such names are exempt from the relevant
protective laws and regulations and therefore free for general use.
The publisher, the authors and the editors are safe to assume that the advice and information in this book
are believed to be true and accurate at the date of publication. Neither the publisher nor the authors or
the editors give a warranty, expressed or implied, with respect to the material contained herein or for any
errors or omissions that may have been made. The publisher remains neutral with regard to jurisdictional
claims in published maps and institutional affiliations.

This Springer imprint is published by the registered company Springer Nature Singapore Pte Ltd.
The registered company address is: 152 Beach Road, #21-01/04 Gateway East, Singapore 189721,
Singapore

If disposing of this product, please recycle the paper.

Contents

Fundamentals of Solid-State Physics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

V. J. Usha Praveena and Shikha Chander
Defects in Electroceramics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
B. Shivaleela and S. M. Hanagodimaht
Preparation of Ceramics: Different Approaches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Gobinath Velu Kaliyannan, Rajasekar Rathanasamy,
Raja Gunasekaran, Santhosh Sivaraj, Suganeswaran Kandasamy,
and Subha Krishna Rao
Emerging Strategies for Electroceramic Preparation:
Contemporary Methods and Novel Techniques . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Nisha Shankhwar, Pinki Singh, Jewel Thomas, Maya Rajnarayan Ray,
and Satyendra Singh
Foundations of Ceramic Synthesis: Processes, Principles,
and Potential Biomedical Prospects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Shagun Varshney, Abhishek Nigam, and Nidhi Mishra
Thin Film Preparation of Electro Ceramics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Suganeswaran Kandasamy, Gobinath Velu Kaliyannan,
Raja Gunasekaran, Parameshwaran Rathinasamy,
Nithyavathya Nagarajan, and Santhosh Sivaraj
Fundamental Characterization Techniques: Impedance
and Modulus Spectroscopy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Uma Sharma, Vani Pawar, and Prabhakar Singh
Defect Engineering for Tailoring Thermoelectric Properties
of Electroceramics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Rajan Walia, Yogendra K. Gautam, Sagar Vikal, Ashwani Kumar,
Paritosh Dubey, and Prashant Shahi

v
vi Contents

Role of Electroceramics in Renewable Energy Technologies . . . . . . . . . . . 227

Pinki Singh, Nisha Shankhwar, and Satyendra Singh
Structural Perspective on Multifunctional Oxide Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
Harshit Agarwal
Langmuir–Blodgett Films: A Unique Approach Towards
Monomolecular Assemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
Subrata Deb and Gautam Chel
Bioactive Glass for Biomedical Application: An Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
Sushma Yadav, Dharmendra Yadav, Pravin Kumar,
Ashishkumar Yadav, Gurudeo Nirala, and Sandeep Yadav
Bulk Metallic Glasses: Effect of Various Temperatures with Nature
of Constituent Elements in Zr-Al/Ti-Ni-Cu BMGs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329
Patel Ram Suthar
Microwave Dielectric Properties of Electroceramics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351
Priyambada Mallick, Snehasish Mishra, Nusrat Fatma, Dipan Ku Das,
Srikanta Moharana, and Santosh Kumar Satpathy
Microwave Dielectric Resonator Antenna Using Electroceramics-
A Perspective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371
Pankaj Tripathi and Preeti Kumari
Electroceramics-Based Materials for Sensor Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 409
Durvesh Gautam, Ashwani Kumar, and Yogendra K. Gautam
Piezoelectric, Pyroelectric, and Dielectric Properties of PZT:
Nylon 11 and Graphite Doped PZT: Nylon11 Composites . . . . . . . . . . . . . 429
Avadhesh Sharma, Minakshi Sharma, and Varsha Yadav
Pyroelectric Properties of Electroceramics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 447
Priyambada Mallick, Manoj Ku Panda, Subhashree Lopamudra,
Dipan Ku Das, Srikanta Moharana, and Santosh Kumar Satpathy
Hexaferrite Composite-Based Materials: Potential Applications . . . . . . . . 473
Raphael Victor Barros Campos, Marcelo Antonio Santos da Silva,
Juscelino Chaves Sales, Stephen Rathinaraj Benjamin,
and Antonio Sergio Bezerra Sombra
Future Perspectives of Electroceramics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 495
Dipan Kumar Das, Priyambada Mallick, Siddharth Parthasarathy,
Srikanta Moharana Santosh Kumar Satpathy, and Padmaja Patnaik
Fundamentals of Solid-State Physics

V. J. Usha Praveena and Shikha Chander

Abstract Solid-state physics is the branch of physics that offers the widest range of
phenomena for the application of both classical and quantum physics on macroscopic,
microscopic, and atomic scales. Matter exists either in a solid state or a fluid state,
and fluid is subdivided into liquid and gaseous states. In modern concept it is divided
into condensed or gaseous states. Moreover, condensed matter is subdivided into the
solid and liquid states. From the present point of view, these solids are conveniently
divided into three classes (1) Crystalline, (2) Semi-crystalline (polycrystalline), and
(3) Non-crystalline (Amorphous). Technology has benefited tremendously from the
development of solid-state research. In general, instrumentation and measurement
techniques incline heavily on methods and gadgetry initially developed for pure
solid-state research. Today, much of technology is based on applying stable state
phenomena. If that’s what it is, then industrial physicists and material scientists
should have some idea of the basic origin of these phenomena. Only this way can
they expect to follow and direct the development of new materials and techniques. We
can specifically mention the factors controlling the mechanical strength and stability
of solids and the electrical and magnetic properties of solids. The present chapter,
“Fundamentals of Solid-State Physics,” is planned with the following sequence of
topics. We’ve already realized that solid-state physics includes a wide spectrum
of subjects and materials, which is why one can choose more specific topics, for
example, in terms of taste or professional experience. Nonetheless, they are funda-
mental and technical elements of magnetic and dielectric phenomena that demand to
be included. Similarly, the surprising phenomena of superconductivity and unique
theoretical interpretation justify its inclusion. This chapter also presents the current
research developments in which major advances are still being made.

Keywords Crystalline solids · Condensed matter · Instrumentation ·

Superconductivity

V. J. U. Praveena (B)
Department of Physics, St. Francis College for Women, Begumpet, Hyderabad 500016, India
e-mail: [Link]@[Link]
S. Chander
Department of Chemistry, St. Francis College for Women, Begumpet, Hyderabad 500016, India

© The Author(s), under exclusive license to Springer Nature Singapore Pte Ltd. 2024 1
U. Kumar (ed.), Defects Engineering in Electroceramics for Energy Applications,
Engineering Materials, [Link]
2 V. J. U. Praveena and S. Chander

1 Introduction

Electroceramics are a group of materials, with electrical characteristics that are essen-
tial for various electronic devices and systems. These materials can control charges,
fields and currents typically reacting to factors like temperature, pressure or electro-
magnetic fields. The exploration of electroceramics is closely linked to solid state
physics, which offers insights, into how they work and how to design them effec-
tively. Researchers can refine materials by delving into their atomic and electronic
structures. This can lead to advancements in fields such, as electronics, telecom-
munications, energy conversion and more. Understanding electroceramics at a level
requires exploring the concepts of solid state physics.
‘Solid state physics is the branch of Physics which offers widest range of
phenomena for the application of both classical and quantum physics, on macro-
scopic, microscopic and atomic scales’. Matter exists either in solid state and fluid
state and fluid subdivided in to liquid and gaseous state. In modern concept it is
divided into condensed or gaseous states. Moreover, condensed matter is subdivided
in to the solid and liquid states. From the present point of view, these solids are
conveniently divided in to three classes as (1) Crystalline (2) Semi crystalline (poly
crystalline) and (3) Non crystalline (Amorphous).
The advances in solid-state research have greatly benefited technology. Generally
speaking, instruments and quantifying techniques bank on techniques and devices
originally created for pure solid-state explore. The use of stable state phenomena
is the foundation for a significant portion of modern technology. If that’s the case,
material scientists and industrial physicists ought to be aware of the fundamental
causes of these phenomena. They can only hope to oversee and follow the creation
of novel materials and methods in this manner. We can specifically list the elements
governing a solid’s electrical and magnetic properties, as well as its mechanical
strength and stability [1, 2].
Present chapter “Fundamentals of Solid-State Physics” is planned with following
sequence of topics. Since solid state physics covers widespread of topics and mate-
rials—as we’ve already established—one can select more specialized subjects based
on factors like personal preference or professional background. However, they must
be included because they are an essential and technical component of magnetic and
dielectric phenomena. In a similar vein, superconductivity’s unexpected phenomena
and original theoretical explanation support its inclusion. Additionally, the current
state of research is presented in this chapter, where significant advancements are still
being made.
Solid state phenomena have played a major role in the historical development,
regardless of whether interest is focused on fundamental understanding or for exercise
of materials. Hence, existence of super conductivity and magnetism piques scien-
tist’s interests and captures the imagination of electrical engineers. To comprehend
solid state phenomena, problems must be made as simple as feasible. Studying pure
metals, alloys, or simple compounds is necessary. However, material scientists who
want to exploit solid-state phenomena for practical purposes rarely discover that pure
Fundamentals of Solid-State Physics 3

Fig. 1 Block diagram demonstrating materials synthesis

elements are suitable in and of themselves. Instead, they must either develop or create
through trial-and-error compounds that, due to their affordability and performance,
may meet practical needs. We use a straightforward block diagram to illustrate these
two points. Understanding the characteristics of common matter that we encounter
in our daily lives is some of the main benefits of delving deeper in to solid state
physics. Understanding the qualities of a material, including its structural, mechan-
ical, thermal, electrical, magnetic, and dielectric characteristics, is made easier by a
basic understanding of solid state physics (Fig. 1).
It describes the distinctions between copper and mercury. The unique qualities of
silicon that contribute to its significance in semiconductor technology. We perform
real experiments using typical bulk stuff. Ordinary bulk matter also tends to be
polycrystalline, meaning that it is made up of aggregates of tiny crystals known
as “grains.“ The characteristics of grains or crystallites greatly influence their size,
shape, and orientation. Bulk matter’s polycrystalline nature is frequently detrimental.
It is therefore necessary to create large single crystals of metals, alloys, compounds,
and salts. In the last 45 years, output has increased significantly at a rapid pace.
They can be grown using multiple specialized methods, and scores of compounds
are sold commercially as monocrystals. In technical applications as well, these single
crystals are frequently required. We will highlight the necessity of doing comparative
research in solid state physics and in the creation of new technologies based on their
inherent characteristics. Atoms and molecules make up all materials. The regular
arrangement of atoms within crystals is what sets them apart from non-crystals. ‘A
lattice is a collection of points connected by the lattice translation operator T = n1 a
+ n2 b + n3 c, where a, b, and c are referred to as primitives and n1 , n2 and n3 are
integers’. We must affix an identical basis of n atoms to each lattice point in order
4 V. J. U. Praveena and S. Chander

to form a crystal. For the minimum cell volume [axbxc], the axes a, b, and c are
primitive, meaning that the crystal structure can be built using a lattice translation
operator T and a basis at each lattice point. Using a conventional cell that is an integral
multiple of a primitive cell’s volume to describe a crystal is always convenient. The
indices (hkl) represent a plane in the crystal, and [n1 n2 n3 ] represents a direction.
The BCC, FCC, diamond, NaCl, CsCl, and ZnS crystal structures are examples of
significant simple crystal structures [3, 4].
Van der Waals interaction binds inert gas atom crystals and its strength changes
with distance as R16 . The primary causes of the repulsive interaction between atoms are
electrostatic repulsion of overlapping charge distributions and overlapping electrons
with parallel spin to enter orbitals with higher energy. The overlap of anti-parallel
electron charge distributions in a polymer is what defines a covalent bond; this allows
for a higher degree of overlap and lessens the contribution to repulsion for anti-
parallel spins. Through electrostatic attraction, the overlapping electrons bind the
ion path they are associated with. The primary factor binding metals is the decrease
in valence electron kinetic energy within the metal relative to the free atom.
Understanding the workings of crystals, in materials is crucial for progressing
research in creating materials that have potential applications, across different tech-
nological sectors which can be achieved by X ray diffraction. It also provides insights
about the properties of different materials such as determining crystal structure identi-
fying phases, analysing defects characterizing texture and tracking changes in struc-
ture. The detailed structural information it offers is key to progressing research,
development and production of materials.

2 X-Ray Diffraction

As discussed, X-ray diffraction experiments can reveal information about the crystal
structure. Bragg’s law, which states that “nλ = 2dsinθ,” serves as the foundation for
three techniques that identify crystal structures illustrated in Fig. 2.

Fig. 2 X-ray diffraction

from solids [5]
Fundamentals of Solid-State Physics 5

1. Laue method: An X-ray beam with a constant wavelength is used to hold a single
crystal still. The crystal separates and diffracts the discrete values of “λ” that
satisfy Bragg’s law by having planes with spacing “d” and incidence angle “θ”
that match.
2. Rotating crystal method: A monochromatic beam of X-ray rotates a mono crystal
around a fixed axis. Different atomic planes are brought into position for reflection
by variations in θ.
3. Powder method or Debye–Scherrer method: A crystalline material sample that
has been powdered is fixed in place within a monochromatic beam. There might
be some crystalline orientations in the distribution where the angle of incidence
satisfies Bragg’s law.

Of course, the three methods mentioned above are used in the current research
with some modifications. The Laue method can be used to quickly determine the
orientation and symmetry of crystals as well as to measure how much crystalline
imperfection is present after heat and mechanical treatment. When a single crystal
specimen is available, the rotating crystal method works best for determining the
structure. Because the Powder method does not require a single crystal, it is used in
metallurgical and applied work.
Scintillation counters or proportional counters are employed in diffractometers,
which are modern instruments, to detect diffracted radiation. These techniques make
it possible to gather data automatically and are still more beneficial when studying
dislocation or the location of interstitial ions within a single crystal.
With exception of scattering mechanism, the same physical principles that govern
X-ray diffraction also govern electron diffraction in neutron beams. Positive nucleus
and outer electrons of an atom produce a strong potential that scatters electrons. This
potential is orders of magnitude stronger than that of X-rays, and diffracted beams
can be easily sighted by photographic plates or seen in fluorescent screen pictures.
To produce monochromatic radiation, the accelerating voltage needs to be carefully
stabilized, and the wavelength can be changed continuously in theory. The electron
beams can only exist in a high vacuum and require the use of magnetic or electrostatic
lenses. Moreover, specimens used in transmission experiments need to be extremely
thin due to their strong absorption by matter. Studying bulk specimens at glancing
incidence is done by reflection. The study of surfaces benefits greatly from electron
diffraction, which is frequently thought to originate from two-dimensional structures.
Research reactor moderators contain a large concentration of thermally energetic
neutrons (about 60 °C), and recently, reactors have been constructed specifically
to produce powerful neutron beams. Maxwell’s law states that both the energies
of neutrons and molecules in a gas are distributed. The equivalent wavelengths,
which are approximately 1.55 A° and 1.33 A°, respectively, correlating to the RMS
velocities of neutron gas at 0 and 100 °C, are ideal for crystal diffraction. In a large
crystal, Bragg reflection from a selected family of planes selects an appropriate
wavelength band. This monochromatic beam can be used to examine single crystals
or with a powder sample and a Bragg spectrometer.
6 V. J. U. Praveena and S. Chander

Unlike the case of atoms scattering X-rays, the neutron scattering length does not
regularly vary across the periodic table. Atoms are capable of equally intense scat-
tering as heavy ones. Neutron scattering can divulge the sequence structures of alloys
such as Carbonyl zinc or Iron carbonate, which are not visible with X-ray scattering.
Neutron diffraction is therefore suitable for studying compounds containing both
light and heavy elements. Different isotopes of a particular element scatter variantly,
which makes sense since scattering involves the formation of an unstable compound
nucleus. The neutron can interact with magnetic atoms, or those with a net elec-
tron spin, because it also has a magnetic moment. This enables the identification of
magnetic structures with varying degrees of complexity.
Since an atom’s magnetic moment originates in its electrons, magnetic scattering
follows the same general angular dependence as X-rays.
Not all solids have to be crystalline. Additionally, they can be obtained as glasses
or as non-crystalline, amorphous aggregates with a meaningful scale which implies
that no translation symmetry and no long-range correlation between atom positions is
observed. Depending on the kind of bond that forms, there may be short range order
over distances equivalent to few atomic spacings. The level of ordering will vary.
One accurate description of amorphous metals is haphazardly densely packed struc-
tures. Additionally, simple liquids—that is, liquids made up of separate, comparable
atoms—do not exhibit translational symmetry. It is impossible to describe in terms of
unit cells or other geometric concepts when there is no symmetry. The atoms’ relative
positions are always shifting in the liquid’s dynamic equilibrium. Amorphous solids
have drawn increasing attention in the past few years. The amorphous state can be
obtained for alloys and even for some pure metals. Certain metals, such as gallium or
beryllium, “freeze” as their atoms strike the substrate and form an ordered structure
when they evaporate on very cold substrates, around 2 K. Crystalline order can also be
destroyed by ion bombardment. Even at room temperature, many covalently bonded
materials remain stable in their amorphous form. The ability to produce metallic
alloy glasses through extremely rapid cooling is a relatively recent development.
This method is not suitable for preparing amorphous pure metals; instead, stabi-
lizing the amorphous glassy structure seems to require the addition of elements like
silicon, boron, or phosphorus. After forming, these alloys require heating to between
300 and 400 °C before they recrystallize. They have much better corrosion resis-
tance than crystalline phases, which makes them potentially useful for commercial
applications. Certain magnetic alloys may also find use as transformer cores.
The discovery of X-ray diffraction by crystals revolutionized our comprehen-
sion of the structure of materials, enabling profound insights into their proper-
ties. However, it became evident that certain properties, such as plasticity, elec-
trolytic conductivity, electrical resistance, and crystal strength, could not be entirely
accounted for by structural differences alone. Thus, it became imperative to delve
deeper into deviations from ideal crystal structures in order to fully elucidate these
properties.
Fundamentals of Solid-State Physics 7

3 Defects and Dislocations

A material is helpful for construction when it combines malleability and ductility,

not when it is malleable alone. At the point when stacked past a specific cutoff
known to be yield pressure, the stuff shouldn’t break as glasses for instance, however
ought to yield plastically, turning out to be for all time disfigured without cracking.
It is said that glass is fragile while copper and aluminium are ductile. Unadulterated
metals are having a more prominent or lower level of ductility, and the material
scientists try to configure combinations to increase great strength by keeping up
with and permissible proportion of malleability. We portray the mechanical way of
behaving of a material with the guide of a pressure strain outline. Preferably this
chart shows the pressure expected to keep an expected pace of strain as an element
of strain. Practically speaking the capacity of testing machine to answer the way
of behaving of the example can cause subtleties of stress strain bend showing up
diversely on various machines yet it won’t concern us. Significant factors are strain
rate, temperature and arrangement of sample. Therefore, it became necessary to
investigate the deviation from the ideal flawless crystals in order to explain them.
C. G. Darwin proposed in 1914 that the atoms in a pure crystal form a lattice array,
but that this array is not continuous throughout, but is instead divided into blocks
by discontinuities at the edges of the blocks. Several scientists employed Darwin’s
hypothetical postulate to explain a variety of solid-state phenomena.
A. Smekel proposed that defects of a different kind might account for character-
istics like diffusion and electrolytic conductivity. Only the mobility of atoms allows
for electrical conduction. An atomic-scale defect results from an atom’s movement.
The idea of a perfect crystal is really helpful. Numerous lattice properties,
including density, dielectric capacity, specific heat, and elastic properties, can be
explained by using it. We refer to these characteristics as structure insensitivity. All
real crystalline materials aren’t flawless, though. Although totally regular crystals
are extremely rare, regular atomic arrangement is one of the most significant char-
acteristics of crystals. Any variation from periodicity in a solid is referred to as a
flaw. There must be some kind of lattice imperfection in every crystal. While lattice
faults can be ignored for many purposes, they also play a crucial part in present-day
solid state physics. The following are the different means that flaws affect a solid’s
properties: A metal’s electrical resistance may be increased by several percent in
many pure metals and significantly more in alloys due to imperfections that scatter
conduction electrons in the metal.
1. Some imperfections reduce the crystal’s strength, even if they are present
occasionally.
2. Color is frequently present in pure salts that have flaws and impurities.
3. Hysteresis loss of ferromagnets: Structure-sensitive properties are those that are
highly responsive to the crystal’s state of perfection. The presence of dislocations,
which are line defects, makes crystals extremely soft. In 1934, Taylor initially
introduced the concept within crystal physics to elucidate the factors contributing
to the observed lower levels of critical shear stress. “Burgers” later generalized
8 V. J. U. Praveena and S. Chander

Fig. 3 Edge dislocation in a

cubic crystal [6]

the idea in 1938. In 1948, the growth patterns observed on the surfaces of natu-
rally occurring beryl crystals were found to precisely match the predictions of
dislocation theory, marking the initial instance of direct experimental evidence
supporting the existence of dislocations. There are now many methods available
for studying them, but transmission electron microscopy is certainly the most
significant.
The “edge” and the “screw” are the most basic forms of dislocation. Formally,
we could consider them to be made of perfect crystal blocks that are envisioned to
be cut, distorted, and then rejoined. It is evident that in actual crystals, a disloca-
tion results in a movement equivalent to an interatomic separation for both screw
and edge types (Fig. 3). The additional “half plane” added to the otherwise perfect
crystal defines the edge dislocation, which is a directed ray. We observe that disloca-
tion line may move very slightly due to atomic rearrangements in its nearby vicinity;
if the line exits the crystal, we will have a surface step and have essentially passed
above part of the crystal in relation to the below part. We have achieved a certain
amount of slip without having to firmly move crystal blocks. Therefore, if crystals
have dislocations, we could anticipate that they would move in response to tiny shear
stresses, causing slippage. This suggests that about 10–1 G of ideal huge critical shear
stress should be present in a crystal that has no dislocations and is hard to deform. In
actuality, such crystals can be grown frequently and arise as tiny objects known as
“Whiskers” that resemble the ideal behavior. The reason why polycrystalline mate-
rials have higher yield strengths than single crystal is also understandable. At low
stresses, grain boundaries act as barriers, impeding the dislocations from extending
beyond the grains and thereby inhibiting slippage. Notably, the yield strength of poly-
crystalline materials exhibits a proportional relationship to d−2 , where d represents
the average grain diameter, with an increase observed as the grain size decreases.
Excepting glasses and amorphous solids, almost all solids have periodic atom arrays
that make up a crystal lattice. Typical vibrations have a medium thanks to the peri-
odic crystal lattice that exists in solids. There are quantized vibrational modes called
phonons between every lattice spacing. Since phonons are crucial to the physical
characteristics of solids and to the materials’ electrical and thermal conductivity,
studying them is an essential aspect of solid state physics.
Fundamentals of Solid-State Physics 9

The phonon’s long wavelength attribute confers characteristics to sounds in solids

as well. Another manifestation of a particular kind of vibrational motion in quantum
mechanics is phonons. This kind of vibrational motion, which is characterized by
all system components moving in a sinusoidal manner at the same frequency, is
known as a normal mode (elementary chunks of lattice vibration). A standing wave,
is a continuous form of the normal mode with varying amplitude and oscillating
frequencies at the same phase and x, y, and z coordinates, is an instance for a normal
mode.
The sound velocity, thermal, elastic, and optical properties of materials can all be
explained by lattice vibrations. Atoms in a solid oscillate around their equilibrium
position, a phenomenon known as “lattice vibration”. Due to the atoms’ bonds with
one another, equilibrium positions of a crystal form a regular lattice. These nearby
atoms’ vibrations are not independent of one another. Lattice waves are regular
lattices with harmonic forces between atoms and regular modes of vibration. Lattice
waves occur at low frequencies and reach high frequencies of up to 1,000 Hz. At very
high frequencies, however, the wavelengths are on the order of interatomic spacing.
Since these wavelengths are so short, there is no correlation between the motion of
neighbouring atoms. Instead, each atom moves about its average position in three
dimensions with an average vibrational energy of, typically, 3kT, where ‘k’ stands
for the Boltzmann constant and ‘T’ for the absolute temperature. Electrical resistance
can also result from lattice vibrations interacting with free electrons in a conducting
solid.

4 Dielectric Properties

A non-conducting substance, such as glass, rubber, or waxed paper, serves as

dielectric. Some of the characteristics of dielectric are as follows:
(i) The capacitance rises by factor K, also named as the dielectric constant of
dielectric, when the dielectric material is inserted between the capacitor’s
plates. C = KC0 , where C0 is the capacitance in the absence of the dielectric
(ii) The dielectric constant K is specific to a given material and lacks a unit.
(iii) K = ε/ε0 if εo is the permittivity of free space and ε is the permittivity of
dielectric material.
(iv) When dielectric materials are added, the energy density changes to u = 1/2εE2 .
(v) The potential difference V between the plates after dielectric material is inserted
is as follows, assuming that the charge stays constant: V = V0 /K. where Vo is
the potential difference in the absence of a dielectric. The potential difference
V between plates decreases by a factor of K, according to the equation.
(vi) Q = KQ0 if the potential difference remains constant after the dielectric material
is inserted.
As a result, factor K increases charge on the capacitor with a fixed potential
difference between its plates.
10 V. J. U. Praveena and S. Chander

(vii) If the material with a dielectric constant of K is pushed into the space in
between plates of a parallel plate capacitor, and electric field between plates,
Eo , then E = E0 /K.
Dielectric constant multiplied by the electric field inside the dielectric reduces it.
(viii) The dielectric’s net field E is given as E = E0 − Eind , where Eind = E0 (1 − 1/
K).

4.1 Local Electric Field

The following facts must be remembered: every material is made up of a very large
number of atoms and molecules; every atom is made up of a positively charged
nucleus and negatively charged electrons; every system made up of two equal and
opposite charges, q, separated by a certain distance, is an electric dipole; and every
dielectric atom or molecule in an electric field causes the positive and negative charges
to feel opposite forces and separate, forming a dipole.

4.2 Dipole Relaxation and Dielectric Losses

Dipole relaxation time is a measure of how long it takes for a disturbed system to
return to its equilibrium configuration. The relaxation frequency is equal to the relax-
ation time times its reciprocal. The main reason why the dielectric constants at high
and low frequencies differ is because of the orientational contribution to dielectric
constant. Temperature and frequency have a significant influence on orientational
relaxation frequencies as follows:
α0
α=
(1 + iωτ )

where ‘τ’ is called as Debye relaxation time, ‘α 0 ’ is static orientational Polarizability

and ‘ω’ is angular frequency.

4.3 Dielectric Breakdown

The insulator becomes conducting and takes on the characteristics of a conductor

when stronger electric fields are applied. Dielectric materials lose their dielectric
qualities under such circumstances. Dielectric Breakdown is the name given to this
phenomenon. The process is irreversible. Dielectric materials eventually fail as a
result of this.
Fundamentals of Solid-State Physics 11

4.4 Types of Dielectric Material

Dielectrics are classified according to the kind of molecule that is found in the
substance. Dielectrics are classified into two categories: polar and non-polar.

4.4.1 Polar Dielectrics

Positive particle mass centres do not line up with negative particle mass centres
in polar dielectrics. The dipole moment is present here. The molecules’ shapes are
asymmetrical. The molecules align themselves with electric field when it is applied.
The net dipole moment in the molecules drops to zero when electric field is removed,
resulting in observation of random dipole moment. Few examples are CO2 , H2 O, etc.

4.4.2 Non-polar Dielectrics

The centers of mass of positive and negative particles coincide in non-polar

dielectrics. These molecules don’t have a dipole moment. The shape of these
molecules is symmetrical. Non-polar dielectrics include H2 , N2 , O2 , and so on.

4.5 Examples of Dielectric Material

Materials that act as dielectrics include liquids, solids, gases, and vacuums. In elec-
trical engineering, solid dielectrics are widely used. Porcelain, ceramics, glass, paper,
and other materials are a few examples of sold dielectrics. Gaseous dielectrics include
nitrogen, dry air, sulphur hexafluoride, and the oxides of different metals. Two typical
examples of liquid dielectrics are transformer oil and distilled water.

4.6 Applications of Dielectric Material

The following are a few uses for dielectrics:

• Capacitors employ these to store energy.
• Materials with high permittivity dielectrics are used in semiconductor devices to
improve their performance.
• Liquid crystal displays make use of dielectric materials.
• The Dielectric Resonator Oscillator uses ceramic dielectric.
• Strontium Barium Titanate thin films are dielectrics with high tunability and low
leakage current that are used in microwave tunable devices.
12 V. J. U. Praveena and S. Chander

• Polyethylene serves as a barrier between the substrate and the outside world in
industrial coatings.
• Mineral oils help with cooling and are used as a liquid dielectric in electrical
transformers.
• To boost the capacitance value of high-voltage capacitors, castor oil is used.
• A specially processed dielectric, Electrets, material acts as electrostatic equivalent
to magnets.

5 Electrons in Free Atoms and in Solids

Electrical properties of solids are fixed by electrons in the atoms’ outermost orbits.
It is possible to apply electron theory to any solid, including non-metals. It also
describes the solids’ thermal, magnetic, and electrical characteristics. The electron
theory of solids uses the electronic structure of solids to explain their structure and
properties. There have been three primary phases of development. 1. The theory of
classical free electrons 2. Theory of Quantum Free Electrons 3. The Zone Theory.
1. Classical free electron theory: In 1900, Drude and Lorentz created the first
theory. This theory states that the electrical conductivity of metal comes from
free electrons, which are subject to the laws of classical mechanics.
2. Quantum Free Electron Theory: The theory was created by Sommerfeld in 1928.
Sommerfeld states that the potential of free electrons is constant. Quantum laws
are followed by this theory. 3. Zone Theory: In 1928, Bloch presented the band
theory. This theory states that free electrons travel within a periodic potential
that the lattice provides. The “Band Theory of Solids” is another name for this
theory. It provides a thorough informative analysis of electrons.
The classical free electron theory of metals was put forth by Lorentz and Drude.
This theory states that the metals with free electrons follow the principles of classical
mechanics [7].
Salient Features of Classical Free Electron Theory
1. There are a lot of free electrons in metals, and they can move freely in any
direction.
2. These free electrons follow the kinetic theory of gases’ rules just like gas
molecules in a container.
3. The energy associated with each electron for temperature T in absence of a field
is given by kT. Since kT = mvt 2 , it has to do with kinetic energy. Where ‘k’ is
Boltzmann constant and
1. ‘vt ’ is thermal velocity.
4. Positive ion cores are fixed in metals, while free electrons roam randomly and
collide with boundaries, other free electrons, or other positive ion cores. These
collisions are elastic as a result. Thus, only free electrons are responsible for
electric conduction.
Fundamentals of Solid-State Physics 13

5. The Maxwell–Boltzmann distribution of velocities governs the electron’s

velocity in a metal.
6. There is a constant potential field around the free electrons. Because of this, the
electrons’ potential energy is constant.
7. Free electrons are accelerated in the direction against applied electric field with
onset of electric field to any metal. This velocity is known as the drift velocity
and is represented by the symbol vdf .
The classical free electron theory’s success:
(1) It confirms Ohm’s law.
(2) It describes how metals conduct heat and electricity.
(3) Widemann-Franz law is derived.
(4) It describes the metals’ optical characteristics.
Constraints or shortcomings or merits of classical theory:
(1) Electrical conductivity of insulators and semiconductors is not explained.
(2) It is unable to account for how electrical conductivity varies with temperature
at low temperatures.
(3) The idea of a metal’s specific heat is not explained.
(4) It is unable to account for the electrons’ mean free path.
(5) Black body radiation, the Compton effect, and the photoelectric effect could not
be explained by the conventional free electron theory.
(6) It is unable to explain how ferromagnetism and paramagnetic susceptibility
are dependent on temperature.

6 Quantum Free Electron Theory

This theory was put forward by Sommerfeld in 1928. Numerous shortcomings of clas-
sical theory are addressed by it. By selecting Fermi–Dirac statistics over Maxwell–
Boltzmann statistics, Sommerfeld provided an explanation. He used the ideas of
quantum mechanics to develop this theory.

6.1 Quantum Free Electron Theory Assumptions

(1) Inside the metal’s boundaries, valence electrons travel freely at a fixed potential
and are stopped from leaving the metal at the boundaries (high potential). The
electron is consequently imprisoned in a potential well.
(2) The Pauli Exclusion Principle dictates how electrons are distributed among the
different permitted energy levels.
(3) Ignored are the repulsion between electrons and the attraction between free
electrons and lattice ions.
14 V. J. U. Praveena and S. Chander

(4) Fermi–Dirac statistics describe how energy is distributed among the free
electrons.
(5) Free electron energy values are quantized.
(6) The electron Schrodinger time-independent wave equation is applied to deter-
mine potential energy values. The particle present in a potential box problem is
n2 h2
similar to this one. Energy of electron is En = 8mL 2 , where n = 1, 2, 3, ….

6.2 Advantages of the Free Electron Quantum Theory

(1) It does a good job of explaining how metals conduct heat and electricity.
(2) The Thermionic phenomenon can be explained by it.
(3) It describes how the conductivity of metals varies with temperature.
(4) It explains why metals have a specific heat.
(5) It describes how metals are magnetically susceptible.
(6) It explains black body radiation, the Compton Effect, and the photoelectric
effect, among other things.
(7) It provides the accurate mathematical formula for thermal conductivity of a
metal.

6.3 Quantum Free Electron Theory’s Drawbacks

(1) It cannot account for the metallic characteristics that some crystals only display.
(2) It cannot explain why the metallic crystals’ atomic arrays should favour specific
structures exclusively.
(3) The distinction between an insulator, a semiconductor, and a metal is not made
by this theory and it is also unable to account for the Hall Coefficient’s positive
value.
(4) It is untrue that conduction is caused by the two electrons that are present at
Fermi level.

Origin of energy bands in solids is that distinct electron energies are present in
an isolated atom. Assume that when two separate atoms are brought very close to
one another, their orbiting electrons will interact. Thus, the electron energies in the
combined system will fluctuate and be somewhat greater or lower than their initial
values rather than remaining at the same level. Thus, there are two energy levels
that are closely spaced apart at each energy level. Bands of allowed energies are
created when ‘N’ number of atoms are combined to form a solid and electrons of
these atoms interact to produce ‘N’ number of nearly spaced energy levels instead
of discrete energy levels.
The degree of atom overlap determines the width of the energy band, which is
greatest for outermost electrons. Conduction bands are the bands that correspond to
Fundamentals of Solid-State Physics 15

the outermost orbits, and valence bands are the next inner band. The term “forbidden
energy gap” or “band gap” refers to the space created by these two permitted bands.
Understanding how electrons behave in a solid involves looking at the range of
energy levels they have access, to, which is influenced by how atoms are arranged in
the crystal structure. The band theory offers a way to comprehend and forecast the
characteristics of materials.

7 Classification of Crystalline Solids

Solids are categorised as: conductors, semiconductors, and insulators based on the
width of forbidden band.
Conductors: There is no energy gap (Eg ) and an overlap between the valence and
conduction bands. Free electrons are already present in large quantities in conduction
band at room temperature. Because of this, these solids have good thermal and
electrical conductivity. At high temperatures, the electrical resistivity rises due to
collisions between free electrons.
Example: Al, Cu, Ag, Au etc.
Semiconductors: A small energy band gap, Eg ≈ 1 eV, separates valence and
conduction bands. In conduction band, free electrons are unavailable at low temper-
atures (0 K). For this reason, at low temperatures, they act like insulators. At
high temperatures, free electrons move from valence band to conduction band,
increasing electrical conductivity. At high temperatures, these solids act like electrical
conductors. Example, Germanium Eg = 0.7 eV and Silicon Eg = 1.1 eV.
Insulators: A very large energy gap (Eg ≥ 3 eV) separates the conduction and
valance bands. At room temperature, there are electrons in valance band and none
in conduction band. These materials are electrical insulators as a result. Valence
electrons are unable to enter the conduction band, even at very high temperatures.
Example: rubber, glass, mica, ebonite, etc.
Band Energy
Combinations of molecular orbitals close in energy result in continuous bands of
energy. Of course, bands with different energies will form because of the mass
amounts of various molecular orbital mixings. The band gap is the name given to the
difference between these band energies as indicated in Fig. 4.
The electron jump across the band gap is examined by the band theory. Specifi-
cally, the transition of electrons across their Fermi energy level from valence band
to conduction band. The solid’s optical and magnetic properties are determined by
this “jump”. The Valence Band is energy band that contains all of valence electrons
present in highest molecular orbital.
16 V. J. U. Praveena and S. Chander

Fig. 4 Conduction bands

are represented by white
boxes, and valence bands by
the yellow boxes

Band of Conduction
Energy band at which there are mobile charge carriers, either positive or negative.
Elementary electrons with sufficient energy to leave valence band and enter conduc-
tion band are known as negative mobile charge carriers. Here, they are directly
involved in semiconductor conductivity and can freely move throughout the crystal
lattice. Another name for positive mobile charge carriers is holes. The absence of an
electron in conduction band is referred as a hole. Put differently, a hole is the feature
that, although an electron (a negative mobile charge carrier) can exist within a band,
it does not exist at that specific location. The electron is called a positive mobile
charge carrier because it has the potential to exist but does not.
Fermi Level
The giant occupied molecular orbital at absolute zero is referred to as this level.
Usually, it can be located in middle of valence and conduction bands. In this state,
particles are independent of one another and have their own quantum states. When
temperature gets close to rising above absolute zero, particles will take states above
Fermi level and leave states below Fermi level empty.
Semiconductor
Conductivity between an insulator and a conductor is what is known as a semicon-
ductor. Because they are unlikely to short circuit like conductors do, semiconductors
are widely used in everyday electronics. Their narrow band gap gives them their
distinct conductivity. Since the electrons aren’t always in conduction band, a band
gap prevents short circuits. For a solid to have some conductivity, there must be
sufficient electron flow from valence to conduction bands, which is possible by a
small band gap.
As an atom’s nuclear charge is released, electrons in conduction band are free to
travel freely throughout the band. Since electron in this band contributes to solid’s
electrical conductivity, it is known as a negative charge carrier. The electron is free
Fundamentals of Solid-State Physics 17

to move about in this band. The state changes to a positive charge carrier, or hole,
when the electron exits valence band.
Pure Semiconductors
Pure semiconductors, whose characteristics are derived only from the substance.
In this case, the quantity of holes in valence band and the number of electrons in
conduction band are equal. Another name for these semiconductors is i-types.
Independent Semiconductors
Semiconductors that are impure but have been “doped” to increase their conductivity.
P-type and n-type extrinsic semiconductors are the two varieties. To extract electrons
from the valence band, a “dopant” atom is incorporated into the lattice. An acceptor
is the name given to this atom. A p-type (positive type) semiconductor will eventually
result from number of holes in lattice exceeding number of negative charge carriers as
more acceptors are added. Numerous “dopant” atoms, or donors, contribute electrons
to conduction band in N-type semiconductors.
Applications of Semiconductors
One of the major uses of semiconductors was the creation of low frequency alternating
current rectifiers. C. E. Fitts created these rectifiers with selenium as early as 1886.
Since its introduction by Logrondahl and P. H. Geiger in 1927, the copper oxide
rectifier has found widespread application as a low power rectifier in wireless sets,
battery charges, and other applications. Much research on copper oxide and selenium
has resulted from the development of these rectifiers.
The photoconductive qualities of copper oxide and selenium have been utilized
to create exposure meters for photography and photocells, which are commonly
employed in the film industry to convert soundtrack markings into electric currents
for loudspeaker amplification and reproduction. These cells are also utilized in many
automated systems, including train counters and burglar alarms.
Hertz had demonstrated radio waves in 1888, but it wasn’t until roughly 1904 that
it was realized that semiconductors’ rectifying properties could be used to create a
detector for high frequency currents that these waves had set up in an electric circuit.
Many different drugs were tried over the next few years. Radio receiver sensitivity
increased when it was discovered that a thin wire, similar to a cat’s whisker, when it
came into contact with a semiconducting material crystal, worked incredibly well as a
rectifier for high frequency currents. The two materials that were typically favoured
were silicon and lead sulphide, the latter of which was present as natural galena
crystals. The question of whether the rectification effects were thermal or electrical
in nature gave rise to an intriguing debate. G. W. Pierce’s thorough research, which
demonstrated beyond a reasonable doubt that these are electrical, helped to resolve
this.
Thermionic valves quickly supplanted crystal detectors, and the former was all
but rendered obsolete. It was once again used when radar technology developed very
short wavelengths because no other device was found to be an effective rectifier
18 V. J. U. Praveena and S. Chander

of frequency changes at these extraordinarily high frequencies. The most effective

material for this purpose turned out to be silicon.
The infrared photo conductor class of semiconductors, which includes lead
sulphide, selenide, and telluride, is another group that has seen significant use. Using
these, the most sensitive infrared detectors for the crucial 1.5–7μ infrared spectrum
region have been produced thus far. Smith has reviewed the characteristics of these
detectors and how they are used in infrared spectroscopy.

8 Magnetism

Solid state physics plays an important role for magnetic phenomena. Because
magnetic ions at different crystal sites may behave differently depending on where
they are in the lattice, many magnetic materials contain multiple types of magnetic
species. Thus, a crucial factor in the study of the internal field and lattice is the
interaction between nearby magnetic ions.
While there is much room for experimentation and theoretical conjecture due to
variety of magnetic properties displayed in widely disparate classes of material, the
practical applications of magnetism are crucial both technically and commercially.
All conventional matter exhibits magnetism because it develops a magnetic dipole
moment when exposed to an external magnetic field, regardless of whether it takes
the form of free atoms, ions, molecules, or condensed aggregates. On the other hand,
it is also possible to have a permanent magnetic dipole moment. The magnetic dipole
moment with respect to either unit volume or unit mass in terms of magnetization
per unit mass is known as the magnetization M of a bulk sample by

M
χ = μo
Bo

Bo represents both the vacuum permeability and the surrounding magnetic field.
The orbital and spin motions of electrons as well as their interactions with one
another are the source of magnetism. Describe how materials react to magnetic
fields to give an overview of the various types of magnetism. Some people might
find this surprising, but matter is magnetic. Simply put, certain materials have a
much higher magnetic strength. Primary difference being that while there is a very
strong interaction between atomic moments in some materials, there is no collective
interaction of atomic magnetic moments in other materials.
The following five major groups can be used to categorize magnetic behaviour of
substances (Fig. 5):
1. Diamagnetism
2. Paramagnetism
3. Ferromagnetism
4. Ferrimagnetism
5. Antiferromagnetism
Fundamentals of Solid-State Physics 19

The substances in the first two categories are not magnetically ordered and show
no signs of collective magnetic interactions. Below a critical temperature, substances
in final three groups show long-range magnetic order. The majority of materials that
we think of as magnetic are ferrimagnetic and ferrromagnetic (i.e., behaving like
iron). The remaining three are typically regarded as “nonmagnetic” because of how
weakly magnetic they are.
1. Diamagnetism
Though it is often very weak, diamagnetism is a fundamental property of all matter.
It results from orbiting electrons’ obstructive behaviour in the presence of an applied
magnetic field. Atoms lacking net magnetic moments-that is, all orbital shells filled
and no unpaired electrons-make up diamagnetic substances. On the other hand, the
susceptibility is negative due to the production of a negative magnetization upon
exposure to a field.
Keep in mind that there is no magnetization when the field is zero. Another
distinguishing feature of diamagnetic materials is their temperature-independent
susceptibility. Some examples of diamagnetic substances, in units of 10−8 m3 /kg,
include.

Quartz − 0.62, Water − 0.90, Calcite − 0.48

2. Paramagnetism
Because of unpaired electrons in partially filled orbitals, some of the atoms or ions in
this class of materials have a net magnetic moment. Iron is among the most significant
atoms with unpaired electrons. Unlike diamagnetism, the magnetization is zero when

Fig. 5 Types of magnetism

[8]
20 V. J. U. Praveena and S. Chander

field is removed, and the individual magnetic moments do not interact magnetically.
A net positive magnetization and positive susceptibility are result of partial alignment
of the atomic magnetic moments in the direction of the field in presence of the field.
Additionally, the random effects of temperature oppose the field’s efficiency in
aligning the moments. Curie Law, a temperature-dependent susceptibility, is the
outcome of this.
The paramagnetic susceptibility is small at room temperature and in moderate
fields. When applied field is not too high or the temperature is very low (less than
100 K), paramagnetic susceptibility remains unaffected. In these circumstances, the
relationship between paramagnetic susceptibility and total iron content is linear. At
room temperature, many minerals that contain iron are paramagnetic.
In units of 10−8 m3 /kg, a few instances are as follows:

Clay − 13, Silicate − 79, Siderite − 100

3. Ferromagnetism

Most likely, iron, nickel, or magnetite come to mind when you think of magnetic
materials. These materials show very strong interactions at the atomic moments, in
contrast to paramagnetic materials. Atomic moments align in parallel or antiparallel
directions as a result of these interactions, which are brought about by electronic
exchange forces. Exchange forces are extremely strong; they are roughly million
times stronger than earth’s field, or a field on the order of 103 Tesla. The exchange
force is a quantum mechanical phenomenon caused by relative orientation of the
spins of two electrons.
Ferromagnetic materials show parallel moment alignment in absence of a
magnetic field, which results in a large net magnetization. Most cited examples are
elements Fe, Ni, and Co, as well as their alloys. Among them two unique properties
are their spontaneous magnetization and existence of magnetic ordering temperature.
Spontaneous Magnetization
The net magnetization that results from a uniformly magnetized microscopic volume
in absence of a field is known as spontaneous magnetization. The spin magnetic
moments of the electrons determine how much of this magnetization there is at 0 K.
The saturation magnetization, which is measurable in the lab is maximum induced
magnetic moment which is obtained in a magnetic field (Hsat ) is known as saturation
magnetization; magnetization does not increase further beyond this field. Magnetic
domains play a role in the distinction between saturation magnetization and spon-
taneous magnetization (more about domains later). Particle size has no bearing
on saturation magnetization, which is an intrinsic property that is temperature-
dependent. The susceptibilities of ferromagnets and paramagnets differ significantly.
In contrast to paramagnetic materials, ferromagnetic materials exhibit saturation
of magnetization at high (room-temperature) temperatures and moderate magnetic
fields (Table 1).
Fundamentals of Solid-State Physics 21

Table 1 Magnetic
Hsat Tesla T range (K) χ 10−8 m3 /kg
parameters
Paramagnetic >10 100 ~50
Ferromagnetic ~1 ~300 103 –104

Curie Temperature
Thermal energy eventually outweighs the electronic exchange forces in ferromag-
nets, resulting in a randomizing effect, despite the extremely high exchange forces.
The Curie temperature (TC ) is specific temperature at which this happens. The
ferromagnet is ordered below Curie temperature and disordered above it. At Curie
temperature, saturation magnetization becomes zero. Below is a typical plot of
magnetization against temperature for magnetite.
Another intrinsic feature that can be utilized to identify minerals is the Curie
temperature, which is also a diagnostic parameter. It is not infallible, though, as
distinct magnetic minerals could theoretically have the same Curie temperature.
4. Ferrimagnetism
More complex forms of magnetic ordering can happen because of crystal structure
of ionic compounds. Ferrimagnetism is one kind of magnetic ordering. This figure
illustrates magnetic spins in a ferrimagnetic oxide.
Two magnetic sublattices (referred to as A and B) spaced apart by oxygens make
up the magnetic structure. The oxygen anions act as a mediator in these exchange
interactions. The interactions are referred to as super exchange interactions or indirect
interactions when this occurs. The A and B sublattices’ spin alignment is antiparallel
under the strongest super exchange interactions.
Net magnetic moment in ferrimagnets is caused by unequal magnetic moments of
the A and B sublattices. Thus, ferromagnetism and ferrimagnetism are comparable.
It displays hysteresis, remanence, Curie temperatures, and spontaneous magnetiza-
tion—all characteristics of ferromagnetic behaviour. Ferro- and ferrimagnets, on the
other hand, have quite distinct magnetic orderings.
One well-known ferrimagnetic substance is magnetite. In fact, until Néel devel-
oped the theoretical foundation for ferrimagnetism in the 1940s, magnetite was
thought to be a ferromagnet.
Crystal Structure of Magnetite
The spinel structure is crystallized with magnetite, Fe3 O4 . The smaller Fe ions fill
in spaces created by the closely packed large oxygen ions in a cubic configuration.
Two types of the gaps are found (Fig. 6):
Tetrahedral location: Fe ion is surrounded by four oxygen atoms.
Octahedral Site: Fe ion is surrounded by six oxygen atoms.
The two magnetic sublattices, A and B, are formed by the tetrahedral and octa-
hedral sites, respectively. A sublattice’s spins are opposite to those of B sublattice.
Due to the significant differences between the two crystal sites, there are intricate
22 V. J. U. Praveena and S. Chander

Fig. 6 Crystal structure of

magnetite [9]

exchange interactions between and between the iron ions in the two different types
of sites.
The structural formula for magnetite is [Fe3+ ] A [Fe3+ , Fe2+ ] B O4 .
We refer this specific configuration of cations on the A and B sublattice as an
inverse spinel structure. The B-site Fe2+ is responsible for net magnetic moment of
magnetite when there are negative AB exchange interactions.
5. Antiferromagnetism
The total moment is zero if sublattice moments of A and B are primarily equal and
opposite. Antiferromagnetism is the name given to this kind of magnetic ordering.
The behaviour of susceptibility above a critical temperature, known as the Néel
temperature (TN ), provides a clue to antiferromagnetism. The Curie–Weiss law
governs the susceptibility of paramagnets above TN , but a negative intercept denotes
negative exchange interactions.
In corundum structure, hematite crystallizes in a close-packed, hexagonal struc-
ture with oxygen ions. Fe3+ ions’ magnetic moments are antiferromagnetically
coupled between the planes but ferromagnetically coupled with in particular c-planes.
The Magnetisation Curve: Hysteresis
Apart from saturation magnetization and Curie temperature, ferromagnets can also
remember an applied field even after it is removed. A plot of the variation in magne-
tization with magnetic field is referred to as a hysteresis loop, and this behaviour is
known as hysteresis (Fig. 7).
The coercivity of remanence (Hr ) is another characteristic of hysteresis. This is
reverse field that brings the saturation remanence down to zero when it is applied and
then removed. It consistently exceeds the coercive force. The initial susceptibility
Fundamentals of Solid-State Physics 23

Fig. 7 Hysteresis loop for a

ferro- or ferrimagnet [10]

(χ0 ) is the magnetization observed in the order of the earth’s field (60–110 μT).
Different hysteresis parameters depend on temperature, stresses, domain state, grain
size, and other factors in addition to being intrinsic properties. Hysteresis variables
are helpful for magnetic grain sizing of natural materials because they depend on
grain size.

9 Magnetic Resonance

In magnetic systems with both magnetic moment and angular momentum, a

phenomenon known as magnetic resonance occurs. Resonance suggests that we are
in tune with the natural magnetic system frequency, which is same as the magnetic
moment’s frequency of gyroscopic precision in an external static magnetic field. Due
to the similarities between characteristic frequency of atomic spectra and magnetic
resonance frequencies, which are usually in microwave frequency range for electron
spins or the frequency region for nuclear spins, respectively which is microwave
spectroscopy. The ability to choose from the entire range of magnetic susceptibility
is the resonance method’s most significant benefit. The observation of iron’s weak
nuclear paramagnetism against the background of electron ferromagnetism is the
most striking example. Resonance is the ability of the materials under study to absorb
energy from an incident oscillating electromagnetic field at certain critical frequen-
cies. A variety of experimental methods make use of resonance. The two most well-
known ones are electrons in resonance (ESR), which absorbs energy from electrons,
and nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR), which absorbs energy from nucleus [11].
Information about the internal local electric fields of alloys and cold-worked
materials can be obtained through nuclear magnetic resonance. Electron spin reso-
nance is a valuable method for assessing various properties of solids and is also
applied in the study of semiconductor and insulator properties. Exploring magnetic
resonance phenomena offers insights, into the electromagnetic characteristics of
24 V. J. U. Praveena and S. Chander

materials allowing for their analysis, improvement and application, across various
technological fields.
Next concept, Ferromagnetic resonance proves to be a method that not deepens our
comprehension of magnetic materials but also propels progress, in diverse technolog-
ical domains, such, as data storage and processing magnetic sensing and spin-based
electronics.

10 Ferromagnetic Resonance (FMR)

Static magnetic parameters can be quantitatively determined, microwave losses can

be calculated, and the magnetic state of materials can be identified using ferro-
magnetic resonance (FMR). The opposite of nuclear and paramagnetic resonance
absorption is ferromagnetic resonance absorption. Griffiths made the initial discovery
of the ferromagnetic effect, and Yager and Bozorth have since reported additional
confirmation. C. Kittel has put forth a theory regarding the resonance effect. In high
magnetic fields, ferromagnetic resonances are widely used to study magnetic mate-
rials at microwave frequencies. The study of resonance, in solids as ceramics is
pivotal, for enhancing our comprehension of materials and how they are used.

11 Magnetoresistance

The term “magnetoresistance” describes how a crystal’s electrical resistance changes

in a magnetic field. This effect results from the electrons’ paths becoming curved
and not going straight in the direction of superimposed electric field on applying
magnetic field. Several researchers with fields up to 50,000 oersted and Kapitza with
fields up to 300,000 oersted have thoroughly investigated this effect.
• The ratio of R/R increases proportionally to H2 for relatively low field values,
but proportionally to capital H for higher field values, if R is the metal’s resistance
in zero field at a given temperature and R is the increase brought about by the
application of a magnetic field. R/Ro , where Ro is the resistance in the zero field
at 0 °C, is occasionally utilized because some workers believe that the latter ratio
is less reliant on the purity of the metal than the former.
• The transverse magneto resistance is the effect of greatest interest, and it is typi-
cally studied in the following configuration: an external power supply is used to
establish a DC electric field Ex in a long, thin wire that is directed along the X-axis.
Along the Z axis, which is normal to wire’s axis, a uniform magnetic field H is
applied. A metal’s transverse magnetoresistance can typically accomplish one of
three very distinct actions in extremely high fields.
Fundamentals of Solid-State Physics 25

(i) At a resistance that is multiple times the zero-field value, the resistance may
saturate or become independent of H. Every crystal axis orientation with
respect to the measurement axis experiences saturation.
(ii) The resistance may rise to the maximum field for every crystal orientation
investigated.
(iii) The resistance might reach saturation in certain directions of the crystal but
not in others, which are frequently very close. This behavior is exhibited by
an exceptional anisotropy of the resistance in a magnetic field.
While ceramics are typically considered insulating materials, certain ceramic
compounds may exhibit magneto-resistance effects under specific conditions.

12 Piezoelectricity

The combined action of mechanical strain and electric fields on a material is known
as piezoelectricity; mechanical strain on piezoelectric materials results in polarity
in the material, and the application of an electric field causes strain in the material.
Piezoelectric sample experiences net polarization and the production of a dipole in
the direction of the applied stress when pressure is applied. There are numerous uses
for piezoelectricity in signal and electrical transducers. In transducers, which change
one form of energy into another—in this case, mechanical energy into electricity—
piezoelectricity plays a major role. Sound waves vibrate and are transformed into
electrical signals in microphones. On the other hand, loudspeakers transform those
electrical signals into sound waves. Ultrasonic wave ranges are where piezoelectric
transducers are employed, not audible wave ranges.
Applications using ultrasonic waves benefit from the use of piezoelectric trans-
ducers. Finding the ultrasonic velocity of the wave passing through the solid and
translating it into an electric signal that can be read on an oscilloscope will yield
the solid’s Young’s modulus. Because the ultrasonic waves preserve the material’s
structural integrity, they will either reflect or scatter ultrasonic waves that contain
cracks and defects. This enables material failure analysis. The Surface Acoustic
Wave (SAW) device was created mainly to be used as a filter; it can either increase
or decrease specific frequencies produced by electric devices by interacting with
the surface waves on circuit boards. Transformers, which raise or lower electric
voltages, and pressure sensors, which use the piezoelectric effect to generate an
electric response in the event of a pressure or frequency change, are two additional
applications for piezoelectrics.
26 V. J. U. Praveena and S. Chander

13 Pyroelectricity

The temperature dependence of spontaneous polarization on specific solids, which

can be aggregates of single crystals or polycrystalline materials, is manifested as
pyroelectric phenomena. A small increase in temperature causes the material’s elec-
trical polarization to alter, allowing voltage between specific pyroelectric sample
faces to be measured. On the other hand, the same magnitudes of polarization and
voltage are found, and the signs are reversed if the same amount lowers the mate-
rial’s temperature. Pyroelectric materials, therefore, offer a convenient way to create
infrared (IR) detectors that work at room temperature.
Ferroelectrics are a subgroup of pyroelectrics, and pyroelectric materials are a
subgroup of piezoelectric. Important candidate materials and their applications and
the relationships between crystal structure and pertinent properties are discussed.

14 Functional Materials

From a more specialized standpoint in materials science and technology, this is made
possible by ongoing investigations into and advancements in materials, specifically
functional materials. As the name implies, a material’s “function” refers to its capacity
to carry out a specific task in response to a specific stimulus.
This broad definition includes many materials and various material properties and
applications. Nonetheless, materials whose “function” is connected to their optical,
magnetic, or electric characteristics are typically categorized as functional materials.
The primary constituents of this class of functional materials are dielectrics, pyro-
electrics, piezoelectric, ferroelectrics, ferroelectric relaxor, incipient ferroelectrics,
semiconductors, ionic conductors, superconductors, electro-optics, and magnetic
materials.
Functional materials are commonly classified into classes with applications
such as Information Technology Materials, Electrical Energy Conversion Materials,
Biomedical Materials, and Space Technology Materials, among others. Most, if not
all, industrial sectors use functional materials for sensing and actuation. Electroac-
tive materials, such as ferroelectrics, pyroelectrics, and piezoelectrics, are examples
of such materials.
This covers automotive (solid state piezoelectric fuel injectors), aerospace
(accelerometers and micro-positioners), medical diagnostics (ultrasonic imaging),
and chemical and process control (which needs use of thermal, strain, and force
sensors). Even though some functional materials’ properties were discovered in the
nineteenth century, some of these materials didn’t become useful until the second
World War, while others were discovered relatively recently.
Fundamentals of Solid-State Physics 27

Their special qualities, such as magnetoresistance, piezoelectricity, spontaneous

polarization, and superconductivity, are reflected in these applications. The manufac-
turing process, singularities in the crystallographic structure, and chemical compo-
sition all directly affect these attributes. It is possible to produce better materials for
both known applications and new ones in an economical manner by understanding
relationships between composition, structure, processing, and properties. For years,
physicists, chemists, and materials scientists have been looking for these connec-
tions. Their primary focus in the recent past has been on characterizing the bulk
properties of functional materials and describing them through theoretical models.
These days, a large body of knowledge can be established for a wide range of func-
tional materials regarding the relationships between composition, microstructure,
processing, and macroscopic properties. However, the “materials bulk approach”
has recently changed as researchers work to optimize materials to meet the demands
of the future. In the near future, devices with nanometric dimensions will be required
if the current rate of electronic component miniaturization continues at the same pace
as previous decades.
The development of functional materials will continue to be driven by the need for
greater functionality and miniaturization, if history is any indication. Through molec-
ular engineering, new functional materials with significantly better performance than
current ones are anticipated. Nonetheless, for conventional functional materials like
those this chapter describes, future advancements search for:
(1) devices that can be adjusted, meaning that materials with extremely low loss in
microwave frequency range should be used
(2) a thorough grasp of the effects of size on functional materials
(3) establishing the connections between the properties of the nanoscale structure
and macroscale properties
(4) extremely low processing temperatures for simple integration with various
materials
(5) creation of environmentally friendly materials with optimized properties and
(6) creation of heterostructures with maximum properties.
As we need to explore more about ceramic materials, let us understand the clas-
sification of ceramics materials in various ways based on different criteria such as
composition, structure, processing method, and properties.
Broad classification of ceramic materials is as follows:
1. Traditional Ceramics such as Earthenware, Stoneware and Porcelain
2. Advanced Ceramics as Oxide Ceramics, Non-oxide Ceramics and Composite
Ceramics
3. Refractory Ceramics as Refractories
4. Bio-ceramics such as Biocompatible Ceramics
5. Electro-ceramics:
• Dielectric Ceramics: Ceramics with high dielectric constants and low dielec-
tric losses, used in capacitors, insulators, sensors, and electronic components.
28 V. J. U. Praveena and S. Chander

• Piezoelectric Ceramics: Ceramics that exhibit the piezoelectric effect,

converting mechanical stress into electrical charge and vice versa. Piezoelec-
tric ceramics are used in actuators, sensors, ultrasonic devices, and energy
harvesting applications.
Exploring the properties of materials is crucial for progressing in areas like mate-
rials science, electronics, energy tech, communication systems, sensors, actuators,
and many other fields. This research helps create materials, devices, and technologies
that offer performance, functionality, and dependability.

Further Reading
Emsley, J. (2011). Nature’s building blocks: an AZ guide to the elements. Oxford
University Press, USA.

References

1. Myers, H.P.: Introductory Solid State Physics, 2nd edn. CRC Press, London, U.K. (1998)
2. Neamen, D.: An Introduction to Semiconductor Devices, 1st edn. McGraw-Hill (2006)
3. Kittel, C.: Introduction to Solid State Physics, 6th edn. Wiley, New York (1986)
4. Saxena, B.S., Saxena, P.N., Gupta, R.C., Mandal, J.N.: Fundamentals of Solid State Physics,
32nd edn. Pragati Prakashan, Meerut (2022)
5. Hydrargyram (2011). [Link]
6. Sun, C., Zhang, C., Jiang, C., Yang, C., Du, Y., Zhao, Y., Hu, B., Zheng, Z., Christe, K.O.:
Synthesis of AgN5 and its extended 3D energetic framework. Nat. Commun. 9(1), 1269
(2018). [Link]
mework_in_Ag%28NH3%292%28Ag3%28N5%294%[Link]
7. Anderson, P.W.: Localized magnetic states in metals. Phys. Rev. 124(1), 41 (1961)
8. Rowe, D.: Improving workshop design. Train. & Dev. 41(5), 8–9 (2014). [Link]
[Link]/wiki/File:Types_of_Magnetism.jpg
9. Tzafaras N., Adlhart W., Jagodzinski, H. (2009). [Link]
Magnetite_structure.jpg
10. Tem5psu (2014). [Link]
11. Roseberg, H.M.: The Solid State. Oxford University Press, Oxford (1995)
Fundamentals of Solid-State Physics 29

Dr. Usha Praveena V J completed [Link] from Osmania Univer-

sity, [Link] in CSc & Engg. from Acharya Nagarjuna Univer-
sity and [Link] from Manonmaniam Sundaranar University.
She was awarded Ph.D. in the area of Materials Science from
Osmania University. Till date she has more than 12 publications
in International and National journals and more than 10 publi-
cations in conferences. Presently, she is working as Associate
Professor in the department of Physics, St. Francis College for
Women, Hyderabad.

Dr. Shikha Chander has a Master’s Degree from Dr Babasaheb

Ambedkar Marathwada University (1994) and a Ph.D. in Chem-
istry and is currently an Assistant Professor at St. Francis
College for Women, India in the Department of Chemistry. She
has expertise in Chemistry with emphasis in the field of Nano-
materials, Carbon Nanotubes, Supercapacitors and Reduced
graphene Oxide.
Defects in Electroceramics

B. Shivaleela and S. M. Hanagodimaht

Abstract Solid-state physics is the study of rigid matter or solids. The solids are
categorized as conductors, semiconductors, or insulators based on how they behave
electrically. It should come as no surprise that most texts focus on either ceramics
technology or one of the relevant basic solid-state sciences. The term “ceramics”
refers to an engineering process that includes ceramic component design and manu-
facture. Ceramics are susceptible to an excessive number of extrinsic and intrinsic
defect types, such as vacancies, interstitials, antisite defects, and so on. In crystalline
materials, imperfections are often categorized based on their dimensions, such as
Point defects, line defects, surface defects, and volume defects. Electroceramics is
developing, at the necessary level, a quantitative wide range of solids’ physical char-
acteristics, such as their conductivity, electricity, optical qualities, piezoelectricity,
and magneticity. DFT studies of electroceramics with defects have also been carried
out. Electroceramics with defects have many applications; they can used as sensors in
thermistors to control resistance with respect to temperature, and also in ferroelectric
materials.

Keywords Solids · Crystalline · Amorphous · Ceramics · Electroceramics

1 Introduction

The proposed effort aims to further our fundamental knowledge of atomic-level

ceramic defects, defect mechanisms, and interfaces. Furthermore, the study will
concentrate on how interfaces affect dynamic phase transitions and the transport
characteristics of gases, ions, electronic defects, and ions in materials important for
energy, environmental, and national security applications. The work will be concen-
trated on surface/interface features, such as the impact of radiation, the function of
hydrogen and surface structure on electronic and ionic transport, and defect-interface
interactions and transport. The solids are classified as conductors, semiconductors,

B. Shivaleela (B) · S. M. Hanagodimaht

Department of Physics, Gulbarga University, Kalaburagi, India
e-mail: shivaleelab17@[Link]

© The Author(s), under exclusive license to Springer Nature Singapore Pte Ltd. 2024 31
U. Kumar (ed.), Defects Engineering in Electroceramics for Energy Applications,
Engineering Materials, [Link]
32 B. Shivaleela and S. M. Hanagodimaht

or insulators based on their electrical behavior. It should not be surprising that most
of the texts on the subject concentrate on one of the pertinent fundamental solid state
sciences or ceramics technology. The word “ceramics” describes an engineering
process that includes design and production of ceramic components. A compre-
hensive variety of quantitative solid physical characteristics, including conductivity,
dielectricity, optical properties, piezoelectricity, and magneticity, are being developed
by electroceramists at the required level. In general, it is believed that material flaws
adversely affect the characteristics and functionality of ceramic materials. There-
fore, great attempts have been made to either reduce their concentration or balance
off their negative effects.
A new generation of ceramic materials, known as electroceramics, has emerged
due to the significant technical breakthroughs and discoveries in which the ceramic
industry has played a pivotal role. These materials are ready for new applications
after demonstrating their excellence in high-temperature, electro-optic, pyroelectric,
and piezoelectric applications. While electroceramic is a broad category of inor-
ganic materials that include oxides, nitrides, niobates, titanates, carbides, and other
minerals, conventional ceramic is silicate/clay (Fig. 1).
Section 2 The basic information on imperfection or defect has been given. In
Sect. 3, explanation for classifying defects in electroceramic according to dimen-
sions. Section 4 describes defects and their role in materials. Section 5 highlights
the various characterization techniques for identifying defects in electroceramics.
Section 6 illustrates the applications of defects in different electroceramic materials.

Fig. 1 Classification of electroceramics

Defects in Electroceramics 33

The field of ceramics has one important subfield known as electroceramics. Unlike
structural ceramics, electroceramics rely on their superior electrical properties to
perform a wide range of tasks in automation, communications, electronics, energy
conversion and storage, and so on. In the past, advancements in the various electroce-
ramic subclasses—such as dielectrics, which include high dielectric capacitors; ferro-
electrics, which include nonvolatile memory and data storage; and piezoelectrics,
which include sensors, actuators, and transducers—have increased in tandem with
new device technologies. The majority of the aforementioned technologies are gained
by controlling certain materials’ dielectric, ferroelectric, and piezoelectric character-
istics. The question for faults in electroceramics is how such imperfections affect the
above-described qualities. The growing number of publications published suggests
that research on flaws in electroceramics has received much attention [1].

2 Imperfections or Defects

Imperfections or flaws: In a crystal, everything that deviates from the ideal arrange-
ment of atoms is considered to have imperfections or defects. Since these traits are
frequently exploited on purpose to alter a material’s mechanical properties, calling
them defects is misleading. One method of producing a crystal flaw in a metal is
adding alloying elements. Numerous crystal characteristics, including strength, elec-
trical conductivity, and ferromagnet hysteresis loss, are strongly influenced by crystal
defects. Therefore, defects and the characteristics of the host crystals both have a
significant influence on several significant crystal properties. Minute amounts of
chemical impurities solely cause certain semiconductors’ conductivity. Flaws and
impurities cause many crystals’ color and brilliance. Impurities or defects have the
potential to increase atomic diffusion greatly. Generally, flaws govern the mechanical
and plastic characteristics [2].

3 Imperfections Classification

Public relations is hampered by the persistent belief that flaws are the “bad guys.”
Defects have typically been written off as not significantly affecting the properties and
functionality of ceramic materials and equipment. Consequently, significant efforts
have been made to reduce their concentration or offset their negative effects. On
the other hand, we are aware that flaws may provide value. For instance, the very
desired hue in gem-quality diamonds is caused by imperfections and impurities
(see sidebar). The “bad guy” image of flaws is starting to be questioned in light of
recent developments in the synthesis, characterization, and theoretical modeling of
ceramics.
34 B. Shivaleela and S. M. Hanagodimaht

Ceramics are susceptible to excessive extrinsic and intrinsic defect types, such
as vacancies, interstitials, antisite defects, and so on. In crystalline materials,
imperfections are often categorized based on their dimensions.

Crystal Defects

Point Defects Line Defects Surface Defects Volume Defects

(0 D) (1 D) (2 D) (3D)

3.1 Point Defects

A point defect is an area inside the lattice structure where one atom is missing
or arranged erratically. Point defects include substitutional atoms, vacancies, self-
interstitial atoms, and interstitial impurity atoms (Fig. 2). A self-interstitial atom is an
extra atom that has pushed its way into an interstitial vacuum in the crystal structure.
Self-interstitial atoms are only trace numbers in metals because they significantly
stress and modify the closely packed lattice structure. A replacement impurity atom
is an atom of a different type from the bulk atoms that has replaced one of the bulk
atoms in the lattice. Substitutional impurity atoms usually comprise 15% or less of
the bulk atom in size. One example of substitutional impurity atoms is the zinc atoms
in brass. Zinc atoms, which have a radius of 0.133 nm, have partially replaced some
of the copper atoms in brass, which have a radius of 0.128 nm. Interstitial impurity
atoms are substantially smaller than atoms in the bulk matrix. The vacant space in the
lattice structure between the bulk atoms is occupied by interstitial impurity atoms [3].
Interstitial impurities include, for example, the carbon atoms added to iron to make
steel. The bigger iron atoms (0.124 nm) are neatly spaced apart by the 0.071 nm radius
of carbon atoms. Where there should be an atom but isn’t is called a vacancy. They
are widespread, particularly at high temperatures when atoms move randomly and
often, creating voids in the lattice. Diffusion, or mass transfer via atomic motion, is
typically only possible in the presence of vacancies. A Schottkey flaw occurs when
an atom, liberated from a normal location, migrates through a series of steps before
settling at the surface of the crystal. This can be achieved in two ways: either an
equivalent charged interstitial forms for each vacancy in an ionic crystal, or there
are an equal number of cation and anion vacancies. Combinations of anion cation
vacancies (in pairs) result in Schottkey defects. A void and interstitial together result
in a Frankel defect (Fig. 3).
Defects in Electroceramics 35

Fig. 2 Various types of point defects

Fig. 3 Images of a Schotky and b Frankel defect

3.2 Line Imperfections

Atomic groups are positioned irregularly in linear defects. Dislocations are a frequent
term for linear flaws. Any deviation from an atomic arrangement along a line that is
completely periodic is called a line imperfection. Since the distortion in this instance
is limited to a single line, the imperfection may be defined as the separation between
two perfectly formed but out-of-register sections of a surface. A dislocation is a line
flaw that is located in the slip plane and serves as the border between the slipped
and un-slipped area. When stress is applied, dislocations are created and move.
Dislocations regulate a metal’s ductility and strength. Screw and Edge dislocations
are two extreme forms of dislocations that can be distinguished (Fig. 4).
36 B. Shivaleela and S. M. Hanagodimaht

Fig. 4 Illustration of edge and screw dislocation

3.3 Edge Dislocations

The interatomic bonds are only slightly broken in the vicinity of the dislocation line.
As shown in the series of images above, the dislocation progresses in a similar way,
a little at a time. Moving to the right from its position in picture (a) to image (b) and
eventually image (c), the dislocation in the upper half of the crystal is slipping one
plane at a time. One plane at a time, the dislocation expands across the crystal. The
dislocation migrates across the plane, eventually causing the top half of the crystal
to move in proportion to the bottom half. However, very few of the bonds are broken
at any given moment. When moving in this way, a lot less force is needed than when
breaking all of the ties across the center plane at once [4].

3.4 Screw Dislocations

Visualizing the screw dislocation is a little trickier. Shear force likewise causes a
screw to dislocate however, instead of moving parallel to the direction of the stress
and atom displacement, this time the defect line moves perpendicularly. To visualize
a screw dislocation, consider a block of metal with a shear force applied across one
end, causing the metal to begin to rip. The graphic on the upper right shows this. The
atom plane just above the rupture is seen in the picture on the lower right. The blue
circles indicate the atoms that have not yet shifted from their initial positions. The red
circles indicate the locations of the atoms that have restored metallic connections and
relocated to new positions within the lattice. It is evident that only a small percentage
of the bonds break at any one moment. As with the edge dislocation, moving in this
manner requires a great deal less force than breaking all the links across the central
plane at once. If the shear force is increased, the atoms will continue to slide to
the right. A row of green atoms will return to their proper location in the lattice
Defects in Electroceramics 37

and turn red, whereas a row of blue atoms will shift and turn green. As a result,
screw dislocation in the picture will migrate upward in a direction perpendicular
to the stress. Interfaces between homogenous material sections are known as planar
faults. Grain boundaries, stacking faults, and exterior surfaces are examples of planar
defects.

3.5 Stacking Faults and Twin Boundaries

A rupture in the long-range stacking sequence can give rise to two more common
types of crystal defects: a twin region and a stacking fault. A change in the stacking
sequence over a small number of atomic spacings causes a stacking defect, while a
change over a large number of atomic spacings results in a twin area. An interruption
of one or two layers in the atom plane stacking process is called a stacking defect.
Although stacking faults may arise in many different types of crystal formations,
they are most easily observed in closely packed systems. For instance, it is known
from a previous debate that the only way that face centered cubic (fcc) structures
and hexagonal close packed (hcp) structures are different is in the order in which
they stack. The initial two layers of hcp and fcc structures organize themselves in a
similar manner and are referred to as having an AB arrangement. If the third layer
is stacked with its atoms directly above those of the first (A) layer, the stacking will
be ABA. This is the hcp structure, and it continues ABABABAB. The atoms in the
third layer, however, have the ability to align themselves with those in the first layer
to form the ABC arrangement of the fcc structure. Therefore, if the hcp structure is
functioning as ABABAB and then suddenly switches to ABABABCABAB, there is
a stacking error (Fig. 5).
Alternatively, the pattern is ABCABCABC in the fcc arrangement. In a fcc struc-
ture, a stacking problem would manifest as the absence of one of the C planes. Stated
differently, the pattern would change to ABCABCAB_ABCABC. A stacking error

Fig. 5 Stacking faults and twin boundaries

38 B. Shivaleela and S. M. Hanagodimaht

Fig. 6 Grain boundaries in polycrystalline

will create its twin, a second stacking fault, if it does not cure itself right away and
persists beyond a certain amount of atomic spacings. Two twin stacking faults are
created, for instance, if the stacking pattern is ABABABAB but briefly changes to
ABCABCABC before returning to ABABABAB. The twin plane is the red area in
the stacking sequence ABCABCACBACBABCABC, and the twin limits are the A
planes at each end of the highlighted area.

3.6 Polycrystaline Grain Boundaries

Grain boundary defects are another kind of planer defects. The topic of single crystal
flaws has dominated the conversation up to this point. On the other hand, solids
are often made up of many grains or crystallites. Grains are typically oriented in a
rotational manner with regard to their surrounding grains, and their sizes can vary
from nanometers to millimeters wide (Fig. 6) A grain boundary is the point at which
one grain ends and another begins. The dislocations’ lengths and movements are
constrained by grain boundaries. Consequently, a material is strengthened by having
smaller grains (greater grain boundary surface area). When the material is cast or
heat-treated, the pace of cooling can regulate the size of the grains. Larger grains
are often produced by gradual cooling, whereas smallergrains are produced by quick
cooling. See the solidification debate for further details [5].

3.7 Volume or Bulk Defects

Compared to other crystal defects covered in this section, bulk faults happen on a far
larger scale. Nevertheless, some of the most prevalent bulk faults will be discussed
Defects in Electroceramics 39

Fig. 7 SEM images of volume defects

for the sake of thoroughness and because they do have an impact on the movement of
dislocations. Areas known as voids occur when a significant portion of the lattice’s
atoms are absent (Fig. 7). A hole in a metal object is shown in the image to the right.
An SEM, or scanning electron microscope, was used to get the picture. There are
several causes for voids. Porosity is the term used to describe voids that form when a
substance freezes as a result of trapped air bubbles. Cavitation is the term for a void
created when a substance contracts during the solidification process. When impurity
atoms group together to produce tiny patches of a different phase, this is another sort
of bulk defect. The region of space filled by a physically homogenous substance is
referred to as its “phase.” These areas are typically called precipitates or inclusions.

Activity 1 Point Defects

• Figure out how point flaws are taken into consideration when the crystal-
lization process proceeds quickly. The primary cause of these faults is a
variation in the way the constituent particles are arranged.
• How the concentrations of point defects react to variations in pressure and
temperature, where the distance between sites of repeated growth—which
act as sources and sinks for point defects—determines the suitable diffusion
length.
• Distingiush between Schotky and Frankel defect, whether they are vacancies
or interstetial defects.
• Derive the carrier concentration for Frankel and Shotcky barrier for zero
dimensional or point defects.
40 B. Shivaleela and S. M. Hanagodimaht

Activity 2 Line Defect

• What is the difference between line and plane defects, are they same or is
there any difference between them?
• How the ductility and ductility of electroceramics is effected by line defects?

Activity 3 Grain Boundaries

• Give the examples of crystal systems with their bravice lattice with
examples.
• Ferroelectric domains or grain boundaries explain with neat diagram.

Activity 4 Bulk Defect

• Scanning electron microscope how is it helpful for the defect identification.

Write its working principle. Collect SEM images of some electroceramic
materials.

4 Defects and Their Role in Materials

There is a growing awareness that flaws are not always negative things. In fact, they
have a set of characteristics and affects that, when recognized and managed, may offer
a level of utility and control that may be unmatched by any other aspect. The insertion
of deliberate flaws with control over their kind, concentration, and placement offers
a chance to exploit “good guy” flaws. Defects play a new role in which they may be
used as a tool to improve and tune qualities, as well as to enable new functionality.
This perspective highlights methodological advancements and scientific instances
where faults have been accepted and used to improve material function in order to
highlight present work and future prospects for this role redefining.
The function of defects in materials One function of contemporary materials
science is to offer a basis on which engineers and scientists from various disciplines
might build next-generation technologies to answer the demands of present and
future social concerns. Not only is the creation of sophisticated materials with new
or improved performance and attributes essential to these advancements, but so is
the understanding of how to deterministically synthesis and process these materials
to best use their properties. The foundation of materials science is the idea that a
Defects in Electroceramics 41

material’s structure, characteristics, processing, and, ultimately, performance are all

closely related. Furthermore, as the subject has developed, materials scientists and
engineers have come to understand that failing to take into consideration and deal with
the function of material flaws may seriously hinder even our best attempts to manage
these principles. Defects are crucial to the evolution of material properties in all
areas of materials science, from critical flaws that can drastically reduce a material’s
strength to the deliberate introduction of desired defects needed to produce modern
electronic materials.
From traditional to contemporary: Today’s ceramic flaws Chemical alloying is
the most well-known and conventional example of using flaws for ceramic property
management and improvement. This strategy has typically been employed to enhance
qualities by counterbalancing unfavorable impacts of other faults. Chemical alloying,
for instance, has long been employed in electroceramics to lessen electrical leakage
by balancing charges that are (partially) introduced to lattice by off-stoichiometry or
impurities. Direct applications of chemical dopants have also been used to achieve the
intended outcomes. For instance, it has been demonstrated that aliovalent substitution
of A- and B-site cations in perovskite (ABO3) materials enhances ionic conduction.
Although chemical alloying has a long history, it has primarily been directed by chem-
ical intuition and empirical data. Consequently, the resulting “better” performance
is often poorly understood or just post-rationalized [6].

Activity 5 Good Guys

• How these defects are play important role in controlling properties of

electroceramic materials with examples.

5 Characterization of Defects

Materials science is based on the fundamental concept of characterization, and

advancements in this field are revealing hitherto unheard-of details about the behav-
iors of macroscopic defects, the structures of local and microscopic defects, the
kinetics of in situ defects in response to stimuli, and more. The application of
both new and ancient techniques created outside of ceramics has resulted in several
advancements. Here are some instances of how ceramics are now being affected by
cutting-edge methods for flaw characterization.
42 B. Shivaleela and S. M. Hanagodimaht

5.1 Electrical Characterization

In addition to the conventional method of fitting current–voltage curves for assessing

transport processes in electroceramics, several characterisation approaches based on
macroscopic defect response under applied fields have been investigated recently.
The following methods are becoming more popular again: Thermally-stimulated
depolarization current spectroscopy measures depolarization currents while heating
a material at a steady rate to provide information about carrier trap energies, densities,
etc., especially for broad bang-gap materials; impedance spectroscopy measures AC
impedance as a function of frequency and models it using circuit components to
distinguish between grain boundary vs. bulk conduction, ionic versus electronic
conduction, and other phenomena. Deep level transient spectroscopy is a transient
capacitance method that analyzes carrier trap energies, densities, and captures cross-
sections while monitoring the capacitance of a depletion zone under a voltage pulse
[7–10].

Activity 6 Electrical Properties

• How the electrical conductivity or resistivity of electro ceramics changes

with defects, collect the information from literature.

5.2 Optical and Magnetic Characterization

Conventional optical techniques, including as photoluminescence and cathodolumi-

nescence, have been used for years by scientists to gather information on band gap
and intra-gap states and to produce light during recombination. Additional contem-
porary techniques are photoinduced current transient spectroscopy, which, especially
for wide band-gap materials, uses light to excite carriers into trap states and measures
current transients, thereby providing information about intra-gap traps; and ellip-
sometry, which measures variations in light polarization as it is reflected from the
material, allowing the extraction of the dielectric constant along with information
about surface defects (Fig. 8).
Electron magnetic resonances: these use microwaves to move electrons between
spin states split by the Zeeman effect under a magnetic field to determine the g
factor of a paramagnetic in ion. They are particularly effective at detecting the kind
and orientation of defect dipoles (i.e., complexes of charged point defects). Direct
imaging and mapping methods now in use provide macroscopic, average fault probes
in addition to local, atomic-level characterization [11, 12].
Defects in Electroceramics 43

Fig. 8 Absorption spectra of nitrogen defect in diamond

5.3 Scanning Electron Microscope

Recent developments in scanning transmission electron microscopy (STEM) and

in situ electron energy loss spectroscopy (EELS) have made these methods broadly
applicable and very successful for directly examining (and possibly even producing)
local defect structures and chemistry. For example, direct mapping of defect migra-
tion [13] at the atomic level and surface reconstruction of SrTiO3 single crystals at
elevated temperatures have been carried out and shown (Fig. 9).

Fig. 9 SEM images of

defect in electroceramic
44 B. Shivaleela and S. M. Hanagodimaht

5.4 X-Ray Diffraction

Similarly, X-ray diffraction-based methods (Fig. 10), typically performed in a

synchrotron, can determine crystal symmetry, atomic organization, and the chem-
ical environment of a material’s surface and localized regions. Additionally, these
methods can shed light on the type and presence of flaws. For example, the impact
of defects on chemical reactions at interfaces has been shown by synchrotron-based
X-ray diffraction because of its high sensitivity to surface layers and nondestructive
nature of material characteristic exploration.

Activity 6 Electrical Properties

• Collect images of different defects observed in diamond and specially how

color is going to effect defects in diamond.

Defects: Theory, modeling, and computational techniques New insights into func-
tional materials with more complex crystal structures and chemistries have been
gained as a result of recent advancements in computer infrastructure, going beyond
investigations of conventional metallic compounds or single/binary semiconductor
materials. Multiscale and modal approaches may anticipate and comprehend material
phenomena like never before, from atomic- to mesoscopic-level structures [14].

Fig. 10 XRD spectra of lead

zirconium titanate for study
of defects
Defects in Electroceramics 45

Activity 7 XRD Spectra

• XRD images of crystalline and noncystralline electroceramic materials

collect them and try to differentiate the peaks or planes with miller indices.

5.5 DFT Studies

Modern techniques and more effective approaches allow us to examine large-scale

simulated cells at limited temperatures, which mimic more realistic defect struc-
tures, and to perform time-resolved studies of defect evolution under external distur-
bance. Our understanding of static and dynamic defect patterns, particularly in oxide
materials, has increased with the use of density functional theory (DFT), Monte
Carlo simulations, phase-field modeling, and molecular dynamics (MD) simula-
tions. Defect-induced electronic/magnetic properties, phase competition, kinetics,
stability of defect configurations, etc. can all be obtained at the unit-cell level by
DFT simulations. Mesoscopically, pseudopotential developments provide the basis
for more and more Monte Carlo and MD simulations, especially when it comes to
defect dynamics. In the electrochemical uses of ceramics, for instance, understanding
the lattice interactions and ionic migration pathways in materials with various struc-
tures (fluorites, perovskites, etc.) has become crucial for developing next-generation
solid-oxide fuel cells. Similarly, the creation of exceptionally stable and efficient
electrochemical electrode materials has been greatly aided by studies on gas inter-
actions at the solid–vapor interface and the kinetic integration of protons or ions in
oxide lattices. MD models also shed light on the dynamic lattice response of ferro-
electric materials under electric bias or optical stimulation (Fig. 11). Comparable
techniques are being researched to understand defect dynamics [15–20].

Activity 8 DFT Studies by Gaussian

• How Gaussian software is helpful for the DFT studies? Collect some infor-
mation on Gauss view 6. How to obtain Molecular orbital structure from it
and also How it is helpful for spectrosctropic analysis.
46 B. Shivaleela and S. M. Hanagodimaht

Fig. 11 DFT studies on defects in lithium niobate

6 Defects in Electroceramic Sensors, Thermistors,

Ferroelectric Materials

Products in the multibillion dollar electroceramics industry include Mn-Zn ferrites,

PZT transducers, SiO2 optical fibers, BaTiO3 , multilayer capacitors, ZnO varistors,
and A12 O3 packages. Roughly speaking, there are six equal market segments (Japan
Electronics Almanac 1986). The following technologies are emerging quickly within
each market segment: tellurium oxide coatings for video discs, barium hexaferrites
for perpendicular recording, buried resistors and capacitors in ceramic packages,
PZT piezoelectric motors, and catalytic coatings for chemical sensors [2, 21]. The
convergence of several technologies in a synergistic manner is exciting, as is the case
with all rapidly expanding fields of science and engineering (Fig. 12).
The most common and least expensive kind of sensors are those with ceramic
bodies (Kulwicki 1984). The structure–property correlations in ceramic sensors will
be emphasized through the discussion of six different types of sensors: three thermis-
tors and three chemical sensors. The sensors use a variety of electrical phenomena that
react to even the smallest changes in chemical composition or [Link]
sensors Superionic conductors are used in automobile engines to measure the mixture
of fuel and air (Eddy 1974). One surface of the conductor is in contact with exhaust
gas through a porous electrode, and the other surface is in contact with air (Fig. 13).
The diffusion of oxygen ions through the solid electrolyte results in a voltage between
the electrodes. As the sensor gets hotter, the conductivity level increases. Monitoring
the composition of the air–fuel mixture has the dual benefits of lowering air pollu-
tion and improving fuel efficiency. Stabilized zirconia is the most often utilized ionic
conductor in oxygen sensors. When zirconium is partially replaced with Mg2+ , Ca2+ ,
or Y3+ , a sizable concentration of oxygen vacancies stabilizes the cubic fluorite
structure [22, 23].
Defects in Electroceramics 47

Fig. 12 Electroceramic market and applications over defects

Fig. 13 Instrumentation for oxygen sensor as electro ceramics

According to the structural formula (Zr, -xMgx)(O2-x ~ x), an oxygen vacancy is

created for each zirconium that is substituted with magnesium. In the cubic cation
sites of the fluorite structure, magnesium takes the place of zirconium, with oxygen
vacancies explaining the decreased cation charge. The cations in the fluorite structure
form a face-centered cubic lattice, while the anions are organized in a simple cubic
arrangement. The anion sites’ close proximity (−2.5 A) facilitates oxygens’ easy
48 B. Shivaleela and S. M. Hanagodimaht

migration to a nearby unoccupied site. This improves ionic conductivity in fluorite-

family oxides with fault structure, making them useful as oxygen sensors (McGeehin
and Hooper 1977).
The three types of ceramic thermistors that are most frequently used are NTC,
PTC, and critical temperature. Ceramics composed of barium titanate are commonly
used in PTC thermistors. When doped with donor ions, the resistivity material
exhibits a significant PTC effect La3+ or Ce3+ (for Ba2+ ) or NbS+ (for Ti4+ ). This
low resistivity material shows a strong PTC effect when burnt in air. In ceramics
manufactured in reducing atmospheres, only normal NTC behavior is seen [24, 25].
Multilayer capacitors (Herbert 1985) employ ferroelectric oxides (Fig. 14), such
as barium titanate. Ferroelectric oxides having corner-linked octahedral networks
of Ti4+ , Nb5+ , or other do ions, as well as high dielectric constants and refractive
indices, are found in perovskite, bismuth titanate, pyrochlore, and tungsten bronze
layer structures. Ferroelectricity and the high permittivities required for capacitors
are driven by the highly polarisable “active” ions found in these transition-metal
elements. In the periodic system, there exist two primary groups of active ions, and
they are both located near electronic “crossover” sites - locations where the energy of
many atomic orbitals is similar and hybrid bond formation is frequent. The first group
consists of the three ions Ti 4+ , Nb, and W6’, which are octahedrally coordinated to
oxygen. A range of molecular orbitals for the (TiO6 )8-complex are formed when the
3d, 4 s, and 4p orbitals of Ti4+ electronically crossover with the (Ti and 7 orbitals of
its six O2 -neighbors). The bond energy of the complex can be lowered by converting
the octahedron to a lower symmetry. This leads to dipole moments, ferroelectricity,
and high dielectric constants [26, 27].

Fig. 14 Ferroelectric oxides

with defects and hysteresis
curve
Defects in Electroceramics 49

Activity 6 Electrical Properties

• What is the significance of Hysteresis loop in ferroelectric materials? Collect

the Information of Hysteresis loss in ferroelectric materials due to defects
in electroceramics.

7 Conclusions

Every material that we are aware of has some kind of flaw, whether it be composite,
metallic, ceramic, or made of polymers. Ceramic flaws, as well as flaws in other
materials and their effects We’ll learn about some of the most typical ceramic flaws
in this blog post, along with the kinds of imperfections that may be found in various
ceramic systems. Based on dimensions, there are four different sorts of defects: zero,
one, two, and three dimensional, which stand for point, line, surface, and volume
defects, in that order. Once more, they are categorized based on the process by which
flaws are formed. As a result, the main physical processes were determined after
the impacts of defects on the crystal lattice were compiled. Several programs are
connected to those issues. Within the fields of condensed matter physics and inor-
ganic chemistry, research on defects has rapidly grown since the beneficial effects
of imperfections on electroceramic performance were discovered. This study exam-
ined the effects of both internal and external flaws on the properties of materials,
with a focus on the dielectric, ferroelectric, and piezoelectric properties. We also
covered defect characterization techniques and described the many kinds of faults in
electroceramics.

8 Further Reading

For an overview of defects in solid J Kittel book is helpful and for electroceramic
material, properties and their applications by A.J. Moulson and J. M. Herbert is
devoted entirely to field of electroceramics.

References

1. Saremi, S., Dasgupta, A., Gao, R., Martin, L.W.: New facets for the role of defects in ceramics.
Am. Ceram. Soc. Bull. 97 (2018)
2. Nageshwar Rao, G., Umakanthum, K.: Application of electroceramics. Everyman Sci. 33(3)
(1998)
50 B. Shivaleela and S. M. Hanagodimaht

3. Hadi, B.H.: Notes engineering materials lecture 6: defects in solids: point defects and line
defects (2016)
4. Nagra, J.S.: Modelling microstructure-property relationships in polycrystalline metals using
new fast fourier transform-based crystal plasticity frameworks (2019)
5. Lee, C.-H., et al.: Exploiting dimensionality and defect mitigation to create tunable microwave
dielectrics. Nature 502, 532–536 (2013)
6. Saremi, S., et al.: Enhanced electrical resistivity and properties via ion bombardment of
ferroelectric thin films. Adv. Mater. 28, 10750–10756 (2016)
7. Saremi, S., et al.: Electronic transport and ferroelectric switching in ion-bombarded, defect
engineered BiFeO3 thin films. Adv. Mater. Inter. (2017). Accepted
8. Tsur, Y., et al.: Crystal and defect chemistry of rare earth cations in BaTiO3. J. Electroceram.
7, 25–34 (2001)
9. Erhart, P., Eichel, R.-A., Träskelin, P., Albe, K.: Association of oxygen vacancies with impurity
metal ions in lead titanate. Phys. Rev. B: Condens. Matter Mater. Phys. 76, 174116 (2007)
10. Shimada, T., Ueda, T., Wang, J., Kitamura, T.: Hybrid hartree fock density functional study of
charged point defects in ferroelectric PbTiO3. Phys. Rev. B: Condens. Matter Mater. Phys. 87,
174111 (2013)
11. Yao, Y., Fu, H.: Charged vacancies in ferroelectric PbTiO3: formation energies, optimal fermi
region, and influence on local polarization. Phys. Rev. B: Condens. Matter Mater. Phys. 84,
064112 (2011)
12. Li, F., Zhang, S.J., Yang, T.N., Xu, Z., Zhang, N., Liu, G., Wang, J.J., Wang, J.L., Cheng, Z.X.,
Ye, Z.G., et al.: The origin of ultrahigh piezoelectricity in relaxor-ferroelectric solid solution
crystals. Nat. Commun. 7, 13807 (2016)
13. Sun, E.W., Cao, W.W.: Relaxor-based ferroelectric single crystals: growth, domain engineering,
characterization and applications. Prog. Mater. Sci. 65, 124–210 (2014)
14. Zheng, T., Wu, J.G., Xiao, D.Q., Zhu, J.G.: Recent development in lead-free perovskite
piezoelectric bulk materials. Prog. Mater. Sci. 98, 552–624 (2018)
15. Gerson, R.: Variation in ferroelectric characteristics of lead zirconate titanate ceramics due to
minor chemical modifications. J. Appl. Phys. 31, 188–194 (1960)
16. Zhu, J.-H., Dai, J.-Q., Xu, J.-W., Li, X.-Y.: Effect of Zn and Ti Co doping on structure and
electrical properties of BiFeO3 ceramics. Ceram. Int. 44, 9215–9922 (2018)
17. Lu, H.C., Lin, M.Y., Chou, S.L., Peng, Y.C., Lo, J.I., Cheng, B.M.: Identification of nitrogen
defects in diamond with photoluminescence excited in the 160–240 nm region. Anal. Chem.
84(21), 9596–9600 (2012)
18. Schmidt, F., Kozub, A.L., Gerstmann, U., Schmidt, W.G., Schindlmayr, A.: A density-
functional theory study of hole and defect-bound exciton polarons in lithium niobate. Crystals
12(11), 1586 (2022)
19. Chen, Y., Xie, S., Wang, Q., Fu, L., Nie, R., Zhu, J.: Correlation between microstructural
evolutions and electrical/mechanical behaviors in Nb/Ce co-doped Pb (Zr0. 52Ti0. 48) O3
ceramics at different sintering temperatures. Mater. Res. Bull. 94, 174–182 (2017)
20. Chouprik, A., Negrov, D., Tsymbal, E.Y., Zenkevich, A.: Defects in ferroelectric HfO 2.
Nanoscale 13(27), 11635–11678 (2021)
21. Chandrasekaran, A., Damjanovic, D., Setter, N., Marzari, N.: Defect ordering and
defect−domain-wall interactions in PbTiO3: a first-principles study. Phys. Rev. B: Condens.
Matter Mater. Phys. 88, 214116 (2013)
22. Garipov, R.R., Spaeth, J.M., Keeble, D.J.: Measurement of Cu(II) copper defect dipole in
ferroelectric PbTiO3 using electron nuclear double resonance. Phys. Rev. Lett. 101, 247604
(2008)
23. Ge, F.F., Wu, W.D., Wang, X.M., Wang, H.P., Dai, Y., Wang, H.B., Shen, J.: The first-principle
calculation of structures and defect energies in tetragonal PbTiO3. Phys. B 404, 3814–3818
(2009)
24. Ge, F.-F., Wu, W.-D., Cao, L.-H., Wang, X.-M., Wang, H.-P., Dai, Y., Wang, H.-B., Shen, J.: The
structure and defect formation energy in tetragonal PbTiO3: ab initio calculation. Ferroelectrics
401, 154–160 (2010)
Defects in Electroceramics 51

25. Keeble, D.J., Loyo-Menoyo, M., Booq, Z.I.Y., Garipov, R.R., Eremkin, V.V., Smotrakov,
V.: Fe3+ defect dipole centers in ferroelectric PbTiO3 studied using electron paramagnetic
resonance. Phys. Rev. B: Condens. Matter Mater. Phys. 80, 014101 (2009)
26. Mackie, R.A., Peláiz-Barranco, A., Keeble, D.J.: Vacancy defects in PbTiO3 and lanthanide-
ion-doped PbTiO3: a study of positron lifetimes. Phys. Rev. B: Condens. Matter Mater. Phys.
82, 024113 (2010)
27. Gong, J.J., Li, C.F., Zhang, Y., Li, Y.Q., Zheng, S.H., Yang, K.L., Huang, R.S., Lin, L., Yan,
Z.B., Liu, J.M.: Interactions of charged domain walls and oxygen vacancies in BaTiO3 : a
first-principles study. Mater. Today Phys. 6, 9–21 (2018)
Preparation of Ceramics: Different
Approaches

Gobinath Velu Kaliyannan, Rajasekar Rathanasamy, Raja Gunasekaran,

Santhosh Sivaraj, Suganeswaran Kandasamy, and Subha Krishna Rao

Abstract Ceramics were the most prominent materials, holding higher strength
and electrical resistivity even under elevated temperatures. Ceramics, with their
unique combination of mechanical, thermal, and electrical properties, find appli-
cations across numerous industries, ranging from traditional pottery to cutting-edge
electronic devices. Ceramics are in worldwide need due to their versatility and poten-
tial use in many other industries, including electronics, medicine, space, sports, etc.
Numerous ceramic substances and preparation techniques are available and tailored
for certain applications. The properties, including corrosion resistance, remarkable
optical and electrical characteristics, hardness, and anti-aging, are influenced by
material selection, preparation methods, and processing conditions. The prepara-
tion of ceramics for various applications includes selecting raw materials, mixing
with binder materials, forming, applying heat, sintering, firing, and final processing.
Due to their resistance to oxidation, ceramics were used in moist environments.
The strength of ceramics was due to the covalent or ionic bonding between their
atoms. This chapter deals with the preparation of ceramic materials using various
approaches, encompassing traditional techniques such as slip casting, Tape casting,
and sintering, as well as contemporary methods like sol–gel synthesis, micro stere-
olithography, and 3D printing based on electrical, magnetic, optical, and structural
applications.

G. Velu Kaliyannan (B) · R. Rathanasamy · S. Kandasamy

Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Erode 638060, Tamil
Nadu, India
e-mail: gobinath.v.k@[Link]
R. Gunasekaran
Department of Mechanical Engineering, Velalar College of Engineering and Technology,
Erode 638012, Tamil Nadu, India
S. Sivaraj
Department of Robotics and Automation, Easwari Engineering College, Chennai 600089, India
S. Krishna Rao
Centre for Nanoscience and Nanotechnology, International Research Centre, Satyabama Institute
of Science and Technology, Chennai 600119, India

© The Author(s), under exclusive license to Springer Nature Singapore Pte Ltd. 2024 53
U. Kumar (ed.), Defects Engineering in Electroceramics for Energy Applications,
Engineering Materials, [Link]
54 G. Velu Kaliyannan et al.

Keywords Advanced ceramics · Corrosion resistance · Sol–gel · Sintering · Slip

casting · Tape casting · Micro stereolithography · 3D printing

1 Introduction

The word “ceramics” originates from the ancient Greek word “keramicos,” which
refers to things that have been burned. They are made from naturally existing raw
materials and have been known for millennia. C ceramics are inorganic, non-metallic
solids typically made from powdered materials with generally high melting points
that need high temperatures for production and utilization [1]. Ceramics include
various materials, such as metal oxides, borides, carbides, nitrides, and various
combinations of these elements [2]. In a broader context, the word “ceramics” is
associated with pottery, which signifies a type of substance, brittleness, which is
its defining feature, and frequent utilization in the domestic and industrial sectors.
In context, the word “ceramics” is significantly more general in its material defi-
nition, encompassing a diverse range of predominantly polycrystalline inorganic
non-metallic substances. These substances are frequently machined into engineered
forms using granules and ambient temperature. Their distinctive physical character-
istics are obtained by a high-temperature burning method. Additionally, it comprises
inorganic cementitious substances such as lime, cement, and gypsum, which attain
their ultimate characteristics without burning [3].
Ceramics represent a diverse material class that has played a significant role in
human civilization for millennia. These ceramics may be broadly classified into
two main categories: advanced and traditional. Both have distinctive characteristics
and functions. With its ancient origins, conventional ceramics includes rich clayware,
clay-based pots (earthenware, stoneware), porcelain, glass, cement, and abrasives for
decorative and functional uses. The primary constituents of conventional ceramics
are inorganic, non-metallic substances such as feldspar, silica, and clay. Whereas
silica offers excellent stability at extreme temperatures and enhanced melting points,
clay offers stiffness and flexibility. The glass state is formed when ceramics undergo
the firing process, with feldspar playing a significant role in this transformation.
Advanced ceramics, conversely, are produced from a range of substances that include
oxides, nitrate elements, carbides, and non-silicate glasses.
Conventional ceramics can be made from various materials and can occur in
either amorphous or solid forms. Ceramic materials frequently exhibit porosity across
several size scales, ranging from nano to macro levels, which can significantly impact
their inherent characteristics [4]. Traditional ceramics have been utilized since prehis-
tory. It has been utilized for different uses throughout human history, including the
manufacturing of floor and ceiling tiles, hygiene products, glass, porcelain, tableware,
and concrete.
Conventional ceramics are predominantly made up of silicate and aluminosil-
icate substances that occur naturally; they consist mainly of oxygen, silicon, and
aluminium. The production of conventional ceramics started with the development
Preparation of Ceramics: Different Approaches 55

of ceramic mixtures and concludes with the sintering process. Calcium, magnesium,
sodium, and potassium are some of the other elements that could be included in these
compounds. The utilization of extremely standardized and uniform raw materials,
along with massive automation-enabled production, provides constant efficiency and
high-quality products. Constant research and development activities have resulted in
advancements within the field of conventional ceramics.
The utilization of computer-aided design and manufacturing (CAD/CAM) has
facilitated the advancement of layouts and the development of product variations.
Because of these advancements, conventional ceramics are able to compete with
non-ceramic substances in a wide range of creative, attractive, and practical uses.
Moreover, conventional ceramics are no longer obsolete or rigid. Continuous progress
has been made in a wide range of areas, including fundamental components, equip-
ment, processes, combustion systems, and ornamentation, which has enhanced their
productivity and viability. The aforementioned developments have resulted in lower
energy and labor expenses, higher efficiency, higher standards, and reduced manufac-
turing costs. Furthermore, these developments have also contributed to a substantial
decrease in environmental effect [5].
In contrast, advanced ceramics serve as an embodiment of contemporary mate-
rial science and engineering, exhibiting a broad variety of specialized characteris-
tics that are precisely suited to the requirements of high-performance applications.
Advanced ceramics are a distinct category of ceramic materials that are produced
by synthetic substances of exceptional purity. In terms of chemical composition,
these ceramics consist of oxides, nitrides, and carbides; diamond and graphite can
be included within the same group. In order to facilitate the forming process, organic
binders are frequently used.
Advanced ceramics are often divided into oxide and non-oxide categories
according to their constituents. Binary oxides, aluminates, ferrites, zirconates, and
more are included in the category of oxide ceramics. Carbon-based materials,
carbides, nitrides, and borides are examples of non-oxide ceramics. This broad
category also includes ceramic composites composed of both oxides and non-oxides.
Advanced ceramics initially emerged to maximize an individual fundamental
feature for a particular use. Technological advancements, however, have produced
modern ceramics with multipurpose characteristics that may combine features that
were previously thought to be incompatible. Traditionally, obtaining versatility has
required limitations, either by reducing a particular feature to improve another or
by creating composite arrangements. The development of ceramic materials with
unique features continues for a range of functions, including structural, functional,
and biologic uses, as ceramic parts continue to decrease in size. In research, these
ceramics are frequently denoted as “fine,” “unique,” “technical,” or “outstanding
performance.”
On the basis of their primary usage, advanced ceramics may be classified as
functional ceramics, structural or engineering ceramics, or nuclear ceramics.
Structural Ceramics: These ceramics are well known for having exceptional
mechanical characteristics, including resilience to wear, hardness, and toughness,
particularly in abrasive conditions and at elevated temperatures. They found utility
56 G. Velu Kaliyannan et al.

in a variety of sectors, especially dental restoration, and are frequently substituted

for conventional substances like metals.
Functional Ceramics: Functional ceramics are distinguished by their distinctive
functionalities, which are attained by deliberate manipulation of the materials and
characteristics. A wide variety of features may be seen in these materials, encom-
passing electrical insulation, semiconductor behavior, superconductivity, as well as
ceramic characteristics such as a dielectric, ferroelectric, piezoelectric, thermoelec-
tric, and multiferroic capabilities. Although the current application of dental implants
in dental restoration is restricted, there is potential for their future utilization in the
field of biting force monitoring.
Nuclear Ceramics: Uranium oxide and nitride are utilized as nuclear energy
sources, constituting a specific category within the realm of advanced ceramics
sometimes referred to as nuclear ceramics [3].
Advanced ceramics are crystalline compounds whose constituents are thoroughly
regulated. When manufacturing this ceramics, precise standards are followed, and the
raw materials used are thoroughly purified and categorized in order to attain partic-
ular properties. These substances may consist of borides, oxides, carbides, nitrides,
silicides, and even more [1]. This type of material encompasses several kinds of
ceramics, such as structural, electro and bio-ceramics. These ceramics play a crucial
role in driving innovation in areas such as aerospace, electronics, healthcare, and other
specialized industries. Electrical and magnetic ceramics are of greatest significance
in an extensive range of electronic and magnetic applications, encompassing semi-
conductors as well as numerous carbon compounds. These materials are renowned
for their remarkable characteristics, including outstanding durability, resistance to
heat, conductive properties, and compatibility with biological systems, rendering
them important in numerous revolutionary sectors.
Ceramics, encompassing both conventional and advanced forms, are widely
recognized for their diverse characteristics offering them important material across
several sectors. Several important characteristics of these materials include their
great mechanical durability and hardness, exceptional thermal and chemical resis-
tant properties, as well as notable thermal, optical, electrical, and magnetic func-
tions. Despite possessing great durability and hardness, ceramics have a noticeable
brittleness and are susceptible to experiencing major damage even under little flex-
ural stress. Ceramics exhibit contrasting mechanical properties when compared to
metals. While metals possess non-brittle and ductile characteristics as a result of their
metallic connections, ceramics demonstrate strength under compression but weak-
ness under tension. The brittle behaviour exhibited by ceramics can be attributed to
the structure of interatomic bonding, which represents in direct contrast to the elastic
and flexible behaviour observed in materials. The degree of transparency exhibited
by ceramics can exhibit considerable variation, spanning from high translucency to
high opaque. The visibility of ceramics is often influenced by the microstructure of
the material. These structures with a higher degree of glassiness often exhibit more
translucency, whereas microstructures with a higher level of crystallinity typically
Preparation of Ceramics: Different Approaches 57

display increased transparency. The total translucency of ceramic substances is influ-

enced by several parameters, such as size, density, refractive index, and porosity of
the particle [6].
Ceramics are distinct from other materials due to their many intriguing charac-
teristics. These consist of minimal temperature and electrical conductivity, resis-
tance, chemical inertness, and economics [7]. Ceramics also provide a large specific
surface area, low weight, superior shock and heat resistance, and thermal insula-
tion. Long operating cycles usually do not cause them to distort, which lowers the
cost of maintenance [8]. Furthermore, ceramics demonstrate exceptional stability
when exposed to a variety of solvent-based substances and, owing to their adaptable
porous structure and chemical inertness, do not contribute adversely to the marine
environment. Ceramics are utilized in numerous fields, including health care, chem-
ical processing, equipment, electronic devices, and aviation, due to their numerous
exceptional properties.
Ceramics are produced by a range of techniques, such as sintering, firing, and
extreme temperature processing. These procedures frequently include subjecting the
raw materials to elevated temperatures, so this can facilitate their fusion and subse-
quent solidification that transforms them into an inorganic substance. The selection
of a methodology is determined by the particular usage and intended characteris-
tics of the ceramic substance. Ceramic parts are typically fabricated by shaping a
combination of powders, either with or without adhesives and other substances, by
standard techniques such as die pressing, injection moulding, gel and tape casting,
in order to get the required structures [9].
Section 1 provides an introduction to ceramics, offering an overview of ceramics,
including their classification, properties, applications and preparations showcasing
their significance in numerous industries. Subsequently, Sect. 2 explores the prepara-
tion of ceramics through various methods, including Roll forming and Tape casting,
micro-stereolithography technology, cold sintering, spark plasma sintering, digital
light processing (DLP) 3D printing technology, low-pressure sintering, freeze drying,
and low-temperature sintering. Finally, the chapter ends with a conclusion (Sect. 3).

2 Preparation of Ceramics

2.1 Preparation of Laminated B4C–TiB2 /BN Ceramics

by Roll Forming and Tape Casting

Boron carbide (B4C) has emerged as a prominent challenger for several technical
uses [10]. The substance exhibits exceptional physical and chemical characteris-
tics, including an exceptionally low density of 2.52 g/cm3 , an outstanding hardness,
and a high melting point of 2427 °C [11]. Due to its exceptional characteristics,
B4C ceramics exhibit significant promise for a wide range of structural usage under
ambient conditions. Boron carbide (B4C) has numerous applications, serving as
58 G. Velu Kaliyannan et al.

an armor material, a neutron absorbent, a finishing medium, and as a constituent

for wear-resistant equipment [12–16]. Various techniques are employed to acquire
separate microlayers, such as electrophoretic deposition, roll formation, tape casting,
and slip casting.
Tape casting permits the design of materials’ microstructures and macrostructures.
An additional benefit is that a cast tape’s thickness may range considerably from 1
to 3000 μm [17]. Hexagonal boron nitride (h-BN) is sometimes referred to as white
graphite due to its structural resemblance to graphite because of its layered atomic
arrangement [18]. This approach involves a unique combination of two molding
techniques to overcome the limitations of each individual process, resulting in a
significant improvement of the interfacial bonding. The preparation process involved
the development of B4C–TiB2 and h-BN by tape casting and roll forming methods,
press sintering to produce laminated B4C–TiB2 /BN ceramics. The fracture toughness
of laminated B4C-TiB2 /BN ceramics was found to be considerably greater compared
to composite B4C, demonstrating the presence of a laminar toughening effect.
Figure 1 depicts the method of producing laminated ceramics. The procedure
involved the ball-milling of a powder combination consisting of 75 wt% B4C, 15
wt% TiB2, and 10 wt% Mg2 Al4 Si5 O18 (MAS) in an ethanol solution for a duration
of 24 h. The mesoporous aluminum silicate (MAS) was synthesized by sol–gel
technique. In order to achieve a homogeneous dough, a binder, namely polyvinyl
alcohol, and a plasticizing substance specifically glycerin, were included into the
combined powder. Subsequently, a rolling compaction equipment was employed in
order to generate green sheets. The residual water was removed by the process of
oven drying in order to acquire green sheets composed of B4 C-TiB2 .

Fig. 1 Flow chart of the fabrication process of the laminated B4C–TiB2/BN ceramics [19]
Preparation of Ceramics: Different Approaches 59

Table 1 The composition of

Role Additive Content/%
the fundamental elements in
the cast slurry [19] Solvent Anhydrous ethanol 32
Dispersant Triethyl phosphate 30
Binder Polyvinyl butyral 4
Dispersant Dibutyl phthalate 4

The powder mixture comprising of hexagonal boron nitride (h-BN) and magne-
sium aluminium silicate (MAS) was subjected to ball milling in an ethanol medium
for a duration of 24 h. The h-BN powder, which had been sieved, was subjected to
ball milling using a planetary ball mill for a duration of 6–12 h. The ball milling
process was carried out using anhydrous ethanol solvent and a dispersing agent, with
low energy levels. Following homogeneous dispersion, sufficient volumes of adhe-
sive and plasticizer were included and the resulting mixture was ball-milled at low
energy using a planetary ball mill for the duration of 12 h.
(Table 1) illustrates the additive quantities. Subsequently, the process of tape
casting was carried out, whereby the cast scraper was adjusted to a height of 180 μm,
resulting in the production of h-BN green sheets. These sheets undergo lamination
and pressing at 100 MPa. After that, the binder burn-out procedure was carried
out in an air-filled muffle furnace, following the procedure represented in Fig. 2.
Ultimately, the provided sample underwent the process of sintering by hot pressing
at a temperature of 1850 °C for a duration of 1.5 h, while being subjected to a pressure
of 35 MPa within an environment consisting of argon gas.
The overall density is decreased from 2.68 to 2.56 g/cm3 . The drop in bulk density
is because of the lack of strong bonding at the point of contact between B4 C–TiB2
and h-BN, which becomes more prominent with an increase in the number of inter-
faces. Furthermore, B4 C–TiB2 has a greater theoretical density of 2.71 g/cm3 than

Fig. 2 Pyrolysis process

curve [19]
60 G. Velu Kaliyannan et al.

h-BN, which has a density of 2.28 g/cm3 . In general, the laminated B4 C–TiB2 /BN
composite exhibited a significantly elevated bulk density, due to the incorporation
of MAS sintering aids and TiB2 , which facilitated the densification process during
sintering. The laminated B4 C–TiB2 /BN exhibited enhanced durability and hardness
as the density increased. Cracks were more easily deflected by the multilayer struc-
ture. Nevertheless, the h-BN ceramic exhibited mechanical characteristics that were
comparatively lower than B4 C–TiB2 ceramic. Additionally, the incorporation of the
h-BN layer resulted in the generation of additional flaws within the ceramic materials,
thereby causing a decrease in its flexibility.
The potential for use of B4 C ceramics is currently limited owing to their extreme
brittleness. However, the fracture toughness of laminated B4 C–TiB2 /BN ceramics,
specifically those with 7 h-BN layers, exhibited a notable increase, reaching a value
of 9.01 ± 0.61 MPa m1/2 . This represents a considerable enhancement in fracture
toughness over B4 C ceramic. The substantial increase in durability can be primarily
caused by two aspects. TiB2 enhanced the toughness of the B4 C matrix layer, while
the fracture toughness of the ceramic substance was compounded by the distinctive
laminated arrangement. Both boron carbide (B4 C) and titanium diboride (TiB2 ) are
examples of covalently bonded solids that exhibit exceptional strength and hardness
properties. Even so, it has been shown that Titanium Diboride (TiB2 ) possesses the
ability to function as a suppressor of grain development. This suppression occurs
by impeding the formation of Boron Carbide (B4 C) grains through a process known
as pegging. Consequently, this leads to enhanced densities in B4 C ceramics, ulti-
mately resulting in improved mechanical characteristics. The multilayered structure
of the laminated B4 C–TiB2 /BN ceramic was primarily responsible for the remark-
able toughness exhibited by the material. The significant enhancement in fracture
toughness can be due to several toughening processes, including as crack deviation,
crack bifurcation, and delamination.

2.2 Preparation of Porous PZT Ceramics Using

Micro-Stereolithography Technology

The current focus of researchers has been directed towards low-density Porous Lead
zirconate titanate (PZT) ceramics due to their distinct benefits. One example is the
utilization of porous PZT, where air is introduced as a secondary phase. The addition
of air aids to reduce the acoustic resistance, hence facilitating the acoustic matching of
PZT with low-acoustic-impedance substances like lightweight metallic substances,
biological tissues, or water [20–22]. Various fabrication techniques are now employed
for the production of PZT ceramics. These methods encompass polymeric sponge
approaches [23], gel-casting [24], replamine-form [25] and solid free-form (SFF)
fabrication [26], as well as freeze casting [27]. The burnable plastic sphere (BURPS)
approach has emerged as a unique and extensively employed method for the prepara-
tion of porous ceramics due to its cost-effectiveness and straightforward application
Preparation of Ceramics: Different Approaches 61

[28–30]. Pore-forming agents (PFAs) are added into ceramic particles which then
undergo sintering to cause the formation of pores inside the ceramic matrix. The
above methods often required the usage of molds or relied heavily on inorganic mate-
rials (gel-casting methods), which made the process more complicated and restricted
the capability of the technology to only produce objects with basic shapes. Addition-
ally, due to the brittle nature of ceramics, it becomes harder to produce complicated
structures using conventional machining processes. This is because ceramics tend to
crack easily.
On the other hand, additive manufacturing (AM) enables the direct production of
complicated physical objects of different forms and sizes by employing 3D printing,
CAD and layer-by-layer stacking methods [31, 32]. Micro-stereolithography (μSL)
is regarded as an effective additive manufacturing (AM) technique for the produc-
tion of ceramic parts. This method of three-dimensional printing(3D) employs a
photocurable resin instead of high-energy laser beams. The objects are acquired
with an exceptional degree of precision and an appropriate surface finish, while
also exhibiting a high manufacturing speed [33–35]. Micro-stereolithography (μSL)
is an easy method utilized for the production of complicated three-dimensional
(3D) components suitable for implementation in piezoelectric usages. This process
is primarily used for producing dense PZT ceramics with complicated objects
[34–37]. However, the combination of Micro-stereolithography (μSL) with the
BURPS process demonstrates possibility in the production of complicated and
diverse porous PZT ceramics. This method is particularly suitable for applications
requiring low-acoustic-impedance materials. In this experimental procedure, Micro-
stereolithography (μSL) and BURPS technique was utilized, in order to produce
porous PZT ceramics. Polymethyl methacrylate was employed for the production of
spherical pores.

2.2.1 The Process of Preparing Ceramic Suspensions

The raw material utilized in this process was PZT-5H, which was in the form of
powder. The powder had an average particle size of 1.5 μm and a density of 7.6 g/cm3 .
The photosensitive resin employed in this process was trimethylpropane triacrylate
(TMPTA), which comprised 50% by weight of the PZT powder. To attain a homo-
geneous solution, Triton X-100 is introduced, at a concentration of 1 weight percent
equivalent to the PZT powder, and it was employed as a dispersing agent to decrease
the viscosity. Diphenyl (2, 4, 6-trimethyl benzoyl) phosphine oxide was utilized as
the photo-initiator due to its known characteristics that it possesses a high level of
photoactivity. The mass fractions of Polymethyl methacrylate in PZT ceramics for
the mixed particles were as follows: 5, 10, 15, 20, 30, and 35% by weight (wt%).
Zirconia balls were used to grind all of the powders in TMPTA for the duration of
two hours. Following the milling process, the suspensions undergo evacuation in
order to take out any interior bubbles.
62 G. Velu Kaliyannan et al.

Fig. 3 Schematic of the

μSL technique [38]

2.2.2 The Production of Green Parts

Computer-aided design (CAD) software is utilized for the construction of three-

dimensional models of the green body. Figure 3 displays a diagrammatic representa-
tion of the μSL technology. The suspensions of this ceramic were evenly distributed
over the resin container using a doctor blade in order to get a consistent and thin
coating. The software of micro-scale stereolithography (μSL) equipment automati-
cally slices the three-dimensional model into several single-layer slices with a thick-
ness of 20 μm. This slicing process is designed to enhance the bonding between the
cured layers. By emitting ultraviolet (UV) light from the translucent resin container’s
base, the ultraviolet (UV) lamp delineated the model’s structure. The suspensions
were subjected to Ultra Violet radiation, resulting in the cross-linking polymeriza-
tion process. This led to the formation of a solid layer of the ceramics. As a result,
disk-shaped green bodies of 15 mm in diameter and 1.5 mm in thickness were
acquired.

2.2.3 The Process of Debinding of PZT Green Components

Following the printing of the PZT green bodies, organic matter is extracted via low-
temperature thermal debinding procedure and the PZT ceramics are densified via
high-temperature sintering. To prevent the crack occurrence in this ceramics, thermal
debinding method was implemented in a two-step approach. The initial stage of this
process was conducted under an argon environment to reduce the formation of flaws
[36]. Each minute, the temperature was increased to 1 degree Celsius. A series of
temperatures, that is, 100, 200, 300, 350, 400, 500, and 600 °C, were selected in order
to facilitate the complete thermal degradation and evaporation of organic substances.
These temperatures were accompanied by a dwell duration of 2 h. The majority of
organic additives undergo conversion into carbon during the first stage of this process.
Preparation of Ceramics: Different Approaches 63

In order to eliminate any excess carbon and binders, these bodies were exposed to air
at 800 °C for three hours during the second debinding stage. Following the debinding
process, the PZT ceramics underwent sintering at a temperature of 1200 °C for a
duration of 3 h in an ambient air atmosphere. To prevent any loss of lead in sintering,
the samples are immersed in PZT powder and enclosed within an alumina crucible.
The hysteresis loops of the ceramics had a substantially “squared” form, indi-
cating that these ceramics possess a high level of ferroelectricity that is equivalent to
that found in some dense piezoelectric ceramics. The PZT ceramics showed a dielec-
tric constant of around 2417 at a frequency of 1 kHz, demonstrating their ability to
store electrical energy. Additionally, the dielectric loss of about 0.025 indicates low
energy dissipation, causing these ceramics suitable for piezoelectric usage in acoustic
equipment. At 1 MHz, the dielectric constant and dielectric loss exhibited a corre-
sponding modification to 2135 and 0.04 as the frequency ascended. The degradation
of dielectric characteristics observed at extreme frequencies has been suggested to
the pore formation. The conclusion suggests that the porous PZT ceramics produced
by μSL had a significant dielectric constant and minimal loss throughout a broad
spectrum of frequencies. The dielectric constant generally exhibits a drop as porosity
increases.

2.3 Preparation of High-Density Bi2 O3 Ceramics by Cold

Sintering

The cold sintering process (CSP) is a novel technique for sintering ceramics, which
has the capability to produce ceramics with high density even at processing temper-
atures below 300 °C [39–41]. The primary use of CSP involves the utilization of a
co-solvent solution to facilitate the sintering process of ceramics. "Cold sintering”
(CSP) was officially named in 2016 and was first used to make Li2 MoO4 ceramics
in 2014. Cold sintering process (CSP) has received considerable interest due to its
shown benefits, including its cost-effectiveness, minimal consumption of energy, and
its versatility to deal with various materials like polymer. The application of CSP
technology has demonstrated outstanding results in a wide range of materials, encom-
passing conventional oxide ceramics [42], ceramic/ceramic composites [43], ceramic
with microwave dielectric property [44], ceramic with ferroelectric and piezoelectric
property [45], solid electrolytes [46], thermoelectric materials [47], and nanomaterial
composites [48].
Ceramics composed of Bi2 O3 , which exhibit desirable dielectric characteristics,
hold considerable significance within the context of wireless communication. Bi2 O3
has low solubility in water and alkali solutions, making it insoluble in these solvents.
However, it exhibits solubility in acetic acid, making it a suitable choice as a co-
solvent for the cold sintering of Bi2 O3 ceramics. During the preparation process,
Bi2 O3 ceramics with a high density of around 99.13% were subjected to sintering at
64 G. Velu Kaliyannan et al.

Fig. 4 a An illustration of the CSP mold in schematic form, b The Bi2 O3 ceramics’ TS-CSP
sintering curve [49]

a temperature of 270 °C and a pressure of 300 MPa using a three-step CSP (TS-CSP)
method.

2.3.1 Experimental Methodology

In order to conduct the ceramic CSP experiment, a partially sealed mold and a heating
jacketed band heater is required. The mold possesses the capacity to apply uniaxial
pressure, while the heater enables the mold to heated up to a temperature of 450 °C. In
Fig. 4a, a thermocouple was placed in a direct alignment between the heater and the
sample in order to accurately gauge the temperature. Furthermore, Fig. 4b illustrates
the TS-CSP sintering temperature curve.

2.3.2 Preparation of Ceramic

In the experimental procedure, a quantity of 7.0 g of Bi2 O3 powder was introduced

into a mortar, followed by the addition of an acetic acid solution with a concentration
of 3 mol/L, which was prepared to have a weight percentage of 15%. Subsequently,
the mixed sample was homogeneously ground using an agate mortar, and the resulting
slurry substance was transferred into the mold. At last, the samples are produced in
accordance with three distinct sets of experimental conditions: For the initial group,
the mold was heated to a temperature of 300 °C at a rate of 6 °C/min under uniaxial
pressure ranging from 150 to 350 MPa. In the next experimental group, the mold had
a pressure ranging from 350 to 150 MPa, with intervals of 50 MPa. Simultaneously,
the mold was subjected to a gradual heating process at rates of 6 °C/min, reaching
temperatures of 142–157, 145–160, 160–175, 190–205, and 230–245 °C, respec-
tively. Each temperature level was maintained isothermally for a duration of 25 min.
Finally, 300 MPa uniaxial pressure was applied to the ceramic mold. After that, the
Preparation of Ceramics: Different Approaches 65

TS-CSP was used to sinter the ceramic samples. The mold is heated to 155 °C at a
pressure of 300 MPa as the initial step in this procedure. The system was maintained
at a constant temperature from 0 to 45 min. Subsequently, the mold was raised to a
temperature of 210 °C at a pressure of 300 MPa and maintained at this level for a
duration of 25 min. Following this, the temperature was further increased to 270 °C
at 300 MPa and maintained at this level for an additional 25 min to enhance the
density of the product. The ceramic object had a diameter of 10 mm and a thickness
of 5 mm after it had been left to settle down to the room temperature.

2.4 Preparation of Lightweight Porous Ceramics Using

Metallurgical Steel Slag

Porous ceramics are a type of ceramics that have a network-like structure in three
dimensions [50–52]. The material exhibits significant properties such as elevated
porosity, decreased thermal conductivity, reduced density, exceptional heat resis-
tance, enhanced resistance to corrosion, and excellent mechanical characteristics
[53, 54]. At present, an extensive array of approaches exists for the production of
porous ceramics. These include the direct foaming method, the freezing gel method,
the freeze-drying method, and the sol–gel method. The organic foam impregna-
tion method is widely utilized in many applications owing to its simplicity and
cost-effectiveness [55–57]. This process involves the application of a slurry onto a
polyurethane sponge, followed by the removal of leftover slurry. Subsequently, the
structure is subjected to a drying and sintering process [58–60]. The raw materials
used are metallurgical steel slag and kaolin. Finally, the ceramics were prepared with
high porosity and low bulk density.

2.4.1 Raw Materials

Steel slag is utilized as raw materials. The chemical composition of the steel slag
and kaolin is presented in Table 2. To identify the crystalline phases of the samples,
X-ray diffraction (XRD) was used. The XRD analysis of steel slag and kaolin is
illustrated in Fig. 5. Table 2 illustrates that the composition of steel slag primarily
comprises SiO2 and Al2 O3 , with a few particles of CaO, MgO, Fe2 O3 , K2 O, Na2 O,
SO3 , and TiO2 . The graphical representation presented in Fig. 4 illustrates the main
crystalline phases observed in steel slag, which include calcium silicate, calcite,
andradite, akermanite, monticellite, merwinite, and enstatite. The graphical repre-
sentation presented in Fig. 5 illustrates the primary crystalline phases observed in
steel slag, which include calcium silicate, calcite, andradite, akermanite, monticellite,
merwinite, and enstatite. The steel slag undergoes grinding processes for durations
of 30, 45, 60, 90, and 120 min, correspondingly. Their average particle size is shown
in Table 2, and their particle size dispersion is shown in Fig. 6 (Table 3).
66 G. Velu Kaliyannan et al.

Table 2 The chemical composition of raw materials, expressed as mass fractions in percentage
[61]
Oxides SiO2 CaO Al2 O3 MgO Fe2 O3 K2 O Na2 O SO3 TiO2 TF L.O.I
Steel 31.10 38.32 2.86 6.01 9.72 0.18 0.07 0.21 0.52 10.48 0.53
Slag
Kaolin 54.34 0.05 41.85 0.07 0.63 0.43 0.30 0.12 0.31 - 1.42

Fig. 5 XRD pattens of Steel

slag and Kaolnite [61]

Fig. 6 Particle size

distribution of steel slag [61]

Table 3 Average particle size of steel slag [61]

Grinding time/min 30 45 60 90 120
Average particle size/μm 35.321 34.719 34.633 32.589 33.725
Preparation of Ceramics: Different Approaches 67

2.4.2 Preparation of Sample

Steel slag was ground using a planetary ball mill for the following durations: 30, 45,
60, 90 and 120 min, respectively. Using a sieve with a mesh size of 100, the ground
steel slag was prepared for sieving. The flow chart for the preparation of porous
ceramics is depicted in Fig. 7. There are two main methods that were used in the
experiment. The preparation of porous ceramics using a polyurethane template is first
approach. Initially, ball milling is used to ground the steel slag. Then it underwent
the process of sieving. Slurry was prepared by the uniform mixture of raw materials
and additives. he kaolin, boric acid, and steel slag mixture was ground into an even
powder form using a Simoloyer grinder for various durations. Finally, the powder
was combined with water and thoroughly mixed to produce a homogeneous slurry.
To hang the slurry, the pre-treated polyurethane foam was subsequently submerged
in it. Multiple repetitions of immersion and squeezing were performed and residual
slurry was squeezed out. The polyurethane material, which had been infused with
the ceramic slurry, was subjected to a drying process in an oven set at a temperature
of 60 °C for a duration of 24 h. This procedure was carried out in order to produce
the porous ceramic structure. At last, the dried sample was introduced into a muffle
furnace heating at elevated temperatures to undergo the process of sintering.
Next approach involves incorporating a surfactant into the slurry preparation
process, based upon the first procedure. A rich foam slurry was prepared by stir-
ring the slurry mixture at high speed. The polyurethane template was submerged
in the slurry. Then it was subjected to a drying process at a temperature of 80 °C
for a duration of 12 h. Following this, the template was sintered to produce porous
ceramics. The process employed in the preparation of the porous ceramic results in
the formation of a 3D network structure. This structure exhibits fine pores distributed
throughout its skeleton and have a low density.

Fig. 7 Experimental flowchart [61]

68 G. Velu Kaliyannan et al.

The strength of ceramics produced from steel slag ranges from 20 to 50 MPa.
The primary reason is due to the presence of calcium carbonate in steel slag. At high
temperatures, calcium carbonate breaks down easily into CO2 gas. The liberation of
gas leads the ceramics to an uneven structure, resulting in an increased presence of
internal pores and a less uniform internal structure. This causes a reduction in the
mechanical strength of ceramic. It has been observed that the compressive strength of
the sample rises in proportion to the amount of ZrO2 . The addition of 3% by weight
in ZrO2 results in a corresponding increase of 16.98% in the compressive strength
of the sample. Zirconia exhibits an exceptional level of hardness when incorporated
into a sample, and its presence may influence stress-induced phase transformation
and strengthening.

2.5 Preparation of Si3 N4 /O -SiAlON Composite Ceramics

Silicon nitride ceramics has been extensively utilized in various applications such as
bearings, high-speed cutting tools and engine blades owing to its significant char-
acteristics including increased strength, enhanced hardness, and exceptional chem-
ical stability [62–64]. Nevertheless, it should be noted that silicon nitride ceramics,
despite being referred to as nonoxidizing ceramics, exhibit susceptibility to oxida-
tion when exposed to high temperatures and oxygen. This limitation limits their
prolonged use and has an adverse effect on their inherent characteristics [65]. The
oxidation resistance characteristics of this ceramics can be enhanced by following
methods:
i. The development of an antioxidant layer on the surface of the sample by coating
or in-situ production. In order to enhance the antioxidation characteristics of
this ceramic, Lee et al. [66] employed the hot spray technique to produce SiO2
layers on the material surface.
ii. Ceramics made of silicon nitride composites are produced by using second phase
addition. In order to enhance the antioxidation characteristic of silicon nitride
ceramics, MoSi2 , TiC, and SiC were included [67, 68].
iii. Preparation of Si2 N2 O Ceramic. Lin et al. [69] produced Si2 N2 O ceramics and
found that the mass remained mostly the same at temperatures between 1200
and 1300 °C.
iv. Various rare earth oxides are mixed into silicon nitride ceramics. Choi et al.
[70] conducted an investigation on the impact of Re2 O3 on the oxidation
characteristics of silicon nitride ceramics.
v. Post-treatment and surface modification were performed on silicon nitride.
Kovalcikova et al. [71] fabricated Si3 N4 –SiC composite ceramics by sintering
in the liquid phase, followed by thermal treatments at 1680–1800 °C. In conclu-
sion, thermal treatment resulted in an improvement of the sample’s resistance
to oxidation.
Preparation of Ceramics: Different Approaches 69

Table 4 Chemical compositions of the samples [77]

Sample α-Si3 N4 /wt. % β-Si3 N4 /wt. % SiO2 /wt. % Al2 O3 /wt. % Y2 O3 /wt. %
S0 70 20 0 4 6
S1 67.5 20 2.5 4 6
S2 65 20 5 4 6
S3 62.5 20 7.5 4 6
S4 60 20 10 4 6
S5 57.5 20 12.5 4 6

Sialon ceramics are prepared by the combination of Si3 N4 –Al2 O3 –AlN–SiO2 ,

and may be classified into four distinct groups: O -sialon, α-sialon, β-sialon, and
X-sialon [72]. One of these compounds, O -sialon, is a solid solution that results
from the substitution of Al–O bonds for the Si–N bonds in Si3N4 [73]. In addi-
tion, the O -sialon ceramic exhibits exceptional resistance to oxidation and has the
maximum amount of oxygen. In this process, Si3 N4 /O -SiAlON composite ceramics
were produced by the addition of varying amounts of SiO2 .
In this method, α-Si3 N4 , β-Si3 N4 , and SiO2 were utilized as the primary
constituents, with an average particle size of 5 μm. Additionally, Y2 O3 and Al2 O3
were used as sintering agents, with respective weight percentages of 6 and 4% [74–
76]. The mixes were precisely weighed in accordance with the experimental system
described in Table 4. Following that, these compounds were in an ethanol-filled ball
grinding tank and rest for 14 h. Following the milling process, a rotary evaporator is
used for drying the slurry. Following that, the dried powders underwent the process
of sieving using 80-mesh sieve screens, they were subsequently formed into rect-
angular bars with dimensions of 5 mm × 4 mm × 56 mm using uniaxial pressure
at 80 MPa. Throughout the sintering procedure, the samples were submerged in a
powder bed consisting of Si3 N4 and BN containing graphite crucible. The samples
were sintered in a furnace operating at 1,750 °C for a duration of 2 h, at a rate of 5
°C per minute, under a N2 gas pressure of 3 MPa.
Oxide layers were considered porous at the initial phase of oxidation, and inter-
face reactions typically impeded the rate of oxidation. As an additive cation, Al3+
underwent diffusion into the oxide layer. In contrast to Y3+ ions, the diffusion rate
of Al3+ ions were determined to be negligible due to the minor Al deficiency under
the oxide layer. The oxidation process resulted in the formation of an oxide layer
comprising Y2 Si2 O7 , SiO2 , and Y–Si–Al–O glassy phases.

2.6 Preparation of xY2 O3 -(1-x) LaCrO3 Thermosensitive

Ceramics by Spark Plasma Sintering

The Negative Temperature Coefficient (NTC) thermistor is a type of thermistor that

exhibits a reduction in resistance as temperature increases. NTC possesses several
70 G. Velu Kaliyannan et al.

benefits, including enhanced flexibility, rapid responsiveness, compact size, and cost-
effectiveness. Therefore, it is extensively utilized in many conditions, including the
reduction of in-rush current, monitoring of temperature, and temperature compensa-
tion [78–80]. The primary classifications of NTC ceramics are spinel, perovskite and
composite type. Thermal sensitive ceramics of the spinel type commonly consist of
elements such as Cu, Co, Mn, Ni, Fe, and others. However, their temperature measure-
ment capacities are generally limited to values below 300 °C [81]. Magnesia alumina
spinel ceramics are an advanced class of spinel-type ceramics that are capable of
withstanding temperatures over 300 °C. Mg (Al1-xCrx) 2O4 were subjected to a
sintering process at a temperature of 1650 °C in an ambient air atmosphere. This
particular type of thermistor is suitable for temperature measurements within the
range of 500–1000 °C. The electrical properties of the thermistor may be changed by
altering the concentration of Cr [82]. Ceramics of the perovskite type have the capa-
bility to reliably measure temperatures ranging from ambient temperature to 1000 °C.
Zhang et al. [83] conducted the sintering process of composite ceramics consisting
of 0.6Y2 O3 -0.4YCr0·5 Mn0·5 O3 , with the addition of La2 O3 as a dopant. The sintering
was carried out under atmospheric conditions at temperatures of 1550 and 1600 °C.
This indicate that by altering the concentration of La2 O3 , it is possible to change the
electrical characteristics of the material. Furthermore, these ceramic materials exhibit
the capability to accurately measure temperatures ranging from room temperature
to 1100 °C. Owing to its excellent electrical characteristics, LaCrO3 has significant
attention in academic research. The study conducted by Chen et al. [84] focused on the
investigation of La1-xBaxCrO3 NTC ceramics, whereby the researchers determined
that, at −75 to 50 °C, this particular material system exhibited desirable electrical
characteristics.
Spark plasma sintering (SPS) is a sintering technique that offers several benefits
over traditional sintering methods. These advantages include reduced sintering cycle
duration and enhanced density of the resulting samples [85]. SPS is widely employed
for structural applications [86, 87]. Currently, the utilization of spark plasma sintering
(SPS) for the sintering of NTC composite ceramics is not often [88]. SPS method is
employed in the preparation of xY2 O3 -(1-x)LaCrO3 composite ceramics.

2.6.1 Preparation of Material

The raw materials utilized in the experiment consisted of La2 O3 , Cr2 O3 , and Y2 O3
with stoichiometric quantities. These materials have 99.99% purity and 500 nm in
size. The powders of La2 O3 and Cr2 O3 were thoroughly mixed and subjected to ball
milling which contains ethanol for a duration of 8 h. Agate ball is used as the milling
media. Subsequently, the mixture underwent vacuum drying within a drying cabinet
set at a temperature of 120 °C. It was then subjected to sieving using a 100-mesh
sieve, followed by calcination in an extreme temperature resistance furnace at 1100
°C for a duration of 5 h. LaCrO3 powder is obtained by sieving the calcined powder
with 100-mesh sieve. The LaCrO3 and Y2 O3 powders are measured and combined.
Preparation of Ceramics: Different Approaches 71

The mixes were subjected to ball milling, vacuum drying, and sieving procedures,
as previously mentioned, in order to acquire the powders of the sample.
The combined powders are introduced into the cylindrical graphite container. The
particles were segregated using graphite paper, which had 0.2 mm of thickness. After
that, the solution underwent sintering within a spark plasma sintering furnace under
a uniaxial pressure of 30 MPa in a vacuum environment. The combined powders
with varying compositions were sintered at temperatures of 1300, 1400, 1500, and
1600 °C, respectively, with a heating rate of 100 °C/min. Once the sintered samples
had attained the final sintering temperature, they were hold for a duration of 5 min.
After the holding period, the pressure was released.
The rate of cooling was 50 °C per minute. Once the temperature of the chamber
decreased from 60 °C, the cylinder was extracted. A mechanical device known as a
press was utilized to extract the sample from the cylinder. After that, sandpaper was
used to evacuate the graphite layer from the sample. The experimental method for
the preparation of composite ceramics is depicted in Fig. 8.
As the temperature reached a value of 1400 °C, there was a progressive rise in
grain size and a corresponding increase in microstructure density. Upon reaching a
temperature of 1500 °C, the sintered samples exhibited a high level of density and a
uniform grain size, suggesting the completion of the sintering process. Upon reaching
a sintering temperature of 1500 °C, the grains exhibited a substantial increase in size,
indicating an excessive sintering temperature. As a result, it was determined that the
optimal temperature for the xY2 O3 -(1-x)LaCrO3 ceramics, fabricated using Spark
Plasma Sintering (SPS) technique, was 1500 °C.

Fig. 8 The experimental procedures of composite ceramics [89]

72 G. Velu Kaliyannan et al.

2.7 Preparation of Broadband Transparent Si3 N4 -SiO2

Ceramics by Digital Light Processing (DLP) 3D Printing
Technology

Wave-transmitting materials are of significant importance in the construction of

missiles, aircraft radomes, and antenna window panels. Nitride ceramics, such as
Si3 N4 , BN, SiBN, and others, have exceptional thermal stability, resilience to thermal
shock, low dielectric constants, and low dielectric loss. The thermophysical charac-
teristics of the material remain optimal, exhibiting stability in dielectric properties
throughout an entire range of temperatures. The mechanical strength of Si3 N4 is
very high, and also it has exceptional resistance to corrosion caused by rain [72, 90,
91]. Complex molds are needed for the conventional ceramic molding method. The
manufacturing of complex parts poses significant challenges, resulting in consid-
erable increases in both fabrication cost and production durations [92]. Ceramic
objects may be produced more quickly and efficiently with additive manufacturing
(AM) technology [93].
Digital light processing (DLP) 3D printing is an AM approach that has been around
for several years. while printing, this technology can project and combine the whole
layer with high printing speed and accuracy. In the production of ceramic objects, the
DLP technique employs ceramic slurry as its primary constituent. The preparation
of the ceramic slurry involves the combination of ceramic powder, photosensitive
resin, initiator, and other relevant materials. After being exposed to a certain wave-
length of UV light for a short period of time, the ceramic particles bond together
to form complex shaped ceramic objects [94, 95]. The primary challenge experi-
enced in the fabrication of Si3 N4 ceramic using DLP 3D printing is the significant
difference between the refractive index of Si3 N4 powder and the resin, resulting in a
limited curing depth of the slurry. An alternative method involves the introduction of
additional oxides, such as Al2 O3 , into the Si3 N4 ceramic slurry, which consequently
enhances its cure depth. For the first time, 50% solid ceramic slurry was processed
and subsequently, Si3 N4 -resin composites were prepared using DLP 3D printing
technology. Subsequently, Si3 N4 -resin composites underwent a debinding process
and sintering at various temperatures, by the addition of SiO2 and resulting in the
formation of Si2 N2 O.

2.7.1 Materials

In this preparation, Silicon nitride ceramic comprised of 90% wt% Si3 N4 and 10%
wt% yttria-alumina (Y2 O3 -Al2 O3 ) was used. The most extensively utilized sintering
assist system is the yttria-alumina system. This system facilitates the liquid phase
sintering of Si3 N4 ceramics in order to increase its density. Figure 9 shows the distri-
bution of the size of Si3 N4 powder. The average particle size, denoted as D50, of the
raw Si3 N4 powder is measured to be 3.452 μm. In this process, copolymer containing
acidic functional group was utilized as the dispersant. Trimethylolpropane triacrylate
Preparation of Ceramics: Different Approaches 73

Fig. 9 Particle size distribution of raw Si3 N4 powder

(TMPTA) is an acrylate resin that exhibits exceptional photo-polymerization activity

and printing precision, making it highly compatible with digital light processing
(DLP) printing techniques.

2.7.2 Preparation

In order to start the digital light processing 3D printing, it is important to acquire

a Si3 N4 slurry that possesses a high solid loading and high dispersion. Micron-
sized silicon nitride (Si3 N4 ) particles, trimethylolpropane triacrylate (TMPTA) resin
monomers, yttrium oxide-aluminum oxide (Y2 O3 -Al2 O3 ) additives, and dispersants
were accurately measured and subjected to ball milling process for the duration
of a 5 h in a planetary mill. A photoinitiator was introduced into the slurry at a
concentration of 1 wt% relative to the total weight of the resin. The mixture was then
subjected to ball milling for a duration of 1 h. Thus, a uniform distribution of Si3 N4
slurry which comprised 50 vol % of solid concentration was successfully acquired.
The ceramic objects made up of Si3 N4 were prepared using the aforementioned
processing techniques. The fabrication process is illustrated in Fig. 10.
I. Initially, a computer-aided design (CAD) model was created and subsequently
transferred to the DLP 3D printer. Following that, the exposure period and
light intensity were modified based on the light-curing capacity of the paste.
By cross-linking the photosensitive groups, a polymer network is formed when
exposed to ultraviolet light. The development of three-dimensional components
was achieved by a layer-by-layer process.
II. Following the printing process, the ceramic body was exposed to sintering in
a muffle furnace in order to eliminate the photo-sensitive resin. Figure 11a
displays the debinding process of green bodies. The printed green bodies were
initially raised from room temperature to 600 °C at a constant rate of 0.5 °C/
74 G. Velu Kaliyannan et al.

Fig. 10 Flow diagram of Si3 N4 -SiO2 ceramic

min, then increased to 800 °C at a rate of 1.5 °C/min, and finally remained at
800 °C for the duration of one hour.
III. Lastly, the Si3 N4 -SiO2 ceramic product was subjected to sintering in an oxygen
(O2) environment, utilizing a tube-furnace. Sintering process was illustrated in
Fig. 11b. Oxygen filled tube furnace is employed for the polymer to ceramic
conversion process.

The SiO2 concentration exhibits an initial increase followed by a subsequent drop

when the sintering temperature is raised, ultimately reaching a value of 61.3% at
a temperature of 1350 °C. Between the temperature range of 1250–1350 °C, there
was a significant rise in the density of ceramics from 1.60 to 1.76 g/cm3 . Within

Fig. 11 Debinding and sintering of green bodies: a debinding, b sintering

Preparation of Ceramics: Different Approaches 75

the frequency range of 8.2–18 GHz in the electromagnetic spectrum, the materials
exhibited notable efficiency in absorbing electromagnetic waves. Broadband wave-
transmitting ceramics were prepared by combining 3D printing with heat treatment.

2.8 Preparation of h-BN Based Textured Ceramics by DLP

Printing and Low-Pressure Sintering

Hexagonal boron nitride (h-BN) is a significant engineering ceramic material that

exhibits numerous distinctive characteristics [96, 97]. Hexagonal boron nitride (h-
BN) shows a lamellar structure which is similar to graphite, so it is commonly
referred to as “white graphite.” Due to its lamellar structure, certain characteristics
of the material display anisotropic properties. But the densification of h-BN creates
significant challenges due to its unique lamellar crystal structure.
Hot pressing (HP) and spark plasma sintering (SPS) are widely accepted as
the primary methods of producing a high-density h-BN ceramic [98]. In addition,
sintering additives like as B2 O3 , CaO, Al2 O3 , Y2 O3 , SiO2 , and others, which produce
a liquid phase at elevated temperatures, are commonly employed to enhance the
sintering capability of h-BN ceramic materials [99, 100]. As a result, h-BN ceramics
are typically produced under conditions of elevated temperature, high pressures, or
extended period of time. Therefore, the development of this type of ceramics that
exhibit a high degree of orientation at relatively low temperatures and pressures has
emerged as a novel area of research. The preparation of this ceramic was carried out
by the utilization of a DLP-based printing procedure and HP sintering. The utiliza-
tion of Al2 O3 -Y2 O3 as a liquid phase sintering additive was identified in the process
of selecting sintering additives for Si3 N4 and SiAlON ceramics [101].
In this method, hexagonal boron nitride (h-BN), yttrium oxide (Y2 O3 ) powders
and aluminum oxide (Al2 O3 ) are utilized as the raw materials which have the diame-
ters of 5.3 lm, 50 nm and 1.5 lm respectively and purity level exceeding 99.5%. The
volumetric ratio between h-BN and YAG in the reaction involving Y2 O3 and Al2 O3
was 8:2. The powders of the ceramic was introduced into the photosensitive resin
and subsequently combined to produce a printing paste by a milling process utilizing
Al2 O3 balls for a duration of 12 h. The printing slurry consisted of ceramic powder,
Hexanediol Diacrylate (HDDA), Capryl alcohol, and Polyurethane acrylate (PUA).
Finally, polyethylene glycol 300 (PEG-300) was used as a photo initiator, consti-
tuting one volume percent of the slurry, and thoroughly combined to produce the
suspension of digital light processing. The power of the UV source was measured to
be 80 mW, while the duration of the curing process was 20 s (s). The green body was
prepared using a stereolithographic-based 3D printing technique, wherein successive
layers were added until the desired bulk ceramic structure was achieved. The layer
had a thickness of 5 lm. Following the degreasing process, the green body underwent
hot press sintering at a temperature of 1800 °C for a duration of 1 h and at a pressure
of 20 MPa in a nitrogen atmosphere at atmospheric pressure.
76 G. Velu Kaliyannan et al.

The process employed in the preparation of this ceramic material results in a

greater thermal conductivity and exhibits anisotropic characteristics. Additionally,
the thermal conductivity has a similarity to that of ceramic materials produced by the
use of elevated temperature and pressure [98]. The development and rearrangement
of h-BN grains, which in turn affect the thermal conductivity of this ceramic, are
significantly influenced by the crystallinity of the h-BN powder, holding time, size
of the particle, pressure and sintering temperature.

2.9 Preparation of Porous Silicon Nitride Ceramics by Freeze

Drying

Silicon nitride ceramics provide exceptional mechanical characteristics, excellent

thermal stability, decreased dielectric constant, and reduced dielectric loss. It is an
optimal material for transmitting electromagnetic waves on high-speed aircraft. This
type of ceramics includes a combination of advantageous characteristics, including
exceptional strength, tolerance to high temperatures, and the lightweight nature
specific to silicon nitride. The material’s dielectric constant may be changed within
the range from 2 to 8. This type of ceramics demonstrated exceptional benefits as
radome materials with high Mach numbers, large frequency ranges, and reduced
targeting errors. Porous silicon nitride ceramics with low dielectric properties were
fabricated using the freeze-drying method. By using the freeze-drying process,
porous silicon nitride ceramics with pore distribution were produced, which helped
to further improve their porous structure [102].

2.9.1 Raw Materials

Si3 N4 powder contains more than 93% α-Si3 N4 , with an average particle size of
0.8 μm. It has particles that are about 0.5 μm in size and is made with high purity
Y2 O3 powder and Al2 O3 powder as sintering aids. During freeze drying process, PVB
solution was employed as the binder, polyacrylamide was utilized as the dispersant,
and deionized water was utilized as the solvent.

2.9.2 Preparation

1. Preparation of Slurry

Silicon nitride slurries with varying solid content were fabricated through the
process of planetary ball milling. The raw materials employed in this process included
Si3 N4 powder as the primary constituent, high purity Al2 O3 and Y2 O3 powder, poly-
acrylamide, PVB solution, deionized water, and silicon nitride balls as the milling
medium. The slurry exhibits an exceptional degree of suspension and fluidity.
Preparation of Ceramics: Different Approaches 77

2. The Process of Vacuum Defoaming

The slurry that was produced in the first stage is subjected to a vacuum defoamer
in order to eliminate the bubbles that were added during the ball milling process.
3. Freeze Forming
The slurry containing the vacuum defoaming particles was subjected to freeze
drying. Initially, the freeze dryer’s temperature/pressure setting was adjusted to −
40 °C/13.33 Pa, leading to the freezing of the slurry. Subsequently, the pressure
is decreased to a level below 1.33 Pa at a temperature of −60 °C. At this point,
the heating system is activated to consistently provide the necessary heat for the
sublimation of ice within the slurry. This process effectively removes the moisture
present in the slurry, resulting in the production of porous silicon nitride blanks.
4. Sintering Pressure
The process for producing this type of ceramics involved sintering a freeze-dried
porous silicon nitride body within a gas pressure furnace.
The mechanical characteristics of materials exhibit a rising trend as the solid
concentration of slurry increases. The mechanical characteristics of the material
increases significantly, particularly as the volume fraction of solid content of the
slurry exceeds 25 vol.%. Thus, the mechanical characteristics of materials correlate
with the pore structure. The bonding effect observed in porous silicon nitride is caused
by the development of nano-pores resulting from the interconnecting and stacking of
silicon nitride grains. This process leads to an improvement in the flexural strength
of the material and it was found to be 94.7 MPa, while the compressive strength is
measured to be 314 MPa.

2.10 Preparation of Porous Ceramics from Spodumene

Flotation Tailings by Low-Temperature Sintering

Due to its exceptional chemical and physical characteristics, lithium, which has the
lowest density among elements, finds extensive use in optical industries, energy
storage, and aeronautics, particularly within the realm of lithium battery technology
[103–105]. Spodumene, a prominent lithium source, is commonly extracted by
the utilization of flotation as a predominant technique for effectively separating
spodumene from gangue minerals [106, 107]. The primary constituents of spodumene
flotation tailings (SFT) include albite, quartz, and microcline. These components
align with the eco-friendly characteristics of ceramic materials [108]. In this method,
kaolin was used as the adsorbent material. LPG was utilized to decrease the sintering
temperature of ceramic materials. The application of kaolin as a loading adsorption
material was used in order to produce adsorption characteristics in porous ceramics.
78 G. Velu Kaliyannan et al.

Table 5 Chemical compositions of main raw materials (wt.%) [109]

Raw material SiO2 Al2 O3 K2 O Na2 O CaO Fe2 O3 P2 O5 Others
SFT 79.75 12.04 5.39 0.96 0.25 0.81 0.23 0.57
Kaolin 54.30 42.43 0.13 0.00 0.42 0.67 0.30 1.75
LPG 2.79 24.77 14.86 17.81 0.05 0 35.5 4.2

2.10.1 Raw Materials

Table 5 demonstrates the chemical composition of raw materials. Sodium cardiomy-

opathy cellulose (CMC-Na) was selected as the reinforcing agent and it’s formula
is [C6 H7 O2 (OH)2 OCH2 COONa]n. The average median particle diameters (d50) of
SFT, kaolin, and LPG were 61.62, 16.47, and 14.23 μm.

2.10.2 Preparation

The preparation procedures of porous ceramics are depicted in Fig. 12. The NJ160
cement paste mixer was used to combine the raw materials with water for a duration of
four minutes. After that, hydrogen peroxide (H2 O2 ) was introduced into the mixture,
and the process of stirring was repeated for a duration of one minute. Ceramic
materials were formed into rectangular prism alloy molds of 120 mm × 20 mm
× 20 mm, as well as cylindrical molds with a diameter of 20 mm and a height of
20 mm. Following the demoulding process, they were subjected to a drying process
at 120 °C for a duration of 24 h. After that, a saw was employed to remove any
excess material that had grown beyond the borders of the mould during the foaming
process. XZWL−14−12Y test furnace was used to sinter the samples at medium
temperature. At the optimum temperature, 8 °C/min was the rate of heating of the
mixtures and the holding duration was 2 h. Upon completion of the sintering process,
the samples underwent a controlled cooling procedure at a rate of 8 °C per minute
until reaching a temperature of 50 °C. When the sintering temperature of the porous
ceramic increased, the flexural strength and compressive strength were also increased
and absorption characteristic was decreased.
The mechanism of this process may be categorized into three distinct processes,
namely the foaming, sintering and adsorption process. The introduction of hydrogen
peroxide (H2 O2 ) in the foaming process resulted in the development of a significant
number of pores. Additionally, the presence of mineral particles led to the formation
of additional pores through accumulation. Schematic diagram of mechanism was
demonstrated in Fig. 13.
Preparation of Ceramics: Different Approaches 79

Fig. 12 Preparation process of porous ceramics [109]

Fig. 13 Schematic diagram of mechanism [109]

3 Conclusion

In summary, the materials titanium, alumina, silicon, boron, zirconia and their nitride
derivatives have enormous potential for the production of ceramic components.
Various synthetic techniques for the preparation of ceramics were described. Hot-
press sintering was utilized to produce laminated B4 C–TiB2 /BN ceramics subsequent
to sequential lamination and high-temperature pyrolysis procedures. This ceramic
showed anisotropic mechanical characteristics. The bending strength of the ceramic
exhibited a progressive drop in both the perpendicular and parallel directions as the
number of stacked layers increased. Porous ceramics made of Lead zirconate titanate
(PZT) were produced by the combination of micro-scale stereolithography (μSL)
with the BURPS technology. The porous PZT ceramic prepared by μSL technology
showed excellent performance under ambient conditions. The acoustic impedance of
the sample was reduced, while the porosity was increased. These changes show that
80 G. Velu Kaliyannan et al.

the printed porous PZT ceramics have significant potential usage in underwater sonar
detectors. Bi2 O3 Ceramics were prepared using the TS-CSP method at a temperature
of 270 °C and a pressure of 300 MPa. The first crystallization temperature is greatly
affected by pressure. As the pressure increases, the first crystallization temperature
decreases. Metallurgical steel slag and kaolin are the raw materials for the prepara-
tion of light weight porous ceramics. The compressive strength of ceramics can be
increased to a specific level through the extension of the grinding time of steel slag.
When steel slag is ground for ninety minutes, ceramics exhibit excellent characteris-
tics. Following this, strength of the ceramic is reduced as the grinding time increased.
Si3 N4 /O -SiAlON ceramics were prepared through the gas pressure sintering tech-
nique at a pressure of 3 MPa with varying SiO2 concentration. As the concentration
of SiO2 increased, there was a progressive decrease in bulk density. Simultaneously,
the apparent porosity showed a similar rise from 7.07 to 12.66%. The chemical
formula xY2 O3 -(1-x) represents a solid compound consisting of Composite ceramics
with varying compositions of LaCrO3 were prepared by the spark plasma sintering
method. The composite ceramics of xY2 O3 -(1-x)LaCrO3 were subjected to high-
temperature sintering, leading to a substantial rise in resistivity. The sintering temper-
ature of this ceramics was determined to be 1500 °C, resulting in excellent elec-
trical characteristics. DLP three-dimensional printing technology has been success-
fully utilized in the preparation of complex ceramic structures. The 3D printing and
heat treatment techniques were employed for the preparation of Broadband wave-
transmitting ceramics. h-BN based textured ceramics were prepared by DLP printing
and low-pressure sintering. The arrangement of texture in h-BN lamellae was seen
to be perpendicular to the hot-pressing direction. The research demonstrates that
this process can produce high-orientation textured ceramics under low-pressure and
short-time heat preservation conditions, as compared to the conventional method.
Porous silicon nitride materials can be produced through freeze-drying technique
and by manipulating the solid concentration of the slurry to achieve variable pore
structure and directional growth. The weight growth rate of nitriding exhibits a
progressive increase when the nitriding temperature is raised. The volumetric compo-
sition of slurry exerts a substantial influence on the characteristics of the material.
Porous ceramics were effectively synthesized using the H2 O2 foaming process, and
the introduction of LPG resulted in a reduction in the sintering temperature. The
tailings exhibited a notable usage rate, displaying a significant apparent porosity and
water absorption capacity, with desirable mechanical characteristics, with average
flexural and compressive strength. Various fabrication processes, including slip
casting, powder injection molding, tape casting, freeze casting, and cold isostatic
pressing, can be employed to manufacture ceramics with diverse forms and dimen-
sions. During the preparation, sintering temperatures influences the primary factors
such as densification, porosity, and transition of crystal phases of the ceramics. The
aforementioned characteristics impart attributes such as high hardness, resistance to
corrosion, excellent conductivity, and effective microwave absorption onto ceramics.
The process of machining is employed to transform ceramics into the appropriate
form, surface quality, mechanical properties, and dimensions. Nevertheless, tradi-
tional machining accounts for approximately 60–80% of the total cost of producing
Preparation of Ceramics: Different Approaches 81

ceramics. In particular, 3-D printing is becoming more and more popular due to its
increased potential for widespread commercialization. Moreover, the extensive range
of applications of ceramics in the fields of biomedicine, environmental science, and
electrical engineering makes it an extremely desirable material. The utilization of
ceramics in power electronics is an increasing field of study, showcasing promising
prospects for application in high temperature cycling conditions. This is mostly
attributed to its advantageous attributes, such as reduced switching loss and enhanced
voltage breakdown capabilities.

References

1. Otitoju, T.A., Okoye, P.U., Chen, G., Li, Y., Okoye, M.O., Li, S.: Advanced ceramic
components: materials, fabrication, and applications. J. Ind. Eng. Chem. 85, 34–65 (2020)
2. Kingery, W.D., Bowen, H.K., Uhlmann, D.R.: Introduction to Ceramics, vol. 17. Wiley (1976)
3. Salamon, D.: Advanced ceramics. In: Advanced Ceramics for Dentistry, pp. 103–122. Elsevier,
Amsterdam (2014)
4. Hennicke, H.W., Hesse, A.: Traditional ceramics. In: Concise Encyclopedia of Advanced
Ceramic Materials, 488–494. Elsevier (1991)
5. Maiti, K.N.: Technological innovations in traditional ceramics with emphasis on production
of sanitarywares in the international and Indian scenario. Trans. Indian Ceram. Soc. 62(4),
229–237 (2003)
6. McLaren, E., Giordano, R.: Ceramics overview: classification by microstructure and
processing methods. Compend. Contin. Educ. Dent. 31, 682–684 (2010)
7. Davidge, R.W.: Mechanical properties of ceramic materials. Contemp. Phys. 10(2), 105–124
(1969)
8. Lv, Y., Liu, H., Wang, Z., Liu, S., Hao, L., Sang, Y., Liu, D., Wang, J., Boughton, R.I.:
Silver nanoparticle-decorated porous ceramic composite for water treatment. J. Membr. Sci.
331(1–2), 50–56 (2009)
9. Chen, Z., Li, Z., Li, J., Liu, C., Lao, C., Fu, Y., Liu, C., Li, Y., Wang, P., He, Y.: 3D printing
of ceramics: a review. J. Eur. Ceram. Soc. 39(4), 661–687 (2019)
10. Thevenot, F.: Boron carbide—a comprehensive review. J. Eur. Ceram. Soc. 6(4), 205–225
(1990)
11. Thevenot, F.: A review on boron carbide. Key Eng. Mater. 56, 59–88 (1991)
12. Halverson, D.C., Pyzik, A.J., Aksay, I.A., Snowden, W.E.: Processing of boron carbide-
aluminum composites. J. Am. Ceram. Soc. 72(5), 775–780 (1989)
13. Kanno, Y., Kawase, K., Nakano, K.: Additive effect on sintering of boron carbide. Yogyo-
Kyokai-Shi 95(11), 1137–1140 (1987)
14. Mashhadi, M., Saraf, M.R., Baghshahi, S.: Synthesis of boron carbide power via carbothermic
reaction of boron oxide (2005)
15. Mashhadi, M., Taheri-Nassaj, E., Sglavo, V.M., Sarpoolaky, H., Ehsani, N.: Effect of Al
addition on pressureless sintering of B4C. Ceram. Int. 35(2), 831–837 (2009)
16. Thevenot, F.: Sintering of boron carbide and boron carbide-silicon carbide two-phase materials
and their properties. J. Nucl. Mater. 152(2–3), 154–162 (1988)
17. Jabbari, M., Bulatova, R., Tok, A.I.Y., Bahl, C.R.H., Mitsoulis, E., Hattel, J.H.: Ceramic tape
casting: a review of current methods and trends with emphasis on rheological behaviour and
flow analysis. Mater. Sci. Eng. B 212, 39–61 (2016)
18. McColm, I.J.: Ceramic Science for Materials Technologists (1983)
19. Wang, B., Cai, D., Xue, C., Niu, B., Yang, Z., Duan, X., Li, D., Jia, D., Zhou, Y.: Preparation
and mechanical properties of laminated B4C–TiB2/BN ceramics. Ceram. Int. 47(22), 31214–
31221 (2021)
82 G. Velu Kaliyannan et al.

20. White, E.W., Weber, J.N., Roy, D.M., Owen, E.L., Chiroff, R.T., White, R.A.: Replamineform
porous biomaterials for hard tissue implant applications. J. Biomed. Mater. Res. 9(4), 23–27
(1975)
21. Arai, T., Ayusawa, K., Sato, H., Miyata, T., Kobayashi, K.K.: Properties of hydrophone with
porous piezoelectric ceramics. Jpn. J. Appl. Phys. 30(9S), 2253 (1991)
22. Boumchedda, K., Hamadi, M., Fantozzi, G.: Properties of a hydrophone produced with porous
PZT ceramic. J. Eur. Ceram. Soc. 27(13–15), 4169–4171 (2007)
23. Creedon, M.J., Gopalakrishnan, S., Schulze, W.A.: 3-3 composite hydrophones from distorted
reticulated ceramics. In: Proceedings of 1994 IEEE International Symposium on Applications
of Ferroelectrics. IEEE (1994)
24. Yang, A.K., Wang, C.-A., Guo, R., Huang, Y., Nan, C.-W.: Porous PZT ceramics with high
hydrostatic figure of merit and low acoustic impedance by TBA-based gel-casting process. J.
Am. Ceram. Soc. 93(5), 1427–1431 (2010)
25. White, R.A., Weber, J.N., White, E.W.: Replamineform: a new process for preparing porous
ceramic, metal, and polymer prosthetic materials. Science 176(4037), 922–924 (1972)
26. Smay, J.E., Cesarano III, J., Tuttle, B.A., Lewis, J.A.: Piezoelectric properties of 3-X periodic
Pb (Zr x Ti 1− x) O 3–polymer composites. J. Appl. Phys. 92(10), 6119–6127 (2002)
27. Zhang, Y., Roscow, J., Xie, M., Bowen, C.: High piezoelectric sensitivity and hydrostatic
figures of merit in unidirectional porous ferroelectric ceramics fabricated by freeze casting.
J. Eur. Ceram. Soc. 38(12), 4203–4211 (2018)
28. Bowen, C.R., Perry, A., Lewis, A.C.F., Kara, H.: Processing and properties of porous piezo-
electric materials with high hydrostatic figures of merit. J. Eur. Ceram. Soc. 24(2), 541–545
(2004)
29. Zhang, H.L., Li, J.-F., Zhang, B.-P.: Microstructure and electrical properties of porous PZT
ceramics derived from different pore-forming agents. Acta Mater. 55(1), 171–181 (2007)
30. Zeng, T., Dong, X.L., Chen, S.T., Yang, H.: Processing and piezoelectric properties of porous
PZT ceramics. Ceram. Int. 33(3), 395–399 (2007)
31. Levy, G.N., Schindel, R., Kruth, J.-P.: Rapid manufacturing and rapid tooling with layer
manufacturing (LM) technologies, state of the art and future perspectives. CIRP Ann. 52(2),
589–609 (2003)
32. Travitzky, N., Bonet, A., Dermeik, B., Fey, T., Filbert-Demut, I., Schlier, L., Schlordt, T., Greil,
P.: Additive manufacturing of ceramic-based materials. Adv. Eng. Mater. 16(6), 729–754
(2014)
33. Yang, Y., Chen, Z., Song, X., Zhu, B., Hsiai, T., Wu, P.I., Xiong, R., Shi, J., Chen, Y.,
Zhou, Q.: Three dimensional printing of high dielectric capacitor using projection based
stereolithography method. Nano Energy 22, 414–421 (2016)
34. Huang, R.-J., Jiang, Q.-G., Wu, H.-D., Li, Y.-H., Liu, W.-Y., Lu, X.-X., Wu, S.-H.: Fabrica-
tion of complex shaped ceramic parts with surface-oxidized Si3N4 powder via digital light
processing based stereolithography method. Ceram. Int. 45(4), 5158–5162 (2019)
35. Song, X., Chen, Z., Lei, L., Shung, K., Zhou, Q., Chen, Y.: Piezoelectric component fabrica-
tion using projection-based stereolithography of barium titanate ceramic suspensions. Rapid
Prototyp. J. 23(1), 44–53 (2017)
36. Chen, W., Wang, F., Yan, K., Zhang, Y., Wu, D.: Micro-stereolithography of KNN-based
lead-free piezoceramics. Ceram. Int. 45(4), 4880–4885 (2019)
37. Wang, W., Sun, J., Guo, B., Chen, X., Prem Ananth, K., Bai, J.: Fabrication of piezoelectric
nano-ceramics via stereolithography of low viscous and non-aqueous suspensions. J. Eur.
Ceram. Soc. 40(3), 682–688 (2020)
38. Hu, X., Li, X., Yan, K., Qi, X., Chen, W., Wu, D.: Fabrication of porous PZT ceramics using
micro-stereolithography technology. Ceram. Int. 47(22), 32376–32381 (2021)
39. Guo, H., Baker, A., Guo, J., Randall, C.A.: Cold sintering process: a novel technique for
low-temperature ceramic processing of ferroelectrics. J. Am. Ceram. Soc. 99(11), 3489–3507
(2016)
40. Guo, J., Guo, H., Baker, A.L., Lanagan, M.T., Kupp, E.R., Messing, G.L., Randall, C.A.:
Cold sintering: a paradigm shift for processing and integration of ceramics. Angew. Chem.
128(38), 11629–11633 (2016)
Preparation of Ceramics: Different Approaches 83

41. Maria, J.-P., Kang, X., Floyd, R.D., Dickey, E.C., Guo, H., Guo, J., Baker, A., Funihashi, S.,
Randall, C.A.: Cold sintering: current status and prospects. J. Mater. Res. 32(17), 3205–3218
(2017)
42. Funahashi, S., Guo, J., Guo, H., Wang, Ke., Baker, A.L., Shiratsuyu, K., Randall, C.A.:
Demonstration of the cold sintering process study for the densification and grain growth of
ZnO ceramics. J. Am. Ceram. Soc. 100(2), 546–553 (2017)
43. Guo, J., Berbano, S.S., Guo, H., Baker, A.L., Lanagan, M.T., Randall, C.A.: Cold sintering
process of composites: bridging the processing temperature gap of ceramic and polymer
materials. Adv. Func. Mater. 26(39), 7115–7121 (2016)
44. Wang, D., Zhou, D., Zhang, S., Vardaxoglou, Y., Whittow, W.G., Cadman, D., Reaney,
I.M.: Cold-sintered temperature stable Na0. 5Bi0. 5MoO4–Li2MoO4 microwave composite
ceramics. ACS Sustain. Chem. & Eng. 6(2), 2438–2444 (2018)
45. Wang, D., Guo, H., Morandi, C.S., Randall, C.A., Trolier-McKinstry, S.: Cold sintering and
electrical characterization of lead zirconate titanate piezoelectric ceramics. APL Mater. 6(1)
(2018)
46. Berbano, S.S., Guo, J., Guo, H., Lanagan, M.T., Randall, C.A.: Cold sintering process of Li1.
5Al0. 5Ge1. 5 (PO4) 3 solid electrolyte. J. Am. Ceram. Soc. 100(5), 2123–2135 (2017)
47. Funahashi, S., Guo, H., Guo, J., Baker, A.L., Wang, K., Shiratsuyu, K., Randall, C.A.: Cold
sintering and co-firing of a multilayer device with thermoelectric materials. J. Am. Ceram.
Soc. 100(8), 3488–3496 (2017)
48. Guo, J., Legum, B., Anasori, B., Wang, K., Lelyukh, P., Gogotsi, Y., Randall, C.A.: Cold
sintered ceramic nanocomposites of 2D MXene and zinc oxide. Adv. Mater. 30(32), 1801846
(2018)
49. Song, J., Zhu, G., Xu, H., Fu, W., Xu, J., Zhang, J., Huang, S., Yu, A.: Preparation and
properties of high-density Bi2O3 ceramics by cold sintering. Ceram. Int. 46(9), 13848–13853
(2020)
50. Ding, Y., Zhang, X., Wu, B., Liu, Bo., Zhang, S.: Highly porous ceramics production using
slags from smelting of spent automotive catalysts. Resour. Conserv. Recycl. 166, 105373
(2021)
51. Wang, H., Sun, Y., Liu, L., Ji, R., Wang, X.: Integrated utilization of fly ash and waste glass for
synthesis of foam/dense bi-layered insulation ceramic tile. Energy Build. 168, 67–75 (2018)
52. Xi, C., Zheng, F., Jiahe, Xu., Yang, W., Peng, Y., Li, Y., Li, P., Zhen, Q., Bashir, S.: Jingbo
Louise Liu, Preparation of glass-ceramic foams using extracted titanium tailing and glass
waste as raw materials. Constr. Build. Mater. 190, 896–909 (2018)
53. Wan, Li., Guo, X., Li, K., Yan, J.: Preparation of porous SiC-Al2O3 ceramics with spherical
shell structures of large surface area and high strength. Ceram. Int. 46(8), 10325–10331 (2020)
54. Ren, X., Ma, B., Su, C., Qian, F., Yang, W., Yuan, L., Yu, J., Liu, G., Li, H.: In-situ synthesis
of FexSiy phases and their effects on the properties of SiC porous ceramics. J. Alloy. Compd.
784, 1113–1122 (2019)
55. Zhang, Bo., Huang, H., Lu, X.: Fabrication and properties of C/SiC porous ceramics by
grinding-mould pressing-sintering process. J. Eur. Ceram. Soc. 39(5), 1775–1780 (2019)
56. Tian, C., Huang, X., Guo, W., Gao, P., Xiao, H.: Preparation of SiC porous ceramics by a
novel gelcasting method assisted with surface modification. Ceram. Int. 46(10), 16047–16055
(2020)
57. Tange, M., Manonukul, A., Srikudvien, P.: The effects of organic template and thick-
ening agent on structure and mechanical properties of titanium foam fabricated by replica
impregnation method. Mater. Sci. Eng. A 641, 54–61 (2015)
58. Saraji, M., Ghani, M., Rezaei, B., Mokhtarianpour, M.: Highly porous nanostructured copper
foam fiber impregnated with an organic solvent for headspace liquid-phase microextraction.
J. Chromatogr. A 1469, 25–34 (2016)
59. Yuan, L., Jin, E., Li, C., Liu, Z., Tian, C., Ma, B., Yu, J.: Preparation of calcium hexaluminate
porous ceramics by novel pectin based gelcasting freeze-drying method. Ceram. Int. 47(7),
9017–9023 (2021)
84 G. Velu Kaliyannan et al.

60. Gu, T., Chen, F., Shen, Q., Zhang, L.: Low-temperature preparation of porous SiC ceramics
using phosphoric acid as a pore-forming agent and a binder. Ceram. Int. 45(13), 16470–16475
(2019)
61. Wu, Q., Huang, Z.: Preparation and performance of lightweight porous ceramics using
metallurgical steel slag. Ceram. Int. 47(18), 25169–25176 (2021)
62. Bocanegra-Bernal, M.H., Matovic, B.: Dense and near-net-shape fabrication of Si3N4
ceramics. Mater. Sci. Eng. A 500(1–2), 130–149 (2009)
63. Zou, C., Zhang, C., Li, B., Wang, S., Cao, F.: Microstructure and properties of porous silicon
nitride ceramics prepared by gel-casting and gas pressure sintering. Mater. Des. 44, 114–118
(2013)
64. Li, D., Li, B., Yang, X., Gao, S., Zheng, Y.: Fabrication and properties of in situ silicon nitride
nanowires reinforced porous silicon nitride (SNNWs/SN) composites. J. Eur. Ceram. Soc.
38(6), 2671–2675 (2018)
65. Klemm, H.: Silicon nitride for high-temperature applications. J. Am. Ceram. Soc. 93(6),
1501–1522 (2010)
66. Lee, S.-H., Rixecker, G., Aldinger, F., Choi, S.-C., Auh, K.-H.: Effect of spray coated SiO2
layers on the low temperature oxidation of Si3N4. J. Eur. Ceram. Soc. 23(8), 1199–1206
(2003)
67. Koh, Y.-H., Kim, H.-W., Kim, H.-E.: Mechanical properties and oxidation resistance of Si3N4-
SiC nanocomposites. Scripta Mater. 44(8–9), 2069–2073 (2001)
68. Deschaux-Beaume, F., Fréty, N., Cutard, T., Colin, C.: Oxidation modeling of a Si3N4–TiN
composite: comparison between experiment and kinetic models. Ceram. Int. 35(5), 1709–1718
(2009)
69. Lin, S., Ye, F., Ding, J., Yang, C., Ma, J., Dong, S., Liu, Q.: Effects of pore diameters on
phase, oxidation resistance, and thermal shock resistance of the porous Si2N2O ceramics. J.
Am. Ceram. Soc. 100(5), 2190–2198 (2017)
70. Choi, H.-J., Lee, J.-G., Kim, Y.-W.: Oxidation behavior of hot-pressed Si3N4 with Re2O3
(Re= Y, Yb, Er, La). J. Eur. Ceram. Soc. 19(16), 2757–2762 (1999)
71. Kovalčíková, A., Dusza, J., Šajgalík, P.: Influence of the heat treatment on mechanical prop-
erties and oxidation resistance of SiC–Si3N4 composites. Ceram. Int. 39(7), 7951–7957
(2013)
72. Riley, F.L.: Silicon nitride and related materials. J. Am. Ceram. Soc. 83(2), 245–265 (2000)
73. Kurama, S., Schulz, I., Herrmann, M.: Wear behaviour of α-and α/β-SiAlON ceramics
stabilized with Nd2O3 and Y2O3. J. Eur. Ceram. Soc. 29(1), 155–162 (2009)
74. Qadir, A., Fogarassy, Z., Horváth, Z.E., Balazsi, K., Balazsi, C.: Effect of the oxidization
of Si3N4 powder on the microstructural and mechanical properties of hot isostatic pressed
silicon nitride. Ceram. Int. 44(12), 14601–14609 (2018)
75. Kovalčíková, A., Balázsi, C., Dusza, J., Tapasztó, O.: Mechanical properties and electrical
conductivity in a carbon nanotube reinforced silicon nitride composite. Ceram. Int. 38(1),
527–533 (2012)
76. Pasupuleti, S., Peddetti, R., Santhanam, S., Jen, K.-P., Wing, Z.N., Hecht, M., Halloran, J.P.:
Toughening behavior in a carbon nanotube reinforced silicon nitride composite. Mater. Sci.
Eng. A 491(1–2), 224–229 (2008)
77. Ma, H., Bao, C.: Preparation, oxidation property and mechanism of Si3N4/O -SiAlON
composite ceramics. Ceram. Int. 47(11), 15383–15391 (2021)
78. Park, K., Lee, J.K.: The effect of ZnO content and sintering temperature on the electrical
properties of Cu-containing Mn1. 95− xNi0. 45Co0. 15Cu0. 45ZnxO4 (0≤ x≤ 0.3) NTC
thermistors. J. Alloys Compd. 475(1–2), 513–517 (2009)
79. Luo, Y., Liu, X.: High temperature NTC BaTiO3-based ceramic resistors. Mater. Lett. 59(29–
30), 3881–3884 (2005)
80. Park, K., Yun, S.J.: Influence of the composition on the electrical properties of (Mn 2.1− x
Ni 0.9 Si x) O 4 negative temperature coefficient thermistors. J. Mater. Sci.: Mater. Electron.
15, 359–362 (2004)
Preparation of Ceramics: Different Approaches 85

81. Houivet, D., Bernard, J., Haussonne, J.-M.: High temperature NTC ceramic resistors
(ambient–1000° C). J. Eur. Ceram. Soc. 24(6), 1237–1241 (2004)
82. Yang, T., Zhang, Bo., Zhao, Q., Luo, P., Chang, A.: New high temperature NTC thermistors
based on the Mg (Al1− xCrx) 2O4 ceramics. J. Alloy. Compd. 685, 287–293 (2016)
83. Zhang, B., Zhao, Q., Chang, A., Huang, X., Hou, J., Zhao, P., Ji, G.: La2O3-doped 0.6 Y2O3–
0.4 YCr0. 5Mn0. 5O3 composite NTC ceramics for wide range of temperature sensing. J.
Alloys Compd. 581, 573–578 (2013)
84. Chen, M., Zhang, H., Liu, T., Jiang, H., Chang, A.: Preparation, structure and electrical
properties of La 1–x Ba x CrO 3 NTC ceramics. J. Mater. Sci. Mater. Electron. 28, 18873–
18878 (2017)
85. Frage, N., Cohen, S., Meir, S., Kalabukhov, S., Dariel, M.P.: Spark plasma sintering (SPS) of
transparent magnesium-aluminate spinel. J. Mater. Sci. 42, 3273–3275 (2007)
86. Wang, S., Yuan, J., Han, W., Yin, Z.: Microstructure and mechanical properties of B4C-TiB2
composite ceramic fabricated by reactive spark plasma sintering. Int. J. Refract Metal Hard
Mater. 92, 105307 (2020)
87. Yin, Z., Yuan, J., Xu, W., Ye, J., Liu, K., Yan, S.: Improvement in microstructure and mechan-
ical properties of Ti (C, N) cermet prepared by two-step spark plasma sintering. Ceram. Int.
45(1), 752–758 (2019)
88. Zhang, B., Zhao, Q., Chang, A., Wu, Y., Li, H.: Spark plasma sintering of MgAl2O4–LaCr0.
5Mn0. 5O3 composite thermistor ceramics and a comparison investigation with conventional
sintering. J. Alloy. Compd. 675, 381–386 (2016)
89. Chen, H., Yin, Z., Hao, X., Yuan, J.: Microstructure and electrical properties of xY2O3-(1–x)
LaCrO3 thermosensitive ceramics prepared by spark plasma sintering. Ceram. Int. 47(18),
26447–26454 (2021)
90. Zhang, J., Chen, J.W., Wang, H.J.: High performance porous wave-transmitting silicon nitride
ceramics by gel-casting technique. Key Eng. Mater. 512, 869–872 (2012)
91. Cheng, C.B., Fan, R.H., Yan, K.L., Sun, K., Chen, M., Hou, Q., Li, Q.Q.: Fabrication and
property of porous silicon nitride ceramics with Y2O3-Yb2O3 additions. Key Eng. Mater.
655, 6–10 (2015)
92. Pavese, M., Valle, M., Badini, C.: Effect of porosity of cordierite preforms on microstructure
and mechanical strength of co-continuous ceramic composites. J. Eur. Ceram. Soc. 27(1),
131–141 (2007)
93. Shao, H., Zhao, D., Lin, T., He, J., Wu, J.: 3D gel-printing of zirconia ceramic parts. Ceram.
Int. 43(16), 13938–13942 (2017)
94. Hu, K., Wei, Y., Lu, Z., Wan, L., Li, P.: Design of a shaping system for stereolithography with
high solid loading ceramic suspensions. 3D Print. Addit. Manuf. 5(4), 311–318 (2018)
95. Yang, Y., Song, X., Li, X., Chen, Z., Zhou, C., Zhou, Q., Chen, Y.: Recent progress in
biomimetic additive manufacturing technology: from materials to functional structures. Adv.
Mater. 30(36), 1706539 (2018)
96. Ni, D.-W., Zhang, G.-J., Kan, Y.-M., Sakka, Y.: Textured h-BN ceramics prepared by slip
casting. J. Am. Ceram. Soc. 94(5), 1397–1404 (2011)
97. Duan, X., Yang, Z., Chen, L., Tian, Z., Cai, D., Wang, Y., Jia, D., Zhou, Yu.: Review on the
properties of hexagonal boron nitride matrix composite ceramics. J. Eur. Ceram. Soc. 36(15),
3725–3737 (2016)
98. Kusunose, T., Sekino, T.: Thermal conductivity of hot-pressed hexagonal boron nitride. Scripta
Mater. 124, 138–141 (2016)
99. Zhang, Xi., Chen, J., Zhang, J., Wan, D., Zhou, Y.: High-temperature mechanical and thermal
properties of h-BN/30 vol% Y2SiO5 composite. Ceram. Int. 41(9), 10891–10896 (2015)
100. Tian, Z., Duan, X., Yang, Z., Ye, S., Jia, D., Zhou, Yu.: Ablation mechanism and proper-
ties of in-situ SiAlON reinforced BN–SiO2 ceramic composite under an oxyacetylene torch
environment. Ceram. Int. 40(7), 11149–11155 (2014)
101. Motealleh, A., Ortiz, A.L., Borrero-López, O., Guiberteau, F.: Effect of hexagonal-BN addi-
tions on the sliding-wear resistance of fine-grained α-SiC densified with Y3Al5O12 liquid
phase by spark-plasma sintering. J. Eur. Ceram. Soc. 34(3), 565–574 (2014)
86 G. Velu Kaliyannan et al.

102. Xiao, C.-F., Han, B.: Preparation of porous silicon nitride ceramics by freeze drying. J. Market.
Res. 8(6), 6202–6208 (2019)
103. Costa, C.M., Lee, Y.-H., Kim, J.-H., Lee, S.-Y., Lanceros-Méndez, S.: Recent advances on
separator membranes for lithium-ion battery applications: from porous membranes to solid
electrolytes. Energy Stor. Mater. 22, 346–375 (2019)
104. Hannan, M.A., Hossain Lipu, M.S., Hussain, A., Mohamed, A.: A review of lithium-ion
battery state of charge estimation and management system in electric vehicle applications:
challenges and recommendations. Renew. Sustain. Energy Rev. 78, 834–854 (2017)
105. Xiong, R., Pan, Y., Shen, W., Li, H., Sun, F.: Lithium-ion battery aging mechanisms and
diagnosis method for automotive applications: Recent advances and perspectives. Renew.
Sustain. Energy Rev. 131, 110048 (2020)
106. Tian, J., Xu, L., Deng, W., Jiang, H., Gao, Z., Hu, Y.: Adsorption mechanism of new mixed
anionic/cationic collectors in a spodumene-feldspar flotation system. Chem. Eng. Sci. 164,
99–107 (2017)
107. Wu, H., Tian, J., Xu, L., Fang, S., Zhang, Z., Chi, R.: Flotation and adsorption of a new mixed
anionic/cationic collector in the spodumene-feldspar system. Miner. Eng. 127, 42–47 (2018)
108. Lemougna, P.N., Yliniemi, J., Adesanya, E., Tanskanen, P., Kinnunen, P., Roning, J.,
Illikainen, M.: Reuse of copper slag in high-strength building ceramics containing spodumene
tailings as fluxing agent. Miner. Eng. 155, 106448 (2020)
109. Yang, J., Xu, L.-H., Wu, H.-Q., Jin, J.: Preparation and properties of porous ceramics from
spodumene flotation tailings by low-temperature sintering. Trans. Nonferrous Metals Soc.
China 31(9), 2797–2811 (2021)
Emerging Strategies for Electroceramic
Preparation: Contemporary Methods
and Novel Techniques

Nisha Shankhwar, Pinki Singh, Jewel Thomas, Maya Rajnarayan Ray,

and Satyendra Singh

Abstract Electroceramics belong to a functional category of ceramics where the

materials are specifically engineered to showcase diverse electrical properties;
piezoelectric, ferroelectric, and dielectric behaviours. Electroceramics have become
increasingly important in a wide range of crucial technologies, including communica-
tions, energy conversion and storage, electronics, automation, high-capacity dielec-
tric devices, non-volatile memories, dynamic random access memory (DRAMs), as
well as materials for energy storage and conversion. Furthermore, they find applica-
tion in advanced high-density and high-speed computer memories. As a result, the
processing techniques employed for electroceramics must be meticulously designed
to produce materials of exceptional quality. There exists a diverse array of tech-
niques for processing electroceramics, which can be applied to different forms
such as bulk ceramic, nano ceramics, film, and single crystal. The objective of this
chapter is to present the latest advancements in methods and technologies utilized
in the processing of electroceramics. The chapter focuses on discussing the Modern
approaches like solid-state synthesis, sol gel, laser ablation, spin casting, as well as
advanced technologies like molecular beam epitaxy (MBE), RF magnetron sput-
tering, Liquid Phase Epitaxy, high temperature solution growth (HTSG) or flux
growth method, Czochralski Growth, Top Seeded Solution Growth (TSSG), and
Hydrothermal Growth. Dedicated sections of this chapter provide an outline of each
processing technique, with a particular emphasis on novel research directions and
emerging areas of applicability.

Keywords Electroceramics · Sol–gel · Laser ablation · Sputtering · Molecular

beam epitaxy · Energy storage · Liquid phase epitaxy · High energy density ·
Contemporary techniques · Thin film deposition · Sol–gel processing · Chemical

N. Shankhwar (B) · P. Singh · S. Singh

Special Centre for Nanoscience, Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi, India
e-mail: nisha2023@[Link]; shankhwarnisha3july@[Link]
J. Thomas
School of Nanoscience and Nanotechnology, Mahatma Gandhi University, Kerala, India
M. R. Ray
Department of Civil Engineering, BIT Sindri, Dhanbad, Jharkhand, India

© The Author(s), under exclusive license to Springer Nature Singapore Pte Ltd. 2024 87
U. Kumar (ed.), Defects Engineering in Electroceramics for Energy Applications,
Engineering Materials, [Link]
88 N. Shankhwar et al.

vapor deposition · Top-seeded solution growth · Czochralski growth method ·

Templated growth · Green synthesis

1 Introduction

In the realm of electroceramics, situated at the confluence of application-driven and

technology-centric domains, the discipline draws from the fundamentals of ceramic
processing, chemistry, and solid-state physics. Its adaptable products find utility
across a spectrum of fields, including industrial process control, healthcare, consumer
electronics, and environmental monitoring. Electroceramics utilize an extensive
toolkit that spans the majority of the periodic table, encompassing inorganic and
organo-metallic chemistry, solid-state chemistry, crystallography, and various tools
for structural and chemical characterization [1]. Moreover, they apply experimental
physics, modeling techniques, and device engineering. This field inherently embraces
a transdisciplinary nature, evident in both its foundational principles and its multi-
faceted applications. This chapter highlights the importance of processing techniques
and their influence on various properties of electroceramics.
The processing of electroceramics is a critical and indispensable aspect of their use
in diverse technological applications. Unlike traditional ceramics, electroceramics
often necessitate intricate fabrication techniques for specific micro/nano structures
and desired properties crucial for functionality [2]. Precise control over composition,
crystal structure, and grain size/boundaries during processing is vital for tailoring
electroceramics for various applications. The chosen processing methods signif-
icantly influence the electrical, mechanical, and thermal characteristics, directly
impacting performance and efficiency in electronic/energy storage devices [1, 2].
Furthermore, meticulous processing allows for the synthesis of thin films, multilayer
structures, and complex shapes, expanding the range of applications and enhancing
the integration of electroceramics into miniaturized and multifunctional devices.
The processing of electroceramics is far more than a routine technical proce-
dure; it is a fundamental and pivotal stage in unleashing the complete capabili-
ties of these materials. Rather than being a mere formality, the processing of elec-
troceramics serves as a critical gateway that allows these materials to reach their
maximum potential. This transformative process is what empowers electroceramics
to contribute to the realization of advanced technologies that have become indis-
pensable in shaping our modern way of life. Essentially, this chapter recognizes
the processing stage as a foundational step, emphasizing its transformative role in
converting raw electroceramic materials into customized components.
Emerging Strategies for Electroceramic Preparation: Contemporary … 89

2 Processing of Electroceramics

Harnessing the reproducible physical and structural properties of electroceramics

for diverse applications requires meticulous processing [2, 3]. This section explores
the foundational considerations in various electroceramic categories, including bulk
ceramic, thin and thick film, single crystal, and nanostructured ceramics.

2.1 Approaches for Bulk Electroceramics Processing

Bulk electroceramic preparation methods are essential for unlocking the full poten-
tial of advanced materials across diverse technological applications. These methods
involve precise techniques, including solid-state synthesis, sol–gel processes, and
various deposition techniques. The choice of method depends on specific material
requirements, showcasing the interdisciplinary nature of bulk electroceramic prepa-
ration. These methods empower researchers and engineers to finely tune electro-
ceramic structures, driving innovations in electronics, energy storage, and diverse
technological domains. This section will examine these methods in relation to their
impact on the structural and other properties of electroceramics.

2.1.1 Solid-State Synthesis

Solid-state synthesis stands as a fundamental method in the preparation of electroce-

ramics, playing a pivotal role in tailoring their structural and functional characteris-
tics. This technique involves the intimate mixing of precursor materials, typically in
powdered form, followed by a high-temperature sintering process. During sintering,
the powders react and fuse together, creating a homogeneous and crystalline structure.
The temperature, duration, and composition of the precursor materials are carefully
controlled to achieve the desired electroceramic properties. Solid-state synthesis
is known for its versatility in producing a wide range of materials, and its appli-
cation extends to various electroceramic families, including ferroelectrics, piezo-
electrics, and dielectrics. This method’s significance lies not only in its efficiency
in creating bulk structures but also in its ability to influence the phase composition
and microstructure, thereby influencing the overall performance of electroceramic
materials in technological applications.
The solid-state route comprises several crucial steps, each with distinct roles that
significantly impact the resultant properties. Fig. 1 depicts the standard phases of the
solid-state pathway.
90 N. Shankhwar et al.

Fig. 1 A block diagram outlining steps involved in solid state synthesis

Machining and Polishing of Ceramics (Powder Compaction)

Ceramics undergo routine machining and polishing to meet specific application

requirements. Room Temperature Uniaxial Pressing (RTUP) (Fig. 2), a well-
established method, is highlighted for its simplicity and efficiency, making it ideal
for fundamental studies and device fabrication. There are alternative methods like
Hot Isostatic Pressing (HIP), Cold Isostatic Pressing (CIP), and Low Temperature
Sintering (LTS). Each method has distinct features and complements Room Temper-
ature Uniaxial Pressing (RTUP), contributing to advancements in ceramic processing
[2]. Ceramic powder processing involves several stages beginning with the produc-
tion of powder through milling or grinding. This is followed by the creation of
a green product, which undergoes consolidation to achieve the final product. The
powder itself comprises fine particles, and its synthesis includes preparatory steps
like crushing, grinding, impurity removal, powder blending, and drying to form
soft agglomerates suitable for shaping. Various methods such as compaction, tape
casting, slip casting, injection molding, and extrusion are then employed to shape
the processed powders into what is termed as green ceramic. Subsequently, the green
ceramic undergoes further consolidation through a high-temperature process known
as sintering or firing. In the initial stages, raw materials are subjected to milling or
grinding to reduce particle size and separate desired minerals from unwanted gangue
material. Wet milling is particularly common in ceramic processing compared to
metal processing. The mixing of dry powders with a dispersant, typically water,
results in a slurry. Ball and vibratory milling are utilized to further refine mineral
size and blend various powders. The shaping of ceramic powders encompasses tech-
niques such as casting, compaction, extrusion, hydro-plastic forming, and injection
molding.
Emerging Strategies for Electroceramic Preparation: Contemporary … 91

Fig. 2 Steps of the experimental procedure for Room Temperature Uniaxial Pressing (RTUP)

Heat Treatment in Ceramic Processing

This section focuses on the pivotal role of the three primary heat treatment methods—
calcination, sintering, and annealing—in the ceramic processing journey. It explores
how these processes initiate the formation of green ceramics, achieve densification,
and enhance density while preventing cracking. Let’s elaborate on each of the three
fundamental heat treatment methods:
Calcination: Calcination is an initial heat treatment process that involves the
removal of volatile components, such as water and organic matter, from a precursor
material. This step serves to transform the raw materials into a reactive intermediate,
often referred to as a “green body” or “calcined powder”. During calcination, chem-
ical reactions occur that result in physical and chemical changes, setting the stage for
subsequent processing steps. The temperature and duration of calcination are crucial
factors influencing the properties of the final ceramic material.
Sintering: Sintering is a critical step aimed at achieving densification of the
calcined powder. It involves heating the material to high temperatures, typically
below its melting point, causing the particles to bond and grow together. This process
enhances the mechanical strength and reduces porosity, leading to the formation of
a solid and durable ceramic structure. Particle rearrangement, neck formation, and
grain growth are prominent phenomena during sintering. The control of temperature,
time, and pressure is vital to achieving the desired density and structure in the final
ceramic product.
Annealing: Annealing is a post-sintering heat treatment process that follows
the attainment of the desired density. It involves controlled cooling of the sintered
material to relieve internal stresses and enhance certain material properties, such as
crystallinity and grain size.
92 N. Shankhwar et al.

Key Processes

The controlled cooling in annealing helps minimize thermal gradients and prevent
the formation of cracks or other defects. This step is crucial for improving the overall
stability, mechanical properties, and microstructure of the ceramic material.
The synergy of calcination, sintering, and annealing plays a pivotal role in
the comprehensive electroceramic processing journey, influencing the composition,
structure, and properties of electroceramic materials. Each step contributes uniquely
to the evolution of the material from its raw form to a refined and optimized state
suitable for various electronic applications.

2.1.2 Spray/Freeze Drying

Spray drying and freeze drying are two widely employed methods in the fabrica-
tion of electroceramics, offering unique advantages in terms of powder morphology
and material properties. Spray drying involves the atomization of a liquid slurry
containing electroceramic precursors into fine droplets, which are then rapidly dried
in a hot air stream, yielding spherical or irregularly shaped particles. This method
is favored for its scalability and cost-effectiveness, providing a high surface area for
subsequent sintering processes. On the other hand, freeze drying, or lyophilization,
relies on the controlled removal of solvent from a frozen electroceramic suspension.
This technique results in porous, agglomerated powders with enhanced reactivity
due to the preservation of the porous structure. Both methods play pivotal roles in
tailoring the microstructure and properties of electroceramic materials, influencing
their performance in applications such as capacitors, sensors, and electronic devices.
Researchers and manufacturers continue to explore and optimize these drying tech-
niques to achieve the desired characteristics in electroceramic powders for advanced
technological applications.

2.1.3 Spray Pyrolysis

Spray pyrolysis is a versatile and effective method employed in the fabrication of elec-
troceramics, offering precise control over film thickness and composition. In ceramic
preparation through spray pyrolysis, a precursor solution is meticulously formulated
by dissolving ceramic precursors in a suitable solvent. The chosen precursors align
with the composition and properties required for the ceramic thin film. Subsequently,
the substrate, often glass or silicon, undergoes thorough cleaning to ensure optimal
adhesion. The precursor solution is then atomized into fine droplets using an atom-
izer and sprayed onto a heated substrate. The evaporation of the solvent occurs,
leaving behind a thin layer of the ceramic precursor material. Concurrently, pyrol-
ysis transpires, involving the thermal decomposition of the precursor, resulting in the
Emerging Strategies for Electroceramic Preparation: Contemporary … 93

Fig. 3 The scheme of the spray pyrolysis setup

formation of a solid ceramic film on the substrate. Control over the substrate temper-
ature influences the film’s characteristics. The process can be iterated for additional
thickness, and after deposition, the substrate gradually cools (Fig. 3).
In the context of electroceramics, such as ferroelectric or piezoelectric mate-
rials, spray pyrolysis provides distinct advantages. The fine control over deposition
parameters, such as spray rate, precursor concentration, and substrate temperature,
enables the synthesis of thin films with tailored properties, essential for applica-
tions in sensors, actuators, and electronic devices. Additionally, the scalability and
cost-effectiveness of the spray pyrolysis process make it a promising method for
large-scale production of electroceramic thin films, further enhancing its relevance
in the field of advanced materials for electronic applications.

2.1.4 Emulsion Synthesis

Emulsion synthesis methods have emerged as a promising approach in the realm of

electroceramics, offering a versatile and controlled means of fabricating advanced
materials with tailored properties. In this process, a stable emulsion, typically
comprising an aqueous phase containing metal precursors and an organic phase
containing surfactants and solvents, serves as the template for the formation of
ceramic nanoparticles. The electroceramic nanoparticles, such as ferroelectrics or
piezoelectrics, are intricately crafted within the emulsion, allowing for precise control
over size, morphology, and composition. This method enables the synthesis of
94 N. Shankhwar et al.

uniform particles with enhanced structural homogeneity, which is crucial for opti-
mizing the electrochemical and dielectric performance of materials in applications
like sensors, actuators, and energy storage devices. Moreover, the emulsion synthesis
approach facilitates scalability and reproducibility, making it a valuable technique
for the development of next-generation electroceramic materials with improved
functionality and reliability.

2.1.5 Hydrothermal Synthesis

Hydrothermal synthesis stands as a prominent method in the fabrication of electroce-

ramics, offering a unique and effective approach to produce advanced materials with
tailored properties for electronic applications. This technique involves the use of high-
pressure, high-temperature aqueous environments to facilitate the growth and crystal-
lization of ceramic materials, resulting in structures that exhibit enhanced electrical
and electrochemical characteristics. In the realm of electroceramics, hydrothermal
synthesis has proven particularly advantageous for the development of materials
like piezoelectrics, ferroelectrics, and superconductors. The controlled conditions
of hydrothermal processing enable the precise manipulation of crystal structures,
grain sizes, and defect concentrations, ultimately influencing the functional proper-
ties of electroceramic materials. This method not only offers a versatile means of
synthesizing a variety of electroactive ceramics but also allows for the exploration
of novel compositions and phases that can push the boundaries of electronic device
performance. As research in hydrothermal synthesis for electroceramics continues
to advance, it holds the promise of unlocking new possibilities in the development
of next-generation electronic components with improved efficiency and reliability
(Table 1).

2.2 Approaches for Nanostructured Electroceramics

Processing

In recent times, the trend toward miniaturization has significantly influenced the field,
with current research and development efforts concentrated on electroceramic thin
films. While thin films are a focal point of interest, the evolution extends beyond them
to encompass thick films. Notably, there is a shift in industrial interest from discrete
components to the development of electroceramic systems and multifunctional elec-
troceramics. The impact of size effects on electroceramics has been a longstanding
focus of thorough investigations. However, the current surge of interest in nanotech-
nology has been primarily sparked by the downsizing of devices and components
reliant on electroceramics. The growing availability of advanced experimental tools
for directly observing nanoscale features, coupled with the broader contemporary
Table 1 The table presents a comparison of various synthesis methods based on compositional control, morphology control, powder reactivity, particle size,
purity, agglomeration, calcination step, milling step, and costs [4, 5]
Synthesis method Calcination Milling Compositional Morphology Powder Particle Purity Agglomeration Costs
step step control control reactivity size (nm) (%)
Solid-state Yes Yes Poor Poor Poor >1000 <99.5 Moderate Low-moderate
reaction
Coprecipitation Yes Yes Good Moderate Good >10 >99.5 High Moderate
Sol–gel Yes Yes Excellent Moderate Good >10 >99.9 Moderate Moderate-high
Spray/freeze Yes Yes Excellent Moderate Good >10 >99.9 Low Moderate-high
drying
Spray pyrolysis No No Excellent Excellent Good >10 >99.9 Low High
Emulsion Yes Yes Excellent Excellent Good >100 >99.9 Low Moderate
synthesis
Emerging Strategies for Electroceramic Preparation: Contemporary …

Hydrothermal No No Excellent Good Good >100 >99.5 Low Moderate

synthesis
95
96 N. Shankhwar et al.

fascination with nanoscience, serves as additional significant factors contributing to

this heightened interest.

2.2.1 Co-precipitation Method

Coprecipitation methods represent a notable approach in the synthesis of electro-

ceramics, offering a versatile and effective means of tailoring material properties.
In this technique, precursor ions are simultaneously precipitated from a solution,
resulting in the formation of a gel-like solid. The subsequent thermal treatment of
this gel yields the desired electroceramic material. Coprecipitation starts with the
meticulous preparation of precursor solutions, each containing ions of the elements
intended for co-precipitation.
These precursor solutions typically comprise soluble salts or complexes dissolved
in an aqueous medium. Success depends on achieving absolute homogeneity in
the mixed precursor solution, ensuring an even distribution of ions from various
elements. Following the amalgamation of precursor solutions, a specialized precip-
itating agent is introduced into the precursor solution. This agent is a chemical
compound that orchestrates the simultaneous precipitation of ions from different
elements. Commonly employed precipitating agents include hydroxides, carbonates,
or sulfides. The introduction of the precipitating agent instigates the formation of a
solid co-precipitate, embodying both cations and anions essential for electroceramic
properties.
Once the co-precipitate materializes, the subsequent step involves the meticu-
lous separation of the solid from the remaining liquid. Techniques such as filtra-
tion or centrifugation are typically employed, facilitating the isolation of the co-
precipitated ceramic material. To ensure the product’s purity, the separated co-
precipitate undergoes a washing step, meticulously designed to remove any impu-
rities or soluble by-products. Following this, co-precipitate is subjected to a drying
process, systematically eliminating any lingering liquid and culminating in the attain-
ment of the final solid co-precipitated product. Optionally, and particularly relevant
for achieving desired electroceramic properties, the co-precipitate may undergo addi-
tional heat treatment, known as calcination or annealing. Figure 4 explaining these
steps involved. The versatility of coprecipitation lies in its ability to control particle
size, composition, and homogeneity by adjusting parameters such as pH, tempera-
ture, and the choice of precipitating agents. The method is particularly advantageous
for producing fine powders with uniform characteristics, crucial for enhancing the
performance of electroceramics. Additionally, coprecipitation is well-suited for the
synthesis of multi-component materials, allowing for the incorporation of various
elements in precise ratios. This method’s adaptability and efficiency make it a valu-
able tool in the quest to engineer electroceramics with tailored properties for diverse
technological applications, including sensors, actuators, and energy storage devices.
Emerging Strategies for Electroceramic Preparation: Contemporary … 97

Fig. 4 Steps of the experimental procedure for coprecipitation methods

2.2.2 Sol–Gel Method

Sol–gel methods play a pivotal role in the fabrication of electroceramics, offering

a versatile and precise approach to synthesizing materials with tailored properties
for various electronic applications. This innovative technique involves the transfor-
mation of a sol, a colloidal suspension of nanoparticles, into a gel and subsequent
solidification to form a ceramic material.
The sol–gel process begins with the selection of precursor compounds, typically
metal alkoxides or metal salts, dissolved in a solvent made to the desired characteris-
tics of the final ceramic product (Fig. 5). The introduction of water or a hydrolysing
agent initiates hydrolysis, breaking chemical bonds in the precursors and forming
hydroxyl groups, laying the foundation for metal oxide or metal hydroxide species.
Subsequent condensation reactions among the hydrolysed species create a three-
dimensional network, transforming the sol into a gel, a crucial intermediate structure
influencing porosity and mechanical properties. Following maturation, crucial for
enhancing mechanical strength and influencing properties like density and hardness,
the gel undergoes controlled drying to form a porous xerogel. The drying method
shapes the microstructure, porosity and electrical properties of the ceramic. Option-
ally, the dried xerogel may undergo calcination at elevated temperatures, eliminating
residual organics, consolidating the material, and inducing crystallization.
98 N. Shankhwar et al.

Fig. 5 A block diagram outlining steps involved in sol–gel process of films

In the realm of electroceramics, such as ferroelectrics, piezoelectrics, and

dielectrics, sol–gel methods provide a unique advantage by enabling the control of
composition at the molecular level. This level of precision allows for the incorporation
of dopants, adjustments in grain size, and the creation of nanostructured materials,
all of which significantly influence the electrochemical and electrical performance of
the resulting ceramics. The sol–gel approach offers advantages such as homogeneity,
low processing temperatures, and the ability to coat complex geometries, making
it an indispensable tool in advancing the development of high-performance elec-
tronic devices and components. The ability to fine-tune material properties through
sol–gel methods opens new avenues for designing electroceramics with enhanced
functionality and efficiency in a wide range of technological applications.

2.3 Approaches for Thin Film Electroceramics Processing

In the pursuit of advancing thin film electroceramics processing, researchers and engi-
neers explore innovative approaches to overcome persistent challenges and enhance
the efficiency of fabrication techniques. This field, at the intersection of mate-
rials science and electrical engineering, focuses on developing methodologies for
depositing thin films of electroceramic materials with precision and reliability. From
addressing issues related to phase stability and stoichiometry control to optimizing
substrate selection and deposition conditions, various strategies are employed to
propel the development of thin film electroceramics. This section provides the details
of the diverse approaches that contribute to the evolution of thin film processing in
the realm of electroceramics.

2.3.1 Pulsed Laser Deposition (PLD) Method

Pulsed Laser Deposition (PLD) is an advanced technique utilized for growing simple
and complex oxides. Despite initial obstacles, the importance of PLD increased in
the late 1980s following the breakthrough in high-temperature superconductivity.
Emerging Strategies for Electroceramic Preparation: Contemporary … 99

Fig. 6 A block diagram outlining pulsed laser deposition method

In this technique, a high-energy laser pulse is precisely directed onto a target

material, typically a ceramic oxide chosen for its electroceramic properties. The
laser’s intense pulse rapidly heats the target, leading to ablation and the formation of
a plume or plasmatic cloud containing vaporized atoms and ions. A carefully selected
substrate, chosen to match the desired composition and electrical properties, serves
as the growth surface. As the plume condenses on the substrate, it results in the
formation of a thin film or layer of the desired ceramic material (Fig. 6).
Control over laser parameters such as energy, duration, and fluence, along with
meticulous selection of the target material and deposition conditions, enables the
precise fabrication of high-quality electroceramic films with tailored properties. One
significant advantage of PLD is its ability to maintain the stoichiometry, ensuring an
accurate reproduction of the composition and crystal structure of the desired material.
The pulsed nature of the laser facilitates precise control over the deposition process,
influencing factors like thickness and uniformity of the deposited film. The discovery
of high-temperature superconductivity significantly boosted the relevance of PLD in
electroceramic synthesis. Researchers recognized PLD as a reliable and effective
method for growing thin films of high-temperature superconducting materials. This
application has furthered the investigation and understanding of electroceramic prop-
erties, expanding the potential applications of these materials [6]. Continuous refine-
ment and optimization of PLD have led to advancements in deposition techniques,
laser technologies, and target material choices, making it a versatile tool in electro-
ceramic synthesis. Its widespread application spans across various fields, including
electronics, photonics, energy storage, and advanced materials research. The precise
control offered by PLD has opened up new avenues for developing functional elec-
troceramic devices such as sensors, actuators, thin-film transistors, and integrated
circuits. Additionally, it facilitates the exploration of novel physical phenomena and
emergent properties in electroceramic systems.
100 N. Shankhwar et al.

2.3.2 Molecular Beam Epitaxy (MBE) Method for Thin Films

Developed in the early 1970s, MBE ensures high-quality single crystal films under
ultra-high vacuum conditions. MBE is a deposition technique characterized by the
precise reaction of well-defined thermal beams of atoms or molecules on a crystalline
surface, resulting in the formation of an epitaxial film.
The thermal beams are generated by heating elemental sources. The controlled
heating process ensures that atoms or molecules are released in a directed manner,
forming a flux directed towards the substrate (Fig. 7). This level of control over the
particle flux is a key feature of MBE, enabling the growth of electroceramic films
with exceptional purity and uniformity.
The substrate, positioned within the growth chamber, acts as the receiving surface for the
deposited particles. One distinctive feature of MBE is its precision in controlling the thickness
of each atomic layer during growth. This level of control is achieved through real-time
monitoring and adjustment of particle flux using sophisticated feedback mechanisms. This
capability empowers the creation of intricate heterostructures, where different materials with
distinct ceramic properties are precisely layered.

Conducted under ultra-high vacuum (UHV) conditions, MBE ensures minimal

impurities, safeguarding the purity and quality of the deposited electroceramic mate-
rial. The absence of highly energetic species in MBE prevents damage to the growing
film, resulting in films with outstanding structural and electrical properties. More-
over, MBE allows in situ characterization and monitoring during growth. Tech-
niques such as reflection high-energy electron diffraction (RHEED) and scanning
tunneling microscopy (STM) enable real-time assessment of the electroceramic
growth process, facilitating immediate feedback for optimizing film quality. A variant

Fig. 7 A diagram illustrating the process of Molecular Beam Epitaxy (MBE)

Emerging Strategies for Electroceramic Preparation: Contemporary … 101

known as “reactive MBE” enhances MBE’s capabilities by introducing molecular

beams of gases alongside elemental sources, allowing controlled formation of oxides
or nitrides during growth. Reactive MBE broadens the scope of materials that can
be synthesized, enabling the fabrication of complex electroceramic compounds and
solid solutions. Initially designed for GaAs and (Al, Ga) As growth, MBE’s unique
capability to control layering at the monolayer level, along with its compatibility with
surface-science techniques for real-time growth monitoring, has led to its widespread
application in various semiconductors, metals, and insulators.

2.3.3 Chemical Solution Deposition (CSD)

CSD is a method involving the application of a thin film derived from a solution
containing essential elements in the desired stoichiometry. Initially, a homogeneous
solution is created by combining stoichiometric quantities of precursor substances
(typically nitrates, acetates, citrates, and metal alkoxides) in solvents (typically
glacial acetic acid, citric acid, 2-methoxethanol). Figure 8 illustrates the procedural
steps for CSD methods.
The mixture may need to occur at room temperature or higher, depending on
the dissolution characteristics of the precursors in the respective solvents. It’s also
possible that each precursor needs to be initially dissolved in separate solvents, which
are later mixed together. After preparing the solution, viscosity and pH adjustments
are made by adding appropriate solutions. Stabilizing agents like ethanolamine may
be necessary to prevent ingredient precipitation into a complex. Finally, the prepared
solution is examined for turbidity and precipitation over a few days to assess solution
stability. In the second stage, the solution is spin-coated onto suitable substrates. Pre-
treatment of substrate surfaces, such as cleaning with specially formulated solutions
followed by ozonization, is often necessary to make the substrate surface hydrophilic
to the solution and remove any dust and organic residues. For the first coating, a few
drops of the solution are placed on the substrate on a vacuum-enabled chuck of a
spin coater, ensuring complete coverage. The substrate is then spun for a specified
duration to remove excess solution, leaving a thin layer on top. Subsequently, the
substrate is either placed on a hot plate, oven, or furnace at a preset temperature
to dry the coating and eliminate volatile chemicals without crystallizing it. These
temperatures are determined through thermal analysis of the solution. After drying

Fig. 8 A schematic outlining steps involved chemical solution deposition of electroceramic films
102 N. Shankhwar et al.

for a specific duration, the coating and drying procedure is repeated to achieve the
desired thickness. Once the desired thickness is attained, the final film undergoes
annealing in a selected environment (typically air, nitrogen, or oxygen) for a fixed
period to achieve film crystallization. Optimizing various processing parameters is
crucial for obtaining high-quality films without defects and with the desired phase.

2.3.4 RF Magnetron Sputtering Method (RFMS)

Magnetron Sputtering is a phenomenon in glow discharge processes where a surface

is bombarded by energetic particles, leading to the ejection of target atoms. In this
process, target atoms are ejected by the bombardment of energetic species, usually
inert gas ions. These sputtered atoms travel through the plasma, undergoing collisions
with plasma species and subsequently deposit on a strategically placed substrate.
The substrate may be heated depending on the deposition’s nature, and sputtering
can employ either DC or RF power depending on the target’s electrical conductivity
[7, 8]. Reactive sputtering can be used to prepare alloys, compounds, solid solu-
tions, or mixtures, and it has been essential for depositing oxides since the 1970s.
However, the issue of resputtering during oxide sputtering poses challenges, leading
to morphological changes on film surfaces (Fig. 9).

Fig. 9 A block diagram outlining RF magnetron sputtering method

Emerging Strategies for Electroceramic Preparation: Contemporary … 103

The sputtering method is a physical vapor deposition (PVD) technique for thin
film growth across various materials. It involves bombarding a target with high-
energy ions or atoms, generating a plasma plume that reaches the substrate, where
thin film nucleation and growth occur. RF magnetron sputtering is one variant of this
method, utilizing radio-frequency power and magnetic fields to enhance plasma effi-
ciency and sputter efficiency. The interdependence of parameters makes the process
complex, and addressing issues like stoichiometry control, epitaxy, substrate nature,
and oxygen activity is crucial. Despite the slow deposition rate, sputtering methods,
including RF magnetron sputtering, can produce films with good structural quality
and composition control, making them suitable for various applications.

2.3.5 Liquid Phase Epitaxy (LPE) Method

Liquid Phase Epitaxy (LPE) is a method used for growing films on a single crystal
substrate by utilizing liquid solutions under near-equilibrium processing conditions.
This technique involves the precipitation of a crystalline phase from a supersaturated
melt onto a substrate, which acts as both the template for epitaxy and the physical
support for the film. As the liquid cools, constituents within the solution precipitate
out and grow epitaxially on the substrate. The growth rates in LPE generally range
from 1 to 10 mm/min (Fig. 10).
LPE offers several advantages that make it an attractive option for film growth.
One of the key benefits is its low-cost operation, which makes it accessible for various
applications. Additionally, LPE provides precise control over the composition and
thickness of the grown films, allowing for fine-tuning of desired properties. Another
advantage is the relatively faster deposition rates compared to other epitaxial growth
methods. However, it is important to note that LPE may have certain drawbacks. One
limitation is the potential for poor surface finish in the resulting films. Achieving a
smooth surface can be challenging in LPE, which may affect the film’s quality and
performance. Furthermore, the chemistry of complex systems can present challenges
in LPE, as maintaining the desired composition can be more intricate in such cases.
Additionally, the presence of volatile elements in the system can also pose chal-
lenges during the growth process. LPE finds practical use in various applications.
One notable application is in the production of coated conductors based on YBCO
(yttrium-barium-copper oxide) films. LPE offers a viable technique for the deposi-
tion of YBCO films required for high-temperature superconducting applications in
coated conductors.

2.3.6 Pulsed Laser Ablation

Pulsed Laser Deposition (PLD) and Pulsed Laser Ablation (PLA) are related tech-
niques that involve the use of lasers, but they differ in their primary objectives and
applications. PLD focuses on controlled laser ablation of a target material, depositing
104 N. Shankhwar et al.

Fig. 10 Schematic outlining steps of Liquid Phase Epitaxy method (LPE)

the ablated material onto a substrate for thin film fabrication, commonly used in elec-
tronic devices and functional coatings. In contrast, Pulsed Laser Ablation (PLA) is
a broader technique that involves using a pulsed laser to remove material from a
target, serving various applications such as material removal, surface modification,
and nanoparticle generation, without a specific emphasis on substrate deposition.
PLD specializes in thin film creation, while PLA has a wider range of applications
beyond deposition onto a substrate. PLA involves focusing a pulsed laser beam onto
a target surface at an oblique angle, allowing the ablated material to deposit onto a
substrate. Typically, a mixture of Ar and O2 or pure O2 gas is used for oxide deposi-
tion at pressures ranging from 20 to 50 Pa. UV excimer lasers like ArF (193 nm) and
KrF (248 nm) are commonly used. The process starts with the meticulous selection
of an appropriate target material, encompassing a spectrum from metals to semicon-
ductors or insulators, contingent upon the specific requirements of electroceramic
applications. A UV excimer laser is employed to produce brief pulses of intense light.
This laser beam is precision-focused onto the surface of the chosen target material,
instigating a phenomenon known as photoablation or laser ablation (Fig. 11).
This intricate interaction induces a swift elevation in the target’s temperature,
prompting the expulsion of atoms or molecules from its surface and giving rise to
the formation of a plume or plasmatic cloud comprised of vaporized target material
Emerging Strategies for Electroceramic Preparation: Contemporary … 105

Fig. 11 A diagram outlining steps involved in pulsed laser ablation

[9]. This resulting plume, enriched with vaporized atoms and ions, expands away
from the target surface under the influence of the high pressures generated during
ablation. Strategically positioned in proximity, a substrate, critically tailored to align
with the desired electroceramic properties, diligently collects the ablated material
from the plume. The substrate, acting as the growth surface in this electroceramic
synthesis process, plays a pivotal role in the subsequent formation of a thin film. As
the vaporized atoms and ions precipitate onto the substrate, guided by the specific
characteristics dictated by the composition and properties of the target material, the
foundation for an electroceramic thin film is established. This phase of condensa-
tion ensures that the thin film takes on the electroceramic properties essential for
its intended application. Laser ablation has been successful in depositing high Tc
superconductors, ferroelectric thin films, and other oxide films. It offers advantages
such as precise control over stoichiometry, efficient target use, compatibility with
in-situ growth monitoring methods, operation at high pressures, potential for multi-
layer deposition, higher deposition rates, and minimal bombardment effects on the
growing film. However, challenges like the creation of small droplets and deposition
on larger area substrates still need to be addressed.

2.3.7 Chemical Vapor Deposition (CVD) Processes

In Chemical Vapor Deposition (CVD), precursor compounds are heated to vaporize

them, and the resulting vapors are introduced into a heated reaction chamber
106 N. Shankhwar et al.

Fig. 12 A block diagram outlining steps involved in chemical vapor deposition

containing O2. The reaction vapors flow over a substrate, producing film species that
deposit on the substrate. Precursor materials, often metalorganic compounds, are
delivered to a reaction chamber in gaseous form using a carrier gas. The substrate,
crucial for electrical properties, is meticulously prepared and placed within the
chamber. Through chemical reactions, the precursors generate reactive species that
adsorb onto the substrate surface. Surface reactions lead to the formation of a solid
ceramic film, and desorption efficiently removes by-products. Control over temper-
ature and pressure within the reaction chamber is pivotal for influencing growth rate,
film quality, and electrical conductivity. The thin film continues to grow in a cyclic
manner as additional precursor molecules contribute to adsorption, surface reactions,
and desorption (Fig. 12).
The final deposited thin film, tailored for electrical applications, undergoes char-
acterization to assess its thickness, composition, and electrical properties [10]. CVD
is particularly valuable in producing ceramics for electrical applications, offering
precise control over film properties and enabling the fabrication of materials crucial
in the development of electronic devices, sensors, and other electrical components.
CVD processes, including metallo-organic chemical vapour deposition (MOCVD)
and plasma-enhanced MOCVD (PE-MOCVD), offer advantages such as lower
deposition temperatures compared to physical vapor deposition (PVD) processes.
However, they are complex due to numerous process parameters, and challenges
include control of composition, accurate knowledge of phase diagrams, and the
expense of MOCVD precursors. Despite these complexities, CVD processes can
deposit films over large area substrates.
Emerging Strategies for Electroceramic Preparation: Contemporary … 107

2.4 Approaches for Single Crystal Electroceramics

Processing

The growth of bulk single crystals, especially those relevant to electroceramics,

is a distinctive processing method that cannot be substituted by other techniques.
Crystal growth, both a science and an art, requires patience, diligence, intuition, and
sometimes luck. This ancient field has seen the evolution of numerous crystal growth
methods. This chapter focuses on oxides, the lead members of the electroceramic
group. Crystal growth for oxides falls into three categories: growth from the vapor,
growth from the melt, and growth from fluxes. The selection of a method depends on
factors such as the melting points of solids and their chemistry at high temperatures.
Melting points can be congruent or incongruent, with incongruent melting being
more common among oxides. The subsequent sections delve into detail about the
three most widely used methods for crystal growth of oxides.

2.4.1 High Temperature Solution Growth (HTSG) or Flux Growth

Method

This technique is employed to cultivate crystals of materials that undergo incon-

gruent melting at extremely high temperatures. To achieve single-crystal synthesis,
the materials are initially dissolved in high-temperature solvents, also known as
fluxes, and then slowly cooled for crystal nucleation. In Fig. 13 we present a proce-
dure for crystal growth using the HTSG or flux method. The crystal growth charge,
mixed with a flux, is enclosed in a typically platinum crucible. The growth occurs
in the presence of air using resistive heaters. Platinum crucibles are chosen for their
chemical inertness, resisting reactions with aggressive melts containing flux and
the charge. Although some fluxes may attack platinum at elevated temperatures, the
damage is minimal and does not render the crucibles unusable. The crucible, with the
charge and flux, must be kept exceptionally clean and is thus enclosed in a covered
tall alumina crucible during the growth process.
Various fluxes are used, with the most prominent ones including mixtures of
lead oxide (PbO) and vanadium oxide (V2 O5 ), PbO and lead fluoride (PbO–PbF2 ),
PbO and boron oxide (B2 O3 ), and barium borate (BaO–B2 O3 ). PbO tends to lose
oxygen at high temperatures, leading to the reduction of PbO to metallic Pb in a
highly aggressive molten state. To counteract this, PbO2 is often added. As outlined
in Fig. 13, the charge undergoes rapid heating to the maximum temperature (T m ),
followed by a soaking period. After the initial cycle, a slight temperature reduction
initiates supersaturation of the dissolved charge in the molten flux. Subsequently,
a second soaking period commences to achieve a homogenous supersaturated melt.
The final stage involves very slow cooling, typically at a rate of 0.5–1 ° Ch−1 , creating
a thermal range favorable for the nucleation of tiny crystallites. The slow cooling
cycle may extend over days or weeks. After completion, the furnace is shut off,
allowing it to rapidly reach room temperature. Knowledge of the phase diagram is
108 N. Shankhwar et al.

Fig. 13 A block diagram outlining steps involved in high temperature solution growth

beneficial for determining temperatures in different thermal cycles. Without such a

diagram, intuitive temperature guessing and trial-and-error methods are employed
to find the most suitable temperature ranges. Harvesting the crystals, ranging in size
from 1 to 12 mm, involves dissolving the solid mass in an acid bath and filtering
out the crystals. This process, albeit time-consuming, is chosen when HTSG is the
sole viable method for crystal production. Despite potential impurities from the
flux and possible defects, the HTSG method is extensively used for growing oxides
when no other method is applicable. Noteworthy oxide crystals, including magnetic
garnets, YIG (Y3 Fe5 O12 ), piezoelectric PZN–PT (lead-zirconate-titanate and lead
titanate solid solution), antiferroelectric lead–titanate (PbTiO3 ), ferroelectric barium
titanate (BaTiO3 ), and semiconductor pseudobrookite (Fe2 TiO5 ), have been success-
fully grown using the HTSG method. Crystals’ size enhancement is achievable by
introducing crucible rotation, melt stirring, a seed crystal, or nutrients (tiny crystal-
lites from previous growth runs) during the growth process. These methods facilitate
the adherence and growth of crystallites, resulting in larger crystal sizes.

2.4.2 Czochralski Growth Method

The Czochralski Growth Method, named after Jan Czochralski, who accidentally
discovered it in 1916 while experimenting with molten tin, has become pivotal for
crystal growth. The accidental discovery gained importance when Gordon Teale and
colleagues at Bell Laboratories refined the technique for growing germanium crystals
in 1948, leading to the invention of the transistor. This method involves growing
Emerging Strategies for Electroceramic Preparation: Contemporary … 109

Fig. 14 A block diagram outlining Czochralski growth method

crystals from the melt of congruent materials, making it suitable for materials with
congruent melting points. Nucleation begins on a seed by bringing it into contact
with the melt, and once established, the crystal continues growing until the melt is
exhausted. Successful Cz-growth experiments can produce large crystal boules with
the same crystal orientation as the seed. For instance, silicon boules with diameters
ranging from 2 to 6 inches and lengths of many feet are routinely grown on an
industrial scale.
The Cz-growth system, illustrated in Fig. 14, involves rotating the seed and
crucible pedestal in opposite directions to maintain a well-mixed melt. Computer-
controlled processes ensure boule quality and diameter control. Pure argon is intro-
duced during growth to expel SiO2 , which can form from the chemical reaction of
the melt with the quartz crucible. The Cz-method is extensively used for growing
oxide materials, with platinum or iridium crucibles employed due to their inertness
to high temperatures and chemically aggressive melts.

2.4.3 Top Seeded Solution Growth (TSSG) Method

The Top Seeded Solution Growth (TSSG) Method is applicable to incongruently

melting materials, combining elements of the Cz-growth method and the HTSG
method. Understanding the phase diagram is crucial for developing a working
protocol for TSSG (Fig. 15). This method is commonly used for growing large
crystals of ferroelectric materials like barium titanate (BT) and potassium-tantalate-
niobate (KTN), as well as various relaxor ferroelectrics [11].
The TSSG process involves melting the ceramic charge, introducing a seed crystal
below the melt, rotating both the seed and crucible, and initiating a slow cooling
process. The growth temperature is monitored using an optical pyrometer, while a
pre-programmed growth protocol is executed by a computer. The growth can continue
for days until a substantial crystal is obtained. A reliable phase diagram guides the
110 N. Shankhwar et al.

Fig. 15 A block diagram outlining Top Seeded Solution Growth (TSSG) method

cooling range and rate; for example, in the case of KTN, the phase diagram of
potassium niobate (KNbO3 ) and potassium tantalate (KTaO3 ) is consulted. Slow
cooling, often at a rate of 1 Ch−1 or less, allows for the growth of crystals with
desired compositions. After growing a good-sized crystal, it is carefully pulled out
from the melt, rotated to remove adhering liquid, and gradually brought to room
temperature to prevent thermal stress-induced cracking. The TSSG method offers a
versatile approach for growing crystals of varying compositions and sizes, making
it valuable in the fabrication of optical quality large crystals.

3 Challenges

The preparation of electroceramic materials confronts numerous challenges and

holds promising future prospects, particularly when considering diverse methods
employed in their synthesis. Attaining precise control over composition, microstruc-
ture, and properties remains a critical challenge, as subtle variations can significantly
impact electrical, magnetic, and thermal characteristics. The intricate processes,
Emerging Strategies for Electroceramic Preparation: Contemporary … 111

often involving high temperatures and intricate chemical reactions, demand metic-
ulous attention to prevent impurities and defects. Scalability issues further compli-
cate large-scale production. Addressing these challenges involves achieving stable
phases with precise composition and favorable structure in electroceramics. The
selection of device-compatible and cost-effective substrates, along with the ability to
perform depositions over larger areas, remains a bottleneck for widespread commer-
cial success in deposition methods. The interplay of parameters such as processing
temperature and epitaxy adds complexity to identifying optimal conditions for
electroceramic materials. Phase stability and stoichiometry control present addi-
tional hurdles due to the non-equilibrium nature of growth processes in electroce-
ramics. Understanding phase evolution under specific process parameters, including
deposition temperature and oxygen activity, is crucial, especially with perovskite
oxides. Precise control of processing conditions is essential for achieving the correct
phase, and stoichiometry control becomes complicated in techniques like sputtering.
Challenges arise due to moisture sensitivity, high dielectric constant, and cost.
However, looking ahead, the future of electroceramic preparation methods offers
exciting opportunities. Innovations in nanotechnology and manufacturing techniques
are poised to transform the field, enabling the creation of materials with tailored
properties at the atomic and molecular levels. The integration of electroceramics into
emerging technologies, such as flexible electronics and the Internet of Things (IoT),
will drive research efforts to address current limitations and explore new frontiers in
materials science and technology.

4 Summary

The chapter provides an overview of the preparation of electroceramics, highlighting

the adaptability to either bulk or thin film forms depending on the intended appli-
cation. The bulk processing involves sequential steps such as material selection,
weighing, mixing, calcinations, and sintering. In contrast, thin film processes display
variability depending on the chosen method. Physical vapor deposition processes
transform the material into a plasma and deposit it onto a substrate, while chemical
processes involve the reaction and cracking of precursors over a substrate at moder-
ately high temperatures. Although thin film processes offer advantages like achieving
desired phase formation and structural perfection at lower temperatures, they come
with the drawback of necessitating capital-intensive equipment. Chemical methods
like sol-gel and Chemical Vapor Deposition (CVD), utilizing precursor reactions at
moderate temperatures. Solution-based methods like Liquid Phase Epitaxy (LPE) and
Hydrothermal Growth, which enable single crystal formation. Each technique offers
unique advantages: physical methods achieve high structural quality, while chemical
methods allow fine control at lower temperatures. However, many of these methods
are capital-intensive. In conclusion, selecting appropriate processing techniques is
112 N. Shankhwar et al.

critical for advancing applications in energy storage, computing, and communica-

tions. Emerging methods continue to enhance the versatility of electroceramics in
modern technology.

Acknowledgements The authors express sincere appreciation to the Department of Biotechnology

(DBT), Government of India, for their generous financial backing under project No. DBT/2022-
23/July/N/2240 as part of the DBT-RA Program. The authors would like to express their sincere
gratitude to Prof. A. Srinivasan and Prof. Aynur Unal for their encouragement, as well as to Dr.
Mohit Kumar for his invaluable support.

References

1. Pandey, R.K.: Fundamentals of Electroceramics: Materials, Devices, and Applications. Wiley

(2019)
2. Pandey, R.K.: Processing of Electroceramics, vol. 2. Basic Concepts of Equilibrium. Wiley
(2018)
3. Moulson, J.M.H.A.J.: Electroceramics (2003). [Link]
4. Jmar Al-Amani, A., Sreekantan, S., Ahmad Fauzi, M.N., Ruzuk, K.A.: Current Progress in
synthesis and properties of doped bismuth titanate for advanced electronic application. In:
Bismuth: Characteristics, Production and Applications (2012)
5. Kong, L.B. et al.: Ceramic powder synthesis. In: Transparent Ceramics, Topics in Mining,
Metallurgy and Materials Engineering. Springer, Cham, (2015).[Link]
319-18956-7_3
6. York, T.H.: Pulsed Laser Deposition of Electronic Ceramics and Analysis of the Ablation
Plume (1996)
7. Safavi, M.S., Surmeneva, M.A., Surmenev, R.A., Khalil-Allafi, J.: RF-magnetron sputter
deposited hydroxyapatite-based composite & multilayer coatings: a systematic review from
mechanical, corrosion, and biological points of view. Ceram. Int. 47, 3031 (2021). [Link]
org/10.1016/[Link].2020.09.274
8. Sumets, M., Kostyuchenko, A., Ievlev, V., Dybov, V.: Electrical properties of phase formation
in LiNbO3 films grown by radio-frequency magnetron sputtering method. J. Mater. Sci. Mater.
Electron. 27, 7979 (2016). [Link]
9. Mertin, M., Offenberg, D., An, C.W., Wesner, D.A., Kreutz, E.W.: Pulsed laser deposition
of electroceramic thin films. Appl. Surf. Sci. 96–98, 842–848 (1996). [Link]
0169-4332(95)00569-2
10. El Amrani, A., Bekhtari, A., Mahmoudi, B., Lefgoum, A., Menari, H.: Experimental study of
the effect of process parameters on plasma-enhanced chemical vapour deposition of silicon
nitride film. Vacuum (2011). [Link]
11. Long, X., Ye, Z.G.: Top-seeded solution growth and characterization of rhombohedral PMN-
30PT piezoelectric single crystals. Acta Mater. (2007). [Link]
08.009
Foundations of Ceramic Synthesis:
Processes, Principles, and Potential
Biomedical Prospects

Shagun Varshney, Abhishek Nigam, and Nidhi Mishra

Abstract Ceramics have long been recognized for their exceptional properties,
ranging from mechanical stability to biocompatibility, making them highly promising
candidates for various medical and healthcare innovations. The chapter elucidates the
essential processes involved in ceramic synthesis, from precursor selection to mate-
rial shaping and different heat treatments. It delves into diverse synthesis methods,
including traditional solid-state reactions and advanced techniques like sol–gel and
hydrothermal routes. The discussion extends to the crucial principles underlying
ceramic synthesis, including crystallography, phase transformations, and microstruc-
tural development. These principles serve as the cornerstone for designing ceramics
with optimal properties for biomedical applications. The chapter explores how vari-
ations in synthesis parameters influence material characteristics, leading to tailored
properties such as mechanical strength, surface reactivity, and porosity for their
applications in tissue engineering, drug delivery, and medical diagnostics. By syner-
gistically addressing the synthesis intricacies and the biomedical landscape, this
chapter provides a comprehensive resource for harnessing the potential of ceramics
to revolutionize healthcare technologies. Ultimately, it underscores how a deep under-
standing of synthesis processes and principles lays the groundwork for unlocking the
transformative capabilities of ceramics in the dynamic field of biomedicine as well.

S. Varshney
Department of Biomedical Engineering, UV Patel College of Engineering, Ganpat University,
Mehsana 384012, Gujarat, India
A. Nigam
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering, Institute of Engineering and
Technology Lucknow, Lucknow 226021, Uttar Pradesh, India
N. Mishra (B)
Department of Applied Sciences, Indian Institute of Information Technology Allahabad,
Prayagraj 211012, Uttar Pradesh, India
e-mail: nidhimishra@[Link]

© The Author(s), under exclusive license to Springer Nature Singapore Pte Ltd. 2024 113
U. Kumar (ed.), Defects Engineering in Electroceramics for Energy Applications,
Engineering Materials, [Link]
114 S. Varshney et al.

1 Introduction

Material science has been recognized as a field of study because of global research on
metals, polymers, and ceramics over this century. These studies are multidisciplinary,
which is unique to the field of ceramics. At the moment, chemistry is contributing
more and more significantly to the study, creation, and manufacturing of ceramic
materials [80]. The term “ceramics” has historically been used to refer to materials
made of clay, including bricks, tiles, pottery, tableware, and glass. These materials are
produced from naturally existing minerals including sand, quartz, bauxite, feldspar,
etc. Improved mechanical strength, fracture toughness, wear resistance, refractori-
ness, dielectric, magnetic, and optical properties distinguish advanced ceramics
from conventionally synthesized ceramics [55]. Advanced ceramics are inorganic
substances with significant characteristics synthetically obtained from highly pure
powders to regulate their morphology, structure, and other biological characteristics
[65]. Advanced ceramic powders with size lying in the submicron range, thin size
delivery, and absenteeism of agglomeration are often prepared using wet-chemical
methods, such as Hydrothermal, sol–gel route, freeze-dry route, etc. [48]. These
synthetic routes require expensive reagents and chemicals, a long processing period,
and expert equipment.
Nanotechnology has developed a focus for many researchers in recent times.
Researchers have been interested in the synthesis of nanostructured ceramics owing
to their numerous applications and characteristics, such as high surface to volume
ratio [83]. With the advent of nanotechnology, there has been considerable interest in
the development of ceramic-based nanoparticles as well [11, 22, 60], with improved
characteristics and their use in a variety of disciplines, including surface chem-
istry and chemical synthesis. Silica (SiO2 ) [93], Alumina (Al2 O3 ), Titania (TiO2 ),
Silicon Nitride (Si3 N4 ), Zirconia (ZrO2 ), and Silicon Carbide (SiC), etc. are of the
ceramic-based NPs that have been synthesized via different techniques. The bio-
analytical dimensions in ceramics have drastically changed as a result of the adaption
of these nanostructures for biological, biotechnological applications [81]. Due to their
distinct physio-chemical and mechanical characteristics, these ceramic nanoparticles
have been used in the fabrication of composites being widely used in science, elec-
tronics, catalysis, photonics, etc. [82, 90]. Ceramic-based nanocomposites have been
synthesized using a variety of techniques, counting, twin screw extrusion, solvent
casting, melt compounding, extrusion blow moulding, etc. Their enhanced mechan-
ical, biological, chemical, and antibacterial abilities have been exploited for the
development of materials with high demand in different industries. In the realm of
biomedical engineering, these nanocomposites are of great attention because of their
enhanced antimicrobial properties. Due to several environmental concerns, green or
biogenic synthesis of these ceramic-based nanocomposites has been preferred over
other conventionally employed synthetic routes. The different routes for synthesis
of ceramic particles are shown in Fig. 1.
The research based on the development and applications of ceramics has attracted
imperative consideration. Several factors show a significant role in interesting area
Foundations of Ceramic Synthesis: Processes, Principles, and Potential … 115

Fig. 1 Different routes for

synthesis of ceramic
nanoparticles [70]

of ceramics-based research. One of them may, be the potential biomedical applica-

tions including antimicrobial activity, drug delivery systems, tissue engineering, etc.
[76, [92]. Calcium-based substances, such as carbonates and phosphates, are some
of the emerging ceramic-based biomaterials in relations of the rising quantity of
publications, and patents being published each year. These ceramic-based biomate-
rials are commonly termed bio-ceramics. These can be either synthetic or naturally
occurring in origin and are meant to integrate with bones and can also be used to
replace conventionally used metallic implants [67]. Some potential applications of
bio-ceramics are shown in Fig. 2.
These bio-ceramics are significant in the biomedical area due to their occur-
rence in the human body which can be coordinated by their favorable and harmo-
nious physio-chemical characteristics [1]. For instance, the dental crown treatment
in the 18th century employed porcelain which is well-known bio-ceramic. Plaster of
Paris was then used in dentistry in the 19th century [17]. Due to improvements in
processing technology, ceramic applications in the medical profession expanded over
the 20th century [53]. Bio-ceramics outperform metal-based biomaterials in terms of
mechanical strength, low malleability, poor degradation, high melting point, and non-
corrosive nature. As compared to bone, bio-ceramics have a lower value of Young’s
modulus, weak fracture stiffness, and are both rigid and brittle [37, 39, 45, 72].
116 S. Varshney et al.

Fig. 2 Some potential biomedical applications of bio-ceramics [64]

1.1 Significance of Ceramic Synthesis in Science

and Medicine

Ceramics have been essential in many commercial and scientific applications for
centuries, but in recent years, their importance in the fields of biomedicine and
healthcare has increased dramatically. Bio-ceramics are ideal candidates for a variety
of biomedical applications due to the amalgamation of their characteristics including
biocompatibility, high compressive strength, resistance to wear, stability at high
temperatures, etc. Some of the areas where these bio-ceramics are employed are
listed below:
• Dental implants
Dental implants have transformed contemporary dentistry by offering a durable
and dependable method of lost teeth restoration. Dental implant components like
crowns are often made of ceramic materials, especially Yttria-stabilized Zirconia
and Alumina. These are perfect for dental restorations owing to their high power-
driven strength, cosmetic aesthetics, and enhanced biocompatibility. Patient safety is
also ensured by the corrosion resistance and no allergic response of these ceramics.
Some commercially available ceramic-based products are shown in Fig. 3.
• Tissue engineering

Using biocompatible materials, bone tissue engineering objectives to restore the

damaged tissue and organ. Bio-ceramics including hydroxyapatite and bioactive
glasses, have been used for fabricating scaffolds in tissue engineering. The ceramic
Foundations of Ceramic Synthesis: Processes, Principles, and Potential … 117

Fig. 3 Bio ceramics based

products in commercial
medical application [84]

hydroxyapatite, which resembles the bone in its composition, can be effectively

employed for the development and osteo-integration with osteoblasts. The material
properties, for example porosity, surface characteristics, and mechanical strength,
may be combined with other materials using a variety of synthetic techniques to
encounter the requirements of bone tissue engineering.
• Bone repair
Ceramics are essential in orthopaedic applications, particularly for bone regen-
eration and repair. Ceramics for example hydroxyapatite and tricalcium phosphate,
are frequently utilized in bone transplants and as fillers for filling bone voids. These
substances serve as a framework for the development of new bones; get resorbed as
natural bone regenerates, and also reduce the possibility of infection or rejection by
the human body. Porous ceramic materials synthesized with a specific composition
can be produced using customized synthetic techniques to support bone repair.
118 S. Varshney et al.

• Drug delivery
Owing to its porous architecture and continuous release nature, ceramics provide
better alternatives for drug delivery systems. Mesoporous silica is a type of porous
ceramic material that can effectively transport drug molecules. The precise control of
its drug release kinetics is made possible by the large surface area and tuneable pore
dimensions. Targeted delivery of drugs can also be achieved resulting in negligible
adverse effects and enhancing the effectiveness of medically administered drugs.
Ceramics may also be potentially used for localized chemotherapy and bone-targeted
drug delivery in the treatment of osteoporosis [18].
• Diagnostic equipment
Ceramics are significant in the development of diagnostic instruments in addition
to being utilized for therapeutic purposes. For example, to produce and detect acoustic
waves in medical ultrasonography, piezoelectric ceramics are used [4]. For rapid and
precise detection of biomarkers, ceramic substrates are also utilized in biosensors.
Ceramics are essential to medical imaging and diagnostics because of their enhanced
electrical, thermal, and mechanical characteristics.

2 Different Ceramic Synthetic Techniques

With their wide range of characteristics, ceramics have long been considered a
basic material for the fabrication of several advanced materials [17]. However, the
synthesis of ceramics, which includes the production of solid, inorganic materials
with precisely controlled characteristics, is a complex and flexible task at the same
time. Several synthetic techniques have been explored over time, each with its advan-
tages and disadvantages [59]. The variety of these methods allows us to engineer
ceramics with accuracy and control, satisfying the demands of diverse sectors such as
electronics, aerospace, healthcare, etc. Traditionally employed synthetic techniques
like sintering and precipitation are combined with more advanced approaches like
sol–gel, microwave-assisted synthesis, and hydrothermal routes [33, 54, 68]. The
different synthetic routes used for ceramics are discussed below:

2.1 Sol–Gel Route

Synthesis of different nanostructures, particularly metal oxides, sol–gel route is

widely employed chemical approach. In this route, the precursor (often a metal
alkoxide) is dissolved in a solvent like water or alcohol, heated, and continuously
stirred until it gels. The gel obtained during the hydrolysis is wet and must be properly
dried to obtain the desired qualities. The obtained gels are pulverized and then heat
treated using calcination after drying. The cost-effectiveness of the sol–gel process
Foundations of Ceramic Synthesis: Processes, Principles, and Potential … 119

allows considerable control of materials compositions owing to low reaction temper-

ature [6, 94]. This technique may be utilized to obtain transition between thin layers
of metal oxides in a variety of applications. The synthesized materials via the sol–
gel route are employed in a variation of optical, electrical, energy-related, surface
engineering, biosensor, medicinal, and separation technologies (like chromatog-
raphy) applications [78]. To obtain the homogeneous composition of ceramics from
different oxide precursors, solution mixing followed by gelation was invented more
than 30 years ago. The precursors used at first were organic, and afterward, mostly
colloidal inorganic precursors [73, 75] were employed in the synthesis. Methods for
producing abrasive grit, ceramic fibers, thin coatings, and nuclear fuel pellets have
been developed using sol–gel. A typical flowchart for synthesis of ceramics via the
sol–gel route is shown in Fig. 4.
The three main steps in the sol–gel route are: (i) dissolution of different oxides
in solution using metal organic precursors; (ii) obtaining sol and allowing to gel to
maintain chemical homogeneousness through dehydration; and (iii) formative after
gelation into the desired shape. Some of the important applications of the sol–gel
route are illustrated in Fig. 5.
During the mid-nineteenth century, there was a growing inclination towards
employing sol–gel method to yield mineral ceramics and glass-like materials. This
trend was initiated by Ebelman and Graham, who conducted extensive experiments
on silica gels. During the 1950s, comprehensive research initiatives were carried
out to investigate the ceramics synthesis and glass structures by solgel route [8].
The technique possessed the capability to synthesize a variety of mineral oxides,
including TiO2 , SiO2 , and ZrO2 . Two distinct forms of dry gels, namely aerogels,

Fig. 4 Flowchart for synthesis of ceramics nanoparticles via sol–gel route

120 S. Varshney et al.

Fig. 5 Some possible applications of sol–gel route [77]

and xerogels, were also developed by the drying of wet gels. An aerogel is a type of
gel that is classified as dry due to the removal of moisture. The preservation of the
structure of the primary gel is mostly reliant on the method used for the removal of
moisture from the gel. The main advantage of employing sol–gel techniques is listed
below:
i. Simplicity of process
ii. High-purity end products
iii. High efficiency and production yields
iv. Complex and homogeneous morphologies can be obtained
v. Production of materials with modified physio-chemical properties
vi. Production of highly porous materials
vii. Precise control over material dimensions
viii. Relatively low investments
The solgel synthesis method is extremely flexible and extensively used route
for fabricating a diverse range of materials like ceramics, glass, and nanoparticles.
Nevertheless, like other routes employed in chemical synthesis, this methodology
possesses certain constraints which are listed as follows:
1. The control of effective parameters for example pH, temperature, concentration,
and drying may be required
2. Relatively long processing duration
3. Highly sensitive to impurities
4. Defects during cooling and drying of gels may lead to structural defects in the
final product
5. Limited scalability
6. Maintaining uniformity and reproducibility at industrial scales can be difficult
7. High energy consumption
8. May involve the use of hazardous precursors, such as alkoxides or acids which
require proper handling and safety measures
Foundations of Ceramic Synthesis: Processes, Principles, and Potential … 121

9. Sol–gel route may not be suitable for all types of materials or intricate structures.
10. The disposal of by-products may severely affect the environment effects if not
managed properly

2.2 Hydrothermal Route

In recent years, a constantly expanding broad family of materials, like ceramics,

that can be synthesized under moderate environments (T < 350 °C, P < 100 MPa),
has triggered interest in hydrothermal synthesis. This has led to a nearly quadru-
pled number of research articles between 2000 and 2004 based on the hydrothermal
synthesis of ceramics [87]. The hydrothermal route uses for single or heterogeneous
phase processes in hydrated mediums at relatively high temperatures (T > 25 °C)
and pressures (P > 100 kPa) [10]. The synthesis is often carried out at an autoge-
nously maintained pressure, that leads to saturated vapour pressure of the solution
at a particular composition and temperature. The conditions including 500 MPa and
1000 °C are the upper limits of hydrothermal synthesis [74]. A typical flowchart for
synthesis of ceramics by hydrothermal route is shown in Fig. 6.
Hydrothermal route includes the controlled development of nanoscale materials
using high-temperature and high-pressure aqueous solutions. Due to its capacity to
synthesize nanoparticles with certain dimensions, morphology, and characteristics,
the hydrothermal route has found multiple applications in numerous disciplines some
of which are listed in Fig. 7.

Fig. 6 Flow diagram for the synthesis of ceramics via hydrothermal route
122 S. Varshney et al.

Fig. 7 Applications of hydrothermal route [32]

As compared to other synthetic techniques, hydrothermal route offers several

advantages. The advantages of employing the hydrothermal route are listed below:
1. It is used for obtaining ceramics in all its forms, including powders, fibers,
crystals, and coatings of polymers, etc.
2. Lower time and energy consumption
3. Post-treatments like calcination, mixing, and milling procedures are either not
required or limited
4. Precipitation of preserved powders the from solution at a controlled rate with
regularity of nucleation, development, and aged
5. Improved and controlled growth and morphology of crystals with low aggregation
which is not possible with these processes

2.3 Chemical Vapour Deposition Route

Ceramics, widely acknowledged as a highly adaptable and essential substance across

several sectors, have been employed in a diverse array of fields including electronics,
aircraft, healthcare, and energy. The chemical vapour deposition (CVD) procedure
is widely recognized in the field of ceramics synthesis for its ability to ensure precise
control over the material composition, structure, and characteristics [19]. This proce-
dure integrates principles of chemistry, materials science, and polymer engineering
to fabricate ceramics with desirable properties. A typical flowchart of ceramics via
CVD is shown in Fig. 8.

2.3.1 The Fundamental Principles

CVD is a technique employed in the production of thin films, coatings, and bulk mate-
rials [21]. It involves the deposition of atoms or molecules from vapour-phase precur-
sors onto the surface of a substrate for the controlled manufacturing of materials.
CVD enables the production of ceramic materials characterized by their remarkable
Foundations of Ceramic Synthesis: Processes, Principles, and Potential … 123

Fig. 8 Flowchart for the chemical vapour deposition-based synthesis of ceramics

purity, homogeneity, and accuracy. The procedure is dependent on a set of underlying

principles:
1. The initial step involves the careful selection of precursors. These may exist
as gaseous compounds, such as metalorganics or chlorides, vaporizable solid
precursors, often in powder form, or liquid precursors, such as organometallic
solutions [97].
2. Before deposition, it is the surface is thoroughly cleaned and the substrate is
prepared. This is essential to ensure the appropriate adherence and consistency
of the ceramic layer.
3. The control and optimization of temperature, pressure, and carrier gases (e.g.,
H2 , N2 , Ar) are crucial in obtaining the desired chemical reactions [44].
4. The process of precursor delivery involves the introduction of precursors into
the reactor. In certain cases, it may be necessary to convert liquid precursors into
vapours, whereas gaseous precursors and carrier gases are often combined and
introduced into the reactor.
5. Chemical processes occur within the reactor, where the precursor molecules
undergo transformations leading to the synthesis of ceramics. The process of
deposition involves the formation of desired ceramics on the substrate [9].
6. To provide precise control over the thickness and quality of a film, it is necessary
to monitor and adjust the parameters such as deposition time and growth rate.
7. Post-treatments may be employed to supplement the qualities of ceramic
materials, depending on the application and desired properties [98].
8. The synthesized ceramic undergoes a range of characterization techniques,
including X-ray diffraction, scanning electron microscopy, and different spec-
troscopic techniques to assess its physio-chemical, biological, mechanical, and
124 S. Varshney et al.

morphological characteristics. This is important to ensure that the material aligns

with the necessary standards.

2.3.2 Variations and Techniques in Chemical Vapour Deposition

1. Metalorganic chemical vapour deposition is employed in the semiconductor

industry for the deposition of ceramic-based semiconductor thin films. The
production of electrical and optoelectronic devices is of utmost importance which
is achieved through this technique [23].
2. Plasma-enhanced chemical vapour deposition uses plasma to augment the chem-
ical processes occurring in the vapour phase, hence the deposition can be done
at lower temperatures. This technique is employed in the deposition of thin films
in microelectronics and photovoltaics [52].
3. Low-pressure chemical vapour deposition operates at decreased pressures,
leading to significant enhancement in film quality and minimum impurities [35].
4. Atmospheric-pressure chemical vapour deposition is different from low-pressure
chemical vapour deposition by its operation at atmospheric pressure, rendering it
a comparatively basic and economically advantageous alternative. Its utilization
is prevalent in the manufacturing a diverse array of ceramics, including oxide-
based materials [50].
5. The process of hydriding and dehydriding-based CVD includes the use of
hydrogen as a reactant, facilitating the production of carbides and nitrides.
6. Reactor designs can exhibit variations, with hot-wall reactors characterized by
the presence of heated walls, whereas cold-wall reactors utilize external heating
techniques.

2.3.3 Applications of Ceramics Synthesized via Chemical Vapour

Deposition

1. Ceramics synthesized via CVD are widely utilized in the microelectronics sector
[19]. These ceramics provide insulation, act as diffusion barriers, and even serve
as piezoelectric substances in sensors and actuators.
2. CVD is employed in the production of optical coatings, waveguides, and semi-
conductor materials in the construction of lasers, light-emitting diodes, and
photovoltaic devices [85].
3. Ceramics synthesized using CVD have found extensive applications in aircraft
sectors owing to their capacity to withstand high temperatures [25]. It makes
them well-suited to be used in engine components, thermal protection systems,
and lightweight structural materials.
4. The chemical industry employs CVD in the manufacturing of catalysts,
corrosion-resistant materials, and membranes in many chemical processes [3,
88]
Foundations of Ceramic Synthesis: Processes, Principles, and Potential … 125

5. The application of CVD-derived ceramics is prevalent in the biomedical domain,

where they are employed as coatings on medical implants, bioactive ceramics,
and drug delivery systems.
6. Ceramics fabricated using CVD find use in several energy-related fields such
as solid oxide fuel cells, gas separation membranes, and thermal insulation for
power production and energy storage systems.
7. Cutting tools and machining applications utilize hard and wear-resistant ceramics
that are manufactured by CVD [26].
8. Ceramics produced via CVD have been used in photonic gadgets, fiber optic
components, and optical coatings.

2.3.4 Challenges in chemical vapour deposition techniques

1. The availability of appropriate precursors is a crucial factor since specific

ceramics may have restrained access to these precursors.
2. The design and operation of CVD reactors may be complex and need thorough
regulation of several parameters.
3. Certain CVD methods employ precursors that are toxic or hazardous, hence
giving rise to concern over their environmental impact and safety.
4. CVD can incur significant economic burdens as a result of the requirement for
specialized apparatus and precursors.

2.4 Combustion-Based Synthesis of Ceramics

The synthesis of ceramics has been a significant area of academic examination

and practical implementation for a prolonged period. Combustion-based synthesis,
commonly referred to as self-propagating high-temperature synthesis, is a pioneering
approach in the synthesis of ceramics [12]. This route has several benefits,
including high efficiency, cost-effectiveness, etc. rendering it a convincing option
for the fabrication of various ceramic morphologies. A typical flowchart for the
combustion-based synthesis is shown in Fig. 9.

2.4.1 Principles of Combustion-Based Synthesis of Ceramics

Combustion-based synthesis is a relatively faster and highly exothermic route that

relies upon the controlled burning of reactants [89]. The fundamental concepts
underlying this route are as follows:
• Exothermic reaction
This depends on the chemically reactive processes which are exothermic. These
reactions involve a fuel and an oxidizer, resulting in the release of a considerable
126 S. Varshney et al.

Fig. 9 Flowchart for the combustion-based synthesis of ceramics

quantity of thermal energy upon ignition [58]. The energy obtained upon combustion
is utilized for aiding the synthesis of ceramics.
• Elevated temperatures
During the combustion process, temperatures can surpass the threshold of 1000 °C
and in certain cases, even 2000 °C. The attainment of the appropriate phase transi-
tions and crystal forms in the final ceramic product is dependent on these elevated
temperatures [7].
• Self-propagating reaction
This phenomenon is observed when a chemical reaction can sustain and propagate
itself without any external energy. Once started, the combustion is self-sustaining and
can persist without external heat input.

2.4.2 Steps in Combustion-Based Synthesis

The process of combustion-based synthesis involves several sequential steps which

are as follows:
• Mixing of reactants
The initial constituents, typically including a metallic powder (fuel) and an
oxidizing agent, are combined to obtain a uniform powder mixture. The compo-
sition of finished ceramics is determined by the selection of precursors and their
stoichiometry.
• Ignition
The composite powder is ignited by a heat source at an elevated temperature
through an electrical discharge, or a laser. The ignition process serves as the first
trigger to initiate the combustion reaction.
Foundations of Ceramic Synthesis: Processes, Principles, and Potential … 127

• Propagation
After ignition, the combustion reaction rapidly spreads throughout the mixture.
The exothermic characteristic of the reaction maintains elevated temperatures as it
propagates throughout the specimen.
• Formation of products
As the propagation of the combustion wave advances, it attains temperatures
conducive to the formation of the desired ceramic phase(s). The ultimate ceramic
product is obtained inside the reaction front and undergoes solidification as the
reaction advances.
• Cooling
Once the combustion wave has traversed, the ceramic product undergoes cooling.
The cooling process plays a crucial role in achieving stability and preventing the
formation of undesired phases.

2.4.3 Advantages of Combustion-Based Synthesis

Combustion-based synthesis offers several benefits that render it a highly attractive

option for ceramic production. Some of them are listed below:
• Rapid reaction kinetics
This makes the combustion-based synthesis be time-efficient approach as
compared to the traditional heat treatments like sintering, roasting, calcination, etc.
• Cost-effectiveness
The rapid combustion-based synthesis facilitates the efficient fabrication of
ceramics, rendering it a time-efficient approach in contrast to conventional sintering
or sol–gel routes. The cost-effectiveness of the procedure is also enhanced by its
simplicity and less complicated equipment required.
• High yield and purity
High temperatures generated during combustion promote the formation of pure
ceramic phases, reducing the chances of impurities or secondary phases in the finally
obtained product.
• Stoichiometric control
Controlled stoichiometry ensures precise management of reactant ratios in a chem-
ical reaction to achieve desired results. The exact regulation of reactant stoichiometry
enables the synthesis of ceramics with tailored compositions and characteristics.
128 S. Varshney et al.

• Scalability
Combustion-based synthesis has scalability, rendering it appropriate for both
laboratory-scale investigation and industrial manufacturing as well.

2.5 Microwave-Based Synthesis of Ceramics

The utilization of microwave-based synthesis has been recognized as a ground-

breaking method for the synthesis of ceramics, presenting a multitude of bene-
fits including rapidity, energy conservation, consistency, specificity, and scalability
[46]. This route has been implemented across several sectors, encompassing aircraft,
electronics, healthcare, and environmental conservation. A typical flowchart for the
synthesis of ceramics via a microwave-based route is shown in Fig. 10.
The microwave-based synthesis involves the interaction of microwaves with the
precursors to enable the reaction between them [79]. The fundamental principles of
this route are listed as follows:
• Microwave energy
Microwave energy refers to electromagnetic radiation with wavelengths ranging
from 30 cm to 1 mm, falling within the microwave region of the electromagnetic
spectrum. Microwaves encompass a spectrum of electromagnetic radiation, with
frequencies from 300 MHz to 300 GHz.
• Dielectric and uniform heating

Fig. 10 Microwave-based synthesis of ceramics

Foundations of Ceramic Synthesis: Processes, Principles, and Potential … 129

Dielectric heating is a process in which an electric field is applied to a dielectric

material, resulting in the generation of heat. In the field of ceramics, it is common
for the precursor materials to consist of polar species. Consequently, the species
are stimulated by the microwaves, resulting in efficient internal thermal energy
generation.
• Rapid kinetics
Microwaves facilitate the homogeneous application of heat, hence resulting in
the rapid reaction kinetics for ceramic synthesis. This is advantageous due to its
ability to rapidly produce ceramic phases without the need for long exposure to high
temperatures.

2.5.1 Steps Involved in Microwave-Based Synthesis of Ceramics

• Precursor preparation

The initial consisting of metal salts, metal oxides, or alternative ceramic precur-
sors, are accurately blended to produce a uniform amalgamation. The blend is
commonly denoted as the “precursor batch.”
• Loading of samples
The initial precursor batch is placed into a microwave-safe container such as a
ceramic crucible or a glass vial. To transmit the energy to the sample, the container
must be transparent to microwaves. The container is positioned into the microwave
cavity and then exposed to microwave radiation which triggers chemical reactions
resulting in the synthesis of ceramic phases.
• Monitoring of reactions
The progression of the reaction may be calculated and analyzed by infrared spec-
troscopy, thermogravimetric analysis, X-ray diffraction, etc. These techniques aid in
the guarantee of the formation of the desired ceramic phases.
• Cooling
The process of cooling is essential and involves the reduction of temperature and
the collection of the desired product at the end. Cooling is employed to decrease the
temperature of a substance or system. The container is removed from the microwave
chamber and is allowed to be cooled. The ceramic product obtained is subsequently
collected for further processing and characterization.

2.5.2 Applications of Microwave-Based Synthesis in Ceramics

The utilization of microwave-assisted synthesis in the field of ceramics includes a

diverse array of industrial and research-based applications which are listed below:
130 S. Varshney et al.

• Synthesis of advanced ceramics

The utilization of microwave synthesis has been employed in the production of
ceramics that exhibit enhanced characteristics like as high-temperature resistance,
electrical conductivity, and mechanical strength. This enables the ceramics to be
utilized in several industries such as aircraft, electronics, etc.
• Nanomaterials
Microwave-assisted synthesis has proven to be highly efficient in the production
of nanomaterials, including ceramic nanoparticles and nanocomposites [14]. These
materials can be widely employed in several applications including catalysis, drug
delivery, and improved coatings.
• Bio-ceramics
Microwave-based routes can be employed for the synthesis of bio-ceramics which
are extensively utilized in dental and orthopaedic implants. This route synthesis plays
a significant role in facilitating the synthesis of biocompatible and architecturally
stable ceramics due to its enhanced accuracy and control over the parameters [34].
• Environmental catalysts
The utilization of microwave-assisted synthesis in environmental aspects
including catalytic converters for cars and pollution control systems has also gained
a lot of importance in recent times. These catalysts play a crucial role in mitigating
the pollutants and improving the air quality.
• Energy storage materials
Microwave-assisted techniques can be employed to manufacture ceramics to be
utilized in energy storage applications including super capacitors and solid-state
batteries. These materials play a significant role in enhancing energy efficiency and
promoting environmental sustainability.

3 Mechanical and Biochemical Characterization

of Ceramics

The use of ceramics in different domains like biomedical, mechanical engineering,

etc. has experienced a notable rise due to its distinctive attributes such as exceptional
mechanical strength and biocompatibility [49]. A comprehensive examination of
the mechanical properties and biological interactions exhibited by ceramic-based
biomaterials is essential for their effective utilization in medical devices and implants.
A critical analysis of the mechanical characteristics with an emphasis on the in-
vitro and in-vivo testing of ceramics along with their necessity for degradation and
resorption investigations is of great interest.
Foundations of Ceramic Synthesis: Processes, Principles, and Potential … 131

3.1 Mechanical Properties of Ceramics

The mechanical properties of ceramics are a subject of significant interest and

research in the field of materials science and engineering. These properties play
a crucial role in determining the suitability and performance of ceramic biomaterials
for various biomedical applications. The mechanical properties of ceramic bioma-
terials are essential qualities that govern their performance under different loading
conditions and environmental scenarios. The applicability of ceramics for various
biological applications can be strongly influenced by their mechanical characteristics.
• Strength and toughness
One of the key aspects to consider in this context is the concept of strength.
Ceramics possess appreciable compressive strength, rendering them well-suited for
load-bearing applications, such as the use of bone implants [43]. Although ceramics
possess high strength, they tend brittleness as well. Scientists are now engaged in
efforts to augment the durability of ceramic biomaterials to mitigate the occurrence
of early failures or fractures in ceramic-based medical implants.
• Hardness
The concept of hardness is a fundamental property in materials science and engi-
neering. It refers to the resistance of a material to deformation, indentation, etc.
Ceramics possess intrinsic hardness, rendering them ideal in the context of medical
equipment as they exhibit resistance to wear and abrasion as well [13].
• Modulus of elasticity
The elastic modulus characterizes the stiffness or rigidity of a material. In the
context of bone implants, the preference lies with ceramics that possess an elastic
modulus comparable to that of natural bone [95].
• Fracture behaviour
A careful examination of the fracture mechanisms shown by ceramics is crucial
in the development of implants that are both biologically and mechanically safe. The
primary objective is to mitigate the risk of sudden and unalarmed failure through
crack initiation and propagation control.
• Fatigue resistance
The ability to withstand fatigue is of utmost importance for materials subjected
to repetitive loading, such as dental implants. Ceramic biomaterials are required to
exhibit long-term durability by withstanding repetitive mechanical stresses without
undergoing appreciable levels of plasticity.
132 S. Varshney et al.

• Creep resistance
It refers to the steady alteration of a material when subjected to a force over an
extended period. Ceramic biomaterials in biomedical applications need a notable
level of creep resistance to preserve their structural integrity within the human body.
• In-vitro and in-vivo testing
In-vitro testing may be done often in a controlled laboratory background. This
type of testing involves the isolated cells, tissues, or organs to evaluate effects of
various materials. In-vivo testing, on the other hand, involves experiments conducted
within a living organism. The process of in-vitro testing involves the systematic
assessment of the characteristics and performance of ceramic biomaterials inside
the body of an organism or animal model. This test plays a vital role in evaluating
the biocompatibility, mechanical properties, and degradation behaviour of ceramics.
Several commonly used in-vitro assays include:
• Biocompatibility assay involves the evaluation of ceramics with biological
systems, specifically cell cultures, through in-vitro investigations. These tests
aid in assessing the potential of the substance to provoke adverse physiological
reactions in the human body.
• Mechanical testing aims to evaluate the mechanical features of ceramics in a
controlled environment. These include tensile strength, compression strength,
and hardness tests, which are utilized to enumerate the response of ceramics to
mechanical loads.
• Wear and friction testing is employed to replicate the wear and friction circum-
stances that ceramic implants can encounter within the human body. These tests
assist in the development of implants to endure wearing and tearing over extended
periods of usage.
• The chemical stability of ceramic biomaterials is assessed by in-vitro tests
conducted in simulated body fluids, to confirm their resistance to degradation
and prevention of the release of toxins.
The in-vivo testing requires the assessment of the functional characteristics and
efficacy of ceramics when introduced into living organisms. These studies offer
valuable insights into the interactions between materials and the human body, playing
a critical role in evaluating their long-term safety and efficacy. Several commonly
used in-vivo assays include:
• In animal studies, researchers employ animal models, including mice and bigger
species, to evaluate the biocompatibility, mechanical stability, and tissue response
associated with ceramic-based implants.
• The host-tissue reaction to the ceramic implants may include evaluation of
several factors such as inflammation, tissue integration, toxin generation, and
the processes involved in healing.
• The assessment of the long-term durability of ceramics about their capacity
to sustain structural integrity and functionality over prolonged durations, is
facilitated by in-vivo testing.
Foundations of Ceramic Synthesis: Processes, Principles, and Potential … 133

• Innovative medical imaging like MRI, and CT scan are utilized to monitor the
behaviour and integration of ceramic implants within the human body.

3.1.1 Degradation and Resorption Studies

The knowledge of degradation and resorption mechanisms of ceramics within the

human body is of ultimate importance in the advancement of biocompatible implants.
The inclusion of degradation and resorption studies is integral to comprehensively
assessing their efficacy for several biological applications.
• Degradation behaviour
In biomedical applications, ceramics must undergo regulated degradation [61].
The occurrence of excessive degradation may fail implants, whereas inadequate
degradation may impede the process of tissue regeneration.
• Studies on resorption
Within the domain of biodegradable ceramics, resorption pertains to the progres-
sive adaptation of the material through the inherent physiological mechanisms of
the body. Its significance is particularly pronounced in various applications, such
as bone transplants, where the ceramic scaffold is required to provisionally support
and progressively substitute the tissues of the body. Resorption studies serve the
purpose of determining the favourable resorption rate for therapeutics. Through the
implementation of systematic degradation and resorption investigations, the charac-
teristics of ceramics can be tuned to align with the intended results of biomedical
treatments. These investigations aim to verify the intended function while mitigating
the potential for unfavourable responses on the other hand.

4 Applications of Ceramics

4.1 Industry

The field of ceramics boasts an extended and recognized history that spans ages owing
to its distinctive characteristics. In contrast to conventional ceramics, contemporary
ones comprise a diverse array of refined materials that exhibit excellent properties
and adaptability. These materials are widely utilized in many industries spanning
numerous sectors. The applications of ceramics in different industries are listed
below:
134 S. Varshney et al.

4.1.1 Electronics and Electrical Industry

The electronics and electrical industry agreements with the growth and distribution of
electronics and electrical devices. The electronics and electrical sectors extensively
use ceramics as a prominent material [62]. Ceramics possess exceptional electrical
insulation, refractoriness, and low coefficient of thermal expansion. These attributes
render ceramics highly essential elements in the production of electrical gadgets. The
following are some of the significant applications in the electronics and electrical
sector:
a. Ceramic insulators are employed in high-voltage transmission lines to mitigate
the risk of electrical leakages, short circuits, and electrical failures [57]. These
materials offer reliable thermal insulation even under severe conditions.
b. Ceramic capacitors serve as the necessary components for the storage and
discharge of electrical energy when required [15]. These components provide
stability, and high capacitance, and are frequently used in consumer electronics.
c. Several ceramics, including piezoelectrics, can produce an electrical voltage
when exposed to mechanical stresses. Piezoelectric devices, such as sensors,
actuators, and ultrasonic transducers are based on this characteristic [31].

4.1.2 Automotive Industry

a. Ceramics have been incorporated into the automobile sector, owing to their
remarkable performance, efficiency, and safety [63].
b. Catalyst-coated ceramic substrates play a crucial role in mitigating detrimental
emissions in internal combustion engines. These converters also play a crucial
role in ensuring compliance with eco-friendly requirements [40].
c. Ceramic brake discs and pads offer several benefits including reduced mass, better
thermal endurance, and higher braking efficacy, and are used in high-performance
and luxury automobiles.
d. Spark plugs and bearings made from ceramics are used in automobiles to enhance
the efficiency and durability of engines. These also exhibit resistance to elevated
temperatures and mechanical abrasion.

4.1.3 Aerospace and Aviation

a. Ceramic matrix composites are used in gas turbine engines to withstand elevated
temperatures and reduce the weight of the engine. This also improves the fuel
economy and lifespan of critical automobile components [66].
b. Ceramic-based thermal barrier coatings protect the aircraft and spacecraft
components against extreme levels of thermal agitation by the management of
temperature differentials.
Foundations of Ceramic Synthesis: Processes, Principles, and Potential … 135

4.1.4 Medical and Healthcare

a. Dental ceramics, including zirconia-based materials, are used in dental pros-

thetics such as implants and crowns [24]. These provide patients with long-lasting
benefits in terms of biocompatibility, aesthetics, and durability.
b. Orthopaedic implants for joint and bone repair commonly use ceramic bioma-
terials, including alumina and zirconia [38]. These offer mechanical robustness,
resistance to wear, and compatibility with the biological tissues.
c. Ceramics find application in a diverse range of medical devices like X-ray
tubes, ultrasound transducers, etc. owing to their enhanced electrical and thermal
properties.

4.1.5 Chemical and Process Industries

a. Ceramics are utilized to line industrial furnaces and kilns to endure high temper-
atures and provide protection against both thermal and chemical corrosion [30].
They show a vital role in metal smelting, and glass making.
b. Several ceramics are utilized as catalysts to support various chemical processes.
These catalysts offer a reliable foundation for facilitating chemical reactions in
many industrial processes, such as petrochemical refining.

4.1.6 Energy Sector

a. Ceramics are widely utilized in the manufacturing of solar cells and photovoltaic
panels [47].
b. Solid oxide fuel cells employ ceramic electrolytes to produce electrical energy
through electrochemical reactions between hydrogen and oxygen [86]. The
industrial applications of ceramics are shown in Fig. 11.

4.2 Biocompatibility and Biomedical Engineering

Ceramics have emerged as a prominent material in biomedical research owing to

their distinctive characteristics making them suitable for diverse applications in
medical devices, biomedical implants, and drug delivery [20]. The biocompatibility
of ceramics determines their capacity to interact with biological systems without
producing any harmful toxins [69]. By considering their biocompatibility, these
materials show a vital role in the growth of implants, prosthetics, drug-delivery,
and bone tissue engineering. To stick to severe demands of biomedical applications,
biomaterials must exhibit the following distinct attributes:
136 S. Varshney et al.

Fig. 11 Applications of ceramics in different industries

• Biocompatibility
Biocompatibility pertains to the capacity of a substance to engage with biolog-
ical entities without inducing adverse effects. The avoidance of undesirable conse-
quences, such as inflammation, toxicity, or immunological responses, is an important
consideration in the development of ceramic-based biocompatible materials [51].
• Mechanical properties
Biomaterials must possess appreciable mechanical strength and stiffness. For
instance, ceramic-based materials used as load-bearing implants must have sufficient
mechanical strength and stiffness.
• Surface properties
The significance of surface characteristics in ceramic-based biomaterials governs
their interactions with the biological molecules or cells, which ultimately determines
the level of biocompatibility [16]. Surface modifications can be used to supplement
cell adhesion, mitigate infections, and obtain the sustained release of drugs.
• Degradation and bio-stability
The degradation of biomaterials may be necessary such as in the case of temporary
implants whereas long-term bio-stability may be required in the case of permanent
implants. The concept of bioactivity refers to the ability of a substance or organism
to have a biological effect or activity. It is important to note that degradation products
must possess non-toxic properties and have ease of excretion from the human body.
Bioactive materials possess the capacity to produce targeted biological reactions [96].
Certain ceramics can facilitate bone tissue regeneration by promoting the production
of hydroxyapatite, a naturally occurring mineral in bone. The biomedical applications
of ceramics are shown in Fig. 12.
Foundations of Ceramic Synthesis: Processes, Principles, and Potential … 137

Fig. 12 Biological and biomedical applications of ceramics

4.2.1 Interaction of Ceramics with Biological Systems

Gaining a comprehensive understanding of relations among ceramics and biotic

systems may be crucial to the efficiently utilize their full potential in medicine and
biomedical applications.
• Surface chemistry
The correlation between the surface chemistry of ceramics and their interactions
with biological systems is of significant importance. Protein adsorption, cell adhe-
sion, tissue integration, etc. are all influenced by the composition and charge on their
surface.
• Osteoconductivity
Numerous ceramic-based biomaterials demonstrate osteoconductivity, wherein
they possess the proliferation and formation of the bone tissues [27]. Hydrox-
yapatite, a ceramic composed of calcium phosphate, is widely recognized for its
osteoconductive properties, rendering it an appropriate option for bone formation.
• Bioactivity
It is a quality associated with particular ceramics, such as calcium phosphate.
Through the development of a hydroxyapatite layer on their surface, the implants can
link with the surrounding bone tissue promoting bone regeneration and integration.
• Inflammatory response
Ceramics are commonly linked to a reduced inflammatory response. Their
biocompatibility may be prejudiced by their dimensions, morphologies, and its chem-
ical compositions. The tendency of nanoscale ceramic particles to cause inflammation
is lower as compared to the bigger particles.
138 S. Varshney et al.

4.2.2 Ceramic Biomaterials for Bone Tissues

The bone-tissue engineering discipline has witnessed significant advancements with

the use of ceramics showcasing their immense potential in the biological field. The
defects encountered in bone may be the result of trauma, diseases, or may be due to
surgical interventions sometimes need implantable materials to facilitate and enhance
the process of bone regeneration. Ceramic biomaterials have several advantages
within this particular context which are as follows:
• Resemblance to natural bone
Several types of ceramics, including hydroxyapatite and tricalcium phosphate,
exhibit a mineral composition that closely resembles that of actual bone [41]. This
resemblance enhances the process of integrating ceramic implants with the recipient’s
bone.
• Porosity and scaffold design
Ceramic scaffolds can be designed with precise porosity and pore size distribu-
tions, hence aiding in the filtration of cells and blood vessels. These porous structures
serve as a 3D scaffolding bone tissue formation [99].
• Controlled drug delivery
This involves the specialized drug delivery that may release drugs in a sustained
manner, ensuring optimal delivery of drugs. The different drug molecules can
be incorporated into the ceramic-based scaffolds [56]. This mechanism facilitates
the regulated discharge of growth factors or antimicrobial drugs, augmenting the
regeneration potential of the implant.
• Biodegradability
Certain ceramics possess biodegradability, wherein they undergo progressive
resorption along with the development of bone tissues. Although in some cases,
this particular characteristic removes the necessity for in-vivo surgical procedures to
remove the implants. Some other potential applications of ceramics in the biomedical
domain are as follows:
i. Cancer therapy and bone regeneration
Ceramic nanoparticles have been developed as nanocarriers for targeted drug
delivery of chemotherapeutic drugs against cancer cell, resulting in a reduction in
systemic toxicity and improvement in the therapeutic index [42]. The integration of
nanoparticles into ceramic-based scaffolds offers the promising approach to process
of bone regeneration.
ii. Antimicrobial applications, medical imaging, and regenerative medicine
Ceramic nanoparticles possessing antimicrobial characteristics can effectively
address infections and hinder the formation of biofilms on medical implants [71, 91].
Foundations of Ceramic Synthesis: Processes, Principles, and Potential … 139

Ceramic nanoparticles can function as contrast agents in different imaging modali-

ties, hence enabling the timely identification and precise diagnosis of diseases [36].
Regenerative medicine focuses on therapeutic strategies to repair, replace, regenerate
damaged to the diseased tissues or organs. Ceramic nanoparticles have considerable
potential within the realm of regenerative medicine, since they possess the ability to
enhance tissue regeneration across diverse organs and tissues [29].

4.3 Mechanical Engineering, Material Science,

and Nanotechnology

• 3D printing and additive manufacturing

The emergence of 3D printing and additive manufacturing has initiated a novel

phase in the field of ceramics. These have enabled the precise production of intricate
ceramic structures with desired properties. Significant progress has already been
made in biomedicine field with the expansion and utilization of 3-D printed scaffolds
for the tissue engineering and medical implants tailored specifically to individual
patients [28].
• Multifunctional ceramic materials
The incorporation of multifunctionality into ceramics represents a promising
direction for future progress. For example, a ceramic-based implant has the potential
to not only offer mechanical reinforcement but also administer drugs to promote
tissue regeneration and mitigate the risk of infections. The utilization of multifunc-
tional ceramics can provide novel opportunities for several biomedical applications,
hence enhancing patient care and minimizing the necessity for additional treatments
[100].
• Nanotechnology and ceramic nanoparticles
Ceramic nanoparticles have a wide range of potential applications, encompassing
improved drug transport, advanced medical imaging, and scaffolds for tissue engi-
neering. These nanoparticles can be accurately designed to be employed with biolog-
ical systems hence resulting in treatments that are more focused and highly efficient
[5]. Some widely used ceramic-based nanomaterials are shown in Fig. 13.

5 Challenges and Future Directions

Ceramics have demonstrated their immense value in several sectors owing to their
extraordinary characteristics, such as tolerance towards elevated temperature, hard-
ness, etc. In recent times, ceramics have achieved notable advancements in the
biomedical field, particularly in the domains of medical implants and drug delivery for
140 S. Varshney et al.

Fig. 13 Some ceramic-based nanomaterials [2]

biomedical applications. Nevertheless, similar to other disciplines, use of ceramics

in of biomedicine field presents several difficulties and opportunities for further
enhancement.
• Addressing biocompatibility challenges
The concept of biocompatibility holds significant significance in the context of
biomedical applications involving ceramics, as it pertains to the capacity of material
to interact with biological systems in a manner that avoids any detrimental effects.
The consideration of biocompatibility problems is of utmost importance to guarantee
the safe and efficient utilization of ceramics within healthcare environments.
i. Inflammatory response
One of the leading considerations in ceramics is biocompatibility which revolves
around the possibility of provoking inflammatory reactions. Certain ceramics, when
introduced into the human body, have the potential to cause an immunological
response or provoke inflammation. To tackle this, investigations are carried out on
the surface modifications and coatings that can effectively mitigate the inflammatory
responses, hence enhancing their biocompatibility.
ii. Toxicity
Toxicity may arise due to the release of molecules, ions, or the breakdown of
products from ceramics. Selecting ceramic compositions and production techniques
that effectively reduce the release of harmful chemicals is of utmost importance.
Further, biocompatibility testing is also vital to ascertain that ceramic materials must
adhere to the established safety protocols.
Foundations of Ceramic Synthesis: Processes, Principles, and Potential … 141

iii. Long-term bio-stability

Long-term bio-stability mentions the capability of a biological material to main-
tain the structural and functional integrity over an extended period. Ceramic materials
are required to sustain their structural integrity and biocompatibility for a prolonged
duration when introduced into the human body. Current studies are dedicated to the
advancement of ceramics that possess improved bio-stability, hence enabling their
prolonged use.
iv. Integration with tissues
The attainment of a seamless integration between ceramics and host tissues is
a substantial difficulty. Scientists are now investigating various surface modifica-
tions and scaffolding approaches to enhance tissue development and the overall
biocompatibility of ceramic implants.
v. Patient-specific considerations
There can be substantial variations in the physiology and immunological response
of different individuals. Customizing ceramic materials and designs to cater to the
specific requirements of particular patients is a promising avenue for tackling the
biocompatibility issues that arise in medical applications. The utilization of person-
alized medicine strategies is expected to witness an increase in its application within
the field of ceramic implant technology shortly.

6 Conclusions

To summarize, the examination and analysis of ceramic synthesis in this discourse

establishes a robust framework for the continuous progress in different fields of
science, engineering, medicine, etc. The healthcare sector holds significant potential
for the utilization of ceramics due to several advantages such as enhanced biocom-
patibility, tailored properties, enhanced mechanical strength, multi-functionality, etc.
The landscape of ceramics is expected to undergo a significant transformation due
to the emergence of technologies like as 3D printing, nanotechnology, and integra-
tion with digital health. Nevertheless, it is important to maintain a thorough aware-
ness of the obstacles that may arise, including those related to biocompatibility
and the sustainability of the environment. These problems highlight the significance
of employing responsible and ethical procedures in the study and development of
ceramics. The forthcoming trajectory presents promising prospects, and the conver-
gence of ceramics and biology constitutes a domain conducive to ground-breaking
advancements and outcomes. Through persistent devotion, effective teamwork, and
a steadfast commitment to enhancing patient care, ceramics will undeniably play a
pivotal role in crafting a healthier and more dynamic future for society as a whole.
142 S. Varshney et al.

References

1. Abusrewil, S.M., McLean, W., Scott, J.A.: The use of Bioceramics as root-end filling materials
in periradicular surgery: a literature review. Saudi Dent. J. 30(4), 273–282 (2018)
2. Balasubramanian, S., Gurumurthy, B., Balasubramanian, A.: Biomedical applications of
ceramic nanomaterials: a review. Int. J. Pharm. Sci. Res. 8(12), 4950–4959 (2017)
3. Behera, A., Mallick, P., Mohapatra, S.: Nanocoatings for anticorrosion: an introduction. In:
Corrosion Protection at the Nanoscale, pp. 227–243. Elsevier (2020)
4. Berlincourt, D.: Piezoelectric ceramics: characteristics and applications. J. Acoust. Soc. Am.
70(6), 1586–1595 (1981)
5. Boccaccini, A.R., Ma, P.X., Liverani, L.: Tissue Engineering using Ceramics and Polymers.
Woodhead Publishing (2021)
6. Bokov, D., Turki Jalil, A., Chupradit, S., Suksatan, W., Javed Ansari, M., Shewael, I.H., Valiev,
G.H., Kianfar, E.: Nanomaterial by sol-gel method: synthesis and application. Adv. Mater.
Sci. Eng. 2021, 1–21 (2021)
7. Bozo, C., Guilhaume, N., Garbowski, E., Primet, M.: Combustion of methane on CeO2–ZrO2
based catalysts. Catal. Today 59(1–2), 33–45 (2000)
8. Brinker, C.J., Scherer, G.W.: Sol-Gel Science: The Physics and Chemistry of Sol-Gel
Processing. Academic (2013)
9. Buzby, S., Franklin, S., Shah, S.I.: Synthesis of metal-oxide nanoparticles: gas-solid trans-
formations. In: Synthesis, Properties, and Applications of Oxide Nanomaterials, vol. 119
(2007)
10. Byrappa, K., Yoshimura, M.: Handbook of Hydrothermal Technology. William Andrew
Publishing. New York (2001)
11. Thomas, S.C., Kumar Mishra, P., Talegaonkar, S.: Ceramic nanoparticles: fabrication methods
and applications in drug delivery. Curr. Pharm. Des. 21(42), 6165–6188 (2015)
12. Cahill, J.T.: A study on the phase stability and diffusion behavior of alkaline-earth hexaborides.
University of California, San Diego (2016)
13. Catledge, S.A., Fries, M.D., Vohra, Y.K., Lacefield, W.R., Lemons, J.E., Woodard, S., Venu-
gopalanc, R.: Nanostructured ceramics for biomedical implants. J. Nanosci. Nanotechnol.
2(3–4), 293–312 (2002)
14. Chang, Y.-C., Chiao, Y.-C., Hsu, P.-C.: Rapid microwave-assisted synthesis of ZnIn2S4
nanosheets for highly efficient photocatalytic hydrogen production. Nanomaterials 13(13),
1957 (2023)
15. Chauhan, A., Patel, S., Vaish, R., Bowen, C.R.: Anti-ferroelectric ceramics for high energy
density capacitors. Materials 8(12), 8009–8031 (2015)
16. Chen, H., Yuan, L., Song, W., Wu, Z., Li, D.: Biocompatible polymer materials: role of
protein–surface interactions. Prog. Polym. Sci. 33(11), 1059–1087 (2008)
17. Chevalier, J., Gremillard, L.: Ceramics for medical applications: a picture for the next 20
years. J. Eur. Ceram. Soc. 29(7), 1245–1255 (2009)
18. Chindamo, G., Sapino, S., Peira, E., Chirio, D., Gonzalez, M.C., Gallarate, M.: Bone
diseases: current approach and future perspectives in drug delivery systems for bone targeted
therapeutics. Nanomaterials 10(5), 875 (2020)
19. Choy, K.: Chemical vapour deposition of coatings. Prog. Mater. Sci. 48(2), 57–170 (2003)
20. Colilla, M., Manzano, M., Vallet-Regí, M.: Recent advances in ceramic implants as drug
delivery systems for biomedical applications. Int. J. Nanomed. 3(4), 403–414 (2008)
21. Creighton, J., Ho, P.: Introduction to chemical vapor deposition (CVD). Chem. Vap. Depos.
2, 1–22 (2001)
22. D’Amato, R., Falconieri, M., Gagliardi, S., Popovici, E., Serra, E., Terranova, G., Borsella,
E.: Synthesis of ceramic nanoparticles by laser pyrolysis: From research to applications. J.
Anal. Appl. Pyrol. 104, 461–469 (2013)
23. Dapkus, P.D.: Metalorganic chemical vapor deposition. Annu. Rev. Mater. Sci. 12(1), 243–269
(1982)
Foundations of Ceramic Synthesis: Processes, Principles, and Potential … 143

24. Denry, I., Holloway, J.A.: Ceramics for dental applications: a review. Materials 3(1), 351–368
(2010)
25. Dhanasekar, S., Ganesan, A.T., Rani, T.L., Vinjamuri, V.K., Rao, M.N., Shankar, E.,
Dharamvir, E., Kumar, P.S., Golie, W.M.: A comprehensive study of ceramic matrix
composites for space applications. In: Advances in Materials Science and Engineering (2022)
26. Dobrzański, L.A., Pakuła, D.: Structure and properties of the wear resistant coatings obtained
in the PVD and CVD processes on tool ceramics. Mater. Sci. Forum (2006)
27. Ducheyne, P., Qiu, Q.: Bioactive ceramics: the effect of surface reactivity on bone formation
and bone cell function. Biomaterials 20(23–24), 2287–2303 (1999)
28. Eckel, Z.C., Zhou, C., Martin, J.H., Jacobsen, A.J., Carter, W.B., Schaedler, T.A.: Additive
manufacturing of polymer-derived ceramics. Science 351(6268), 58–62 (2016)
29. Fathi-Achachelouei, M., Knopf-Marques, H., Ribeiro da Silva, C.E., Barthès, J., Bat, E.,
Tezcaner, A., Vrana, N.E.: Use of nanoparticles in tissue engineering and regenerative
medicine [review]. Front. Bioeng. Biotechnol. 7, 113 (2019). [Link]
2019.00113
30. Fauchais, P., Vardelle, A.: Thermal sprayed coatings used against corrosion and corrosive
wear. Adv. Plasma Spray Appl. 10, 34448 (2012)
31. Galassi, C.: Processing of porous ceramics: piezoelectric materials. J. Eur. Ceram. Soc. 26(14),
2951–2958 (2006)
32. Gan, Y.X., Jayatissa, A.H., Yu, Z., Chen, X., Li, M.: Hydrothermal synthesis of nanomaterials.
J. Nanomater. 2020, 1–3 (2020)
33. Gavrilović, T.V., Jovanović, D.J., Dramićanin, M.D.: Synthesis of multifunctional inorganic
materials: from micrometer to nanometer dimensions. In: Nanomaterials for green Energy,
pp. 55–81. Elsevier (2018)
34. Gupta, S., Sharma, A.K., Agrawal, D.: Processing biomaterials using microwave energy and its
futuristic scopes. In: Advances in Microwave Processing for Engineering Materials, pp. 191–
211. CRC Press (2022)
35. Hersee, S., Duchemin, J.: Low-pressure chemical vapor deposition. Annu. Rev. Mater. Sci.
12(1), 65–80 (1982)
36. Huang, H.-C., Barua, S., Sharma, G., Dey, S.K., Rege, K.: Inorganic nanoparticles for cancer
imaging and therapy. J. Control. Release 155(3), 344–357 (2011)
37. Jazayeri, H.E., Rodriguez-Romero, M., Razavi, M., Tahriri, M., Ganjawalla, K., Rasoulian-
boroujeni, M., Malekoshoaraie, M.H., Khoshroo, K., Tayebi, L.: The cross-disciplinary emer-
gence of 3D printed bioceramic scaffolds in orthopedic bioengineering. Ceram. Int. 44(1),
1–9 (2018)
38. Jin, W., Chu, P.K.: Orthopedic implants. Encycl. Biomed. Eng. 1(3), 425–439 (2019)
39. Kaur, M., Singh, K.: Review on titanium and titanium based alloys as biomaterials for
orthopaedic applications. Mater. Sci. Eng. C 102, 844–862 (2019)
40. Keane, M.: Ceramics for catalysis. J. Mater. Sci. 38, 4661–4675 (2003)
41. Khan, A.F., Awais, M., Khan, A.S., Tabassum, S., Chaudhry, A.A., Rehman, I.U.: Raman
spectroscopy of natural bone and synthetic apatites. Appl. Spectrosc. Rev. 48(4), 329–355
(2013)
42. Khan, M.I., Hossain, M.I., Hossain, M.K., Rubel, M., Hossain, K., Mahfuz, A., Anik, M.I.:
Recent progress in nanostructured smart drug delivery systems for cancer therapy: a review.
ACS Appl. Bio Mater. 5(3), 971–1012 (2022)
43. Khan, Y., Yaszemski, M.J., Mikos, A.G., Laurencin, C.T.: Tissue engineering of bone: material
and matrix considerations. JBJS 90(Supplement_1), 36–42 (2008)
44. Kumar, S., Sahare, P., Kumar, S.: Optimization of the CVD parameters for ZnO nanorods
growth: its photoluminescence and field emission properties. Mater. Res. Bull. 105, 237–245
(2018)
45. Kurinjinathan, P., Arul, K.T., Ramya, J.R.: Cobalt ions doped bioactive ceramics for biosensor
biomedical applications. Int. J. Curr. Res. Rev. 10(21), 49–52 (2018)
46. Li, C., Zhang, Z., Sui, J., Jiang, X., Waterhouse, G.I., Zhang, Z., Yu, L.: Microwave-based
synthesis of (NiCo) x/(MnO) y/C composites and their tunable wave absorption properties in
the K band. Ceram. Int. 46(7), 9353–9362 (2020)
144 S. Varshney et al.

47. Li, X., Li, P., Wu, Z., Luo, D., Yu, H.-Y., Lu, Z.-H.: Review and perspective of materials for
flexible solar cells. Mater. Rep.: Energy 1(1), 100001 (2021)
48. Luyten, J., Mullens, S., Cooymans, J., De Wilde, A., Thijs, I., Kemps, R.: Different methods
to synthesize ceramic foams. J. Eur. Ceram. Soc. 29(5), 829–832 (2009)
49. Mamidi, N., García, R.G., Martínez, J.D.H., Briones, C.M., Martinez Ramos, A.M., Tamez,
M.F.L., Del Valle, B.G., Segura, F.J.M.: Recent advances in designing fibrous biomaterials
for the domain of biomedical, clinical, and environmental applications. ACS Biomater. Sci.
Eng. 8(9), 3690–3716 (2022)
50. Manning, T.D., Parkin, I.P., Clark, R.J., Sheel, D., Pemble, M.E., Vernadou, D.: Intelligent
window coatings: atmospheric pressure chemical vapour deposition of vanadium oxides. J.
Mater. Chem. 12(10), 2936–2939 (2002)
51. Markides, H., Rotherham, M., El Haj, A.: Biocompatibility and toxicity of magnetic
nanoparticles in regenerative medicine. J. Nanomater. 2012, 13–13 (2012)
52. Meyyappan, M.: A review of plasma enhanced chemical vapour deposition of carbon
nanotubes. J. Phys. D Appl. Phys. 42(21), 213001 (2009)
53. MH, S.: Bioactive Glasses in Dentistry: A Review (2015)
54. Mirzaei, A., Neri, G.: Microwave-assisted synthesis of metal oxide nanostructures for gas
sensing application: a review. Sens. Actuators B Chem. 237, 749–775 (2016)
55. Misra, K.P., Misra, R.: Advanced ceramics. In: Ceramic Science and Engineering, pp. 21–43.
Elsevier (2022)
56. Mouriño, V., Boccaccini, A.R.: Bone tissue engineering therapeutics: controlled drug delivery
in three-dimensional scaffolds. J. R. Soc. Interface. 7(43), 209–227 (2010)
57. Moustafa, M.A., Mosalam, K.M.: Structural performance of porcelain and polymer post
insulators in high voltage electrical switches. J. Perform. Constr. Facil. 30(5), 04016002
(2016)
58. Mukasyan, A., Dinka, P.: Novel approaches to solution-combustion synthesis of nanomate-
rials. Int. J. Self Propag. High Temp. Synth. 16, 23–35 (2007)
59. Ndolomingo, M.J., Bingwa, N., Meijboom, R.: Review of supported metal nanoparticles:
synthesis methodologies, advantages and application as catalysts. J. Mater. Sci. 55(15), 6195–
6241 (2020)
60. Nigam, A., Pawar, S.: Structural, magnetic, and antimicrobial properties of zinc doped
magnesium ferrite for drug delivery applications. Ceram. Int. 46(4), 4058–4064 (2020)
61. O’brien, F.J.: Biomaterials & scaffolds for tissue engineering. Mater. Today 14(3), 88–95
(2011)
62. Okada, A.: Automotive and industrial applications of structural ceramics in Japan. J. Eur.
Ceram. Soc. 28(5), 1097–1104 (2008)
63. Okada, A.: Ceramic technologies for automotive industry: Current status and perspectives.
Mater. Sci. Eng. B 161(1–3), 182–187 (2009)
64. Olajide, J.L., Desai, D., Ajibola, J., Adekoya, G.J., Daramola, O.O., Alaneme, K., Fasiku, V.O.,
Sadiku, E.R.: Nosocomial bacterial infection of orthopedic implants and antibiotic hydrox-
yapatite/silver-coated halloysite nanotube with improved structural integrity as potential
prophylaxis. In: Antibiotic Materials in Healthcare, pp. 171–220. Elsevier (2020)
65. Patil, K.: Advanced ceramics: combustion synthesis and properties. Bull. Mater. Sci. 16,
533–541 (1993)
66. Peter, P.I., Adekunle, A.A.: A review of ceramic/bio-based hybrid reinforced aluminium
matrix composites. Cogent Eng. 7(1), 1727167 (2020)
67. Pina, S., Rebelo, R., Correlo, V.M., Oliveira, J.M., Reis, R.L.: Bioceramics for osteochondral
tissue engineering and regeneration. In: Osteochondral Tissue Engineering: Nanotechnology,
Scaffolding-Related Developments and Translation, pp. 53–75 (2018)
68. Polychronopoulou, K., Zedan, A.F., Katsiotis, M., Baker, M., AlKhoori, A., AlQaradawi,
S.Y., Hinder, S., AlHassan, S.: Rapid microwave assisted sol-gel synthesis of CeO2 and
CexSm1-xO2 nanoparticle catalysts for CO oxidation. Mol. Catal. 428, 41–55 (2017)
69. Raghavendra, G.M., Varaprasad, K., Jayaramudu, T.: Biomaterials: design, development and
biomedical applications. In: Nanotechnology applications for tissue engineering, pp. 21–44.
Elsevier (2015)
Foundations of Ceramic Synthesis: Processes, Principles, and Potential … 145

70. Rane, A. V., Kanny, K., Abitha, V., Thomas, S.: Methods for synthesis of nanoparticles
and fabrication of nanocomposites. In: Synthesis of Inorganic Nanomaterials, pp. 121–139.
Elsevier (2018)
71. Raphel, J., Holodniy, M., Goodman, S.B., Heilshorn, S.C.: Multifunctional coatings to
simultaneously promote osseointegration and prevent infection of orthopaedic implants.
Biomaterials 84, 301–314 (2016)
72. Ravaglioli, A., Krajewski, A.: Bioceramics: Materials·Properties Applications. Springer
Science & Business Media (1991)
73. Roy, R.: Ceramics by the solution-sol-gel route. Science 238(4834), 1664–1669 (1987)
74. Roy, R.: Accelerating the kinetics of low-temperature inorganic syntheses. J. Solid State
Chem. 111(1), 11–17 (1994)
75. Roy, R., Agrawal, D., Alamo, J., Roy, R.: [CTP]: a new structural family of near-zero expansion
ceramics. Mater. Res. Bull. 19(4), 471–477 (1984)
76. Sáenz, A., Rivera, E., Brostow, W., Castaño, V.M.: Ceramic biomaterials: an introductory
overview. J. Mater. Educ. 21(5/6), 267–276 (1999)
77. Sakka, S.: Handbook of sol-gel science and technology. 1. In: Sol-Gel Processing, vol. 1.
Springer Science & Business Media (2005)
78. Schmidt, H.: Chemistry of material preparation by the sol-gel process. J. Non-Cryst. Solids
100(1–3), 51–64 (1988)
79. Schwenke, A.M., Hoeppener, S., Schubert, U.S.: Synthesis and modification of carbon
nanomaterials utilizing microwave heating. Adv. Mater. 27(28), 4113–4141 (2015)
80. Segal, D.: Chemical synthesis of ceramic materials. J. Mater. Chem. 7(8), 1297–1305 (1997)
81. Shadjou, N., Hasanzadeh, M.: Application of graphene and mesoporous silica nanomaterials
on the orthopaedic implants: recent advances. Mater. Technol. 31(13), 806–811 (2016)
82. Shahidzadeh, M., Shabihi, P., Pourmortazavi, S.M.: Sonochemical preparation of copper (II)
chromite nanocatalysts and particle size optimization via taguchi method. J. Inorg. Organomet.
Polym. Mater. 25, 986–994 (2015)
83. Sharmila, P., Tharayil, N.J.: Chemically synthesized nano composite (Zinc/Magnesium)
Oxide for tunable band gap devices. IOP Conf. Ser.: Mater. Sci. Eng. (2015)
84. Song, X., Segura-Egea, J.J., Díaz-Cuenca, A.: Sol-gel technologies to obtain advanced
bioceramics for dental therapeutics. Molecules 28(19), 6967 (2023)
85. Soref, R.A.: Silicon-based optoelectronics. Proc. IEEE 81(12), 1687–1706 (1993)
86. Stambouli, A.B., Traversa, E.: Solid oxide fuel cells (SOFCs): a review of an environmentally
clean and efficient source of energy. Renew. Sustain. Energy Rev. 6(5), 433–455 (2002)
87. Suchanek, W.L., Riman, R.E.: Hydrothermal synthesis of advanced ceramic powders. Adv.
Sci. Technol. 45, 184–193 (2006)
88. Vahlas, C., Caussat, B., Serp, P., Angelopoulos, G.N.: Principles and applications of CVD
powder technology. Mater. Sci. Eng. R. Rep. 53(1–2), 1–72 (2006)
89. Varma, A., Mukasyan, A.S., Rogachev, A.S., Manukyan, K.V.: Solution combustion synthesis
of nanoscale materials. Chem. Rev. 116(23), 14493–14586 (2016)
90. Varshney, S., Mishra, N., Gupta, M.: Progress in nanocellulose and its polymer based compos-
ites: a review on processing, characterization, and applications. Polym. Compos. 42(8),
3660–3686 (2021)
91. Varshney, S., Nigam, A., Mishra, N., Pawar, S.: Microwave-assisted synthesis of magne-
sium oxide nanoflakes via green chemistry approach using Ficus Racemosa leaf extract:
characterization and antibacterial activity. J. Korean Ceram. Soc. 60(1), 62–74 (2023)
92. Varshney, S., Nigam, A., Pawar, S., Mishra, N.: Structural, optical, cytotoxic, and anti-
microbial properties of amorphous silica nanoparticles synthesised via hybrid method for
biomedical applications. Mater. Technol. 37(10), 1504–1515 (2022)
93. Varshney, S., Nigam, A., Pawar, S.J., Mishra, N.: An overview on biomedical applications of
versatile silica nanoparticles, synthesized via several chemical and biological routes: a review.
Phosphorus Sulfur Silicon Relat. Elem. 197(2), 72–88 (2022)
146 S. Varshney et al.

94. Varshney, S., Nigam, A., Singh, A., Samanta, S.K., Mishra, N., Tewari, R.: Antibacterial,
structural, and mechanical properties of MgO/ZnO nanocomposites and its HA-based bio-
ceramics; synthesized via physio-chemical route for biomedical applications. Mater. Technol.
37(13), 2503–2516 (2022)
95. Venkatraman, S.K., Swamiappan, S.: Review on calcium-and magnesium-based silicates for
bone tissue engineering applications. J. Biomed. Mater. Res. Part A 108(7), 1546–1562 (2020)
96. Whitlow, J., Paul, A., Polini, A.: Bioactive materials: definitions and application in tissue
engineering and regeneration therapy. In: Biocompatible Glasses: From Bone Regeneration
to Cancer Treatment, pp. 1–17 (2016)
97. Yadav, A., Kumar, H., Sharma, R., Kumari, R.: Synthesis, processing, and applications of 2D
(nano) materials: a sustainable approach. Surf. Interfaces 39, 102925 (2023)
98. Yin, X., Guo, Y., Xie, H., Que, W., Kong, L.B.: Nickel oxide as efficient hole transport
materials for perovskite solar cells. Solar Rrl 3(5), 1900001 (2019)
99. Zhang, F., Li, Z., Xu, M., Wang, S., Li, N., Yang, J.: A review of 3D printed porous ceramics.
J. Eur. Ceram. Soc. 42(8), 3351–3373 (2022)
100. Zhang, L., Forgham, H., Shen, A., Wang, J., Zhu, J., Huang, X., Tang, S.-Y., Xu, C., Davis,
T.P., Qiao, R.: Nanomaterial integrated 3D printing for biomedical applications. J. Mater.
Chem. B 10(37), 7473–7490 (2022)
Thin Film Preparation of Electro
Ceramics

Suganeswaran Kandasamy, Gobinath Velu Kaliyannan, Raja Gunasekaran,

Parameshwaran Rathinasamy, Nithyavathya Nagarajan,
and Santhosh Sivaraj

Abstract Electro ceramics poses ability to conduct the electricity for various appli-
cations such as LEDs, microwave amplifiers, solar cells, high power switches,
dielectric capacitors etc. In spite of mechanical, chemical and thermal stability,
some ceramics hold excellent electrical, optical and mechanical properties. Thin
film ceramic materials with negligible thickness were synthesized by increasing the
temperature of non-metallic minerals especially for optical or electronic devices
applications. Thin film electro ceramics can be deposited over substrates through
various coating techniques such as spin coating, spray pyrolysis, pulsed laser depo-
sition, metal organic chemical vapor deposition etc. Due to its high degree of adhe-
sion, thin ceramic films found to remain intact with substrate surface. This chapter
delivers the compilation of various techniques for the preparation of thin film electro
ceramics.

Keywords Ceramics · Substrates · Chemical vapor deposition · Sputtering ·

Thermal spraying · Atomic layer deposition · Silicon carbide

S. Kandasamy (B) · G. V. Kaliyannan · P. Rathinasamy · N. Nagarajan

Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Erode 638060, Tamil
Nadu, India
e-mail: suganeswaran22@[Link]
R. Gunasekaran
Department of Mechanical Engineering, Velalar College of Engineering and Technology,
Erode 638012, Tamil Nadu, India
S. Sivaraj
Department of Robotics and Automation, Easwari Engineering College, Chennai 600089, India

© The Author(s), under exclusive license to Springer Nature Singapore Pte Ltd. 2024 147
U. Kumar (ed.), Defects Engineering in Electroceramics for Energy Applications,
Engineering Materials, [Link]
148 S. Kandasamy et al.

1 Introduction

1.1 Ceramics

Ceramics are a highly advanced and diverse family of materials that offer a wide range
of options for creating innovative outcomes. Ceramics have had a profound influence
on our lives and interactions with the world, revolutionizing manufacturing processes
and facilitating technical advancements in various domains. The emergence of
ceramic thin films has led to the exploration of several new applications, expanding
the potential for invention and exploration. For scientists, engineers, and enthusiasts
of materials science, the study of ceramics offers a dynamic and constantly evolving
landscape that holds great potential for numerous groundbreaking advancements in
the future.

1.2 Ceramic Thin Films

The thickness of a thin film can range from a few micrometers to a few nanometers.
Thin films find extensive utility across multiple uses, ranging from electronic gadgets
to optical coatings. They possess such minimal thickness that they are frequently
regarded as two-dimensional substances. The substance employed to construct a thin
layer of ceramic determines its composition. The process of subjecting non-metallic
minerals to extremely high temperatures result in the formation of ceramics. Subse-
quently, these minerals undergo a process of cooling and solidification, resulting in
the formation of a material that possesses exceptional hardness, high resistance to
heat, and resistance to corrosion. These characteristics are maintained even when
ceramics are made into thin sheets with a thickness of less than a micrometer.
Ceramic thin coatings are mostly made using sputtering technique. The process
includes ionizing a target substance with high-energy particles until its atoms evap-
orate and settle on the target substrate. This procedure allows designers to fabricate
the exact layers required for producing coatings with optical properties and other
parts that need to operate in adverse circumstances and endure significant pressures.

1.3 Thin Film Electro-Ceramics

The formation of oxide films is consistently achieved using several thin-film

approaches, including evaporation, sputtering, laser ablation, chemical vapor deposi-
tion, and sol–gel methods. For these procedures to be used for deposition of multinary
systems, the preparation parameters must be carefully controlled in order to create
thin oxide layers that are stoichiometric [1]. For single oxides like SiO2 , TiO2 , and
Ta2 O5 , a non-vacuum chemical deposition technique called the sol–gel thin film
Thin Film Preparation of Electro Ceramics 149

process has been under development since 1950. The thin-film technique is notable
for its ability to deposit multicomponent oxide systems with different compositions
and consistent dopant concentration [2–4]. The growing need for thin-film devices
has also led to the advancement of sol–gel methods for dielectric thin films.
Hennings et al. [4] used a modified sol–gel technique to apply perovskite films
with a regulated concentration of acceptor or donor dopants onto silicon substrates.
This procedure relies on the breakdown of organometallic materials. Organometallic
materials, such as metal alkoxides, metal carboxylates, or metal acetylacetonates, are
dissolved in an organic solvent and applied onto different substrates, which includes
Si-single-crystal substrates with a thin Pt layer on top, employing a spin coating or
dip-coating technique.
At temperatures ranging from 500 to 700 °C, the organic molecules undergo
decomposition, resulting in the formation of thin oxide layers. Perovskite films can
be deposited by using many deposition and firing cycles, resulting in thicknesses
ranging from a few micrometers to several micrometers. The thin layers produced
with this sol–gel technique at low temperatures are characterized by a single phase
and exhibit crystallization with the perovskite arrangement. The perovskite films
were made and their grain size was assessed to be between 30 and 90 nm using
X-ray diffraction analysis (XRD) and scanning electron microscopy (SEM).
The sol–gel thin film procedure is a chemical method that does not require a
vacuum to create thin films. Thin film electro-ceramics are important components in
various electrical and optical equipment that are now being produced or are under
development. Ceramic films serve several functions in electronic components, such
as providing mechanical support, acting as diffusion barriers, serving as interme-
diary layers in epitaxial development (buffer layers), and functioning as dielectrics
[5]. Common dielectric materials used in integrated circuits include silica and silicon
nitride. Ferroelectric ceramics are at present garnering significant attention due to
their applications as non-volatile memory components, pyroelectric thermal imager
detectors, actuators, and piezoelectric devices. The common materials used in this
group consist of lead titanate doped with lanthanum and zirconium, also known as
PLZT. Perovskite superconductors, such as YBa2 Cu3 O7 -x, are intricately connected.
Thin film electro-ceramics are utilized in electrical gas sensor devices, such as tin
oxide for the detection of carbon monoxide. Additionally, they are being combined
with circuits that run on standard substrates. In optical uses, ceramic films can
be classified as either active or passive, similar to their counterparts in electronic
applications. Researchers are currently working on creating active ceramic films for
non-linear optical equipment, including thin film lasers like Ti-doped sapphire and
electro-optic switches like lithium niobate. Epitaxial or strongly orientated films are
necessary for these applications. Indium-doped tin oxide is extensively utilized as
the transparent electrode, whereas thin film electrochromic ceramics are now being
researched for the purpose of creating “smart” windows. Commonly used materials
include silica and titania arranged in multilayer stacks with precise thickness and
homogeneity. Thin film electro-ceramics encompass a wide range of examples.
150 S. Kandasamy et al.

(i) Ferroelectric lead titanate

Ferroelectric materials have an inherent electric dipole moment without the need
for an external electric field. In order to do that it is necessary for the crystal structure
to be non-centrosymmetric and possess a polar axis. The stability of the ferroelectric
phase is limited to temperatures below a critical point known as the Curie temperature
(Tc). Above Tc, the crystal becomes centrosymmetric and exhibits electrical para
magnetism. Ferroelectrics, similar to ferromagnetic materials, possess microstruc-
tural regions where the polar direction is consistent. When examining the relationship
between polarization and applied field, hysteresis loops can be observed. An example
of a ferroelectric oxide is the perovskite BaTiO3 , which exhibits a Curie tempera-
ture (TC) of 120 °C. At temperatures above the Curie temperature (TC), the crystal
structure is cubic and exhibits paraelectric behavior. However, below TC, the Ti4+
ions undergo displacement from their center location within their coordination octa-
hedron towards one of the six coordinating 02 - ions. The outcome is the emergence
of a dipole moment and a reduction in symmetry to tetragonal. The arrangement of
perovskite is just one of several structures that can undergo this type of transfor-
mation. Additionally, the shift to the ferroelectric phase gives rise to several other
beneficial characteristics, including piezoelectricity, pyroelectricity, electro-optical
activity, and non-linear optical activity. Therefore, ferroelectric ceramics possess
great appeal for their utilization in a diverse range of electrical, electro-mechanical,
electro-optical, and non-linear optical systems. The diverse range of actions exhibited
by these materials provides significant advantages, yet it can also lead to challenges
as devices often aim to harness a certain property while minimizing undesired side
effects. For instance, in a pyroelectric image sensor, a substantial pyroelectric coef-
ficient is necessary. However, if the piezoelectric coefficient is likewise elevated, the
device will exhibit sensitivity to stress and function as a microphone. Hence, while
choosing the substance for a specific purpose, it is necessary to minimize unde-
sired sensitivities while maximizing the desired ones. The competing criteria can be
optimized by substituting suitable dopants into the fundamental crystal.
(ii) Lead titanate thin films
Various methods have been employed to produce thin ceramic films, and a majority
of these approaches have been tested on ferroelectric ceramics. AEA Technology
has conducted research on sol–gel process and reactive sputtering, that are currently
the most commonly used methods for producing ferroelectric ceramics. Sol–gel
processing involves applying a liquid colloidal dispersion (known as the sol) onto a
substrate and allowing it to dry into a solid layer (known as the gel). This gel is then
subjected to heat treatment to breakdown and densify it, resulting in the formation of
the final ceramic material. The process of dehydrating lead acetate was initiated by
subjecting it to reflux in methoxyethanol. Subsequently, the substance was treated
with titanium isopropoxide, resulting in the formation of a presumed mixed alkoxide
complex (compounds with the general formula R-0-M-0-M”-OR, where R represents
an alkyl group) consisting of lead and titanium. The mixed alkoxide underwent partial
hydrolysis upon the incorporation of dilute nitric acid, resulting in the formation of
Thin Film Preparation of Electro Ceramics 151

Fig. 1 SEM micrograph

depicting the multicoating of
a lead titanate film using the
sol–gel process [5]

polymeric molecules dispersed in a solution. The dispersion was deposited onto

platinum-coated silicon substrates using spin coating at a speed of 2000 revolutions
per minute in a clean facility with a class 100 rating. The desiccated gel film was
subsequently transformed into an oxide film using a heating process at either 600 or
700 °C for a duration of 15 min. Figure 1 displays the scanning electron micrograph
of a film’s cross section. The thickness of the ferroelectric film obtained from a single
coating is around 200 nm. Therefore, films with a thickness of approximately 1 μm
must be formed through the process of repeated coating.
Sputter deposition offers the benefit of being a dry method compared to solgel.
However, it presents challenges in controlling the film’s stoichiometry. To attain
precise control over the Pb/Ti ratio in the film, we conducted a study on reactive
sputter deposition. This involved employing two metal targets, one made of Pb and the
other of Ti, which were independently regulated. The deposition process took place
in an atmosphere including oxygen. The substrate holder may also be elevated to a
temperature of 1000 °C, while concurrently applying a radio frequency biased signal
to facilitate the bombardment of the developing film by low-energy ions originating
from the cathode plasma. This bombardment facilitates the compaction of the film at
temperatures that are lower compared to previous methods. The ambient gas pressure
consisted of a mixture of 25% oxygen and argon, with a pressure of 5 millitorr. The
ion source had the capability to either clean the substrate prior to deposition or serve
as an alternative source of ions during the formation of the film. The ratio of Pb/Ti
was closely regulated to be about equal to one by adjusting the power provided to
each metal cathode.
152 S. Kandasamy et al.

2 Preparation of Thin Film Electro Ceramics

2.1 Preparation of Pb(Zr, Ti)O3 Thin Films by Sol Gel

Method

Figure 2 depicts the flow diagram outlining the process of preparing stock solutions
and films employing a sol gel method. The selection of precursor chemicals and
solvent for this procedure was determined by the following criteria: The compounds
must possess a substantial amount of metal, exhibit a high level of solubility in
the chosen solvent, undergo thermal decomposition without vaporizing, and demon-
strate chemical compatibility with one another. The solvent must possess the appro-
priate boiling point, viscosity, and surface tension. The resulting solution should
exhibit a significant amount of the required constituents and demonstrate stability
under normal environmental conditions. The precursor materials employed were
lead acetate (Pb(CH3 COO)23 H2 O), zirconium propoxide (Zr(C3 H7 O)4 ), and titanium
isopropoxide (Ti[(CH3 )2 CHO)4 ], taking into account these factors [6]. Solvents such
as glacial acetic acid, distilled water, or propanol were utilized. Ethylene glycol was
employed as an addition to mitigate cracking and enhance the surface uniformity of
the films.

2.1.1 Preparation of Solution

The lead acetate was mixed in hot acetic acid at a ratio of 2 g of lead acetate per 1 ml of
acetic acid. The solution was raised to a temperature of 10 degrees Celsius to eliminate
water. The dehydrated solution was brought down to a temperature lower than 80 °C
before to the sequential addition of the necessary amounts of zirconium propoxide
and titanium isopropoxide. The addition of zirconium propoxide is necessary as it
undergoes a reaction with acetic acid to produce a solution that is resistant to hydrol-
ysis. Subsequently, this solution effectively inhibits the hydrolysis and condensation
of titanium isopropoxide upon its addition. When titanium isopropoxide is introduced
first, it undergoes a reaction with acetic acid resulting in the development of either
mono or diacetylates. Additionally, condensation takes place leading to the produc-
tion of polytitanyl acetylates. The solution was vigorously mixed with an ultrasonic
cleaner till all the solid particles had completely dissolved. Subsequently, ethylene
glycol was introduced at a ratio of 1 ml per 10 g of lead acetate in solution. Prior to
the addition of glycol, it was necessary to ensure that the initial reaction had fully
completed, as any remaining titanium isopropoxide and zirconium propoxide would
combine with ethylene glycol to produce a solid substance through condensation.
The mixture was diluted using either distilled water or propanol in order to modify
the viscosity and surface tension of the mixture. Lower viscosity solutions led to
the formation of thinner films. The stock solution given in Table 1a is a convenient
method for creating PZT layers with a composition close to the morphotropic phase
boundary.
Thin Film Preparation of Electro Ceramics 153

Fig. 2 Flow diagram for the process of preparing stock solutions and films by sol gel method

Table 1 Chemicals used for

Chemicals Quantities
the stock solution for a) PZT
film with Zr/Ti = 53.5/46.5 (a) PZT thin film
and b for alumina thin film Lead acetate Pb (CH3 COO)2 .3H2 O 12.00 g
Acetic acid CH2 COOH 6 ml
Zirconium propoxide Zr(C3 H7 O)4 5.54 g
Titanium isopropoxide Ti[(CH3 )2 CHO]4 2.18 g
Ethylene glycol OHCH2 CH2 OH 1.2 ml
Distilled water H2 O 6 ml
(b) Alumina thin film
Aluminium isopropoxide Al[(CH3 )2 CHO]3 4.00 g
Nitric acid HNO3 5 ml
Ethylene glycol OHCH2 CH2 OH 4 ml
Propanol CH2 CH2 CH2 OH 4 ml
154 S. Kandasamy et al.

This solution can be used to produce a film that is precisely 1 μm thick. Thinner
films were produced through incorporating a mixture of water and propanol, where
the propanol helped to reduce the surface tension of the solution and enhance the
capacity to evenly cover the substrate. The ultimate solution was purified through
a membrane filter and preserved in a clean tight container. The substance exhibited
stability and a moderate drying rate when exposed to air. When diluted, it formed
films with a thickness ranging from 0.05 to 1 pm.

2.1.2 Coating of Precursor Film and Substrate Surface Treatment

The process involved the application of precursor films onto different substrate
surfaces using spin coating. This was achieved by utilizing a Headway Research
Incorporated photoresist spinner, which was set to a speed of 8500 revolutions per
minute for a duration of 20 s. The thickness of the film was determined by regulating
the concentration and viscosity of the solution containing organometallic substances.
A decrease in concentration results in a more even film surface. When numerous
layers are present, the last layer often has the lowest concentration.
In order to ensure successful film preparation, it was necessary for the film to
be free of any faults or cracks. The production of the film necessitated working in
a controlled atmosphere free from dust and meticulous focus on ensuring the film
adhered properly. The wet coating and burned film undergo a significant volume
change, resulting in a substantial internal tension. Cracking can occur because to
a mismatch in thermal expansion between the film and substrate. If the adhesion
between the film and substrate is sufficiently strong, the internal stress will be evenly
distributed throughout the film and there will be no stress concentrations caused by
areas of weak adhesion. As a result, the films will not develop cracks during firing
and the internal stress will be partially relieved during annealing.
The substrates utilized encompassed fused quartz, borosilicate glass, Corning
7509 glass covered with a stannic oxide-based transparent conducting layer, mica,
silicon wafers, and stainless-steel plates. Conductive glass facilitated the attainment
of crack-free surface coatings, whereas the creation of even the thinnest film on fused
quartz was challenging. Such substrates necessitated a specific surface treatment. The
substrates underwent boiling in water and detergent, followed by a final rinsing in
distilled water. Ultrasound and vapor degreasing in methanol effectively eliminated
organic impurities. Next, the substrate was thoroughly washed in boiling filtered
distilled water and dried using filtered nitrogen.
Before the PZT layer was placed onto the surface, a thin intermediate layer was
used to improve the film’s adherence to the substrate. The following layers were
analyzed for this purpose: Al2 O3 , MgO, ZrO2 , and TiO2 . The compound Al2 O3
exhibited superior characteristics, as it possessed chemical stability, transparency,
and was readily manufacturable using sol gel processing. A solution of aluminum
nitrate was diluted with a mixture of ethylene glycol and propanol to create the
alumina precursor solution. A mixture of 4 g of aluminum isopropoxide and 5 ml
of nitric acid was prepared. 4 ml of propanol and ethylene glycol were incorporated
Thin Film Preparation of Electro Ceramics 155

to the mixture after the process had finished. The final composition is outlined in
Table 1b. The substrate was heated to a temperature ranging from 400 to 600 °C
before the resulting mixture was spin coated onto it at 8500 rpm for 20 s. The Al2O3
film, as it was initially burned, did not exhibit any distinguishable x-ray diffraction
peaks, suggesting that it had an amorphous structure. The alumina layers exhibited
satisfactory clarity and transparency. The observation of the enhancement in film
adhesion is noted.

2.1.3 Firing of Precursor Film

The fire process, which involves the conversion of an organic precursor film into an
inorganic ceramic film through the pyrolysis of inorganic metallic compounds, is
the crucial stage in the preparations. The firing sequence has an impact on various
aspects of the film, including film breaking, structure of the crystal, size of grain,
transparency, and roughness of the surface. The process is intricate, including a
sequence of physicochemical processes. The procedure can be described by the
following:
(i) The solvents undergo evaporation, resulting in a significant alteration in volume
and the development of internal tension. This phenomenon takes place within
the temperature range of ambient temperature to 250 °C.
(ii) Lead acetate undergoes dehydration, melting, and decomposition. During this
phase, the dry film undergoes rehydration, causing the organic molecules to
initiate decomposition. The internal stress is reduced, allowing for the ongoing
volume change of the film. Upon reaching the last stage, the organic film
undergoes a transformation into a fine blend of lead, titanium, zirconium oxides,
and unbound carbon.
(iii) At elevated temperatures, the carbon that is not bound to other elements under-
goes oxidation, resulting in the conversion of the mixture of oxides into a trans-
parent and structureless PZT film. Knowing and managing these intersecting
physicochemical interactions are crucial in the process of film preparation.
The elevated boiling point and substantial latent heat of vaporization of ethy-
lene glycol increase the temperature at which the solution evaporates in stage (i)
approaching the temperature at which it transforms into a molten state in stage
(ii) This preserves the movement of atoms and drastically reduces the possibility
of cracking. Increasing the firing temperature additionally decreases this latency.
Films can be heated either by using an oven or by laying the material on a heated
surface. In the latter instance, the fired film experiences fewer fractures due to
the substrate temperature exceeding the film temperature and the subsequent rapid
increase in temperature. As the wet film undergoes pyrolysis and solidifies on the
heated expanded substrate, it tends to generate compressive or reduced tensile stress
upon cooling. Nevertheless, there are physical constraints regarding the discharge rate
and temperature. For thick films, the temperature range in which they can be heated
without any negative effects is between 350 and 500 °C. As the firing temperature
156 S. Kandasamy et al.

increases above this range, the films start to lose their transparency and become milky
in appearance. The reason was the formation of porosity due to quick evaporation of
solvents and the decomposition of ligands in the organometallic compounds.

2.1.4 Annealing

As-fired films are predominantly amorphous in nature. Annealing is performed with

the aim of inducing a transformation in the amorphous structure, leading to the
formation of the perovskite structure. The procedure involved utilizing a temper-
ature–time profile where the annealing temperature was gradually increased, then
held at a steady temperature for a maximum of 6 h, and thereafter decreased in
2-h increments until reaching room temperature. All films in the current investiga-
tion underwent annealing using this specific profile, which involved being held at a
temperature of 600 °C for a duration of 6 h.

2.2 Preparation of Indium Tin Oxide (ITO) Thin Films

Prepared by a Spin Coating Process

The primary materials utilized were tin (IV) isopropoxide, indium (III) acetylace-
tonate, and 2-methoxyethanol [7]. The weight ratio of Sn to In was set at 8 wt%.
The weight loss and exothermic reaction characteristics of the precursor solution,
which contains the sources of Indium (In) and Tin (Sn), were determined using
thermogravimetric-differential thermal analysis (TG–DTA). For the film deposition,
clean soda-lime silicate glass plates measuring 200 mm × 200 mm × 1 mm were
utilized as substrates. The precursor solution, which contained sources of In and Sn,
was applied to the substrate through a repeated procedure of spinning (500 rpm for
10 s and 2000 rpm for 20 s) and drying. This process was performed five times.
The solvent in the combined solution was eliminated using the process of drying at a
temperature of 150 °C for a duration of 10 min. The ITO thin films underwent a firing
process in air at temperatures ranging from 450 to 600 °C for a duration of 30 min.
Subsequently, they were cooled to room temperature and annealed at temperatures
between 500 and 600 °C for another 30 min, this time under an atmosphere of Ar.
Furthermore, the annealed ITO thin films underwent etching using 0.1 N HCl for a
duration of 5–60 s.
Thin Film Preparation of Electro Ceramics 157

2.3 Preparation of Indium Tin Oxide Ultra-Thin Films

Prepared by Jet Nebulizer Spray Pyrolysis Technique

The jet nebulizer spray pyrolysis equipment as shown in (Fig. 3) comprises a jet nebu-
lizer spraying unit, a substrate holder equipped with a heater, and an air compressor.
In order to create thin films of tin doped indium oxide, a solution is prepared by
dissolving indium (III) chloride (InCl3) in 100 mL of double distilled water, resulting
in a 0.4 M starting solution. Tin doping was carried out by introducing tin (II) chlo-
ride dihydrates (SnCl2 ·2H2 O) into the initial solution. To achieve a transparent and
uniform solution, a small amount of acetic acid was added. The concentration of
doping in the solution was systematically adjusted, ranging from 0 to 30 weight
percent in intervals of 10 weight percent. The mixture was agitated at a uniform
velocity for 1 h using a magnetic stirrer. Before the deposition, glass substrates of 1
square inch were sequentially cleaned with acetone, isopropyl alcohol, and distilled
water for a duration of 15 min using an ultrasonicator.
The temperature of the substrate during each deposition was maintained at 500 °C
under ambient air conditions. The solution that had been created was applied onto the
heated substrate using a jet nebulizer. The solution was sprayed at a rate of 0.5 mL/
min, with compressed air being used as the carrier gas. The nebulizer was positioned
at a distance of 5 cm from the surface of the substrate. An X-ray diffractometer (XRD)
equipped with the analytical system and Cu K1 radiation (k = 1.54056A) was used
to investigate the structural properties of spray coated ITO films. The compounds
Li2 CO3 , BaCO3 , La2 O3 (previously dried at 900 °C for 12 h in the presence of air)
and Ta2 O5 were utilized in the production of the Li6 BaLa2 Ta2 O12 material in large

Fig. 3 Schematic diagram of jet nebulizer apparatus [8]

158 S. Kandasamy et al.

Table 2 PLD process

Gas atmosphere Oxygen
parameters [8]
Pressure (Pa) 5
Temperature (°C) 550
Laser fluence (j/cm2 ) 2
Laser frequency (Hz) 10
Number of laser pulses 40,000
Target/substrate distance/mm 45

quantities. The initial components were combined in the correct proportion, along
with an excess of 10 mol% of the lithium source, relative to the amount of lithium
present (with an additional 5 mol% excess of Li2 CO3 ), in order to account for any
loss of lithium caused by volatile substances. Following the first manual blending
process in an agate mortar, the raw materials underwent a 10-h ball milling process
at 160 rpm in a zirconia grinding bowl containing zirconia spheres (diameter 3 mm)
immersed in isopropanol. Subsequently, the powder underwent drying using a rotary
evaporator and was then subjected to calcination in a Heraeus chamber furnace at a
temperature of 750 °C for a duration of 6 h in air.
Following an additional ball milling process under identical conditions, the
mixture was subjected to a temperature of 1000 °C for a duration of 12 h in an
atmospheric air. The acquired substance was subjected to further milling, following
the aforementioned procedure, and subsequently compressed into a pellet. First, the
pellet was subjected to uniaxial pressing at a pressure of 12.5 MPa. Then, it was
further compacted using cold isostatic pressing at a pressure of 400 MPa. The pellet
that was obtained was coated with powder of identical composition and then subjected
to sintering at a temperature of 1000 °C for a duration of 4 h. The sintering process
took place in an Al2 O3 crucible that was exposed to the surrounding atmosphere. The
diameter and thickness of the received pellet was 8 mm and 3.2 mm respectively.
Furthermore, a PLD target was created using the same method mentioned earlier,
with the addition of 5 mol% of Li2 O during the final milling stage to account for
the loss of lithium over the PLD process. For the PLD procedure, a KrF-Laser was
utilized, which had a pulse duration of 25 ns and a wavelength of λ = 248 nm. Table 2
provides the parameters utilized for the ablation of the Li6 BaLa2 Ta2 O12 target.

2.4 Thin Film Preparation by Spray Pyrolysis

The process of thin-film deposition, utilizing the spray pyrolysis method, includes
the application of a solution of metal salts onto a heated substrate as shown in
(Fig. 4). Droplets collide with the substrate surface, expanding into a disc-shaped
formation, and undergo thermal breakdown. The morphology and dimensions of the
disk are contingent upon the droplet’s momentum, volume, and the temperature of
Thin Film Preparation of Electro Ceramics 159

Fig. 4 Schematic representation of spray pyrolysis equipment [9]

the substrate. As a result, the film is often made up of metal salt disks that overlap
and are transformed into oxides on the surface that is heated.
Spray pyrolysis encompasses a multitude of procedures that occur either concur-
rently or in a specific order. Key factors include aerosol formation and dispersion,
solvent drying, droplet collision resulting in spreading, and precursor breakdown.
All of the processes mentioned involve the deposition temperature, with the excep-
tion of aerosol generation. Hence, the substrate’s surface temperature is the primary
factor that governs the film’s shape and characteristics. By elevating the tempera-
ture, the film’s morphology can transition from a cracked to a porous microstructure.
The deposition temperature has been identified as the most critical spray pyrolysis
characteristic in numerous research. By altering the deposition temperature, the char-
acteristics of deposited films can manipulate and regulated. In the case of zinc oxide
films, this temperature adjustment directly impacts their optical and electrical prop-
erties [10]. The films with the lowest electrical resistance were created by depositing
an aqueous solution of zinc acetate at a temperature of 490 °C. This process led to
enhanced crystallinity. Additionally, films prepared at temperatures of 420 and 490 °C
exhibited high transmission rates (90–95%) in the visible range. This phenomenon
can be related to a reduction in the thickness of the film and an enhancement in the
uniformity of its structure.
Indium oxide coatings doped with fluorine were analyzed in terms of their depo-
sition temperature, dopant concentration, air flow rate, and film thickness in relation
to their physical properties [11]. The deposition temperature has been determined
to have a significant impact on the film structures. The degree of preferred (4 0
0) direction expands as the film thickness develops. Electrostatic spray deposition
was utilized to deposit thin films of yttria-stabilized terbia doped with terbium [12].
The manipulation of the deposition variables and solution compositions allowed for
precise control over the surface morphology. The film’s morphology changed from
an extremely dense to a significantly porous structure by elevating the deposition
temperature. Thus far, only basic models regarding the mechanics of spray deposi-
tion and film development have been devised. The multitude of processes that take
place during film production via spray pyrolysis, whether occurring sequentially or
160 S. Kandasamy et al.

concurrently, are too complex to be accurately modelled in a simple manner. These

include atomization of the precursor solution, transport and evaporation of droplets,
distribution of the precursor salt onto the substrate, drying, and decomposition. With
knowledge of these processes will aid in the enhancement of film quality. The process
of thin-film deposition via spray pyrolysis consists of three primary stages: precursor
solution atomization, resultant aerosol transportation, and precursor decomposition
on the substrate.

2.5 Barium Titanate Thin Films by Chemical Solution

Deposition

An equimolar mixture of titanium isopropoxide, mixed with glacial acetic acid,

and acetylacetone, which was used as the chelating agent, was utilized to produce a
precursor solution. The concentrated solution was reduced to a concentration of 0.3 M
using methanol and diethanolamine (DEA). The use of diethanolamine enhances the
process of strain relaxation during removal, hence promoting enhanced morphology
[13]. After spin-coating 18 m thick bare copper foils with the precursor solution
at 3000 rpm for 30 s, the foils were dried on heated plates at 250 °C for 7 min.
The technique was iterated until the appropriate thickness was attained, with 3–
4 layers being applied in this instance. The films were subjected to annealing at
a temperature of 900 °C for a duration of 30 min. This process took place in an
environment composed of a mixture of high-quality nitrogen and hydrogen. The
forming gas used in this process was passed through water at a temperature of 25 °C.
These circumstances are enough to create an atmosphere with a total pressure of
one atmosphere and a partial pressure of oxygen (pO2 ) of 10–9 atmospheres. The
film thickness obtained after the firing process was 0.6 μm. A controlled oxidation
anneal was conducted at a temperature of 600 °C in a vacuum environment, with a
deliberate addition of oxygen at a total pressure of approximately 10–7 atm O2 , over
a duration of 30 min. Platinum electrodes with a surface area of approximately 10–4
cm2 and a thickness of 100 nm were created using DC magnetron sputtering, using
a shadow mask for deposition.
Figure 5 displays an X-ray diffraction pattern of a standard BaTiO3 sample that
was produced on copper foil. The pattern displays narrow peak widths, arbitrary
alignment, and a minimal, even background noise level. The characteristics correlate
more closely with meticulously produced ceramic material rather than conventionally
produced thin films. Figure 5 demonstrates that the crystallization procedure does
not yield any Cu2 O or CuO phases. The outcome is anticipated by thermodynamic
computations of the Cu–O2 Cu2 O system at a temperature of 900 °C and an oxygen
partial pressure (pO2 ) below 10–9 atm [15].
It is important to mention that the area detector utilized has a remarkably high
sensitivity in identifying poor crystalline or low volume fraction second phases.
Therefore, if there are no scattering events detected that cannot be attributed to Cu
Thin Film Preparation of Electro Ceramics 161

Fig. 5 XRD pattern of a 3

layer (∼0.6 μm) BaTiO3
film on 18 μm thick Cu-foil
[14]

or BaTiO3 , it strongly suggests the presence of a sharp Cu/BaTiO3 interface across

a significant sampling area.
Figure 6a depicts a topographic image of the surface of a BaTiO3 sheet, which
was obtained by employing atomic force microscopy with a scan size of 5 μm by
5 μm. The observed surface microstructure comprises equiaxed granules, which vary
in diameter from 0.1 to 0.3 μm, with a mean value of 0.2 μm. Figure 6b displays a
transmission electron microscope (TEM) image taken under bright field conditions.
This micrograph confirms the presence of equiaxed grain morphology over the whole
thickness of the film. It is notable to observe that the BaTiO3 layer appears to be nearly
divided along a particle boundary [15, 16]. These findings indicate that crystallization
takes place at two interfaces of the film. The growth continued until the separate
fronts converge at the center of the film, and the influence of the number of organic
layers applied is minimal. As a consequence, the film has an average thickness
of two grains. It is important to mention that this observation contradicts previous
analyses, which indicated that homogenous nucleation was the preferable process for
the crystallization of BaTiO3 thin films [5, 16]. The variation is believed to arise, at
least in part, from the utilization of a strongly reducing environment for the extraction
of organic matter and the formation of BT layers. The high-resolution transmission
electron microscopy (TEM) analysis indicates the absence of any interfacial phases
at the interface between BaTiO3 and copper.

2.6 Hydrothermal Synthesis of Thin Films of Barium

Titanate Ceramic Nano-Tubes

Commercially acquired polycrystalline Ti substrates made of metal with a purity

of 99.99% and dimensions of 50 × 50 × 0.25 mm3 were polished on one side to
achieve a finish of 0.05 μm using standard metallography methods. The substrates
were subsequently anodised using the conventional process. The anodization process
162 S. Kandasamy et al.

Fig. 6 a AFM surface image of a BaTiO3 thin film deposited on Cu-foil and b TEM micrograph
of a cross-sectioned BaTiO3 thin film deposited on Cu-foil [14]

took place in a stirred aqueous bath containing a 1.5 wt% solution of hydrofluoric
acid (HF) at a temperature of 16 °C. A direct-current power source was utilized to
provide a voltage of 20 V over the anode, made of Ti-substrate, and the cathode,
consisting of a Pt-sheet, with a separation distance of 10 mm, for a duration of 20–
30 min. Distilled water was subsequently used to rinse the anodized substrates. The
anodized substrates were promptly moved to a hydrothermal vessel, specifically a
Teflon-lined stainless steel acid-digestion reactor or “bomb,” which was filled with a
0.1 M Ba(OH)2 (pH = 13.2) solution in water that was free of CO2 . The vessel was
filled up to 70% of its 45-mL capacity. To prevent the introduction of settling powder
or debris into the thin films, a holder was used to retain the substrates vertically in
the center of the vessel. Subsequently, the vessel was subjected to a temperature of
200 °C in a forced-air convection oven for a duration of 80 min. The substrates were
extracted from the vessel, washed, dried, and analyzed. Controlled hydrothermal
studies were conducted on Ti metal substrates that were either as-polished or had
a uniform, thin surface coating of titanium oxide (without any nano-tubes). The
latter was accomplished by subjecting the as-polished Ti substrates to oxidation in
a 1 M H2 SO4 solution for a duration of 60 min. The aforementioned substrates
underwent similar hydrothermal treatment. The X-ray diffraction (XRD) pattern of a
substrate that underwent anodization and subsequent hydrothermal treatment reveals
the existence of two different stages: alpha Ti metal substrate and crystalline BaTiO3 .
Clamping the films onto the substrate alters their functional characteristics. This field
has been the focus of numerous studies, encompassing both experimental and theoret-
ical approaches. For instance, the response of piezoelectric materials is significantly
affected by the altered boundary conditions. Specifically, the response perpendicular
to the surface is considerably reduced compared to that of bulk ceramics, whilst
the bending response of the sandwich arrangement (consisting of a substrate and
a film) is amplified [17]. The pyroelectric response is altered due to the thermal
Thin Film Preparation of Electro Ceramics 163

expansion imbalance between the substrate and the film, leading to the addition of
a piezoelectric component to the pyroelectric effect. Furthermore, the process of
switching is affected by the substrate. Several investigations have demonstrated that
the strength of non-180° switching is significantly reduced in thin films compared to
the bulk material [18]. Stresses arise as the film is cooled down after sintering due
to a difference in thermal expansion that exists between the substrate and film [19].

2.7 ZrO2 and SiC Ceramic Thin Films Prepared

by Electrostatic Atomization

The electrospray system as depicted in (Fig. 7) consists of a stainless-steel capillary

with a precise inner diameter of 0.23 mm and an outside diameter of 0.51 mm.
An elevated voltage of 4–6 kilovolts was given to the capillary. A concentric ring
electrode, having an inner diameter of 15 mm, was positioned at a distance of 8 mm
from the capillary tip. The electrode was linked to the reference voltage of zero volts.
A metallic container, functioning as an electrode, was connected to the ground. The
ceramic suspensions were introduced into the capillary at a rate of flow ranging from
0.5 to 1.5 ml/h, utilizing a Harvard 11 syringe pump. The silicon and Cr-Fe alloy
substrate were electrically connected to the ground and placed 10 mm below the ring
to capture droplets during the deposition process.
The initial and crucial step in electrospray deposition is the preparation of the
ceramic suspension, as the characteristics of the suspension significantly impact
electrostatic atomization. To achieve a stable cone-jet, it is necessary for the conduc-
tivity of the suspension to be within an appropriate range [10]. The study employed

Fig. 7 Schematic
representation of
electrospray system [20]
164 S. Kandasamy et al.

HYY-3 zirconia powder, characterized by a typical particle size of 0.47 μm, and
fine silicon carbide (SiC) powder with a mean particle size of 1.0 μm. The materials
used in the research were fine silicon carbide (SiC) powder with an average particle
size of 1.0 μm and HYY-3 zirconia powder, which typically has a particle size of
0.47 μm. A suspension of ZrO2 was produced by dispersing 5% by weight of ZrO2
powder in a solution of distilled water and ethanol (Aldrich) in a 1:1 volume ratio.
The SiC suspensions were prepared by dispersing 1.3% by weight of SiC powder
in pure ethanol. The suspensions underwent ultrasonic agitation and electrical stir-
ring using a magnetic bar for a duration of 30 min each. The suspensions exhibited
steady behavior without significant sedimentation for an extended period of time,
providing sufficient duration for the completion of studies. To achieve the deposition
of homogenous and compact thin films, it is necessary to first produce small droplets
of ceramic suspensions. Aerosol can be formed in several modes, including dripping
mode, fully-developed mode, cone-jet mode, and multi-jet mode, under the effect of
varying flow rates and applied potentials. Out of these methods, the cone-jet mode
of electrostatic atomization is the most appropriate technique to fulfill this criterion
since it has the inherent ability to produce uniformly sized small droplets in a regu-
lated manner. Figure 8 depicts a detailed analysis of a standard cone-jet formed under
specific conditions: a flow rate of 0.8 ml/h, a potential of 4.5 kV, and the utilization
of ZrO2 solution.
Based on the image, the diameter of the jet near the apex of the cone was
approximately 4 μm. The jet’s length was determined to be around 200 μm.

Fig. 8 CCD image shows a

close examination of
cone-jet [20]
Thin Film Preparation of Electro Ceramics 165

3 Conclusion

This chapter discusses several procedures employed in the preparation of thin film
electro-ceramics, including the sol–gel method, spin coating, spray pyrolysis, chem-
ical solution deposition, hydrothermal synthesis, and Electrospray system. Different
methods of preparing the substrate and applying a thin layer on its surface improve the
compatibility, making it appropriate for a range of applications such as biomedical,
electronics, and electrical sectors.

References

1. Saenger, K., Roy, R., Etzold, K., et al.: Lead zirconate titanate films produced by pulsed laser
deposition. MRS Online Proc. Libr. (OPL). 200, 115 (1990)
2. Chapin, L.N., Myers, S.A.: Microstructure characterization of ferroelectric thin films used
in non-volatile memories-optical and scanning electron microscopy. MRS Online Proc. Libr.
(OPL). 200, 153 (1990)
3. Budd, K., Dey, S., Payne, D.: The effect of hydrolysis conditions on the characteristics of
PbTiO3 gels and thin films. MRS Online Proc. Libr. (OPL) 72 (1986)
4. Hennings, D., Klee, M., Waser, R.: Advanced dielectrics: bulk ceramics and thin films. Adv.
Mater. 3(7–8), 334–340 (1991)
5. Atkinson, A., Moseley, P.: Thin film electroceramics. Appl. Surf. Sci. 65, 212–219 (1993)
6. Yi, G., Wu, Z., Sayer, M.: Preparation of Pb (Zr, Ti) O3 thin films by sol gel processing:
Electrical, optical, and electro-optic properties. J. Appl. Phys. 64(5), 2717–2724 (1988)
7. Cho, H., Yun, Y.-H.: Characterization of indium tin oxide (ITO) thin films prepared by a sol–gel
spin coating process. Ceram. Int. 37(2), 615–619 (2011)
8. Reinacher, J., Berendts, S., Janek, J.: Preparation and electrical properties of garnet-type
Li6BaLa2Ta2O12 lithium solid electrolyte thin films prepared by pulsed laser deposition.
Solid State Ionics 258, 1–7 (2014)
9. Perednis, D., Gauckler, L.J.: Thin film deposition using spray pyrolysis. J. Electro-
[Link]. 14, 103–111 (2005)
10. Afify, H., Nasser, S., Demian, S.: Influence of substrate temperature on the structural, optical
and electrical properties of ZnO thin films prepared by spray pyrolysis. J. Mater. Sci. Mater.
Electron. 2, 152–156 (1991)
11. Mirzapour, S., Rozati, S., Takwale, M., et al.: Influence of different process parameters on
physical properties of fluorine dopes indium oxide thin films. J. Mater. Sci. 29, 700–707 (1994)
12. Stelzer, N., Schoonman, J.: Synthesis of terbia-doped yttria-stabilized zirconia thin films by
electrostatic spray deposition (ESD). J. Mater. Synth. Process. 4, 429–438 (1996)
13. Dawley, J., Clem, P., Siegal, M., et al.: Improving sol-gel Yba2Cu3O7− δ film morphology
using high-boiling-point solvents. J. Mater. Res. 17(8), 1900–1903 (2002)
14. Ihlefeld, J., Laughlin, B., Hunt-Lowery, A., et al.: Copper compatible barium titanate thin films
for embedded passives. J. [Link]. 14, 95–102 (2005)
15. Hoffmann, S., Waser, R.: Control of the morphology of CSD-prepared (Ba, Sr) TiO3 thin films.
J. Eur. Ceram. Soc. 19(6–7), 1339–1343 (1999)
16. Schwartz, R.W., Clem, P.G., Voigt, J.A., et al.: Control of microstructure and orientation in
solution-deposited BaTiO3 and SrTiO3 thin films. J. Am. Ceram. Soc. 82(9), 2359–2367 (1999)
17. Lefki, K., Dormans, G.: Measurement of piezoelectric coefficients of ferroelectric thin films.
J. Appl. Phys. 76(3), 1764–1767 (1994)
18. Trolier-McKinstry, S., Shepard, J., Jr., Lacey, J., et al.: Piezoelectricity in ferroelectric thin
films: domain and stress issues. Ferroelectrics 206(1), 381–392 (1998)
166 S. Kandasamy et al.

19. Setter, N.: Electroceramics: looking ahead. J. Eur. Ceram. Soc. 21(10–11), 1279–1293 (2001)
20. Miao, P., Balachandran, W., Xiao, P.: Characterization of ZrO 2 and SiC ceramic thin films
prepared by electrostatic atomization. J. Mater. Sci. 36, 2925–2930 (2001)
Fundamental Characterization
Techniques: Impedance and Modulus
Spectroscopy

Uma Sharma, Vani Pawar, and Prabhakar Singh

Abstract Impedance spectroscopy (IS) is one of the effective experimental tech-

niques employed for investigating the electrical characteristics of materials and
systems over a broad range of frequencies. Its adaptability makes it invaluable
in numerous fields, including electrochemistry, material science, electronics, and
biophysics. This technique is used to study the dynamics of bound and mobile charges
within the bulk or interfacial regions of diverse solid and liquid materials like ionic,
mixed ionic-electronic, semiconducting, and dielectrics. By analyzing the electrical
response over a range of frequencies, these techniques provide valuable insights into
the materials’ electrical properties, conductivity, dielectric behavior, and other rele-
vant parameters. Modulus (M) is one of the important measured quantities related to
impedance (Z) to study the small signal measurement with respect to frequency and
known as modulus spectroscopy. These are interconnected like—
Complex impedance, Z ∗ = Z  − iZ  = iωC10 ε∗
Electric Modulus M ∗ = M  + iM  = 1/ε∗ , where, ω = 2πf.
For the study of electro-ceramics complex Z ∗ and M ∗ are mostly used. In a poly-
crystalline ceramic, for the study of grains, grain boundaries, and electrodes, these
can be represented by the equivalent circuit in which Resistors (R) and Capacitors
(C) are connected in parallel. Consequently, in a polycrystalline electroceramic, both
the properties, the dielectric and electrical, have contributions from bulk or grains,
grain boundaries, and electrode polarization.
This chapter will commence by providing an introduction to the fundamentals
of impedance and modulus spectroscopy, followed by an explanation of impedance
in electrical circuits. Further, we’ll discuss the Jonscher’s Power law, Nyquist, and
Bode plot representation of the impedance/modulus of an electrical circuit. In the
concluding section of this chapter, we will delve into some examples that are closely
related to both spectroscopy techniques.

U. Sharma · P. Singh (B)

Department of Physics, Indian Institute of Technology (Banaras Hindu University), Varanasi,
Varanasi 221005, India
e-mail: [Link]@[Link]
V. Pawar
Center for Nano Science and Engineering, Indian Institute of Science, Bangalore,
Karnataka 560012, India

© The Author(s), under exclusive license to Springer Nature Singapore Pte Ltd. 2024 167
U. Kumar (ed.), Defects Engineering in Electroceramics for Energy Applications,
Engineering Materials, [Link]
168 U. Sharma et al.

Keywords Impedance spectroscopy · Modulus spectroscopy · Electroceramic

1 Introduction

Complex plane analysis is a widely recognized and powerful method that has
been used extensively in studying dielectric and semiconducting properties of the
materials. The impedance has frequently been designed as the AC impedance or
complex impedance. It expresses the circuit’s capability to resist the passage of elec-
trical current. Impedance spectroscopy (IS) examines a specific material’s electrical
behavior and is subsequently analysed within the frequency domain [1].
A piece of ceramic consists of numerous tiny crystallites within grains that connect
arbitrarily, forming grain boundaries. Ceramic assembly may be described as a grain-
grain boundary-electrode system for the purpose of device application. These grain
and grain boundary properties are distinctive and influenced by factors like heating–
cooling rates, atmosphere, and initial ingredients during processing. Manipulating
these variables allows for achieving the desired properties in the chosen material.
In barrier layer capacitors (BLCs), the high permittivity could relate to the effects
of the sample’s area and the grain, grain boundaries related to the thin layer. The
capacitance (C) of a single-layer device is represented as—

C = εo εr A (1.1)

where εr represents the dielectric material’s relative permittivity, A is the area with
thickness [2, 3].
The analysis of the electrical microstructure involves impedance spectroscopy
(IS) to examine bulk properties, grain boundary, and sample electrodes. This method
measures the material response to applied sinusoidal voltage at different frequencies.
Various phenomena occur at distinct frequency ranges. Lattice vibrations occurred at
the infrared frequency while long-range ionic conduction was observed at frequencies
where ions hop due to variation in electric field, pausing at certain points before
hopping again. Thin interfaces, such as those found at sample electrodes, grains, and
grain boundaries have a capacitive effect that measures the polarization effectively.
These interactions combine lattice polarization with ionic or electronic transport
across the sample and are often described as the R–C elements that are connected
in parallel or series to each other in an equivalent circuit. The frequency spectrum
identifies these phenomena by examining the magnitude of RC products or relaxation
time, τ , where ωτ = 1 serves as a key identifying factor [2, 4].
In IS, most instruments cover a wide frequency range (ω), typically ranging from
10–2 to 108 Hz, enabling the study of relaxation times (τ ), ranging between 102
and 10−8 s. As many phenomena exhibit temperature dependency, accessing various
conductivity spectrum regions necessitates temperature variation for comprehensive
analysis. Specifically, effects at low frequencies with large τ can be observed at
higher temperatures. At these higher temperatures, the mobility of charge carriers
Fundamental Characterization Techniques: Impedance and Modulus … 169

increases for their relaxation frequencies and falls within the measuring range. Simi-
larly, easily occurring local hops can be investigated by lowering the temperature.
So, characterizing materials through IS offers an investigation into their electrical
microstructure. There are main four impedance functions that are used to study the
electric/dielectric behavior of a system:
Impedance,

Z ∗ = Z  − iZ  , (1.2)

Admittance,

Y ∗ = Y  + iY  = 1/Z ∗ , (1.3)

Modulus,

M ∗ = 1/ε∗ = M  + iM  , (1.4)

Complex dielectric permittivity,

ε∗ = ε − iε , (1.5)

here Co represents the capacitance of empty cell, ω = 2π f is angular frequency,

Z  , M  , and Z  , M  , represents real and imaginary part of corresponding functions.
The AC response of the material can be expressed by any of four formalisms [1, 5].
Impedance analysis can be performed via two different methods:
(i) Complex plane method
(ii) Spectroscopic method
They are valuable tools for investigating defects, microstructure, electrical
conductivity, and surface chemistry in a wide range of materials. It covers diverse
properties from dielectrics and ionic conductors to interfaces involving adsorbate
and adsorbent interactions.
The relation among these parameters can be inscribed as follows-

D2  
Z = 1 + D2 (1.6)
G

Z  = Z  /D (1.7)

D = tanδ (1.8)

Z∗ , Y ∗ , M ∗ are commonly used in the analysis of electronic ceramics. G and D

are conductance and dielectric loss in relation to both frequency and temperature [5].
170 U. Sharma et al.

2 Theory

2.1 Impedance Theory

Unlike direct current (dc), alternating current (AC) can address all polarization
processes by varying its frequency. Generally, impedance (Z) exhibits a linear
response when measured across a wide frequency range, from a few millihertz to
Megahertz and resistance under a small 1 mV fluctuation [4]. It is a complex quan-
tity (Z ∗ ) having a real part (Z  ) and imaginary part (Z  ) of impedance (refer to
Fig. 1b):

Z ∗ = Z  − iZ  = 1/(iωCo ε∗ ) (2.1)

Z  = |Z|cosθ (2.2)

Z  = |Z|sinθ (2.3)

with phase angle,

 
−1 Z 
θ = tan (2.4)
Z
 1/2
|Z| = (Z 2 + Z 2 ) (2.5)
√
here, ω = 2π f depicts angular frequency, i = − 1, Co stands for geometrical
capacitance, and mathematically Co = εo a /d , εo = 8.85 × 10−12 , a2 represents the
2

electrode surface area, and d is electrode spacing [6].

Figure 2 summarizes the basic examples of the complex impedance plane. Pure
capacitance is represented as a point along the axis corresponding to the real part

Fig. 1 a AC voltage and current b complex impedance plane

Fundamental Characterization Techniques: Impedance and Modulus … 171

Fig. 2 Z  versus Z  and their equivalent circuit for some simple examples

of impedance (Z  ), with Z  = R. Conversely, pure capacitance observed as a linear

response along the Z  axis. When connecting resistance (R) and capacitance (C) in
series, the impedance maintains a linear profile at Z  = R. However, in a parallel
connection of R and C, known as the RC element, a semicircle appears positioned
with its centre at (R/2, 0) along the Z  axis. The highest point on this semicircle
is related with ωm RC = 1, where RC = τ represents the time constant or relax-
ation time, and ωm denotes the angular frequency where the real part is equal to the
imaginary part of impedance [3].
The relaxation frequency, denoted by fmax = ωm /2π.
Generally, in a polycrystalline sample, grain boundaries have more resistance
and capacitance in comparison to the grain but the relaxation frequency of grain
boundaries is of lesser value than grain. These properties provide the main differ-
ence between grains and grain boundaries. Thus, the RC element contributes as a
fundamental unit in impedance fitting, as explained below [2].
To meet diverse analytical needs, the impedance complex quantity (Z ∗ ) can be
easily convert into other complex quantities like electric modulus (M ∗ ), permittivity
(ε∗ ), admittance (Y ∗ ), complex conductivity (σ ∗ ), and dielectric loss tangent (tanδ).
Like the modulus (M ∗ ) can be derived from impedance (Z ∗ ) as given below-

M ∗ = M  + iM  = iωCo Z ∗ = iωCo (Z  − iZ  ) = iωCo Z  + ωCo Z  (2.6)

tanδ = M  /M  = Z  /Z  = Y  /Y  = ε /ε (2.7)

where, real part of modulus is M  = ωCo Z  , imaginary part of modulus is represented

as M  = ωCo Z  . All the comprehensive relations among complex quantities are
summarized in Table 1.
172 U. Sharma et al.

Table 1 Relation among complex quantities [7]

M∗ Z∗ Y∗ ε∗ σ∗
M∗ M∗ iωCo Z∗ iωCo /Y ∗ 1/ε∗ iωCo /σ ∗
Z∗ M ∗ /iωC o Z∗ 1/Y ∗ 1/iωCo ε∗ εo /σ ∗ Co
Y∗ iωCo /M ∗ 1/Z ∗ Y∗ iωCo ε∗ εo σ ∗ /Co
ε∗ 1/M ∗ 1/iωCo Z ∗ Y ∗ /iωCo ε∗ σ ∗ /iωεo
σ∗
iωεo /M ∗ εo /Co Z ∗ Y ∗ εo /Co iωεo ε∗ σ∗

ε∗ , the complex dielectric permittivity, is directly related to the capacitance which

is used to measure the capacitance of the energy-storage ceramics. The imaginary part
of permittivity (ε ), also termed as loss factor, which measures the loss in material
after applying an external field. Its value is lesser than the real part of permittivity (ε )
and always greater than zero. However, M ∗ and Z ∗ provide distinct perspectives on
associated information. Hence, it becomes essential to weigh the strengths of each
parameter when seeking comprehensive insights from impedance spectroscopy (IS).
Figure 3a depicts the instruments used in the laboratory experiments. Figure 3b
illustrates a simplified impedance measurement setup comprising an impedance
analyser, a computer, a sample fixture, and an external stimulus.
A small AC voltage is applied to the ceramic samples through the impedance anal-
yser to observe their corresponding responses. Various unwanted losses are mitigated
by the sample fixture, which also offers the required external inputs like tempera-
ture, pressure and atmosphere. Meanwhile, the computer controls these inputs to
the fixture and collects data through an impedance analyser. An impedance spec-
trum is obtained for the ionic relaxation and conduction, ranging from low to high
impedance (Z) and traverses a wider frequency range, ranging from low frequencies
to approximately 10 MHz levels [2].

Fig. 3 a Instruments used in the laboratory and b schematics of the measurement setup
Fundamental Characterization Techniques: Impedance and Modulus … 173

The frequency and time domains represent two important methods. Time domain
technology gives the impedance values examines the step response within time
parameters and translates it into impedance values, making it advantageous for
acquiring ultralow-frequency responses. On the other hand, frequency domain tech-
nology captures the phase and amplitude of every frequency response using a
sinusoidal signal, making it preferable for application in higher frequency ranges.

2.2 Impedance and Conductivity Types

Conduction is the primary mode of capacitive energy storage when charge carriers
shift from short-range relaxation to long-range migration greater than 0.5 nm [2].
Electrons, holes, or charged ions contribute to both electronic and ionic conduc-
tivity. Utilizing temperature and frequency-dependent impedance for studying the
conduction mechanism in energy-storage ceramics that considers both temperature
and frequency variations in conductivity. Mathematically, the conductivity (σ ∗ ) can
be estimated from the impedance data as follows:

d Y ∗ (ω)d
σ ∗ (ω) = ∗
= (2.8)
[AZ (ω)] A

where A represents the electrode area and d is space between them.

The conduction mechanism can be understand with the help of both conduction
and modulus spectra. The conductivity (σ ) for polymers, glasses, nanocomposites,
and solids can be described in terms of Jonscher’s power law (JP law) which is also
known as Almond-West equation [8]:
ν η
σ  = σdc + σac = σdc [1 + ( ) ] (2.9)
νh

where, σ  is the real part of conductivity, σdc is the frequency-independent conduc-

tivity, ν depicts the frequency, and νh is hopping frequency. Here, the power-law
exponent is represented by η, and its value lies in the range of 0 to 1. Types of conduc-
tivity can be identified with the help of activation energy. The conductivity estimated
through the impedance is combined form of ionic and electronic conductivities [9].
The samples’ conduction activation energy can be determined by fitting the
conductivity data using the Arrhenius equation:
σo
σdc = exp(−Ea /kT ) (2.10)
T
where σdc represents the frequency independent term, σo is the pre-exponent factor,
and Ea is activation energy. This activation energy depicts the formation and migra-
tion of carriers [8]. This can be graphically obtained using above Eq. (2.10) refer
to Fig. 4a and b. Here, Fig. 4a suggests that conductivity is frequency dependent
174 U. Sharma et al.

Fig. 4 a Log–log plot of conductivity vs frequency at distinct temperatures [10] b logσ dc versus
1000/T of SrTiO3 [10]

and obeys the JP law as given in Eq. (2.9). From this, fitting parameters such as dc
conductivity, hopping frequency, and the exponent can be obtained.

2.3 Impedance and Grain Boundary Relation

The ceramics used for the energy storage consists of a complex structure involving
grains, grain boundaries, pores, and other elements. With the help of the equivalent
circuit, any grain and grain boundary-electrode system can be explained, as depicted
in Fig. 5a. The real and imaginary parts for the equivalent circuit can be estimated
as:
Rb Rgb Rel
Z = +  2 + (2.11)
1 + (ωRb C b ) 2
1 + ωRgb C gb 1 + (ωRel C el )2

ωC b R2b ωC gb Rgb 2
ωC el R2el
Z  = +  2 + (2.12)
1 + (ωRb C b )2 1 + ωRgb C gb 1 + (ωRel C el )2

Here, Rb , Rgb , Rel are resistance and Cb , Cgb , Cel are capacitance of grain, grain
boundary, and the electrode, respectively [2]. But the main issue is that due to
frequency dispersion, we cannot achieve a perfect fit of the impedance data. This has
led to the introduction of impedance element called a constant phase element (CPE)
which describes the fluctuation from the ideal impedance data. Mathematically, it
can be expressed as—
Fundamental Characterization Techniques: Impedance and Modulus … 175

Fig. 5 a Nyquist plot and the equivalent circuit of YGO and doped YGO ceramic sample [13] b
bode plot of Strontium titanate sample [10]

QCPE = QO (iω)1/n (2.13)

where n lies between 0 and 1 and Qo and n are frequency-independent [11].

For n = 0, it shows pure resistive behavior, and for n = 1 shows pure capacitive
nature.
Nyquist Plots—It is the most common way to represent impedance spectra, and
to estimate the useful information from them. It is a complex-impedance plane repre-
sentation, where frequency variation is studied with both the imaginary and real parts
of impedance (refer to Fig. 5a). These types of plots are useful for identifying various
characteristics features exhibited by a system like high and low real axis intercept with
characteristic frequency of an arc, ω. The high-frequency intercept yields Rb , which
are frequency independent contributions, called ohmic resistance. The low-frequency
intercept results in Rb + Rgb , from which Rgb can be determined by subtracting Rb .
The configuration of elements, like several semicircles or low-frequency tail at a 45°,
gives possible indication about the governing kinetic or transport phenomena. These
plots often contain several semicircles, where only a portion of a semicircle is seen.
These semicircles are the characteristics of a single “time-constant” [12].
Bode Plot—It is another representation in which log frequency is plotted on the
x-axis and modulus of impedance (|Z|) on the Y-axis (refer to Fig. 5b). Unlike the
Nyquist plot, the bode plot does show frequency information.
The magnitude and phase angle are depicted as:

|Z| = Z 2 + Z 2 (2.14)
 
−1 Z 
θ = tan (2.15)
Z
176 U. Sharma et al.

Since, |Z| and ν commonly span a wide range of values, they are depicted on log
scales to simplify the analysis. The maximum frequency for |Z| results in Rb , while
the minimum frequency yields Rb + Rgb .
Figure 5a and b represent the Nyquist plot and bode plot of two different mate-
rials, in which the Nyquist plot has been fitted using cole–cole equation. Here, two
semicircular arcs have been observed in Fig. 5a. The semicircle present at the low
frequency is attributed to the grain boundary effect, while the high-frequency semi-
circle represents the bulk effect. It can be combined effect of bulk resistance (Rb )
and constant phase element (CPE). In many ceramic conductors as well as in ioni-
cally conducting composite polymers with ceramic distribution, the grain boundary
conduction has been observed. From the intercept obtained on the real axis (Z  ) of
the semicircular arc, one can estimate the bulk resistance (Rb ) and grain boundary
resistance (Rgb ) values at various temperatures [13].

2.4 Modulus Spectroscopy

At the grain boundaries, the impedance modulus in the polycrystalline ceramics

emphasizes the conductive process, while bulk effects in the frequency region domi-
nate the electric modulus formalism. Valuable information can be derived with the
help of modulus spectroscopy for distinguishing spectral elements of materials that
share similar resistances but vary in capacitance. Another critical aspect of the electric
modulus process is its ability to mitigate the influence of electrodes. Consequently,
the complex electric modulus formalism has favored for these reasons. In the inves-
tigation of dielectric relaxation, studies were conducted using the complex modulus
M ∗ formalism because it is an inverse form of the complex relative permittivity (ε∗ ).
Figure 6 illustrates the variation in both the real (M  ) and imaginary (M  ) part of
modulus across distinct temperatures as a function of frequency [10].

Fig. 6 a Real and b imaginary parts of the complex modulus (M  and M  ) of SrTiO3 on frequency
[10]
Fundamental Characterization Techniques: Impedance and Modulus … 177

Mathematically, M ∗ can be mathematically estimated from the ε∗ or Z ∗ :

M ∗ = 1/ε∗ = iωε0 Z ∗ A/d (2.16)

Here, A is electrode area, d is sample thickness and ε∗ ,ε0 ,Z ∗ represents the complex
permittivity, permittivity in vacuum, and complex impedance, respectively. Here,
Fig. 6a and b represent the change of frequency with the M (real part of modulus) and
M (imaginary part of modulus), at various temperatures. At the lower frequencies
the value of M  is nearly zero suggesting the effect of electrode polarization. Each
peak corresponds to the relaxation with different time constants, and the irregular
shape of peaks suggest the type of relaxation which is non-Debye type [10].
Comprehending both Debye-type and non-Debye type behavior is essential for
analysing the dynamic properties of materials in polymer science, solid-state physics
and materials engineering. Although the Debye type behavior refers to the response
of material with a single relaxation time as predicted by Debye model [7, 14]—

εs − ε∞
ε(ω) = ε∞ + (2.17)
1 + iωτ

here, εs is the static permittivity at lower frequencies (ω → 0) and ε∞ is the permit-

tivity at higher frequencies (ω → ∞). By selecting a range of relaxation times
with appropriate strengths and frequencies, it becomes feasible to characterize the
response of dielectric materials. Additionally, the range of relaxation times has been
suggested as the source of the “constant phase elements” (CPEs) frequently observed
in impedance studies of polymers, ceramic and solid-state physics [6]. Information
regarding modulus and dissipation factor can differentiate dielectric relaxation from
long-range conductivity in frequency dependent plots [14].
By employing a combined study of impedance and modulus spectroscopy, it
becomes possible to comprehend grain boundary and bulk phenomenon in polycrys-
talline ceramics. Here, semiconducting ceramics like BaTiO3 , which is electrically
inhomogeneous material in which the grain-boundary resistance in many ways will
dominate the impedance. Like in Fig. 7a there is no difference from ideal data at high
frequencies [15]. For that case, Modulus spectroscopy or modulus formalism is an
alternative for observing the response of grain boundary and bulk regions. It can be
represented by equations discussed in previous sections.
In Fig. 7b, plots of imaginary part of M and Z with frequency, a single peak
observed in Z  in correspondence with the Fig. 7a but in the M  two peaks identified.
That one peak which is at the higher side of frequency depicts a bulk component
of the sample. Thus, the data presented as Z  and M  spectroscopic plots filtered
the valuable and highlighted features of the sample. So, for the materials those are
uniform and represented by more than one RC elements, M  and Z  spectroscopic
plots shows a markable difference [15].
Complex modulus spectroscopy is used to understand the electrical properties
of the material and studying other impacts present in the sample. Like Impedance
spectroscopy, it is also an important and efficient technique to analyze and measure
178 U. Sharma et al.

Fig. 7 a Nyquist plot, b M  and Z  plot of BaTiO3 ceramics [15]

the various aspects of electrical transport phenomena such as conductivity relaxation

time, ion hopping rate and many more [6].

3 Application

1. To identify whether the primary resistance in a material arises from bulk or grain
boundary components.
2. To assess the quality and electrical uniformity of an electro-ceramic, often
correlated with sintering/microstructure and its AC response.
3. To determine the individual resistances and capacitances of the component.

4 Conclusion

The fundamental principles, adaptability, and the practical applications of impedance

and modulus spectroscopy in analysing electro-materials and solid-state devices have
been examined. Within these materials and devices, impedance spectroscopy has
provided a comprehensive electrical analysis of thin interfacial layers. These are
present within the grain and grain boundaries and the layer in between the elec-
trodes and electrolytes in solid state batteries. Generally, spectroscopic plots reveal
the real or imaginary components of a complex formalism which is used within the
complex plane plots. This overview of impedance and modulus spectroscopy illus-
trates the efficacy and versatility of the technique in characterizing an extensive range
of materials and phenomena.
Fundamental Characterization Techniques: Impedance and Modulus … 179

References

1. Macdonald, D.D.: Reflections on the history of electrochemical impedance spectroscopy 51,

1376–1388 (2006)
2. Zhang, L., Pu, Y., Chen, M.: Complex impedance spectroscopy for capacitive energy-storage
ceramics: a review and prospects 28 (2023)
3. Irvine, B.J.T.S., Sinclair, D.C., West, A.R.: Electroceramics : characterization by impedance
spectroscopy 2(3), 132–138 (1990)
4. Barsoukov, E., Macdonald, R., J.: Impedance spectroscopy theory, experiment, and applica-
tions, Second Edition. John Wiley & Sons (2005)
5. Pawar, V., Kumar, M., Dubey, P.K., Singh, M.K., Sinha, A.S.K., Singh, P.: Influence of synthesis
route on structural, optical, and electrical properties of TiO2. Appl. Phys. A Mater. Sci. Process.
125(9), 1–14 (2019)
6. Bredar, A.R.C., Chown, A.L., Burton, A.R., Farnum, B.H.: Electrochemical impedance spec-
troscopy of metal oxide electrodes for energy applications. ACS Appl. Energy Mater. 3(1),
66–98 (2020)
7. Profile, S.E.E.: Impedance spectroscopy for emerging photovoltaics impedance spectroscopy
for emerging photovoltaics, March 2019 (2019)
8. Singh, P., Raghvendra, Parkash, O., Kumar, D.: Scaling of low-temperature conductivity spectra
of BaSn 1xNbx: Temperature and compositional-independent conductivity. Phys. Rev. B -
Condens. Matter Mater. Phys. 84(17), 1–6 (2011)
9. Zaidi, S.H., Jonscher, A.K.: Cite this article: Andrew K Jonscher. J. Phys. D Appl. Phys. To
32, 57 (1999)
10. Sharma, U., Pawar, V., Singh, P.: Charge particle dynamics and electrochemical behaviour of
SrTiO 3- δ as anode material for IT-SOFC applications. Int. J. Hydrog. Energy 52, 1278–1289
(2024)
11. Morrison, F.D., Jung, D.J., Scott, J.F.: Constant-phase-element (CPE) modeling of ferroelectric
random-access memory lead zirconate-titanate (PZT) capacitors. J. Appl. Phys. 101(9) (2007)
12. Singh, P., Jha, P.K., Jha, P.A., Singh, P.: Science Direct Influence of sintering temperature on
ion dynamics material for SOFC. Int. J. Hydrog. Energy xxxx (2019)
13. Singh, P., Pandey, R., Miruszewski, T., Dzierzgowski, K., Mielewczyk-Gryn, A., Singh, P.:
Signature of oxide-ion conduction in alkaline-earth-metal-doped Y3GaO6. ACS Omega 5(47),
30395–30404 (2020)
14. Gerhardt, R.: Impedance and dielectric revisited: distinguishing from long-range conductivity
55(12), 1491–1506 (1995)
15. Sinclair, D.C.: Cerámica y Vidrio Characterization of electro-materials using ac impedance
spectroscopy 65, 55–66 (1995)
Defect Engineering for Tailoring
Thermoelectric Properties
of Electroceramics

Rajan Walia, Yogendra K. Gautam, Sagar Vikal, Ashwani Kumar,

Paritosh Dubey, and Prashant Shahi

Abstract The field of thermoelectric materials has garnered significant attention

due to its potential to revolutionize energy conversion and harvesting technolo-
gies. Delving into the fascinating realm of utilizing defect engineering strategies
to enhance and tailor the thermoelectric properties of Electroceramic materials, this
book explores the intricate relationship between crystal defects and thermoelec-
tric performance. This chapter defines various thermometric, electroceramic, and
2D materials. It provides a comprehensive overview of defect types, their origins,
and their influence on material behavior. With the aid of computational simula-
tions and state-of-the-art experimental methods, defect engineering strategies are
unveiled, enabling precise control over material properties. This chapter highlights
the harnessing of defect engineering principles to unlock the full potential of electro-
ceramics thermoelectric materials. The chapter provides a detailed study of the impact
of defect Engineering on tailoring the thermometric properties of electroceramics,
thermoelectric devices, and energy conversion technologies.

Keywords Thermoelectric materials · Electroceramics · Thermometric

properties · Crystal defects · Defect engineering · Energy conversion

R. Walia
Department of Physics, University of Allahabad, Prayagraj 211002, Uttar Pradesh, India
Y. K. Gautam (B) · S. Vikal
Smart Materials and Sensor Laboratory, Department of Physics, Ch. Charan Singh University,
Meerut 250004, Uttar Pradesh, India
e-mail: [Link]@[Link]
A. Kumar (B)
Departemnt of Physics, Regional Institute of Education (NCERT), Bhubaneswar 751022, Odisha,
India
e-mail: ashraj@[Link]
P. Dubey
CSIR-National Metallurgical Laboratory, Jamshedpur 831007, India
P. Shahi
Department of Physics, DDU Gorakhpur University, Gorakhpur 273009, Uttar Pradesh, India

© The Author(s), under exclusive license to Springer Nature Singapore Pte Ltd. 2024 181
U. Kumar (ed.), Defects Engineering in Electroceramics for Energy Applications,
Engineering Materials, [Link]
182 R. Walia et al.

1 Introduction

1.1 Thermoelectric Materials

One of the most important concerns at the recent times is to reduce the produc-
tion of electricity through fossil fuels and generate it through the green technology
like thermoelectric materials, solar power plants, Hydro power plants etc. Ther-
moelectric technology is a promising solution in which waste heat energy can be
converted into electricity in a fully environment-friendly manner. “Thermoelectric
materials are a class of materials that can convert heat energy into electrical energy
and vice versa through a phenomenon called the Seebeck effect.” This means that
when there is a temperature gradient across these materials, a voltage difference is
generated, which can be used to produce electrical power or, conversely, applying
an electrical current to these materials can create a temperature difference (Peltier
effect).The performance of a thermoelectric material is decided by the Seebeck coef-
ficient (S), electrical conductivity (σ), thermal conductivity (κt ), and their variations
with temperature (T) and is quantified by the figure of merit (ZT), which is given as
[51]
   
S 2σ PF
ZT = T= T
κt κt

The value of this dimensionless figure of merit parameter determines the effi-
ciency of a TEG. The signature of an efficient thermoelectric (TE) material is the high
Seebeck coefficient, electrical conductivity, and low thermal conductivity. Neverthe-
less, controlling these three parameters independently is the most challenging part
of designing an efficient TE material.

1.2 Electroceramics

Ceramic materials are a broad class of inorganic, non-metallic compounds that are
known for their exceptional thermal, electrical, and mechanical properties. They
are typically made from a combination of metal and non-metal elements and are
processed at high temperatures to achieve desired shape and hardness [4]. Ceramics
have a wide range of applications due to their unique characteristics. Ceramic
materials are generally brittle, hard, insulating and corrosion resistant.
Electroceramics are a subcategory of advanced ceramics that are specifically engi-
neered to exhibit unique electrical properties. They are designed to have controlled
electrical behaviour, making them valuable for a variety of electrical and elec-
tronic applications. Some of the key electrical properties of electroceramics include
ferroelectricity, piezoelectricity, dielectric properties, and ionic conductivity. Elec-
troceramics are crucial in the development of modern electronics and electrical
Defect Engineering for Tailoring Thermoelectric Properties … 183

devices. Their unique electrical properties make them well-suited for a wide range
of applications, from sensors and actuators to energy conversion and storage.
Ceramic and non-ceramic thermoelectric materials can be classified into several
categories based on their chemical composition and properties. These classifica-
tions help researchers and engineers choose the most suitable materials for specific
thermoelectric applications. Some common classes of thermoelectric materials
include:

1.2.1 Inorganic Thermoelectric Materials

(a) Bismuth Telluride (Bi2 Te3 ):

Bismuth telluride is one of the most widely used thermoelectric materials. It is a

compound composed of bismuth (Bi) and tellurium (Te) elements, forming a layered
crystal structure. The material’s unique hexagonal lattice arrangement allows for effi-
cient charge carrier transport, contributing to its outstanding thermoelectric perfor-
mance. The layered structure is a crucial factor in promoting the material’s electronic
and thermal properties, making it an ideal candidate for thermoelectric applications.
For Bi2 Te3 , the Seebeck coefficient is relatively high, especially in the temperature
range around room temperature [8], making it suitable for practical thermoelectric
applications. Bi2 Te3 and its alloys with Sb2 Te3 and Bi2 Se3 etc. have the highest
known efficiency [15] near room temperature which makes them one of the most
important materials for thermoelectric applications.
The high ZT value of Bismuth Telluride arises from its unique electronic band
structure and the ability to optimize charge carrier mobility while minimizing thermal
conductivity. While Bismuth Telluride has shown immense promise, there are still
challenges to address. One of the primary challenges is improving ZT values at higher
temperatures. Researchers are actively exploring methods such as nanostructuring
and alloying to enhance the material’s performance and widen its applicability [41].
(b) Lead Telluride (PbTe):
Lead telluride is another efficient thermoelectric material, particularly in the mid-
temperature range. It is commonly used for power generation in applications like
radioisotope thermoelectric generators (RTGs). This compound belongs to the family
of transition metal tellurides. Palladium telluride, represented by the chemical
formula PdTe, is a binary compound composed of the transition metal palladium
(Pd) and the chalcogen tellurium (Te). This compound exists in various phases, with
the most studied being PdTe and Pd3 Te4 . The crystal structure of PdTe depends on the
specific phase and conditions of synthesis [9]. In its most stable form, PdTe adopts
a layered structure, similar to other transition metal tellurides. The layered structure
of PdTe is crucial for its electroceramic applications, as it influences the material’s
electronic, thermal, and mechanical properties. This layered arrangement provides
a foundation for controlling charge transport and electrochemical processes within
the material [43].
184 R. Walia et al.

PdTe demonstrates a high degree of ionic and electronic conductivity, a key

attribute for electroceramic materials. The movement of ions and electrons within the
crystal lattice allows for efficient electrochemical processes, making PdTe suitable for
various applications. The electrochemical stability of PdTe is vital for its use in elec-
tronic devices and components. The material’s ability to withstand repeated cycles
of oxidation and reduction is crucial for longevity and reliability in electroceramic
applications
(c) Skutterudites:
Skutterudite materials have a complex crystal structure and can exhibit high thermo-
electric performance, especially at high temperatures. They are being explored for
high-temperature thermoelectric applications. They typically belong to the general
formula Ax By Cz with A, B and C being metallic elements, often cobalt, iron or
nickel and x, y, z representing the stoichiometry [34]. A defining feature of skut-
terudites is their crystal structure, characterized by a three-dimensional framework
of corner-sharing polyhedra, forming cage-like structures that encapsulate guest
atoms or molecules. This unique crystal structure is central to the thermoelectric
properties of skutterudites, as it facilitates the manipulation of charge carriers and
phonons, contributing to their efficiency in thermoelectric conversion. Skutterudites
offer the advantage of a tunable band gap, allowing for optimization of thermoelectric
performance over a range of temperatures [47].
Skutterudites play a pivotal role in the development of efficient thermoelectric
generators. These generators convert waste heat from industrial processes or other
sources into electrical power, showcasing the potential for skutterudites in enhancing
energy efficiency. With the automotive industry seeking sustainable solutions, skut-
terudites are being explored for waste heat recovery in vehicles. Their ability to
efficiently convert exhaust heat into electricity holds promise for improving fuel effi-
ciency. While skutterudites exhibit outstanding thermoelectric properties, challenges
such as cost, scalability, and the need for stable and environmentally friendly mate-
rials persist. Researchers are actively working to address these challenges through
innovative synthesis methods, including nanostructuring and alloying, to enhance
thermoelectric performance and reduce costs. The future prospects of skutterudites
in the realm of electroceramics are promising. Ongoing research efforts aim to
further optimize their properties, expand their applications, and contribute to the
development of sustainable energy solutions [47].
(d) Half-Heusler Compounds:
Half-Heusler compounds, a fascinating class of intermetallic compounds, have
garnered significant attention in recent years due to their exceptional thermoelec-
tric properties and potential applications in energy conversion. As electroceramics,
Half-Heusler compounds have emerged as key contenders in the quest for more
efficient and sustainable energy technologies. Half-Heusler compounds belong to a
family of intermetallic alloys with the chemical formula XYZ where X, Y and Z
represent metallic elements. Common combinations include NiTiSn, TiCoSb, and
Defect Engineering for Tailoring Thermoelectric Properties … 185

ZrNiSn [32]. The term “Half-Heusler” arises from the fact that the crystal struc-
ture of these compounds is related to the full Heusler structure but lacks one of the
three interpenetrating fcc lattices. The crystal structure of Half-Heusler compounds
enables high electrical conductivity and low thermal conductivity, resulting in an
elevated thermoelectric efficiency [32]. Half-Heusler compounds are integral to the
development of advanced thermoelectric generators. The band gap of Half-Heusler
compounds can be tuned by adjusting the composition, allowing for optimization
across different temperature ranges for enhanced thermoelectric performance. The
robust mechanical stability of Half-Heusler compounds is advantageous for their
application in practical devices, ensuring durability and longevity. The robust nature
of Half-Heusler compounds makes them suitable for power generation in harsh envi-
ronments, such as in space exploration missions or remote locations where traditional
power sources may be impractical.

1.2.2 Organic Thermoelectric Materials

Organic thermoelectric materials encompass a diverse range of compounds, including

polymers and small organic molecules. These materials exhibit unique properties
that make them attractive for thermoelectric applications. Here are some examples
of organic thermoelectric materials:

Poly (3,4-Ethylenedioxythiophene): Poly (Styrene Sulfonate) (PEDOT: PSS)

It is a conductive polymer blend commonly used in organic electronics. It has been

explored for thermoelectric applications due to its high electrical conductivity and
solution processability. PEDOT: PSS is a composite material composed of two
main components: poly(3,4-ethylenedioxythiophene) (PEDOT) and poly (styrene
sulfonate) (PSS). PEDOT, a conjugated polymer, provides electrical conductivity,
while PSS serves as a stabilizing and dispersing agent. The combination of these
components results in a transparent, conductive, and processable material. The
polymer backbone of PEDOT: PSS is formed by the repeating units of ethylene
dioxy thiophene, which contributes to its conductivity and electronic properties. The
poly (styrene sulfonate) component surrounds and stabilizes the PEDOT chains,
preventing them from agglomerating and improving the material’s processability.
PEDOT: PSS exhibits flexibility, which is particularly important for applications
in flexible and stretchable electronics. Its ability to conform to various shapes and
substrates makes it suitable for emerging technologies like wearable devices. Appli-
cations of PEDOT: PSS as an Electro ceramic include transparent conductive film
in applications like touch screens, displays, and solar cells, as a hole transport layer
in organic photovoltaic devices, as an electrode in organic light-emitting diodes
(OLEDs) and other organic electronic devices and sensors [14].
186 R. Walia et al.

Polyaniline (PANI)

PANI stands as a captivating example of an organic electroceramic, demonstrating

a unique combination of electrical conductivity, processability, and versatility. This
conductive polymer has garnered significant attention in the field of materials science
and electronics due to its tunable properties and diverse applications. Polyaniline is a
conducting polymer derived from the chemical polymerization of aniline monomers.
Its structure is composed of alternating single and double-bonded nitrogen atoms,
giving rise to a conjugated polymer backbone. The polymerization process results
in various oxidation states of PANI, leading to different colors, including green,
blue, and black, corresponding to the emeraldine, polaronic, and per nigraniline
forms, respectively. The versatility of PANI arises from its ability to exist in different
oxidation states, allowing for easy control of its electrical and optical properties
through doping and de-doping processes.
Polyaniline exhibits electrical conductivity, a property that places it among the
family of conductive polymers [14]. The degree of conductivity depends on the
oxidation state, making it a versatile material for a range of electronic applications.
PANI is soluble in various solvents, allowing for solution processing techniques such
as spin-coating and inkjet printing. This processability facilitates the fabrication of
thin films, coatings, and intricate structures on different substrates. The conjugated
structure of PANI contributes to its unique electronic properties. This structure allows
for the delocalization of π electrons along the polymer chain, contributing to its elec-
trical conductivity and semiconducting behavior. PANI’s properties can be tuned by
controlling its oxidation state through chemical doping or electrochemical methods.
This tunability is advantageous for tailoring the material’s characteristics for specific
applications [45].
Applications of Polyaniline as an Organic Electroceramic include sensors, energy
storage devices, anticorrosive coatings, conducting inks and coatings.

Polythiophenes

Polythiophenes are a class of conjugated polymers derived from the polymerization

of thiophene monomers. Thiophene is a heterocyclic compound containing a sulfur
atom, and when polymerized, it forms a conjugated backbone with alternating single
and double bonds. The resulting polythiophene structure allows for delocalization of
π electrons, imparting unique electronic and optoelectronic properties to the material.
Polythiophenes can be modified and functionalized, providing a versatile platform
for tailoring their properties for specific applications. Polythiophenes are intrinsically
conductive due to the delocalization of π electrons along the conjugated backbone.
This conductivity can be enhanced through various methods, including doping or
chemical modifications. One of the advantageous features of polythiophenes is their
solution processability. They can be easily dissolved in common solvents, enabling
the deposition of thin films and coatings using techniques like spin-coating and
inkjet printing. The polymer backbone of polythiophenes provides flexibility, making
Defect Engineering for Tailoring Thermoelectric Properties … 187

them suitable for applications in flexible and stretchable electronics. This property is
crucial for the development of wearable devices and flexible displays. Applications
of Polythiophenes as Electroceramics include Organic Photovoltaics (OPVs), Light-
Emitting Diodes (LEDs), and Field - Effect Transistors (FETs), Sensors etc.

Poly(3-hexylthiophene) (P3HT)

P3HT is a conjugated polymer derived from the polymerization of 3-hexylthiophene

monomers. The polymer chain consists of repeating units of hexyl side chains and
thiophene rings. The conjugated backbone, formed by the alternating single and
double bonds in the thiophene rings, facilitates π-electron delocalization, imparting
semiconducting properties to the polymer. The hexyl side chains contribute to the
solubility and processability of P3HT, allowing for the formation of thin films and
coatings through solution-based techniques. P3HT is a semiconducting polymer,
making it suitable for use in various electronic devices, including organic field-effect
transistors (OFETs) and solar cells. While not as highly conductive as metals, P3HT
exhibits electrical conductivity within the semiconducting range. Its conductivity
can be modified through doping or by blending with other materials [13]. P3HT
demonstrates strong optical absorption in the visible range of the electromagnetic
spectrum. This property is crucial for its applications in organic photovoltaics, where
the polymer absorbs sunlight to generate electrical energy. The hexyl side chains in
P3HT contribute to its solubility in common organic solvents, allowing for solution-
based processing methods like spin-coating and inkjet printing. This processability
is advantageous for the fabrication of thin films and electronic devices [12].
Applications of P3HT as an Electroceramic include Organic Photovoltaics
(OPVs), Organic Field-Effect Transistors (OFETs), Thin-Film Transistors (TFTs)
and Conductive Coatings etc.

Fullerene Derivatives

Fullerene derivatives are molecular compounds derived from fullerene structures,

with C60 as the most well-known representative. These derivatives often involve
modifications of the fullerene cage, such as adding functional groups, substituting
atoms, or encapsulating other molecules within the cage. Common fullerene deriva-
tives include C70, C84, and others with appended functional groups like -OH, -
NH2 , or -COOH. The unique structure of fullerene derivatives, characterized by a
hollow sphere of carbon atoms arranged in a hexagonal pattern, imparts exceptional
electronic and optical properties to these molecules.
Fullerene derivatives possess a conjugated π-electron system, allowing for effi-
cient electron delocalization. This property is crucial for their application in various
electronic devices. Fullerene derivatives exhibit versatility in their chemical and phys-
ical properties [26], making them amenable to functionalization and modification.
This versatility enables the tailoring of their properties for specific applications. Many
188 R. Walia et al.

fullerene derivatives are soluble in common organic solvents, facilitating solution

processing methods in thin-film fabrication and other applications. Depending on the
specific fullerene derivative and its structure, some compounds may exhibit electrical
conductivity. This property is essential for their use in electronic and optoelectronic
devices.
Applications of Fullerene Derivatives as Electroceramics include Organic Photo-
voltaics (OPVs), Organic Light-Emitting Diodes (OLEDs), Thin-Film Transistors
(TFTs) and sensors etc. Researchers aim to enhance the electrical conductivity of
fullerene derivatives by exploring novel synthesis methods, doping strategies, and
structural modifications to improve their performance in electronic devices [22].

1.3 Electroceramics-Based Nanocomposites

Nanocomposite materials encompass a diverse range of compositions and applica-

tions in the field of electroceramics. Here are some examples of nanocomposite
materials used in various electroceramic applications:

1.3.1 Carbon Nanotube (CNT) Reinforced Ceramics

Carbon Nanotube (CNT) reinforced ceramics represent a ground-breaking class of

materials that seamlessly blend the exceptional properties of ceramics with the unique
attributes of carbon nanotubes. This synergistic combination has led to the develop-
ment of electroceramics with enhanced mechanical strength, thermal conductivity,
and electrical properties. In this article, we will explore the composition, prop-
erties, fabrication methods, applications, and future prospects of CNT-reinforced
ceramics, shedding light on their transformative role in the realm of advanced elec-
tronic materials. CNT-reinforced ceramics are composite materials composed of
a ceramic matrix, typically oxides such as alumina or zirconia, intertwined with
carbon nanotubes. Carbon nanotubes, allotropes of carbon with cylindrical nanos-
tructures, serve as reinforcing elements within the ceramic matrix [21]. The unique
one-dimensional structure of CNTs, combined with their exceptional mechanical and
electrical properties, imparts remarkable enhancements to the overall performance
of the composite material.
The incorporation of CNTs into the ceramic matrix significantly enhances the
mechanical strength and toughness of the composite material. This is attributed to
the reinforcing nature of CNTs, which act as structural elements, preventing crack
propagation and improving fracture resistance. CNTs, known for their high thermal
conductivity, contribute to improved heat dissipation within the ceramic matrix.
This property is crucial for applications in electronic devices and components oper-
ating under high-temperature conditions. The addition of CNTs introduces electrical
conductivity to the traditionally insulating ceramics. This property is advantageous
Defect Engineering for Tailoring Thermoelectric Properties … 189

for applications in electronic devices, sensors, and conductive coatings. The dielec-
tric properties of CNT-reinforced ceramics can be tailored by adjusting the CNT
concentration and orientation within the matrix [39]. This flexibility makes them
suitable for applications in capacitors and electronic components.
CNT-reinforced ceramics find applications in the fabrication of structural compo-
nents for electronic devices, where enhanced mechanical strength and thermal
conductivity are crucial for reliability and performance. Due to their improved
thermal conductivity, CNT-reinforced ceramics are employed in thermal manage-
ment systems for electronic devices, ensuring efficient heat dissipation and preventing
overheating. The electrical conductivity of CNT-reinforced ceramics makes them
suitable for applications in sensors and actuators, where their piezoresistive proper-
ties can be exploited for sensing and actuation purposes. CNT-reinforced ceramics
are used to develop conductive coatings for electromagnetic interference (EMI)
shielding, antistatic applications, and protective coatings for electronic devices.
Research is focused on developing advanced techniques for functionalizing CNTs
to enhance their compatibility with ceramic matrices, improving dispersion and
reinforcing effects.

1.3.2 Graphene Oxide (GO)-Based Ceramics

GO-based ceramics are composite materials formed by embedding graphene oxide

sheets within a ceramic matrix, typically composed of oxides such as silicon carbide
(SiC), alumina (Al2 O3 ), or zirconia (ZrO2 ). Graphene oxide, a derivative of graphene,
is characterized by oxygen-containing functional groups on its surface, imparting
hydrophilic properties and facilitating its dispersion within polar ceramic matrices.
The unique two-dimensional structure of graphene oxide contributes to the excep-
tional properties of the resulting composite material. The incorporation of graphene
oxide into ceramics significantly enhances their mechanical strength and fracture
toughness. The two-dimensional structure of graphene oxide sheets acts as a rein-
forcing agent, preventing crack propagation and improving the overall structural
integrity of the material. Graphene oxide, known for its high thermal conductivity,
enhances the thermal properties of ceramics. This is crucial for applications in elec-
tronic devices and components where efficient heat dissipation is essential. While
ceramics are traditionally insulators, the addition of graphene oxide imparts elec-
trical conductivity to the composite. This property is advantageous for applications in
sensors, conductive coatings, and electronic components. GO-based ceramics exhibit
tailored dielectric properties, making them suitable for use in capacitors, sensors, and
electronic components where specific electrical characteristics are required.
GO-based ceramics find applications in the fabrication of structural components
for electronic devices. The enhanced mechanical strength and thermal conductivity
make them valuable for ensuring reliability and performance. Due to their improved
thermal conductivity, GO-based ceramics are employed in thermal management
systems for electronic devices, preventing overheating and ensuring efficient heat
dissipation [17]. The electrical conductivity of GO-based ceramics makes them
190 R. Walia et al.

suitable for applications in sensors and actuators. The piezoresistive properties of

the material are exploited for sensing and actuation purposes. GO-based ceramics
are used to develop conductive coatings for electromagnetic interference (EMI)
shielding, antistatic applications, and protective coatings for electronic devices.
Research is focused on developing advanced reduction techniques to achieve a
well-controlled reduction of graphene oxide during the fabrication process, ensuring
optimal electrical conductivity.

1.3.3 Metal Oxide Nanoparticle-Embedded Polymer Composites

Metal oxide nanoparticle-embedded polymer composites consist of a polymeric

matrix, such as polyvinylidene fluoride (PVDF) or polyaniline, interspersed with
metal oxide nanoparticles. The choice of metal oxide and polymer depends on the
desired properties and applications of the composite. Common metal oxides include
titanium dioxide (TiO2 ), zinc oxide (ZnO), and iron oxide (Fe2 O3 ). The resulting
composite structure is characterized by a uniform dispersion of metal oxide nanopar-
ticles within the polymer matrix. The addition of metal oxide nanoparticles imparts
electrical conductivity to the traditionally insulating polymer matrix. This property
is crucial for applications in flexible electronics, sensors, and conductive coatings.
Metal oxide nanoparticles serve as reinforcing agents, enhancing the mechanical
strength and toughness of the polymer composite. This is beneficial for structural
applications and devices requiring mechanical robustness. Metal oxide nanoparti-
cles contribute to tailored dielectric properties, making these composites suitable for
applications in capacitors, sensors, and other electronic components. Certain metal
oxides, such as ZnO, exhibit piezoelectric properties. When embedded in polymers,
these composites can be utilized in sensors and actuators, converting mechanical
strain into electrical signals. Metal oxide nanoparticles can improve the thermal
stability of polymer composites, expanding their applicability in high-temperature
environments and electronic devices [27].
Applications of Metal Oxide Nanoparticle-Embedded Polymer Composites as
Electroceramics include Flexible Electronics, Sensors and Actuators, Energy Storage
Devices and Conductive Coatings etc.

1.3.4 Barium Titanate Nanoparticle-Polymer Composites

Barium titanate nanoparticle-polymer composites are composed of a polymeric

matrix, often polyvinylidene fluoride (PVDF) or other suitable polymers, incor-
porating barium titanate nanoparticles. Barium titanate (BaTiO3 ) is a ferroelectric
ceramic with remarkable dielectric properties. The incorporation of BaTiO3 nanopar-
ticles into the polymer matrix creates a composite material with enhanced dielec-
tric constant, piezoelectricity, and tailored electrical conductivity. The composite
structure is characterized by a uniform dispersion of barium titanate nanoparticles
within the polymer matrix. Barium titanate nanoparticles contribute to a significant
Defect Engineering for Tailoring Thermoelectric Properties … 191

increase in the dielectric constant of the composite material. This property is crucial
for applications in capacitors, sensors, and other electronic components.
The inherent piezoelectric properties of barium titanate are transferred to the
composite, allowing it to convert mechanical stress into electrical signals. This feature
is exploited in sensors, actuators, and energy harvesting devices. The addition of
barium titanate nanoparticles imparts tailored electrical conductivity to the polymer
matrix. While polymers are typically insulating, the composite material exhibits
improved conductivity suitable for certain electronic applications. Barium titanate
nanoparticles act as reinforcing agents, enhancing the mechanical strength and tough-
ness of the polymer matrix [1]. This is beneficial for applications in structural
components and devices requiring mechanical robustness.
Applications of Barium Titanate Nanoparticle-Polymer Composites as Electroce-
ramics include Capacitors, Sensors and Actuators, Flexible Electronics and Energy
Harvesting.

1.3.5 Zinc Oxide Nanowire-Embedded Ceramic Composites:

Zinc oxide nanowire-embedded ceramic composites are composed of a ceramic

matrix, often alumina (Al2 O3 ) or another suitable ceramic material, in which zinc
oxide nanowires are uniformly dispersed. Zinc oxide (ZnO) nanowires, with their
unique one-dimensional structure, act as reinforcing agents within the ceramic matrix
[29]. This incorporation enhances the overall properties of the composite material,
particularly in terms of electrical conductivity, mechanical strength, and piezoelec-
tricity. The resulting composite structure exhibits a well-distributed network of zinc
oxide nanowires within the ceramic matrix. The addition of zinc oxide nanowires
imparts electrical conductivity to the traditionally insulating ceramic matrix. This
property is pivotal for applications in electronic devices, sensors, and conductive
coatings. Zinc oxide nanowires act as reinforcing agents, significantly enhancing the
mechanical strength and toughness of the ceramic composite. This improved strength
is crucial for structural applications and devices requiring resistance to mechanical
stress. Zinc oxide is inherently piezoelectric, and the nanowires embedded in the
ceramic matrix retain this property. The composite material can convert mechan-
ical energy into electrical signals, making it suitable for sensors, actuators, and
energy harvesting devices. The incorporation of zinc oxide nanowires can enhance
the thermal stability of the ceramic composite, making it suitable for applications in
high-temperature environments.
Applications of Zinc Oxide Nanowire-Embedded Ceramic Composites as Elec-
troceramics include Sensors and Actuators, Energy Harvesting Devices, Flexible
Electronics and Conductive Coatings etc.
192 R. Walia et al.

1.3.6 Lead Zirconate Titanate (PZT) Nanoparticle-Polymer

Composites

PZT nanoparticle-polymer composites consist of a polymeric matrix, often

polyvinylidene fluoride (PVDF) or other suitable polymers, incorporating PZT
nanoparticles. PZT, a ferroelectric ceramic, is composed of lead, zirconium, and tita-
nium oxides. The inclusion of PZT nanoparticles within the polymer matrix enhances
the overall properties of the composite material. The resulting structure showcases
a uniform dispersion of PZT nanoparticles within the polymer matrix. The incorpo-
ration of PZT nanoparticles imparts piezoelectric properties to the composite mate-
rial [11]. This enables the conversion of mechanical energy into electrical signals,
making these composites highly suitable for sensors, actuators, and energy harvesting
applications. PZT nanoparticles contribute to an increase in the dielectric constant
of the composite material. This property is pivotal for applications in capacitors,
sensors, and electronic components. While polymers are typically insulating, the
addition of PZT nanoparticles enhances the electrical conductivity of the composite.
This feature is advantageous for applications in electronic devices, conductive coat-
ings, and flexible electronics. PZT nanoparticles act as reinforcing agents within the
polymer matrix, enhancing the mechanical strength and toughness of the composite.
This improved mechanical stability is crucial for structural components and devices
subjected to mechanical stress. Applications of PZT Nanoparticle-Polymer Compos-
ites as Electroceramics include Sensors and Actuators, Energy Harvesting Devices,
Flexible Electronics and Medical Imaging etc.

1.3.7 Ferroelectric Polymer Nanocomposites

Ferroelectric polymer nanocomposites are crafted from a polymer matrix, often

centered around ferroelectric polymers like poly (vinylidene fluoride) (PVDF) or
its copolymers. This matrix is interwoven with nanoscale ferroelectric additives,
such as lead zirconate titanate (PZT), barium titanate (BaTiO3 ), or other ferroelec-
tric ceramics. The marriage of ferroelectric polymers with nanoparticles results in
a composite material with synergistic properties, laying the foundation for versatile
applications in electronic devices. The defining characteristic of these nanocom-
posites is their ferroelectric behavior. The incorporation of ferroelectric polymers
and nanoparticles allows these materials to exhibit spontaneous electric polariza-
tion, making them suitable for non-volatile memory devices and ferroelectric capac-
itors. Ferroelectric polymer nanocomposites often display piezoelectric properties.
This enables them to convert mechanical energy into electrical signals and vice
versa, rendering them ideal for sensors, actuators, and energy harvesting applica-
tions. The addition of ferroelectric nanoparticles significantly enhances the dielec-
tric constant of the composite material. This property is vital for applications in
capacitors, sensors, and other electronic components [48]. Ferroelectric polymer
nanocomposites can exhibit tailored electrical conductivity, depending on the choice
Defect Engineering for Tailoring Thermoelectric Properties … 193

of ferroelectric polymers and nanoparticles. This feature is advantageous for appli-

cations in flexible electronics, conductive coatings, and electromagnetic interference
(EMI) shielding.
Applications of Ferroelectric Polymer Nanocomposites in Electroceramics
include Non-volatile Memory Devices, Sensors and Actuators, Energy Harvesting
Devices: Capacitors and Flexible Electronics etc.

1.3.8 Silver Nanoparticle-Embedded Ceramic Composites

Silver nanoparticle-embedded ceramic composites consist of a ceramic matrix, often

alumina (Al2 O3 ) or another suitable ceramic material, with dispersed silver nanopar-
ticles. The integration of silver nanoparticles into the ceramic matrix is carefully engi-
neered to achieve a uniform distribution. The resulting composite structure exhibits
a well-balanced synergy between the insulating ceramic matrix and the conduc-
tive silver nanoparticles. The incorporation of silver nanoparticles imparts electrical
conductivity to the traditionally insulating ceramic matrix. This property is pivotal
for applications in electronic devices, conductive coatings, and other technologies
requiring efficient charge transport. Silver is an excellent conductor of heat. The
addition of silver nanoparticles enhances the thermal conductivity of the ceramic
matrix, making the composite material suitable for applications in thermal manage-
ment [19], heat sinks, and electronic packaging. Ceramic matrices are known for their
high mechanical strength. The inclusion of silver nanoparticles reinforces the mate-
rial, contributing to improved mechanical properties, such as toughness and fracture
resistance. The electrical conductivity of silver nanoparticles enables the composite
to effectively shield against electromagnetic interference. This property is valuable
in electronic devices to prevent unwanted electromagnetic signals.
Applications of Silver Nanoparticle-Embedded Ceramic Composites in Electro-
ceramics include Electronic Devices, Conductive Coatings, Thermal Management,
Biomedical Devices and EMI shielding etc.

1.3.9 Perovskite Nanoparticle-Embedded Thin Films

Perovskite nanoparticle-embedded thin films are constructed from a thin film matrix,
often composed of a semiconducting material or polymer, embedded with perovskite
nanoparticles. Perovskite materials typically follow the ABX3 crystal structure,
where A, B, and X represent cations, anions, and halide ions, respectively. In the
context of thin films, the perovskite nanoparticles are dispersed or integrated within
the thin film matrix to create a composite structure. The resulting material showcases
a synergistic combination of the desirable properties of perovskite materials and the
thin film’s inherent advantages, such as flexibility and scalability. Perovskite mate-
rials are renowned for their excellent optoelectronic properties, including high light
absorption coefficients and charge carrier mobility. The incorporation of perovskite
194 R. Walia et al.

nanoparticles into thin films enhances their ability to absorb light, making them suit-
able for applications in solar cells and photodetectors. The bandgap of perovskite
materials can be easily tuned by altering the composition, allowing for the customiza-
tion of the thin film’s optical and electrical properties. This tunability is crucial for
optimizing the performance of devices like solar cells. Perovskite materials exhibit
high charge carrier mobility, facilitating efficient charge transport within the thin
film. This property is essential for achieving high-performance electronic devices
and sensors. Thin films, by nature, are flexible and conformable to various surfaces.
The integration of perovskite nanoparticles further enhances the flexibility of the
composite material [16], enabling its application in flexible electronics and wear-
able devices. Perovskite materials often exhibit semiconductor behavior, allowing
for the creation of p-n junctions within the thin film. This property is advantageous
for constructing electronic devices such as transistors and diodes.
Applications of Perovskite Nanoparticle-Embedded Thin Films in Electroce-
ramics include Solar Cells, Photodetectors, Flexible Electronics, Sensors and
Light-Emitting Diodes (LEDs) etc.

1.3.10 Polymer-Ceramic Nanocomposites for Flexible Electronics

Polymer-ceramic nanocomposites are composed of a polymer matrix, often

based on flexible and stretchable polymers like polydimethylsiloxane (PDMS) or
polyurethane, embedded with ceramic nanoparticles. The ceramic phase may include
materials such as alumina (Al2 O3 ), zirconia (ZrO2 ), or other ceramic oxides. The
integration of ceramics into the polymer matrix is engineered to achieve a uniform
dispersion of nanoparticles, creating a composite material with enhanced mechan-
ical strength and electrical properties. The polymer matrix imparts flexibility and
stretchability to the nanocomposite, enabling its use in flexible electronic devices
that can conform to irregular shapes and withstand deformation. Ceramic nanopar-
ticles act as reinforcing agents within the polymer matrix, enhancing the overall
mechanical strength, toughness, and durability of the composite material. The inclu-
sion of ceramic nanoparticles contributes to improved thermal conductivity, making
polymer-ceramic nanocomposites suitable for applications in thermal management
and heat dissipation in electronic devices [31]. While polymers are typically insu-
lating, the addition of ceramic nanoparticles enhances the electrical conductivity of
the composite. This feature is crucial for the development of conductive paths in
flexible electronic circuits. The dielectric properties of the nanocomposite are influ-
enced by the ceramic phase, making it suitable for use in capacitors, sensors, and
other electronic components.
Applications of Polymer-Ceramic Nanocomposites in electroceramics include
Flexible Electronic Circuits, Wearable Devices, Flexible Displays, Stretchable
Electronics and Energy Harvesting Devices etc.
Defect Engineering for Tailoring Thermoelectric Properties … 195

1.4 2D Materials

Two-dimensional (2D) materials, such as graphene and transition metal dichalco-

genides, are being studied for their thermoelectric properties. Their ultrathin nature
can lead to unique electronic and thermal properties that are advantageous for
thermoelectric applications.

1.4.1 Graphene

Graphene, a single layer of carbon atoms arranged in a hexagonal lattice, has emerged
as a revolutionary material with extraordinary electronic, mechanical, and thermal
properties. While traditionally not classified as an electroceramic, graphene’s versa-
tile characteristics and applications in electronics make it a noteworthy contender in
the realm of electroceramics. Graphene is renowned for its unparalleled electrical
conductivity (106 S cm−1 ) at room temperature due to its high electron mobility
[5] surpassing traditional semiconductors and conductors. This property makes it a
crucial component in electronic applications. Its maximum Seebeck coefficient value
has been reported to be about 80 mV K−1 . The thermal conductivity of graphene is
in the 4840–5300 W mK−1 range at room temperature [41]. Extensive theoretical
and experimental endeavors have been undertaken to investigate the thermoelectric
characteristics of graphene [6]. With exceptional mechanical strength and flexibility,
graphene is one of the strongest materials known. It can withstand deformation
without losing its structural integrity, making it ideal for flexible electronic devices.
Despite its exceptional electrical conductivity, graphene remains transparent. This
unique combination of conductivity and transparency is pivotal for applications in
optoelectronics. Graphene exhibits outstanding thermal conductivity, allowing it to
efficiently dissipate heat. This property is advantageous in applications where heat
management is crucial.
While graphene is not a traditional electroceramic, its integration with ceramics
has shown promising results in enhancing various properties:

1.4.2 Ceramic Composites

Graphene can be incorporated into ceramic matrices to form composites with

improved mechanical strength, electrical conductivity, and thermal properties. These
composites find applications in electronic packaging and structural materials.
196 R. Walia et al.

1.4.3 Dielectric Applications

Functionalized graphene can be used as additives in dielectric materials to enhance

their electrical properties. The resulting composites exhibit improved dielectric
constants and reduced dielectric loss.

1.4.4 Thermal Management

Graphene-based ceramics are explored for thermal management applications in elec-

tronics. These ceramics with embedded graphene provide efficient heat dissipation,
crucial for maintaining the stability and performance of electronic devices.

1.4.5 Sensors and Actuators

Graphene-ceramic composites are investigated for use in sensors and actuators due
to their synergistic combination of electrical, mechanical, and thermal properties.

Transition Metal Dichalcogenides (TMDs)

Transition Metal Dichalcogenides (TMDs), a class of layered materials with a distinc-

tive two-dimensional structure, have gained prominence in recent years due to their
fascinating electronic, optical, and mechanical properties.

Molybdenum Disulfide (MoS2 )

It is a member of the transition metal dichalcogenide (TMD) family and has emerged
as a promising material in the field of thermoelectricity. While traditionally not cate-
gorized as an electroceramic, MoS2 ’s unique electronic and thermal properties make
it a captivating subject in the exploration of advanced thermoelectric materials. MoS2
exhibits a layered structure, consisting of molybdenum atoms sandwiched between
two layers of sulfur atoms. This arrangement facilitates the exfoliation of MoS2 into
thin, two-dimensional sheets. MoS2 is a semiconductor with a tunable bandgap [42],
allowing for precise control of its electrical conductivity by adjusting the number of
layers or through doping. MoS2 displays anisotropic thermal conductivity, meaning
it conducts heat differently along different crystallographic directions. This property
is advantageous for thermoelectric applications. MoS2 exhibits a high thermoelectric
power factor, a crucial parameter for efficient thermoelectric energy conversion. The
Seebeck coefficient of MoS2 is favorable for thermoelectric applications, signifying
its ability to generate an electric voltage in response to a temperature gradient. MoS2 ’s
Defect Engineering for Tailoring Thermoelectric Properties … 197

anisotropic thermal conductivity enables efficient heat transport along specific direc-
tions, contributing to improved thermoelectric performance. The electrical conduc-
tivity of MoS2 can be tailored through doping or layer manipulation, allowing for
optimization of its thermoelectric properties. Ongoing research aims to optimize the
thermoelectric performance of MoS2 by enhancing its electrical conductivity and
reducing thermal conductivity through strategies like nanostructuring. Developing
scalable and cost-effective manufacturing methods for MoS2 -based thermoelectric
devices is crucial for their practical implementation on a larger scale. Ensuring the
stability and reliability of MoS2 -based thermoelectric devices over extended periods
is essential for their real-world applications, especially in harsh environments.

Tungsten Diselenide (WSe2 )

WSe2 possesses a layered atomic structure, consisting of tungsten atoms sandwiched

between two layers of selenium atoms. This layered arrangement allows for the exfo-
liation of WSe2 into thin, two-dimensional sheets. WSe2 exhibits semiconducting
properties with a tunable bandgap, enabling precise control over its electrical conduc-
tivity through adjustments in the number of layers or via doping. Similar to other
TMDs, WSe2 displays anisotropic thermal conductivity, allowing for efficient heat
transport along specific crystallographic directions. WSe2 demonstrates a high ther-
moelectric power factor, a critical parameter for effective thermoelectric energy
conversion. WSe2 exhibits a favorable Seebeck coefficient, indicating its ability to
generate an electric voltage in response to a temperature gradient. The anisotropic
nature of WSe2 ’s thermal conductivity contributes to enhanced thermoelectric perfor-
mance, as it allows efficient control over heat transport. WSe2 ’s electrical conduc-
tivity can be tailored through doping or layer manipulation, providing flexibility in
optimizing its thermoelectric properties [38].
It’s important to note that the choice of thermoelectric material depends on the
specific requirements of the application, such as the desired operating tempera-
ture range and efficiency. Researchers are continually working to discover and
engineer new materials and improve existing ones to enhance the performance of
thermoelectric devices for various practical uses.

2 Defects Engineering and Thermoelectric Materials

Defect engineering plays a crucial role in improving the thermoelectric performance

of materials. Thermoelectric materials are designed to efficiently convert heat into
electricity or generate a temperature difference when an electric current is applied.
The efficiency of this energy conversion is determined by a property called the
thermoelectric figure of merit (ZT), which is directly affected by various types of
defects in the material’s crystal structure. Here’s how defects engineering is related
to thermoelectric materials:
198 R. Walia et al.

2.1 Point Defects

Introduction of point defects, such as vacancies, interstitials, or substitutional impu-

rities, can affect the electrical and thermal conductivity of thermoelectric materials.
Careful engineering of these defects can lead to improved thermoelectric perfor-
mance. For example, introducing impurities can enhance the electrical conduc-
tivity while scattering phonons (vibrational lattice defects), leading to lower thermal
conductivity [35].

2.2 Nano Structuring

Creating nanoscale defects and structures within thermoelectric materials, like nano
inclusions or grain boundaries, can enhance phonon scattering, reducing thermal
conductivity [18]. This results in better ZT values as it minimizes heat loss.

2.3 Charge Carriers

Defect engineering can be used to control the concentration and mobility of charge
carriers (either electrons or holes) in the material [25]. This influences electrical
conductivity and Seebeck coefficient, key factors in ZT optimization.

2.4 Doping

Controlled doping with certain elements can help optimize the electronic band struc-
ture, improve carrier concentration, and reduce thermal conductivity, all of which
can enhance the thermoelectric properties [7].

2.5 Texture and Grain Boundaries

The manipulation of the material’s texture and grain boundaries can also lead to
improved thermoelectric properties. These features can enhance phonon scattering
and control the mobility of charge carriers [37].
Defect Engineering for Tailoring Thermoelectric Properties … 199

2.6 Complex Structures

Engineering complex or hierarchical structures can create multiple scattering centres

for phonons, further reducing thermal conductivity while preserving electrical
conductivity. Defect engineering is a critical aspect of developing high-performance
thermoelectric materials. Researchers work to optimize materials by carefully intro-
ducing and controlling defects to enhance their thermoelectric properties, ultimately
increasing the efficiency of converting waste heat into usable electrical power. The
goal is to improve the thermoelectric figure of merit (ZT), making these materials
more practical and efficient for various applications, including waste heat recovery,
power generation, and solid-state cooling and heating systems. Further details
of defect engineering in electroceramic materials in view of their thermoelectric
applications will be discussed in subsequent sections [18].

3 Types of Defects

Ideal crystals represent the epitome of perfection, achieving a state of flawlessness

through the precise repetition of a periodic unit cell. These crystalline structures,
often referred to as perfect or ideal, serve as a theoretical benchmark for under-
standing the fundamental principles of crystallography. However, the reality of crys-
talline materials introduces a captivating complexity, as even the most meticulously
arranged crystals deviate from perfection at a local level, giving rise to what we term
as defects. These defects, classified into various dimensions, add a fascinating layer
to the study of crystallography. Dimensionless point defects, for instance, represent
minute imperfections in the lattice structure where an atom is missing or occupies an
irregular position. One-dimensional defects, known as dislocations, are disruptions
along a line in the crystal lattice. Moving up the scale, we encounter two-dimensional
defects, such as grain boundaries, stacking faults, and twin boundaries, disrupting the
regularity of crystal planes. Finally, three-dimensional defects manifest as precipi-
tates or inclusions, adding a further layer of intricacy to the crystal structure. The
influence of these defects on material properties is profound and diverse. Certain
properties, like Young’s modulus and the dilation coefficient, find their roots in the
underlying crystal structure, making them relatively impervious to the presence of
defects [35]. On the other hand, properties such as stress behaviour under external
forces, the diffusion phenomenon during heat treatment, and the electric conductivity
of materials are significantly influenced by the nature and concentration of defects
within the crystal lattice [30].
200 R. Walia et al.

3.1 Point Defects (Vacancies, Interstitials, Substitutions)

Dimensionless defects, signifying their lack of dimensionality, exist on a scale

comparable to the interatomic distance within a crystal lattice [33]. This cate-
gory encompasses three distinct types of point defects, each contributing to the
nuanced intricacies of crystal imperfections. These defects-vacancies, interstitials,
and substitutions-play a pivotal role in shaping the dynamic nature of crystalline
structures and are elucidated in the accompanying diagram for clarity. Vacancies
denote the absence of an atom at a lattice site, creating a void within the otherwise
ordered structure. Interstitials involve atoms occupying positions between regular
lattice sites, disrupting the seamless arrangement. Substitutions, on the other hand,
entail the replacement of existing lattice atoms with foreign elements, introducing
an additional layer of complexity to the crystalline matrix. The introduction of point
defects induces local distortions within the crystalline lattice, setting off a cascade of
effects. This perturbation generates elastic stress and strain fields in the volume of the
crystal surrounding the defect. The intricate interplay of these stress and strain fields
becomes a crucial determinant in understanding the complex behaviours and proper-
ties exhibited by crystalline materials, as they contribute to the localized environment
that differs from the idealized, defect-free state.

3.2 Line and Planar Defects (Dislocations, Grain

Boundaries)

When a crystal undergoes deformation beyond its elastic domain, distinct lines
emerge on the surface, known as slip traces.
These traces correspond to small ledges formed by slip along crystalline planes,
as illustrated below. They result from the movement of linear defects within the
crystal, specifically dislocations, under the influence of mechanical load [28]. Two
primary types of dislocations exist: edge dislocations and screw dislocations. In
practical scenarios, dislocations often exhibit both edge and screw characteristics
simultaneously, termed as mixed dislocations. These dislocations, forming curves or
tortuous curves, can be decomposed into edge and screw components at any point
along their line.

3.3 Edge Dislocations

Geometrically, an edge dislocation arises from introducing an atomic half-plane into

a perfect crystal. The dislocation’s location is defined as the limit of the additional
half-plane within the otherwise pristine crystal. This creates a deformation similar to
Defect Engineering for Tailoring Thermoelectric Properties … 201

that induced by adding an extra atomic plane to the upper part of the crystal, leading
to compression in the upper half-crystal and expansion in the lower half-crystal [36].

3.4 Screw Dislocations

A screw dislocation can be visualized as the result of making a notch in the crystal
and sliding one edge of this notch away from the other by one interatomic distance.
This motion transforms successive atomic planes into a helical surface [36].

3.5 Dislocation Movement

Plastic deformation arises from the propagation of dislocations. To conceptualize

their movement, consider envisioning a heavy carpet that needs to be moved along
the ground. This movement can occur by either pulling the carpet to make it slide or
creating a wave motion at one edge and propagating it across the carpet. The former
corresponds to slip along a compact plane, while the latter mirrors the propagation
of dislocations in crystals.

3.6 Elastic Properties of Dislocations

In the elastic realm, dislocations contribute to stored energy in the crystal, and they
are the focal points of specific stress fields. Elastic interactions between dislocations
occur, influencing their behaviour and creating a complex network within the crystal
lattice.

3.7 Stress Fields Associated with Dislocations

Stress fields adjacent to dislocations result in specific configurations, as illustrated

for edge and screw dislocations. These fields are characterized by elastic strains and
energy associated with the dislocation core.
202 R. Walia et al.

3.8 Dislocation Energy

Creating a dislocation demands energy, encompassing both the elastic energy from
stress and strain fields and the core energy. This energy input is crucial for under-
standing dislocation behaviour, and it plays a role in the deformation and mechanical
properties of the crystal.

3.9 Force Acting on a Dislocation

External stress fields can induce dislocation movement within their slip system. The
force acting on a dislocation, defined by the Peach and Koehler equation, depends
on the applied stress field.

3.10 Elastic Interaction Between Dislocations

Every dislocation within a crystal exerts a force on other dislocations, leading to

elastic interactions. Understanding these interactions is vital for predicting material
behaviour and responses to external stresses.

3.11 Multiplication of Dislocations

Dislocations can multiply through mechanisms like the Frank-Read mechanism,

where a dislocation segment forms a loop through iterative processes. The multi-
plication of dislocations contributes to material hardening and can lead to localized
stresses, potentially resulting in micro-cracks and crystal fracture.

3.12 Dissociation of Dislocations

Perfect dislocations can undergo dissociation into partial dislocations, creating bi-
dimensional defects or stacking faults. Differences in mechanical behaviour among
materials can be attributed to the ease or difficulty of dislocation dissociation, with
stacking fault energy being a crucial parameter.
Defect Engineering for Tailoring Thermoelectric Properties … 203

3.13 Observation of Dislocations

Transmission Electron Microscopy (TEM) allows for the observation of dislocations

in thin, electron-transparent specimens, revealing contrast due to the strain field’s
effect on electron diffraction.
Understanding the behaviour and characteristics of dislocations is fundamental
in unravelling the mechanical properties and deformation mechanisms of crystalline
materials.

3.14 Extended Defects (Stacking Faults, Twin Boundaries)

Extended defects in crystalline materials, such as stacking faults and twin boundaries,
add a layer of complexity to the perfect lattice structure. These defects involve devia-
tions from the regular arrangement of atoms in more than one dimension, introducing
unique characteristics and influencing material properties [52].

3.15 Stacking Faults

A stacking fault occurs when there is a disruption in the regular stacking sequence
of crystal planes. Instead of a continuous, ordered stacking of planes, there is a
deviation, leading to a mismatch in the arrangement. Stacking faults can create
regions with different stacking sequences within the crystal lattice. These defects
play a crucial role in influencing material properties, including mechanical strength,
electrical conductivity, and even magnetic behavior [52].

3.16 Twin Boundaries

Twin boundaries are planes within a crystal where the atomic arrangement mirrors
that of another portion of the crystal. This mirror-image relationship results in twin
domains, with each domain exhibiting a distinct crystal orientation. Twinning can
occur during crystal growth or in response to external factors. Twin boundaries
have significant implications for material behaviour, affecting mechanical properties,
optical characteristics, and even influencing the response to external stresses.
Understanding extended defects like stacking faults and twin boundaries is essen-
tial in comprehending the diverse range of behaviours exhibited by crystalline mate-
rials. These defects not only contribute to the richness of crystallography but also
play a pivotal role in tailoring material properties for specific applications.
204 R. Walia et al.

4 Influence of Defects on Electrical Properties

The influence of defects on the electrical properties of materials is a multifaceted

and pivotal aspect within the realm of materials science [10]. Defects, spanning from
minute point defects to more extensive disruptions like dislocations and grain bound-
aries, wield a significant impact on how materials conduct, transport charges, and
respond to electrical stimuli. At the foundational level, point defects such as vacancies
and substitutions introduce localized energy levels within the crystal lattice, altering
the conductivity and charge transport characteristics. As we delve into more complex
defects like dislocations and grain boundaries, the story becomes even richer. Dislo-
cations, for instance, can act as both charge carriers and trapping sites, influencing
overall conductivity. Intentional introduction of impurities, known as doping, is a
common strategy in semiconductor technology, where defects are manipulated to
create charge carriers or modify the conductivity type. This interplay of defects is
particularly critical in semiconductor devices, where the distribution and density
of defects directly impact the performance of electronic components. In emerging
materials and nanoscale structures, defect engineering becomes a deliberate strategy
for tailoring electronic properties, offering both challenges and opportunities for
innovation. Understanding the intricate relationship between defects and electrical
properties is not only a scientific pursuit but a practical necessity for advancing
electronic technologies and designing materials with tailored functionalities. This
chapter explores the diverse manifestations of defects in the electrical landscape of
materials, shedding light on their role in shaping the future of materials science and
technology.

5 Relationship Between Carrier Concentration, Carrier

Mobility, and Electrical Conductivity

The relationship between carrier concentration, carrier mobility, and electrical

conductivity forms a fundamental framework for understanding the electrical
behaviour of materials. This intricate interplay is pivotal in determining how effi-
ciently a material can conduct electric current, making it a cornerstone concept in
the realm of semiconductor physics and electronic device engineering.

5.1 Carrier Concentration

Carrier concentration refers to the number of charge carriers, either electrons or

holes, within a given volume of a material. In semiconductors, the carrier concen-
tration is a key parameter influenced by factors such as doping, temperature, and
Defect Engineering for Tailoring Thermoelectric Properties … 205

external stimuli. Doping introduces impurities to intentionally modify the carrier

concentration, thereby altering the material’s electrical properties.

5.2 Carrier Mobility

Carrier mobility is a measure of how easily charge carriers can move through a
material in response to an applied electric field. It is influenced by factors such as
crystal structure, temperature, and the presence of defects. High carrier mobility
is desirable for efficient charge transport in electronic devices. Mobility is often
expressed in units of cm2 /Vs and is a crucial parameter in semiconductor device
design.

5.3 Electrical Conductivity

Electrical conductivity, represented by the symbol σ, quantifies a material’s ability

to conduct electric current. It is directly influenced by both carrier concentration and
mobility. The relationship is expressed by the formula:

σ =q·n·μ

where: σ is the electrical conductivity, q is the charge of the carrier (elementary

charge), n is the carrier concentration, μ is the carrier mobility.
This formula underscores the importance of both carrier concentration and
mobility in determining the overall electrical conductivity of a material. A higher
carrier concentration increases the number of charge carriers available for conduc-
tion, while higher carrier mobility enhances their ability to move through the
material.

5.4 Temperature Dependence

The relationship between carrier concentration, mobility, and conductivity is

temperature-dependent. Elevated temperatures can influence the concentration of
thermally generated carriers and impact the mobility of charge carriers through lattice
scattering mechanisms. Understanding these temperature dependencies is crucial for
predicting and optimizing the electrical performance of materials over a range of
operating conditions.
In essence, the intricate relationship between carrier concentration, mobility,
and electrical conductivity provides a foundational understanding of how materials
206 R. Walia et al.

conduct electricity. This understanding is not only essential for designing and opti-
mizing semiconductor devices but also plays a key role in advancing technologies
ranging from integrated circuits to solar cells and beyond.

5.5 Impact of Point Defects on Charge Carrier Scattering

and Mobility

The influence of point defects on the scattering of charge carriers and their mobility
is a critical aspect in the study of semiconductor materials. Understanding how point
defects, such as vacancies, interstitial, and substitutions, affect the movement of
charge carriers is essential for optimizing the performance of electronic devices.
These defects act as scattering centers, disrupting the otherwise smooth trajectory
of charge carriers and influencing their overall mobility within the material. Inves-
tigating the impact of point defects on charge carrier scattering provides valuable
insights into the material’s electronic behaviour, offering a foundation for defect
engineering strategies aimed at enhancing carrier mobility and, consequently, the
efficiency of semiconductor devices [23].

5.6 The Role of Grain Boundaries in Affecting Carrier

Transport

The section delves into the intricate role of grain boundaries in shaping carrier trans-
port within semiconductor materials. Grain boundaries, interfaces between crys-
talline grains, present both challenges and opportunities in the realm of charge carrier
movement. These boundaries disrupt the crystal lattice, introducing scattering mech-
anisms that hinder the smooth flow of charge carriers and consequently reduce their
mobility [37]. The discussion encompasses the impact of grain boundaries on carrier
scattering, emphasizing the need to comprehend their nature and effects on mate-
rial conductivity. Despite these challenges, the chapter explores the potential for
engineering carrier transport by strategically modifying grain boundary properties.
Techniques such as grain boundary engineering and controlled material processing
conditions are scrutinized for their efficacy in optimizing carrier mobility. Practical
implications for semiconductor devices are underscored, emphasizing the impor-
tance of minimizing the adverse effects of grain boundaries for enhanced device
performance. Furthermore, the chapter addresses recent advancements in material
characterization techniques, providing a detailed exploration of grain boundaries
and their intricate interplay with carrier transport. This comprehensive examina-
tion contributes valuable insights to the broader understanding of semiconductor
materials, laying the foundation for informed strategies in electronic technology
applications.
Defect Engineering for Tailoring Thermoelectric Properties … 207

6 Engineering Defects to Enhance the Electrical

Performance

The process of deliberately engineering defects to enhance electrical performance

stands as a transformative concept within materials science and engineering. This
approach involves the strategic introduction and manipulation of defects in a mate-
rial to achieve specific improvements in its electrical properties. Defects, such as
vacancies, interstitials, or dopants, play a crucial role in influencing charge transport
and conductivity within semiconductors.
In this paradigm, the chapter explores how controlled defect engineering can be
employed to optimize electrical performance. By tailoring the type, concentration,
and distribution of defects, researchers and engineers aim to fine-tune the material’s
electronic characteristics. This includes modifying carrier concentration, enhancing
carrier mobility, and influencing other key parameters that directly impact electrical
conductivity.
The discussion encompasses various strategies for defect engineering, including
precision doping, lattice modifications, and the creation of defect-rich structures.
Each strategy is dissected for its efficacy in achieving specific electrical enhance-
ments. The chapter also delves into the intricate interplay between defects and
their influence on band structure, energy levels, and carrier dynamics, offering a
comprehensive understanding of the underlying mechanisms.
Practical applications of defect engineering in semiconductor devices, sensors,
and electronic components are highlighted, showcasing how this approach translates
into tangible improvements in device performance. Moreover, the chapter explores
the evolving landscape of emerging materials, such as two-dimensional structures
and nanomaterials, where defect engineering plays a pivotal role in tailoring electrical
properties.
The synthesis of theoretical frameworks and experimental methodologies for
defect engineering is addressed, providing a holistic view of the subject. Advanced
characterization techniques, computational simulations, and innovative fabrication
processes are discussed as integral components of a successful defect engineering
strategy.
Ultimately, the chapter underscores the transformative potential of defect engi-
neering in advancing materials for electronic and optoelectronic applications. By
harnessing the controllable introduction of defects, researchers can unlock new
frontiers in materials design, pushing the boundaries of electrical performance and
contributing to the evolution of cutting-edge technologies [7].
208 R. Walia et al.

7 Influence of Defects on Electrical Properties

of Electroceramics

7.1 Strategies to Improve the Electrical Conductivity

Electrical conductivity refers to a material’s ability to conduct electric current. It is

directly related to both carrier mobility (μ) and carrier concentration (n), which can be
expressed through the formula: σ = neμ. A high-quality thermoelectric (TE) material
typically possesses an electrical conductivity of approximately 104 S/m. There are
several factors that can contribute to the improvement of electrical conductivity in a
material:

7.2 Carrier Concentration

In order to create a good TE (thermoelectric) material, it is crucial that the carrier

concentration falls within a specific range, which is typically between 1019 and
1021 cm−1 . There are two methods to optimize carrier concentration: tuning intrinsic
defects and extrinsic doping.
Extrinsic doping is the process of adding suitable elements from the periodic table
to the material to adjust its carrier concentration. It is considered to be one of the
main methods to achieve this, as evidenced by the data shown in Fig. 1a–c. However,
determining the appropriate dopant can be difficult due to several factors, such as the
solubility limit and efficiency of the dopant. This can result in lower TE performance
than what is theoretically predicted for certain materials. Therefore, it is important
to carefully choose the dopant to optimize the TE performance of the material.
Intrinsic defects such as antisite, vacancies, and interstitials can also be used to
optimize carrier concentration, as shown in Fig. 1d–f. Compared to extrinsic doping,
intrinsic defects are more difficult to control and optimize. However, they are still
considered to be a viable method for fine-tuning the TE performance of a material.
In addition to extrinsic doping and intrinsic defects, carrier concentration can
also be manipulated by magnetic transitions and temperature-dependent solubility,
as demonstrated in Fig. 1g–h. By taking advantage of these methods, researchers can
create TE materials with improved performance, which can be useful in a variety of
applications.

7.3 Carrier Mobility

In the realm of electrical conductivity, both carrier mobility and carrier concentra-
tion play equally important roles. The carrier mobility is determined by a number of
Defect Engineering for Tailoring Thermoelectric Properties … 209

Fig. 1 (a) perfect lattice (b) substitution of cation (c) substitution of anion (d) cation vacancy (e)
interstitials (f) antistites (g) temperature dependent doping (h) magnetic transition [49]

factors, including the material’s electronic structure and various scattering mecha-
nisms such as alloying scattering, acoustic phonon scattering, polar optical phonon
scattering, and ionized impurity scattering. Additionally, elastic scattering carrier
mobility can be expressed through a simple parabolic band assumption. Under-
standing these factors is crucial in optimizing the performance of thermoelectric
for various technological applications. The carrier mobility is explained using the
following expression:
eτ
μ=
m∗I

where m∗I and τ represent charge carriers’ effective mass and scattering time. The
scattering time is related to the effective mass of density-of-states (DOS) (m∗d ), carrier
energy (E), and temperature (T ), which is related to the scattering mechanisms, as
shown in the equation below

τ ∝ E r T S m∗d t

Specifically, t = 1/ 2, r = 3/2, and s = 0 for ionized impurity scattering, while for

acoustic phonon scattering, s = -1, r = -1/2, and t = − 3/2, respectively [20].
210 R. Walia et al.

8 Influence of Defects on the Seebeck Coefficient

of Electroceramics

The Seebeck coefficient, also known as thermoelectric power or thermopower, is a

crucial parameter in thermoelectric materials, including electroceramics. It measures
the ability of a material to generate an electric voltage in response to a temperature
gradient. The presence of defects in electroceramics can significantly impact their
electrical and thermal transport properties, influencing the Seebeck coefficient [34].
Defects in electroceramics can take various forms, such as vacancies, intersti-
tials, dislocations, grain boundaries, and dopants. Each type of defect can affect the
electronic band structure, charge carrier mobility, and phonon scattering within the
material, thereby influencing its thermoelectric performance [50]. Several studies
have investigated the relationship between defects and the Seebeck coefficient in
different electroceramic materials. For example, research may focus on the role of
grain boundaries in polycrystalline ceramics or the impact of doping on the ther-
moelectric properties of certain materials. It is essential to consider both intrinsic
defects, which are inherent to the crystal structure, and extrinsic defects introduced
intentionally through processing techniques [46].

9 Role of Point Defects in Seebeck Coefficient Modification

The role of point defects in modifying the Seebeck coefficient represents a critical
and fascinating aspect in the realm of electroceramics for thermoelectric applications.
Point defects, which include vacancies, interstitials, and dopants, play a pivotal role
in shaping the electronic structure of materials, ultimately influencing their ther-
moelectric properties. These defects act as active participants in the charge trans-
port mechanisms, impacting the movement of charge carriers and, consequently, the
Seebeck coefficient.
In the intricate interplay between charge carriers and point defects, the Seebeck
coefficient emerges as a key parameter that is particularly sensitive to the presence
and type of defects. The introduction of point defects into the crystal lattice can lead
to adjustments in the band structure, affecting the energy landscape through which
charge carriers navigate. This, in turn, influences the mobility of charge carriers and
modulates their scattering behaviour, thereby altering the material’s thermoelectric
response.
Understanding the mechanisms through which point defects impact the Seebeck
coefficient involves delving into intricate concepts [47]. Defect-induced energy
levels, for example, serve as stepping stones for carriers within the material, influ-
encing their movement and contributing to changes in the Seebeck coefficient.
Moreover, the interactions between charge carriers and defects can lead to complex
phenomena such as energy filtering and selective scattering, further adding layers of
intricacy to the modification process.
Defect Engineering for Tailoring Thermoelectric Properties … 211

Noteworthy studies in this field explore the diverse avenues through which point
defect engineering can be harnessed to enhance the thermoelectric performance of
electroceramics. These studies often leverage both experimental and computational
approaches to tailor specific point defects for optimal Seebeck coefficient outcomes.
By elucidating the underlying mechanisms and providing insightful case studies,
researchers aim to contribute to the broader understanding of how point defects can
be strategically employed to tailor the Seebeck coefficient in electroceramics [24].
These endeavours not only deepen our theoretical understanding but also open up
practical avenues for advancements in thermoelectric technology, with the potential
for more efficient energy conversion and utilization.

10 Impact of Microstructural Defects on Seebeck

Coefficient

The impact of microstructural defects on the Seebeck coefficient is a crucial consid-

eration in the study and engineering of electroceramics for thermoelectric appli-
cations. Microstructural defects, encompassing grain boundaries, dislocations, and
other structural irregularities, significantly influence the transport of charge carriers
and, consequently, the thermoelectric performance of materials. Grain boundaries,
acting as barriers for charge carriers, can lead to increased scattering events, affecting
their mobility and contributing to changes in the Seebeck coefficient. Dislocations,
on the other hand, introduce strain fields that can alter the electronic structure of the
material, further influencing the thermoelectric properties. Understanding the intri-
cate relationship between microstructural defects and the Seebeck coefficient requires
a comprehensive exploration of how these defects modify the energy landscape within
the material and interact with charge carriers [24].
Researchers delve into experimental investigations and computational simulations
to unravel the complex interplay between microstructural defects and the thermo-
electric response. Strategies for tailoring microstructural defects emerge as essential
focal points, aiming to optimize the Seebeck coefficient for enhanced thermoelectric
efficiency. As we navigate the complexities of microstructural engineering, a deeper
understanding of how these defects impact the Seebeck coefficient not only advances
fundamental knowledge but also guides the development of materials with tailored
microstructures for improved thermoelectric performance. The pursuit of optimized
microstructural design holds promising implications for the broader field of energy
conversion, offering pathways for the development of more efficient and sustainable
thermoelectric devices.
212 R. Walia et al.

11 Defect-Induced Phonon Scattering and Seebeck

Coefficient Enhancement

The intricate interplay between defect-induced phonon scattering and the enhance-
ment of the Seebeck coefficient stands as a pivotal aspect in the optimization of ther-
moelectric materials for electroceramic applications. Phonons, as carriers of heat,
contribute significantly to the thermoelectric performance of materials. The delib-
erate introduction of defects, such as point defects, dislocations, or grain boundaries,
acts as a strategic approach to manipulate phonon transport. In this context, defect-
induced phonon scattering becomes a crucial mechanism for modifying the thermal
conductivity of the material. By impeding the smooth propagation of phonons, defects
effectively reduce the material’s thermal conductivity, enhancing its thermoelectric
efficiency. Simultaneously, the impact of defect-induced phonon scattering on the
Seebeck coefficient is substantial. The modification of phonon behavior influences
the interaction between charge carriers and lattice vibrations, leading to alterations
in the electronic transport properties. Researchers investigate various theoretical
models to understand the nuanced effects of defect-induced phonon scattering on
the Seebeck coefficient. The exploration often involves computational simulations
and experimental studies to quantify the influence of different defects on the ther-
moelectric response. Strategies focusing on defect-induced phonon scattering aim
to strike a delicate balance, as excessive scattering may adversely affect electrical
conductivity. Hence, researchers seek optimal defect configurations and densities to
achieve a harmonious enhancement of the Seebeck coefficient without compromising
electrical transport. This multifaceted approach to defect engineering underscores
the importance of considering both electronic and thermal aspects in the pursuit of
highly efficient thermoelectric materials. The ongoing research in defect-induced
phonon scattering not only contributes to the fundamental understanding of thermo-
electric phenomena but also holds promise for the development of materials with
tailored thermal and electrical properties, paving the way for more effective energy
conversion technologies.

12 Defect Density and Distribution: Optimizing Seebeck

Coefficient Performance

The optimization of the Seebeck coefficient performance in electroceramics critically

hinges on the strategic control of defect density and distribution within the material.
Defects, including vacancies, interstitials, and dopants, play a pivotal role in influ-
encing the electronic structure and transport properties of materials. Understanding
how defect density and distribution impact the Seebeck coefficient involves a deli-
cate balance, as these factors affect charge carrier mobility, scattering mechanisms,
and the overall thermoelectric response. Researchers are engaged in comprehensive
Defect Engineering for Tailoring Thermoelectric Properties … 213

studies to explore the nuanced effects of varying defect densities on the Seebeck coef-
ficient. Higher defect densities can lead to increased scattering of charge carriers,
thereby modifying the electronic transport properties and influencing the thermo-
electric performance. However, finding the optimal defect density is crucial, as
excessively high densities may introduce detrimental effects, such as reduced carrier
mobility or increased phonon scattering. Equally important is the consideration of
defect distribution throughout the material. Uniform distribution versus clustering
of defects can have distinct consequences for the Seebeck coefficient. Researchers
investigate experimental and computational approaches to tailor defect distribution,
seeking to optimize charge carrier pathways and minimize the impact of localized
charge carrier scattering. Strategies for optimizing defect density and distribution
involve a multidisciplinary approach, combining theoretical models, advanced char-
acterization techniques, and materials synthesis methods. By gaining a deeper under-
standing of the interplay between defects and the Seebeck coefficient, researchers aim
to design materials with precisely engineered defect landscapes for enhanced thermo-
electric performance. This avenue of research not only contributes to the fundamental
understanding of defect engineering but also holds promise for the development of
advanced materials with improved thermoelectric properties, thereby advancing the
field of energy conversion and utilization [24, 47].

13 Defects and Thermal Conductivity

13.1 Strategies to Reduce the Thermal Conductivity

The cumulative thermal conductivity comprises both lattice thermal conductivity

and electronic thermal conductivity. Electronic thermal conductivity hinges on elec-
trical conductivity and can be evaluated using the Wiedemann–Franz law, denoted
as k ele = Lσ T, where L represents the Lorentz number, σ electrical conductivity,
and T temperature. The value of L lies in the range of (1.6–2.5) × 10–8 WK−2 .
So, for a good thermoelectric material, optimum carrier concentration is required.
Furthermore, the lattice thermal conductivity is established upon classical kinetic
theory and is outlined by the subsequent equation

1
klat = Cv lνs
3
Here l represents mean free path of phonons, Cv stands for specific heat at constant
volume, and νs signifies the average velocity of sound. At temperatures below 40 K,
the number of excited phonons is minimal and their wavelengths are extended,
resulting in the prevalence of the Debye T 3 law for C v in lieu of phonon scat-
tering as the dominant contributor to lattice thermal conductivity. As the temperature
214 R. Walia et al.

surpasses the Debye temperature, C v approaches the classical value of 3R, influenced
by the phonon–phonon scattering-induced mean free path of the phonons.
Phonons are basically the vibrational waves having various wavelengths that arises
due to the displacement of atoms from their equilibrium position. Lattice thermal
conductivity hinges on these phonons, as they bear the primary heat-carrying role
and are connected to a range of wavelengths and mean free paths. Diverse crystal
defects, including nanoprecipitates, point defects, dislocations, and grain boundaries,
can effectively impede the propagation of phonons, as depicted in Fig. 2.

Fig. 2 Phonon scattering by a point defects, nano-precipitates and grain boundaries, b mesoscale
structuring, c dislocations [2, 3, 34, 40, 44]
Defect Engineering for Tailoring Thermoelectric Properties … 215

13.2 Point Defects

Point defects are intentionally introduced to induce imperfections within the lattice,
typically occurring over a length scale of one interatomic distance. This is achieved
by incorporating vacancies, interstitials, and substitutions, consequently leading to
a reduction in lattice thermal conductivity.

13.3 Nano Structuring

It is a method to form single phase nanoparticles or a solid solution having nanoscale

precipitate embedded in the matrix. These nanoscale precipitate and the grain bound-
aries can act as a barrier to scatter the phonons thereby reducing the lattice thermal
conductivity.

13.4 Dislocations

Dislocations which can be introduced by plastic deformation during the process

of liquid phase compaction are utilized to diminish lattice thermal conductivity by
causing scattering of phonons with medium frequencies.

13.5 Mesoscale Structuring

Mesoscale structuring is used to scatter long wavelength phonons. Mesoscale struc-

turing is a method of creating mesoparticles ranging from 100 nm to 5 μm. These
fine-grained powders are then sintered which enables boundary scattering within the
intergrain region. The long mean free path phonons are restricted to propagate due
to finite size of the grains. Hence, the long wavelength phonons are scattered by
Mesoscale grain boundaries.

14 Defect Chemistry and Thermoelectric Efficiency

Defect chemistry plays a pivotal role in shaping the thermoelectric efficiency of

materials, offering a promising avenue for enhancing energy conversion technolo-
gies. In the realm of thermoelectric materials, where the conversion of waste heat
into electricity is paramount, defects introduce opportunities for tuning electronic
and thermal transport properties. The deliberate introduction of point defects, such
216 R. Walia et al.

as vacancies or dopants, can significantly influence the carrier concentration and

mobility, impacting the Seebeck coefficient and electrical conductivity. Simultane-
ously, defects act as scattering centres for phonons, reducing thermal conductivity
and thereby enhancing the thermoelectric figure of merit (ZT) [2]. Understanding the
intricate interplay between defect chemistry and thermoelectric properties enables
researchers to tailor materials for optimal performance. Advances in computational
methods, such as ab initio calculations and modeling techniques, facilitate the predic-
tion and design of materials with specific defect configurations to achieve superior
thermoelectric efficiency. Harnessing the potential of defect engineering opens new
vistas for the development of sustainable and efficient energy conversion devices,
contributing to the ongoing quest for cleaner and more effective power generation
technologies.

14.1 Theoretical Models for Studying the Effects of Defects

Theoretical models elucidating the influence of defect chemistry on thermoelectric

properties are essential tools in the quest to optimize materials for efficient energy
conversion. One such model is the point defect scattering model, which focuses on
the interaction between charge carriers and defects, such as vacancies or dopants.
This model mathematically describes the impact of defects on carrier mobility and
the Seebeck coefficient, offering insights into how specific defect types and concen-
trations affect electrical conductivity and thermopower. Additionally, the Callaway
model extends the understanding to thermal transport by considering phonon scat-
tering mechanisms induced by defects, providing a framework to analyse how defects
influence thermal conductivity. The incorporation of these theoretical models into
the broader framework of transport equations allows researchers to predict and opti-
mize thermoelectric properties by strategically manipulating defect concentrations.
Computational methods, such as density functional theory, contribute to these models
by providing a microscopic understanding of the electronic and vibrational interac-
tions involved in defect-mediated changes. As researchers refine and expand these
theoretical models, they pave the way for more precise tailoring of materials with
enhanced thermoelectric efficiency through controlled defect engineering.

14.2 Defects as a Means to Optimize Carrier Concentration

and Electronic Band Structure

Defects serve as a compelling avenue for the deliberate optimization of carrier

concentration and the electronic band structure in materials, offering a nuanced
approach to enhancing their thermoelectric performance. Point defects, such as
vacancies or dopants, play a pivotal role in influencing the density of charge carriers
Defect Engineering for Tailoring Thermoelectric Properties … 217

within a material. Through the intentional introduction of these defects, researchers

can precisely control the concentration of electrons or holes, thereby modulating
the electrical conductivity. This manipulation of carrier concentration is pivotal for
tailoring the thermoelectric properties of a material. Moreover, defects contribute to
the modification of the electronic band structure, influencing the energy levels avail-
able to charge carriers. Dopants, for instance, introduce additional electronic states
within the bandgap, affecting the Seebeck coefficient and electrical conductivity. By
strategically engineering defects, researchers can tailor the electronic band structure
to enhance the thermopower, or the ability of a material to convert a temperature
gradient into an electric voltage. The optimization of carrier concentration and elec-
tronic band structure through defect engineering is a powerful strategy to improve the
overall thermoelectric efficiency of a material. This approach allows for a fine-tuned
adjustment of electrical transport properties, striking a delicate balance between elec-
trical conductivity and thermopower to maximize the thermoelectric figure of merit
(ZT). As researchers delve deeper into understanding and manipulating these defect-
mediated effects, they pave the way for the development of advanced materials with
superior thermoelectric capabilities, holding great promise for sustainable energy
harvesting and conversion technologies.

14.3 Trade-Offs Between Enhanced Electrical Properties

and Decreased Thermal Conductivity

The optimization of thermoelectric materials often involves navigating intricate

trade-offs between enhancing electrical properties and suppressing thermal conduc-
tivity. This delicate balance is a central consideration in the quest for materials
with superior thermoelectric efficiency. On one hand, the intentional introduction of
defects, such as vacancies, dopants, or grain boundaries, can substantially enhance
electrical conductivity by influencing the charge carrier concentration and mobility.
This is a crucial aspect as higher electrical conductivity contributes to improved ther-
moelectric performance. However, the same defects that boost electrical properties
often act as scattering centres for phonons, impeding the smooth transmission of heat.
This phenomenon leads to a decrease in thermal conductivity. While this reduction is
desirable for enhancing the thermoelectric figure of merit (ZT), which is a key indi-
cator of overall efficiency, it creates a trade-off scenario [2]. Enhancing electrical
conductivity might inadvertently compromise thermal conductivity, and vice versa.
Striking an optimal balance between these opposing trends is essential. Researchers
must carefully engineer defects to maximize electrical properties without excessively
sacrificing thermal conductivity. This delicate compromise is particularly crucial in
thermoelectric materials, where the overall efficiency is directly tied to both the
electrical and thermal transport properties. The pursuit of materials with minimal
218 R. Walia et al.

trade-offs, or even synergistic improvements in both electrical and thermal proper-

ties, remains a critical challenge and an area of active research in the field of thermo-
electric materials science. Achieving this delicate balance holds the key to unlocking
the full potential of thermoelectric materials for sustainable energy harvesting and
conversion applications.

15 Strategies for Defect Control and Material Design

Efficient strategies for defect control and material design play a pivotal role in
tailoring the properties of materials for specific applications, ranging from electronics
to energy conversion. One approach involves precise manipulation of the synthesis
conditions to control defect types and concentrations. By carefully adjusting param-
eters such as temperature, pressure, and reaction time, researchers can influence
defect formation and distribution, allowing for a targeted design of material struc-
tures. Additionally, advanced doping techniques offer a powerful tool for introducing
controlled defects into materials, enabling the tuning of electronic properties to meet
desired specifications. In the realm of computational materials science, modelling
and simulation techniques provide valuable insights into defect behaviour and their
impact on material performance. Density functional theory and other simulation
methods allow researchers to predict the influence of specific defects on electronic,
optical, and thermal properties, aiding in the rational design of materials with tailored
functionalities. Combining experimental and computational approaches facilitates
a comprehensive understanding of defect engineering, empowering researchers to
design materials with enhanced properties and address challenges in various tech-
nological domains. These strategies not only pave the way for the development of
advanced materials with improved performance but also contribute to the broader
field of materials science and engineering.

15.1 Defect Engineering Techniques: Doping, Alloying,

Controlled Sintering

Defect engineering techniques encompass a variety of sophisticated methods aimed at

intentionally introducing and manipulating defects in materials to tailor their prop-
erties. Doping, a widely employed technique, involves the deliberate introduction
of specific atoms or ions into a material’s crystal lattice to modify its electronic
and structural characteristics. By carefully selecting dopants and controlling their
concentration, researchers can influence charge carrier density, band structure, and
conductivity. Alloying is another powerful defect engineering strategy that involves
incorporating foreign elements into a material to form a solid solution. This alters the
Defect Engineering for Tailoring Thermoelectric Properties … 219

material’s properties by introducing lattice distortions, changing the electronic struc-

ture, or creating new phases. Alloying provides a versatile means to tailor mechanical,
thermal, and electrical properties, enabling the design of materials with enhanced
performance for specific applications.
Controlled sintering, or thermal processing, is a crucial technique for defect
engineering, particularly in ceramics and other materials with high-temperature
processing requirements. During sintering, the material undergoes controlled heating
and cooling, influencing defect formation, grain growth, and overall microstructure.
By adjusting sintering parameters such as temperature, pressure, and dwell time,
researchers can precisely control defect populations, grain sizes, and distribution,
thus influencing the material’s mechanical and thermal properties.
Combining these defect engineering techniques allows for a synergistic approach
to material design. For instance, controlled doping can be complemented by alloying
to fine-tune electronic properties, while controlled sintering aids in optimizing
the material’s structural integrity. The judicious integration of these techniques
provides a comprehensive toolbox for tailoring materials across a broad spectrum of
applications, from electronics to energy conversion and beyond. This multidimen-
sional approach to defect engineering empowers researchers to achieve materials
with unprecedented and customizable properties, meeting the demands of diverse
technological challenges.

15.2 Computational Methods for Predicting and Optimizing

Defect Configurations

Computational methods have emerged as indispensable tools for predicting and opti-
mizing defect configurations in materials, offering an in-depth understanding of the
intricate interplay between defects and material properties. One prominent approach
is density functional theory (DFT), a quantum mechanical method that calculates
electronic structure and properties with high accuracy. DFT enables researchers
to explore the energetics and electronic effects of various defect configurations,
shedding light on how defects influence the material’s overall behaviour. Molecular
dynamics (MD) simulations extend the computational arsenal by providing insights
into the dynamic aspects of defect interactions. MD simulations allow researchers
to study the temporal evolution of defects, examining their diffusion, aggregation,
and reaction kinetics. This temporal perspective is crucial for understanding how
defects evolve over time and influence material stability. Machine learning tech-
niques have also found application in defect prediction and optimization. By training
models on large datasets of known defect structures and their corresponding prop-
erties, machine learning algorithms can predict the impact of specific defects on
material performance. This approach accelerates defect screening processes, helping
researchers identify promising defect configurations for further experimental inves-
tigation. Furthermore, ab initio thermodynamics is employed to assess the stability
220 R. Walia et al.

and prevalence of different defect configurations under varying conditions. This

method considers the temperature, pressure, and chemical potential to predict the
thermodynamically favourable defect states, aiding in the identification of stable
configurations that could be experimentally achievable. The integration of these
computational methods allows researchers to explore vast configurational spaces,
predict the most favourable defect structures, and optimize material performance.
This computational synergy not only expedites the materials discovery process but
also guides experimental efforts by providing valuable insights into the underlying
mechanisms governing defect-induced changes in materials. As computational tech-
niques continue to advance, their role in defect engineering will likely expand,
facilitating the design of materials with tailored properties for specific applications.

15.3 Case Studies Highlighting Successful Defect-Controlled

Thermoelectric Material.

Several studies have successfully demonstrated the impact of defect engineering on

the thermoelectric properties of materials, showcasing the potential for controlled
defects to enhance energy conversion efficiency. One notable example involves the
use of point defects in silicon-based materials. Researchers have employed inten-
tional doping with specific elements to introduce defects, effectively tuning the charge
carrier concentration and enhancing electrical conductivity. This controlled defect
strategy has shown promise in improving the thermoelectric efficiency of silicon,
traditionally not considered a strong thermoelectric material. In another study, lead
telluride (PbTe), a renowned thermoelectric material, has been subject to defect engi-
neering to further enhance its performance. By introducing specific dopants, such as
sodium or silver, researchers manipulated the material’s electronic band structure,
optimizing the balance between electrical conductivity and Seebeck coefficient. This
deliberate defect control led to a substantial increase in the thermoelectric figure of
merit (ZT), reflecting a notable improvement in the material’s ability to convert waste
heat into electricity. Additionally, research has focused on complex oxides, such as
strontium titanate (SrTiO3 ), where controlled oxygen vacancies serve as effective
point defects. These vacancies influence both electronic and thermal transport prop-
erties, offering a unique platform for tailoring thermoelectric performance. Studies
involving SrTiO3 have demonstrated the feasibility of defect-controlled strategies to
enhance ZT, emphasizing the importance of precise defect engineering in oxide-based
thermoelectric materials [58]. Furthermore, advancements in nanostructuring tech-
niques have allowed researchers to create defect-rich nanomaterials. For instance,
nanostructured silicon germanium (SiGe) alloys with grain boundaries and interfaces
have exhibited enhanced thermoelectric properties owing to the increased scattering
of phonons at defect sites. These studies highlight the significance of defect engi-
neering in nanomaterials to achieve superior thermoelectric efficiency. Collectively,
these studies underscore the success of defect-controlled strategies in improving the
Defect Engineering for Tailoring Thermoelectric Properties … 221

thermoelectric properties of diverse materials. By manipulating defects, researchers

have demonstrated the ability to fine-tune electronic and thermal transport properties,
paving the way for the development of more efficient thermoelectric materials for
sustainable energy applications.

16 Integration of Defect-Controlled Electroceramics

into Practical Thermoelectric Devices

The ultimate goal of defect engineering in electroceramics is to translate funda-

mental insights into practical applications. Integrating defect-controlled electroce-
ramics into thermoelectric devices poses a unique set of challenges, including scal-
ability, stability, and compatibility with existing technologies. Overcoming these
challenges requires a collaborative effort between materials scientists, engineers,
and device designers. Successful integration will not only contribute to the real-
ization of efficient thermoelectric devices for waste heat recovery but also foster
advancements in sustainable energy solutions. As we navigate these challenges and
explore new research frontiers, the field of defect-controlled electroceramics holds
great potential for revolutionizing the landscape of thermoelectric technology.

17 Potential Impact of Defect-Controlled Electroceramics

on Energy Conversion Technologies

Looking forward, the potential impact of defect-controlled electroceramics on energy

conversion technologies is profound. The exploration of emerging research areas,
such as the use of two-dimensional materials and nanostructuring techniques,
presents exciting possibilities for manipulating defects at the nanoscale. This not
only deepens our fundamental understanding of defect engineering but also opens
new vistas for practical applications.
As we envision the integration of defect-controlled electroceramics into thermo-
electric devices, the anticipated outcome is a transformative shift in energy conver-
sion technologies. The marriage of fundamental scientific insights with technolog-
ical innovation holds the promise of highly efficient and sustainable thermoelectric
devices, contributing significantly to the global pursuit of clean and renewable energy
solutions. The study of defects in electroceramics stands not only as a scientific
endeavour but as a driving force toward a more energy-efficient and environmen-
tally conscious future. In this synthesis of knowledge and innovation, the strategic
engineering of defects emerges as a powerful tool for crafting a new era in energy
conversion and utilization.
222 R. Walia et al.

18 Challenges and Future Directions

The study of defects in electroceramics has significantly advanced our understanding

of thermoelectric phenomena, yet several challenges persist in comprehending and
controlling defects in these materials. Achieving a comprehensive understanding of
the intricate interplay between different types of defects, such as point defects, grain
boundaries, and dislocations, remains a formidable task. The complex nature of defect
interactions with charge carriers and lattice vibrations demands further exploration
to unveil the underlying mechanisms governing thermoelectric behaviour.
One of the persisting challenges lies in unravelling the intricate relationships
between defect types and their influence on various thermoelectric parameters. Addi-
tionally, the development of precise and scalable techniques for controlling defect
density and distribution is essential for achieving reproducibility and consistency in
material performance. Addressing these challenges will not only deepen our funda-
mental understanding of defect engineering but also pave the way for the intentional
design of electroceramics with tailored thermoelectric properties.

19 Conclusion

In summary, our journey through the exploration of defects in electroceramics has

illuminated their profound significance in modulating thermoelectric properties,
laying the foundation for advancements in energy conversion technologies. The delib-
erate engineering of defects, encompassing a variety of forms from point defects to
microstructural irregularities, emerges as a transformative approach to fine-tune the
electronic and thermal transport properties of materials.
As evidenced by the chapters on the influence of point defects, microstructural
defects, and defect-induced phonon scattering on the Seebeck coefficient, it is evident
that defects are not mere imperfections but active agents shaping the thermoelec-
tric landscape. Point defects alter the electronic structure, microstructural defects
affect charge carrier mobility, and defect-induced phonon scattering impacts thermal
conductivity. The intricate dance between these defects becomes the key to achieving
optimal thermoelectric performance.

Acknowledgements Author Yogendra K. Gautam, thank to Government of Uttar Pradesh for

Research grant under Research and Development Scheme [No. 23/2023/680/Sattar-4-2023-001-
4(59)/2022] and CCS University, Meerut [DEV/URGS/2022-23/39].
Defect Engineering for Tailoring Thermoelectric Properties … 223

References

1. Anno, H., Yamaguchi, K., Nakabayashi, T., Kurokawa, H., Akagi, F., Hojo, M., Toshima, N.:
Thermoelectric properties of conducting polyaniline/BaTiO3 nanoparticle composite films.
IOP Conf. Ser.: Mater. Sci. Eng. 18(SYMPOSIUM 9C) (2011)
2. Aswal, D.K., Basu, R., Singh, A.: Key issues in development of thermoelectric power gener-
ators: High figure-of-merit materials and their highly conducting interfaces with metallic
interconnects. In: Energy Conversion and Management, vol. 114, pp. 50–67. Elsevier (2016)
3. Baláž, P., Baláž, M., Achimovičová, M., Bujňáková, Z., Dutková, E.: Chalcogenide
mechanochemistry in materials science: insight into synthesis and applications (a review).
J. Mater. Sci. 52(20), 11851–11890 (2017)
4. Carter, C.B., Norton, M.G.: Ceramic Materials Science and Engineering (2007)
5. Dey, A., Bajpai, O.P., Sikder, A.K., Chattopadhyay, S., Shafeeuulla Khan, M.A.: Recent
advances in CNT/graphene based thermoelectric polymer nanocomposite: A proficient move
towards waste energy harvesting. Renew. Sustain. Energy Rev. 53, 653–671) (2016)
6. Dragoman, D., Dragoman, M.: Giant thermoelectric effect in graphene. Appl. Phys. Lett. 91(20)
(2007)
7. Feng, Y., Wu, J., Chi, Q., Li, W., Yu, Y., Fei, W.: Defects and aliovalent doping engineering in
electroceramics. Chem. Rev. 120(3), 1710–1787. American Chemical Society (2020)
8. Goldsmid, H.J.: Bismuth telluride and its alloys as materials for thermoelectric generation.
Materials 7(4), 2577–2592. MDPI AG (2014)
9. Hao, X., Chen, X., Zhou, X., Zhang, L., Tao, J., Wang, C., Wu, T., Dai, W.: Performance
optimization for PbTe-based thermoelectric materials: Front. Energy Res. 9. Frontiers Media
S.A. (2021)
10. Hassen, A.B., Rhouma, F.I.H., Daoudi, M., Dhahri, J., Zaidi, M., Abdelmoula, N.:
Influence of defect on the electrical and optical properties of A-site non-stoichiometry
Ca0.67 La0.22-0.11 Ti(1-x) Crx O3-δ perovskite. RSC Adv. 9(34), 19285–19296 (2019)
11. Huang, H.L., Cao, G.Z., & Shen, I.Y.: Hydrothermal synthesis of lead zirconate titanate (PZT or
Pb(Zr0.52 Ti0.48 )O3 ) nano-particles using controlled ramping and cooling rates. Sens. Actuators
A: Phys. 214, 111–119 (2014)
12. Imae, I., Koumoto, T., Harima, Y.: Thermoelectric properties of polythiophenes partially
substituted by ethylenedioxy groups. Polymer 144, 43–50 (2018)
13. Jiang, X.Y., Zhang, Q.K., Deng, S.P., Zhou, B., Wang, B., Chen, Z.Q., Qi, N., Tang, X.F.:
Enhanced thermoelectric performance of polythiophene/carbon nanotube-based composites.
J. Electron. Mater. 49(4), 2371–2380 (2018)
14. Jin Bae, E., Hun Kang, Y., Jang, K.S., Yun Cho, S.: Enhancement of thermoelectric properties
of PEDOT:PSS and tellurium-PEDOT:PSS hybrid composites by simple chemical treatment.
Sci. Reports 6 (2016)
15. Kadel, K., Kumari, L., Li, W.Z., Huang, J.Y., Provencio, P.P.: Synthesis and thermoelectric
properties of Bi2 Se3 nanostructures. Nanoscale Res. Lett. 6(1), 1–7 (2011)
16. Karim, A.M.M.T., Khan, M.K.R., Hossain, M.S.: Evaluation of the thermoelectric properties
and thermal conductivity of CH3 NH3 PbI3 - x Clx thin films prepared by chemical routes. ACS
Omega 6(26), 16775–16782 (2021)
17. Khoso, N.A., Jiao, X., Guangyu, X., Tian, S., Wang, J.: Enhanced thermoelectric performance of
graphene based nanocomposite coated self-powered wearable e-textiles for energy harvesting
from human body heat. RSC Adv. 11(27), 16675–16687 (2021)
18. Li, H., Su, X., Tang, X., Zhang, Q., Uher, C., Snyder, G.J., Aydemir, U.: Grain boundary
engineering with nano-scale InSb producing high performance Inx Cey Co4 Sb12+z skutterudite
thermoelectrics. J. Mater. 3(4), 273–279 (2017)
19. Li, J., Cheng, R., Cheng, Z., Duan, C., Wang, B., Zeng, J., Xu, J., Tian, X., Chen, H.,
Gao, W., Chen, K.: Silver-nanoparticle-embedded hybrid nanopaper with significant thermal
conductivity enhancement. ACS Appl. Mater. Interfaces 13(30), 36171–36181 (2021)
224 R. Walia et al.

20. Li, J., Sui, J., Pei, Y., Barreteau, C., Berardan, D., Dragoe, N., Cai, W., He, J., Zhao, L.D.: A
high thermoelectric figure of merit ZT > 1 in Ba heavily doped BiCuSeO oxyselenides. Energy
Environ. Sci. 5(9), 8543–8547 (2012)
21. Li, Y.N., Wu, P., Zhang, S.P., Pei, Y.L., Yang, J.G., Chen, S., Wang, L.: Effect of carbon
nanotubes addition on thermoelectric properties of Ca3 Co4 O9 ceramics. Chin. Phys. B 31(4)
(2022)
22. Liu, J., Qiu, L., Shao, S.: Emerging electronic applications of fullerene derivatives: An era
beyond OPV. J. Mater. Chem.C 9(45), 16143–16163. Royal Society of Chemistry (2021)
23. Lordi, V., Erhart, P., Åberg, D.: Charge carrier scattering by defects in semiconductors. Phys.
Rev. B – Condens. Matter Mater. Phys. 81(23) (2010)
24. Massetti, M., Jiao, F., Ferguson, A.J., Zhao, D., Wijeratne, K., Würger, A., Blackburn, J. L.,
Crispin, X., Fabiano, S.: Unconventional thermoelectric materials for energy harvesting and
sensing applications. Chem. Rev. 121(20), 12465–12547. American Chemical Society (2021)
25. Musiienko, A., Yang, F., Gries, T.W., Frasca, C., Friedrich, D., Al-Ashouri, A., Sağlamkaya, E.,
Lang, F., Kojda, D., Huang, Y.T., Stacchini, V., Hoye, R.L.Z., Ahmadi, M., Kanak, A., Abate,
A.: Resolving electron and hole transport properties in semiconductor materials by constant
light-induced magneto transport. Nat. Commun. 15(1) (2024)
26. Nadtochiy, A., Kozachenko, V., Korotchenkov, O., Schlosser, V.: Nickel-fullerene nanocom-
posites as thermoelectric materials. Nanomaterials 12(7) (2022)
27. Nandihalli, N., Liu, C.J., Mori, T.: Polymer based thermoelectric nanocomposite materials and
devices: fabrication and characteristics. Nano Energy 78 (2020)
28. Ok, K.M., Ohishi, Y., Muta, H., Kurosaki, K., Yamanaka, S.: Effect of point and planar defects
on thermal conductivity of TiO2−x . J. Am. Ceram. Soc. 101(1), 334–346 (2018)
29. Pashkevich, A.V., Fedotov, A.K., Poddenezhny, E.N., Bliznyuk, L.A., Fedotova, J.A., Basov,
N.A., Kharchanka, A.A., Zukowski, P., Koltunowicz, T.N., Korolik, O.V., Fedotova, V.V.:
Structure, electric and thermoelectric properties of binary ZnO-based ceramics doped with Fe
and Co. J. Alloys Compd. 895 (2022)
30. Pham, V.T., Fang, T.H.: Effects of temperature and intrinsic structural defects on mechanical
properties and thermal conductivities of InSe monolayers. Sci. Reports 10(1) (2020)
31. Rodrigues-Marinho, T., Correia, V., Tubio, C.R., Ares-Pernas, A., Abad, M.J., Lanceros-
Méndez, S., Costa, P.: Flexible thermoelectric energy harvesting system based on polymer
composites. Chem. Eng. J. 473 (2023)
32. Rogl, G., Rogl, P.F.: Development of thermoelectric half-heusler alloys over the past 25 years.
Crystals 13(7) (2023). Multidisciplinary Digital Publishing Institute (MDPI)
33. Rounds, R., Sarkar, B., Alden, D., Guo, Q., Klump, A., Hartmann, C., Nagashima, T., Kirste,
R., Franke, A., Bickermann, M., Kumagai, Y., Sitar, Z., Collazo, R.: The influence of point
defects on the thermal conductivity of AlN crystals. J. Appl. Phys. 123(18) (2018)
34. Rowe, D.M.: Thermoelectrics Handbook: Macro to Nano. CRC/Taylor & Francis (2006)
35. Scott, E.A., Hattar, K., Rost, C.M., Gaskins, J.T., Fazli, M., Ganski, C., Li, C., Bai, T., Wang, Y.,
Esfarjani, K., Goorsky, M., & Hopkins, P.E.: Phonon scattering effects from point and extended
defects on thermal conductivity studied via ion irradiation of crystals with self-impurities, Phys.
Rev. Mater. 2(9) (2018)
36. Termentzidis, K., Isaiev, M., Salnikova, A., Belabbas, I., Lacroix, D., Kioseoglou, J.: Impact
of screw and edge dislocations on the thermal conductivity of individual nanowires and bulk
GaN: a molecular dynamics study. Phys. Chem. Chem. Phys. 20(7), 5159–5172 (2018)
37. Vladimirov, I., Kühn, M., Geßner, T., May, F., Weitz, R.T.: Energy barriers at grain boundaries
dominate charge carrier transport in an electron-conductive organic semiconductor. Sci. Reports
8(1) (2018)
38. Wang, J., Xie, F., Cao, X. H., An, S. C., Zhou, W. X., Tang, L. M., & Chen, K. Q.: Excellent
Thermoelectric Properties in monolayer WSe2 Nanoribbons due to Ultralow Phonon Thermal
Conductivity, Scientific Reports, 7(2017)
39. Wei, J., Fan, Y., Zhao, L., Xue, F., Hao, L., Zhang, Q.: Thermoelectric properties of carbon
nanotube reinforced cement-based composites fabricated by compression shear. Ceram. Int.
44(6), 5829–5833 (2018). Elsevier Ltd.
Defect Engineering for Tailoring Thermoelectric Properties … 225

40. Wei, J., Yang, L., Ma, Z., Song, P., Zhang, M., Ma, J., Yang, F., Wang, X.: Review of current
high-ZT thermoelectric materials. J. Mater. Sci. 55(27), 12642–12704 (2020). Springer
41. Witting, I.T., Chasapis, T.C., Ricci, F., Peters, M., Heinz, N.A., Hautier, G., Snyder, G.J.: The
thermoelectric properties of bismuth telluride. Adv. Electron. Mater. 5(6) (2019). Blackwell
Publishing Ltd.
42. Wu, J., Liu, Y., Liu, Y., Cai, Y., Zhao, Y., Ng, H.K., Watanabe, K., Taniguchi, T., Zhang, G.,
Qiu, C.-W., Chi, D., Castro Neto, A.H., Thong, J.T.L., Loh, K.P., Hippalgaonkar, K.: Large
enhancement of thermoelectric performance in MoS2 /h-BN heterostructure due to vacancy-
induced band hybridization. PNAS 117, 13929–13936 (2020)
43. Xiao, Y., Zhao, L.D.: Charge and phonon transport in PbTe-based thermoelectric materials.
NPJ Quantum Mater. 3(1) (2018). Nature Publishing Group
44. Yan, X., Liu, W., Wang, H., Chen, S., Shiomi, J., Esfarjani, K., Wang, H., Wang, D., Chen, G.,
Ren, Z.: Stronger phonon scattering by larger differences in atomic mass and size in p-type
half-heuslers Hf1-x Tix CoSb0.8 Sn0.2 . Energy [Link]. 5(6), 7543–7548 (2012)
45. Yin, S., Lu, W., Wu, X., Luo, Q., Wang, E., Guo, C.Y.: Enhancing thermoelectric performance
of polyaniline/single-walled carbon nanotube composites via dimethyl sulfoxide-mediated
electropolymerization. ACS Appl. Mater. Interfaces 13(3), 3930–3936 (2021)
46. Zebarjadi, M., Esfarjani, K., Dresselhaus, M.S., Ren, Z.F., Chen, G.: Perspectives on thermo-
electrics: from fundamentals to device applications. Energy Environ. Sci. 5(1), 5147–5162)
(2012)
47. Zevalkink, A., Smiadak, D.M., Blackburn, J.L., Ferguson, A.J., Chabinyc, M.L., Delaire, O.,
Wang, J., Kovnir, K., Martin, J., Schelhas, L.T., Sparks, T. D., Kang, S.D., Dylla, M.T., Snyder,
G.J., Ortiz, B.R., Toberer, E.S.: A practical field guide to thermoelectrics: Fundamentals,
synthesis, and characterization. Appl. Phys. Rev. 5(2) (2018). American Institute of Physics
Inc.
48. Zhang, G., Li, Q., Gu, H., Jiang, S., Han, K., Gadinski, M.R., Haque, M.A., Zhang, Q., Wang,
Q.: Ferroelectric polymer nanocomposites for room-temperature electrocaloric refrigeration.
Adv. Mater. 27(8), 1450–1454 (2015)
49. Zhang, L.: Investigation of tin chalcogenides thermoelectric materials for energy conversion
(2018)
50. Zhao, C., Li, Z., Fan, T., Xiao, C., Xie, Y.: Defects engineering with multiple dimensions in
thermoelectric materials. Research (2020)
51. Zheng, X.F., Liu, C.X., Yan, Y.Y., Wang, Q.: A review of thermoelectrics research - recent
developments and potentials for sustainable and renewable energy applications. Renew. Sustain.
Energy Rev. 32, 486–503 (2014)
52. Zimbone, M., Sarikov, A., Bongiorno, C., Marzegalli, A., Scuderi, V., Calabretta, C., Miglio,
L., La Via, F.: Extended defects in 3C-SiC: stacking faults, threading partial dislocations, and
inverted domain boundaries. Acta Mater. 213 (2021)
Role of Electroceramics in Renewable
Energy Technologies

Pinki Singh, Nisha Shankhwar, and Satyendra Singh

Abstract The global warming has become one of the major concerns of today’s era,
carbon dioxide emissions being the largest contributors amongst all. The technolo-
gies employing use of renewable resources viz. sun, water, wind etc. can play a vital
role in the reduction of greenhouse gas emissions. In order to circumvent the usage
of fossil fuels, which is still the major source for power generation and is amongst the
largest CO2 -emitting sectors, it is essential to integrate the technologies associated
with energy-harvesting and energy storage devices. These devices with high energy/
power density play a significant role in transport electrification and portable elec-
tronics. The conventional dielectric capacitors have garnered larger interest due to
higher power density and their faster charge–discharge speed making them suitable
for pulsed power applications. The smaller remanent and larger maximum polar-
ization with high electric breakdown strength of dielectric ceramics are the keys
to its high energy density. The higher values of dielectric breakdown temperature
of electroceramics than its counterparts make them feasible alternative for high-
temperature applications. In this chapter, an overview of the role of electroceramics,
the historical evolutions and future projections in the renewable energy technology
sector have been discussed. A brief description on different types of ceramics, the
principles of energy storage in electroceramics and the strategies for enhancement
of energy storage properties is presented for more understanding.

Keywords Electroceramics · Energy-storage · Energy–density · Power-density ·

Dielectric breakdown

1 Introduction to Electroceramics in Renewable Energy

To combat with the climate crisis and achieve Paris agreement goals of net-zero
carbon emissions along with reduction of the global warming to 1.50 °C, it is essential
that anthropogenic carbon dioxide emissions must decline ~45% by 2030 [1]. This

P. Singh (B) · N. Shankhwar · S. Singh

Special Centre for Nanoscience, Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi, India
e-mail: pinki9386@[Link]

© The Author(s), under exclusive license to Springer Nature Singapore Pte Ltd. 2024 227
U. Kumar (ed.), Defects Engineering in Electroceramics for Energy Applications,
Engineering Materials, [Link]
228 P. Singh et al.

strongly highlights the urge for development of technologies related to renewable

resources such as sun, biomass, hydrothermal, wind, etc. Despite of so many attempts
being taken to increase the subsequent deployment of renewable energies, a lot
of challenges are being faced to replace the fossil fuels-based power generation
system which are a major source of CO2 emissions, due to the epochal properties
of renewables. To overcome the limitation caused due to this intermittent nature of
renewables, and to shift our reliability on fossil fuels simultaneously, it is essential
to integrate the technologies related to energy-harvesting with devices for energy
storage.
The increased demand for the development of sustainable renewable technologies
has led the researchers to focus on energy harvesting from various sources to limit
the usage of batteries or to extend their lifespan. Energy harvesting is defined as the
collection of various forms of energy from ambient sources (solar, thermal, mechan-
ical, wind, etc.) and converting them to electrical energy using a specific material or
transduction mechanism.
Energy storage devices play a pivotal role in sustainable renewable technolo-
gies which includes applications in particular transport electrification, pulsed power
applications and more specialized applications viz. active armors and heart defibril-
lators. The technologies to store energies such as batteries, fuel cells, electrochem-
ical and electrostatic capacitors are already available [2]. The drawbacks such as
limited energy storage capacities, power efficiency and limited lifespan of conven-
tional energy sources such as batteries has led to the recent developments of portable,
remote and low-power devices introduced as non-conventional sources from past few
decades. These energy storage devices eliminate the need of frequent recharging with
extended lifespan.
The electrostatic or dielectric capacitors are passive components that store elec-
trical energy with faster charge/discharge performances (~μs) leading to high power
density (~104 –105 W/kg) as compared to batteries and fuel cells [3, 4]. These capac-
itors also provide several other advantages such as higher temperature/frequency
stability, increased lifespan, fatigue resistance and better manufacturing cost making
them useful for practical applications.
The newly developed electroceramics are used as energy harvesting materials
which facilitate unique conversion mechanism for energies which plays an essential
role in renewable energy technology.

1.1 Defining Electroceramics

Traditionally, ceramic materials have been focused due to their incomparable

mechanical properties and thermal stability. In addition to these properties, nowadays,
their unique optical, electrical and magnetic properties have garnered significant
attention of scientific community due to their applications in several technologies that
include energy storage and conversion, electronics, communications and automation.
The materials with these specific properties are termed as electroceramics.
Role of Electroceramics in Renewable Energy Technologies 229

With the growth of modern-day technologies, electroceramics have been devel-

oped in various subclasses i.e., ferroelectrics, ferrites, solid electrolytes, piezo-
electrics and semiconducting oxides. The properties of devices based on electro-
ceramics are heavily dependent on their processing, structure, chemistry and device
physics.

1.2 Importance of Renewable Energy

The renewable energy is generally extracted from natural energy sources which
do not deplete the earth’s natural resources and replenish in time less than human
lifespan. These energy sources are available everywhere in one form or the another
and are inexhaustible. The most common examples of renewable energy resources are
sun, tidal waves, biomass, rain, wind, green hydrogen and geothermal energy. These
renewable energy resources cause negligible or minimal damage to the environment.
The fossil fuels or non-renewable energy sources such as coal, oil and natural
gases are available in limited quantities and can run out in few centuries as they are
formed via natural processes which replenish in millions of years. The extraction and
production of these fossil fuels involve processes which release severe green house
gases and many health affecting particles.

1.3 Scope of the Chapter

The electroceramics have been of utmost importance in modern day technologies of

energy storage and conversion, sensors, automation, electronics, information storage
etc. due to their unique optical, electrical and magnetic properties, extraordinary
thermal, mechanical and chemical stability. The processing of electroceramics can
be done to obtain them in various forms such as powders, composites, porous or
dense materials, solid state devices and thin films.
They exhibit versatile properties that include tunable dielectric behavior, varying
conductivities from insulating, metallic to fast ionic, ferromagnetic, pyro-, ferro-
and piezoelectric properties, and variable electro- to nonlinear optical properties.
As discussed in the earlier section, the deployment of electroceramics in energy
conversion and storage technology offers a wide spectrum for renewable energy
technology. The present chapter is dedicated to discussing the role of electroceramics
in various technologies concerning energy storage and conversion, the principles
behind the energy storage and efficient ways to enhance these properties that makes
them a great contributor in renewable energy technology.
230 P. Singh et al.

2 Electroceramics and Energy Storage

The electrostatic ceramic capacitors provide major technological characteristics in

energy storage properties such as high energy density, high power density, better
conversion efficiencies, wider temperature stability, etc. The principals involved in
energy storage and key parameters affecting the properties are discussed in the next
section.

2.1 Fundamentals of Energy Storage in Capacitors

A simple electrostatic capacitor is a set of two parallel conducting plates with insu-
lator separation which gets polarized when subjected to an electric field (Fig. 1). This
behavior characterizes a dielectric material. The ability to store the charge, termed
as the capacitance, C, for an ideal capacitor is defined as the ratio of stored charges
on each conducting plate, Q, to the voltage applied, V as given by

Q
C=
V
From the viewpoint of Gauss’s law, the value of V can be written as

Qd
V =
εA

Fig. 1 Schematic diagram

of a simple electrostatic
capacitor
Role of Electroceramics in Renewable Energy Technologies 231

where d, ε and A are the separation distance between two conducting plates, the
dielectric permittivity and are of two parallel conducting plates, respectively. Using
this value of V in equation for C, we obtain

A
C= (F)
εd
From the above equation, it can be inferred that the capacity to charge a dielectric
capacitor, and thus to store energy is directly associated with dielectric value of the
insulating material between the metallic plates.
The electrostatic energy storage capacity under applied electric field, E, for
dielectric capacitors are generally expressed as
 Pmax
Wtotal = EdP
0
 Pmax
Wrec = EdP
Pr

where W total and W rec represent the total energy density and recoverable energy
densities, respectively. The term P denotes the electric displacement, Pmax shows
maximum electric displacement and Pr indicates the remnant electric displacement.
Further, the efficiency (ƞ) for the electrostatic capacitors can be calculated as

Wrec
η= × 100%
Wtotal

The key parameters used to optimize energy density of electroceramics include

microstructural features like grain size, porosity, density, core–shell structure and the
secondary phases. The intrinsic electrical response, such as band gap, distribution
of different resistive and conductive elements also plays decisive roles in optimizing
the energy density.

2.2 Role of Electroceramics in Energy Storage

The potential of ceramic capacitors to be used in the energy storage applications is

evident back from Jaffe’s work, Clevite Corp., U.S.A. in 1960 [5]. Later, nearly after
a decade, two researchers from Sprague Electric Company named Burn and Smyth
studied the performance of SrTiO3 and BaTiO3 for energy storage for larger electric
fields till 400 kV/cm [6]. Before that time, the quantitative analysis of the energy
storage performance for these materials were bounded to comparatively smaller elec-
tric fields (<150 kV/cm). This limitation was due to the lower dielectric breakdown
232 P. Singh et al.

strength (BDS) of the available ceramics. It was then realized that the thinner dielec-
tric ceramic layers can provide maximum energy density due to reduced probability
of defects occurrence (pores, microcracks or voids are regarded as defects) which are
leading causes of DBS. In 1990s, Love, again from Sprague Electric Company, took
up the studies of ceramic capacitors for energy storage enhancement and developed
empirical design principles to obtain it [7].
The commercially available C0G-type capacitors are developed from linear
dielectrics with smaller relative permittivity (Ɛr ) which can obtain energy storage
up to 1 J/cm3 due to its intrinsic high BDS. The importance of BDS becomes much
prominent for the capacitors fabricated using high εr , viz X7R-type capacitors. The
thickness of dielectric layer is strongly correlated with the BDS, which can be under-
stood by the fact that just reducing the thickness to half, there is a three-fold increase
in the energy storage performance of the material. It was then proposed by Love that
the materials with intermediate εr are much suitable for capacitors in energy storage
applications rather than high εr materials due to their greater BDS values. To study
the trend, Yang et al. compiled the available BDS data of several dielectric materials
with different thickness from the literatures and concluded that decay is inversely
proportional to (t)*0.5 [8]. In 1996, Fletcher et al. discovered that ferroelectric mate-
rials with their Curie temperature adjusted to operate the material in paraelectric
regime to show small zero-field εr, exhibit larger values of energy storage densi-
ties [9]. This approach to enhance the energy storage density has been explored by
Jaffe in 1961. Ogihara, in 2009, reported the fabrication of energy storage devices
by making the use of weakly coupled relaxors due to extraordinary stability of their
εr over wider range of temperatures [10]. One of the recent approaches to enhance
energy storage performance is to fabricate chemically heterogeneous ceramics with
electrically homogeneous properties.

2.3 Types of Electroceramic Materials

The electroceramics can be classified into different types based on their character-
istics. The most used types of electroceramics are dielectric ceramics, ferroelectric
ceramics, piezoelectric ceramics and ionic conductors. Dielectric ceramics show
properties of higher electrical insulation whereas properties of switchable sponta-
neous polarization are shown by ferroelectric ceramics. The piezoelectric ceramics
can convert mechanical stress to electrical signals. The ionic conductors are useful
in applications like batteries and fuel cells by enabling the movement of ions across
the specimen.
Role of Electroceramics in Renewable Energy Technologies 233

3 Electroceramics in Solar Energy Applications

The solar energy systems are a major contributor in the renewable energy technology.
Due to their distinctive structural, thermal, and electrical properties, the contribution
of electroceramics in solar energy applications is very extensive. They can be incor-
porated in various components of solar devices which leads to enhanced efficiency
and improved performances of the solar energy systems as illustrated in Fig. 2. The
key areas for implementation of electroceramics in solar energy applications are
listed below.
Solar Batteries and Solar Energy Storage Systems
The various components associated with storage of solar power in solar energy
storage systems are built up of electroceramics. The solid-state Li-ion batteries are
one of the best examples of use of electroceramics in solar energy storage systems
[11]. The use of electroceramics can effectively improve the solar batteries perfor-
mance, their safety and increase their lifespan which is essential to store the excess
solar power to be used in periods with low or no sunlight.
Solar Thermal Collectors
The thermal collectors in solar devices are used to collect and capture the heat
produced by sun and transform them into thermal energy useful for water heating

Fig. 2 Pictorial representation of different solar energy applications of electroceramics

234 P. Singh et al.

and space heating. The components of thermal collectors are made up of electroce-
ramic materials that possess higher thermal conductivity to improve the heat transfer
efficiency.
Perovskite Solar Cells
They are the most promising and advancing technology in photovoltaics in recent
days. The perovskite-based electroceramics are used in the cells as an active layer
leading to conversion of sunlight in electricity. The perovskite solar cells are highly
efficient and very cost-effective which makes them a major contributor in solar energy
research and development [12].
Piezoelectric Ceramics for Solar Tracking Systems
The devices used to track the maximum sunlight exposure direction of the solar panels
and orient them in the preferable direction are known as solar tracking systems. These
systems involve the implementation of piezoelectric ceramics leading to generation of
mechanical motion from the electrical signals. These devices are helpful in improving
the efficiency of solar panels by enabling them to always face the sun [13].
Transparent Conductive Oxides
The transparent conductive materials which are generally used to fabricate the trans-
parent coatings on the solar panels. This allows the light to pass through it while
allowing the PV cells to generate an efficient amount of electricity. A well-known
transparent conductive oxide material used in these applications is Indium Tin oxide
(ITO).
Concentrated Solar Power Systems
These systems consist of set of lenses and mirrors that concentrate larger amounts
of sunlight in smaller areas which generate heat by raising the temperature. The
solar receivers employ the use of electroceramic materials which traps and stores
this concentrated solar power. Due to their ability to withstand high temperatures,
they can be suitably used in thermal energy storage applications.
Photovoltaic Cells
The photovoltaic cells require electroceramic materials for their fabrication, that can
convert solar energy into electricity. They are implemented to encapsulate and passi-
vate solar cell layers. This protects them from several environmental degradations,
enhances their lifespan and increases their efficiency.
To summarize, electroceramics play a very crucial role in solar energy generation
and storage. This effectively enhances the durability, functionality and efficiency of
solar energy devices. Further research advances are being carried out to improve
solar technology.
Role of Electroceramics in Renewable Energy Technologies 235

4 Electroceramics in Fuel Cells

The device used to generate electricity, water or heat by combination of hydrogen

and oxygen is termed as fuel cell. There are various types of fuel cells which are
categorized depending on the electrolyte or the fuel they employ for their operation.
The fuel cells that use ceramics or solid oxides to generate electricity directly using
fuel are classified as solid oxide fuel cells (SOFCs). The ceramic fuel cell stack
consists of an anode, a cathode, the electrolyte, and the interconnect as their main
components [14]. The planar and cross-sectional design of solid oxide fuel cells
are represented in Fig. 3. Each of these parts have significant contribution in the
working of fuel cell which require certain specifications such as relevant electrical
conductivity, identical thermal expansion co-efficient, chemically compatible with
different parts and working conditions stability. The anode and cathode should allow
transport of gases at reaction sites; thus, they must be porous in nature. They can be
composed of electronic and mixed ionic conductors whereas the electrolyte and the
interconnect strictly must be ionic conductor and electronic conductor, respectively.
The ceramic fuel cells such as solid-oxide fuel cells use electrolytes composed of
oxide ion conductors which needs to be operated at usually higher temperatures of
700- 1000 °C [15]. The latest solid fuel cell technology (SOFCs) includes functional
materials (such as strontium substituted lanthanum manganite) as choice of materials
for cathode and Ni-yttria stabilized zirconia (YSZ) cermet as anode. YSZ is material
choice for electrolyte which behaves as a good oxide ionic conductor beyond 800 °C.
This property of YSZ raises the operation temperature of fuel cells based on YSZ up
to 1000 °C which causes the cell degradation [16]. This limitation can be overcome
by reducing the temperature of operation to 600–800 °C as in the case of intermediate
temperature solid oxide fuel cells (ITSOFCs) and become cost-efficient since cheaper
materials for construction can be used [17]. The doped ceria are most promising
electrolyte material for ITSOFCs where Gadolinium is the most studied doping
element in Ceria. The proton conducting ceramics for ITSOFCs applications, due
to smaller size of protons as compared to oxide ion, are also being investigated

Fig. 3 Planar and cross-sectional design of solid-oxide fuel cells (SOFCs)

236 P. Singh et al.

where higher conductivity for low temperatures is anticipated. Perovskite structures

based on barium show protonic conductivity that approaches the better oxide ion
conductivity at the low operation temperature of ITSOFCs. Due to higher ionic
conductivity and catalytic activity of rare earth based nicolates, ferrites and cobaltite,
they are considered a superior material choice as cathode for ITSOFCs. The structural
support in anode is made up of cermets as it matches the thermal expansion co-
efficient of anode and the electrolyte. In case of high temperature solid oxide fuel
cells (HTSOFCs), a ceramic or a specific nickel or chromium alloys are used as
interconnect which makes them highly expensive while ITSOFCs use cost-effective
ferritic stainless steel alloys.
From the above discussion, we can conclude that electroceramics play a
very important role in power generation, making them remarkable contributor in
renewable energy technology.

5 Batteries and Electroceramics

Like fuel cells, battery is also an electrochemical cell that generates electricity from
chemical reactions. The fuel cells need a constant supply of fuel for their operation,
whereas the batteries have stored chemical energy which can be extracted in form of
electrical energy on demand.
An extensive literature on batteries are available for different types which include
lead acid [18], Na/NiCl2 [19], Ni/metal hydride [20] and Lithium-ion based batteries
[21], each having several advantages and disadvantages. Several advances are being
done on Li-ion batteries to make them much safer, less expensive, enhanced durability
and improved performances. The Li-ion batteries typically have graphite and LiCoO2
as electrode materials, due to their layered structures. The use of LiCoO2 is not
seemingly much effective as its layered structure is not-so stable at the time of
delithiation where it can decompose to release oxygen. The process of ‘thermal
runaway’ can occur due to escalated exothermic reactions at higher temperatures.
Due to these drawbacks, it is necessary to replace the anode, cathode and electrolyte
materials for Li-ion batteries where carbon, LiCoO2 and organic Li-ion conducting
materials are used for respective roles. The morphology and the composition of
materials can cause a significant impact on the performance of batteries. For cathode
materials, layered oxides with mixtures of cobalt, nickel and manganese are being
used to obtain best properties with minimized disadvantages. The other materials such
as Vanadium oxide are olivines are also being used owing to certain limitations on
the properties such as cycling behavior, conductivity and capacity. In case of anodic
materials, the commonly used ones are lithium-alloys and carbon-based materials
due to their easy availability and low cost but the major drawback is low capacity. The
carbon nanotubes some novel graphite varieties are used to enhance the capacity but
are expensive due to high processing charges. The capacity, mechanical stability and
performance of the anodic material can be enhanced using alloys or intermetallic
compounds. The recent approaches include alloying the nanocrystalline materials
Role of Electroceramics in Renewable Energy Technologies 237

(containing Zn, Mg, Bi, Al, etc.) with non-alloying stabilization matrix (that contain
Cu, Fe and Co or Ni), eutectic mixture composed of Al and Al3 Ni, Si5 Li22 , amorphous
carbon coated quantum dots. The materials to be used for electrolytes in the lithium-
ion battery applications should be able to withstand the high temperature and existing
voltage, and longer shelf life. The different types of electrolytes used are polymers,
solvent-based liquids and solid-state electrolytes. In case of liquid electrolytes, there
is always a competition between electrochemical performance and flammability.
The liquid electrolytes based on complexes of 2-methyl tetrahydrofuran and boron
trifluoride (BF3 ) are reported to show higher ionic conductivity and oxidatively stable.
The electrolytes made up of ceramic nanoparticles based composite polymers are
observed to show higher conductivity and resistance to oxidation at higher voltages.
The solid electrolytes comprise of ceramic glasses and Li-ion conducting crystals
which reduce the chances of thermal runaway. The lesser mobility of lithium ions at
lower temperature leads to their poor performances. In addition, they require high
temperature treatments and special deposition techniques to get desired behavior
which increases their cost. The focus is to obtain suitable material which can manage
unavoidable changes in volume of active electrode materials to prevent cracks or
fractures. The processing of desired materials is focused on packing density that can
expose maximum active material, access the electrolyte through open pores and to
ensure electronic continuity for charge exchange into the current collector.

6 Ceramic Capacitors and Supercapacitors

The modern-day electronics mostly uses multilayered ceramic capacitors (MLCCs)

as passive component due to their compactness and high capacitance. The ceramic
capacitors are also used in distinctive forms other than MLCCs in technological appli-
cations [1]. They are extensively used in devices which perform at high voltages and
high temperatures. Due to their abundant compositions and diverse dielectric prop-
erties, ceramic capacitors are ubiquitous in various extreme conditions. On the basis
of their withstanding temperature and dielectric behavior they can be categorized
in three different classes based on their temperature characteristics over ranges of
specified temperature. These factors decide the type of dielectric material that can
be used for a particular application. A typical dielectric ceramic capacitor is shown
in Fig. 4. The dielectric ceramics that show no significant effect on dissipation factor
and capacitance with respect to voltage, frequency and time along with highly stable
dielectric characteristics are termed as class I dielectrics. Class II dielectrics show
higher volumetric efficiency than class I dielectrics while being stable in the defined
limits. The dissipation factors and capacitance are dependent on voltage, frequency
and time. The dielectrics classified as class 3 are the ones having less accuracy,
stability, non-linear temperature characteristics and show high losses. They have
been considered outdated and are of no use in the current electronic market.
The class I dielectrics are used in applications involving high temperature such
as power electronics or deep well drilling where low conductivity and low loss are
238 P. Singh et al.

Fig. 4 A dielectric ceramic

capacitor

the key components for their role. Amongst class II dielectrics, BaTiO3 was the first
ferroelectric material to be discovered with the highest permittivity at the time of
discovery. Even after more than seven decades of its findings, it is still the most
important base material for the electronics industries in MLCCs.
The double-layered capacitors, termed as supercapacitors, possess higher capac-
itance as their power and energy densities are higher than the normal capacitors.
They are used in energy storage devices and are helpful in achieving voltage stability.
They are environment friendly as they can release energy in shorter duration without
causing any harm to the environment while scrapping and production.

7 Piezoelectric Materials for Energy Harvesting

The term ‘energy harvesting’ refers to conversion of different energies from various
ambient sources (solar, wind, mechanical, fluid flow, thermal, etc.) in form of elec-
trical energies with the help of certain material or via transduction mechanism
[22]. The piezoelectric materials are being explored as non-conventional sources
of power for low-power and small-sized electronic devices that typically contributes
to piezoelectric energy harvesting. To eliminate the issue of limited lifetime, periodic
recharging and batteries replacement in remote, portable and implantable devices, the
ambient energies in form of thermal energy, solar energy and vibrational energy can
Role of Electroceramics in Renewable Energy Technologies 239

be found. Among all the available energy sources, the vibrational energy is persistent
in natural as well as manmade structures due to the surroundings or the operational
conditions. As compared to the solar and thermal energy harvesters, the piezoelectric
harvesters generally operate in much low-level energies, thus, they are useful when
solar and thermal energies are not present. The piezoelectric generators are advan-
tageous over different methods due to their efficiency preservation in reduced scale,
functionality at higher frequencies, inherent transduction capacity and higher power
density. A piezoelectric harvester is attached to host structures for effective transfer
of vibratory energy to the harvester. The operating scale for piezoelectric harvester
is at microwatts to milliwatts, that can supply energy to the low-power requirement
electronics such as portable electronics, biomedical devices implanted inside the
body and wireless sensor nodes. Although many materials with piezoelectricity have
been discovered, the perovskite material lead zirconium titanate (PZT) often doped
with lanthanum or niobium. The piezoceramics are widely used in sensors and actu-
ators due to their easy operation to be able to output large voltages (~50–100 V) in
absence of bias voltages via direct coupling. The piezoceramics utilizes direct and
inverse piezoelectric effect in application as energy harvester. The direct piezoelec-
tric effect refers to generation of surface charge on application of pressure whereas
the converse piezoelectric effect refers to variation of length due to application of
electrical field (shown in Fig. 5). As an application in energy harvesting, the effect of
direct polarization is utilized where the electrical charge is induced due to the applied
force. In the absence of an applied field, the electric dipoles inside the piezoelectric
materials are randomly aligned in between the two electrodes. When an external
electrical field is applied on the energy harvester, the electric dipoles align them-
selves in the direction of field. When the external force is absent, the device remains
in an equilibrium state, thus providing zero signal. The compressive force applied
in vertical direction leads to polarization of materials due to compressive strain that
induces piezoelectric potential in between electrodes. This leads to generation of an
output signal. When the applied field is released, reverse piezoelectric potential is
induced due to development of a slight tensile force.
The use of piezoelectric ceramics can efficiently minimize the costs related to
battery replacement where they act as autonomous and permanent power source
for electronic devices placed in remote areas or embedded in structures. The recent
trends of low-power electronic devices utilize piezoelectric energy harvesting making
a remarkable contribution in renewable energy technologies.

8 Electroceramics in Hydrogen Production

This section provides an overview of the role of electroceramics in hydrogen produc-

tion via water electrolysis. It discusses the key electroceramic materials used as
proton-conducting membranes in electrolyzers and their impact on the efficiency,
durability, and scalability of hydrogen generation systems.
240 P. Singh et al.

Fig. 5 Schematic illustration of a direct piezoelectric effect, and b converse piezoelectric effect

Hydrogen emerges as a pivotal player in the quest for sustainable energy solutions,
heralded as a clean and versatile energy carrier with the potential to revolutionize
various sectors. Its significance lies in its ability to serve as a zero-emission fuel for
transportation, a storage medium for renewable energy, and a feedstock for industrial
processes, promising a pathway towards decarbonization and energy transition.
One of the most promising methods for large-scale hydrogen production is water
electrolysis, a process wherein water molecules are split into hydrogen and oxygen
gases using an electric current [23]. Electrolysis offers a direct and efficient means
of harnessing renewable energy sources, such as solar and wind power, to generate
hydrogen without greenhouse gas emissions or other pollutants.
In the realm of electrolysis, electroceramics emerge as key enablers of efficiency
and performance. These specialized ceramic materials possess unique properties
that make them indispensable for electrolysis systems. Electroceramics are primarily
Role of Electroceramics in Renewable Energy Technologies 241

employed as proton-conducting membranes, responsible for facilitating the transport

of protons while preventing the mixing of hydrogen and oxygen gases.
The role of electroceramics in electrolysis extends beyond mere proton conduc-
tion; they also contribute to improving the overall efficiency, durability, and scala-
bility of electrolysis technologies. By leveraging the high proton conductivity and
chemical stability of electroceramic membranes, electrolyzers can operate at lower
temperatures and pressures, reducing energy consumption and extending equipment
lifespan.
In essence, electroceramics act as the backbone of electrolysis systems, offering
a robust foundation upon which sustainable hydrogen production can thrive. Their
integration into electrolysis technologies underscores a commitment to innovation
and progress in the pursuit of clean energy solutions.
Solid Oxide Electrolyzers
Solid oxide electrolyzers, that makes use a solid ceramic material as the electrolyte to
selectively conduct negatively charged oxygen ions (O2 −) at elevated temperatures,
generate hydrogen in a slightly different mechanism [24].
The steam generated at the cathode combines with electrons from external circuit
to form hydrogen gas and negatively charged oxygen ions. The oxygen ions permeate
through the solid ceramic membrane and react to form oxygen gas at the anode and
generate electrons for the external circuit.
Solid oxide electrolyzers have higher operation temperature that is high enough
for the solid oxide membranes to function properly (about 700°–800 °C, compared
to PEM electrolyzers, which operate at 70°–90 °C, and commercial alkaline elec-
trolyzers, typically operates at less than 100 °C). Advanced lab-scale solid oxide
electrolyzers based on proton-conducting ceramic electrolytes are showing promise
for lowering the operating temperature to 500°–600 °C. The solid oxide electrolyzers
can effectively use the available heat at these elevated temperatures (from various
sources, including nuclear energy) to reduce the amount of electrical energy needed
to produce hydrogen from water [24].

8.1 Electroceramic Materials for Proton-Conducting

Membranes

Electroceramic materials used in hydrogen production are selected based on their

ability to conduct protons effectively while exhibiting suitable mechanical, chemical,
and thermal stability under electrolysis conditions. These materials play a critical role
in separating hydrogen and oxygen gases, thereby enabling efficient and selective
hydrogen generation.
242 P. Singh et al.

Types of Electroceramic Materials:

a. Perovskite Oxides: Perovskite-based electroceramics, such as BaZrO3 , BaCeO3 ,
and SrCeO3 , are widely studied for their high proton conductivity and chem-
ical stability. These materials exhibit desirable properties for proton transport,
including high oxygen ion vacancy concentrations and suitable crystal structures
conducive to fast diffusion pathways.
b. Doped Zirconia: Zirconia-based electroceramics, such as yttria-stabilized
zirconia (YSZ) and gadolinia-doped ceria (GDC), are commonly used as
electrolyte materials in solid oxide fuel cells (SOFCs) and electrolysis cells
due to their high oxygen ion conductivity [23]. These materials can also
conduct protons under certain conditions, making them promising candidates
for proton-conducting membranes in electrolysis applications.
Properties Required for Effective Proton Conduction:
a. High Ionic Conductivity: Electroceramic membranes must exhibit high proton
conductivity to facilitate rapid proton transport across the electrolyte interface,
enabling efficient hydrogen production.
b. Chemical Stability: Electroceramic materials should be chemically stable in both
reducing and oxidizing environments encountered during electrolysis, ensuring
long-term durability and performance.
c. Mechanical Strength: Proton-conducting membranes must possess sufficient
mechanical strength to withstand mechanical stresses and thermal cycling
associated with electrolysis operations.
Examples of Electroceramics and Their Suitability for Proton Transport:
a. Perovskite Oxides: Perovskite-based electroceramics demonstrate excellent
proton conductivity due to their intrinsic crystal structure and high oxygen
ion vacancy concentrations. These materials offer promising prospects for
proton-conducting membranes in water electrolysis systems.
b. Doped Zirconia: Yttria-stabilized zirconia (YSZ) and gadolinia-doped ceria
(GDC) are extensively researched for their proton-conducting properties in
addition to their well-established oxygen ion conductivity. Their chemical
stability and compatibility with various electrode materials make them attractive
candidates for electrolysis applications.
In summary, electroceramic materials such as perovskite oxides and doped
zirconia exhibit promising characteristics for proton conduction, making them essen-
tial components of proton-conducting membranes in hydrogen production via water
electrolysis. Continued research and development in electroceramics are crucial for
advancing the efficiency and scalability of electrolysis technologies for sustainable
hydrogen generation.
Role of Electroceramics in Renewable Energy Technologies 243

8.2 Electroceramics in Electrolysis Systems

Integration of Electroceramic Membranes into Electrolyzers

Electroceramic membranes are integrated into electrolyzers as the key compo-
nent responsible for separating hydrogen and oxygen gases during water electrol-
ysis. These membranes are typically sandwiched between electrode layers, forming
the electrolyte compartment where proton transport occurs while preventing gas
crossover. Integration methods involve careful sealing to ensure gas-tight opera-
tion and optimization of electrode–electrolyte interfaces for efficient electrochemical
reactions.
Design Considerations and Optimization Strategies
Electrolysis cell design must consider factors such as membrane thickness, porosity,
and surface area to maximize proton conductivity and minimize ohmic losses. Opti-
mization strategies include tailoring the composition and microstructure of electroce-
ramic membranes to enhance proton transport properties. Electrode design optimiza-
tion is crucial for achieving high catalytic activity and selectivity, ensuring efficient
hydrogen and oxygen evolution reactions at lower overpotentials.
Performance Metrics and Challenges
Performance metrics for electroceramic-based electro lysis technologies include
hydrogen production rate, energy efficiency, and durability. Challenges in commer-
cializing electroceramic-based electrolysis technologies include high material
and manufacturing costs, limited scalability of production processes, and relia-
bility issues. Proton conductivity degradation over time, electrode poisoning, and
membrane degradation due to harsh operating conditions are additional challenges
that must be addressed to ensure long-term performance and viability.
In summary, the successful integration of electroceramic membranes into electrol-
ysis systems requires careful design optimization and consideration of performance
metrics and challenges. Addressing these challenges is essential for the commercial-
ization and widespread adoption of electroceramic-based electrolysis technologies
for sustainable hydrogen production.
The overview of contribution of electroceramics in various renewable energy tech-
nologies is summarized in form of table for comparison of their role that highlights
the efficiency, sustainability and reliability in different applications (Table 1).

9 Environmental Benefits of Electroceramics

The primary concern of mankind, nowadays, is environmental sustainability. The

main focus of human beings has shifted to contribute in environmental protection
by any means ranging from home-gardening to proper disposal of wastes from high-
end chemical factories and industries. The chemical industries produce chemicals
244 P. Singh et al.

Table 1 Compares the role of electroceramics in various renewable energy technologies

Renewable Role of electroceramics Description
energy
technology
Solar Electroceramics are used in Electroceramic materials are
photovoltaics photovoltaic cells to enhance light crucial for improving the
absorption, improve charge separation, efficiency and performance of
and increase energy conversion solar panels, thus making solar
efficiency. Materials like energy more competitive and
perovskite-based ceramics are explored widely adopted
for their potential in next-generation
solar cells
Fuel cells Electroceramic materials serve as Electroceramics are fundamental
electrolytes and electrodes in solid components in fuel cell systems,
oxide fuel cells (SOFCs), proton facilitating the electrochemical
exchange membrane fuel cells conversion of chemical energy
(PEMFCs), and other types of fuel into electrical energy with high
cells. Ceramics like yttria-stabilized efficiency, low emissions, and
zirconia (YSZ) and perovskite oxides versatility for various
are used for their high ionic applications, including stationary
conductivity and chemical stability at power generation and
elevated temperatures transportation
Energy storage Electroceramics are employed in the Electroceramics facilitate
(batteries) development of solid-state batteries, advancements in battery
where ceramic electrolytes replace technology, enabling higher
liquid electrolytes, offering higher energy storage capacities, faster
energy density, improved safety, and charging rates, and safer
longer lifespan. Ceramic separators are operation, thus supporting the
also used to enhance the performance integration of renewable energy
and safety of lithium-ion batteries sources into the grid and
promoting energy storage
solutions for intermittent
renewables
(continued)
Role of Electroceramics in Renewable Energy Technologies 245

Table 1 (continued)
Renewable Role of electroceramics Description
energy
technology
Capacitors and Electroceramics serve as essential Electroceramics play a vital role
supercapacitors dielectric materials in capacitors, in capacitors and supercapacitors
enabling high energy storage densities by providing high-performance
and low losses. In supercapacitors, dielectric materials and
electroceramic electrodes enhance electrodes. In capacitors, they
charge storage capacity through high enable efficient energy storage
surface area and efficient charge with low losses, while in
transfer mechanisms, facilitating rapid supercapacitors, they enhance
energy storage and release for diverse charge storage capacity and
applications, from electronics to facilitate rapid energy storage and
renewable energy systems release for various applications
Hydrogen Electroceramic membranes are Electroceramics play a crucial
production employed in water electrolysis role in advancing hydrogen
processes for hydrogen production, production technologies, offering
where ceramic proton-conducting high selectivity, durability, and
membranes enable efficient proton scalability for electrolysis systems
transport while separating hydrogen powered by renewable energy
and oxygen gases sources, thereby supporting the
transition to a hydrogen economy
and enabling sustainable energy
storage and distribution

which are used directly or indirectly in our life that affect environmental protection.
The sustainability of electroceramics is vastly used for environment protection and
has direct applications in conventional products such as culinary designs, ornaments
or buildings. The advanced ceramics, developed in recent years, are optimized for
creation of new components that can significantly contribute to enhanced energy
storage, environmental engineering, reduce air pollution, create green buildings and
manage energy production.
The characteristics of electroceramics that make them suitable for environment-
friendly technologies are:
1. The electroceramics are stable at higher temperatures even above 1000 °C leading
to their applications in solar energy conversion, photovoltaics and various power
plant engine systems.
2. They are highly resistant to thermal shock, making them suitable for thermal
plants.
3. Electroceramics can resist the oxidizing conditions and withstand the corrosion
causing solutions as well as gases which makes them ideal in industries related
to water processing and treatment.
4. The ceramics have longer life due to their high wear resistance.
5. The excellent electrical and thermal insulating capacities
246 P. Singh et al.

The ceramic materials like glass or metals are helpful in protection of the envi-
ronment and helpful in regeneration of the destroyed ecosystems. The technological
uses of these elements for this specified purpose are categorized as environmental
engineering. One of the most popular building materials is ceramic tiles. The recy-
cled old ceramics are being used to obtain ceramic tiles leading to safe environment
with less dumping.

10 Ceramics in Clean Energy Production

The ceramics play an important role in green energy production technologies that
involve nuclear energy, chemical energy and energy harvesting. The nuclear plants
make use of ceramic for role of electrolytes and insulators. The thermal coatings of
ceramics in gas turbines and the diesel engines enhances their operational efficiency,
thus increasing the lifetime of operation and improved fuel efficiency. Moreover, the
ceramics are also implemented via different kinds of sensors like gas sensors, water
analyzing sensors, H2 and CO sensors.

11 Conclusions

In the realm of renewable energy technology, electroceramics emerge as pivotal

components, offering a diverse array of properties and applications that drive inno-
vation and efficiency. Throughout this chapter, we have explored the multifaceted
role of electroceramics in various renewable energy systems, from solar power to
fuel cells, batteries, and capacitors.
One of the most significant contributions of electroceramics lies in their ability to
enhance the performance and efficiency of renewable energy devices. For instance,
in solar panels, electroceramic materials such as perovskites have shown remark-
able potential in improving light absorption and charge transport, leading to higher
conversion efficiencies. Similarly, in fuel cells, electroceramic electrolytes enable
the efficient conversion of chemical energy into electrical energy, powering a range
of applications from vehicles to stationary power generation. Moreover, electroce-
ramics play a crucial role in energy storage solutions, addressing the intermittent
nature of renewable energy sources. Advanced ceramic-based batteries and capaci-
tors offer high energy densities, fast charging capabilities, and long cycle lifetimes,
making them ideal candidates for storing renewable energy and balancing the grid.
As we look to the future, the importance of electroceramics in renewable energy
technology is only expected to grow. Continued research and development efforts
hold the promise of further optimizing electroceramic materials for enhanced perfor-
mance and sustainability. Additionally, innovations in manufacturing techniques and
scalability will drive down costs, making renewable energy solutions more accessible
and widespread. In essence, the integration of electroceramics into renewable energy
Role of Electroceramics in Renewable Energy Technologies 247

technologies represents a crucial step towards achieving a cleaner, more sustainable

energy future. By leveraging the unique properties of electroceramic materials, we
can overcome challenges, increase efficiency, and reduce our reliance on fossil fuels,
ultimately mitigating climate change and preserving the planet for future generations.
To summarize, in this chapter, the importance and role of electroceramics in
sustainable energy has been discussed. The electroceramics, in modern day tech-
nologies, are a crucial part in renewable energy by its implementation in different
fields as various roles due to their ability to scale the properties.

References

1. Wang, G., Lu, Z., Li, Y., Li, L., Ji, H., Feteira, A., Zhou, D., Wang, D., Zhang, S., Reaney,
I.M.: Electroceramics for high-energy density capacitors: current status and future perspectives.
Chem. Rev. Am. Chem. Soc. 6124–6172 (2021). [Link]
2. Yao, Z., Song, Z., Hao, H., Yu, Z., Cao, M., Zhang, S., Lanagan, M.T., Liu, H.: Homo-
geneous/Inhomogeneous-structured dielectrics and their energy-storage performances. Adv.
Mater. (2017). Wiley-VCH Verlag. [Link]
3. Sherrill, S.A., Banerjee, P., Rubloff, G.W., Lee, S.B.: High to ultra-high power electrical energy
storage. Phys. Chem. Chem. Phys. 20714–20723 (2011). [Link]
4. Li, Q., Liu, F., Yang, T., Gadinski, M.R., Zhang, G., Chen, L.Q., Wang, Q.: Sandwich-structured
polymer nanocomposites with high energy density and great charge-discharge efficiency at
elevated temperatures. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U S A 113(36), 9995–10000 (2016). [Link]
org/10.1073/pnas.1603792113
5. Jaffe: Antiferroelectric Ceramics with Field-Enforced Tran-Sitions: A New Nonlinear Circuit
Element* (1961)
6. Burn, I., Smyth, D.M.: Energy Storage in Ceramic Dielectrics, vol. 7 (1972)
7. Love, G.R.: Energy Storage in Ceramic Dielectrics (1990)
8. Yang, L., Kong, X., Li, F., Hao, H., Cheng, Z., Liu, H., Li, J.F., Zhang, S.: Perovskite lead-
free dielectrics for energy storage applications. Prog. Mater. Sci. 72–108 (2019). Elsevier Ltd.
[Link]
9. Fletcher, N.H., Hilton, A.D., Ricketts, B.W.: Optimization of Energy Storage Density in
Ceramic Capacitors, vol. 29 (1996). [Link]
10. Ogihara, H., Randall, C.A., Trolier-Mckinstry, S.: High-energy density capacitors utilizing 0.7
BaTiO3-0.3 BiScO3 ceramics. J. Am. Ceram. Soc. 92(8), 1719–1724 (2009). [Link]
10.1111/j.1551-2916.2009.03104.x
11. Guo, Y., Wu, S., He, Y.B., Kang, F., Chen, L., Li, H., Yang, Q.H.: Solid-state lithium batteries:
safety and prospects. eScience 138–163 (2022) . KeAi Communications Co. [Link]
10.1016/[Link].2022.02.008
12. Correa-Baena, J.-P., Saliba, M., Buonassisi, T., Grätzel, M., Abate, A., Tress, W., Hagfeldt, A.:
Promises and challenges of perovskite solar cells. [Link]
13. Sathiyamoorthy, S., Bharathi, N.: Hybrid energy harvesting using piezoelectric materials, auto-
matic rotational solar panel, vertical axis wind turbine. Procedia Eng. 38, 843–852 (2012).
Elsevier Ltd. [Link]
14. Bharadwaj, S.R., Varma, S., Wani, B.N.: Electroceramics for fuel cells, batteries and sensors. In:
Functional Materials: Preparation, Processing and Applications, pp. 639–674. Elsevier (2011).
[Link]
15. Jiang, S.P.: Development of lanthanum strontium manganite perovskite cathode materials of
solid oxide fuel cells: a review. J. Mater. Sci. 43(21), 6799–6833 (2008). [Link]
1007/s10853-008-2966-6
248 P. Singh et al.

16. Jacobson, A.J., Yu, C., Gong, W.: Thin-film solid oxide fuel cell (SOFC). Materials (2012).
[Link]
17. Brett, D.J.L., Atkinson, A., Brandon, N.P., Skinner, S.J.: Intermediate temperature solid oxide
fuel cells. Chem. Soc. Rev. 37(8), 1568–1578 (2008). [Link]
18. May, G. J., Davidson, A., Monahov, B.: Lead batteries for utility energy storage: a review. J.
Energy Stor. 145–157 (2018). Elsevier Ltd. [Link]
19. Delmas, C.: Sodium and sodium-ion batteries: 50 years of research. Adv. Energy Mater. (2018).
Wiley-VCH Verlag. [Link]
20. Dhar, S.K., Ovshinsky, S.R., Gifford, P.R., Corrigan, D.A., Fetcenko, M.A., Venkatesan, S.:
Nickel/Metal Hydride Technology for Consumer and Electric Vehicle Batteries-a Review and
up-Date, vol. 65 (1997)
21. Bashir, T., Ismail, S.A., Song, Y., Irfan, R.M., Yang, S., Zhou, S., Zhao, J., Gao, L.: A review of
the energy storage aspects of chemical elements for lithium-ion based batteries. Energy Mater.
1(2), 100019 (2022). [Link]
22. Mahapatra, S. Das; Mohapatra, P.C., Aria, A.I., Christie, G., Mishra, Y.K., Hofmann, S., Thakur,
V.K.: Piezoelectric materials for energy harvesting and sensing applications: roadmap for future
smart materials. Adv. Sci. (2021). John Wiley and Sons Inc. [Link]
100864
23. Alamiery, A.: Advancements in materials for hydrogen production: a review of cutting-edge
technologies. ChemPhysMater 64–73 (2024). Elsevier B.V. [Link]
2023.09.002
24. Robles, J.O., Almaraz, S.D.L., Azzaro-Pantel, C.: Hydrogen supply chain design: key techno-
logical components and sustainable assessment. In: Hydrogen Supply Chain: Design, Deploy-
ment and Operation, pp. 37–79. Elsevier (2018). [Link]
0.00002-6
Structural Perspective
on Multifunctional Oxide Materials

Harshit Agarwal

Abstract The global demand for technological advancement frequently involves

discovering novel, exotic, multifunctional materials. Due to their broad spectrum of
properties, including ferroelectricity, magnetism, magnetoresistance, and supercon-
ductivity, complex oxides are one of the most alluring research topics. These func-
tional electrical and magnetic materials are crucial to modern science and technology.
For example, ferroelectrics, materials with spontaneous electric polarization that can
be changed by an applied electric field, are frequently utilized as tunable capacitors
and are used as the basis for ferroelectric random-access memory in computers. On
the other hand, ferromagnetic materials are the materials that are typically used for
encoding and storing data, such as in hard drives. Multiferroic materials may allow
the fabrication of multiple control devices, such as electric fields, electric field-
controlled magnetic data storage, and energy storage devices. Rare earth manganites
are a perfect example of multiferroic materials with unique structural properties that
change their physical properties. Therefore, studies on functional oxide materials and
compounds with multiple degrees of complexity are essential. The present article is
focused on the structural aspects of these multifunctional oxide materials, which
are vital to understanding the correlation to the physical properties of such exotic
materials.

Keywords Multifunctional oxide materials · Structural properties · X-ray

diffraction · Multiferroics

1 Introduction

Technological advancements in materials science have unanimously dealt with novel

multifunctional compounds [1–3]. Complex oxides are quite possibly one of the most
appealing research areas because of their amusing range of properties like ferroelec-
tricity [4], magnetism [5], magnetoresistance [6], superconductivity [7], etc. These

H. Agarwal (B)
Laboratory of Crystallography, University of Bayreuth, 95444 Bayreuth, Germany
e-mail: [Link]@[Link]

© The Author(s), under exclusive license to Springer Nature Singapore Pte Ltd. 2024 249
U. Kumar (ed.), Defects Engineering in Electroceramics for Energy Applications,
Engineering Materials, [Link]
250 H. Agarwal

functional electronic and magnetic materials are vital to cutting-edge technology [8].
In particular, ferroelectric materials are fundamental to ferroelectric random-access
memory in computers, exhibit spontaneous electric polarization that may be switched
by an applied electric field, and are commonly employed as tunable capacitors [9].
On the other hand, ferromagnetic materials are most commonly employed for data
recording and storage, such as in hard drives [10]. The study of complex oxide mate-
rials aims at the compounds that display more than one type of ordering functionality,
like ferromagnetism, ferroelectricity, ferrotoroidicity, and ferroelasticity [11, 12].
These multifunctional complex oxides cover a wide range of properties from insu-
lating to semiconducting or metallic, exhibiting phenomena such as high-temperature
superconductivity, multiferroics, and colossal magnetoresistance due to solid corre-
lation in charge, spin, lattice, and orbitals [13, 14]. Materials in which more than one
ferroic order coexists simultaneously are termed multiferroics [15, 16]. Multifer-
roic materials have the potential to facilitate the creation of various control devices,
including energy storage and magnetic data storage devices that are controlled by
an electric field. The present chapter follows this path, introducing the structural
aspects of new promising oxide materials. These multifunctional oxide materials
have become the focus of recent developments in various research fields, such as
Magnetism, Electronics, Energy storage applications, etc. Quasicrystalline materials
[17, 18], Spinel materials [19], Perovskites [20], Super-alloys, Shape memory Alloys,
and High Entropy Alloys are some types of examples of multifunctional materials.
Perovskites are a unique class of materials that exhibit a number of fascinating
characteristics, including superconductivity, charge ordering, colossal magnetoresis-
tance, ferroelectricity, and an efficiency in absorption of light that is highly promising
for the conversion of solar energy and other technologies [21]. Perovskite origi-
nally refers to calcium titanium oxide CaTiO3 , discovered by Gustav Rose (1839)
who named it for the significant work by Lev Perosvki. Perovskites are compounds
with the generic chemical formula ABX3 that initially were identified by Victor
Goldschmidt. Magnetic atoms can be took place in the perovskite structure at both
positions A and B. A distinct method for the matching spins to interact allows for
the creation of alternative long-range magnetic ordering, including non-collinear
structures [22].
Perovskites are typically ceramic materials with a generic formula that combine a
metal with a non-metal, such as oxygen. ABO3 , in which transition metal ions occupy
the B sites and trivalent or divalent alkali, alkaline, or rare earth metal ions occupy
the A sites. Six oxygen atoms in an octahedral coordination are centered around the
B cation. The perfect perovskite has a simple cubic symmetric ion configuration.
For example—SrTiO3 is an ideal cubic perovskite with a lattice parameter, a =
3.905 Å, and space group Pm-3m. The Sr atoms are at the middle of the cube, and
the Ti atoms are at the corners. The oxygen is positioned at the centers of the twelve
cube edges, resulting in three-dimensional, infinitely-extending corner-shared TiO6
octahedra strings. The six equal Ti–O bonds at 1.952 Å and 90° angles make up the
ideal TiO6 octahedra. At 2.761 Å, twelve equally spaced oxygen atoms encircle each
Sr atom. The explicit formulation of the structural formula includes the coordination
number of every ion as well as local symmetry. The ideal perovskite is cubic but can
Structural Perspective on Multifunctional Oxide Materials 251

be distorted to rhombohedral, orthorhombic, hexagonal, or monoclinic structures,

depending on the tolerance factor. Almost all the perovskite materials have a tolerance
factor between 0.75 and 1 [22, 23]. Figure 1 shows the multifunctional properties of
perovskite materials.
With weak-ferromagnetic (wFM) components, the majority of perovskites
frequently generate antiferromagnetic ordering. Numerous studies on perovskites are
motivated by the potential for wFM in insulators in order to find room-temperature
multiferroic materials. The ability of perovskites to exhibit spiral magnetic ordering
that disrupt inversion symmetry and produce ferroelectricity is another fascinating
property of the material [24]. Since this kind of multiferroicity by construction
implies strong magnetoelectric linkages, this second process is also gaining a lot of
interest. For applications in spintronics and related fields, these properties are partic-
ularly attractive. Thus, perovskite oxide materials have a strong correlation between
their existing crystal structure and their physical and magnetic properties. Therefore,
these materials exhibit the proper knowledge of atomic arrangements to understand
the microscopic origin of the physical phenomenon. The present chapter empha-
sizes the structural aspects of multifunctional oxide materials and their correlation
to physical and magnetic properties.

Fig. 1 Perovskite materials

as multifunctional materials
MulƟferroics
BiFeO3,
TbMnO3
High K Insulator
Capacitors, SrTiO3
Ferroelectrics Changes to
BaTiO3 Perovskite superconductor
Pb3MgNb2O9 at low
temperature

Solar Cell
Colossal
Magneto- ABX3 Hybrid
resistance Perovskites
CH3NH3PbX3
La-SrMnO3
Transparent (X= I, Br, Cl),
ConducƟng
Oxides
electrode
SrVO3
252 H. Agarwal

2 Multiferroics as Multifunctional Materials

Modern technology explores novel techniques to achieve high downsizing of inte-

grated devices, combining characteristics into multifunctional materials. Multiferroic
materials, which combine two or more ferroic orders, provide prospective applica-
tions in the developing disciplines of spintronics, optoelectronics, and data storage
in this context, in addition to their fascinating physics. Multiferroics express mate-
rials with different ferroic ordering or various properties simultaneously in the same
phase. From the perspective of multifunctionality, multiferroic materials are the best
option. Figure 2 shows the effect of coupling in multiple properties.
The two types of magneto-electric coupling that are discussed in this chapter are
direct and indirect coupling, and they both relate to the structural aspect of multifunc-
tional materials. The class of multiferroics known as direct magneto-electric coupling

(E,P)

Mechanical stress
(, )
Strain

Multiferroics
as
Multifunctional
Materials

Fig. 2 Coupling in various ferroic ordering that originates multifunctional properties in multiferroic
materials
Structural Perspective on Multifunctional Oxide Materials 253

is characterized by the direct application of an electric or magnetic field, which

alters the system’s electric polarization or magnetization, respectively [25]. This
phenomenon is specific to a family of multiferroic materials known as “single-phase”
multiferroics. Within elasto-magnetoelectric multiferroics, or composite multifer-
roics, there is a second class of the magneto-electric coupling phenomenon that is
referred to as the indirect magneto-electric effect. When the indirect magneto-electric
effect occurs, the electric polarization or magnetization are not directly affected by
the application of a magnetic or electric field, respectively. Rather, they undergo
indirect modification through a magneto-electric interaction mediated by strain [26].
The term “single-phase multiferroic materials” refers to chemically isotropic
homogeneous compounds in which the electric and magnetic order states coexist
within the material at a specific temperature or pressure. However, strong symmetry
criteria are needed for the occurrence of magnetic and electric order states in the
same phase. Naturally, dielectric oxides are solely single-phase multiferroic mate-
rials since one of the ferroic components is the electrically ordered phase, requiring
for dielectric materials. Single-phase multiferroics are classified into two categories:
Type-I and Type-II. Their different physical mechanisms of electric polarization
constitute the primary connection between these two types [27].

2.1 Type-I Single-Phase Multiferroics

A material in which the electric and magnetic phases coexist simultaneously within
the same compound is the first class of single-phasic multiferroics. Nevertheless, they
come from distinct microscopic sources and are essentially independent to each other.
The spontaneous polarization P in these multiferroic materials is frequently rather
large, and ferroelectricity tends to appear at higher temperatures than magnetism (of
order 10–100 µC/cm2 ). Examples: BiFeO3 (TFE ~ 1100 K, TN = 643 K, P ~ 90µC/
cm2 ) and YMnO3 (TFE ~ 914 K, TN = 76 K, P ~ 6 µC/cm2 ). The type I multiferroics
are generally good ferroelectrics. These multiferroics’ magnetic and ferroelectric
transition temperatures usually happen above room temperature. The ferroelectric
and magnetic transition temperatures of these multiferroics typically occur above
room temperature. The weak interaction between ferroelectricity and magnetism is a
disadvantage of these multiferroics. Depending on the mechanism of ferroelectricity,
the following are the different subclasses of type-I multiferroics:
(i) Multiferroic Perovskites:
In this class of multiferroic materials, magnetic and ferroelectric perovskites
exist, but the coexistence of Magnetism and ferroelectricity seems to disappear. All
ferroelectric perovskites have transition metal ions with an empty d-shell, although
partially filled d shells of a transition metal are a necessary condition for magnetism.
Ferroelectricity in magnetic perovskites is inhibited by the presence of d-electrons on
the dn configuration of magnetic transition metal. The condition is referred as the “d0
vs dn problem”, which may be overcome by mixing d0 and dn ions. The best example
254 H. Agarwal

of this class type is BaTiO3 , where the polarization occurs due to the non-magnetic
Ti ion’s empty d-orbitals. This causes the Ti to shift in the crystal structure, leading to
polarization. This mechanism does not allow for any magnetism in the system, as it
only occurs because the d-orbitals are empty. Such types of ferroelectrics are Proper
ferroelectrics, where the primary order parameter is the ferroelectric distortion.
(ii) Lone Pair Multiferroics:
The formation of ferroelectricity in certain multiferroics, such as BiFeO3 ,
BiMnO3 , and PbVO3 , is mostly dependent on Bi3+ and Pb2+ . These ions’ two outer
6s2 electrons are not involved in any chemical bonding. They are called lone pairs
and lead to high polarizability, which is mandatory for ferroelectricity in the classical
analog. One can more microscopically describe the origin of ferroelectricity in these
multiferroics by ordering lone pairs (with a certain admixture of p orbitals) in one
direction. A single material can have many ferroic orders coexisting in it because of
the magnetism caused by B-site transition metals like Fe3+ and Mn3+ . In the cate-
gory of proper ferroelectrics, which are also comprised of these materials, lone pair
electrons are the source of ferroelectricity.
(iii) Charge Ordered Multiferroics:
Charge ordering, which is frequently seen in transition metal compounds, partic-
ularly those that officially incorporate transition metal ions with differing valence,
is the critical process that might result in ferroelectricity and type-I multiferroicity
in the material. These ions form a polar arrangement, which causes improper ferro-
electricity (i.e., no ionic displacement). The main order parameter in the case of
improper ferroelectricity is not the ferroelectric distortion but rather a different kind
of phase change, such as a structural change or magnetic ordering. In a charge-
ordered system, the coexistence of inequivalent bonds and multiple valances leads to
ferroelectricity. A coexisting magnetic order can be established if the magnetic ions
are present, coupled to ferroelectricity. The charges in LuFe2 O4 and Pr0.5 Ca0.5 MnO3
arrange nonsymmetrically, causing the material to become electrically polarized.
(iv) Geometric Ferroelectricity:
In such types of multiferroics, the ferroelectricity originates due to geometrical
tilting in the crystal structure. The ferroelectricity in YMnO3 has nothing to do with
the magnetic ordering of Mn3+ but happens due to the tilting of the practically rigid
MnO5 block. The geometric polarization generation mechanism in YMnO3 describes
tilting a severe MnO5 block with a magnetic Mn remaining at the center. The system
becomes ferroelectric as a result of the oxygen ions moving closer to the small Y
ions due to this tilting, which also forms Y–O bonds into dipoles.

2.2 Type-II Single-Phase Multiferroics

A solid magneto-electric coupling is proposed in Type-II single-phase multiferroic

materials, where magnetism induces the ferroelectric order. The polarization of these
Structural Perspective on Multifunctional Oxide Materials 255

materials is, however, often significantly less (10−2 µC/cm2 ) compared to type I multi-
ferroics. Type-II single-phase multiferroics exhibit ferroelectricity in a magnetically
ordered state; in TbMnO3 , for instance, magnetic order is present at TN1 = 41 K and
changes to TN2 = 28 K at a lower temperature.
(i) Spiral Type II Multiferroics
This subgroup includes the majority of type II multiferroics that are currently
known to exist. Such multiferroics belong to improper ferroelectric multiferroic
materials where the magnetic ordering induces electrical polarization. The discovery
of this multiferroic class has encouraged the recent revival of research in this field.
Such structures are often incommensurate with the underlying crystal lattice, and
they present a subclass of spin-density wave structures having different types [28].
They can be sinusoidal, with spins perpendicular or parallel to the wave vector of the
spin density wave. Or they can be helicoidal (spiral) of two types: proper screw, with
spins rotating in the plane perpendicular to the wave vector, or cycloidal, with the
spin rotation plain containing the wave vector. Different types of conical structures
may also exist. A magnetic spiral or cycloidal state is one type of magnetic ordering
that can lead to an electrical polarization. In such states, the inverse Dzyaloshinskii-
Moriya interaction between two neighboring spins can cause a slight displacement
to a neighboring O ion, inducing polarization. Ferroelectricity is combined with
a spiraling magnetic phase, and most of the cycloid type is observed in MnWO4,
Ni3 V2 O6, and TbMnO3 [29]. In the prominent example of spiral type multiferroic
of TbMnO3 , where all spin points in one direction below TN1 = 41 K, the magnetic
structure is a sinusoidal spin density wave while the size of the local moment fluctu-
ates periodically in space. The Mn spins sweep out a cycloid magnetic ordering TN2
= 28 K [30]. Magnetic frustration is the origin of spiral magnetic ordering in such
insulators. As a result, frustrated systems typically exhibit type-II multiferroicity.
(ii) Type II Multiferroics with Collinear Magnetic Structure
In the second class of magnetically driven ferroelectric materials, the ferroelec-
tricity is observed in collinear magnetic structures. All of the magnetic moments
in these materials aligned along a specific axis without the spin–orbit interaction
being necessary. Due to exchange striction, these materials may exhibit polariza-
tion because the magnetic coupling fluctuates with the locations of the atoms. In
complicated magnetic structures, the exchange interaction can cause a displacement
of the magnetic ions if it reduces the system’s energy. This displacement of ions in
a non-symmetric way leads to electrical polarization in the materials [27].
256 H. Agarwal

3 Rare Earth Manganites

Multiferroic materials are the critical candidate of material science for developing
novel devices and technologies using their coupled Magnetism and ferroelectric
properties. Rare-earth manganites (RMnO3 ) are a promising example of multifer-
roic oxide materials where the manganese ions are linked to oxygen ions with rare-
earth (R = La − Lu)/alkali earth ions (AE = Sr, Ca, Ba) sitting in the gap of Mn
and O ions having the RMnO3 configuration. Several emergent phenomena in these
manganites, including the multiferroicity and colossal magnetoresistance, arise due
to a strong correlation between spin, charge, and orbital degree of freedom. The
enormous magnetoresistance (CMR) behavior was first observed in doped RMnO3
[La–Ca–Mn–O films at TN = 77 in an applied magnetic field of 5 Tesla]. Many
systems, including ferromagnetic metals and superlattices of magnetic and non-
magnetic layers, have been shown to exhibit magnetoresistance (MR), which is the
relative change in electrical resistivity with an externally applied magnetic field.
However, the most considerable MR effect is observed in doped rare-earth mangan-
ites R1-x Ax MnO3 (A = Ca2+ , Sr2+ ). A thousand-fold change in resistivity refers to
‘colossal magnetoresistance.’ The initial CMR was reported in a single-crystalline
thin film of La0.67 Ca0.33 MnO3 near the ferromagnetic transition temperature. More-
over, a sharp increase in MR at low applied fields was observed in polycrystalline
La0.67 Sr0.33 MnO3 [13].
Manganites represent several interesting phenomena like Jahn–teller distortion,
super-exchange, double-exchange mechanism, half metallicity, etc. Technologi-
cally important discoveries like giant magnetoresistance, giant magneto-capacitance,
and geometric ferroelectricity were observed in manganites. Generally, RMnO3
possesses orthorhombic perovskite structures for larger rare-earth ions (R = La-
Dy) with Pnma symmetry and a non-centrosymmetric hexagonal structure for the
smaller rare-earth ions (R = Ho-Lu, Y) having the space group P63 cm. The complex
crystal structure and its unrevealed features make these classes of materials essential
to explore. Studying the structural behavior in Rare earth substituted manganites at
low temperatures with a magnetic field is still an exciting field of research.

4 Properties of Rare Earth Manganites

4.1 Crystal Field Theory

When an atom or ion is immersed in a solid, the electric field originating from
the nearby atoms is referred to as the crystal field, and the Coulomb interaction of
the atom’s electronic charge distribution with the surrounding charges is known as
the crystal field interaction. The degeneracies of electron orbital states, typically d
and f-orbitals, break due to the static electric field created by a neighboring charge
Structural Perspective on Multifunctional Oxide Materials 257

Fig. 3 Schematic of crystal field splitting and Jahn Teller distortion

distribution. This phenomenon is explained by the Crystal field theory, which was
discovered in 1930 by Hans Bethe and J. H. Van Vleck [31] (Fig. 3).
An interaction between a transition metal and surrounding ions, also known as
ligands, arises from the attraction between the positively charged metal cation and
the negatively charged electrons of the ligand. Metals are considered electron accep-
tors, and these ligands are considered electron donors. The theory is established by
considering energy changes of five degenerate d-orbitals. The electrons in d-orbitals
and those in the ligand repel each other due to repulsion between like charges. As
a result, the d-orbitals will split in energy because the d-electron locations closer
to the ligands will have more energy than those farther away. The following factors
exaggerate the crystal field splitting:
• The nature of the metal ion.
• The oxidation state of metal. A higher oxidation state leads to a more extensive
splitting.
• The arrangement of the ligands around the metal ion.
• The nature of the ligands surrounding the metal ion.
To explain bonding, orbital organization, and other properties of coordination
complexes, the “Ligand Field Theory” (LFT) is followed by the “Crystal Field
Theory” (CFT). It is an example of how transition metal complexes can be studied
using molecular orbital theory. Though most explanations start with describing
octahedral complexes, where six ligands coordinate to metal, the LFT analysis is
extremely dependent on the complex’s geometry. This theory explains the loss of
degeneracy of metal d-orbitals in transition metal complexes. Let us examine the
scenario where six ligands form an octahedral complex. In this example, the metal
ion is at the origin and the ligands are symmetrically positioned along the axes of a
Cartesian coordinate system. The d-orbital breaks into sets of 3 low-energy orbitals
in the octahedral environment, where six ligands create an octahedron surrounding
the metal ion: dxy, dxz, dyz and 2 orbitals of high energy: dz2 , dx2 −y2 . The orbitals lying
along the axes dz2 and dx2 −y2 will be more strongly repelled than the orbitals with
258 H. Agarwal

lobes directed between the axes (dxy , dxz , and d yz ). The d-orbitals are thus split into
two sets with the dz2 and dx2 −y2 at higher energy than the other three. The energy
difference between these 2 sets of d-orbitals is called the splitting parameter o .
T field strength of the ligand determines the magnitude of o . We refer to the higher
energy orbitals as eg and the three lower energy orbitals as t2g together. The dz 2 is the
combination of dz 2 -y 2 and dz 2 -x 2 . It can also be written as d2z2 −x2 −y2 = d2z2 −(x2 +y2 )

As r 2 = x2 + y2 + z 2 , d2z2 −x2 −y2 = d2z2 −(r 2 +z2 ) = d3z2 −r 2

In dz 2 , there is no independent existence, it has the average properties of the two

dz2 −y2 and dz2 −x2 . Both have high electron density along the z-axis; the subscript
orbital has a significant fraction of the electron density concentrated along the same
axis. Since one of the component wave function dz2 −x2 has lobes along the x-axis
and the other dz2 −y2 along the y axis, the resultant dz2 orbital has a torus of electron
density in the x–y plane [32].
Crystal Field Stabilization Energy:
The stability that arises from adding a transition metal ion to the crystal field created
by a group of ligands is known as the crystal field stabilization energy. It is caused
by the fact that some of the split d-orbitals in a ligand field have lower energies than
before with respect to the barycenter, a spherical field where all five d-orbitals are
degenerate. If the splitting energy of the d-orbitals in an octahedral environment is
o , the three t2g orbitals are stabilized relative to the barycenter by 2/5 o, and the
eg orbitals are destabilized by 3/5 o .

4.2 Jahn–Teller Distortion

The Jahn Teller effect occurs in materials with a partial electronic occupation in t2g
or eg symmetric classes. In order to explain the instability of a nonlinear system
in a degenerate energy state, Herman Jahn and Edward Teller first postulated this
phenomenon in 1937. They suggested that in an electronically degenerate energy
state, a nonlinear system undergoes distortion that eliminates the degeneracy by
reducing symmetry and, thus, energy. It is claimed that in the electrically degen-
erate state, the orbitals are asymmetrically occupied and acquire additional energy.
Therefore, by lowering the molecule’s overall symmetry—a process known as Jahn–
Teller distortion—the system attempts to eliminate this extra energy. The existence
of many degenerate orbitals for an electron is represented by an electrically degen-
erate state. The degenerate orbitals in this scenario are occupied asymmetrically. For
example, in an octahedral symmetry, when three t2g orbitals of the same energy are
available to occupy the e− , the d1 configuration is considered to be an electroni-
cally degenerate state. In contrast, the d3 configuration in octahedral symmetry is
Structural Perspective on Multifunctional Oxide Materials 259

non-degenerate and symmetric. Putting two e− in one orbital is impossible, which is

against Hund’s rule of maximum multiplicity [33].
The majority of cases of the Jahn–Teller distortion are found in octahedral settings.
Theoretically, all the configurations except d3 , d8 , d10 , and low spin d6 configurations
are possible for exhibiting electronic degeneracy in octahedral symmetry. However,
considerable distortion is usually observed in high spin d4 , low spin d7 , and d9 config-
urations in the octahedral environment. The reason for this is that the energy gain is
significantly higher and the Jahn Teller distortion is usually large for asymmetrically
occupied eg orbitals, which are directed towards the ligands.
Consider an Mn3+ ion with a d4 configuration. After the field splitting, 3 electrons
of Mn3+ occupy the t2g set and one electron in the eg set, which makes the Mn3+
ion Jahn Teller active. Two eg orbitals split, raising the energy of one at the expense
of the other termed as Jahn Teller distortion, followed by the octahedron distortion
along the z-axis. The octahedron elongates along the z-axis and compresses along
the x and y directions. The elongation and compression profoundly affect the energy
states of the d orbitals—dz 2 will be lowered in energy than dx 2 -y 2 orbital; similarly,
the dxz , dyz orbitals will have lower energy than dxy . At this point, two types of energy
will be taken into consideration: the electrical energy and the lattice strain energy
caused by distortion. The single electron of the eg set occupies the dz 2 level, which
lowers the electronic energy, outweighing the lattice strain energy thereby reducing
the energy of the material structure. Due to the direct impact of lattice distortion
on the electronic configuration and atomic arrangement, this distortion can have an
impact on the material’s properties, including electrical conductivity and magnetism.
The degeneracy of orbitals can be eliminated by lowering the symmetry of the
molecule. This can be achieved by either elongation of bonds along the z-axis (z-
out distortion) or by compression (shortening) of the bonds along the z-axis (z-in
distortion). In the case of Z-out distortion, the energies of d-orbitals with z-factor
(i.e., dz 2 , dxz , dyz ) are lowered since the bonds along the z-axis are elongated. This is
the most preferred distortion and occurs in most cases, mainly when the degeneracy
occurs at the eg level. Usually, the octahedral d2 , d4 high spin, d7 low spin, d8 low
spin, and d9 configuration show the z-out distortion. In the case of Z—in distortion,
the energies of orbitals with z-factor are increased since the bonds along the z-axis
are shortened. This type of distortion is observed in the case of the octahedral d1
configuration. The only electron will now occupy the dxy orbital with lower energy.

4.3 Spin Interaction and Exchange Mechanism

The interactions between magnetic moments produce magnetic order in a material.

The interactions between neighboring spins S i and S j are described by the Heisenberg
model, with the exchange Hamiltonian given by [34]
   

H J = −2 Jij S i .S j
i<j
260 H. Agarwal

The value Jij is called the exchange constant and describes the nature of the
interaction between Si and Sj . If Jij is positive, neighboring spins favor a parallel
alignment, and the system is ferromagnetic. If Jij is negative, neighboring spins
prefer an anti-parallel alignment, and the system is antiferromagnetic. Let the spin
interact with external field B. If the field is inhomogeneous, the force will act on
the spin, and the effect of the field is to align the spin. The energy of these spins
inside the field is—µ.B. So, the interaction between the magnetic field and spin
is generally called Zeeman Interaction. Spins also interact among themselves,
and the interaction between these spins can be dipolar or exchange interaction.
Exchange interaction could be of different types– Direct exchange interaction, indi-
rect exchange interaction, and hyperfine interaction. This exchange interaction is
essential as it gives rise to ferromagnetism, antiferromagnetism, and ferrimagnetism.
When the spins interact with the lattice, the interaction is called Spin–orbit interac-
tion. Now, all three interactions (Zeeman, Exchange, Spin–Orbit) can interact with
each other. There is also an interaction between spin and phonon, which gives rise
to Magneto-optic effects. As lattices can oscillate in a quantized fashion, these
quantized oscillations are called phonons. Spin can also interact with phonons,
giving rise to magneto-acoustic impacts. Exchange interaction results from electro-
static Coulombic attraction/repulsion and symmetrization postulates related to long-
range magnetic ordering. There could be different types of flavors of the exchange
interaction, which are as follows [35].

4.3.1 Direct Exchange Interaction

If the electron on neighboring magnetic atoms interacts directly with an exchange

interaction without an intermediary electron, the interaction is known as a direct
exchange. Direct exchange cannot be an essential mechanism in controlling magnetic
properties because there is insufficient natural overlap between neighboring magnetic
orbitals. This is a very short-range effect.

4.3.2 Indirect Exchange Interaction

Double Exchange Mechanism

The double exchange mechanism, which promotes ferromagnetic ordering, typically

occurs between ions in various oxidation states. In 1951, C. Zener explained why
the best ferromagnetic material displays the lowest resistivity in his theory of indi-
rect magnetic exchange between 3d atoms by introducing the concept of a double
exchange mechanism (DE) [36]. This theory was applied to the perovskite mangan-
ites in order to explain the value of the zero-temperature saturation magnetization,
which is equivalent to the sum of all the unpaired electron spins, and the signifi-
cant correlation between conductivity and ferromagnetism. Double exchange theory
Structural Perspective on Multifunctional Oxide Materials 261

was utilized to account for ferromagnetic ordering when doped manganites were
produced.
Two Mn ions with different valence states are coupled by oxygen, resulting in this
magnetic ordering. Consider Mn3+ and Mn4+ ions. An electron transfer from Mn3+
to Mn4+ occurs due to a simultaneous double transfer of an electron from Mn3+ to
O2− and then from O2− to Mn4+ . If the magnetic moments of the two Mn ion t2g
states are parallel, then such an electron transfer can occur; if not, Hund’s rule would
be broken. Hund’s rule demands the occupancy of electrons with the same spins in
the d orbitals of Mn3+ and Mn4+ ions.
The process known as the double exchange produces a ferromagnetic ordering
between Mn ions by lowering the energy state as a result of the double transfer
of electrons. Both ferromagnetism and metallicity are explained by spin-dependent
electron transfer between Mn ions with parallel spin alignment in a double-exchange
mechanism [35].
According to the double exchange theory, electrons will move between species
more quickly when they are not required to change their spin direction in order
to comply with Hund’s rule when they adopt a new species. The kinetic energy is
decreased by the capacity to localize or hop. Therefore, the ferromagnetic alignment
of the nearby transition metal ions may result from the overall energy savings.

Super-Exchange Interaction

If the spins or magnetic moment are not directly overlapping but in between, they
have some non-magnetic ion (as O2− ), and exchange interaction is mediated through
these non-magnetic ions (which do not have magnetic dipole moment). Such a type
of interaction is called Super exchange interaction. When two next-to-nearest
neighbor cations coupled strongly through a non-magnetic anion, it is known as
super-exchange and represents the exchange mechanism of the insulator. An anti-
ferromagnetic ordering between the identical valence states of Mn ions is usually
triggered by the super-exchange mechanism. For two Mn2+ ions, it is energetically
favorable for the valence electrons on the Mn2+ and O2− ions to undergo covalent
bonding. The p orbital of the O2− ion has a filled shell of electrons, and for the
Mn–O–Mn hybridization to occur, a transfer of electron with a particular spin from
the O2− ion onto the Mn2+ ion is required, followed by the transferred electron
of opposite spin to other Mn2+ ions. Such a process results in an antiferromag-
netic alignment between the Mn2+ ions. The sign of the exchange integral guides a
superexchange mechanism, Jij in the Heisenberg Hamiltonian, which depends on the
oxygen–metal bond angle and the d electron configuration on the transition metal.
Goodenough-Kanamori-Anderson (GKA) rules and presented in Fig. 4 which state
that:
1. If both neighbouring Mn ions point their empty orbitals (hybridized lattice orbital)
towards O2− then the Mn–Mn separation is small, and coupling between Mn ions
is antiferromagnetically coupled.
262 H. Agarwal

Fig. 4 Interaction in manganites a double exchange, b superexchange, c D-M interaction

2. If both neighbouring Mn3+ ions point their filled atomic orbitals towards O2−
then the Mn–O–Mn separation is largest, and the exchange interaction is
antiferromagnetic.
3. If one of the two neighbouring Mn3+ ions point its occupied orbital (atomic orbit)
towards O2− and the other points its unoccupied orbital, then the Mn–O–Mn
bond length will be large, and the two manganese ions will be Ferromagnetically
coupled.
According to Goodenough-Kanamori’s (GK) rules, it is generally concluded that
180° metal–oxygen–metal angles between identical metal ions with both orbitals,
either filled or empty, lead to antiferromagnetic interactions. In contrast, 90° angles
lead to ferromagnetism. Rare-earth manganites having the R3+ Mn3+ O2− 3 configu-
ration are insulators in nature where the exchange interaction in Mn–O–Mn occurs
due to super-exchange interaction [37, 38].

Anisotropic Exchange Interaction (Dzyaloshinsky-Moria Interaction)

Dzyaloshinsky-Moria (D-M) Interaction is a process similar to superexchange where

the intermediate process occurs via spin–orbit interaction rather than an Oxygen ion.
Anisotropic exchange interactions, sometimes referred to as D-M interactions, are
exchange interactions that occur between the excited state of a magnetic ion and the
ground state of the next ion. In 1960, the concept was developed by Dzyaloshin-
skii to explain weak ferromagnetism. He added an asymmetrical term based on the
symmetries, and Moria discovered that the spin–orbit coupling plays a role in the
process underlying this interaction. DM interaction is induced by a lack of inversion
symmetry of the compound and a robust spin–orbit coupling. When acting between
two spins S1 and S2 , it leads to a term in the Hamiltonian HDM equal to,

→ −
− → → 
− −
→
H DM = D . S 1 × S 2 , where D ∼ λ(−
→
a ×−
→


r 12 )
Structural Perspective on Multifunctional Oxide Materials 263

−
→
The D-M vector D is proportional to the spin–orbit coupling constant and depends
upon the position of the oxygen ion ‘a’ between two magnetic transition metal ions
[34].
Two atomic spins interacting with a nearby atom that has a high spin–orbit
coupling give rise to D-M interaction. This interaction tends to align S1 and S2
−
→
perpendicular against D and against each other which results in the small canting
of magnetic moments. It causes an antiferromagnet’s net moment to become weak.
Therefore, the spin–orbit interaction in one of the spins S1 and S2 may result in weak
anisotropy in the exchange in the structures where the line connecting their magnetic
ions lacks inversion symmetry. This interaction is known as the D-M contribution.
−
→
The direction of canting of spins is determined by the sign of D [39].

RKKY Interaction (Indirect Exchange in Metals)

In metals, conduction electrons, also known as itinerant electrons, can mediate

the exchange interaction between magnetic ions. The spin of a localized magnetic
moment polarizes the conduction electrons, and this polarization relates to a nearby
localized magnetic moment that is r distant. Since there is no direct coupling between
magnetic moments, the exchange contact is therefore indirect. It’s referred to as
RKKY interaction (or itinerant exchange interaction). The initial letters of the
surnames of the people who discovered the effect—Roderman, Kittel, Kasuya, and
Yosida—led to the creation of the given name RKKY. The coupling takes the form
of an r-dependent exchange interaction JRKKY (r) given by JRKKY (r) ∝ {cos (2kF r)}/
r3 at large r (assuming a spherical Fermi surface at radius kF ). There is no consis-
tent dependence of the long-range interaction on the separation of the magnetic
moments. Thus, it can be either ferromagnetic or antiferromagnetic depending on
the separation.

4.4 Charge Ordering

Transition metal oxides and organic solids are strongly correlated materials where
charge ordering (CO) transitions are primarily observed. When electron-to-electron
interaction precedes the hopping term, the CO phase transition occurs. This results in
creating an ordered superlattice and charge imbalance at various places. Symmetry
breaking occurs together with the CO transition, and in certain situations, it stabilizes
the ferroelectricity in the systems. The CO was usually driven by electron–electron
and electron-lattice correlation effects. In the case of the CO manganites, due to the
JT-active nature of the Mn3+ ions, the CO is accompanied by the distortion of the
oxygen octahedron surrounding the Mn3+ . The tendency of this structural distor-
tion leads to the so-called cooperative JT distortions. This will reduce the crystal
symmetry. Thus, the orbital order gives rise to the anisotropy of the electron-transfer
264 H. Agarwal

interaction. The phenomenon of CO is extended to explain the colossal magnetoresis-

tance behavior in various manganites. The close interplay between manganite struc-
tural, magnetic, and electronic states makes them suitable for studying multiple phys-
ical phenomena, including colossal magnetoresistance, formation of CO patterns, and
magneto-structural transitions. The magnetic field that induces melting of the CO
state leads to a considerable resistance drop with a magnetic field.

5 Crystallographic Aspects of Rare Earth Manganites

The structure of RMnO3 is almost a cubic perovskite consists of R ion at (0,0,0),

Mn ion at (1/2,1/2,1/2), and three O ions at (0,1/2,1/2), (1/2,0,1/2), and (1/2,1/2,0).
The structure is stabilized by the 12-fold and 6-fold oxygen coordination of the A
and Mn ions, respectively [40]. R is of fixed valence +3, and O is of valence 2− .
So, the charge neutrality condition forces Mn to be in a +3-valence state. When an
alkaline earth metal ion (AE = Ca, Sr, Ba) in a +2-valence state is doped in A site
of RMnO3 , the charge neutrality condition leads to a mixed valent state of Mn, i.e.
an ionic configuration is of the form R3+ 1-x AE2+ x Mn3+ 1-x Mn4+ x O2− 3 .
Another way to see the structure is as a stacking of two planes, the R-O and Mn-O2 ,
on top of each other. The manganite structure is determined by the tolerance factor “t,”
which is influenced by the ionic radii of R and doped AE. When the tolerance factor is
near to unity, the cubic system is stable; any significant deviation from unity produces
completely distinct crystal structures, such as hexagonal, orthorhombic, etc. Variation
of the ionic radii at A sites of RMnO3 can result in buckling or distortion of MnO6
octahedra from cubic phase to several lower symmetry structures having reduced
coordination numbers for R and Mn ions. Magnetic ordering in these materials arises
from the spin ordering of adjacent Mn ions mediated by the hopping of electrons
from Mn+3 to Mn+4 ions. Doped manganites can be further categorized as having
a large bandwidth, intermediate bandwidth, and lower bandwidth manganites based
on the electron hopping amplitude, also known as bandwidth.
In most perovskites, ferroelectricity reflects the property of spontaneous elec-
tric polarization which can be reversed by applying an external electric field [16].
Ferroelectric materials have a wide range of technical uses due to their ferroelec-
tric phenomena as well as piezoelectric, pyroelectric, and electro-optic properties.
Examine the traditional perovskite structure identified by ABO3 , which consists of an
octahedron of negatively charged oxygen ions surrounding a central positive B-ion, a
transition metal element. Ferroelectric order would arise from a shift in the B-site ion
location, which would break the inversion symmetry and induce a dipole moment.
When a system undergoes a structural phase transition—a transition from a high to
a low symmetry state, for example, from cubic to tetragonal—such modifications
may take place. BaTiO3 is among the most widely recognized examples of a proper
ferroelectric. The majority of ferroelectric perovskites feature an empty d electron
shell on the B-site atom, which allows covalent bonding with the p orbitals of the
oxygen atoms. Ferroelectricity can also occur due to lone pairs of electrons on the
Structural Perspective on Multifunctional Oxide Materials 265

outer shell of the A-site atom, which is highly susceptible to polarization. Thus, the
crystal must not possess the center of symmetry for being a ferroelectric material.
Their lattice structure governs the symmetry of the crystals. Despite the fact that
nature contains thousands of crystals, the symmetry elements allow for the grouping
of all crystals into 230 space groups. The 32 crystallographic point groups with 14
Bravais lattices that correspond to one of the seven crystal systems combine to form
the crystallographic space groups.
Based on the existence of an inversion center, the 32-point groups are divided
into two categories: (a) crystals having a center of symmetry and (b) crystals that
do not possess a center of symmetry. Crystals with the center of symmetry (labeled
centrosymmetric) include 11-point groups and do not show polarity. The remaining
21-point groups do not have a center of symmetry (i.e., non-centrosymmetric). All
non-centrosymmetric point groups, except point group 432, show the piezoelectric
effect along the unique directional axes. A crystal having no center of symmetry
possesses one or more crystallographically individual directional axes.
The non-centrosymmetric space groups are further classified into polar and chiral
types due to the lack an inversion center. Without any roto-inversion symmetry
components, a space group is said to be chiral. Roto-inversion is a rotation followed by
inversion; for example, a mirror reflection corresponds to a two-fold roto-inversion.
Chiral space groups must, therefore, only contain (purely) rotational and translational
symmetry. These arise from the crystal point groups 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 222, 422, 622, 32,
23, and 432. Chiral molecules, such as proteins, crystallize in chiral space groups.
The term ‘polar’ is often used for space groups that are neither centrosymmetric
nor chiral. However, the time ‘polar’ is more correctly used for any space group
containing a unique anisotropic axis. These occur in point groups 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, m,
mm2, 3 m, 4 mm, and 6 mm. Thus, some chiral space groups are also polar. Out of the
twenty-point groups that show the piezoelectric effect, ten polar point groups have
only one unique direction axis, and such crystals show spontaneous polarization.
Thus, considering symmetry restrictions, all ferroelectric materials are pyroelec-
tric. However, not all pyroelectric materials are ferroelectric. Since all pyroelectric
materials are piezoelectric, ferroelectric materials are inherently piezoelectric [41].
The primary interaction in orthorhombic perovskites ABO3 compounds with
Pbmn symmetry is the isotropic exchange interaction between nearest-neighboring
spins. At this level of interaction, four types of collinear ordering can arise depending
on the relative sign of these interactions because the crystal unit cell contains four
magnetic B atoms. Following are the magnetic structures having collinear magnetic
ordering (also shown in Fig. 5a–d).

1. F-type, with all the spins pointing in the same direction (FM ordering), F = S1
+ S2 + S3 + S4 ,
2. A-type, with spins pointing in opposite directions in consecutive planes (AFM
order of FM planes), A = S1 − S2 − S3 + S4 ,
3. C-type, with spins pointing in opposite directions in consecutive lines (AFM
order of FM chains), C = S1 + S2 − S3 − S4 ,
266 H. Agarwal

Fig. 5 Schematic view of a F-type, b, A-type, c C-type, d G-type, and e E-type collinear magnetic
orders that can be constructed in cubic perovskites ABX3 (for the sake of illustration, spins are
directed along the z-axis). f, g and h show the Gx , Gx Ay, and Gx Ay F z non-collinear orders [42]

4. G-type, with nearest–neighboring spins pointing in opposite directions (‘full’

AFM ordering). G = S1 − S2 + S3 − S4 .

In terms of the cubic lattice with one spin per unit cell, these orders are associated
with the propagation vectors q = (0, 0, 0), (0, 0, 1/2), (0, 1/2, 1/2), and (1/2, 1/2, 1/
2) respectively. The notation proposed by “Bertaut” is widely used to characterize
the magnetic structure of perovskites. [43]. The magnetic structure is designated in
Bertaut’s notation by indicating the kind of order seen along each principal direction
as Mx M y M z . As an example, the representation of a basic G-type structure with
spins parallel to the x-direction is Gx (see Fig. 5f). If there is an additional A-type
component along the y-direction in this arrangement, the structure is Gx Ay (see
Fig. 5g). Moreover, if there is an additional F-type component along z, the entire
structure is indicated as Gx Ay Fz (see Fig. 5h). E-type AFM ordering is another kind
of collinear ordering that is expected to cause an electric polarization that breaks
inversion symmetry [42].
Further to these orders, the perovskite structure can hold spiral magnetism as well.
In particular, this is observed in the case of orthorhombic manganites (RMnO3 ),
where isotropic exchange interactions compete with one another to produce this
result. Rare-earth manganites have non-collinear magnetic ordering that disrupt the
inversion symmetry and cause an electric polarization, both of which are necessary
for the material’s multiferroicity.
Rietveld Refinement Analysis for Magnetic Structure:
Neutron diffraction is the determination of the magnetic structure that determines
the directions and absolute magnitude of atomic moments in a magnetically ordered
material. Neutron diffraction patterns consist of both nuclear and magnetic reflection.
Structural Perspective on Multifunctional Oxide Materials 267

To describe the magnetic structures, it is required to relate them to the underlying

crystal structures with a formalism of magnetic ordering propagation vectors. In
the present thesis, the magnetic structure refinement of rare earth manganites has
been done using the Fullprof software, for which the propagation vector has been
observed using the k-search program. The irreducible representation for a particular
space group can be calculated using the BASIREPS [45] program. The magnetic
structure is plotted in FP studio and VESTA [46].
It is always important to observe the magnetic phase transition temperature of the
material using magnetization studies before collecting neutron powder diffraction
data (NPD). The first experimental study of neutron powder diffraction was done by
Shull, who observed the NPD pattern at room temperature (293 K) and at 80 K, which
is well below the magnetic ordering temperature of MnO (Tc = 120 K) [44]. At lower
temperatures, extra antiferromagnetic reflections were observed, which showed that
the ordered magnetic cell was more significant than the chemical cell shown in Fig. 6.
Suppose new magnetic reflections are generated in the neutron diffraction pattern
below the magnetic ordering temperature. In that case, it gives the signature of anti-
ferromagnetic ordering in the material. If there is an enhancement in the intensity of
reflections, it provides the signature of the material’s ferromagnetic or ferrimagnetic
type of order. Different magnetic structures for different propagation vector can be
seen in Fig. 7.
Neutron powder diffraction patterns and the observation of magnetic structure
can be done using JANA2020 [47] and FullProf software. The neutron diffraction
pattern in Fullprof is based on group theory, including the irreducible representa-
tion for a particular space group. However, in JANA2020, the magnetic structure
is refined using the magnetic superspace group approach. The irreps approach in
Fullprof lacks the assignment of a space (or superspace) group symmetry and the

Fig. 6 a Neutron diffraction patterns for MnO taken at room temperature and well below the
transition temperature (Tc = 120 K) at 80 K. Four extra antiferromagnetic reflections are noticed
in the low-temperature pattern observed by Shull c Magnetic structure of MnO with the magnetic
cell dimension twice as long as the chemical cell dimension [44]
268 H. Agarwal

Fig. 7 Different magnetic structures for different propagation vector

point group symmetry for incommensurate magnetic structures. For example, the
low-temperature phase of TbMnO3 can be written as,

Pbnm1 →(TN ) Pbnm1 (0β0)s00s→(TC ) Pbn21 1 (0β0)s00s

The super-space concept is just a mathematical construct. It allows us to interpret

the equations characterizing incommensurate structures and their symmetry as anal-
ogous to ordinary crystallography for a structure with lattice periodicity but in a (3
+ 1)-dimension mathematical space.
Table 1 shows the magnetic super-space group of different magnetic materials
with incommensurate magnetic k-vectors [48]. Representation analysis using group
Structural Perspective on Multifunctional Oxide Materials 269

Table 1 Magnetic superspace group of different multiferroic materials with incommensurate

magnetic k-vectors
Material Parent S.G. k-vector Magnetic superspace Magnetic point group
group
TbMnO3 Pbnm (0, 0.27, 0) Pbn21 1’ (0β0)s00s mm21’
MnWO4 P2/c (−0.214, 0, 0.457) X21’ (α0γ )0 s 21’
SrFeO3 Pm-3m (0.129, 0.129, 0.129) R321’ (00γ )t0s 321’
CaCr2 O4 Pbnm (0, 0, 0.477) Pbnm1’ (00γ )s00s mmm1’
DyMn6 Ge6 P6/mmm (0, 0, 0.1651) P62 2’ (00γ )h00 62 2’

theory of magnetic structures is not generally equivalent to using magnetic super-

space group symmetry (i.e., giving an irrep is not equal to providing the system’s
magnetic space (super-space) group). Both methods are reliable for observing the
magnetic structure. Bilbao Crystallographic Server, ISOTROPY Suite, JANA2020
and Fullprof are the source for understanding the magnetic structure of the materials.

6 Conclusion

Multifunctional oxides are one of the most appealing research areas due to their
rich range of properties. A recent trend of these multiferroic oxide materials is
approaching to topological properties and opto-electronic properties for which a
deep understanding of structural aspects is essential. This chapter briefly explains
rare earth manganite materials and how the structure is necessary for describing the
magnetic and physical properties of the materials. The super-space group approach
for understanding the magnetic system is needed to explore new materials.

References

1. Uberuaga, B.P.: Complex oxides: intricate disorder. Nat. Mater. 15(5), 496–497 (2016)
2. Zubko, P., Gariglio, S., Gabay, M., Ghosez, P., Triscone, J.M.: Interface physics in complex
oxide heterostructures. Annu. Rev. Condens. Matter Phys. 2(1), 141–165 (2011)
3. Schouwink, P., et al.,: Structure and properties of complex hydride perovskite materials. Nat.
Commun. 5 (2014)
4. Bousquet, E., et al.: Improper ferroelectricity in perovskite oxide artificial superlattices. Nature
452(7188), 732–736 (2008)
5. Emori, S., Bauer, U., Ahn, S.M., Martinez, E., Beach, G.S.D.: Current-driven dynamics of
chiral ferromagnetic domain walls. Nat. Mater. 12(7), 611–616 (2013)
6. Chen, Y.T., et al.: Theory of spin Hall magnetoresistance. Phys. Rev. B - Condens. Matter
Mater. Phys. 87(14) (2013)
7. Sato, M., Ando, Y.: Topological superconductors: a review. Reports Prog. Phys. 80(7) (2017)
270 H. Agarwal

8. Rondinelli, J.M., May, S.J., Freeland, J.W.: Control of octahedral connectivity in perovskite
oxide heterostructures: an emerging route to multifunctional materials discovery. MRS Bull.
37(3), 261–270 (2012)
9. Garcia, V., Bibes, M.: Ferroelectric tunnel junctions for information storage and processing.
Nat. Commun. 5 (2014)
10. Scheunert, G., Heinonen, O., Hardeman, R., Lapicki, A., Gubbins, M., Bowman, R.M.: A
review of high magnetic moment thin films for microscale and nanotechnology applications.
Appl. Phys. Rev. 3(1) (2016)
11. Lorenz, M., et al.: The 2016 oxide electronic materials and oxide interfaces roadmap. J. Phys.
D: Appl. Phys. 49(43) (2016)
12. Saparov, B., Mitzi, D.B.: Organic-inorganic perovskites: structural versatility for functional
materials design. Chem. Rev. 116(7), 4558–4596 (2016)
13. Morosan, E., Natelson, D., Nevidomskyy, A.H., Si, Q.: Strongly correlated materials. Adv.
Mater. 24(36), 4896–4923 (2012)
14. Zhou, Y., et al.: Strongly correlated perovskite fuel cells. Nature 534(7606), 231–234 (2016)
15. Schmid, H.: Some symmetry aspects of ferroics and single phase multiferroics. J. Phys.
Condens. Matter 20(43) (2008)
16. Schmid, H.: Multi-ferroic magnetoelectrics. Ferroelectrics 162(1), 317–338 (1994)
17. Levine, D., Steinhardt, P.J.: Quasicrystals: a new class of ordered structures. Phys. Rev. Lett.
(1984)
18. Keys, A.S., Glotzer, S.C.: How do quasicrystals grow? Phys. Rev. Lett. 99(23) (2007)
19. Kim, J.H., Pieczonka, N.P.W., Yang, L.: Challenges and approaches for high-voltage spinel
lithium-ion batteries. ChemPhysChem. (2014)
20. Xu, J., Cui, Y., Xu, H.: The effect of Fe content on dielectric and relaxation characteristics in
TbFex Mn1-x O3 . Phys. B Condens. Matter 545, 402–407 (2018)
21. Zhu, J., et al.: Perovskite oxides: Preparation, characterizations, and applications in heteroge-
neous catalysis. ACS Catal. 4(9), 2917–2940 (2014)
22. Peña, M.A., Fierro, J.L.G.: Chemical structures and performance of perovskite oxides. Chem.
Rev. 101(7), 1981–2017 (2001)
23. Young, J., Lalkiya, P., Rondinelli, J.M.: Design of noncentrosymmetric perovskites from centric
and acentric basic building units. J. Mater. Chem. C 4(18), 4016–4027 (2016)
24. Katsura, H., Nagaosa, N., Balatsky, A.V.: Spin current and magnetoelectric effect in
noncollinear magnets. Phys. Rev. Lett. 95(5) (2005)
25. Fiebig, M.: Revival of the magnetoelectric effect. J. Phys. D: Appl. Phys. 38(8) (2005)
26. Vopson, M.M.: Fundamentals of multiferroic materials and their possible applications. Crit.
Rev. Solid State Mater. Sci. 40(4), 223–250 (2015)
27. Khomskii, D.: Classifying multiferroics: mechanisms and effects. Physics (College. Park. Md)
2 (2009)
28. Tokura, Y., Seki, S.: Multiferroics with spiral spin orders. Adv. Mater. 22(14), 1554–1565
(2010)
29. Agarwal, H., Yadav, P., Lalla, N.P., Alonso, J.A., Srivastava, O.N., Shaz, M.A.: Structural
correlation of magneto-electric coupling in polycrystalline TbMnO3 at low temperature. J.
Alloys Compd. 806, 510–519 (2019)
30. Kimura, T., Goto, T., Shintani, H., Ishizaka, K., Arima, T., Tokura, Y.: Magnetic control of
ferroelectric polarization. Nature 426(6962), 55–58 (2003)
31. Johnson, R.C.: A simple approach to crystal field theory. J. Chem. Educ. 42(3), 147–148 (1965)
32. Deskin, W.A.: Inorganic chemistry: Principles of structure and reactivity (Huheey, James E.).
J. Chem. Educ. 50(7), A379 (1973)
33. Sawada, H., Morikawa, Y., Terakura, K.: Jahn-Teller distortion and magnetic structures. Phys.
Rev. B - Condens. Matter Mater. Phys. 56(19), 12154–12160 (1997)
34. Blundell, S., Thouless, D.: Magnetism in condensed matter. Am. J. Phys. 71(1), 94–95 (2003)
35. Coey, J.M.D.: Magnetism and Magnetic Materials, vol. 9780521816 (2010)
36. Zener, C.: Interaction between the d shells in the transition metals. Phys. Rev. 81(3), 440–444
(1951)
Structural Perspective on Multifunctional Oxide Materials 271

37. Anderson, P.W.: Antiferromagnetism. Theory of superexchange interaction. Phys. Rev. 79(2),
350–356 (1950)
38. Goodenough, J.: Goodenough-Kanamori rule. Scholarpedia 3(10), 7382 (2008)
39. Hu, C.D.: The Dzyaloshinskii-Moriya interaction in metals. J. Phys. Condens. Matter 24(8)
(2012)
40. Coey, J.M.D., Viret, M., Von Molnár, S.: Mixed-valence manganites. Adv. Phys. 58(6), 571–697
(2009)
41. Mostovoy, M.: Ferroelectricity in spiral magnets. Phys. Rev. Lett. 96(6) (2006)
42. Bousquet, E., Cano, A., Non-collinear magnetism in multiferroic perovskites. J. Phys. Condens.
Matter 28(12) (2016)
43. Bertaut, E.F.: Representation analysis of magnetic structures. Acta Crystallogr. Sect. A 24(1),
217–231 (1968)
44. Rodríguez-Carvajal, J.: BasIreps: a program for calculating irreducible representation of little
groups and basis functions of polar and axial vector properties. Solid State Phenom. (2004)
45. Momma, K., Izumi, F.: VESTA 3 for three-dimensional visualization of crystal, volumetric
and morphology data. J. Appl. Crystallogr. 44(6), 1272–1276 (2011)
46. Shull, C.G., Strauser, W.A., Wollan, E.O.: Neutron diffraction by paramagnetic and antiferro-
magnetic substances. Phys. Rev. 83(2), 333–345 (1951)
47. Petříček, V., Palatinus, L., Plášil, J., Dušek, M.: Jana 2020 - a new version of the crystallographic
computing system Jana. Zeitschrift fur Krist. - Cryst. Mater. 238(7–8), 271–282 (2023)
48. Perez-Mato, J.M., Ribeiro, J.L., Petricek, V., Aroyo, M.I.: Magnetic superspace groups and
symmetry constraints in incommensurate magnetic phases. J. Phys. Condens. Matter 24,
163201 (2012)
Langmuir–Blodgett Films: A Unique
Approach Towards Monomolecular
Assemblies

Subrata Deb and Gautam Chel

Abstract Thin films of few nanometers are the sources of high expectations as being
useful components in many practical and commercial applications such as sensors,
detectors, and electronic circuit components. The possibility to synthesize organic
molecules almost without limitations with desired structures and functionality in
conjunction with a sophisticated thin film deposition technology enables the produc-
tion of electrically, optically, and biologically active components on a nanometer
scale. An organic thin film can be deposited on a solid substrate by various techniques
such as thermal evaporation, solvent casting, spin coating, dip coating, plasma poly-
merization, sputtering, electro-deposition, molecular beam epitaxy, adsorption from
solution, solvent casting, lithography, Langmuir–Blodgett (LB) technique, Layer by
Layer self-assembly, etc. The scientific interest in the fabrication and characteriza-
tion of ultrathin films prepared by the Langmuir–Blodgett (LB) technique has earned
considerable attention in recent years as it offers an elegant method of organizing
molecules at the microscopic level. It is one of the most promising and reliable
methods for the preparation of films of nanometer order thickness as it offers precise
control over monolayer and multilayer growth, homogeneous deposition over a large
area, and the possibility to make multi-structure LB films with varying layer compo-
sition. This technique also allows the forming of thin films on almost any kind of
substrate. Moreover, these films’ optical, electrical, and other aggregating behav-
iors can be changed markedly by varying LB parameters, which may be extremely
useful for a specific technological application. Hence, a detailed investigation of
these films is extremely necessary, and a comparative analysis with other techniques
of thin film depositions allows one to optimize different parameters in such films.
These studies already opened promising possibilities for the fabrication of various
devices in the field of molecular electronics. It is also important to study the spectro-
scopic characteristics of these films to understand the basic physics involved in such
monomolecular assemblies of molecules. In this chapter, we highlighted the basic

S. Deb (B)
Department of Physics, Women’s College, Agartala, Tripura 799001, India
e-mail: [Link]@[Link]
G. Chel
Department of Chemistry, Women’s College, Agartala, Tripura 799001, India

© The Author(s), under exclusive license to Springer Nature Singapore Pte Ltd. 2024 273
U. Kumar (ed.), Defects Engineering in Electroceramics for Energy Applications,
Engineering Materials, [Link]
274 S. Deb and G. Chel

details in a very simple manner regarding the formation of thin films by following the
Langmuir–Blodgett (LB) technique along with various aspects of linked mechanisms
in order to study such a system of great importance.

1 Introduction

The interpretation and measurement of electromagnetic radiation absorption and

emission during the transition of ions, molecules, or atoms between energy levels is
known as spectroscopy. When atoms, ions, or molecules transition from one energy
level to another, electromagnetic radiation is absorbed and emitted. This process is
measured and interpreted in spectroscopy. In summary, because modern instruments
with data processing capabilities are readily available, spectroscopy is a vital tool
for physicists, chemists, and biologists. Using these techniques, one can look at
the fundamental photochemistry and photophysics of both excited and ground-state
molecules. The presence of highly sophisticated tunable and high-intensity laser
beam as a monochromatic and coherent light source gives a unique opportunity
to study the various happenings related to radiative and non-radiative processes.
Various aspects of these radiative or non-radiative transitions are found to depend on
the rigidity, nature, the shape of molecules, and also on the environment. Once more,
only quantum mechanics could account for the mechanisms holding molecules of
atoms together, the valence bond and molecular orbital ways of chemical bonding,
and the limitations of spectroscopic transitions between specific pairings of levels.
High expectations are placed on thin films of a few nanometers in thickness
because they are expected to be valuable parts of numerous real-world and indus-
trial applications, including sensors, detectors, and electronic circuit components.
When combined with advanced thin film deposition techniques, the nearly limit-
less ability to synthesize organic molecules with desired architectures and functions
allows for the creation of physiologically, optically, and electrically active nanoscale
components.
Many methods, including solvent casting, thermal evaporation, dip coating, spin
coating, plasma polymerization, electro-deposition, sputtering, adsorption from solu-
tion, molecular beam epitaxy, lithography, solvent casting, LB (Langmuir–Blodgett)
approach, layer-by-layer self-assembly, etc., can be utilized by depositing an organic
thin film on a solid substrate. The scientific interest in the fabrications and charac-
terizations of ultrathin films prepared by LB the technique has earned considerable
attention in recent years [1–5] as it offers an elegant method of organizing molecules
at the microscopic level. The LB approach is the most a reliable and promising
method for the preparation of films of nanometer order thickness as it offers precise
control over thickness, film homogeneous deposition over a large area and option to
make multi-structure LB films with a composition of varying layers. In addition, this
technique allows the thin film deposition on almost any kind of substrates. Further-
more, electrical, optical and other physicochemical properties of these films can be
changed markedly by varying different LB parameters, which might be extremely
Langmuir–Blodgett Films: A Unique Approach Towards … 275

suitable for specific technological applications. Therefore, from the perspective of

their numerous practical uses, in-depth research of these films is essential. A compar-
ative study of these films with those fabricated by some other techniques is also very
essential for the optimization of different parameters in thin films. These studies have
already opened promising possibilities for the fabrication of various devices in field
of molecular electronics. The preparation of ultrathin films by the LB approach and
their photophysical, morphological, electrical, and other properties are fundamental
importance as they have broad applications in various molecular electronic devices
[6–8] optoelectronic devices [9–12] etc. It is also important to study the spectroscopic
characteristics of these films to understand the basic physics involved and to check
whether they have any interesting photophysical and electrical properties based on
which they may be utilized properly in the many fields of application. In the current
chapter, considerable attention was made to the preparation of ultrathin films of some
non-amphiphilic organic molecules having interesting photophysical and electrical
properties. Monolayers of these molecules at gas–liquid (air–water) interface has
been researched extensively as a 2-dimensional model system to get an idea about
the miscibility or immiscibility of the binary components. The thermodynamic the
behaviour of the floating monolayer and also the interactions nature involved among
the constituent molecules have been highlighted in these studies. The most cele-
brated feature of Langmuir–Blodgett (LB) technique, which enables the transfer of
spread monolayer from the air–water interface with precise control was also exten-
sively investigated. The detailed spectroscopic characterizations of these films have
been also studied to highlight the aggregation nature of molecules in the LB films.
In addition, the spectroscopic along aggregating properties of these films were also
compared with their respective solution and microcrystal form (bulk). The dynamics
of the excited state of the molecules in LB films constrained geometry were also
examined. The conventional and traditional UV–Vis Absorption and steady-state
Fluorescence Spectroscopic methods may be employed for the photophysical char-
acterizations of these films. In some cases, the traditional structural studies method
which is, SEM (Scanning Electron Microscopy) was utilized to get an idea about the
nature of aggregating species along with also to imagine the domain structure in the
LB films.
This chapter aimed to deliver a brief overview regarding the basic things needed
to understand the various experimental techniques and prospects of this pioneering
method of thin film deposition.
276 S. Deb and G. Chel

2 Langmuir and Langmuir Blodgett Films

2.1 Historical Development

The development of LB films was the result of creativity, intuition, hard effort,
and discoveries. The progress has persisted for a century, and the global scientific
community continues to be deeply interested in monolayer research today. Let’s
start with a quick definition of “monolayer” before delving into the history itself.
Particles stacked side by side, without any on top of one another, form a monolayer.
The monolayer characteristics are often governed by the orientation of the molecules.
These particles may be in the form of chemicals, proteins, viruses, nano- or micro-
colloids, live cells, etc. Monolayers are sometimes referred to as thin films, ultra-thin
films, or films.
Going back to historical observations, it was once noted that waves would become
smoother when barrels of oil were dropped into rough seawater. This spreading of
oil across the surface of the water was the first observed example of a molecular film
of organic material [1].

2.2 Scientific Interest in Langmuir–Blodgett Films

The first serious observation of this was carried out by American politician Benjamin
Franklin in 1774, when he deposited a spoon of oil on an agitated pond, and noticed
that the rough waves were calmed on a determined surface [13].
At length at Clapman where there is, on the common, a large pond, which I observed to be
one day very rough with the wind, I fetched out a cruet of oil, and dropped a little of it on the
water. I saw it spread itself with surprising swiftness upon the surface, the oil, though not
more than a teaspoonful, produced an instant calm over a space several yards square, which
spread amazingly and extended itself gradually until it reached the leeside, making all that
quarter of the pond, perhaps half an acre, as smooth as a looking glass

The robust scientific findings of Rayleigh [14], who computed the thickness of
the oil films to be 10–20 angstroms—which is near to more precise measurements
of the thickness of monomolecular films of such substances today—followed his
perceptive observations and pointed questions. A few years later, in 1882, Miss
Agnes Pockels began methodical studies to determine the maximum area that one
oil drop could cover. She determined the thickness of the oil film and, consequently,
every oil molecule’s surface area by knowing the volume of the oil drop and surface
occupied. Her experimental results were published in the reputed journal Nature
[15–18]. Scientists began looking into ways to compress the oil monolayer using
a movable barrier—basically, a trough made of hydrophobic material—after Miss
Pockets discovered the monolayers. The barrier was moved forward, gathering the
molecules first and then compressing them, once they had been dispersed across
the water’s surface. Scientists noticed an intriguing occurrence during this time that
Langmuir–Blodgett Films: A Unique Approach Towards … 277

varied according to the type of oil utilized. At a specific pressure, a few of them
displayed a sort of transition condition. The proper explanation of this transition was
first given by Devaux [19].
Irving Langmuir investigated how molecules behaved with respect to pressure
and area on an aqueous surface [20–24]. The hydrocarbon chain length was found
to have no bearing on the regions occupied by molecules like alcohols, esters, and
acids, indicating that only the hydrophilic head groups have submerged in the sub-
phase. The transferring of the film method onto the solid substrates and subsequently
constructing multi-layer films was discovered by Katherine Blodgett [25–27], who
collaborated with Langmuir on researching the characteristics of floating monolayers.
Her work culminated in a 1937 [27] paper with Langmuir and a 1939 [24] paper on
anti-reflection coatings. Her discoveries were published in 1934 and 1935 [25–27].
In several useful devices, LB films have been employed. The first were step thick-
ness gauges and the coatings of anti-reflection already mentioned, both created by
Blodgett. Following the start of World War II, interest in Langmuir–Blodgett films
declined. This trend persisted until the 1960s when Möbius and Kuhn [28–31] demon-
strated how accurate supermolecular structures could be created using monolayers.
They demonstrated the fluorescence and quenching of dye molecules bonded to
completely saturated fatty acids under UV light using the Langmuir–Blodgett tech-
nique. This work and publication of Gaines’s “Insoluble Monolayers at Liquid Gas
Interfaces” in 1966 [32] introduced a revival of interest in this field. Numerous poten-
tial uses of Langmuir–Blodgett films are presently being explored by research groups
worldwide in the domains of electronics [33], optics [34, 35], molecular electronics
[6–8], and biotechnology [36].
The next section gives a brief idea regarding the details of t various important
terms related to the Langmuir and LB films.

2.3 Air–Water Interface

The boundary surface among 2 phases (such as the air–water interface) or 2 dissimilar
immiscible layers is referred to as an interface (, oil–water interface). Any interface
can be approximately assumed as two-dimensional as the thickness is on the order
of a few molecular diameters. The abrupt change in composition and density at the
interface, which raises the amount of excess free energy, is its most intriguing feature.
The air–water (gas–liquid) interface is taken into consideration in current research
because of its dipole moment, high dielectric constant, and increased propensity to
create a hydrogen bond, all of which have a significant impact on the interface’s
characteristics. In addition, the water has a remarkably high value of surface tension
of about 70 × 10−3 N/m at room temperature. Thus, the prominent ordering in
the molecules of water is caused by the existence of strong intermolecular forces
of attraction [37–39]. The electrostatic characteristics of the interface can also be
significantly impacted by the higher ordering of water molecules with the atom of
oxygen pointed toward the air.
278 S. Deb and G. Chel

Surface tension is the unit of measurement for the interfacial free energy and is
defined as
 
∂G
γ =
∂A T ,P,n

where G represents Gibb’s free energy, A indicates the surface area at constant
temperature T , P and n are the pressure and composition respectively.
Although, in recent investigations, the air–water interface has been given
preference there are also some other interfaces such as a liquid–liquid interface.

2.4 Surfactants

Surfactants, which belong to a broader family of chemicals, are highly relevant

both in terms of technology and biology. These compounds typically comprise a
hydrophilic component (soluble in water) along with a hydrophobic component
(insoluble in water). The association behavior of surfactants in solution (vesicles,
bilayers, micelles, and so on) and their buildup at interfaces (water/oil or oil/water)
are caused by their amphiphilic character. Hydrocarbon or fluorocarbon chains often
make up the hydrophobic portion, whereas polar  groups make up the hydrophilic
portion −OH, −COOH, −NH+ 3 , −PO 3−
4 etc. .
Ionic and non-ionic surfactants are categorized based on the type of hydrophilic
head group present in surfactants. Once more, the ionic surfactants are further divided
into cationic and anionic surfactants based on the type of charge (anion or cation)
present in this portion. Semipolar and single-bond surfactants are two categories of
non-ionic surfactants.
The affinity of surfactants for surfaces and their association behavior in solution
is found by the chemical and physical characteristics of hydrophilic and hydrophobic
groups, correspondingly. In this regard, the hydrocarbon moiety’s shape and size as
well as the hydrophilic head group’s size, charge, and hydration are crucial. Numerous
self-assembled structures were seen at the interfaces as well as in bulk, depending on
how these attributes are balanced. The association’s primary motivator is the system’s
decreased free energy. As a result, a surfactant’s surface tension decreases when it
accumulates at the air–water interface when it comes into contact with water.
It’s critical to define hydrophobic and hydrophilic interactions precisely in this
situation. When a small quantity of such a molecule is spread on the surface of water
then as per entropy consideration, some molecules are dispersed on the surface of
water. This increases the interactions of the polar molecules with the polar head
groups and with each other, hence reducing the internal energy of the system for
any configuration. Thus, the complete system behaves in such a way that it shows
the ‘like-dissolves-like’ principle. These forces can result in a variety of intriguing
structures, which are covered in more detail in the section that follows, depending
Langmuir–Blodgett Films: A Unique Approach Towards … 279

Fig. 1 Formation of micelle

on the characteristics of the particular parameters controlling the behavior of the

system.

2.4.1 Micelle

A micelle is an aggregate of amphiphilic molecules organized in a polar solvent,

such as water, with the non-polar groups gathered at the center of the combined and
the polar groups facing outward. A micelle formed by the amphiphilic molecules is
shown in Fig. 1.
The term critical micelle concentration (c. m. c.) refers to the specific concen-
tration for many systems at which these micellar structures begin to develop. With
polar groups facing inward and non-polar groups facing outward, these structures
can also form in non-polar solvents.

2.4.2 Vesicle

It is composed of a spherically shaped, closed structure with walls composed of

amphiphilic molecular bilayers. They are both found in and contain solvents, as
Fig. 2 illustrates. In this case, the hydrophobic parts of all the molecules interact
with the similar parts of the other molecules. That is the development of vesicles at
the air–water interface is due to hydrophobic-hydrophobic interactions.

2.4.3 Monolayer

As illustrated in Fig. 3, a monolayer of these molecules may form at the liquid–gas

interface such that their polar groups come into contact with the polar liquid.
280 S. Deb and G. Chel

Fig. 2 Formation of vesicle

Fig. 3 Formation of Langmuir monolayer

2.5 Materials Suitable for LB Film Deposition

By definition, the production of a floating monolayer needs amphiphilic molecules

to be trapped at the interface of water in the process of LB. An amphiphilic molecule
typically consists of a water-soluble hydrophilic head group, such –COOH, and a
water-insoluble hydrophobic portion, which is typically a long alkyl chain.
Generally speaking, substances like alcohol and long-chain fatty acids are utilized
to prepare the films. The material is repelled from water by the hydrocarbon moiety
of the molecule, which contains –CH2 . On the other hand, the polar head groups (–
COOH, –OH,) have enough affinity for the water molecule to anchor the molecule in
the aqueous sub-phase. For example, in SA, the long hydrocarbon tail (−C17 H35 ) is
hydrophobic and preferentially resides in the air and another part of the molecule i.e.,
Langmuir–Blodgett Films: A Unique Approach Towards … 281

the head-group –COOH is hydrophilic and preferentially immersed in water. Some

of the typical LB-compatible materials are arachidic acid (AA), stearic acid (SA),
zinc (arachidate)2 , etc. Figure 4 shows the structural formula of some amphiphilic
molecules.
In this connection, it should be noted that the equilibrium between the hydrophilic
head strength and the alkyl chain length determines an amphiphilic molecule’s solu-
bility in water. Figure 5 depicts the direction of an amphiphilic fatty acid molecule
dispersed at the interface of water.
To become LB compatible, the hydrophilic portion with intriguing physical
features (such as semi-conducting, conducting, gas sensing, lasing action, pyroelec-
tric, etc.) is typically joined to an extended hydrophobic chain (alkyl chain). A poly-
meric backbone can be added to a molecule to further increase its LB compatibility.
Nevertheless, both of these procedures need synthesis expertise and are quite expen-
sive and time-consuming. Furthermore, the purification of these synthetic materials
is a very skilled and time-consuming process.

Fig. 4 Structural formula of

some amphiphilic molecules
282 S. Deb and G. Chel

Fig. 5 Orientation of amphiphilic fatty acid molecule at the air–water interface

2.6 Recent Trends in Selection of Materials

According to recent studies in this area, some non-amphiphilic molecules—that is,

ones without any hydrophobic chain, when combined with either “an inert polymer
matrix, such as PMMA [Polymethyl Methacrylate] or PSt [Polystyrene], or a long-
chain fatty acid, such as SA (Stearic Acid) or arachidic acid, result in excellent LB
films [40–45].
In these situations, the non-amphiphilic molecule is supported in its organization at
the interface of water by long-chain fatty acids or polymers acting as building blocks.
From the perspective of various technological applications, studies on the develop-
ment of organized molecular assemblies of these molecules in films of LB and their
subsequent classifications are important because these non-amphiphilic molecules
are readily available and with broad varieties with various interesting photophysical
and electrical properties. Additionally, it was noted that the spectroscopic and aggre-
gating characteristics of the LB films containing these non-amphiphilic molecules
are similar to those of their amphiphilic counterparts [40–45]. Another significant
feature of these kinds of mixed LB films is that” materials’ optical along electrical
properties can occasionally be significantly altered upon incorporation into specific
inert matrices with constrained geometries. From the perspective of their technical
uses, thorough analyses of these films are crucial. Additionally, it is required for the
Langmuir–Blodgett Films: A Unique Approach Towards … 283

optimization of certain characteristics in certain materials’ thin films, which could

result in a few particular technological applications.

3 Surface Pressure

The discrepancies in the environments of the molecules on the surface and those in
the bulk give rise to an excess free energy at the interface of water. Surface tension
is a useful unit of measurement for this interfacial free energy.
The pure water surface tension is typically 70 × 10−3 N/m, which is remarkably
higher when compared to other liquids. As a result, water is an excellent subphase
for monolayer investigations. Surface tension decreases when an impurity is added
to the water’s surface because the force of cohesion decreases. The drop in surface
tension could be evaluated in relation to this level of reference and yield a negative
number if we use the pure water’s surface tension as the zero-level reference. This
negative value, or drop in surface tension, is commonly denoted as a rise in positive
surface pressure in the LB approach.
Surface pressure and tension have similar units and are equivalent numerically. In
contrast to surface tension, which is displayed along the negative Y-axis, surface pres-
sure is represented along the positive Y-axis. The next section provides a discussion
of the specific method used to detect surface pressure.

3.1 Quantitative Measure of Surface Pressure

The ST inst. (“Instantaneous Surface Tension”) of a water surface decreases while a

monolayer is compressed on it. This decrease in surface tension is typically inter-
preted in the LB approach as a rise in surface pressure. In addition, surface tension
and surface pressure both are numerically equal.

Hence, STinst. + SP = constant

This constant being the absolute ST of the liquid—72.8 × 10−3 N/m for water.
By submerging an object, typically a plate, ring, or cylinder known as a Wilhelmy
plate (as shown in Fig. 6) across the interface of air–water and assessing the force this
object experiences, one can determine the surface pressure, also known as surface
tension, of the water surface. Think about a plate that is suspended over the water–air
interface.
The forces operating on the plate include buoyancy from displaced water acting
upwards, and gravity and surface tension acting downward into the water. If the plate
is filled with water to a depth of d and has dimensions t, w, and l, for thickness,
width, length, and ρ density, respectively, the equation that describes the net force
284 S. Deb and G. Chel

Fig. 6 Wilhelmy plate

downward, F, is as follows:

Force = (ρP lwt).g − (ρL dwt).g + 2.(w + t).(ST ).Cosθ

(Force = Weight−−upthrust + surface tension)

where,
ρP –Plate density
ρL –Liquid density
ST–Sub-phase surface tension
θ –The angle of contact of the liquid to the plate
g–Acceleration due to gravity.
Typically, the surface pressure is set to zero before any measurements are taken,
allowing us to remove the weight element from the equation above and, as a result,

Force = −(ρL dwt).g + 2.(w + t).(ST ).Cosθ

(Force = −−upthrust + surface tension)

Again, we can easily eliminate the upthrust term, since the balance consistently
maintains the plate at the same level, no matter what the surface tension. So the force
on a plate is presented by,

Force = 2.(w + t).(ST ).Cosθ

The filter paper employed in our investigation guarantees that there is no contact
angle between liquid and plate. Thus, we have
Langmuir–Blodgett Films: A Unique Approach Towards … 285

Force = 2.(w + t).(ST )

Force
⇒ STPlate =
2(w + t)

In the present case, “the surface pressure and surface tension are represented as
mN/m because the perimeter is represented in m and the force is expressed in mN.

3.2 Surface Pressure Versus Average Area Per Molecule

Isotherm: Langmuir Monolayer at Air–Water Interface

The most important measure of an amphiphilic material’s monolayer qualities is its

surface pressure as a function of the water surface area that every molecule might
occupy. This is done while maintaining a steady temperature. Surface pressure vari-
ation with molecule area is named pressure-area isotherm (π−A isotherm) or simply
isotherm. When the monolayer is compressed at a constant rate (5 mm/min), an
isotherm is often recorded.
To create a diluted solution, a small amount of an appropriate LB-compatible
substance is first dissolved in a highly volatile and water-insoluble solvent (such as
chloroform). Now, using a tiny syringe as depicted in Fig. 7a, a few microliters of
this solution are applied very slowly at the air–water interface (on the water surface),
giving” the volatile solvent enough time to evaporate.

(a) (c)

(b) (d)

Fig. 7 a Gaseous phase of Langmuir monolayer, b Liquid phase of the Langmuir monolayer,
c Solid phase of the Langmuir monolayer, d Collapse phase of the Langmuir monolayer
286 S. Deb and G. Chel

The dispersed molecules then continue to drift aimlessly around the 2-D water’s
surface, behaving as though they were molecules of gas in the space of 3-D. The
molecules are very loosely packed in what is known as the gas phase. Although recent
X-ray diffraction studies provide much more detailed information concerning the
structure of different monolayer phases [46], the terminology suggested by Harkins
[47] has been used in this study (to monitor surface pressure).
As seen in Fig. 7b, every molecule in this phase of gas takes up a considerable
molecular area (A).
The random movement of molecules on the surface of water now tends to approach
while the LB moveable barrier trough is permitted to move slowly thanks to a
computer-controlled mechanism, as seen in Fig. 7c. We refer to this state as the
liquid phase. Figure 7d illustrates the observation of a well-organized 2-dimensional
arrangement of molecules upon additional compression of the barrier. This phase,
referred to as the solid phase, is when the monolayer behaves like a well-organized,
two-dimensional crystalline form.
This two-dimensional organized molecular assembly of suitable molecules at the
interface of air and water is called a Langmuir monolayer. This Langmuir monolayer
can also be formed on another suitable liquid surface such as benzene.
Further compression of the barrier leads to the total collapse of this monolayer due
to mechanical instability [48] as shown in Fig. 7d. In this position, the organization
of the molecules is destroyed and multilayers and aggregates of molecules have been
formed on the surface of the water, which is shown in Fig. 7d.
The surface pressure vs. area per molecule (π–A) curve is produced by plotting
the records of surface pressure (π) and area per molecule (A). Figure 8 displays an
ideal isotherm curve with clear phase separations.
In this isotherm curve, the gaseous phase, liquid phase, solid phase, and collapse
region are shown distinctly. In the gaseous phase, a large drop in area per molecule
is observed for a little rise in surface pressure. Nevertheless, in the liquid phase, an
increase in large surface pressure reduces the area per molecule to a lesser degree.
However, in the solid phase, almost negligible reductions in area per molecule are
seen by increasing large surface pressure and this is the behavior of any solid-state
material. At large surface pressure, the collapsing of monolayer occurs and at this
point, a sudden decrease of area per molecule with a fall of surface pressure occurs.
The temperature, pH and the barrier speed all affect the collapse pressure. Certain
materials show two different collapse pressure situations. For example, isotherms of
polypeptides first collapse into bilayers, which then collapse into micro-crystallites
[49].
The pressure-area isotherm provides excellent documentation for phase transi-
tions, conformational changes, reorientation of the molecules in 2-D systems, and
stability of monolayer at the interface of air–water. There is a close association
between the features of the isotherm and the molecular form. In general, isotherms
are highly sensitive to molecule nature, its orientation, composition of the mixtures,
etc. Gaines [32].
Langmuir–Blodgett Films: A Unique Approach Towards … 287

Fig. 8 Surface pressure versus area per molecule isotherm

4 Hybrid Monolayer

As already mentioned, present interest lies in the production of ultrathin films of

non-amphiphilic organic molecules with the help of various supporting matrices
such as long-chain fatty acid namely SA, or a polymer namely PMMA. In these
situations, the sample along with the matrix molecules are first made into solutions
in a highly volatile, water-insoluble solvent, like chloroform. Using a tiny syringe,
these two solutions are distributed at the interface of water after being combined in
a predetermined ratio.
The molecules are arranged in an orderly fashion and create a highly stable mono-
layer at the interface of air–water when the solvent molecules evaporate. If the barrier
is compressed gently, this monolayer can be easily moved to the solid substrate to
make films of LB. The non-amphiphilic organic molecules were ideally not suitable
for the creation of the Langmuir monolayer. These sample molecules may become
enmeshed in the matrix molecules during incorporation, forming a stable “Langmuir
monolayer at an interface between air and water.
288 S. Deb and G. Chel

Fig. 9 A mixed (hybrid) monolayer

The resulting monolayer, dubbed mixed Langmuir monolayer, is easily transfer-

able to solid substrates like glass, quartz, and so on. Figure 9 depicts a schematic
illustration of the hybrid monolayer’s molecular structure.
In this regard, it should be noted that the π–A isotherms of pure components and
binary mixtures were analyzed to establish the thermodynamic behavior of mixing
several 2-component systems [50]. By applying the additivity rule, one may deter-
mine the excess area of mixing (AE ) as a function of mixture composition, molecular
weight, and surface pressure, obtaining a measure of non-ideality [32, 51, 52]

AE = A12 − Aav.

Aav. = A1 N 1 + A2 N2

where, supposing mole fraction additivity, Aav. indicates the computed average
area per molecule of mixture and, A12 represents the mixed monolayer actual area
per molecule.A1 and A2 are thearea per molecule (or monomer) of every single
component at a particular surface pressure, N1 and N2 are their corresponding mole
fractions.
The binary components miscibility of mixed monolayer could be researched by
plotting the graph between the actual area data (A12 ) per molecule and molefraction
of the sample in a mixed monolayer having an SA or PMMA at a particular surface
pressure. If this plot exactly coincides with that of the theoretical curve as seen by the
rule of additivity, Aav. = A1 N 1 + A2 N2 (which is a straight line), then we can say that
either complete mixing or total demixing of constituent molecules of the monolayer
has occurred. This suggests that given a molecule binary mixture that shows perfect
miscibility or total immiscibility, AE = 0.
We can conclude that a repulsive kind of interaction between the matrix and the
sample molecules has happened if the experimental curve exhibits any positive devi-
ation. This could result in complete phase separation and the creation of aggregates.
Langmuir–Blodgett Films: A Unique Approach Towards … 289

The positive deviation indicates a strong attractive interaction between the unlike
molecules and almost no interactions between the like molecules.
Again if a negative deviation with respect to the ideality curve is observed then
we can say that an attractive type of interaction has occurred between the binary
components of mixed monolayer, which indicates complete immiscibility of the
constituent molecules. Clusters and aggregates may form when similar molecules
have strong attractive interactions with one another.
It is significant to remember that in bulk binary miscible mixtures, if 2 liquids
are ideally miscible, it typically indicates that they are the same in both physical
and chemical aspects, meaning that their intermolecular forces are the same and
the solute’s presence has no effect on the solvent molecules. But total immiscibility
indicates that there is very little contact between dissimilar molecules and a strong,
attractive interaction between like molecules.
The nature of complete mixing or demixing of component molecules in the mixed
film is shown by Steady State Fluorescence Spectroscopic and UV–Vis Absorption
studies, even though we could not say with certainty whether complete mixing and
demixing occurs in monolayer based on this additivity characteristics study. The
collapse pressure versus molefraction plot is also useful to get an overview of the
nature of interactions involved in the various components of the mixed monolayer.
If the collapse pressure is observed to be independent of the molefraction i.e., if
the plot is almost parallel to the X-axis (along which the molefraction is plotted) then
we can say completely demixing of binary components has occurred which might
lead to the development of aggregates in LB films.
The sample and matrix molecules in the mixed monolayer are immiscible, if the
collapse pressures for all mole fractions are almost constant, independent of mole
fractions, and do not match the ideality (solid line) curve. Aggregates of sample
molecules in the mixed films” may result from the immiscibility or total demixing.

5 Forces Governing the Monolayer

The phase behavior of the floating monolayer of an LB-compatible material is

governed by the sum of attractive and repulsive forces acting on it. Various forces,
which govern the phase behavior of the monolayer, is vander Waal’s force, force due
to change in entropy during the compression, forces resulting from various inter-
actions such as interactions between polar head groups, ion-ion, ion–dipole, and
dipole–dipole, etc. Israelachvili was the the first researcher who described the origin
of these forces [53]. All forces rely on both the molecular structure of the molecule
under analysis and the temp at which the experiment is carried out. As the temper-
ature rises, the constituent molecules of the monolayer experience an increase in
thermal movement, leading to its expansion.
290 S. Deb and G. Chel

Fig. 10 Pressure area

isotherms of a series of fatty
acids

5.1 Vander Waal’s Force

It is usually inversely related to the 6th power of distance among the molecules
in contact, meaning it is a short-range force. The condensed state’s existence in
the monolayer is justified by this attractive force. This force changes with the 5th
power of distance for long linear hydrocarbon chains, as per quantum mechanics
[46]. Additionally, for saturated hydrocarbons, this force is dependent on the carbon
atoms quantity in the chain of hydrocarbon. When double bonds are added to the
hydrocarbon chain, it is discovered that the forces of cohesion significantly decrease.
The surface pressures v/s area per molecule isotherms for a series of fatty acids
are depicted in Fig. 10.

5.2 Electrostatic Interactions

Dipole–dipole interaction, which mostly takes place in the monolayer, is the inter-
action among the polar head groups in a distributed monolayer. Nonetheless, ion–
dipole and ion-ion interactions could also occur if the dispersed monolayer becomes
partially ionized [54]. While the ion–dipole and dipole–dipole interactions change
as second and third powers of separation, correspondingly, the interaction among the
2 ions is inversely proportional to separation among the ions.
Langmuir–Blodgett Films: A Unique Approach Towards … 291

According to Marsden and Schulman [55], a mostly packed monolayer for a

mixture of sodium stearate and stearic acid was observed for a 1:1 ratio of soap to
acid.
In this context, it should be noted that the dissociation at the interface differs
energetically from that in bulk.

6 Monolayer Stability

The spread molecule monolayer at the interface of air–water is regarded as super-

saturated and not in thermodynamical equilibrium. If the monolayer is compressed
further after the attainment of the solid state, the collapsing of the monolayer takes
place. It is also found that the collapse pressure depends on the speed at which the
monolayer is being compressed. The highest pressure of the surface at which the
monolayer is in the thermodynamical equilibrium having the stable bulk phase is
known as equilibrium surface pressure (ESP).
Liquid surfactant monolayers are observed to collapse at pressures closer to their
ESP whereas solid surfactant monolayers may be compressed to surface pressures
well beyond ESP. Evaporation of molecules [56], dissolution into subphase [57],
reorganization, re-orientation, and the collapse of the three-dimensional bulk crystals
[58] are basic causes for the instability of the monolayer.

7 Transfer of Langmuir Monolayer onto the Solid

Substrate

The exceptionally well-organized molecular assembly that exists at the interface of

air–water could be transferred to a solid substrate to produce LB films. In addition
to being a great model for researching the ways in which molecules interact with
one another, the Langmuir monolayer is perhaps most recognized for its capacity to
generate monolayers or multilayers onto solid substrates with precisely controlled
thicknesses [59]. In LB films, it is possible to deposit not only a single mono-
layer but also numerous monolayers onto a solid substrate, producing multilay-
ered LB films. In addition, the deposition of a single monolayer is possible. These
are molecular-dimension films that are extremely well-organized and perfect. The
process of production has a significant impact on the characteristics of these films. The
Langmuir film from the interface of air–water was transferred onto the solid substrate
by dipping the substrate vertically into the spread monolayer at a stable surface pres-
sure. This resulted in the production of a well-ordered mono- or multi-layered film on
a solid substrate. The molecular architecture of the films can be controlled using the
LB approach. This implies that films can be made to have certain, desired qualities
that are adapted to fit the needs of the intended users. This method was originally
292 S. Deb and G. Chel

shown by Blodgett and Langmuir [27], and the films that follow their names are
referred to as LB films.
Different architectures of LB films are observed depending on the substrate surface
and the type of monolayer. Additionally, there are three distinct LB film deposition
processes, which are described below.

7.1 Y-Type Deposition

The most popular method for depositing a Langmuir monolayer onto a solid substrate
is Y-type deposition. The sort of substrate used determines the kind of interac-
tions involved in this kind of deposition. If a hydrophilic substrate is used then
the hydrophilic part of the substrate interacts with the hydrophilic heads of the
surfactants. The schematic diagram for the said deposition is shown in Fig. 11.

(a) (b)

(c) (d)

Fig. 11 Y-type deposition

Langmuir–Blodgett Films: A Unique Approach Towards … 293

(b)
(a)

(c) (d)

Fig. 12 X-type deposition

7.2 X-Type Deposition

X-type deposition is less common than Y-type deposition. The surfactants’

hydrophobic tails interact with the hydrophobic substrate. The X-type deposition
scheme is shown in the Fig. 12.

7.3 Z-Type Deposition

Z-type deposition is also less used than the Y-type deposition. The substrate is
hydrophilic and interacts with the hydrophilic heads of the surfactants. The Z-type
deposition scheme is shown in Fig. 13.

7.4 Langmuir–Schaefer (LS) Method

Irving Langmuir and V. J. Schaefer jointly introduced another method of thin film
deposition, which is known as LS’s method. In this method, LB multilayered struc-
tures of suitable materials can be obtained by the horizontal lifting technique [60].
The Japanese first invented this method of thin film fabrication nearly a thousand
294 S. Deb and G. Chel

(a) (b)

(c)

(e)

(d) (e)

Fig. 13 Z-type deposition

years ago and called it Sumi Nagashi [61] but Langmuir and Schaefer were the first
who give a systematic explanation.
The deposition of very hard films, or two-dimensional solid regions in the
pressure-area (π–A) isotherm, is a very valuable application of this approach. There
are two essential processes in this film deposition method:
1. At the contact between the air and the water, the formation of a compact
monolayer of an appropriate substance and
Langmuir–Blodgett Films: A Unique Approach Towards … 295

2. Horizontal lifting of compressed monolayer on the substrate.

At the air–water interface, a compressed monolayer of suitable LB-compatible
material is initially created, as can be seen in Fig. 14a. This step is performed in
the beginning. After that, a substrate like quartz is dipped horizontally on top of the
monolayer in a way that is slow and smooth in a manner that is similar to what is
seen in Fig. 14b. Now when the substrate is lifted from the interface of air–water,
depending on the substrate nature used, a monolayer is transferred onto it. Here, the
deposition is of X-type. The monolayer transferred in this way is shown in Fig. 14c.
Although this process of thin film deposition is simple it contains some limitations.
For instance, the nature of the film created by this technique is found to depend on
the speed with which the substrate touches the monolayer. However, the monolayers
of polymeric amphiphilic molecules are very much suitable for deposition by this
technique because of their high viscous force. The LS method can be very useful
in the near future if one can eliminate the minor limitations that it possesses. It is
because; this particular technique has the following advantages:

1. The horizontal deposition rate is not reduced with the increase in film viscosity.
Hence, thermally stable polymeric films can be prepared by this technique.
2. Secondly, the formation of non-centrosymmetric X-type multilayer films of suit-
able LB materials is possible, which leads to various technological applications
in molecular electronic devices.
3. The third vital benefit of this method is the likelihood of constructing a highly
closed-pack, ordered three-dimensional molecular organization commonly
known as a superlattice that exhibits new photophysical and electrical charac-
teristics. These changes in the photophysical and electrical properties are highly
important both from fundamental as well as the application perspective.

8 Aggregation in Langmuir Blodgett (LB) Films

Aggregation is the most general phenomenon for a broad range of aromatic

compounds and dyes, which is commonly observed in crystals and organized media
like LB films. In a close-packed crystalline structure, the mother chromophore is used
to orient the molecule in a particular direction. This orientation leads to a strong
coupling between the interacting dipoles. Hence, different alterations in the spec-
tral, photophysical, and morphological behaviors are observed. In the late 1960s, H.
Kuhn and his co-workers showed that highly organized monolayers might be formed
when long-chain surfactant dyes such as cyanine dyes are mixed with a long-chain
fatty acid. Using an extended dipole model, they also investigated the aggregation for
various configurations of the clustered dye molecules. The orientation and distance of
the dye molecules are related to the spectrum energy changes between the aggregate
and monomer by use of this extended dipole model [62, 63]. There are three types
of aggregation viz. J, H, and I-types of aggregation. In this particular model, they
296 S. Deb and G. Chel

(a)

(b)

(c)

Fig. 14 a Langmuir monolayer formation at the contact between the air and the water, b Vertical
immersion of substrate, c Horizontal lifting of monolayer onto a solid substrate
Langmuir–Blodgett Films: A Unique Approach Towards … 297

related the dye monomer by a one-dimensional electron gas model for a branched π -
electron system. The J- and H-type of aggregations are two typical examples of such
types of aggregation. The band shifts in the J-and H-type aggregates were calculated
by considering the interaction among a molecule pair in the aggregates.
For example, the J-aggregates of cyanine dyes show a distinctive acute peak of
absorption named the J-band, which is red-shifted through the monomer band and
shifted towards the shorter wavelength area [64, 65]. Because of their high extinction
coefficient, short radiative lifespan resonance fluorescence, and huge optical non-
linearities, J-aggregates show great promise as spectral sensitizers in photography
and non-linear optical materials. The J-aggregate is mainly comprised of a large array
of closely packed molecules, the transition dipole moments of those are aligned head
to tail in a brickwork arrangement. The exciton band is formed due to the strong
interactions between two interacting dipoles.
According to the exciton model given by Kasha et al. [66, 67] the splitting of
exciton (excited state species) in the excited states is mainly accountable for the
appearance of the strong spectral shift observed in the absorption spectrum of a
composite molecule. A triplet-state exciton may also result as a consequence of the
splitting of the exciton in the excited state.
A composite molecule’s parallel transition dipoles produce the exciton energy
level diagram that is depicted in Fig. 15a. The double arrow in the figure represents
the polarization axis for a molecular electronic transition that is being studied, and
the ovals in the figure depict the molecular profile. In the right side of the figure, the
exciton states E and E are represented by the vector diagram. From such a diagram
one can easily get valuable information regarding (1) the energy of exciton splitting
E, and (2) the transition dipole moment which gives a transition probability between
the ground state E and excited state E of the molecule.
Lowering of energy (E is negative) can occur when the interacting dipoles are
aligned out-of-phase i.e., in that case, E is situated lower in comparison to the “vander
Waal’s” displaced situations of the component molecules. But when the interacting
dipoles are in phase then due to the repulsive nature of interaction E is positive and
hence E is displaced upwards from the origin. The transition from the ground state
to the excited state E is justified by the transition dipole moment of the composite
molecule, which is equal to the sum of the individual transition dipole moments of
the component molecules.
The exciton energy level of a composite double molecule when the transitions
between two dipoles occur when they are interacting along a line is also shown in
Fig. 15b.
Figure 15c also depicts co-planar generated transition dipoles in a composite
double molecule that contribute to the exciton energy map.
The line connecting the centers of the interacting molecules (α), which is 0 in
Fig. 15a and 90° in Fig. 15b, and the polarization axes are continuously varied in
this general instance.
The expression for the energy required to split the exciton band can be written as,
298 S. Deb and G. Chel

Fig. 15 Formation of exciton band

Langmuir–Blodgett Films: A Unique Approach Towards … 299

2M 2  
E = 1 − 3cos2 α
r3
Here, M is represented as the transition dipole moment and α shows the angle formed
by the dipole moment vector connecting the two dipoles’ centers with r. An exciton
band could arise as a result of the 2 dipoles’ dipole-to-dipole interaction. The exciton
band that has just formed could be located energetically above & below the band of
monomeric.
Whether there are any transitions from the state ground to the excited state or not
depends on the angle α between the two dipoles. For the angle falling between the
◦ ◦
0 < α < 54.7 , When compared to the energy level of the monomeric band, the
exciton band is found to be lower. Because of this, a change in the absorption spectra
occurs in the lower energy area, which is referred to as a red shift. The aggregates in
discussion are referred to as J-type aggregates, and they are the ones responsible for
such a change [62, 63].
◦
Again, if the angle formed by the two dipoles is within the range of 54.7 < α <
◦
90 , the newly created exciton band will have an energy level that is greater than that
of the monomeric band.
This causes a shift in the absorption spectra that is usually referred to as the ‘blue
shift’ in the higher energy area. H-type aggregation is the sort of aggregation that
causes a shift like this in the absorption spectra of composite molecules. If the angle
among 2 interacting dipoles is between 54.7 and 60°, then the related aggregation
is called an Intermediate or I-type of aggregation. This type of aggregation only
occurs in the most exceptional cases [66, 67]. The formation of I-type aggregates
was reported in various molecules such as octadecyl rhodamines, spiropyrans, and
various derivatives of anthracene (9-phenyl anthracene) [42].

9 Characterizations of LB Films

9.1 Physical and Mechanical Properties

The physical properties of such ultrathin films are of fundamental importance to

make them fit for technological applications as these ultrathin films are sometimes
found to be very unstable, fragile, and soft. For this, scientists have to investigate the
behaviors of these films to check their stability as time passes.
The actual performance and the possibility of practical applications of these ultra-
thin films are found to depend largely on some of their mechanical properties. The
precise measurements of the mechanical properties of films are, therefore, crucial
for their design to be highly effective. As such, a number of mechanical proper-
ties like elastic modulus, indentation hardness, film-substrate adhesion, and internal
(residual) stresses can be estimated to get an idea about the internal bonding and
architecture of the thin films.
300 S. Deb and G. Chel

9.2 Photophysical/Spectroscopic Characterizations

After the formation of LB films, photophysical characterizations of these films

are generally investigated to assess the molecular mechanisms involved during
the formation of films. For this, traditional spectroscopic methods viz. (i) UV–Vis
absorption spectroscopy, (ii) Steady-state fluorescence spectroscopy, (iii) Excitation
spectroscopy, (iv) FTIR spectroscopy, etc. are generally employed to analyze the
molecular level structure and to probe molecular organization.
There are some reports regarding the presence of dimmer, higher order n-mers,
excimers, etc. in LB films and the existence of such an aggregated species in LB
films is generally verified in the light of spectroscopic methods.

9.3 Structural Characterizations

To get some idea about the nature of the surface morphology of crystalline domains
and their architecture as well as to get an extent of roughness in LB films, the
traditional structural analysis viz. (1) AFM (Atomic Force Microscopy), (2) SEM,
(3) XRD (X-ray crystallography) (4) Raman Spectroscopy, (5) STM (“Scanning
Transmission Microscopy”), (6) BAM (“Brewster Angle Microscopy”), (7) TEM
(“Transmission Electron Microscopy”), etc. May be very much useful.

9.4 Measurement of Thickness

A spectroscopic ellipsometer is generally employed to estimate the film thickness

at room temperature. In such cases, the successful growth of LB films after every
alternate deposition can be evidenced by variation of thickness with a number of
layers, and in general an exponential growth with a number of layers can be observed.

10 Application Perspective and Future Prospects of LB

Films

The future projections of LB thin films are promising, with possible applications in
several fields.
LB films could be utilized in the development of next-generation electronic
devices, like organic field-effect transistors, OLEDs (“Organic Light-Emitting
Diodes”), and flexible electronics, due to their precise control over film thickness
and properties [68]. They also have the potential for use in photovoltaic devices and
sensors, enabling improved light absorption and charge transport properties [69].
Langmuir–Blodgett Films: A Unique Approach Towards … 301

These films can be widely used as templates to create nanoscale structures, facili-
tating advancements in nanotechnology, including the fabrication of nanoparticles
and nanowires [70]. They are also being explored for drug delivery systems. They may
also be used in piezoelectric devices to produce biosensors and tissue engineering
due to their capability to incorporate biomolecules, mimic the biomembranes, and
control surface properties [71]. To modify surfaces for various applications, such as
anti-fouling coatings, super-hydrophobic surfaces, and biocompatible interfaces LB
films can be used [72]. These ultrathin films may play an essential role in enhancing
the energy storage devices performance like batteries [73] and super-capacitors [74]
by enhancing electrode materials. Continued research on LB films may lead to the
advancement of novel thin-film devices for displays, photodetectors, and other tech-
nologies. The versatility and precision of LB film fabrication make it a valuable
technique for materials science and engineering, suggesting a bright future for its
applications in diverse fields.

Acknowledgements Authors are grateful to both Professor S. A. Hussain and Professor Deba-
jyoti Bhattacharjee of Thin Film and Nano Science Laboratory, Department of Physics, Tripura
University, Suryamaninagar for providing constant help, support, and encouragement during the
preparation of this review article.

References

1. Roberts, G.G.: Langmuir-Blodgett Films. Plenum Press, New York (1990)

2. Peterson, I.R.: Langmuir–Blodgett dilms. J. Phys. D Appl. Phys. 23, 379–395 (1990)
3. Ulman, A.: An Introduction to Ultrathin Organic Films: From Langmuir-Blodgett Films to
Self-Assemblies. Academic Press, New York (1991)
4. Tredgold, R.H.: Order in Organic Thin Films. Cambridge University Press, UK (1994)
5. Petty, M.C.: Langmuir-Blodgett Films: An Introduction. Cambridge University Press,
Cambridge, UK (1996)
6. de Moura, F., Trisic, M.: Molecular dynamics simulation of a perylene-derivative Langmuir
film. J. Phys. Chem. B 109, 4032–4041 (2005)
7. Roberts, G.G., Petty, M.C., Baker, S., Fowler, M.T., Thomas, N.J.: Electronic devices incor-
porating stable phthalocyanine Langmuir–Blodgett films. Thin Solid Films 132, 113–123
(1985)
8. Rece, T.J., Bucharme, S., Sorokin, A., Poulsen, V.M.: Nonvolatile memory element based on
a ferroelectric polymer Langmuir–Blodgett film. Appl. Phys. Lett. 82, 142–144 (2003)
9. Zuqiang, B., Kezhi, W., Linpei, J., Chunnui, H.: Colloids Surf. A Physicochemical Eng. Asp.
257–258, 67–70 (2005)
10. Han, K., Wang, Q., Tang, G., Li, H., Sheng, X., Huang, Z.: Effect of subphase divalent ions on
optical second harmonic properties of hemicyanine Langmuir–Blodgett films interleaved with
compatible spacer. Thin Solid Films 476, 152 (2005)
11. Mayya, K.M., Jain, N., Goleb, A., Langevin, D., Sastry, M.: Time-dependent complexation
of glucose-reduced gold nanoparticles with octadecylamine Langmuir monolayers. J. Colloid
Interface Sci. 270, 133 (2004)
12. Natali, D., Sampietro, M., Franco, L., Bolognesic, A., Botta, C.: Mobility anisotropy in Lang-
muir–Blodgett deposited poly (3-methoxypentyl-tiophene)-based thin film transistors. Thin
Solid Films 472, 238 (2005)
302 S. Deb and G. Chel

13. Franklin, B.: Of the stilling of waves by means of oil. Philos. Trans. R. Soc. 64, 445–451 (1774)
14. Rayleigh, L.: On the calculation of the frequency of vibration in its gravest mode with an
example from hydrodynamics. Phil. Mag. 48, 321–337 (1899)
15. Pockels, A.: Surface tension. Nature 43, 437–439 (1891)
16. Pockels, A.: On the relative contamination of the water-surface by equal quantities of different
substances. Nature 47, 418–419 (1892)
17. Pockels, A.: Relations between the surface tension and relative contamination of water surfaces.
Nature 48, 152–154 (1893). [Link]
18. Pockels, A.: On the spreading of oil upon water. Nature 50, 223–224 (1894)
19. Devaux, H.: Oil films on water and on mercury. Smithson. Inst. Ann. Rep., 261–273 (1913)
20. Langmuir, I.: Chemical reactions at low pressures. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 37, 1139–1167 (1915)
21. Langmuir, I.: The constitution and fundamental properties of solids and liquids: part-I: solids.
J. Am. Chem. Soc. 38, 2221–2295 (1916)
22. Langmuir, I.: The adsorption of gases on plane surface of glass, mica and olatinum. J. Am.
Chem. Soc. 40, 1361–1403 (1918)
23. Langmuir, I.: The mechanism of the surface phenomena of flotation. Trans. Faraday Soc. 15,
62–74 (1920)
24. Langmuir, I.: Pilgrim trust lectures, molecular layers. Proc. R. Soc. A 170, 1–39 (1939)
25. Blodgett, K.B.: Films built by depositing successive monomolecular layers on a solid surface.
J. Am. Chem. Soc. 57, 1007–1022 (1935)
26. Blodgett, K.B.: Properties of built-up films of barium stearate. J. Phys. Chem. 41, 975–984
(1937)
27. Blodgett, K.B., Langmuir, I.: Built-up films of barium stearate and their optical properties.
Phys. Rev. 54, 964–982 (1937)
28. Kuhn, H.: Energie übertragung in monomolekularen Schichten. Natruwiss 54, 429–435 (1967)
29. Kuhn, H., Möbius, D.: Systems of monomolecular layers—assembling and physico-chemical
behavior. Angewandte Chemie (Int. Ed) 10, 620–637 (1971). [Link]
106201
30. Kuhn, H., Möbius, D., Bucher, H.: Physical Methods of Chemistry, vol. 1. In: Weissberger, A.,
Rossiter, B. (eds.) Part 3B Chap. 7. Wiley, New York (1972)
31. Kuhn, H.: Functionalized monolayer assembly manipulation. Thin Solid Films 99, 1–16 (1983).
[Link]
32. Gaines, G.L.: Insoluble Monolayers at the Liquid-Gas Interfaces. Wiley Inter Science, New
York (1966)
33. Chowdhury, A., Pal, A.J.: Transient electroluminescence from rubrene light-emitting diodes
using double voltage pulse. J. Synth. Mat. 106, 85–88 (1999). [Link]
6779(99)00113-7
34. Wijekoon, W.M.K.P., Karna, S.P., Talapatra, G.B., Prasad, P.N.: Second-harmonic generation
studies of differences in molecular orientation of Langmuir-Blodgett films fabricated by vertical
and horizontal dipping techniques. J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 10, 213–221 (1993)
35. Ehler, T.T., Noe, L.J.: Surface plasmon studies of thin silver/gold bimetallic films. Langmuir
11, 4177–4179 (1995). [Link]
36. Arora, K., Chand, S., Malhotra, B.D.: Recent developments in bio-molecular electronics tech-
niques for food pathogens. Anal. Chim. Acta 568, 259–274 (2006). [Link]
aca.2006.03.078
37. Frumkin, A.N., Iofa, Z.A., Gerovich, M.A.: The potential difference at the boundary water-gas.
Zh. Fiz. Khim. 30, 1455–1468 (1956). Chem. Abstr. 51, 4173 (1957)
38. Randles, J.E.B., Schiffrin, D.J.: The temperature-dependence of the surface potential of aqueous
electrolytes. Electro anal J. Chem. 10, 480–484 (1965). [Link]
8(65)80049-3
39. Collins, K.D., Washabaugh, M.W.: The Hofmeister effect and the behaviour of water at
interfaces. Q. Rev. Biophys. 18, 323–422 (1985). [Link]
40. Deb, S., Biswas, S., Hussain, S.A., Bhattacharjee, D.: Spectroscopic Characterizations of
the mixed Langmuir Blodgett (LB) films of 2,2 -biquinoline molecules: evidence of dimer
formation. Chem. Phys. Lett. 405, 323–329 (2005)
Langmuir–Blodgett Films: A Unique Approach Towards … 303

41. Hussain, S.A., Deb, S., Bhattacharjee, D.: Spectroscopic Characterizations of non-amphiphilic
2-(4-biphenylyl)-6-phenyl benzoxazole molecules at the air-water interface and in Langmuir-
Blodgett Films. J. Lumin. 114, 197–206 (2005)
42. Hussain, S.A., Deb, S., Biswas, S., Bhattacharjee, D.: Langmuir Blodgett Films of 9-phenyl
anthracene molecules incorporated into different matrices. Spectrochim. Acta Part A 61, 2448–
2454 (2005)
43. Acharya, S., Bhattacharjee, D., Sarkar, J., Talapatra, G.B.: Spectroscopic study of non-
amphiphilic 2-(4-biphenylyl)-5-(4-tert-butylphenyl)-l,3,4-oxadiazole aggregates at air–water
interface and in Langmuir–Blodgett films. Chem. Phys. Lett. 393, 1–6 (2004)
44. Acharya, S., Bhattacharjee, D., Talapatra, G.B.: Spectroscopic study of non-amphiphilic 9-
phenyl fluorene assembled in Langmuir–Blodgett films in two different matrices: dimer and
excimer formation. Chem. Phys. Lett. 372, 97–103 (2003)
45. Acharya, S., Bhattacharjee, D., Talapatra, G.B.: Spectroscopic characteristics of 9-
cyanoanthracene mixed with polymethyl methacrylate and stearic acid in Langmuir–Blodgett
films. Chem. Phys. Lett. 352, 429–434 (2002)
46. Salem, L.: Attractive forces between long saturated chains at short distances. J. Phys. Chem.
37, 2100–2113 (1962)
47. Harkins, D.: The Physical Chemistry of Surface Films. Reinhold, New York (1952)
48. Maggio, B., Ahkong, Q.F., Lucy, J.A.: Poly(ethylene glycol), surface potential and cell fusion.
Biochem. J. 158, 647–650 (1976). [Link]
49. Shah, D.O., Schulman, J.H.: Influence of calcium, cholesterol, and unsaturation on lecithin
monolayers. J. Lipid Res. 8, 215–226 (1967). [Link]
50. Sadrazedh, N., Yu, H., Zografi, G.: Surface phase behavior of poly(tert-butyl
methacrylate)−fatty acid glyceride binary mixtures as monolayers at the air−water interface.
Langmuir 14, 151–156 (1998)
51. Dörfler, H.D.: Mixing behavior of binary insoluble phospholipid monolayers. Analysis of the
mixing properties of binary lecithin and Cephalin systems by application of several surface
and spreading techniques. Adv. Colloid Interface Sci. 31, 1–110 (1990)
52. Barnes, G.T.: On the calculation of excess areas of mixing in two-component monolayers. J.
Colloid Interface Sci. 144, 299–300 (1991). [Link]
53. Israelachvili, J.N.: Intermolecular and Surface Forces. Academic Press (1985)
54. Birks, B.P.: Insoluble monolayers of weakly ionising low molar mass materials and their
deposition to form Langmuir-Blodgett multilayers. Adv. Colloid Interface Sci. 34, 343–432
(1991)
55. Marsden, J., Schulman, J.H.: Molecular interaction in monolayers. Trans. Faraday Soc. 34,
748–758 (1938). [Link]
56. Brooks, J.H., Alexanader A.E.: Radiation of evaporation by monolayers. In: La Mer, V.K. (ed.)
Academic Press, New York (1962)
57. Ter Minassian-Saraga, L.: Recent work on spread monolayers, adsorption and desorption. J.
Colloid Sci. 11, 398–414 (1956). [Link]
58. Brooks, J.H., Alexander, A.E.: Spreading and collapse phenomena in the fatty alcohol series.
J. Phys. Chem. 66, 1851–1853 (1962). [Link]
59. Vollhardt, D., Kato, T., Kawano, M.: Nucleation and growth of three-dimensional structures in
supersaturated arachidic acid monolayers: an atomic force microscopy study. J. Phys. Chem.
100, 4141–4147 (1996). [Link]
60. Langmuir, I., Schaefer, V.J.: The effect of dissolved salts on insoluble monolayers. J. Am.
Chem. Soc. 59, 2400–2414. [Link]
61. Messier, J., Marc, G.: Étude par résonance paramagnétique électronique de la structure de
couches monomoléculaires de stéarate de cuivre. J. Phys. (Paris) 32, 799–804 (1971). https://
[Link]/10.1051/jphys:019710032010079900
62. Czikkely, V., Forsterling, H.D., Kuhn, H.: Light absorption and structure of aggregates of dye
molecules. Chem. Phys. Lett. 6, 11–14 (1970). [Link]
63. Bucher, H., Kuhn, H.: Extended dipole model for aggregates of dye molecules. Chem. Phys.
Lett. 6, 207–210 (1970). [Link]
304 S. Deb and G. Chel

64. Jelly, E.E.: Spectral absorption and fluorescence of dyes in the molecular state. Nature 138,
1009–1010 (1963). [Link]
65. Scheiber, S.: Variability of the absorption spectra of some sensitizing dyes and its cause. Angew.
Chem. 49, 563 (1936)
66. Auweraer, M., Verschuere, B., Schryver, F.C.: Absorption and fluorescence properties of
Rhodamine B derivatives forming Langmuir–Blodgett films. Langmuir 4, 583 (1988). https://
[Link]/10.1021/LA00081A016
67. Miyata, A., Heard, D., Unuma, Y., Higashigaki, Y.: Three types of aggregates of spiropyran
with long and short hydrophobic alkyl chains. Thin Solid Films 210–211, 175–177 (1992).
[Link]
68. Hussain, S.A., Bhattacharjee, D.: Langmuir Blodgett films and molecular electronics. Mod.
Phys. Lett. B 23, 3437–3451 (2009). [Link]
69. Liu, L., Qiao, L.-X., Liu, S.-Z., Cui, D.-M., Zhang, C.-M., Zhou, Z.-J., Du, Z.-L., Wong, W.-Y.:
Polyplatinayne/polyoxometalate composite Langmuir–Blodgett films: preparation, structural
characterization, and potential optoelectronic applications. J. Polym. Sci. Part A Polym. Chem.
46, 3193–3206 (2008)
70. Subramanian, A., Tiwale, N., Lee, W.-I., Nam, C.-Y.: Templating functional materials using
self-assembled block copolymer thin-film for nanodevices. Front. Nanotechnol. 3, (2021).
[Link]
71. Oliviera, O.N., Caseli, L., Ariga, K.: The past and the future of Langmuir and Langmuir–
Blodgett films. Chem. Rev. 122, 6459–6516 (2022). [Link]
0754
72. Adamson, A.W.: Physical Chemistry of Surfaces. Wiley-Interscience, New York (1990)
73. Fang, C., Yoon, I., Hubble, D., Tran, T.-N., Kostecki, R., Liu, G.: Recent applications of
Langmuir–Blodgett technique in battery research. ACS Appl. Mater. Interfaces 14, 2431–2439
(2022)
74. Mendoza, A.E.P., Schmidt, A., Cesca, E.C., Westphal, E., Serbena, J.P.M., Orth, E.S., Zarbin,
A.J.G., Winnischofer, H.: Hybrid heterostructured Langmuir–Blodgett films based on graphene
and triruthenium clusters as electrode for energy storage devices. JCIS Open 9, 100080 (2023).
[Link]
Bioactive Glass for Biomedical
Application: An Overview

Sushma Yadav, Dharmendra Yadav, Pravin Kumar, Ashishkumar Yadav,

Gurudeo Nirala, and Sandeep Yadav

Abstract The term “bioceramics” describes the ceramics utilized in the reconstruc-
tion and restoration of damaged or diseased musculoskeletal system parts. Based
on their biological response, bioceramics can be divided into three categories: basi-
cally bioinert materials (like zirconia and alumina), bioactive materials (like HA
and bioactive glasses), and biodegradable materials (like TCP). Bioactive ceramics,
including calcium phosphates, glass–ceramics, and bioactive glasses, can encourage
the formation of hydroxyapatite deposits that resemble bone at their surface and
offer an interface that contributes to the functional durability of the tissue. An amor-
phous material with an arbitrary atom configuration is called bioactive glass. The
majority of bioactive glasses are mostly composed of SiO2 , Na2 O, CaO, and P2 O5 .
Fast bonding to bone occurred when the bioactive glass’s silica content was between
42 and 53%. For the production of silicate-, phosphate-, and borate-based bioactive

S. Yadav
Department of Mechanical Engineering, Government Polytechnic Bakshi Ka Talab, Lucknow,
Uttar Pradesh 226201, India
Department of Ceramic Engineering, IIT BHU, Varanasi, Uttar Pradesh, India
D. Yadav (B)
Department of Physics, Kisan College, Patliputra University, Patna, Bihar, India
e-mail: dharmendray.phy15@[Link]
D. Yadav · G. Nirala
Department of Physics, IIT BHU, Varanasi, Uttar Pradesh, India
P. Kumar
Department of Chemistry, Institute of Science, Banaras Hindu University, Varanasi,
Uttar Pradesh 226201, India
A. Yadav
Department of Physics, HVPS RJ College, University of Mumbai, Ghatkopar West, Mumbai
400086, India
G. Nirala
Department of Basic Science and Humanities, Government of Polytechnic Munger, Munger,
Bihar, India
S. Yadav
Department of Physics, University of Allahabad, Prayagraj, Uttar Pradesh, India

© The Author(s), under exclusive license to Springer Nature Singapore Pte Ltd. 2024 305
U. Kumar (ed.), Defects Engineering in Electroceramics for Energy Applications,
Engineering Materials, [Link]
306 S. Yadav et al.

glasses, several compositional modifications are made to the bioactive glasses. They
have been employed, among other things, in dental root replacements, middle ear
replacements, and bone scaffolds. Bioactive glasses have the ability to form a chem-
ical link with living bone tissue, which is further enhanced by biological responses
on the material’s surface. Due of its low mechanical qualities, bioglass cannot be
used for large load-bearing applications. These are employed in situations where
mechanical strength is not required and regeneration is essential.

Keywords Bioceramics · Bioglass · Composition · Synthesis · Application

1 Introduction

Any biological or synthetic material, or combination thereof, that is utilized for the
human body to enhance and restore bodily function is referred to as a biomaterial [1].
As the field of biomedical science has developed, biomaterials have gained recog-
nition as a crucial area of study. For a biomaterial to serve its purpose effectively,
it needs to be compatible with the body. Incompatible materials cause undesired or
unfavorable reactions with bodily tissue and blood, which is not acceptable [2]. The
ability of a biomaterial to induce a favorable host response in a clinical application
is the definition of the term. Stated differently, this term designates the substance
as non-toxic or detrimental to nearby tissues. Biocompatibility is a crucial charac-
teristic for a biomaterial [3]. Biocompatibility is a term used to characterize bioma-
terials and refers to both a material’s compatibility and ability to exist within the
human body. Implantable devices intended for long-term internal use have histori-
cally raised biocompatibility concerns [4]. Three factors need to be taken into account
while applying biomaterials and researching their biocompatibility. The first was
that depending on the application site, a material’s response may vary. Therefore,
the context in which a material is utilized may have a greater bearing on its biocom-
patibility than its inherent qualities. Second, more and more applications required
the material to interact directly with the tissues instead of being ignored by them,
as is the case with inert materials. Lastly, some uses permitted the material to grad-
ually deteriorate rather than stay in the body indefinitely. In 1987, the definition of
biocompatibility changed to incorporate a material’s ability to function with a host
response that is acceptable under specific conditions [5].
Glass has been used by humans for thousands of years for a variety of purposes,
including the use of natural glass in arrowheads and tools and the usage of drinking
vessels and glass beads in ancient Egypt and Mesopotamia. Recent applications of
glass include fibres for telecommunications, chemical reactions of glassware, and
optical and architectural (e.g., window) applications [6]. The bioactive glasses have
osteoinductive and osteoconductive properties, which provide the ability to repair
damaged tissues. The bioactivity depends on the morphology because it is directly
correlated with the dissolution rate. The bioactivity will be higher if the contact
between the surface area of the material and the physiological fluid is greater [7].
Bioactive Glass for Biomedical Application: An Overview 307

After being implanted, the dissolution of bioactive glass takes place, releasing the
ions, and the growth of a carbonated hydroxyapatite layer takes place on the surface.
The network modifiers, such as sodium and calcium, produce the non-bridging Si-O
bond, which reduces the network connectivity of SiO2 and enhances the dissolution
process [8]. During the dissolution process, firstly, the Si-OH bonds are formed due
to the exchange of Na and Ca cations with H+ from the biological fluid. Phosphate
ions may also be released if they were initially present. The hydrolysis of Si-O-Si
bonds caused by an increase in pH is followed by the formation of additional Si-
OH bonds, which re-polymerize to produce a glass surface depleted in Na and Ca
cations. Following the transfer of Ca+2 and PO−3 4 ions to the surface, an amorphous
calcium phosphate layer is formed, which crystallizes into hydroxyapatite with the
absorption of carbonate and hydroxide ions from the biological fluid [9, 10]. The
bioglass has the ability to enhance the differentiation of mesenchymal stem cells,
enzyme activity, osteoblast adhesion, and revascularization for use in bone tissue
engineering applications. L. Hench discovered the first bioglass, which is related to
bone, which not only connects directly to bone but also releases dissolution ions
that promote the growth of cells at the genetic level, resulting in the development
of osteogenesis [11]. Bioactive glass has a random atom structure and is amorphous
due to the quick cooling of the molten ceramic. The majority of bioactive glasses are
mostly composed of SiO2 , Na2 O, CaO, and P2 O5 . Bioactive glass’s exact composition
determines its bioactivity, osteoconductivity, and biodegradability. Bioactive glasses
that have a silica content of 42–53% bond to bone quickly, while glasses with a silica
content of 54–60% take 2–4 weeks to bond, and glasses with a silica content of more
than 60% do not directly bond to bone [12].
To create silicate-, phosphate-, and borate-based bioactive glasses, several modi-
fications are applied to their composition. They have been utilized in dental root
replacements, middle ear replacements, bone scaffolds, and other procedures [13].
By means of a chemical reaction on their surface and subsequent biological responses,
bioactive glasses have the ability to form a link with living bone tissue. At the surface
of the implant, there is ion leaching and exchange that causes the glass network to
dissolve and a calcium deficit to begin and worsen [14]. The drawbacks of bioactive
glasses have been resolved with the development of glass–ceramics. Glass–ceramics
are crystalline glasses consisting of two phases: the glassy phase and the crystalline
phase. A step in the manufacturing of glass–ceramics is the use of heat treatment to
a base glass to induce controlled crystallization and transform it into a glass-crystal
combination. The growth of fine-grained crystalline phases is promoted by the heat
treatment. Consequently, a variety of particular features, including as bioactivity,
machinability, and improved mechanical properties, can be achieved by controlling
the crystallization and creation of crystal phases [15]. Due to its low mechanical qual-
ities, bioglass cannot be used in large load-bearing applications. These are employed
in situations when mechanical strength is not required and regeneration is significant
[16].
308 S. Yadav et al.

2 Bioactive Compositions

Figure 1 displays the Na2 O-CaO-SiO2 ternary phase diagram with P2 O5 at 6 weight
percent. Soft tissue bonds have been observed to form between specific glasses in
Region B, which is subdivided into Region A. Region D glasses break down too
quickly, for example, within 10–30 days of implantation, due to inadequate network
connectivity. In contrast, region B glasses are thought to be bioactive and fully adhere
to the bone. The boundary between B and D is determined by the surface area to
solution ratio. Glasses in region C behave like inert materials and do not disintegrate
because of the region’s stronger network connection and low modifier levels [17,
18].
The properties of bioglass can change based on its composition, processing
methods, and intended applications. Here are some factors that can influence property
changes in bioglass materials:
1. Composition: Altering the relative proportions of components such as silica,
sodium oxide, calcium oxide, phosphoruspentaoxide, and other additives can
significantly impact the properties of bioglass. Different compositions can affect
bioactivity, mechanical strength, and degradation rates [19].
2. Processing Techniques: The method used to synthesize bioglass, whether
through traditional melt-quenching, sol–gel techniques, or microwave synthesis,
can influence its properties. Each method may result in variations in structure,
crystallinity, and homogeneity [20]. The sol–gel derived bioglass have higher
surface area and porosity which makes them more bioactive as compared to melt
derived bioglass [21].
3. Heat Treatment: Thermal treatments can be applied to bioglass to modifiy its
properties. Annealing can relieve internal stresses, while controlled heating and
cooling processes can affect crystalinity and [Link] treatment can

Fig. 1 Property changes of bioglass materials [17]

Bioactive Glass for Biomedical Application: An Overview 309

change the elastic properties of bioglass also at higher temperature, the bioactivity
can also inhibit [22].
4. Particle size: The size of bioglass particles can impact its behavior. Finer particles
have increased surface area, affecting degradation rates and interactions with
biological tissues [23].
5. Additives: Introducing specific additives like strontium oxide, boron oxide,
or other trace elements can impact unique properties to bioglass. Strontium
containing bioglass enhance bone regeneration [24].
6. Bioactivity: The ability of bioglass to form a hydroxycarbonate apatite (HCA)
layer on its surface when in contact with body fluid is a key indicator of its bioac-
tivity. Changes on composition can influence the speed and extent of bioactive
response [6].
7. Mechanical strength: Adjusting the composition and structure of bioglass
can impact its mechanical strength, making it more suitable for load bearing
applications in orthopedics [11].
8. Degradation rate: Controlled degradation is often desirable in bioglass for
specific applications. Changes in composition and processing can influence
how quickly the material degrades over time, releasing ions that promote tissue
regeneration [25].
9. Antimicrobial properties: Bioglass compositions, such as S53P4 exhibit antimi-
crobial properties. Changes in composition can affect these properties, making
the material more or less effective against bacterial action [26].

3 Bioactive Glass Composition

The basic structure of bioactive glass can be described as a silicate glass with a
specific composition that includes.

3.1 Silica (SiO2 )

Silica is the primary glass-forming component and makes up a significant portion of

the glass structure. It provides the basic structure and stability to the material.
i. Structures and Stability: Silica serves as the base component that gives bioglass
its glassy structure and stability. It is the primary glass- forming component and
provides the basic structural framework for the material [27].
ii. Bioactivity: Silica contributes to the bioactive nature of bioglass. When bioglass
comes into contact with body fluid, the silica rich glass surface undergoes ion
exchange with the surrounding tissues. This interaction initiates the formation
of HA. The formation of HA on the bioglass surface promotes the integration
of the material with the host bone tissue.
310 S. Yadav et al.

iii. Biocompatibility: Silica is biocompatible and ensures that bioglass is well toler-
ated by the human body, reducing the risk of adverse reactions when used in
medical and dental applications.
iv. Chemical Interaction: It is a crucial component for the chemical reactions that
occurs within the bioglass when it is implanted in the body. It facilitates the
exchange of ions, which is essential for the bioactive properties of the material
[25].

3.2 Calcium Oxide (CaO)

Calcium oxide is another key component of bioglass. It is responsible for the bioac-
tivity of the material. Calcium oxide is added to the glass composition to provide
bioactivity. It is one of the elements that allow the glass to bond with bone tissue.
When bioglass comes into contact with the body fluid, the calcium ions in the
surrounding tissues, promoting the formation of hydroxyapatite, a mineral that is
found in natural bone. Its presence is critical for several reasons:
i. Bioactivity: Calcium oxide is a key component that gives bioglass its bioactive
properties. When bioglass comes into contact with body fluid, the calcium ions
(Ca+2 ) in the glass can be released and interact with the surrounding tissues. This
interaction triggers the formation of hydroxyapaptite. The formation of HA on
the bioglass surface promotes the integration of the material with the host bone
tissue, which is essential for applications like bone grafts and dental implants.
ii. Biocompatibility: Calcium oxide contributes to the overall biocompatibility
of bioglass. It ensures that the material is well tolerated by the human body
and reduces the risk of adverse reactions when used in medical and dental
applications.
iii. Mineralization: It is an essential mineral for bone growth and repair. The pres-
ence of calcium ions released from bioglass promotes bone mineralization and
remodeling, supporting the integration of the material with the surrounding bone
tissue.
iv. Osteoconductivity: It enhances the osteoconductivity of the bioglass. Osteo-
conductivity refers to the ability of a material to support and encourage the
growth of a new bone tissue, making it an important property for orthopedic and
dental applications [28].

3.3 Phosphorus Pentoxide (P2 O5 )

Phosphorus pentaoxide is another important component of many bioglass formula-

tions. It is included in bioglass for several reasons, and it plays a significant role in
its bioactive properties and applications. It promotes bioactivity and plays a role in
forming a layer of hydroxyapatite on the surface of the glass, which is similar to the
mineral found in bone.
Bioactive Glass for Biomedical Application: An Overview 311

i. Bioactivity: Phosphorous is a key element for the bioactivity of the bioglass. The
presence of P2 O5 is crucial for the glass to promote the formation of Hydroxya-
patite (HA), which is a mineral found in natural bone. The interaction between
the phosphate ions released from the glass and calcium ion in body fluids leads
to the formation of HA. This HA layer is a critical aspect of ability of bioglass
to bond with bone tissue and promotes integration.
ii. Enhanced Biocompatibility: The inclusion of P2 O5 contributes to the biocom-
patibility of bioglass. Biocompatibility is essential to ensure that the material is
well- tolerated by the body and does not cause adverse reaction when implanted.
iii. Controlling Degradation: It influences the degradation rate of the glass when
it comes into contact with body fluids. This controlled degradation can be
tailored to release beneficial ions over time, which can be advantageous for
tissue regeneration and drug delivery applications [29].

3.4 Sodium Oxide (Na2 O)

Sodium oxide is a common component in many bioglass formulations while it’s not
one of the primary bioactive components, such as silica, calcium oxide or phos-
phorous pentaoxide. It serves important functions in the overall composition and
properties of bioglass. Sodium oxide is added to lower the melting point of the glass
during the manufacturing process, making it easier to shape and work with. The role
of sodium oxide in bioglass can include:
i. Lowering melting Point: Sodium oxide helps reduce the melting point of the
glass during the manufacturing process. This makes easier to shape and process
the glass into various forms, such as implant of scaffolds.
ii. Viscosity control: It can influence the viscosity of the glass melt, which is
essential for controlling the manufacturing process and forming the glass into
desired shape.
iii. Ion Exchange: While sodium is not the primary ion involved in the bioactivity of
bioglass, it can still participate in ion exchange with body fluid to a certain extent,
which contributes to the overall interaction of the glass with the surrounding
tissues [30].
The specific composition of bioglass may vary depending on the intended appli-
cation and the manufacturer, but these key components are common in most bioglass
formulations. Some other additives are added to bioglass composition to achieve
specific properties or tailor the material for different applications. These additives
can vary depending on the manufacturer and the intended use of bioglass. Some
Common additives and their role include.
312 S. Yadav et al.

3.5 Magnesium Oxide (MgO)

MgO is sometimes added to bioglass compositions for specific reasons related to its
properties and potential benefits in biomedical applications:
i. Controlled Degradation Rate: Magnesium oxide can affect the degradation
rate of the bioglass. The addition of MgO can help modulate the rate at which the
glass dissolves in body fluids. This controlled degration is important, especially
in application where the bioglass is used as a scaffold for tissue regeneration. It
allows for a gradual release of ions over time, which can be beneficial for tissue
healing and growth.
ii. Stabilization of Amorphous Structure: The addition of MgO can help stabilize
the amorphous structure of the bioglass. Amorphous (non-crystalline) bioglass
is desirable because it is more bioactive than crystalline materials, promoting
the formation of hydroxyapatite on the surface when in contact with body fluids.
iii. Enhanced Bioactivity: MgO can enhance the bioactivity of bioglass, promoting
the formation of a hydroxyapatite layer on its surface. This layer mimics the
composition of natural bone mineral and facilitates the bonding of the bioglass
with the surrounding bone tissue.
iv. Improved Mechanical Properties: MgO can also enhance the mechanical prop-
erties of bioglass. It can make the material more durable and resistant to fracture,
which is important for applications like load bearing implants.
v. Reduced Alkalinity: In some cases the addition of MgO can help reduce the
alkalinity of the bioglass, making it more suitable for use in sensitive biological
environment [28].

3.6 Alumina

Alumina also known as aluminium oxide (Al2 O3 ) is incorporated into bioglass for
various medical and dental applications. Alumina is added to improve the mechan-
ical strength of the bioglass, making it suitable for load bearing applications like
orthopedic implants. It also improves the thermal stability of the glass, making it
more resistant to high temperature processing or sterilization method [31].

3.7 Fluoride

Fluoride was added to some bioglass formulation for specific dental applications,
especially in the context of preventing tooth decay and improving the performance of
dental materials. Fluoride ions were introduced to enhance the glass ability to release
fluoride over time. This can be beneficial in dental applications to help prevent tooth
decay. The inclusion of fluoride serves several purposes:
Bioactive Glass for Biomedical Application: An Overview 313

i. Dental Protection: Fluoride is well known for its role in preventing tooth decay
by strengthening tooth enamel and making it more resistant to acid attack. When
incorporated into bioglass, it offers protection against dental caries.
ii. Remineralization: Fluoride promotes the remineralization of tooth enamel,
helping to repair early-stage tooth decay or dental lesions [32].

3.8 Strontium

Strontium ions can be added to improve bone health and promotes bone formation.
Strontium containing bioglasses have been investigated for their potential in ortho-
pedic and dental applications. Strontium has been found to have a positive impact on
bone health. It can promote bone formation and reduce bone resorption. This makes
it beneficial for applications involving the regeneration and healing of bone tissues.
It has antiosteoporotic properties, and its inclusion in bioglass can be particularly
valuable in cases where bone density and strength need to be enhanced. It also influ-
ences the bone remodeling process, leading to improved bone quality and overall
bone health. It is used in bioglass to promote integration of the material with host
bone tissue [33].

3.9 Zinc Oxide

Zinc oxide can be added to affect the bioglass antimicrobial properties and improve
its overall biocompatibility. It has inherent antimicrobial properties, and when incor-
porated into bioglass, it can inhibit the growth of bacteria and reduce the risk of
infection at the implant site. This can be particularly valuable in dental implants and
other medical applications. It also influences the mechanical properties of bioglass,
potentially enhancing its strength and durability. This can be beneficial in load bearing
applications such as orthopedic implants. If it used in appropriate concentrations, zinc
oxide does not compromise the biocompatibity of bioglass [11, 34].

3.9.1 Boron Oxide

Boron oxide has a lowering melting point compared to some other components of
bioglass, which can be useful for controlling the glass processing and forming it into
various shapes or coatings. It can reduce the thermal expansion of the glass, making it
more compatible with surrounding tissues and other materials. Boron oxide enhances
the chemical stability of the glass [35].
314 S. Yadav et al.

3.9.2 Barium Oxide

Barium oxide can be introduced to modify the glass properties and improve its
radiopacity, making it useful in dental and medical imaging applications. It is
radiopaque, which means it can block X-rays and show up clearly in medical and
dental imaging, such as X-rays and computed tomography (CT) scans. This property
is important in situations where the visualization of implanted materials or structures
is necessary, such as in dental restorations, dental fillings, or bone graft materials. The
radiopacity provides by barium oxide helps clinician assess the position and integrity
of the bioglass implant or material. It also provides the biocompatibity when used in
appropriate concentrations [36].

3.9.3 Potassium Oxide (K2O)

It is not typically a primary component of bioglass, and it is not commonly included in

the standard formulations of bioglass. Bioglass primarily consists of silica, calcium
oxide, and phosphorous pentaoxide, along with other possible additive. The specific
combination and concentration of additives depend on the intended use of the bioglass
and the desired properties. These additives can enhance the mechanical strength,
degradation rate, release of specific ions to meet the needs of various medical and
dental applications [37].

4 Composition of Bioglass Used for Clinical Application

Bioglass is a type of bioactive glass with various compositions designed for specific
medical and dental applications. The most well known composition is 45S5 bioglass,
but there are others with distinct properties. Here are few different compositions of
bioglass:
i. 45S5 Bioglass: This is widely used composition consisting of 45% SiO2 , 24.5%
Na2 O, 24.5% CaO, and 6% P2 O5 . It has ability to bond with bone and is used
in bone grafts and dental applications.
ii. 13–93 Bioglass: This composition has a higher percentage of silicon and a lower
amount of sodium oxide compared to 45S5. It is often used for bone scaffold
and tissue engineering [14].
iii. S53P4 Bioglass: S53P4 Bioglass is a specific composition of bioactive glass
with unique properties and clinical applications. This composition is charac-
terized by its relatively high concentration of phosphorous pentaoxide, which
distinguishes it from other bioglass compositions. The approximate composi-
tion of S53P4 bioglass is 53% Silica and 4% P2 O5 , along with smaller amounts
of other components. This higher amount of phosphorous pentaoxide, makes
Bioactive Glass for Biomedical Application: An Overview 315

it suitable for treating bone infections and defects. It has strong antimicrobial
properties.
iv. 1393B3 Bioglass: This composition includes elements such as silica, sodium
oxide, calcium oxide and additional components like boron oxide and strontium
oxide. This bioglass has potential to stimulate bone regeneration [11].

5 Bioactive Glass Synthesis Method

5.1 Melt Quenching

The proposed bioactive glasses constituent parts are fused together in the necessary
quantities to produce the desired composition during the melt quenching process.
After being cooled, the melt is powdered. It is possible to quench the molten glass in
liquid nitrogen or water. Glass powder can be made by gathering and grinding frits,
which are granules of different sizes. The required scale and form can be obtained
by pouring the liquid mixture into molds that have been made to a certain size.
Numerous types of bioactive glasses can be made with this technology [38]. The
first bioactive glass was discovered by Henry L. Hench in 1970 and named 45S5,
with a composition of 45% silica, 24.5% sodium oxide, 24.5% calcium oxide, and
6% phosphorus pentaoxide (all compositions in weight percent). This bioglass was
developed by the traditional melt-quench method followed by quenching, in which
a mixture of oxides is melted at 1300 °C [39]. The melt-quench method is applied to
produce glasses with desirable dimensions. Today, more than 99 percent of the most
popular glasses are manufactured using this method. The melting of raw materials
such as carbonates or oxides yields a viscous liquid, followed by the rapid quenching
of molten castings. For melting, the temperature ranges between 1300 and 1400 °C.
After grinding the oxide precursors in a ball mill, the mixture is melted in a Pt crucible
and cooled to 25 °C in order to produce an amorphous BG. A major disadvantage of
this method is the evaporation of the volatile component P2 O5 at high temperatures
[40].

5.2 Sol–Gel Processing

The sol–gel approach, a low-temperature, wet chemical procedure, is the second

way to make bioactive glass. In order to generate gel, the sol–gel method involves
hydrolyzing and polycondensing the necessary amount of precursor solution at
ambient temperature. This gel is heated and dried to create the amorphous glass
structure. To allow the gel to develop, this sol is poured into a petri dish. The bonds
are getting stronger as the gel ages. To create powder, the gel is dried and ground
[41]. A molecule that has a core metallic ion (M) connected by an oxygen bond
(O) to functional organic groups (R) is called a metal alkoxide of the M-(OR)x
316 S. Yadav et al.

type. Metal alkoxides like tetraethoxysilane (TEOS) and tetramethoxysilane (TMOS)

are frequently utilized as precursors for silica because of their propensity to react
with water. Hydroxyl groups are substituted for the alkoxy side chain as a result of
the hydrolysis reaction. When the oxygen atom in the water molecule launches a
nucleophilic attack against the silicon atom, hydrolysis takes place.
Hydrolysis Reaction:
M-(OR)4 + 4(H2 O) → HO-M(OR)3 + R-OH
R is an alkoxy functional group; an example of one would be C2 H5 OH. Clusters
or branched polymeric chains are the outcome of hydrolysis, which can be adjusted
by adjusting the reagent ratios. Because of an increase in the inorganic network’s
connectedness, viscosity rises during polycondensation.
Condensation reaction:
(OR)3 M-OR + HO-/M(OR)3 → (OR)3 M-O-M(OR)3 + ROH
HO-M (OR)3 + HO-M(OR)3 → (OR)3 M-O-M(OR)3 + H2 O
As byproducts of the condensation reaction, alcohol and water are released. The
gel’s pores still contain water. Water is kept in the pores by the aging mechanism,
which promotes solid network reprecipitation and a localized solution. As a result,
interparticle necks become thicker and have higher density and strength. Usually, the
aging process occurs for several hours or days at high temperatures. Small, linked
holes with widths ranging from 1 to 20 nm are left behind when the monolith is
separated from the pore liquid and leftover alcohols during the drying stage. Higher
temperature stabilization results in additional drying, the removal of surface silanol
groups, and the formation of three-dimensional silica rings [42]. By using this tech-
nique, the glass network is transformed to resemble its melt-derived counterpart while
also increasing density, strength, and hardness. Calcium nitrate or calcium chloride
is combined with reagents such as tri-ethyl phosphate (TEP) to create the oxides of
calcium and phosphorus. Using the sol–gel process, glasses with greater uniformity
and purity can be produced. Moreover, this method’s entire sequence of operations
is carried out at temperatures much lower than those required to create glasses by
the melting process [43] (Fig. 2).

5.3 Hydrothermal Method

In the hydrothermal method, the bioactive glasses were produced at a very low
temperature. The synthesis of nanomaterials using this method is highly dependent
on the solubility of the reacting precursor in a water medium at the desired pres-
sure. An autoclave is a stainless steel chamber lined with Teflon that is used for this
process. In the Teflon-lined autoclave, which contains the pre-synthesised reacting
precursors, water is added to the reacting precursor. The autoclave is kept at a specific
temperature, creating internal pressure that dissolves the reacting precursor and starts
Bioactive Glass for Biomedical Application: An Overview 317

Fig. 2 Diagram depicting the synthesis of bioglass a Melt procedure b Sol–gel procedure [44]

the crystals’ growth. Hydrothermal synthesis has been combined with microwaves
to improve reaction kinetics. Due to the fact that the entire reaction takes place in
a closed environment, it can quickly and efficiently synthesise nanomaterials while
using very little energy [45]. The quaternary systems 40SiO2 -27CaO-27Na2 O-6P2 O5
(mol %), 60SiO2 -30CaO-6Na2 O-4P2 O5 (mol %), and the ternary system 58SiO2 -
33CaO-9P2 O5 (wt %) were synthesised by this method [46]. A mixture of TEOS
(tetraethyl orthosilicate), TEP (triethyl phosphate), Ca(NO3 ), and other required
precursor nitrates were stirred in water. After being combined, the mixture was
placed in an autoclave lined with Teflon and made of stainless steel. The hydrothermal
synthesis reactor was set to 160–200 °C for 24 h. The gel-producing substance was
dried at 100 °C for 24 h to produce the gel powder. The gel powder was dried and
sintered at approximately 700 °C based on the results of the thermal analysis. Tuan
et al. [47], synthesised bioactive glass of composition 58 wt% SiO2 , 33 wt% CaO,
and 9 wt% P2 O5 by an acid-free hydrothermal method. For synthesis, TEOS, TEP,
and calcium nitrate tetrahydrate in the required amount are stirred with water for
60 min. The mixture was transferred into a Teflon tube and autoclaved at 160 °C for
24 h. The autoclaved product was dried and sintered at 700 °C for 3 h. The glass has
an amorphous structure [47].
318 S. Yadav et al.

5.4 Microwave Synthesis

Microwave manufacturing techniques can produce a higher quality yield in a shorter

amount of time and control the fabrication procedure. In the microwave-assisted
method, powders can be produced by employing an efficient and modified heat
transfer throughout the entire volume [48]. In conventional heating, the vessel is
heated, and heat is transferred via convection. However, microwaves transfer energy
more quickly and uniformly [49]. The benefits of microwave sintering include
increased sintered body density and reduced grain sizes at lower sintering temper-
atures, as well as significantly faster heating rates compared to conventional tech-
niques. Moreover, microwave sintering provides mechanical properties due to the
finer microstructures obtained at sintering temperatures equivalent to conventional
resistance heating [50]. For microwave synthesis method, firstly the raw mate-
rials were selected based on the desired composition of the bioglass. Required
amounts of raw materials were weighted and mix them to create the homogeneous
mixture. Mixed raw materials were placed in a microwave heating. The microwave
energy, heat the material to high temperatures, typically exceeding 1000 °C. The
rapid heating results in the melting Khalid et al. synthesised bioactive E-glass fibre
using the microwave method. SEM images validated the homogenous adhesion
of nano-hydroxyapatite spherical particles throughout the fibres. Viability tests on
mesenchymal stem cells revealed adhesion, proliferation, and growth [51]. Essien
et al. [52] have successfully synthesised CaO-MgO-SiO2 semi-crystalline bioactive
glass by microwave method from rice husks and chicken eggshells, both of which
are rich sources of SiO2 and CaO, respectively. The results demonstrated that there
was no aggregation of glass particles and, consequently, a sufficient surface area for
the glass to react with body fluid. This was demonstrated by the rapid pH changes
during immersion in SBF and the formation of apatite within three days [52].

5.5 Flame Spray Synthesis Method

The flame spray synthesis method allows the incorporation of nanoparticulate

elements into complex materials such as BGs. For the production of inorganic
nanoparticles, flame spray fabrication is a scalable and cost-effective technique. In
addition, this procedure ensures a narrow particle size distribution, which contributes
to the low product contamination risk. The flame spray synthesis method is one of
the most efficient gas-phase-based techniques. This technique also employs metal–
organic precursors to generate nanoparticles at temperatures above 1000 °C by
igniting the precursors in a flame [53, 54]. The advantage of flame spray fabrication
is the simple incorporation of dopants and the convenient availability of numerous
nanoparticle compositions. Taubock et al. studied the effect of BG 45S5 particle
size on the physical and chemical properties of composites. Experimental compo-
sitions were created using the melt-quench technique and flame spray synthesis.
Bioactive Glass for Biomedical Application: An Overview 319

The results indicated that reducing the particle size of BG to nano had a positive
effect on the alkalizing potential of experimental compositions [55]. No additional
energy source, such as electrically heated walls, lasers, or plasma, is required for the
precursor conversion, which is an advantage compared to other gas-phase processes.
By utilising oxygen over a nozzle in a tuned system, the liquid precursor is dispersed
and an ignited spray is produced. To create nanoparticles, the organic components
of the liquid precursor are completely ignited, while the metal components undergo
oxidation. The formation of molecular nuclei via chemical reactions or condensa-
tion, followed by growth via coalescence in high-temperature regions during the
duration of the process, is the fundamental principle of every gas-phase formation
technique. The process generates highly chemically homogeneous nanoparticles that
are combined with oxides and even salts [54].

6 Promoting the Growth of Bones

• Bioglass stimulates bone growth in two stages: first, hydroxy carbonate apatite
(HCA) is formed through precipitation and dissolution; second, the HCA layer
interacts with weak collagen fibrils to form a link with the bone. Cells are contin-
uously stimulated by the dissolution products. Like traditional glass degradation
mechanisms, HCA production happens in five stages [56].
• On the surface, silanol linkages (Si-OH) are formed when H+ from the solution
combines with rapidly exchanged cations (Na+ , K+ , Mg+2 , and Ca+2 ) in the glass.
As a result, a region rich in silica forms close to the glass surface, increasing the
local pH. (Phosphate is also released at this initial stage if it is present in the glass
composition.)
• At the glass-solution interface, Si-OH (silanol) is formed when OH− ions contact
with the silica glass network and break the Si–O–Si bonds, resulting in Si(OH)4 .
This process is caused by an increase in pH.
• Si-OH groups condense in the silica-rich layer close to the glass surface.
• Migration of Ca+2 and PO4 −3 groups occurs from the solution and the bulk glass
to the surface of the silica-rich layer, thus creating an amorphous CaO-P2 O5 layer;
• Incorporation of hydroxyls and carbonate ions from solution and crystallisation
of the CaO-P2 O5 form HCA [57].

Figure 3 demonstrates the development of HCA (hydroxycarbonate apatite) on

the surface of the bioactive glass. First, silanol bonds (Si-OH) form on the glass
surface; second, the pH of the solution is raised to encourage the formation of a
silica-rich area near the glass surface; third, silica bonds break; fourth, additional
silanol forms at the glass–solution interface; fifth, a silica-rich layer precipitates;
sixth, an amorphous CaO-P2 O5 forms on the formed silica-rich layer; and seventh,
the amorphous CaO-P2 O5 layer crystallizes to form apatite [17].
The apatite layer production and bone growth surrounding the implant are influ-
enced by the nature of the bioactive glass. A less connected network is linked to
320 S. Yadav et al.

Fig. 3 Presents a schematic illustration of how bioactive glasses’ surface forms hydroxycarbonate
apatite (HCA)

bioactive glass with a low silica content. This accelerates the development of apatite
and facilitates the breakdown of bioactive glass. Bioactivity and the activation energy
of silica dissolution in glasses are frequently linked. However, the quantity of silica
in glass and the connectedness of the glass network affect their bioactivity. Cations
like salt and calcium speed up the rate of dissolution and boost bioactivity, whereas
multivalent ions like Ti+4 or Al+3 in bioglass decrease bioactivity and solubility [57].
Because of their strongly linked network, glasses with a high silica content have
reduced bioactivity and dissolution rates. Therefore, for bioactivity and dissolution,
network modifiers with the ability to weaken the glass network are crucial. Bioac-
tive glasses are perfect for cell adhesion and proliferation because they can interact
with the physiological environment and promote in-vivo osteogenesis on the implant
surface [17] (Fig. 4).

7 Application of Bioactive Glass

Bioactive glass, often referred to as bioglass, has a wide range of applications,

primarily in the field of medicine and healthcare. Its ability to bond with biolog-
ical tissues, such as bone, and promote tissue regeneration makes it valuable for
various medical and dental applications. Some of the key applications of bioglass
include.
Bioactive Glass for Biomedical Application: An Overview 321

Fig. 4 Diagrammatic
depiction of how silicate
bioactive glasses dissolve in
simulated bodily fluid [17]

7.1 Bone Grafting

After blood transfusions, bone grafting is the most common tissue transplant in
modern medicine in the United States. Two million bone grafts are performed annu-
ally [58]. On the other hand, BGs have been used successfully as bone substitutes.
In addition, BGs are the first synthetic materials capable of adhering to bone due
to the formation of a biologically active layer of hydroxycarbonate apatite (HCA)
over the exposed surface. In terms of structure and chemistry, this layer resembles
the bone’s mineral phase. Bioactive glasses are naturally brittle; they cannot be used
for load-bearing components. Due to physical blending and polymer foam repli-
cation, 3D porous scaffolds with varying percentages of carbon nanotubes (CNTs)
have been manufactured. The addition of 0.2% CNT to pure 13-93B1 biologically
active glasses increased the compressive strength and the elastic modulus [59]. In
addition, the polymer polycaprolactone (PCL) was deposited on the CNT-reinforced
scaffolds using a dip-coating technique in order to modify their properties after
sealing the microcracks. The polymer coating and CNT reinforcement altered the
compressive strength of additively manufactured scaffolds by 98% compared to pure
bioactive glass scaffolds [60]. Additionally, BAG displayed osteoinductive character-
istics, similar to 45S5 BG, which stimulates osteoblastic activity through the release
of its ions and the formation of apatite on its surface. Unexpectedly, the effect of
this infusion surpasses that of hydroxyapatite. The dissolution products, such as P,
Ca, Si, and Na, promote bone formation. In vivo studies have shown that 45S5 BG
is superior to other types of bioactive ceramics in terms of its ability to repair bone
[61].
322 S. Yadav et al.

7.2 Antibacterial Application

Bacterial infections have been identified as the primary clinical barrier to successful
tissue regeneration. For instance, the risk of bacterial attachment and colonization in
bone implants can result in implant failure or a protracted recovery [62]. Antibiotics
can lose some of their antibacterial efficacy due to the constant evolution of bacteria,
which results in antibiotic resistance. Clinical applications of antibacterial substances
may reduce the risk of infection without inducing bacterial resistance. S53P4 and
45S5 bioglass have demonstrated antibacterial properties by increasing the pH value
during the dissolution process. The metal ions are used as antibacterial agents. Ag
has demonstrated broad-spectrum bactericidal activity [63]. Lu et al. developed a
novel Huaxi bioactive glass ceramic. The antibacterial properties of Huaxi bioactive
glass ceramic were thoroughly investigated. It has been reported that Huaxi bioactive
glass ceramic effectively inhibits acid production as well as the growth of cariogenic
bacteria [64].

7.3 Soft Tissues

The ability of BGs to release therapeutic ions to form an apatite layer when they are
dissolved in physiological fluids accounts for their legendary success in repairing,
regenerating, and replacing damaged tissue. BGs are third-generation biomaterials.
A wide variety of BGs have been developed since the first one due to different glass
compositions and preparation methods. Some, such as both soft and hard tissues,
are very applicable to tissue engineering. The repertoire of bioactive glasses has
expanded as a result of recent developments in the development of borate bioac-
tive glass [65]. For the repair of soft tissue, borate bioactive glass advancements in
expanding cell growth and its complete biodegradation are particularly effective. Yu
et al. reported using fibroblast-derived sheets and silicate-based composite bioglass
for the skin. It was found that the dissolution of ions stimulates fibroblasts to produce
the growth factors required for wound healing and vascularization. Significant wound
healing and the formation of new blood vessels were observed in vivo [66] (Fig. 5).

7.4 Dental Application

Bioglass is used in dentistry for various applications including dental fillings and
dental implants. Bioglass based materials can release fluoride ions which help prevent
tooth decay and promote remineralization. Bioglass can serve as a scaffold in tissue
engineering, support the growth and regeneration of various tissues and organs. It is
used in tissue engineering constructs for application like cartilage repair skin grafts
and vascular grafts.
Bioactive Glass for Biomedical Application: An Overview 323

Fig. 5 Dental applications of bioglass [66]

8 Conclusion

Biomaterials are materials, either synthetic or biological, that the body uses to
enhance and repair bodily functions. The ability of a material to elicit a positive
host reaction in a clinical context is known as biocompatibility. It is a crucial char-
acteristic of biomaterials and is defined by a material’s compatibility and capacity to
coexist with the human body. Bioglass properties can be influenced by its composi-
tion, processing methods, and intended applications. Composition, including the
proportions of components like silica, sodium oxide, calcium oxide, and phos-
phorus pentaoxide, can affect bioactivity, mechanical strength, and degradation rates.
Processing techniques, such as melt-quenching, sol–gel, or microwave synthesis,
can also affect the properties of bioglass. Thermal treatments can modify proper-
ties, while particle size can affect bioglass behavior. Additives, like strontium oxide,
can enhance bioglass properties. Bioactivity, mechanical strength, and degradation
rate also play a role in bioglass properties. Antimicrobial properties, such as S53P4,
can be affected by composition changes, making the material more or less effective
against bacterial action. The creation of HCA as a result of dissolution and precip-
itation, as well as contact with weak collagen fibrils to create a link with the bone,
are the two steps of stimulation of bone growth. The apatite layer production and
bone growth surrounding the implant are influenced by the nature of the bioactive
glass. A less connected network is linked to low silica content in bioactive glass,
which accelerates the development of apatite and facilitates the dissolving of the
glass. Bioactivity and dissolution depend on network modifiers that have the ability
to erode the glass network. Bioactive glasses are perfect for cell adhesion and prolif-
eration because they can interact with the physiological environment and promote
in vivo osteogenesis on the implant surface. Bioactive glasses have osteoinductive
and osteoconductive properties. Bioactivity, osteoconductivity, and biodegradability
depend on the precise composition of the glass. Bioactive glasses can bond with
324 S. Yadav et al.

living bone tissue through a chemical reaction and cellular reactions, but have poor
mechanical properties. Bioactive glass (BGs) have been used successfully as bone
substitutes and are the first synthetic materials capable of adhering to bone due to
the formation of a biologically active layer of hydroxycarbonate apatite (HCA).

References

1. Narayan, R.: Encyclopedia of Biomedical Engineering. Elsevier (2018)

2. Black, J., Hastings, G. (eds.): Handbook of Biomaterial Properties. Springer Science & Business
Media (2013)
3. Navarro, M., Michiardi, A., Castano, O., Planell, J.A.: Biomaterials in orthopaedics. J. R. Soc.
Interface 5(27), 1137–1158 (2008)
4. Rezaie, H.R., Bakhtiari, L., Öchsner, A.: Biomaterials and their applications. Springer
International Publishing, Berlin, Germany (2015)
5. Williams, D.F.: On the mechanisms of biocompatibility. Biomaterials 29(20), 2941–2953
(2008)
6. Hossain, S.S., Yadav, S., Majumdar, S., Krishnamurthy, S., Pyare, R., Roy, P.K.: A comparative
study of physico-mechanical, bioactivity and hemolysis properties of pseudo-wollastonite and
wollastonite glass-ceramic synthesized from solid wastes. Ceram. Int. 46(1), 833–843 (2020)
7. Baino, F., Hamzehlou, S., Kargozar, S.: Bioactive glasses: where are we and where are we
going? J. Funct. Biomater. 9(1), 25 (2018)
8. González, P., Serra, J., Liste, S., Chiussi, S., León, B., Pérez-Amor, M.: Raman spectroscopic
study of bioactive silica based glasses. J. Non-Cryst. Solids 320(1–3), 92–99 (2003)
9. Vichery, C., Nedelec, J.M.: Bioactive glass nanoparticles: from synthesis to materials design
for biomedical applications. Materials 9(4), 288 (2016)
10. Hench, L.L.: Bioceramics: from concept to clinic. J. Am. Ceram. Soc. 74(7), 1487–1510 (1991)
11. Ali, A., Singh, B.N., Yadav, S., Ershad, M., Singh, S.K., Mallick, S.P., Pyare, R.: CuO assisted
borate 1393B3 glass scaffold with enhanced mechanical performance and cytocompatibility:
an In vitro study. J. Mech. Behav. Biomed. Mater. 114, 104231 (2021)
12. Hench, L.L., Thompson, I.: Twenty-first century challenges for biomaterials. J. R. Soc. Interface
7(suppl_4), S379–91 (2010)
13. Essien, E.R., Adams, L.A.: Preparation of Mg–Zn bimetallic doped Na-containing bioceramic
from sodium metasilicate. J. Porous Mater. 23(4), 885–893 (2016)
14. Rahaman, M.N., Xiao, W., Fu, Q., Huang, W.: Review—bioactive glass implants for potential
application in structural bone repair. Biomed Glas. 3, 56–66
15. Best, S.M., Porter, A.E., Thian, E.S., Huang, J.: Bioceramics: past, present and for the future.
J. Eur. Ceram. Soc. 28(7), 1319–1327 (2008)
16. Palmero, P.: Ceramic–polymer nanocomposites for bone-tissue regeneration. Nanocomposites
Musculoskelet. Tissue Regen. 331–367, (2016)
17. Henao, J., Poblano-Salas, C., Monsalve, M., Corona-Castuera, J., Barceinas-Sanchez, O.: Bio-
active glass coatings manufactured by thermal spray: a status report. J. Market. Res. 8(5),
4965–4984 (2019)
18. Cao, W., Hench, L.L.: Bioactive materials. Ceram. Int. 22(6), 493–507 (1996)
19. Ali, A., Ershad, M., Vyas, V.K., Hira, S.K., Manna, P.P., Singh, B.N., Yadav, S., Srivastava, P.,
Singh, S.P., Pyare, R.: Studies on effect of CuO addition on mechanical properties and in vitro
cytocompatibility in 1393 bioactive glass scaffold. Mater. Sci. Eng. C 93, 341–355 (2018)
20. Schumacher, M., Habibovic, P., Van Rijt, S.: Mesoporous bioactive glass composition effects
on degradation and bioactivity. Bioact. Mater. 6(7), 1921–1931 (2021)
21. Letaief, N., Lucas-Girot, A., Oudadesse, H., Meleard, P., Pott, T., Jelassi, J., Dorbez-Sridi, R.:
Effect of aging temperature on the structure, pore morphology and bioactivity of new sol–gel
synthesized bioglass. J. Non-Cryst. Solids 402, 194–199 (2014)
Bioactive Glass for Biomedical Application: An Overview 325

22. Begum, A.N., Rajendran, V., Ylänen, H.: Effect of thermal treatment on physical properties of
bioactive glass. Mater. Chem. Phys. 96(2–3), 409–417 (2006)
23. Yadav, D., Kumar, U., Nirala, G., Mall, A.K., Upadhyay, S.: Effect of acceptor Na1+ doping on
the properties of perovskite SrCeO3 . J. Mater. Sci. Mater. Electron. 30, 15772–15785 (2019)
24. Hasanah, L.U., Agustina, F.R., Puspita, N.F., Suherman, B., Nurosyid, F., Sandi, D.K., Iriani,
Y.: Microstructure, chemical bonds, and photocatalyst activity of neodymium-doped strontium
titanate (Sr0.97 Nd0.03 TiO3 ) with 900 °C and 1000 °C sintering temperature. J. Phys. Conf. Ser.
2392(1), 012034 (2022). (IOP Publishing)
25. Sadeghzade, S., Liu, J., Wang, H., Li, X., Cao, J., Cao, H., Tang, B., Yuan, H.: Recent advances
on bioactive baghdadite ceramic for bone tissue engineering applications: 20 years of research
and innovation (a review). Mater. Today Bio. 17, 100473 (2022)
26. Prajapati, R.K., Kumar, H., Saroj, A.L.: Formation of silver particles in [PVA: CS: PEG]-
AgNO3 based biopolymer electrolyte membranes: structural and electric transport properties
study. Phys. B 662, 414962 (2023)
27. Yadav, D., Kumar, U., Nirala, G., Upadhyay, S.: Electrical conduction and relaxation in
perovskite oxide SrCe0.98 Na0.02 O3 synthesized by solid-state route. Macromol. Symp. 388(1),
1900020 (2019)
28. Youness, R.A., Tag El-deen, D.M., Taha, M.A.: A review on calcium silicate ceramics: prop-
erties, limitations, and solutions for their use in biomedical applications. SILICON 15(6),
2493–2505 (2023)
29. Flores-Jacobo, A., Aguilar-Reyes, E.A., León-Patiño, C.A.: Effect of dopants on the physical,
mechanical, and biological properties of porous scaffolds for bone tissue engineering. Biomed.
Mater. & Devices 1–22, (2022)
30. Pantulap, U., Arango-Ospina, M., Boccaccini, A.R.: Bioactive glasses incorporating less-
common ions to improve biological and physical properties. J. Mater. Sci. Mater. Med. 33,
1–41 (2022)
31. Dahinten, A.: Baghdadit-Biozemente in der Anwendung als endodontischer Funktionswerk-
stoff. Universität Würzburg, Ph.D. diss. (2023)
32. Nawaz, Q., de Pablos-Martin, A., e Silva, J.M., Berthold, L., Hurle, K., Jaimes, A.T., Sitarz,
M., Brauer, D.S., Boccaccini, A.R.: Crystallization study of sol–gel derived 13–93 bioactive
glass powder. J. Eur. Ceram. Soc. 41(2), 1695–706 (2021)
33. Kamrani, A., Nasrabadi, M.H., Halabian, R., Ghorbani, M.: A biomimetic multi-layer scaffold
with collagen and zinc doped bioglass as a skin-regeneration agent in full-thickness injuries
and its effects in vitro and in vivo. Int. J. Biol. Macromol. 253, 127163 (2023)
34. Yadav, D., Nirala, G., Kumar, U., Upadhyay, S.: Investigation on structural and optical proper-
ties of system Sr2 Ce1-x Nax O4 (0.0 ≤ x ≤ 0.10). J. Mater. Sci. Mater. Electron. 32, 8064–8080
(2021)
35. Sadreddini, S., Jodati, H., Evis, Z., Keskin, D.: Novel barium-doped-baghdadite incorporated
PHBV-PCL composite fibrous scaffolds for bone tissue engineering. J. Mech. Behav. Biomed.
Mater. 106185, (2023)
36. Han, L., Sun, J., Williams, P.A., Yang, J., Zhang, S.: Octenyl-succinylated inulins for the
delivery of hydrophobic drug. Int. J. Biol. Macromol. 221, 1112–1120 (2022)
37. Kaur, M., Singh, K.: Review on titanium and titanium based alloys as biomaterials for
orthopaedic applications. Mater. Sci. Eng. C 102, 844–862 (2019)
38. Karasu, B., Yanar, A.O., Kocak, A., Kısacık, Ö.: Bioactive glasses. El-Cezerî J. Sci. Eng. 4(3),
436–471 (2017)
39. Yadav, S.K., Ray, S., Vyas, V.K., Prasad, S., Ali, A., Yadav, S., Majhi, M.R., Pyare, R.: Develop-
ment of zirconia substituted 1393 bioactive glass for orthopaedic application. Orient. J. Chem.
33(6), 2720 (2017)
40. Yadav, D., Nirala, G., Yadav, S., Kumar, U., Upadhyay, S., Kumar, S.: Study of structural,
microstructure, impedance, and DC conductivity of Gd-doped SrCeO3 ceramics. Appl. Phys.
A 127, 1–4 (2021)
41. Yadav, S., Singh, P., Pyare, R.: Synthesis, characterization, mechanical and biological properties
of biocomposite based on zirconia containing 1393 bioactive glass with hydroxyapatite. Ceram.
Int. 46(8), 10442–10451 (2020)
326 S. Yadav et al.

42. Yadav, D., Kumar, P., Tripathi, A.K., Yadav, R.S., Nirala, G., Yadav, S., Yadav, A.K., and
Yadav, S.: Influence of La3+ doping on structural and optical properties of SrCeO3 perovskite.
Physica Scripta 99(11), 115935 (2024).
43. Li, R., Clark, A.E., Hench, L.L.: An investigation of bioactive glass powders by sol-gel
processing. J. Appl. Biomater. 2(4), 231–239 (1991)
44. Kaur, G., Pickrell, G., Sriranganathan, N., Kumar, V., Homa, D.: Review and the state of the
art: sol–gel and melt quenched bioactive glasses for tissue engineering. J. Biomed. Mater. Res.
B Appl. Biomater. 104(6), 1248–1275 (2016)
45. Durgalakshmi, D., Rakkesh, R.A., Mohanraj, J.: Graphene–metal–organic framework-modified
electrochemical sensors. In: Graphene-Based Electrochemical Sensors for Biomolecules,
pp. 275–296). Elsevier (2019)
46. Xuan Bui, V., Quang Vo, M., Anh Nguyen, T., Thi, B.H.: Investigation of bioactive glass-
ceramic 60SiO2 -30CaO-10P2 O5 prepared by hydrothermal method. Adv. Mater. Sci. Eng.
2019, 1–8 (2019)
47. Anh Tuan, T.V., Guseva, E., Anh Tien, N., Tan Dat, H., Vuong, B.X.: Simple and acid-free
hydrothermal synthesis of bioactive glass 58SiO2 –33CaO-9P2 O5 (wt%). Crystals 11(3), 283
(2021)
48. Farzadi, A., Solati-Hashjin, M., Bakhshi, F., Aminian, A.: Synthesis and characterization of
hydroxyapatite/β-tricalcium phosphate nanocomposites using microwave irradiation. Ceram.
Int. 37(1), 65–71 (2011)
49. Chitra, S., Bargavi, P., Balakumar, S.: Effect of microwave and probe sonication processes on
sol–gel-derived bioactive glass and its structural and biocompatible investigations. J. Biomed.
Mater. Res. B Appl. Biomater. 108(1), 143–155 (2020)
50. Purcar, V., Rădiţoiu, V., Nichita, C., Bălan, A., Rădiţoiu, A., Căprărescu, S., Raduly, F.M.,
Manea, R., Şomoghi, R., Nicolae, C.A., Raut, I.: Preparation and characterization of silica
nanoparticles and of silica-gentamicin nanostructured solution obtained by microwave-assisted
synthesis. Materials 14(8), 2086 (2021)
51. Khalid, H., Suhaib, F., Zahid, S., Ahmed, S., Jamal, A., Kaleem, M., Khan, A.S.: Microwave-
assisted synthesis and in vitro osteogenic analysis of novel bioactive glass fibers for biomedical
and dental applications. Biomed. Mater. 14(1), 015005 (2018)
52. Essien, E.R., Atasie, V.N., Udobang, E.U.: Microwave energy-assisted formation of bioactive
CaO–MgO–SiO2 ternary glass from bio-wastes. Bull. Mater. Sci. 39, 989–995 (2016)
53. Strobel, L.A., Hild, N., Mohn, D., Stark, W.J., Hoppe, A., Gbureck, U., Horch, R.E., Kneser, U.,
Boccaccini, A.R.: Novel strontium-doped bioactive glass nanoparticles enhance proliferation
and osteogenic differentiation of human bone marrow stromal cells. J. Nanopart. Res. 15, 1–9
(2013)
54. Taygun, M.E., Boccaccini, A.R.: Nanoscaled bioactive glass particles and nanofibers. In:
Bioactive Glasses, pp. 235–283. Woodhead Publishing (2018)
55. Odermatt, R., Par, M., Mohn, D., Wiedemeier, D.B., Attin, T., Tauböck, T.T.: Bioactivity and
physico-chemical properties of dental composites functionalized with nano- vs. micro-sized
bioactive glass. J. Clin. Med. 9(3), 772 (2020)
56. Jones, J.R.: Review of bioactive glass: from Hench to hybrids. Actabiomaterialia 9(1), 4457–
4486 (2013)
57. O’Donnell, M.D.: Melt-derived bioactive glass. In: Bio-Glasses, pp. 13–28. Wiley, Chichester
(UK) (2012)
58. Karadjian, M., Essers, C., Tsitlakidis, S., Reible, B., Moghaddam, A., Boccaccini, A.R.,
Westhauser, F.: Biological properties of calcium phosphate bioactive glass composite bone
substitutes: current experimental evidence. Int. J. Mol. Sci. 20(2), 305 (2019)
59. Dixit, K., Sinha, N.: Compressive strength enhancement of carbon nanotube reinforced 13–
93B1 bioactive glass scaffolds. J. Nanosci. Nanotechnol. 19(5), 2738–2746 (2019)
60. Yadav, D., Kumar, U., Upadhyay, S.: Study of structural, electrical, and photoluminescent
properties of SrCeO3 and Sr2 CeO4 . J. Adv. Ceram. 8, 377–388 (2019)
61. Aparicio, C., Ginebra, M.P.: Biomineralization and biomaterials: fundamentals and applica-
tions. Woodhead Publishing (2015)
Bioactive Glass for Biomedical Application: An Overview 327

62. Yadav, S.K., Ray, S., Ershad, M.D., Vyas, V.K., Prasad, S., Ali, A., Yadav, S., Majhi, M.R.,
Pyare, R.: Development of zirconia substituted 1393 bioactive glass for orthopaedic application
(2017)
63. Yadav, S., Ali, A., Krishnamurthy, S., Singh, P., Pyare, R.: In-vitro analysis of bioac-
tivity, hemolysis, and mechanical properties of Zn substituted calcium zirconium silicate
(baghdadite). Ceram. Int. 47(11), 16037–16053 (2021)
64. Dai, L.L., Mei, M.L., Chu, C.H., Lo, E.C.: Antibacterial effect of a new bioactive glass on
cariogenic bacteria. Arch. Oral Biol. 117, 104833 (2020)
65. Chen, R., Li, Q., Xu, S., Han, J., Huang, P., Yu, Z., Jia, D., Liu, J., Jia, H., Shen, M., Hu, B.:
Nanosized HCA-coated borate bioactive glass with improved wound healing effects on rodent
model. Chem. Eng. J. 426, 130299 (2021)
66. Jafari, N., Habashi, M.S., Hashemi, A., Shirazi, R., Tanideh, N., Tamadon, A.: Application of
bioactive glasses in various dental fields. Biomater. Res. 26(1), 31 (2022)
Bulk Metallic Glasses: Effect of Various
Temperatures with Nature of Constituent
Elements in Zr-Al/Ti-Ni-Cu BMGs

Patel Ram Suthar

Abstract Bulk metallic glasses (BMGs), known for their amorphous structure,
exhibit a unique blend of high strength, superior magnetic properties, and excel-
lent corrosion resistance. Produced by ultra-rapid cooling that prevents atoms from
crystallizing, these materials remain metastable. Elemental substitution in BMGs
can alter thermal properties such as crystallization and glass transition tempera-
tures. Variations in thermal expansion, conductivity, and covalent radius significantly
affect these changes, and using these parameters helps account for changes in their
properties after altering the fraction of constituent elements.

Keywords Thermal expansion · Conductivity · Covalent radius · Glass transition

temperature

1 Introduction

Bulk metallic glasses showcase outstanding physical and chemical properties,

boasting high wear and corrosion resistance, alongside unique features like remark-
able flexibility at elevated temperatures and exceptional strength in cold environ-
ments. Significantly, akin to specific polymer materials, they manifest a notable
elastic limit approaching 2%. In comparison to their crystalline counterparts, bulk
metallic glasses offer significantly increased strength, often two to three times higher.
These exceptional qualities position bulk metallic glasses as an attractive choice for
practical applications in the field of functional and structural materials, opening up
new possibilities for advanced designs and systems. BMGs are basically categorized
into two groups mainly according to the nature of their constituent elements.

P. R. Suthar (B)
Dr. Bhimrao Ambedkar Govt. College, Sriganganagar, Rajasthan, India
e-mail: prsuthara@[Link]

© The Author(s), under exclusive license to Springer Nature Singapore Pte Ltd. 2024 329
U. Kumar (ed.), Defects Engineering in Electroceramics for Energy Applications,
Engineering Materials, [Link]
330 P. R. Suthar

The scientific importance of understanding the intricacies of glass phenomena and

the formation of bulk metallic glasses, combined with their potential for real-world
applications, has piqued significant research interest. Since their initial discovery
by Duwez [1] in 1960, extensive efforts have been dedicated to the development
of glassy or amorphous alloys. These endeavours encompass techniques such as
solid-state amorphization and rapid solidification.
The inception of what we now classify as “bulk” amorphous alloy dates back
to 1969 when Chen and Turnbull [2] first identified it in ternary Pd-Cu-Si alloys
[15]. The critical cooling rate [32] for these ternary bulk glass-forming alloys resides
approximately at 102 K/s. Of particular note is the surge in attention within the
scientific community, spurred by the emergence of novel multi-component bulk
metallic glasses. Illustrative instances encompass La55 Al25 Ni20 (first identified by
Inoue et al. in 1989 [3]) and Zr41.2 Ti13.8 Cu12.5 Ni10 Be22.5 (introduced by Peker and
Johnson in 1993 [4]). These alloys can be synthesized at reduced cooling rates via
direct casting from molten liquid, representing a significant stride in BMG fabrication
methodologies.
A comprehensive grid system is defined by atomic percentages, as glass-forming
compositions exhibit varying properties, resulting in different alloys within that
framework. Applying this grid system to two distinct alloys within a single compo-
nent yields approximately 1.2 trillion potential metallic glass alloys, created from
32 elemental components. It’s important to note that this count excludes rare earth
elements and high-cost elements like Sc, Ta, Ru, and Rh, and their inclusion would
significantly expand the total number of possible metallic glass alloys beyond the 1.2
trillion estimates. BMGs employ nearly 54 different elements in their fabrication. By
adhering to the laws governing the production of bulk metallic glasses, a wide array
of these materials can be synthesized (Fig. 1).
To stabilize a super metallic liquid, three essential empirical component rules are
required:
i. The multicomponent metallic alloy system should consist of three or more
elements.
ii. There should be a substantial atomic size difference, exceeding approximately
12%, among the primary constituent elements of the metallic alloy system.
iii. The elements involved should exhibit the negative heat of mixing.
Bulk Metallic Glasses: Effect of Various Temperatures with Nature … 331

hydrogen
1
H
1.008
lithium beryllium boron carbon nitrogen oxygen fluorine
3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Li Be B C N O F
6.941 9.012 10.810 12.011 14.007 15.99 18.98
sodium magnesium aluminum silicon phosphorus sulfur chlorine
11 12 13 14 15 16 17
Na Mg Al Si P S Cl
22.98 24.31 26.98 28.09 30.97 32.06 35.45
potassium calcium scandium titanium vanadium chromium manganese iron cobalt nickel copper zinc gallium germanium arsenic selenium bromine
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35
K Ca Sc Ti V Cr Mn Fe Co Ni Cu Zn Ga Ge As Se Br
39.098 40.08 44.96 47.87 50.94 51.99 54.94 55.85 58.93 58.69 63.55 65.41 69.72 72.63 74.92 78.95 79.91
rubidium strontium yttrium zirconium niobium molybdenum technetium ruthenium rhodium palladium silver cadmium indium tin antimony tellurium iodine
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53
Rb Sr Y Zr Nb Mo Tc Ru Rh Pd Ag Cd In Sn Sb Te I
85.47 87.6 88.91 91.23 92.91 95.93 [98] 101.10 102.90 106.4 107.87 112.40 114.82 118.7 121.759 127.61 126.91
cesium barium lutetium hafnium tantalum tungsten rhenium osmium iridium platinum gold mercury thallium lead bismuth polonium astatine
55 56 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85
Cs Ba Lu Hf Ta W Re Os Ir Pt Au Hg Tl Pb Bi Po At
132.91 137.33 174.97 178.490 180.95 183.83 186.21 190.230 192.21 195.08 196.97 200.6 204.38 207.21 208.99 [209] [210]
francium radium lawrencium rutherfordium dubnium seaborgium bohrium hassium meitnerium darmstadtium roentgenium ununbium ununquadium
87 88 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 114
Fr Ra Lr Rf Db Sg Bh Hs Mt Ds Rg Uub Uuq
[223] [226] [262] [261] [262] [266] [264] [269] [268] [271] [272] [285] [289]

lanthanum cerium praseodymium neodymium promethium samarium europium gadolinium terbium dysprosium holmium erbium thulium ytterbium
57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70
La Ce Pr Nd Pm Sm Eu Gd Tb Dy Ho Er Tm Yb
138.9055 140.116 140.90765 144.24 [145] 150.36 151.964 157.25 158.9253 162.50 164.930 167.259 168.934 173.04
actinium thorium protactinium uranium neptunium plutonium americium curium berkelium californium einsteinium fermium mendelevium nobelium
89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102
Ac Th Pa U Np Pu Am Cm Bk Cf Es Fm Md No
[227] 232.038 231.0359 238.0289 [237] [244] [243] [247] [247] [251] [252] [257] [258] [259]

Fig. 1 The fabrication of bulk metallic glasses (BMGs) relies on the incorporation of elements
from the periodic table

Correct sentence is:

a. Metallic glasses have low electrical resistance.
b. The electrical resistance for metal glasses will not vary with temperature.
c. They possess very High eddy current losses.
d. They have low corrosion resistance.

These three guidelines to enable BMG formation instead of crystallization as

given by Inoue are as follows:
I. The atomic size ratios of at least two constituents of the alloy should be α <
0.89 for small relative to large.
II. The value of negative heat of mixing should be large.
III. Atomic components should be several.
The simple empirical rules for the search of compositions likely to yield new
metal/metalloid bulk metallic glasses [24], as given by Shen and Schwarz [5], apply
to bulk ferromagnetic glasses prepared by flux melting and water quenching [6].
These rules [5] are (Table 1):

a. For the alloy to be considered, it is imperative that it comprises a minimum of

three components, with two being metallic in nature.
b. The alloy’s composition necessitates the presence of two or more metallic
elements characterized by distinct atomic sizes and nearly negligible heats of
mixing.
c. The metallic constituents of the alloy should exhibit significant negative heats of
mixing with the metalloid(s).
d. The overall metalloid content of the alloy should hover around 20 atomic percent.
332 P. R. Suthar

Table 1 The constituent elements of Zr-Al/Ti-Ni-Cu BMGs with their size ratio in atomic radius
Element Atomic Atomic weight Group Block Atomic radius Size ratio*
number (pm)
Al 13 26.98 Main p 143 0.89375
Cu 29 63.55 Late d 128 0.8
transition
Ni 28 58.69 Transition d 124 0.775
Ti 22 47.86 Early d 147 0.91875
transition
Zr 40 91.22 Early d 160 –
transition
* The ratio between the atomic radius of a specific element and that of the Zr element

e. It is crucial to meticulously eliminate heteronucleants, such as crystalline oxide

inclusions, by dissolving the oxides in a flux or neutralizing the oxygen through
dissolution in the melt.

The atomic radius in picometres of the elements Zr, Ti, Cu, Ni, Be, Y, and Mg, are
148, 136, 138, 121, 90, 162, and 130, respectively. Whether the alloy composition
Zr40 Ti15 Cu11 Ni11 Be21.5 Y1 Mg0.5 qualifies as a bulk metallic glass?

2 Advantages of Bulk Metallic Glasses

• Elevated Strength Levels: BMGs consistently showcase outstanding mechanical

attributes, boasting high strength and hardness that render them well-suited for
structural applications.
• Effective Corrosion Resistance: Numerous BMGs exhibit remarkable resistance
to corrosion and wear, ensuring prolonged durability, particularly in challenging
environmental conditions.
• Distinctive Characteristics: BMGs often present distinctive physical and chem-
ical attributes absent in conventional crystalline materials, encompassing elevated
elasticity, heightened glass transition temperatures, and superior electrical resis-
tivity.
• Versatile Manufacturing Processes: BMGs offer flexibility in manufacturing
through diverse processing techniques, including casting, molding, and rapid
solidification, enhancing adaptability in production.
• Amorphous Configuration: The absence of a crystalline structure in BMGs
results in isotropic properties, facilitating uniform performance in various
directions.
Bulk Metallic Glasses: Effect of Various Temperatures with Nature … 333

3 Drawbacks of Bulk Metallic Glasses (BMGs)

• Inherent Brittleness: Despite their elevated strength, BMGs may exhibit relative
brittleness compared to traditional metals, limiting their suitability for applications
demanding extensive ductility.
• Technical Challenges in Processing: The fabrication of BMGs can be
demanding, requiring precise control over cooling rates and alloy compositions,
which may contribute to elevated production costs.
• Constrained Alloy Combinations: The formation of BMGs is constrained by
specific criteria governing the selection of elements, limiting the spectrum of
potential alloy compositions and applications.
• Vulnerability to Crystallization: BMGs are susceptible to crystallization upon
exposure to heat, potentially leading to degradation in mechanical properties and
compromised performance over time.

4 Future Perspectives of Bulk Metallic Glasses (BMGs)

• Pioneering Structural Materials: BMGs exhibit promise as avant-garde struc-

tural materials for aerospace, automotive, and biomedical applications, attributed
to their remarkable strength-to-weight ratio and corrosion-resistant properties.
• Functional Device Development: Ongoing research endeavors aim to harness the
unique properties of BMGs in the creation of functional devices such as sensors,
actuators, and magnetic materials, capitalizing on their amorphous structure and
tunable characteristics.
• Tailoring Properties for Specific Applications: Anticipated advancements in
alloy design and processing techniques are expected to enable the customization
of BMG properties, broadening their adaptability and usefulness across diverse
industries.
• Revolutionizing Manufacturing through Additive Techniques: The explo-
ration of additive manufacturing methods for BMGs holds the potential to revolu-
tionize production, allowing for the creation of intricate geometries and person-
alized components with meticulous control over microstructure and properties.
• Incorporation into Multifunctional Composites: The integration of BMGs with
other materials, such as polymers or ceramics, stands as a prospect for developing
multifunctional composites endowed with enhanced properties, paving the way
for innovative applications in engineering and technology.
334 P. R. Suthar

5 Bulk Metallic Glass Formation

The process of glass formation is typically linked with non-metallic materials, yet
it’s a recent development in the realm of metals. While in most material categories,
crystallization takes place as a substance is melted and subsequently cooled, there are
instances where rapid cooling can circumvent crystallization, leading to the creation
of an amorphous, glass-like structure as opposed to a crystalline one.
The selection of elements in the metal alloy is pivotal in enabling the creation of
metallic glasses. When subjected to rapid cooling, specific combinations of elements
are predisposed to give rise to metallic glasses. Prominent alloying elements found in
metallic glasses encompass transition metals like iron, nickel, and cobalt, which are
blended with diverse other elements like boron, silicon, or phosphorus. Thoughtful
deliberation on alloy composition [29] is paramount for promoting the development
of glassy structures.
At critical cooling rates, often around 1000 K/s or lower, metals have the capa-
bility to generate bulk metallic glasses (BMGs) [7]. These alloys undergo vitrification
during the cooling process, preserving an amorphous atomic structure instead of crys-
tallizing. BMGs have attracted considerable interest thanks to their distinctive blend
of characteristics, ease of processing, and their amorphous structure. The properties
and attributes of BMGs render them intriguing from both technological and scientific
perspectives. Their distinctive blend of mechanical, magnetic, thermal, and electrical
characteristics opens the door to a variety of potential applications. Their capacity to
be processed in bulk dimensions represents a significant advantage. The formation
of bulk metallic glasses depends on various factors, one of which is glass-forming
ability [8].

What is difference between silica glasses and bulk metallic glasses?

5.1 Glass Forming Ability

Exploring and comprehending glass forming ability (GFA) holds significant impor-
tance, particularly in fields like metallurgy. The role of glass-forming ability is pivotal
in influencing the evolution of metallic glasses or amorphous metals, renowned for
their extraordinary properties that make them indispensable across a diverse range
of applications. The critical cooling rate emerges as a vital parameter for evalu-
ating the GFA of an alloy. A higher GFA indicates that the alloy is more inclined
to assume a glassy structure during the cooling process, rather than crystallizing.
GFA is associated with a material’s capability to initiate and preserve its amorphous
structure throughout the solidification process. In simple terms, a high GFA signifies
Bulk Metallic Glasses: Effect of Various Temperatures with Nature … 335

that a material readily adopts a glassy state, while a low GFA implies a proclivity for
crystallization.
Certainly, the generation of bulk metallic glasses [27] is intricately governed by
numerous factors, encompassing atomic size mismatch, entropy of mixing, thermo-
dynamic stability [33], amorphous phase stabilization [33], composition, viscosity,
cooling rate, and undercooling. This ensemble of factors collectively assumes a
pivotal role in delineating the glass-forming ability of an alloy and its capacity to
maintain an amorphous structure throughout the solidification process.
• Atomic Size Mismatch: A significant disparity in atomic sizes [28] among the
constituent elements within an alloy hinders crystallization and promotes the
development of a metallic amorphous structure. This is often referred to as the
“atomic size effect”.
• Entropy of Mixing: High entropy of mixing, associated with a disordered arrange-
ment of atoms in the liquid phase, hinders crystallization and can facilitate the
formation of metallic amorphous structures.
• Thermodynamic Stability: GFA is affected by the contrast in Gibbs free
energy between the amorphous and crystalline phases [26]. A reduced thermody-
namic impetus for crystallization commonly fosters the retention of the metallic
amorphous state.
• Stabilization of Amorphous Phase: The concept of amorphous phase stabi-
lization entails preserving the non-crystalline, disordered atomic structure found
in materials like metallic glasses throughout their production and application.
Improving GFA contributes to the stability of the non-crystalline/amorphous
phase.
• Composition: The composition of alloying elements plays a pivotal role in the
formation of BMGs. Specific alloy compositions exhibit a greater propensity for
creating BMGs compared to others.
• Viscosity: Elevated viscosity during the cooling process can impede the mobility
of atoms, consequently restraining crystallization and encouraging the develop-
ment of a metallic amorphous structure.
• Cooling Rate: Swift cooling rates, achieved through techniques such as splat
cooling or melt spinning, facilitate the creation of metallic amorphous structures
by limiting the available time for crystal growth.
• Under Cooling: The extent to which a liquid can be under cooled below its
equilibrium melting temperature without crystallization is of paramount impor-
tance. Typically, greater under cooling tends to correlate with higher GFA. The
relationship between under cooling and GFA is noteworthy.
To gain a thorough understanding and predict the compositions of bulk metallic
glasses (BMGs), various theories have been developed. These theories aim to clarify
the fundamental principles governing the formation of glass and provide insights
into which combinations of elements are most likely to yield BMGs. Maintaining
the unique characteristics of amorphous alloys requires careful operation within
specified temperature ranges. This attention to temperature parameters is essential
336 P. R. Suthar

for preserving the non-crystalline structure and exceptional properties that distin-
guish BMGs from traditional crystalline materials. By adhering to these temperature
considerations, researchers, and manufacturers can optimize the synthesis of BMGs
with desired properties.

Why is a high glass-forming ability (GFA) necessary for the synthesis of bulk metallic
glasses (BMGs)?

5.2 Temperatures for Bulk Metallic Glasses

A wide range of temperatures is essentially both in the creation of BMGs and in

the characterization of their distinct properties. BMGs often feature a broad super
cooled liquid region, enabling their processing at comparatively lower tempera-
tures than those required for traditional crystalline alloys. Processing BMGs within
a temperature range hinges on the alloy composition, typically involving rapid
cooling during the transition from the liquid phase to the glassy state [31] at rates
approaching millions of degrees celsius per second. The various temperatures [9]
for BMGs include: Tx (crystallization temperature), Tl (liquidus temperature), Tg
(glass transition temperature), Tm (melting temperature), Tn (nose temperature), Te
(eutectic temperature), Tx (supercooled liquid region), and Trg = Tg /Tl (reduced
glass-transition temperature).

5.2.1 Crystallization Temperature (Tx )

The crystallization temperature, known as Tx , marks the point at which the amor-
phous structure of bulk metallic glass begins its transformation into a crystalline
form. During this transition, atoms rearrange themselves into ordered, crystalline
structures. The exact temperature at which this crystallization commences fluctuates
depending on the particular composition of the bulk metallic glass. The crystalliza-
tion process can influence diverse properties of bulk metallic glasses, resulting in
alterations in mechanical, magnetic, electrical, and thermal characteristics.
The crystallization temperature is not fixed and depends on the unique composition
of the bulk metallic amorphous alloy. Unlike crystalline metals, bulk metallic glasses
lack long-range atomic order, showcasing disordered or non-crystalline atomic struc-
tures. When heated, BMGs undergo a transition from an amorphous (non-crystalline)
to a structural crystalline state. Bulk metallic glasses exhibit an amorphous or glassy
structure, indicating the absence of long-range order among the atoms in the mate-
rial. This lack of a crystalline lattice arrangement is attained through swift cooling
Bulk Metallic Glasses: Effect of Various Temperatures with Nature … 337

from the liquid state, preventing the atoms from organizing into a crystalline struc-
ture. Bulk metallic glasses typically possess a critical cooling rate, below which
they maintain complete amorphousness. If the cooling rate is excessively slow, there
exists a risk of crystallization. The temperature at which crystallization initiates is
commonly termed the crystallization temperature [30]. The mechanical and thermal
properties of bulk metallic glasses can be influenced by crystallization. To preserve
the advantageous amorphous structure and capitalize on its distinctive properties, the
manufacturing process often involves rapid cooling.

5.2.2 Liquidus Temperature (Tl )

The term “liquidus temperature” isn’t commonly used in the context of bulk metallic
glasses, but if applied, it might refer to the temperature range where these amorphous
alloys exhibit characteristics akin to those of a supercooled liquid. In this state, the
atomic structure resembles that of a liquid, yet it maintains a solid form due to kinetic
restrictions or elevated viscosity.
Traditionally, “liquidus temperature” (Tl ) signifies the point at which a material,
often an alloy, transitions completely from a solid to a liquid state upon heating.
However, bulk metallic glass amorphous alloys, with their disordered atomic struc-
tures, don’t neatly align with the concept of a clear melting point typical in crys-
talline materials. Instead, they are known for their amorphous structure, lacking a
pronounced melting point and typically showcasing a super cooled liquid region. As
the temperature in this region rises, they slowly become more viscous and softer.
BMGs don’t have a clear melting point like crystalline materials; while some
researchers might colloquially mention a “liquidus” phase, the transition from a non-
crystalline to a more liquid-like state in BMGs lacks the distinct temperature seen in
traditional alloys. The variability in the behaviour of bulk metallic glasses concerning
temperature, including any “liquidus-like” characteristics, depends on factors such
as alloy composition, constituent element fractions, processing parameters, and other
influencing elements.

5.2.3 Glass Transition Temperature (Tg )

Absolutely! The glass transition temperature (Tg ) stands as a pivotal parameter in

comprehending the behaviour of bulk metallic glasses, delineating the temperature
at which these amorphous materials transition from a rigid, glassy state to a more
viscous or rubbery state. This transition involves molecular mobility and relaxation,
leading to changes in various properties like mechanical, electrical, and thermal.
The specific value of Tg for bulk metallic glass amorphous alloys can vary signif-
icantly based on the alloy’s composition. Different compositions exhibit different
glass transition behaviours, and there isn’t a universal Tg value applicable to all bulk
metallic glass amorphous alloys. Generally falling within the range of −50 to 600 °C
338 P. R. Suthar

or more, these values are approximate and subject to variation depending on the alloy
composition/system.
Understanding Tg is critical for processing and applying bulk metallic glasses.
Below Tg , the material is in a glassy, rigid state, while above Tg , it becomes more
ductile, exhibiting properties typical of a liquid in a super cooled state. In essence, T+
serves as a critical parameter elucidating the characteristics of bulk metallic glasses,
denoting the temperature at which they undergo a shift from a glassy, rigid state
to a more pliable and elastomeric state. Bulk metallic glasses undergo a transition,
transitioning from a solid-like, rigid state to a more fluid-like, viscous state at a
distinct temperature referred to as the glass transition temperature (Tg ). Beyond
the glass transition temperature (Tg ), bulk metallic glasses display a shift toward
more elastic and viscous behaviour. This characteristic makes them easier to deform
compared to their brittle, glassy state below Tg . The glass transition temperature
assumes a vital role in the fabrication of bulk metallic glasses, exerting influence on
their malleability and the degree of ease in shaping them into intricate geometries.
In summary, bulk metallic glasses are distinctive materials characterized by their
amorphous structure. Preventing crystallization during cooling and understanding the
glass transition temperature is essential for preserving the advantageous properties
of BMGs and shaping them into useful forms during processing. Rapid cooling
techniques are commonly employed to maintain the non-crystalline structure of bulk
metallic glasses.

5.2.4 Melting Temperature (Tm )

The melting temperature, Tm , signifies the temperature when a solid material trans-
forms into a liquid state from solid state. In the context of bulk metallic glasses, Tm
denotes the temperature at which the amorphous structure of the alloy material turns
into a liquid during the melting process.
Tm is a crucial parameter in the processing of bulk metallic glasses, indicating
the temperature range within which the alloy can be effectively melted and cast
into desired shapes. Unlike conventional crystalline metals and alloys, bulk metallic
glasses don’t have a sharp melting point. Instead, when heated, they exhibit gradual
softening behaviour, marked by the glass transition temperature (Tg ). Below Tg , bulk
metallic glasses behave as rigid, glassy materials. As the temperature rises above Tg ,
they become softer and more ductile, but a distinct phase change from solid to liquid
is not clearly observed.
What sets BMGs apart is their tendency to undergo crystallization at elevated
temperatures rather than melting. This involves the transformation of the amorphous
structure of BMGs into crystalline phases, highlighting a unique characteristic that
distinguishes them from conventional materials with a defined melting point. Under-
standing the distinct melting characteristics of a specific BMG requires a thorough
examination of the alloy’s composition, employing techniques such as differen-
tial scanning calorimetry (DSC) or other thermal analysis methods. Through these
approaches, valuable insights into the material’s thermal behaviour, including the
Bulk Metallic Glasses: Effect of Various Temperatures with Nature … 339

Fig. 2 Different states of

matter and TTT diagram
(Ref. [11])

initiation of softening and any accompanying temperature range, can be obtained,

offering crucial information about the melting behaviour in BMGs.

5.2.5 Nose Temperature (Tn )

The nose temperature, Tn , assumes a prominent function within the framework

of the Time–Temperature-Transformation (TTT) diagram, particularly when illus-
trating the crystallization behaviour of amorphous materials like bulk metallic
glasses (BMGs). This diagram depicts the relationship between time and temperature
concerning the transformation of the material (Fig. 2).
The Tn on the TTT curve represents the highest temperature where crystallization
occurs most rapidly for BMGs. It serves as the temperature point at which the rate of
the crystallization process is at its maximum. In essence, the nose temperature is a
crucial parameter that helps characterize and understand the kinetics of crystallization
in amorphous materials like BMGs.

5.2.6 Eutectic Temperature (Te )

The term “eutectic temperature” doesn’t typically come up in discussions about

bulk metallic glass (BMG) amorphous alloys. In the expansive realm of materials
science, this temperature refers to the lowest point at which a mixture of two or more
elements either solidifies together or goes through complete melting. The concept is
more applicable to conventional alloy systems, where a eutectic mixture forms with
a specific composition and corresponding eutectic temperature.
Now, when it comes to BMGs, their amorphous and non-crystalline nature distin-
guishes them. They don’t follow the typical phase transformations observed in crys-
talline materials, and their atomic arrangement is anything but regular. BMGs navi-
gate through intricate stages of glass transition, crystallization, and various structural
changes, resulting in the absence of eutectic points in their behaviour. It’s a fascinating
340 P. R. Suthar

illustration of how the distinctive qualities of BMGs break away from the established
norms of traditional alloy systems. In the realm of bulk metallic glasses (BMGs), the
emphasis lies in attaining a sufficiently high cooling rate during solidification. This
priority aims to uphold the amorphous structure and prevent crystallization, ensuring
the preservation of the unique properties associated with BMGs. Rather than focusing
on a eutectic temperature; the critical cooling rate [16] emerges as a parameter more
relevant to BMGs. It denotes the speed at which the molten alloy needs to be cooled
to prevent the emergence of crystalline phases during the solidification process.

5.2.7 Super-Cooled Liquid Region (Tx )

It delineates the temperature range wherein a solid-state composition of the bulk

metallic glass (BMG) manifests characteristics akin to those found in a supercooled
liquid.
Mathematically expressed as the temperature difference between crystallization
temperature (Tx ) and glass transition temperature (Tg ) [17]:

Tx = Tx − Tg .

Within the super cooled liquid region [6], the arrangement of atoms in the BMG
becomes progressively disordered, drawing an analogy to the atomic arrangement in
a liquid. Hindered by the high viscosity ingrained in the non-crystalline or amorphous
structure of BMGs, atoms in this region are unable to move freely, in contrast to a
true liquid. Despite this disorder, the BMG retains its solid-state characteristics, as
the atoms are constrained by their positions.
This phenomenon in BMGs, known as the super cooled liquid region, is distinc-
tive, underscoring their capacity to exhibit liquid-like behaviours and maintain an
amorphous nature even at temperatures considerably below their conventional crys-
talline melting points. This unique behaviour is of paramount importance in various
applications, particularly in fields where the distinctive combination of mechanical
strength, low corrosion, thermal stability, and prowess in electrical and magnetic
properties offered by BMGs is highly prized.

Differentiate between glass transition temperature and liquidus temperature?

5.2.8 Reduced Glass-Transition Temperature (Trg = Tg /Tl )

Trg , the reduced glass transition Temperature [18], is a key dimensionless parameter in
metallic glasses, providing valuable insights into a material’s glass-forming ability. In
Bulk Metallic Glasses: Effect of Various Temperatures with Nature … 341

this context, Tg denotes the glass transition temperature, the juncture at which non-
crystalline/amorphous material shifts from a rigid, glassy state to a more rubbery
or viscous state. Conversely, Tl represents the liquidus temperature, indicating the
temperature at which the material transitions into a fully liquid state.
Expressed by the formula Trg = Tl /Tg , this ratio normalizes the values, elimi-
nating the influence of specific temperature scales and enabling a more universal
comparison of glass-forming ability across diverse materials. A higher Trg value
signals an enhanced glass-forming ability. Put simply, materials with a higher Trg are
more inclined to adopt a glassy (amorphous) structure during the cooling process,
steering clear of crystallization. This parameter proves invaluable in the exploration
and design of metallic glasses, where the pursuit of an amorphous structure is often
a key objective to leverage the unique mechanical and physical properties of these
materials.

How are metallic glasses formed?

(a) By decreasing the rate of heating
(b) By increasing the rate of cooling
(c) By decreasing the rate of cooling
(d) By rapidly heating and then cooling slowly

6 Analysis of Tg and Tx for Zr-Al-Ni-Cu BMGs

The temperature-related properties of the bulk metallic glass amorphous alloy are
intricately influenced by the constituent elements and their proportions, with factors
such as thermal conductance, covalent radius, and coefficient of thermal expansion
playing pivotal roles in shaping these effects. The changes in crystallization temper-
ature (Tx ) and glass transition temperature (Tg ) [19] observed in various Zr-Al/
Ti-Ni-Cu bulk metallic glasses (BMGs) have been contingent upon the following
hypotheses [9, 11].
a. In BMGs, the element designated as the base element is the one with the highest
quantitative fraction within the BMG composition. However, if there is no alter-
ation in the base element, the element with the highest quantitative fraction among
the remaining elements is designated as the base element in that BMG.
b. The aforementioned points are also applicable in situations where there is a
modification in the proportion of elements, yet no significant alteration occurs
in the crystal structure.
c. In BMGs, when the quantitative fraction of any two elements is equal, the base
element is determined by the higher number of atoms, that is, the element with
the lower atomic weight.
d. Partial replacement of elements by others is necessary.
342 P. R. Suthar

e. The proportion of the base element in the bulk metallic glass, or elements
with a crystal structure akin to the base element, diminishes. Concurrently, the
proportion of other elements with a crystal structure differing from that of the
base element increases. In this context, the modification in glass transition or
crystallization temperature exhibits an inverse correlation with any two concur-
rent alterations in parameters α (coefficient of thermal expansion), W (thermal
conductivity), and R (covalent radius).
f. In BMG, for elements sharing the crystal structure with the base element, there is
an increase in the quantitative fraction of such elements. If there is no alteration
in the crystal structure, then the fraction of the base element should decrease.
In such instances, variations in the glass transition or crystallization temperature
exhibit an inverse relationship with corresponding similar changes in all three
parameters: thermal expansion coefficient (α), thermal conductivity (W), and
covalent radius (R).
g. The proportion of the base element in the bulk metallic glass, or elements with a
crystal structure akin to the base element, either decreases or remains constant.
Concurrently, the proportion of other elements with a crystal structure distinct
from that of the base element increases or remains constant. In such scenarios,
alterations in the glass transition or crystallization temperature align with anal-
ogous changes in all three parameters: thermal expansion coefficient, thermal
conductivity, and covalent radius.

6.1 Effective Value of A, W, and R

In Table 2, a comprehensive array of data, including crystal structure, thermal conduc-

tivity (W/(m.K)), covalent radius (pm), and the coefficient of thermal expansion (μm/
(m.K)), is presented for the constituent elements of Zr-Al/Ti-Ni-Cu bulk metallic
glasses (BMGs).
In the BMG alloy Zr55 Al8.9 Ni7.3 Cu28.8 , the coefficients of thermal expansion (α)
for Zr, Al, Ni, and Cu are 5.7, 23.1, 13.4, and 16.5 μm/(m.K) respectively. The

Table 2 The constituent elements of Zr-Al/Ti-Ni-Cu BMGs with their standard values, each char-
acterized by their values such as crystal structure, parameters: thermal expansion coefficient, thermal
conductivity, covalent radius, and glass transition temperature
Element Crystal Coefficient of Thermal Covalent radius Glass transition
structure thermal conductivity (R) temperature (Tg )
expansion (α) (W)
Al fcc 23.1 237 118 349 [12]
Cu fcc 16.5 401 138 634 [12]
Ni fcc 13.4 90.9 121 721 [12]
Ti hcp 8.6 21.9 136 776 [12]
Zr hcp 5.7 22.6 148 678 [12]
Bulk Metallic Glasses: Effect of Various Temperatures with Nature … 343

quantitative fraction (per hundred) of these elements in the alloy is 0.55, 0.089,
0.073, and 0.288 respectively.
By using the formula:

x= fi xi
i

The effective value of parameter the coefficient of thermal expansion (α) in BMG
Zr55 Al8.9 Ni7.3 Cu28.8 is:

α= fi αi
i

α = fZr αZr + fAl αAl + fNi αNi + fCu αCu

= 0.55 × 5.7 + 0.089 × 23.1 + 0.073 × 13.4 + 0.288 × 16.5
= 10.9211 μm/(m.K)
The effective value of thermal conductivity (W) for Zr, Al, Ni, and Cu is 22.6,
237, 90.9, and 401 W/(m.K) respectively.
The effective value of parameter thermal conductivity (W) in BMG
Zr55 Al8.9 Ni7.3 Cu28.8 is:
W = 0.55 × 22.6 + 0.089 × 237 + 0.073 × 90.9 + 0.288 × 401
= 155.6467 W/(m.K)
The effective value of covalent radius (R) for Zr, Al, Ni, and Cu is 148, 118, 121,
and 138 pm respectively.
The effective value of parameter covalent radius (R) in BMG Zr55 Al8.9 Ni7.3 Cu28.8
is:
R = 0.55 × 148 + 0.089 × 118 + 0.073 × 121 + 0.288 × 138
= 140.479 pm
Applying the aforementioned computational approach, the table-14.3 provides
the effective values for parameters α (coefficient of thermal expansion), W (thermal
conductivity), and R (covalent radius) [25] of Zr-based bulk metallic glasses (BMGs).
The primary element, Zr, adopts a hexagonal close-packed (hcp) crystal structure,
whereas the accompanying constituent elements exhibit a face-centred cubic (fcc)
crystal structure. Within this Zr-based BMGs collection, the constituent elements are
present in diverse fractional ratios. Across the BMGs series numbered from 1 to 9,
both W and R values demonstrate a declining trend, whereas α value consistently
displays an upward trajectory.
The data pertaining to crystallization temperature and glass transition temperature
for diverse Zr-Al-Ni-Cu-based Bulk metallic glasses (BMGs) is detailed in Table 3.
Zirconium (Zr) serves as the foundational element in this particular group, holding
prominence due to its higher fractional presence among the constituent elements in
344 P. R. Suthar

the BMG composition. The presence of Zr in a higher fraction is a defining charac-

teristic that influences the overall behaviour of the BMG, particularly in terms of its
thermal and structural properties. In the bulk metallic glasses (BMGs), specifically
in Zr55 Al8.9 Ni7.3 Cu28.8 and Zr54.5 Al9.6 Ni8.4 Cu27.5 compositions, a discernible trend
emerges as the coefficient of thermal expansion (α) exhibits a sequential increase
from 10.9211 to 10.9872 μm/(m.K).
Simultaneously, the thermal conductance (W) displays a contrasting pattern, with
values decreasing from 155.6467 to 152.9796 W/(m.K), while the covalent radius (R)
undergoes a consistent decrease from 140.479 to 140.102 pm. This behaviour aligns
with the hypothesis postulated as “In Bulk Metallic Glass (BMG), the quantitative
fraction of the base element or elements sharing the same crystal structure as the base
element decreases, while the proportion of other elements with a crystal structure
distinct from that of the base element increases. In such instances, the alteration in
glass transition or crystallization temperature exhibits an inverse relationship with
any two identical changes in α, W, and R.”
Applying this hypothesis to the glass transition or crystallization temperatures [20]
of the two BMGs, it is deduced that the glass transition or crystallization temperature
[21] of Zr54.5 Al9.6 Ni8.4 Cu27.5 must be greater than that of Zr55 Al8.9 Ni7.3 Cu28.8 . This
deduction is substantiated by the available data, where the glass transition and crystal-
lization temperatures for Zr54.5 Al9.6 Ni8.4 Cu27.5 are measured at 765.2 K and 769.5 K,
surpassing those of Zr55 Al8.9 Ni7.3 Cu28.8 at 684.6 K and 691.3 K, respectively. Hence,
the experimental results validate the hypothesized relationship between the physical
properties and thermal behaviour of these BMGs (Fig. 3).
In Table 3, the quantitative analysis reveals a descending trend in the ratio of Zr
within the bulk metallic glasses (BMG) across s. nos. 1 to 9. Notably, the foundational
element’s crystal structure is hexagonal close-packed (hcp), while the accompa-
nying constituents exhibit crystal structures distinct from hcp. Examining the calcu-
lated values, the coefficient of thermal expansion (α) in BMGs, listed in S. Nos.
1–9 in Table 3, follows a diminishing sequence. Conversely, the calculated values

Table 3 The value of the α, W, and R for Zr-Al-Ni-Cu BMGs (Refs. [9, 11, 13])
S. No. BMG Tg K Tx K α μm/ W W/ R pm
(m.K) (m.K)
1 Zr55 Al8.9 Ni7.3 Cu28.8 684.6 765.2 10.921 155.647 140.479
2 Zr54.5 Al9.6 Ni8.4 Cu27.5 691.3 769.5 10.987 152.980 140.102
3 Zr54 Al10.2 Ni9.4 Cu26.4 693.6 771.2 11.050 150.787 139.762
4 Zr53.5 Al10.9 Ni10.6 Cu25 704.5 775.9 11.113 147.809 139.368
5 Zr53 Al11.6 Ni11.7 Cu23.7 711.4 778.7 11.179 145.142 138.991
6 Zr52.5 Al12.2 Ni12.6 Cu22.7 712.8 783.8 11.245 143.259 138.668
7 Zr52 Al12.9 Ni13.8 Cu21.3 714.6 789.8 11.308 140.282 138.274
8 Zr51.5 Al13.6 Ni14.9 Cu20 723.5 796.8 11.374 137.615 137.897
9 Zr51 Al14.2 Ni15.9 Cu18.9 725.7 791.6 11.436 135.422 137.557
Bulk Metallic Glasses: Effect of Various Temperatures with Nature … 345

Fig. 3 The Value of Tg , Tx , α, W, and R for Zr-Al-Ni-Cu BMGs group combinations

for thermal conductance and covalent radius demonstrate an ascending pattern. In

accordance with hypothesis i, positing a relationship between changes in α, thermal
conductance, and covalent radius, the anticipated behaviour is further supported by
the expected progression of glass transition and crystallization temperature values.
Remarkably, the experimental data affirms the hypothesis, as both glass transition
and crystallization temperatures exhibit a consistent rise from serial number 1–8 in
the BMGs of Table 3. Consequently, the observed experimental trends align with
the predicted outcomes, substantiating the validity of hypothesis i in the context of
the studied BMGs. The consistent trend of increasing glass transition temperatures
persists in the case of BMGs numbered 8 and 9 as outlined in Table 3. However, it
is noteworthy that the crystallization temperature of BMG Zr51 Al14.2 Ni15.9 Cu18.9 (S.
No. 9 in Table 3) deviates from the anticipated sequence, exhibiting a lower value
compared to BMG Zr51.5 Al13.6 Ni14.9 Cu20 (S. No. 8 in Table 3). Consequently, for
these particular BMGs, the observed crystallization temperature results contradict
the predictions set forth by the hypothesis.
346 P. R. Suthar

7 Analysis of Crystallization Temperature (Tx )

for Zr-Ti-Ni-Cu BMGs

The temperature at which crystallization occurs for BMGs Ti20 Zr20 Cu60-x Nix (where
x = 10, 20, 30, and 40) is provided in Table 4. These values were obtained at heating
rates of 10, 20, 30, and 40 K min−1 and exhibit variations corresponding to different
alloy compositions.
Copper (Cu) serves as the foundational element in the subsequent group due to its
higher fraction in the constituent elements of BMG combinations Ti20 Zr20 Cu50 Ni10
and Ti20 Zr20 Cu40 Ni20 . Meanwhile, Nickel (Ni) takes precedence as the base element
in the subsequent group, attributed to its higher fraction in the constituent elements
of BMG Ti20 Zr20 Cu20 Ni40 . In BMG Ti20 Zr20 Cu30 Ni30 , both copper and nickel share
an equal quantitative fraction, yet nickel surpasses copper in the number of atoms
(Fig. 4).
Employing the specified calculation method, the effective values of α, W, and R for
BMGs Ti20 Zr20 Cu60-x Nix (x = 10, 20, 30, and 40) are detailed in Table 5. Remarkably,
in the BMG group combinations labeled as Ti20 Zr20 Cu50 Ni10 and Ti20 Zr20 Cu40 Ni20
with serial numbers 1 and 2, the proportion of the base element Cu displays a consis-
tent decreasing trend. Despite this reduction in the order of Cu content, these combi-
nations maintain a fcc crystal structure. In this structural maintenance, nickel (Ni)
seamlessly substitutes some fraction of copper, and notably, this substitution does
not alter the electron valence group. Additionally, it is noteworthy that both elements
Ti and Zr share an identical fraction in these alloy combinations.
Comparatively, there is a notable and abrupt increase in the crystallization
temperature (Tx ) within the BMG Ti20 Zr20 Cu20 Ni40 when contrasted with the
BMG Ti20 Zr20 Cu30 Ni30 . This temperature shift is accompanied by a consistent and
similar trend in the alterations of the coefficients of thermal expansion (α), thermal
conductivity (W), and covalent radius (R) across all BMGs. The designation of
Copper (Cu) as the base element in BMG group combinations Ti20 Zr20 Cu50 Ni10 and
Ti20 Zr20 Cu20 Ni40 contrasts with Ni assuming this role in BMGs Ti20 Zr20 Cu30 Ni30
and Ti20 Zr20 Cu20 Ni40 . The crystal structure of constituent elements Zr and Ti is

Table 4 The value of crystallization temperature (Tx ) for Ti-Zr-Cu-Ni BMGs group combinations
at different heating rate. (Ref. [14])
S. No. BMG Tx (K)§ Tx (K)* Tx (K)# Tx (K)}
1 Ti20 Zr20 Cu50 Ni10 755 771 775 780
2 Ti20 Zr20 Cu40 Ni20 756 768 770 772
3 Ti20 Zr20 Cu30 Ni30 757 764 767 771
4 Ti20 Zr20 Cu20 Ni40 778 785 791 795
§—at heating rate 10 K min−1
*—at heating rate 20 K min−1
#—at heating rate 30 K min−1
}—at heating rate 40 K min−1
Bulk Metallic Glasses: Effect of Various Temperatures with Nature … 347

Fig. 4 Graphical presentation of Tx , α, W, and R values for various combinations within the BMGs
Ti20 Zr20 Cu60-x Nix (x = 10, 20, 30 and 40) at heating rate 10 K min−1

Table 5 The value of Tx , α, W, and R for BMGs Ti20 Zr20 Cu60-x Nix (x = 10, 20, 30 and 40) at
heating rate 10 K min−1 . (Refs. [9, 11, 14])
S. No. BMG Tx (K)* α {μm/(m.K)} W {W/(m.K)} R {pm}
1 Ti20 Zr20 Cu50 Ni10 755 12.45 218.49 137.9
2 Ti20 Zr20 Cu40 Ni20 756 12.14 187.48 136.2
3 Ti20 Zr20 Cu30 Ni30 757 11.83 156.47 134.5
4 Ti20 Zr20 Cu20 Ni40 778 11.52 125.46 132.8
* —at heating rate 10 K min−1

hexagonal close-packed (hcp), while Ni and Cu exhibit a fcc arrangement. The effec-
tive values of α, W, and R, along with the crystallization temperature at heating rates
of 10 K min−1 for BMG group combinations Ti20 Zr20 Cu60-x Nix (where x = 10, 20,
30, and 40), are effectively listed in Table 5. Notably, the proportion of the base
element Cu displays a decreasing order in the BMG group combinations with serial
numbers 1 and 2, specifically Ti20 Zr20 Cu50 Ni10 and Ti20 Zr20 Cu40 Ni20 . Despite this
decreasing trend, the base element Cu maintains a fcc crystal structure, experiencing
partial substitution by Ni within these BMGs.
The effective values of α, W, and R for BMG group combinations
Ti20 Zr20 Cu60-x Nix (x = 10, 20, 30, and 40) follow a decreasing order. Hypothesis
f, “Regarding the base element of the BMG or elements sharing the same crystal
structure as the base element, there is a decrease in the quantitative fraction of such
elements. In this scenario, the alteration in glass transition or crystallization temper-
ature demonstrates an inverse relationship with any two identical changes in α, W,
and R.” positing that for the base element of the BMG or elements with the same
348 P. R. Suthar

crystal structure as the base element, there is a decrease in their quantitative fraction,
holds significance.
In this context, variations in glass transition or crystallization temperature demon-
strate a reverse correlation with corresponding changes in all three coefficients of
thermal expansion, thermal conductivity, and covalent radius. The trend suggested
by hypothesis ‘f’ aligns with the crystallization temperature data in the BMG group
combinations Ti20 Zr20 Cu60-x Nix (where x = 10, 20, and 30), displaying an ascending
order with increasing values of Tx —755 K, 756 K, 757 K, and 778 K for x = 10, 20,
30, and 40, respectively. Within the BMG group combinations Ti20 Zr20 Cu60-x Nix (x
= 30 and 40), the base element Ni experiences an increase while maintaining a fcc
crystal structure. Copper (Cu) is introduced to replace a portion of Ni within the base
element. Notably, the values of the crystallization temperature exhibit a significant
upturn, suggesting that this pronounced increase may be attributed to the replacement
of the base element from Cu to Ni.
In the realm of BMGs, specifically Ti20 Zr20 Cu60-x Nix (x = 10, 20, and 30), a
discernible trend emerges as the quantitative fraction of the base element Cu experi-
ences a consistent decrease while steadfastly maintaining a fcc crystal structure. The
introduction of Ni serves the purpose of substituting a proportion of Cu within the
alloy. Remarkably, the effective values of α, W, and R for the BMG group combi-
nations Ti20 Zr20 Cu60-x Nix (x = 10, 20, 30, and 40) consistently exhibit a decreasing
order.
Contrary to the expectations set by hypothesis ‘f’, which posits that the crystalliza-
tion temperature of BMG group combinations Ti20 Zr20 Cu60-x Nix (where x = 10, 20,
and 30) should increase with rising values of x, the available data at a heating rate of
20 K min-1 presents a contradiction. The crystallization temperature values of 771 K,
768 K, and 764 K for x = 10, 20, and 30, respectively, diverge from the anticipated
ascending order. This divergence suggests that factors beyond those considered in
hypothesis ‘f’ may influence the crystallization behaviour in this specific context.
In the case of BMG group combinations Ti20 Zr20 Cu60-x Nix (x = 30 and 40), an
intriguing shift occurs as the base element Ni undergoes an increase while main-
taining an fcc crystal structure. The introduction of Cu serves to substitute a portion
of Ni within the alloy. Impressively, the effective values of α, W, and R for BMG group
combinations Ti20 Zr20 Cu60-x Nix , ranging from x = 40 to 30, consistently follow an
increasing order.
In alignment with hypothesis ‘f’, the crystallization temperature of BMG group
combinations Ti20 Zr20 Cu60-x Nix (x = 30 and 40) is anticipated to exhibit a decreasing
order with the diminishing value of x. The available data supports this hypoth-
esis, revealing crystallization temperatures of 764 K and 791 K for x = 30 and 40,
respectively, under a heating rate of 20 K min-1 . This alignment with an increasing
order provides affirmation for hypothesis ‘f’, suggesting a complex interplay of
factors influencing the crystallization behaviour. Furthermore, consistent results
across heating rates of 30 and 40 K per minute [22] reinforce the earlier observations,
enhancing the credibility of the stated findings.
Bulk Metallic Glasses: Effect of Various Temperatures with Nature … 349

8 Conclusion

The endeavour to make quantitative adjustments to the constituent elements of bulk

metallic glasses (BMGs) carries considerable potential, as it opens avenues for influ-
encing key material properties like thermal expansion coefficient (α), thermal conduc-
tivity (W), and covalent radius (R). These subtle modifications possess the capability
to instigate meaningful changes in fundamental characteristics such as crystallization
temperature (Tx ), glass transition temperature (Tg ), Poisson’s ratio (ν), and elastic
moduli, thereby expanding the range of possibilities for customizing and optimizing
the performance of these groundbreaking materials. The critical cooling rate plays a
pivotal role in influencing both the crystallization and glass transition temperature of
materials. Additionally, the extent of alterations in these properties following modi-
fications in the quantitative fraction of constituent elements remains an unanswered
question.

References

1. Klement, W., Willens, R.H., Duwez, P.: Non-crystalline structure in solidified gold-silicon
alloys. Nature 187, 869–870 (1960)
2. Chen, H.S., Turnbull, D.: Formation, stability, and structure of palladium-silicon based alloy
glasses. Acta Metall. 17(8), 1021–1031 (1969). ISSN 0001-6160
3. Inoue, A., Zhang, T., Masumoto, T.: Al–La–Ni amorphous alloys with a wide supercooled
liquid region. Mater. Trans. JIM 30(12), 965–972 (1989)
4. Peker, A., Johnson, W.: A highly processable metallic glass: Zr41.2 Ti13.8 Cu12.5 Ni10.0 Be22.5 .
Appl. Phys. Lett. 63, 2342–2344 (1993)
5. Shen, T.D., Schwarz, R.B.: Bulk ferromagnetic glasses prepared by flux melting and water
quenching. Appl. Phys. Lett. 75(1), 49 (1999)
6. Suryanarayana, C., Inoue, A.: Iron-based bulk metallic glasses. Int. Mater. Rev. 58(3), 131–166
(2013). [Link]
7. Li, Y., Zhao, S., Liu, Y., Gong, P., Schroers, J.: How many bulk metallic glasses are there? ACS
Comb. Sci. 19(11), 687–693 (2017)
8. Cahn, R.W.; Greer, A.L.: Chapter 19-metastable states of alloys. Encyclopedia of materials:
science and technology. In: Buschow, K.H.J., Cahn, R.W., Flemings, M.C., Ilschner, B., Kramer,
E.J., Mahajan, S., Veyssiere, P. (eds.) Oxford, Pergamon, vol. 5, pp. 7235–7241 (1996)
9. Suthar, P.R.: Bulk metallic glasses: general note with effect of fraction change in constituent
elements on various temperatures. Eur. Chem. Bull. 12(8), 9171–9187 (2023)
10. Senkov, O.N.: Correlation between fragility and glass-forming ability of metallic alloys. Phys.
Rev. B 76(10), 104202 (2007)
11. Suthar, P.R.: Poisson ratio of BMGs Zr-Ti-Al-Ni-Cu-Be with variation in fraction of constituent
elements. Eur. Chem. Bull. 12(8), 9131–9141 (2023)
12. Gangopadhyay, A.K., Kelton, K.F.: Prediction of elemental glass-transition temperatures of
metals from thermophysical properties of liquids. J. Non-Cryst. Solids: X 2, 100016 (2019)
13. Cai, A., Ding, D., Liu, Y., Wu, H., An, W., Zhou, G., Luo, Y., Peng, Y.: A series of Zr-based
bulk metallic glasses with room temperature plasticity. Materials 9(5), 373 (2016)
14. Rao, P.R., Bhatnagar, A.K., Majumdar, B.: Crystallization and kinetics studies of
Ti20 Zr20 Cu60−x Nix (x = 10, 20, 30 and 40) metallic glasses. Bull. Mater. Sci. 43, 36 (2020)
15. Zhang, L.-C.: Chapter 24 crystallization behavior and control of amorphous alloys. IntechOpen
(2012)
350 P. R. Suthar

16. Louzguine-Luzgin, D.V., Setyawan, A.D., Kato, H., Inoue, A.: Thermal conductivity of an
alloy in relation to the observed cooling rate and glass-forming ability. Phil. Mag. 87(12),
1845–1854 (2007)
17. Codrean, C., Buzdugan, D., Opriş, C., Muntean, R., Ambruş, S.: Corrosion behavior of bulk
amorphous steels with low carbon content. Mater. Today Proc. (2022)
18. Cai, A., Ding, D., Liu, Y., Wu, H., An, W., Zhou, G., Luo, Y., Peng, Y.: A series of Zr-based
bulk metallic glasses with room temperature plasticity. Materials 9, 408 (2016). [Link]
10.3390/ma9060408
19. Curtis, B., Francis, C., Kmiec, S., Martin, S.W.: Investigation of the short range order structures
in sodium thioborosilicate mixed glass former glasses. J. Non-Cryst. Solids 521, 119456 (2019)
20. Cao, H., et al.: Computational thermodynamics to identify Zr-Ti-Ni-Cu-Al alloys with high
glassforming ability. Acta Mater. 54(11), 2975–2982 (2006)
21. Zhuang, Y.X.: Effects of relaxation on glass transition and crystallization of ZrTiCuNiBe bulk
metallic glass. J. Appl. Phys. 88, 6535 (2000)
22. Van de Moortèle §, B., Epicier, T., Soubeyroux, J.L., Pelletier, J.M.: Compositions of different
phases appearing during devitrification of Zr46.75 Ti8.25 Cu7.5 Ni10 Be27.5 bulk metallic glass.
Philos. Mag. Lett. 84(4), 245–256 (2004)
23. Chisholm, C.R., Haile, S.M.: Structure and thermal behavior of the new superprotonic
conductor Cs (HSO)(HPO). Acta Crystallogr. Sect. B Struct. Sci. 55, 1075–1083 (1999)
24. Shen, T.D.: Bulk ferromagnetic glasses prepared by flux melting and water quenching. Appl.
Phys. Lett. 75, 49–51 (1999)
25. Lee, F.T., Hayes, P.: Mechanisms of the reduction of zinc ferrites in H/N gas mixtures. Miner.
Process. Extr. Metall. Rev. 27, 205–213 (2006)
26. Nagase, T., Sanda, T., Nino, A., Qin, W., Yasuda, H., Mori, H., Umakoshi, Y., Szpunar, J.A.:
MeV electron irradiation induced crystallization in metallic glasses: atomic structure, crystal-
lization mechanism, and stability of an amorphous phase under the irradiation. J. Non-Cryst.
Solids 358, 2080–2086 (2012)
27. Dolan, M.D., Dave, N.C., Ilyushechkin, A., Morpeth, L.D., McLennan, K.: Composition and
operation of hydrogen-selective amorphous alloy membranes. J. Membr. Sci. 285, 30–55
(2006). [Link]
28. Suryanarayana.: Glass-forming ability of alloys. In: Bulk Metallic Glasses (2010)
29. Biswas, K., Gurao, N.P., Maiti, T., Mishra, R.S.: High entropy materials. In: Springer Science
and Business Media LLC (2022)
30. Schwarz, R.B.: Bulk amorphous alloys. In: Intermetallic Compounds-Principles and Practice
(2002)
31. Faupel, F.: Diffusion in metallic glasses and supercooled melts. Rev. Mod. Phys. 75, 121–142
(2003)
32. Lu, Z.P.: A new approach to understanding and measuring glass formation in bulk amorphous
materials. Intermetallics 12, 1249–1253 (2004)
33. Tang, C., Zhou, H.: Chapter 3 thermodynamics and the glass forming ability of alloys.
IntechOpen (2011)
34. Zhuang, Y.X.: Effects of relaxation on glass transition and crystallization of ZrTiCuNiBe bulk
metallic glass. J. Appl. Phys. 87, 1234–1256 (2000)
Microwave Dielectric Properties
of Electroceramics

Priyambada Mallick, Snehasish Mishra, Nusrat Fatma, Dipan Ku Das,

Srikanta Moharana, and Santosh Kumar Satpathy

Abstract Due to the ever-increasing demand for advanced wireless communication

devices with the fast-growing world population and technological advancements,
researchers have drawn their interest toward high-performance, efficient microwave
and wireless communication devices. Electroceramics are advanced materials with
unique electrical, dielectric, magnetic, and mechanical properties, making them suit-
able for advanced wireless telecommunication devices, radar technologies, and other
electronic devices. The microwave dielectric properties, including dielectric constant,
tangent loss, quality factor, resonant frequency, temperature, and mechanical stability
of these materials, play a crucial role in the effective operation of a material to
store and transmit microwave energy at microwave frequencies within advanced
microwave systems, as well as in other areas like sensors, resonators, capacitors,
filters, and antennas, etc. However, factors such as fabrication techniques, crystal
structure, grain size, and composition can highly affect these properties.
Understanding and optimising the microwave dielectric characteristics of electro-
ceramics necessitates extensive material characterisation, which frequently includes
impedance spectroscopy, resonant cavity methods, and transmission line studies.
Researchers and engineers attempt to adapt these qualities to specific applications,
aiming for a balance between a high dielectric constant for energy storage and a low
dielectric loss for minimal energy dissipation.
In this book chapter, electroceramic materials with outstanding microwave dielec-
tric characteristics, such as perovskite materials and other related compounds, are
critical for constructing compact and efficient devices, including resonators, filters,
and antennas. Furthermore, producing temperature-stable electroceramics is crucial
for consistent performance in various environmental circumstances.
This chapter will cover a broader research topic, including synthesising, character-
ising, and using electroceramic materials with optimised microwave dielectric char-
acteristics. The relationship of microstructure, sintering processes, and microwave
properties is also investigated. This chapter will also include additional information
about specific electroceramic materials such as BaTiO3 , SrTiO3 , CaTiO3 , MgTiO3 ,

P. Mallick · S. Mishra · N. Fatma · D. K. Das · S. Moharana · S. K. Satpathy (B)

School of Applied Sciences, Centurion University of Technology and Management, Jatni, Odisha,
India
e-mail: [Link]@[Link]

© The Author(s), under exclusive license to Springer Nature Singapore Pte Ltd. 2024 351
U. Kumar (ed.), Defects Engineering in Electroceramics for Energy Applications,
Engineering Materials, [Link]
352 P. Mallick et al.

and other related compounds such as Lead Zirconate Titanate, Lanthanum Gallium
Silicate, CaNdAlO4 , and the methods used for characterisation, as well as potential
applications. Recent breakthroughs in microwave dielectrics for advanced wireless
telecommunication devices will be explored in this context, as will their defects.
Possible solutions and accomplishments will be identified.

1 Introduction

For microwave applications, dielectric characteristics in electroceramics are crucial.

The microwave dielectric properties including dielectric constant, tangent loss,
quality factor, resonant frequency, temperature, and mechanical stability of these
materials play a crucial role in the effective operation of a material to store and
transmit microwave energy at microwave frequencies within advanced microwave
systems, as well as in other areas like sensors, resonators, capacitors, filters, and
antennas, etc. But these properties can be highly affected by factors such as fabrication
techniques, crystal structure, grain size, and composition [1, 2].
The dielectric constant and dielectric loss are the two parameters that define the
characteristics of microwave dielectrics. Dielectric loss of a material is its capacity
to release electrical energy as heat, whereas its dielectric constant is its capacity to
store electrical energy.
Beside these two, numerous parameters including the temperature, the composi-
tion and microstructure of the electroceramic, affect the microwave dielectric char-
acteristics. Through the ions’ electronic polarizability, the electroceramic composi-
tion [3] influences both the dielectric constant and dielectric loss [4]. The dielectric
constant and dielectric loss are influenced by the grain size and defect presence in
the electroceramic microstructure. Due to the electroceramic’s thermal expansion,
temperature has an impact on both the dielectric constant and dielectric loss.
For microwave applications, electroceramics with high dielectric constants and
low dielectric losses are preferred. Some examples of electroceramics with high
dielectric constants and low dielectric losses are given in Fig. 1.
One can customise its microwave dielectric characteristics by varying the elec-
troceramic composition, microstructure, and temperature. This makes it possible to
create electroceramics with particular qualities for microwave applications.

2 Synthesis of Electroceramic Materials

Electroceramic materials are ceramic materials with distinct optical, magnetic, and
electrical properties. They are employed in many fields, such as sensors, energy
conversion, electronics, and telecommunications. Electroceramic materials can be
synthesized in a variety of ways. The most popular techniques consist of.
Microwave Dielectric Properties of Electroceramics 353

Bismuth
Ferrite
(
(BiFeO 3)

Calcium B
Barium
Titanate T
Titanate
(CaTiO3) BaTiO3)
(B

Elecctroceramicss
witth advanced
Dielectric
D
Properties
P

Strontium Lead
Titanate T
Titanate
(SrTiO3) PbTiO3)
(P

Lead
Zirconate
Z
Titanate
(PZT)

Fig. 1 Electroceramics with high dielectric constants and low dielectric losses

2.1 Solid-State Reaction Technique

Solid-state reaction synthesis (SSRS) is a flexible and popular way to create electro-
ceramic materials. A combination of solid beginning elements must react at a high
temperature to create a new solid with the appropriate structure and properties. The
flow chart of Solid state raction technique is given in Fig. 2.
The following steps are commonly included in the SSRS process:
Weighing and combining the raw ingredients: The basic ingredients are incorpo-
rated in the stoichiometric ratios needed to create the intended result. To guarantee
a homogenous composition, they are then adequately combined.
Calcination: A temperature lower than the melting point of any component is used
for calcining the combined starting materials. This stage facilitates the creation of
intermediary steps and eliminates any volatile contaminants.
354 P. Mallick et al.

For
Take pelletiztion, Sinterin
ng at
Stoichiometric Cold press at high
h
amount of hiigh temperatures
Ingredients temperatures

Mixed in Polishing and

Calcination
dry/wet Electroding
at High
medium for
temperatutes
4hrs each

Fig. 2 Various steps for the synthesis of electroceramics by using the Solid state reaction method

Sintering: After the powder has been calcined, it is formed into pellets or other
shapes and sintered at a temperature that is usually higher than the lowest melting
point of the constituents. The intended product phase is created during the sintering
process when the powder particles unite.
Perovskites [5, 6], ferroelectrics [7], and piezoelectric are just a few of the many
electroceramic materials that may be synthesized using the straightforward and
affordable SSRS method. The SSRS process is usually sluggish to create high-quality
products and necessitates precise control over the reaction temperature and duration.

2.2 Solution Based Method

One flexible and scalable method for creating electroceramic materials is solution-
based synthesis. It entails creating a precursor solution with the required ingredients,
depositing the solution onto a substrate, and then turning the key into a ceramic
film. The resulting electroceramic material’s composition, microstructure, and char-
acteristics can be controlled by adjusting the solution chemistry and heat conversion
process. Compared to alternative manufacturing techniques, solution-based synthesis
of electroceramic materials has several benefits. These include:
Scalability: Large amounts of electroceramic materials may be produced using
solution-based synthesis, which qualifies it for commercial use.
Versatility: A large variety of electroceramic materials with various compositions
and microstructures can be created by solution-based synthesis.
Microwave Dielectric Properties of Electroceramics 355

Controllability: The final electroceramic material’s characteristics can be manipu-

lated by adjusting the solution chemistry and thermal conversion procedure.
One effective method for creating electroceramic materials for a range of uses is
solution-based synthesis. These uses include:
Capacitors: Capacitors are made of electroceramic materials with high dielectric
constants and breakdown strengths to store electrical energy.
Piezoelectric devices: Ultrasonic transducers, actuators, and sensors employ electro-
ceramic materials possessing piezoelectric characteristics.
Solid oxide fuel cells use electrolytes made of ceramic materials with high ionic
conductivities.
Membranes: Gas separation, water filtration, and oxygen generation are all accom-
plished using electroceramic membranes.
There are a variety of solution-based synthesis methods for electroceramic
materials, including.

2.3 Sol–Gel Technique

Now a day the sol–gel technique is the most adaptable method of fabrication of inor-
ganic compounds. In this method low temperature is employed during the synthesis
and also a pure phase of the material is obtained [8]. This method is extensively used
for the preparation of oxides like BiFeO3 . This method of preparation is very simple
and cheap. The crystal structure of the compound can be obtained more simply by
using this method of preparation [9, 10]. To create a colloidal sol, metal alkoxides or
other precursors containing metals are hydrolysed and then condensed. After that,
the sol is applied to a substrate and allowed to dry to create a gel. After that, the gel
is heated by calcination and sintering to make a ceramic film. The flowchart for the
preparation of Bismuth ferrite by Sol–gel process is shown in Fig. 3.

Bismuth Stirred by
Nitrate & Added Heated
Magnetic Dried Gel Calcination BiFeO3
Ferric upto 700C
Nitric acid stirrer for at 1000C at 6000C powder
nitrate to get Gel
30 mins
Solution

Fig. 3 Various steps for the synthesis of Bismuth ferrite by using the Sol–gel method
356 P. Mallick et al.

2.4 Hydrothermal Process

The process of synthesising materials at high temperatures and pressures in a sealed

vessel with a solvent, like water, is called hydrothermal synthesis. The synthesis of
electroceramic materials, a type of material with unique electrical characteristics,
is frequently accomplished by this procedure [11]. Metal salts are dissolved in a
solvent and heated under high pressure in a sealed autoclave in the hydrothermal
synthesis process. The high temperature and pressure form the crystalline electro-
ceramic materials more easily. The different steps for the preparation of Bismuth
Ferrite using hydrothermal method are given in Fig. 4.
In order to create electroceramic materials hydrothermally, the following proce-
dures are usually followed:
Precursor solution preparation: This step involves combining metal oxides,
hydroxides, or salts with other ingredients to create the electroceramic material.
Filling a stainless-steel autoclave: An autoclave is a sealed vessel that can tolerate
high pressure and heat. The precursor solution is placed into the autoclave.
Heating: An elevated temperature, usually between 100 and 300 degrees Celsius, is
achieved inside the autoclave.
Autoclave pressurization: The autoclave is pressurized to a high pressure, usually
in the 100–500 atmospheres range.

Obtain First Obtain Second

solution solution Mix two solutions
Bi(NO3)3·5H2O + Fe(NO3)3·9H2O + with 1:1 ratio
dilute nitric acid distilled water

Add KOH to the Place in an

Clean it with
solution dropwise autoclave at 2000C
deionized water
for 30 mins for 6hrs

clean obtained Dried at

product with temperature 800C
distilled water for 4hrs

Fig. 4 Flow chart for the synthesis of Bismuth ferrite by using hydrothermal method
Microwave Dielectric Properties of Electroceramics 357

High temperature and pressure holding: The autoclave is kept at these tempera-
tures for a certain amount, usually one to twenty-four hours.
Autoclave cooling: The autoclave is brought down to room temperature.
Product collection: The electroceramic material is taken out of the autoclave.
Compared to alternative synthesis techniques, including solid-state reaction and
sol–gel processing, the hydrothermal synthesis of electroceramic materials offers
several advantages. These benefits consist of:
• High production and purity of the product
• Homogeneous morphology and fine particle size
• Low pressure and temperature during processing
• Easy and repeatable procedure.
Many different kinds of materials have been created via the hydrothermal synthesis
of electroceramic materials, such as
• Titanate of barium (BaTiO3 ) [11]
• Titanate of lead zirconate (Pb (Zr, Ti)O3 ) [12–14]
• Lithium Niobate (LiNbO3 ) [15]
• BiFeO3 , or bismuth ferrite [16]
• Potassium Sodium Niobate (KNN) [17, 18]
• Sodium Niobate (NaNbO3 ).
These materials are used in various applications, including Capacitors, Trans-
ducers, Actuators, Sensors, and Optical devices. The hydrothermal synthesis of elec-
troceramic materials is a powerful tool for synthesising high-quality materials with
a wide range of applications.

3 Properties of Electroceramics for Microwave

Applications

3.1 Dielectric Constant

One of the most crucial characteristics of electroceramics for microwave applications

is the dielectric constant. It is a measurement of the material’s susceptibility to electric
field polarization. A high dielectric constant for microwave applications is preferred
since it raises the material’s capacitance, which increases the microwave device’s
resonance frequency [19].
The material’s composition, crystal structure, and microstructure are some vari-
ables that influence an electroceramic’s dielectric constant. Lead zirconate titanate
(PZT), strontium titanate (SrTiO3 ), and barium titanate (BaTiO3 ) are a few of the
most widely utilized electroceramics in microwave applications [20]. The dielectric
358 P. Mallick et al.

constants of these materials are between 100 and 1000, which is significantly greater
than the dielectric constant of open space.
By doping the material with additional elements or altering the preparation condi-
tions, it is possible to modify the dielectric constant and lose the tangent of electro-
ceramics. For instance, strontium or calcium doping BaTiO3 [21, 22] can lower the
loss tangent without appreciably changing the dielectric constant. Electroceramics
possessing high dielectric constants and low-loss tangents find extensive usage in
microwave-related applications such as antennas, resonators, and filters. Oscillators
and microwave amplifiers also use these materials.

3.2 Dielectric Strength

The highest electric field an insulating material can tolerate before degrading
and conducting electricity is its dielectric strength. This characteristic is crucial
because electroceramics are frequently exposed to high electric fields in microwave
applications.
The material’s composition, grain size, and defect presence are some variables that
affect electroceramics’ dielectric strength. Higher dielectric constant electroceramics
typically have lower dielectric strengths. Breakdown can occur at a lower electric
field because a material with a greater dielectric constant can retain more electrical
energy [19, 20].
The dielectric strength of the electroceramic is also influenced by its grain size.
Because they include fewer flaws, grains with smaller diameters typically have better
dielectric strengths. Because faults might serve as areas where breakdown first occurs,
more occasional imperfections can improve dielectric strength.
Electroceramics’ dielectric strength can be determined in a number of ways. The
usage of a parallel plate capacitor is one typical technique. A voltage is applied
while the electroceramic is positioned between the capacitor’s plates. The material is
broken down and made to conduct electricity by progressively increasing the voltage.
The breakdown voltage is then used to compute the dielectric strength.
Using a sphere-plane capacitor is another popular technique for determining the
dielectric strength of electroceramics. This method involves applying a voltage and
placing a spherical electrode on the electroceramic surface. The material is broken
down and made to conduct electricity by progressively increasing the voltage. The
breakdown voltage is then used to compute the dielectric strength. For microwave
applications, electroceramics’ dielectric strength is a crucial characteristic. Electro-
ceramics with the appropriate qualities for particular applications can be designed
by knowing the variables that affect dielectric strength.
Microwave Dielectric Properties of Electroceramics 359

3.3 Loss Tangent

For microwave applications, electroceramics’ loss tangent property is crucial. It

expresses a material’s capacity to transform electrical energy into heat and is defined
as the ratio of the dielectric loss to the dielectric constant. For microwave appli-
cations, a low-loss tangent is preferred since it reduces the material’s power loss
[23].
Low-loss tangent electroceramics are frequently utilized for resonators, filters, and
substrates in microwave technology. Compact component design is made possible
by the high dielectric constant of these materials.
Numerous factors, such as the material’s composition, microstructure, and manu-
facturing conditions, influence the loss tangent of electroceramics. For instance,
doping with trace amounts of calcium or strontium can lower the loss tangent of
barium titanate. The size of the material’s grains also affects the loss tangent; finer
grains usually have smaller loss tangents.
Numerous methods, such as the dielectric resonator method, the impedance
analyzer method, and the transmission line approach, can be used to estimate the loss
tangent of electroceramics. The most popular technique is the dielectric resonator
method, which measures the quality factor and resonant frequency of a dielectric
resonator constructed from the material of interest.
For microwave applications, electroceramics’ loss tangent property is crucial.
Researchers can create new electroceramic materials with even more minor loss
tangents by comprehending the aspects that influence them, which will make it
possible to design microwave components that are more effective and compact.

3.4 Breakdown Voltage

The highest electric field given to an electroceramic material before it experiences

electrical breakdown is known as the breakdown voltage. Since electroceramics are
frequently employed in high-power devices like microwave filters, circulators, and
isolators, this is an essential feature for microwave applications.
The breakdown voltage of electroceramics for microwave applications typically
ranges from 10 to 100 kV/cm [24]. However, some electroceramics, such as barium
titanate (BaTiO3 ), have breakdown voltages as high as 500 kV/cm [25].
The breakdown voltage of an electroceramic depends on several factors, including:
Composition: Its chemical makeup greatly influences an electroceramic’s break-
down voltage. For instance, lower breakdown voltages are typically found in
electroceramics with a significant concentration of flaws or impurities.
Microstructure: An electroceramic’s breakdown voltage is also influenced by its
microstructure, which includes porosity and grain size. Greater breakdown voltages
are typically found in electroceramics with smaller holes and finer grain sizes.
360 P. Mallick et al.

Processing parameters: The processing parameters employed to create an electroce-

ramic’s breakdown voltage may also be impacted. For instance, higher-temperature
sintered electroceramics typically have greater breakdown voltages.

3.5 Temperature Stability

For microwave applications, electroceramics’ temperature stability is a crucial char-

acteristic. Many microwave devices use electroceramics, including filters, resonators,
and amplifiers. The electroceramics in these devices are exposed to temperatures
ranging from below room temperature to hundreds of degrees Celsius. Stable dielec-
tric constant and other microwave properties are critical for the electroceramics over
this temperature range. Numerous parameters, such as the crystal structure, material
composition, and impurity presence, affect the temperature stability of electroce-
ramics [26]. Compared to electroceramics with other crystal structures, those with
a perovskite crystal structure are often more temperature stable. This is due to the
extremely stiff and resilient perovskite crystal structure.
The temperature stability is also influenced by the electroceramic material’s
composition. Higher concentrations of barium or strontium in electroceramics tend to
be more temperature stable than lesser concentrations in electroceramics. The reason
for this is that compared to the other factors commonly present in electroceramics,
barium and strontium have greater ionic radii. The crystal structure is stabilized in
part by the greater ionic radius [27].
Impurities may also have an impact on the temperature stability of electroceramics.
The crystal structure can be upset by impurities, altering the dielectric constant and
other microwave characteristics. Reducing the impact of contaminants on thermal
stability requires using high-purity materials.
A number of electroceramics that have good temperature stability for microwave
applications have been developed. Some of the most common electroceramics used
in microwave devices include:
• Alumina (Al2 O3 )
• Barium titanate (BaTiO3 ) [11]
• Calcium titanate (CaTiO3 ) [28]
• Magnesium titanate (MgTiO3 )
• Strontium titanate (SrTiO3 ) [29–31].
These electroceramics have a perovskite crystal structure and a high concentration
of barium or strontium. They also have a high purity, contributing to their excellent
temperature stability.
Microwave Dielectric Properties of Electroceramics 361

3.6 Frequency Dependence

A class of ceramic materials with distinct electrical and dielectric characteristics is

known as electroceramics. They are extensively used in resonators, antennas, filters,
and microwave applications. For microwave applications, the dielectric constant of
electroceramics is one of the most significant frequency dependency characteristics.
How easily an electric field may polarize a material is measured by its dielectric
constant. This number is dimensionless and is commonly represented by the symbol
ε. A material’s dielectric constant varies according to the frequency of the applied
electric field, which means it is frequency-dependent. The dielectric constant of
electroceramics used in microwave applications must be high and comparatively
constant across a broad frequency range. This is due to the fact that microwaves are
high-frequency electromagnetic waves that can be effectively reflected, transmitted,
and absorbed by electroceramics with high and constant dielectric constants [32].
Microwave engineers can select the proper material composition, microstruc-
ture, and crystal structure to modify the frequency dependence of the dielectric
constant and dielectric loss tangent of electroceramics. As a result, they can create
electroceramics with the ideal characteristics for particular microwave applications.
Examples of electroceramics that are frequently employed in microwave applica-
tions include the following:
BaTiO3 , or barium titanate, is a perovskite oxide ceramic with a low dielectric
loss tangent and a high dielectric constant [11]. It is extensively utilized in antennas,
resonators, and microwave filters. Calcium copper titanate is another perovskite oxide
ceramic with a high dielectric constant and low dielectric loss tangent (CaCu3 Ti4 O12 )
[33]. It works especially well in high-temperature microwave applications.
For microwave applications, an electroceramic should have a low dielectric loss
tangent. A very high dielectric loss tangent may cause the electroceramic to overheat
and lose some of its functionality.
The dielectric loss tangent and the dielectric constant of electroceramics are
frequency-dependent and depend on several aspects, such as the crystal structure,
microstructure, and composition of the material. For instance, materials containing
a higher concentration of polarizable ions generally have a higher dielectric constant
for electroceramics. Higher degrees of crystallinity and more ordered microstructures
are typically associated with lower dielectric loss tangents in electroceramics.

3.7 Specific Dielectric Materials

Because dielectric materials can store and release electrical energy in an electric
field, they are used in microwave applications. Certain electroceramic materials that
are frequently employed in microwave applications include the following:
362 P. Mallick et al.

Barium titanate, or BaTiO3 , is suitable for microwave applications because of its

high dielectric constant and low dielectric loss. It is also not too expensive to make
[11].
Strontium titanate (SrTiO3 ): Compared to BaTiO3 , SrTiO3 has a lower dielectric
constant but a lower dielectric loss. Because of this, it is a wise option for applications
requiring high efficiency [29, 30].
Lead zirconate titanate (PZT): PZT is a viable option for applications requiring
both energy conversion and storage because of its high dielectric constant and
piezoelectric qualities [12, 13].
The precise needs of a given microwave application will determine which specific
electroceramic material is most appropriate. For instance, a material with a low
dielectric loss will be selected if excellent efficiency is desired. A fabric with a high
dielectric constant will be chosen if high-energy storage is needed.
Apart from those mentioned above specific dielectric properties, additional
features that could be significant for microwave applications include the following:
Mechanical strength: The material should withstand the mechanical stresses associ-
ated with microwave use.
Thermal conductivity: The material should have a high thermal conductivity so that
heat can be dissipated efficiently.
Cost: The material should be relatively inexpensive to produce.

4 Applications

Wireless communication equipment and internet-related technologies are growing,

promoting the advancement and development of microwave dielectric ceramics.
Microwave dielectric ceramics are a fundamental component of the high-frequency
communication sector. With the advent of 5G technology, wireless communication
is expanding at a moderate rate using straight high frequency.

4.1 Ceramics Capacitor

Regarding bulk and film performance, dielectric ceramics are the best material option
for energy storage devices like capacitors. Because ceramic capacitors do not rely on
electric double layers or electrochemical reactions for their energy storage or charge
storage mechanism, dielectric ceramics like barium titanate create conventional
electrostatic capacitors rather than supercapacitors or ultracapacitors.
In 2001, EEStor Inc., a Texas-based company, began selling “electrical energy
storage units” in 2007. These units are parallel plate capacitors with pure barium
Microwave Dielectric Properties of Electroceramics 363

titanate (BaTiO3 ) as the dielectric, used in laptops, computers, and electric vehicles,
among other “utility-scale electricity storage” applications.
The barium titanate (BaTiO3 ) [8] nanoparticle fabrication is very profitable as
dielectrics are used in capacitors. BaTiO3 is familiar due to its high dielectric break-
down resistance at the apex of 200 Vμ/m, and ceramics flaunt higher permittivity of
nearly equal to 5000, which enables storage of the amount of energy. Barium titanate
in barrier layer capacitors is doped by small amounts of electrically conducting rare
earth metals, therefore creating barrier layers at the grain boundaries and between the
barrier layers—the inner grain phase functions as a conducting connection connected
in series.

4.1.1 Ceramic-Based Dielectric

The excellent thermal stability of dielectric ceramics, which defines their capacity
and cracks under heat stress, is one of their other best qualities. Because relaxor ferro-
electric ceramic material is used in energy storage devices, its slim B-H hysteresis
loop has been widely studied. Due to the boosted functional electronic properties of
ceramic materials, they are the best for use in storage devices and garnering energy,
memory devices, sensors, and electrocaloric applications.
One feasible method for imparting various qualities to ceramics, such as mechan-
ical, chemical, thermal stability, and flexibility, while maintaining cost-effectiveness,
is to disperse a small number of ceramic nanofillers.

4.1.2 Ferroelectric Ceramic Polymer Nanocomposite

Ferroelectric ceramic-polymer composites improve the breakdown strength and

flexibility of the polymers while enhancing the dielectric characteristics of the
ceramic.
Barium zirconium titanate and polyvinylidene difluoride are studied and conduc-
tive to efficient energy storage in that composite because of the good intrinsic
ferroelectric characteristics. The following are necessary to boost energy storage
in polymer nanocomposites:
i. To improve the electrical characteristics, modify the size and form of nanoce-
ramic
ii. A straightforward approach to repurposing materials is through new synthesis.

4.1.3 Perovskite-Type Dielectric Ceramic

Energy is stored using dielectric ceramics of the perovskite-type. Dielectric ceramics

of this kind are primarily used in energy storage devices and photovoltaic solar
cells. Dielectric properties are crucial for energy storage in perovskite solar cells.
Dielectrics are used between plates and during the construction of capacitors to aid in
364 P. Mallick et al.

energy storage. Perovskite’s dielectric behavior is caused by several factors, including

“material composition, sintering temperature, size of the raw materials, and synthesis
processes.” Materials with high dielectric constants, electrical conductivities, tangent
losses, structural and magnetic properties that can be used to store energy include
barium titanate (BaTiO3 ) [7, 8], bismuth ferrite (BiFeO3 ) [13], calcium titanate
(CaTiO3 ), and strontium titanate (SrTiO3 ) [20].
Dielectric perovskite is formed by doping elements like Iron, Strontium,
Manganese, Cobalt, etc., to store energy. At a very low temperature of 650–700
degrees centigrade, the formation of lead titanate (PbTiO3 ) exhibits a tetragonal
structure with electrical conductivity and high dielectric constant. In the synthesis
of lead zirconate doping strontium, the result is that if the doping amount increases,
then the dielectric constant decreases, but at the transition temperature, it attains
maximum value.

4.2 Insulator

Materials with low electrical conductivity are referred to as insulators or dielectrics.

By altering the dielectric constant, which measures a material’s capacity to store elec-
trical energy when subjected to an electric field, they can change the capacitance of
electrical components. Based on their unique dielectric characteristics, insulators are
used in the following typical applications. High-frequency devices like antennas and
RF filters use ceramics with high dielectric constants. These substances help modify
the resonance and impedance matching of radio frequency circuits. Ceramics with
moderate dielectric constants are used as insulating substrates in electronic circuits
for electrical insulation between conductive layers and supporting components on
circuit boards.
In order to minimize voltage breakdown, ceramic insulators are crucial for elec-
trical insulation in high-voltage systems, such as power transmission and distribution
lines, as well as insulators on electrical poles.
The particular requirements of the application dictate the choice of ceramic mate-
rial with a given dielectric constant, taking into account elements like operating
frequency, temperature, and required capacitance. Because of their remarkable elec-
trical insulating qualities and wide range of dielectric constants, ceramics are valuable
materials for electrical and electronic applications.

4.3 Piezoelectric Device

Piezoelectric devices are used in sensors, actuators, and resonators. They are essen-
tially used as transducers, transforming mechanical energy into electrical energy and
vice versa. They are not usually used in applications involving material dielectric
constants.
Microwave Dielectric Properties of Electroceramics 365

The ability of a material to store electrical energy under the influence of an elec-
tric field is measured by the dielectric constant, sometimes referred to as relative
permittivity. It is essential for devices like capacitors, which modify capacitance
using materials with particular dielectric constants.
Although they have unique qualities and uses, piezoelectric materials are not
usually chosen because of their dielectric constant traits. Usually, non-piezoelectric
materials are selected for dielectric constant applications based on their unique dielec-
tric characteristics, which influence their ability to hold electric charge and modify
the capacitance of electrical components.

4.4 Microwave Components

Materials with accurate dielectric constants are often used in microwave components
such as waveguides, resonators, and antennas for optimal design and performance.
In order to improve their performance in microwave systems, these components
employ materials with certain dielectric constants in a variety of applications, such
as radiation, resonance, impedance matching, and tuning.
Waveguide: Microwave signals are transmitted using waveguides. The phase velocity
and impedance matching of the microwave signal are two ways that the dielectric
constant of the material employed in the waveguide might impact the waveguide’s
performance. The proper dielectric constant must be selected in the materials for
effective waveguide functioning.
Antennas: Microwave signals can be received or emitted by antennas. The radia-
tion pattern, overall performance, and impedance matching of the antenna can all
be impacted by the dielectric constant of materials around or close to the antenna
elements. Choosing materials with particular dielectric constants allows antenna
designers to maximize their designs for various uses.
Microwave filtration: Since microwave filters are in charge of isolating or
prohibiting particular frequency ranges from flowing through, they are crucial parts
of microwave communication systems. The features of the filter, such as bandwidth,
insertion loss, and selectivity, are determined mainly by the selection of materials
with various dielectric constants throughout the filter design process.
PCB substrates: Choosing the suitable dielectric material for PCB substrates
is essential since it significantly affects the performance of electronic circuits.
Controlling signal propagation speed, preserving constant impedance, enhancing
RF and microwave circuit performance, antenna design, embedded components,
high-frequency applications, miniaturization, and their use in satellite, radar, and
RF systems are some of the critical applications and considerations for dielectric
constant materials in PCB substrates.
366 P. Mallick et al.

1. Propagation of signals:

The PCB substrate material’s dielectric constant affects the speed at which signals
propagate. Lower dielectric constants make Faster signal transmission possible,
which is vital for high-frequency applications like microwave and radio frequency
circuits.
2. Impedance regulation:
PCB transmission line impedance is controlled mainly by the dielectric constant.
Maintaining a constant impedance is crucial for maintaining signal integrity and
minimising signal reflections, particularly in high-speed digital and RF applications.
3. Satellite and RF systems:
Customized PCB substrates with particular dielectric qualities are used in satellite
communication and RF systems to meet exact electrical requirements and ensure
effective signal transmission and reception. In conclusion, the dielectric constant of
the material used for PCB substrates is an essential factor to consider in many different
applications, especially those that involve microwave, radio frequency, and high-
frequency circuits. The overall performance of electronic circuits, as well as signal
propagation and impedance management, are impacted by the dielectric material
selection. Choosing the appropriate dielectric material is crucial to satisfy every
application’s unique needs.

4.5 Dielectric Resonators

In microwave and RF engineering, dielectric resonators composed of ceramics with

particular dielectric constants are essential. Among other functions, they serve as
filters, antennas, duplexers, oscillators, frequency-selective surfaces, and sensors.
These resonators are crucial in guaranteeing accurate control of electromagnetic
waves and frequencies in these applications.
1. Oscillating:
For microwave oscillators to produce steady microwave signals, dielectric resonators
are necessary. They are essential for microwave sources used in communication
systems, radar, and related applications because they govern signal frequency and
stability.
2. Screens:
Narrowband filters in microwave filter designs are created using dielectric resonators.
Their application improves selectivity and makes it possible to reject unwanted
frequencies. This is especially helpful for applications that need exact control over
frequency.
Microwave Dielectric Properties of Electroceramics 367

3. Switches and Reversers:

Duplexers and diplexers use dielectric resonators to split or combine signals in
transceivers. They are, therefore, necessary for effective signal management since
they allow signals to be transmitted and received on the same antenna without inter-
ference. Numerous microwave and radiofrequency systems use dielectric resonators
composed of ceramics with particular dielectric constants. They are necessary parts
of filters, antennas, oscillators, and other devices that need to control electromagnetic
waves and frequencies precisely.

4.6 Dielectric Coatings

Dielectric coatings on ceramics with certain dielectric constants find extensive use
in materials engineering, electronics, and telecommunications. They are applied
in capacitors, resonators, sensors, microwave components, electronic packaging,
antenna design, and other areas to improve the electrical characteristics and perfor-
mance of ceramics. These coatings are essential for precisely controlling signal
qualities and electrical properties in a variety of systems and devices.
1. Multilayer ceramic capacitor (MLCCS)
Compact components with high capacitance can be made possible by applying dielec-
tric coatings to ceramic layers in MLCCs. Because MLCCs can efficiently store
electrical energy, they are essential in a wide range of electronic devices, including
computers, smartphones, and consumer electronics.
2. Dielectric-coated ceramics in sensors
Dielectric-coated ceramics are used as transducers for sensing physical characteris-
tics such as strain, temperature, pressure, and humidity in various sensor applications.
The dielectric layer protects the underlying ceramic material and improves sensitivity
simultaneously. For sensors to function accurately and consistently, this is essential.
Electronic, communication, and sensing systems can all benefit from using dielectric
coatings on ceramics with certain dielectric constants. These coatings improve the
electrical characteristics and functionality of ceramics in various components and
devices.

4.7 Dielectric Heating

Dielectric heating, which is frequently connected to appliances like microwave ovens,

produces heat in dielectric materials employing alternating electric fields. Although
its direct application in dielectric constant ceramics is restricted, it plays a vital role in
the characterization of the behaviour of dielectric materials under controlled heating
settings, as well as in ceramic production processes such as sintering and annealing.
368 P. Mallick et al.

1. Sintering and Annealing:

Sintering is the process of heating powdered ceramic materials to high temperatures
in order to form a solid structure. This is how most dielectric constant ceramics are
made. Not quite dielectric heating, but things like electrical conductivity and heat
generation in ceramics are essential considerations. Precise temperature and heating
rate control is necessary to obtain the appropriate ceramic characteristics.
2. Drying:
Ceramic components are dried using dielectric heating, which provides quick, even
heating that efficiently removes moisture without raising the temperature or cracking
the material.
3. Determining the cure point:
Ceramics with a dielectric constant have an electrical property of curie tempera-
ture. By monitoring variations in the dielectric constant with temperature, dielectric
heating allows for an accurate assessment of this temperature.
4. Announcing:
For ceramics, annealing is a heat treatment procedure that improves structural
qualities and reduces stress. Dielectric constant ceramics provide better mechan-
ical and electrical properties because dielectric heating offers accurate temperature
control during annealing. In order to ensure that dielectric stable ceramics meet
precise electrical and structural requirements, dielectric heating is essential to their
manufacturing, production, and quality control.

5 Conclusion

The creation of high-frequency electronic devices such as resonators, filters,

antennas, and oscillators depends heavily on understanding the microwave dielec-
tric characteristics of electroceramics. Components that function well at microwave
frequencies can be designed and optimized with a sense of their features. Through
intensive research and experimentation, scientists and engineers have made great
strides in discovering materials with desired microwave dielectric properties, such
as high dielectric constant, low dielectric loss, and stable temperature coefficients.
In conclusion, the ongoing need for faster, more dependable, and smaller elec-
tronics propels advancements in microwave dielectric characteristics of electroce-
ramics. Ongoing research aims to develop fabrication methods, find new materials,
and investigate creative applications. Electroceramics with customized microwave
properties will be essential in determining the future direction of satellite technology,
wireless communication, and other high-frequency applications. They will substan-
tially contribute to advancing contemporary electronics as knowledge expands and
technology advances.
Microwave Dielectric Properties of Electroceramics 369

References

1. Ohsato, H.: Microwave dielectrics with perovskite-type structure. Perovskite Mater.-Synth.

Characterisation Prop. Appl. 281–330 (2016)
2. Tagantsev, A.K., Sherman, V.O., Astafiev, K.F., Venkatesh, J., Setter, N.: Ferroelectric materials
for microwave tunable applications. J. Electroceramics 11, 5–66 (2003)
3. Newnham, R.E.: Electroceramics. Rep. Prog. [Link]. Phys. 52(2), 123 (1989)
4. Fang, C.Y., Randal, C.A., Lanagan, M.T., Agrawal, D.K.: Microwave processing of electroce-
ramic materials and devices. J. Electroceramics 22, 125–130 (2009)
5. Mallick, P., Satpathy, S.K., Behera, B.: Investigation on the structural, electrical and thermistor
parameters of La-doped BiFeO3 –PbZrO3 for energy storage devices. Bull. Mater. Sci. 45(4),
198 (2022)
6. Mallick, P., Patra, R., Mohanty, D., Satpathy, S.K.: Development and characterization of copper
doped perovskite-polymer composite through high-temperature technique. Sādhanā 47(3), 134
(2022)
7. Teresa Buscaglia, M., Harnagea, C., Dapiaggi, M., Buscaglia, V., Pignolet, A., Nanni, P.:
Ferroelectric BaTiO3 nanowires by a topochemical solid-state reaction. Chem. Mater. 21(21),
5058–5065 (2009)
8. Vashisth, B.K., Bangruwa, J.S., Beniwal, A., Gairola, S.P., Kumar, A., Singh, N., Verma, V.:
Modified ferroelectric/magnetic and leakage current density properties of Co and Sm co-doped
bismuth ferrites. J. Alloy. Compd. 698, 699–705 (2017)
9. Fuxue, Y.A.N., Gaoyang, Z.H.A.O., Na, S.O.N.G.: Sol-gel preparation of La-doped bismuth
ferrite thin film and its low-temperature ferromagnetic and ferroelectric properties. J. Rare
Earths 31(1), 60–64 (2013)
10. Ghahfarokhi, S.E.M., Larki, M.R., Kazeminezhad, I.: The effect of Mn doped on the structural,
magnetic, dielectric and optical properties of bismuth ferrite (BiFe1-x Mnx O3 ) nanoparticles.
Vacuum 173, 109143 (2020)
11. Newalkar, B.L., Komarneni, S., Katsuki, H.: Microwave-hydrothermal synthesis and charac-
terization of barium titanate powders. Mater. Res. Bull. 36(13–14), 2347–2355 (2001)
12. Vaidhyanathan, B., Singh, A.P., Agrawal, D.K., Shrout, T.R., Roy, R., Ganguly, S.: Microwave
effects in lead zirconium titanate synthesis: enhanced kinetics and changed mechanisms. J.
Am. Ceram. Soc. 84(6), 1197–1202 (2001)
13. Takahashi, H., Kato, K., Qiu, J., Tani, J.: Property of lead zirconate titanate actuator manu-
factured with microwave sintering process. Jpn. J. Appl. Phys.. J. Appl. Phys. 40(2R), 724
(2001)
14. Manikandan, S., Aruchamy, N., Allirol, L., Girod, S., Glinsek, S., Defay, E., Granzow, T.:
Dielectric relaxations of lead zirconate titanate films up to millimeter-wave frequencies. J.
Am. Ceram. Soc. 105(10), 6149–6157 (2022)
15. Holzgrafe, J., Sinclair, N., Zhu, D., Shams-Ansari, A., Colangelo, M., Hu, Y., Zhang, M.,
Berggren, K.K., Lončar, M.: Cavity electro-optics in thin-film lithium niobate for efficient
microwave-to-optical transduction. Optica 7(12), 1714–1720 (2020)
16. Mallick, P., Sahu, A.K., Biswal, S.K., Satpathy, S.K., Behera, B.: Investigation on structural,
dielectric, thermistor parameters and negative temperature coefficient behaviour of Nd, Gd,
and La-doped bismuth ferrite. Trans. Electr. Electron. [Link]. Electron. Mater. 23(5),
522–534 (2022)
17. Feizpour, M., Bafrooei, H.B., Hayati, R., Ebadzadeh, T.: Microwave-assisted synthesis and
sintering of potassium sodium niobate lead-free piezoelectric ceramics. Ceram. Int. 40(1),
871–877 (2014)
18. Gao, L., Zhou, W., Luo, F., Zhu, D., Yang, Z.: Microwave dielectric properties of potassium
sodium niobate ceramics with different K/Na ratios. Ceram. Int. 42(16), 19105–19109 (2016)
19. Sarmento, J.S., Paiva, D.V.M., de Araújo, E.V., Silva, M.A.S., Sombra, A.S.B., Mazzetto, S.E.,
Fechine, P.B.A.: Dielectric properties of MCuSi4 O10 (M = Ca, Sr, Ba) electroceramic at RF
and microwave frequencies. Appl. Phys. A 129(1), 72 (2023)
370 P. Mallick et al.

20. Paiva, D.V.M., Silva, M.A.S., Sombra, A.S.B., Fechine, P.B.A.: Properties of the Sr3 MoO6
electroceramic for RF/microwave devices. J. Alloy. Compd. 748, 766–773 (2018)
21. Narang, S.B., Bahel, S.: Low loss dielectric ceramics for microwave applications: a review. J.
Ceram. Process. Res. 11(3), 316–321 (2010)
22. Chou, X., Wang, J., Zhao, Z., Geng, W., Zhang, W., Zhai, J.: Dielectric tunability and microwave
properties of Ba0.5 Sr0.5 TiO3 -BaMg6 Ti6 O19 composite ceramics for tunable microwave device
applications. J. Electroceramics 26, 185–190 (2011)
23. Nenasheva, E.A., Kanareykin, A.D., Kartenko, N.F., Dedyk, A.I., Karmanenko, S.F.: Ceramics
materials based on (Ba, Sr)TiO3 solid solutions for tunable microwave devices. J. Electroce-
ramics 13, 235–238 (2004)
24. Xue, S., Zhai, J., Xiao, S., Xiu, S., Shen, B.: Improved dielectric breakdown strength and
suppressed energy loss in niobate glass-ceramics crystallized by microwave process. Mater.
Lett. 190, 154–156 (2017)
25. Parhi, C.C., Thirumalasetty, A.B., James, A.R., Wuppulluri, M.: Relative investigation on
microwave-assisted Zr-modified PbTiO3 and BaTiO3 ferroelectric ceramics for energy storage
application. ACS Omega 8(41), 37752–37768 (2023)
26. Egorov, S.V., Eremeev, A.G., Kholoptsev, V.V., Plotnikov, I.V., Rybakov, K.I., Sorokin, A.A.,
Balabanov, S.S., Rostokina, E.Y.: Rapid microwave sintering of functional electroceramic
materials. Ceram. Int. 49(14), 24222–24228 (2023)
27. Komarneni, S., Li, Q., Stefansson, K.M., Roy, R.: Microwave-hydrothermal processing for
synthesis of electroceramic powders. J. Mater. Res. 8(12), 3176–3183 (1993)
28. Zaman, A., Uddin, S., Mehboob, N., Tirth, V., Algahtani, A., Abbas, M., Mushtaq, M., Ali,
A., Sultana, F., Althubeiti, K., Ullah, K.: Structural elucidation, electronic and microwave
dielectric properties of Ca (Snx Ti1–x ) O3 ,(0≤ x≤ 0.8) lead-free ceramics. ACS Omega 7(5),
4667–4676 (2022)
29. Tumarkin, A.V., Gaidukov, M.M., Gagarin, A.G., Samoilova, T.B., Kozyrev, A.B.: Ferroelectric
strontium titanate thin films for microwave applications. Ferroelectrics 439(1), 49–55 (2012)
30. Acikel, B., Hansen, P.J., Taylor, T.R., Nagra, A.S., Speck, J.S., York, R.A.: Tunable strontium
titanate thin films for microwave devices. Integr. Ferroelectr.. Ferroelectr. 39(1–4), 291–298
(2001)
31. Sheen, J., Wang, Y.L.: Microwave dielectric constant measurements of strontium titanate using
five mixture equations. In: Joint IEEE International Symposium on Applications of Ferro-
electric and Workshop on Piezoresponse Force Microscopy (ISAF/PFM), pp. 268–271. IEEE
(2013)
32. Chaves, A.V., da Silva, M.A.S., Paiva, D.V.M., Mazzetto, S.E., Sombra, A.S.B., de Menezes,
A.S., Fechine, P.B.A.: Electroceramic based on Ca3-x Bax ZrSi2 O9 solid solutions for microwave
and radiofrequency application. Ceram. Int. 49(18), 30827–30836 (2023)
33. Li, L., Zhang, W., Chen, X.M., Zhu, H.Y.: Dielectric properties of CaCu3 Ti4 O12 , Ba
(Fe1/2 Nb1/2 ) O3 , and Sr(Fe1/2 Nb1/2 ) O3 giant permittivity ceramics at microwave frequencies.
J. Appl. Phys. 111(6), (2012)
Microwave Dielectric Resonator Antenna
Using Electroceramics- A Perspective

Pankaj Tripathi and Preeti Kumari

Abstract The present chapter on dielectric resonator antenna (DRAs) using dielec-
tric ceramic will draw the great attention of researcher working in the area of DRAs
and ceramic dielectric used in DRAs. The chapter delivered comprehensive note at
one place. Present chapter is broadly divided into two sections (i.e., DRA and DRA
material). One of the section contains compact description about types of dielectric
resonator antennas (DRAs), excitation techniques, modes of excitation, radiation
mechanism, bandwidth and gain enhancement techniques as well as new dimension
of research i.e., reconfigurable DRAs. The chapter also gives the brief idea about
the parameters of ceramic dielectric materials that affecting the performance of the
DRAs as well as recent development in DRAs. The other section deals with the
discussion about roll of dielectric materials used for DRAs, mechanism of interac-
tion of microwave with ceramic dielectric, parameters that affected the dielectric
constant of ceramic material used for DRAs. The section also consists of exhaustive
list of commercially available and laboratory synthesized dielectric ceramic as well as
recently designed DRAs with commercially available and synthesized ceramic mate-
rials. For future investigations, such studies will be useful for understanding the effect
on the microwave device performance on the end user side. Also, emphasis should
be placed on the low cost production and eco-friendly materials, which can be recy-
cled further, keeping in view the environmental protection aspect. This review might
provide a systematic guideline to researchers/readers for design and development of
novel DRAs.

Keywords Dielectric · Wideband · Antenna feed · Reconfigurable · Ceramics ·

Dielectric materials · Polarization · Dielectric resonator antenna · Microstructure

P. Tripathi (B)
Electronics Engineering Department, Government Polytechnic Aurai, Technical Education
Department, Bhadohi, Uttar Pradesh 221301, India
e-mail: [Link]@[Link]
P. Kumari
Department of Electronics and Communication, University of Allahabad, Prayagraj 211002, India

© The Author(s), under exclusive license to Springer Nature Singapore Pte Ltd. 2024 371
U. Kumar (ed.), Defects Engineering in Electroceramics for Energy Applications,
Engineering Materials, [Link]
372 P. Tripathi and P. Kumari

1 Introduction

In the wireless communication and radar systems, antenna is the only interfacing
device attached to both the transmitter as well as the receiver. Wideband communica-
tion systems can provide high data rates, voice biometrics, multi-lingual communica-
tion, multiple communication channels, and controlled data traffic due to availability
of wide frequency spectrum. Thus, large impedance bandwidth is required for effi-
cient wireless communication and pulse radar systems. Dielectric resonator antenna
(DRA) is one of the best options to achieve wide impedance bandwidth [1]. An
American physicist, R.D. Richtmyer theoretically predicted that a dielectric piece of
suitable shape can function as a microwave resonator and coined the term “dielectric
resonator (DR)” in 1939 [2]. Later in 1962, Okaya and Barash have worked on single
crystal rutile which possesses high dielectric constant [3, 4]. They first provided
the analysis of modes inside the resonator and measured its dielectric constant in
the microwave frequency range. In the early 1980s, Stuart. A. Long performed an
introductory experimental investigation on the resonant cylindrical dielectric cavity
antenna [5].
Now-a-days, DRAs are drawing great attention for the radar and wireless commu-
nication due to their attractive advantages, such as large bandwidth, ease of excitation,
high radiation efficiency, low phase noise, flexible feed arrangement, ease of inte-
gration with other active or passive microwave integrated circuit components, easily
controlled characteristics and wide range of material dielectric constants. DRAs can
be excited by different feeding techniques: coaxial or probe, microstrip line, slot
coupling technique, coplanar waveguide and dielectric image guide. The conven-
tional shapes of DRA: rectangular, cylindrical, hemispherical, and ring provide a
typical bandwidth of around 10%, which may not be adequate for wideband appli-
cations. Bandwidth enhancement of a DRA, especially with a low profile design
is a demanding task for the researchers. Different approaches are used to enhance
the bandwidth of DRAs [6, 7]. Multi-element stacking is one of the approaches to
enhance the bandwidth but overall antenna volume is increased in this approach.
Another approach includes the merging of a hybrid radiating mode with the DRA
mode. Such merger of modes occurs in dielectric resonator on patch configuration
[8] and coplanar waveguide inductive slot embedded as a hybrid radiator along with
the DRA [9]. By merging resonances of the RDRA and probe feed, wideband hybrid
design can be obtained [10]. Although to achieve wideband impedance match, some
special feeding mechanisms viz. L-shaped probe feed in cylindrical DRA [11] and
tall microstrip transmission line (TML) [12] are used. The TML-DRA configuration
can offer bandwidth up to a maximum of 25% with more complex construction.
Several DRA geometries, such as H-shaped [13], T-shaped [14], dumb-bell shaped
DRAs [15] were analyzed for wideband applications. Material selection for the DRA
also plays an important role in deciding the final antenna performance. For the DRA
performance to be effective, both the aspects i.e., DRA design and the DRA material
selection need to be essentially considered. It is possible to get good DRA perfor-
mance using proper material with simple design instead of going for complex design
Microwave Dielectric Resonator Antenna Using … 373

with improper material selection. Thus, a state-of-the art of various types of dielectric
resonator materials are also discussed in the present chapter.

2 Excitation Techniques

The selection of types of excitation and its location, both play significant impact on
resonant frequency, input impedance bandwidth and radiation characteristics of the
DRA. General feeding methods for excitation of DRA such as co-axial probe feed,
microstrip line feed, aperture coupled feed, co-planar waveguide feed and dielectric
image guide feed are described below.
A. Coaxial probe feed: In probe excitation technique, strong coupling can be
achieved by locating the probe in high E-field region of DRA. Therefore, the
probe is either inserted into the dielectric resonator so that its outer surface
touches the resonator everywhere or kept touching the outer surface of dielectric
resonator or it is located adjacent to resonator. The height, depth of penetration
and position of the probe are optimized to achieve maximum impedance band-
width. Different types of modes can be generated by changing the location of the
probe. The drilling of hole in the substrate and/or dielectric resonator is required
for insertion of the probe. The advantage of probe feed is that, it can be coupled
directly with 50  system without using matching network. This type of feed is
generally used for relatively lower frequency applications.
B. Microstrip line feed: In this coupling mechanism, the dielectric resonator is
placed just above or proximity with the open circuited end of the microstrip line.
The amount of impedance matching depends on the lateral position of dielec-
tric resonator with respect to microstrip feed line. Dielectric constant of DRA
affects significantly the degree of coupling. Strong coupling can be achieved for
dielectric resonator having dielectric constant value greater than 20. This method
shares the merits of using a coaxial probe, but avoids the need for drilling a hole
into the dielectric. This type of feed is mainly used in the DRA integrated with
MMICs without the need for a coupling slot [16].
C. Aperture coupled feed: In the aperture coupled feed, the feedline structure is
no longer in contact with the dielectric resonator. The resonator is kept just
above the slot provided in the ground plane. The slot can be fed by a microstrip
coating or a waveguide. There is flexibility in the design of the feedline and the
DRA in aperture couple feed technique of excitation. The aperture behaves as a
magnetic current parallel to the length of the slot and excites the magnetic field in
the DRA. The radiation from the microstrip feed significantly decreases and this
improves the quality of polarizationas well. This coupling mechanism has the
following advantages: (i) DRA can be easily integrated with the feed structure,
(ii) Drilling of hole is also not required as in case of coaxial probe feed [17] and
(iii) Radiating aperture is isolated from the spurious radiation from the feed. A
374 P. Tripathi and P. Kumari

major drawback of the technique is that, it cannot be used for lower frequency
(at and below L-band) applications because of large size of slot required.
D. Coplanar waveguide feed: This feed is uni-planar and thus provides good inte-
gration of the DRA with other active circuit components on the same side of
substrate without the need of vias. This feeding technique is less dispersive in
nature and provides low conductor losses and low radiation leakage. It is suited
for millimeter wave applications because of reduced surface wave excitation in
electrically thick substrates as compared to microstrip feed [17].
E. Dielectric Image guide coupling feed: Unlike microstrip line, the dielectric
waveguide does not suffer from conductor and surface wave losses at millimeter-
wave frequencies. In the DRA, particularly with low dielectric constant, the
amount of coupling microstrip line is quite low. To increase the coupling, a low
loss dielectric image guide is used as feed for linear DRA array [18].

3 Modes of Excitation

Simple shaped DRAs, rectangular, cylindrical and hemispherical DRAs with and
without modification are commonly used for signals radiated at gigahertz frequen-
cies. The desirable features of DRAs include high gain, wide impedance bandwidth,
enhanced efficiency and application based radiation patterns. Excitation of partic-
ular mode/modes is required for the desired performance of DRAs. This is achieved
through proper selection of feed type (microstrip line feed, probe feed, aperture
coupling etc.) and its location. To excite particular mode/modes, knowledge of corre-
sponding electric and magnetic field configurations is essential. The modes generally
excited within different shapes of DRAs which give broadside radiation patterns over
wide frequency range similar to an electric or magnetic dipole are listed in Table 1.

4 Radiation Mechanism

Radiation mechanism of antenna can be explained by symmetry breaking model

(SBM) [24]. SBM states that all symmetrically connected resonators act like a filter.
Filter is a two port device, which transfers energy from input port to output port.
Symmetry breaks when output port is deliberately closed and energy is fed contin-
uously through the input port to the device. The device first stores the energy upto
maximum, then leaks out or radiates and therefore, the device behaves like an antenna.
Thus, an antenna can be defined as a symmetric resonator, whose symmetry is
broken explicitly. Radiation mechanism of DRAs can also be explained by symmetry
breaking model (SBM). SBM proposes LC circuit theory for the explanation of radi-
ation through DRA. In this model, a dielectric material mounted on ground plane act
as a capacitor with finite value of capacitance and the ground plane behaves as an
inductor. Symmetry breaks, when one end of dielectric material mounted on ground
Microwave Dielectric Resonator Antenna Using … 375

Table 1 Modes of excitation in different shapes of DRA

S. No. DRA shape Excited mode
1 Hemispherical/conical shaped • TE111 mode (Radiates like short horizontal
dielectric ring resonator [19] magnetic dipole)
• TM101 (Radiates like short electric
monopole)—generally probe feed is used for
excitation
2 Half- Hemispherical DRA [20] • HEM11δ like mode
• TM101 like mode
3 Pawn-shaped HDRA [21] • TM01 like mode
4 Cylindrical DRA [18] • TM01δ (Radiates like short electric monopole)
• TE01δ (Radiates like short magnetic monopole)
• HE11δ (Radiates like short horizontal magnetic
dipole)
• HEM11δ (Generally excited using probe feed)
• HEM12δ (Higher order mode generally excited
using aperture coupling)
• HEM21δ (Higher order mode)
• HEM111 (Higher order mode generally excited
using aperture coupling)
• HEM113 (Higher order mode generally excited
using aperture coupling)
5 Dielectric ring resonator • TM01 (Monopole like radiation)
6 Array cylindrical antenna [22] • HEM11δ like mode
7 Rectangular DRA [23] • TEx /TEy /TEz (Radiation like short magnetic dipole
in x, y and z direction respectively)
y
TExδ11 • /TE1δ1 /TEz11δ (Lower order mode)
y
TExδ31 • /TEδ13 /TEzδ21 (Higher order mode)

plane is excited by a time varying signal through ground plane and the other end
is left floating in free space, resulting in a back and forth swing of charges from
capacitive to inductive elements with resonating frequency
√
fc = 1/2π LC (1)

where fc is resonating frequency, C is the capacitance of dielectric material and L

is the inductance of feeding wire and ground plane. This back and forth swing of
charges produces electromagnetic wave. The generated electromagnetic wave leaks
out or radiates from the floating end of dielectric material and the system behaves
like an antenna. It is termed as dielectric resonator antenna (DRA).
376 P. Tripathi and P. Kumari

5 Bandwith Enhancement Techniques

Many radar and emerging wireless systems operate over wide frequency range.
Therefore, they require broadband antennas for communication. Several methods are
used for enhancement of DRA bandwidth. The bandwidth enhancement methods are
broadly classified as: (i) using a combination of multi permittivity DRAs, (ii) using
modified feed configuration, (iii) using modified DRA shapes and (iv) using hybrid
antennas.
A. Combination of multi permittivity DRAs
Two or more dielectric resonators (DRs) combined together enhances the bandwidth,
either because of reduction in effective dielectric constant or merging of neighboring
mode excited in neighboring DRs. The foregoing concept is utilized in DRA design
by providing air gap between the substrate and DR or between two DRs [25, 26],
using annular DRs [23], providing notch in rectangular DRAs (RDRAs) [27], using
multi-segment DRAs [28–30], co-planar parasitic DRAs [31, 32], embedded DRAs
[33], staircase-shaped DRA [34, 35], perforated DRAs [36], and stepped pyramid
DRAs [37] to enhance the impedance bandwidth of DRAs.
B. Modified feed configuration
The impedance bandwidth can also be increased without significantly affecting other
properties of DRAs through modification in conventional feeding techniques or new
design of feed i.e., using stub [23], probe feed with air gap [23], flat matching strips
[38, 39], ring aperture feed [40–42], U-shaped aperture feed [43] or multi-mode
generation through composite excitation [18].
C. Modified DRA shapes
Impedance bandwidth of conventional DRAs can also be improved by modifying
the shape of DRs. Modified shape either generates different mode/combination of
neighboring modes or reduces diffraction from the edges which results in the increase
of DRA bandwidth. Some of the modified shapes are conical and inverted split conical
DRAs [44, 45], tetrahedral and inverted tetrahedral DRAs [46], inverted stepped
pyramidal DRAs [18], U-shaped DRA excited by elliptical conformal patch [47],
fractal and CPW fed fractal DRA [48], cup-shaped inverted hemispherical DRA [49],
filleted DRA [50] and uniaxial anisotropic rectangular dielectric resonator antennas
[51].
D. Hybrid Antennas
The combination of DRs and radiating patch/slot with closer resonant frequencies
provides the hybrid approach to enhance the bandwidth of DRAs. Some of the hybrid
systems include: combination of circular microstrip patch and ring shaped DR fed
by a slot [52], monopole antenna with ring dielectric resonator [53], combination of
CPW inductive slot and rectangular DR [54], and cylindrical DR with inductive slot
[55].
Microwave Dielectric Resonator Antenna Using … 377

6 Gain Enhancement Techniques for DRAs

Gain is one of the most important parameters of Antenna. Various methods are
available to enhance the gain of DRAs. Arraying of DRAs are one of the basic
approaches to increase the gain of antenna, in which, gain is increased by increasing
the number of DR elements. The disadvantage of this approach is that it requires
significant amount of DR material. Engraving notches on two opposite side walls
of DR increases the radiation from side walls as compared to its top wall for its
fundamental mode resulting in enhanced gain [56]. Placement of different designs
of substrates (mushroom like, strip corrugated, coaxially corrugated EBG substrate
[57] and circularly polarized EBG structure [58, 59]) suppress the surface wave
propagation in all radial direction resulting in the increase of antenna gain. Other
efficient approaches to enhance the gain of DRAs include generation of higher order
mode (by single or composite excitation), stacking of parasitic DRA on the top of
driven DRA with a space [60], placement of pyramidal horn surrounding the DRA
[61], using uniaxial anistropic (single crystal) dielectric materials in fundamental
mode [62], optimization of place of excitation and layer thickness [63], placement
of superstrate or metamaterial at particular height above the DRA [64], positioning
circularly polarized DRA in circular cavity [65, 66], and using composite dielectric
substrate [67].

7 Evolution of Reconfigurable DRAs

With the evolution of DRA in 1983 [68] and thereafter detailed investigation on
DRAs [18, 23] have attracted antenna engineers to work for the development of
these antennas. In the initial development of DRAs, different DRA structures with
different types of feeding mechanisms were studied. After that, wide band antenna
was developed with the excitation of multiple modes at different frequencies within
the same DRA element. In some studies, the concept of conformal feed/strip is
used to enhance the bandwidth further. Guha et al. (another study) compared the
performance of microstrip patch antenna and DRA by keeping the feed and other
structural parameters same and shows that DRAs are well ahead of microstrip patch
antennas [69]. Most of the initial development of DRAs was carried out using linearly
polarised antennas, but, to enhance the antenna performance such as prevailing over
the effect of propagation irregularities, spin effect on satellites and ground reflection
in satellite communication, the need of using circular polarisation was felt by antenna
engineers or researchers.
With the advent of circular polarisation (CP) in the last decade, several single- or
multi point fed CP DRAs have been investigated which can find potential application
in satellite communication, GPS, Mobile communication, WLAN, WiMAX and
Radar systems. A review on circularly polarized antennas with different circular
polarization generation techniques are described in detail by Reena et al. [70]. DRA
378 P. Tripathi and P. Kumari

arrays are the most suitable configuration for the design of high gain CP-DRA.
Further, rectangular DRA provides maximum radiation efficiency and therefore, the
rectangular shape of DRA is the best shape for generation of circular polarization
[70].
Due to the requirement of high performance, large capacity and miniaturized
antennas for the development of modern wireless communication, the concept
of reconfigurable antennas came into picture. Large number of reconfigurable
microstrip patch antennas have been designed in the last three decades. In recent
years, investigations on reconfigurable dielectric resonator antennas have also been
started.
Reconfigurable antennas refer to antennas having the ability to alter one of the
fundamental characteristics without disturbing/manipulating/changing other char-
acteristics of individual radiating elements. On the basis of the type of antenna
characteristics, the reconfigurable antennas are broadly categorizes as: (1) Pattern
reconfigurable antennas (2) Polarization reconfigurable antennas (3) Frequency agile/
reconfigurable antennas.
A. Pattern reconfigurable antennas
Few investigations on pattern reconfigurable DRAs are reported in recent decades,
in which radiation pattern has been altered either by changing the structure [71] and
material [72] or by using phase shifters and switches [73, 74]. These antennas have the
ability to reshape the main beam to provide high radiation efficiency. The DRA with
dual polarization combined with pattern-reconfigurability has also been reported for
multi-user multiple-input-multiple-output (MU-MIMO) applications [74]. Another
study shows that changing the modes of a liquid-based DRA can provide radiation
pattern reconfigurability to the antenna [75]. Reconfiguration of radiation pattern
in a diversity antenna is obtained by using two DRAs. The pattern diversity of the
proposed design enhances the quality and reliability of the wireless link for Digital
Video Broadcasting- Handheld (DVB-H) (790–862 MHz), Wi-Fi (2.4 GHz), and
WiMAX (3.5 GHz) applications [76]. The performance comparison of some of the
pattern reconfigurable DRAs is given in Table 2.

B. Polarization reconfigurable antenna

Polarization reconfigurable DRAs provide polarization diversity in the DRAs. By

generating different polarizations (linear or right handed/left handed circular) in the
same frequency band, reduction in multipath fading occurs, which would give rise to
the frequency reuse, thereby enhancing the system capacity and reducing the system
size.
Many investigations on the microstrip reconfigurable antennas have been reported
[80–96]. Three conventional methods are available to generate polarization in
microstrip antennas i.e., loading of RF switches on the radiation element [80–83],
introducing a reconfigurable feeding network [84–92], and using polarizers to trans-
form the polarization type [93–95]. Due to the drawbacks of microstrip antennas,
such as narrow bandwidth and low radiation efficiency, the DRAs have attracted much
Microwave Dielectric Resonator Antenna Using … 379

Table 2 Performance comparison of pattern reconfigurable DRAs

Beam −10 dB BW (%) Reconfiguration Switch Gain Dielectric References
no. mechanism no. (dBi) material
2 5–6 GHz GaAs SPDT 2 7.21 Rogers TMM [74]
(18.18%) 10i εr = 9.8
2 3.75–5.37 GHz Liquid-based – 6.15 K9 glass (εr = [75]
(35.5%) 6.85)
Liquid ethyl
acetate (εr =
7.1)
4 5.14–6.02 GHz PIN 4 9.74 εr = 9.8 [77]
(15.77%)
8 5.67–5.88 PIN 8 7.27 εr = 10 [78]
(3.64%)
2 (1.25–1.9 GHz) PIN 4 4.0 εr = 10 [79]
(41.27%)

attention for the design of reconfigurable antennas. The DRAs can also provide polar-
ization diversity. But, unfortunately, the aforementioned conventional methods of
polarization reconfigurability for microstrip antennas were not found suitable for the
DRAs. Thus, a new approach is required for the development of polarization recon-
figurable DRAs. Recently, a liquid based polarisation reconfigurable DRA [97] and
a low profile broadband polarisation reconfigurable DRA [98] have been reported.
Table 3 shows the comparison of performance of polarisation reconfigurable DRAs
recently reported in literature.

C. Frequency Reconfigurable antennas

The most exploited reconfiguration technique used in DRAs is the frequency recon-
figurable technique. Different techniques have been presented in order to achieve
frequency reconfigurability of DRAs, such as electronic switching [99–103], struc-
tural and mechanical changes [104], material changes [105] and variable reactive
loading [101, 106]. One study for frequency agility in DRA incorporated air-filled
micro-fluidic channels and used air pressure to position the slugs away and under
the DRA micro-pneumatically. This provides compactness, ease of fabrication, no
requirement of apparatus for external biasing field, but it is unsuitable for fast
switching applications due to pneumatic control [99]. In a recent study, the frequency
agility is achieved on the two port MIMO DRA with the introduction of reconfig-
urable parasitic slot loading in the proximity of the DRA segment/block. Both the
radiating ports are orthogonal and thus, the frequency of each port can be tuned indi-
vidually without affecting the frequency response of the other port. This antenna can
operate in both multi-frequency mode, providing the antenna ports to independently
sweep through the frequency band of interest and search the users, as well as MIMO
mode to enhance the capacity whenever heavy data traffic is needed [101]. Some
frequency reconfigurable DRAs are listed in Table 4.
 380

Table 3 Performance comparison of polarisation reconfigurable DRAs

Polarisation states Reconfiguration Overlapped bandwidth Peak gain (dBi/ Dielectric material References
mechanisms % dBic)
CP LP CP LP
LHCP ↔ RHCP Pump-switching 16.3 – 5.5 – Ethyl acetate (εr = 6.6) [94]
LP ↔ LHCP ↔ RHCP p-i-n diodes 20.7 29.6 7.35 7.44 Ceramic (εr = 36) [95]
LHCP ↔ RHCP ↔ LP(ϕ = 45° ) ↔ p-i-n diodes 20% 20% 4.0 5.0 ECCOSTOCK HIK [97]
LP(ϕ = 135° ) 500F(εr = 20)
P. Tripathi and P. Kumari
Microwave Dielectric Resonator Antenna Using … 381

Table 4 Performance of frequency reconfigurable antennas

Frequency Switching range Dielectric material Applications References
agility
technique
Air gap effect 24.7% Ceramic – [99]
(Pneumatic (operating (εr = 20)
control) frequencies: 21.4
and 16.7 GHz)
Electronic Three different εr = 15 IMT systems [100]
switching frequency bands WLAN 802.11a/h/j/
(p-i-n diodes) over the frequency n
range
3.45–6.77 GHz: 8%,
16% and 6.5%
Varactor Operating εr = 9.4 Modern [106]
loading frequencies: 2.87, reconfigurable
2.57 and 2.12 GHz wireless systems
Parasitic slot For HE mode: εr = 18 Dynamic spectrum [101]
loading 630–784 MHz tanδ = 0.00015 access applications,
(switches and For TE mode: MIMO applications
varactors) 609–818 MHz
Electronic 1.60–2.71 GHz εr = 10 LTE/WWAN [102]
switching (Four single band WLAN
(p-i-n diodes) modes with
impedance
bandwidths of 17,
11, 14 and 6%)
Structural/ 2.5–4.5 GHz Ba0.6 Sr0.4 TiO3 – Demonstrated—a [104]
mechanical (Operating (εr = 500, tanδ = colloidal
changes frequencies at 0.01) dispersion can be
(colloidal 4.02,3.52, 3.26, 2.99, Naphthenic oil utilized as a
dispersions/ 2.87, 2.78 GHz at (εr = 2.1, tanδ = fluidic DRA
vary columnar heights of 8, 10, 12, 0.001)
height) 16, 20 and 24 mm, Effective
respectively) dispersion
properties (εr =
8.24, tanδ =
0.00023)
Electronic 3–8 GHz Eccostock HiK Top performing [103]
Switching Tuning range for εr = 10, tanδ = frequency agile
(p-i-n or p-i-n- loaded DRAs 0.001 antennas
varactor = 91%; and (Emersion and
diodes) Varactor loaded Cuming)
DRAs = 55%
Material (9.4–11.4 GHz) Calcium – [105]
changes 19% Vanadium
(Ferrite TTVG-1850 from
material) Trans-Tech
εr = 14.8
382 P. Tripathi and P. Kumari

8 Parameters of Ceramic Dielectric Materials Affecting

the Performance of DRAs

Some important material constraints of dielectric resonator are described here which
affects the performance of DRA.
A. Dielectric Constant/Relative Permittivity
The dielectric constant (εr ) values should be in the range from 5 to 30 for efficient
antenna performance. In general, it should be noted that decrease in permittivity of
the resonating material of the DRA can improve the radiation properties over a wider
operating frequency range. Hence, low dielectric constant and low loss materials are
preferred for wideband applications. The wavelength of the electromagnetic wave
traversing through the dielectric material is inversely proportional to the square root of
the material dielectric constant or relative permittivity. So, the high dielectric constant
resonator can effectively reduce the size of the DRA for microwave frequency appli-
cations. The wavelength in the dielectric material (λd ) can be calculated as Sebastian
et al. [17]:

λo
λd = √ (2)
εr

where λo is the wavelength in air or vacuum and εr is the dielectric constant of the
material.
High dielectric constant materials (80–100) can be used for low profile applications
when bandwidth is not a main concern. For a cylindrical and rectangular DRA,
the bandwidth is about to 35–40%, and 20–40% respectively. For typical antenna
application, it is recommended to use a low loss material with dielectric constant in
the range 8–20 [17].
B. Effective Dielectric Constant/Relative Permittivity

Heff
εeff = (3)
h
εr
+ εti + s
εs

where Heff = h + t + s, h is DRA height, ‘t’ is insert thickness, ‘s’ is substrate

thickness ‘εr ’ is dielectric constant of DRA, ‘εi ’ is dielectric constant of insert, and
‘εs ’ is dielectric constant of substrate. Slots in DRA reduce the effective permittivity
of DRA which provides wider bandwidth [18].
C. Dissipation factor (Loss tangent)/Dielectric loss
Dissipation factor = ε”/ε’, where ε’ is the real part of permittivity and ε” is the
imaginary part of permittivity. Low dielectric loss (<0.002) is generally preferred for
the DRA.
D. Temperature coefficient of resonant frequency (τf )
Microwave Dielectric Resonator Antenna Using … 383

Near zero temperature coefficient of resonant frequency. The temperature coefficient

of resonant frequency decides the thermal stability of the dielectric resonator.
E. Quality Factor
High quality factor materials are generally preferred for the design of DRA.
F. Sample size/Thickness
Size of the DRA depends upon the operating frequency range and dielectric constant
√
of the material. It is inversely proportional to εr by the relation λo / εr , where λo is
free space wavelength at the resonant frequency and εr is the dielectric constant of
material.

9 Effect of Interaction of Radio-Frequency Field

with Dielectric Materials

In dielectric materials, all charges are attached to specific atoms/molecules. These

charges are called bound charges. By applying external electric field, positive and
negative charges of neutral body displace slightly from their respective positions
and form induced dipole moments whose directions align in the direction of applied
external electric field. These dipoles produce their own electric field. The resultant
electric field i.e., the combination of applied field and the dipole field is called
the internal field. Particles having permanent dipole moment experience electrical
torque in the presence of external applied field. Interaction of EM wave (composed
of photons) with materials can be explained by macroscopic Maxwell’s equations
together with constitutive relations and boundary conditions. EM wave consists of
packets of photons. When EM wave with appropriate frequency interacts with atoms
of material, photonic energy is either absorbed or emitted by the atoms. When an atom
emits photons, energy of the atom is decreased and energy of EM wave is increased.
When the high energy photons of EM wave collide with atoms/molecules, these
photons give their energy to them due to which the atoms/molecules move through
the material and deposit their kinetic energy into surrounding matter.
Dielectric and magnetic polarizations occur due to permanent or induced dipole
moments caused by applied field and spin moments. When applied electric field
interacts with dipole moment of molecules or atoms, potential energy of molecules
or atoms is converted into kinetic energy due to promotion of rotational and atomic
transitions. This effect is known as Stark Effect. Rotational and atomic transitions
depend upon frequency and strength of applied field. The effect which describes the
interaction of magnetic field with dipole moment of molecules and atoms is known
as Zeeman Effect.
A. Material response to applied EM-field
When EM-field is suddenly applied to a dielectric material, following fields appear
that cause system to acquire non-equilibrium state for certain period of time.
384 P. Tripathi and P. Kumari

1. Macroscopic field (E): (Ea –Edp ) or (Ea –p/3ε) i.e., average quantity in the medium
and p = αEl , where P is induced dipole moment, α is polarizability and El is local
field, Edp is the depolarization field, Ea is the applied electric field and ε is the
absolute permittivity.
2. Depolarization field (Edp ): This field is generated due to particle back reaction
field from charge, spin and current rearrangements. This field opposes the applied
electric field.
3. Local field (El ): This field is generated due to average EM field at a particle
site because of both the applied field and field created by other sources, such as
dipoles, currents, charges and spin.
4. Microscopic field (Emicro ): It is generated due to particle interacting with the field
created by discrete charges.
5. Applied electric field (Ea ): It is generated due to external charges.
When EM-field (varying with time) is applied to the material, atoms, molecules,
free charges, and induced/permanent dipoles and defects change their positions/
orientations according to varying EM-field but with some time lag known as relax-
ation time. The dynamic readjustment of atoms and molecules after interaction with
EM-field is called relaxation. The time lag may be due to screening, friction, inertia
and coupling. Various phenomena occur during the relaxation: i.e.,—heat conver-
sion, photon-phonon and lattice-phonon interactions, defect diffusion and/ or higher
multipole interactions. Response of material at the time of interaction with EM-field
depends strongly on the material composition and lattice structure.
The crystal structure, permanent dipoles, mobility of free charges and defects
contribute to the dielectric properties of material. The solids, which do not appre-
ciably rotate or polarize due to applied EM-field have low dielectric constant values,
whereas the solids which rotate or polarize appreciably according to applied EM-field
have high dielectric constant values. At RF frequencies, high and low loss materials
respond differently. At RF-frequencies, electronic, ionic and permanent dipole polar-
izations occur, so that vector dipole moment μd = (αel + αion + αperm )El , where αel
= 4πεR3 /3, αion = e2 /Ydo , αperm = |μe |2 /3KB T. Here R is radius of ions, do is equi-
librium separation of ions, Y is young’s modulus, KB is Boltzman constant, T is
absolute temperature and μe is permanent dipole moment [107].
B. Modified Clausius- Mossotti relation
The equation (εr −1)/(εr +2) = (N/3ε)[α+|μe |2 /3KB T], where N is density of dipoles
and ε is absolute permittivity, provides the relation between permittivity and polar-
izability for all types of materials (Solids, liquids and gases). The equation reveals
the information that when EM-field interacts with the material, various phenomena
occur at macroscopic and microscopic levels within the material causing different
types of polarizations which affect the permittivity of the material.
C. Losses during interaction of RF-field with material
Dielectric losses occur within the polar materials because of friction caused by rota-
tion, free charge movement and out of phase dipole coupling. Losses occur in non-
polar materials due to interaction with neighboring permanent and induced dipoles,
Microwave Dielectric Resonator Antenna Using … 385

intrinsic phonon- photon interaction in presence of EM-field and losses caused by

grain morphology, defects and dislocations. In high purity crystals, enharmonic
coupling with electric field and presence of defects allow photon- phonon inter-
action that introduces losses. Centro-symmetric dielectric crystals experience lower
losses than non-centro symmetry crystals.

10 Parameters Affecting the Dielectric Constant

of the Resonator

Some important material parameters which affects the dielectric constant of the
resonator are described here.
A. Refractive Index (ɳ)
The dielectric constant of dielectric materials measured at microwave frequencies is
directly proportional to the square of the refractive index of these materials measured
at optical frequencies. The relation, εr = ɳ2 is accurate only when εr and ɳ are
measured under same conditions. This has been found true in case of diamond (εr =
5.68, η2 = 5.85) and germanium (εr = 16, η2 = 16.73) [108]. But the phenomenon
is not always true for all types of dielectric materials. Since the dielectric constant
is frequency dependent and the possibility of getting same dielectric constant at
microwave frequencies as per the aforesaid relation with refractive index is very
low. In case of diamond and germanium, the same polarisation processes are getting
generated at the optical and microwave frequencies. On the other hand, for other
materials, the dipolar polarisation processes excited at lower frequencies do not
generally happen at higher optical frequencies. The ionic and electronic polarisations
mainly contribute to the permittivity at microwave frequencies.
B. Internal Structure of Materials
Dielectric constant (εr ) is directly proportional to polarization (creation of resultant
positive and negative charges) whose strength is only decided by crystal structure
of materials. Homogeneous materials give good and uniform permittivity values
throughout the volume.
C. Temperature
Increasing the temperature results in decrease in value of dielectric constant for high
permittivity materials because orientational polarization decreases, and increase in
value of dielectric constant of low permittivity materials due to generation of more
charges and ions which results increase of orientational polarization.
D. Hysteresis

D = εo (1 + χe )E = εo εr E,
386 P. Tripathi and P. Kumari

where D is dielectric displacement, εo is dielectric constant of vacuum, εr is dielectric

constant of material, χe is dielectric supceptibility and E is electric field. Dielectric
constant (εr ) is affected by the electric field.
E. Density
Density is directly proportional to dielectric constant (εr ) of the material.
F. Frequency range of operation (Bandwidth)
Frequency range of operation depends upon the dielectric constant (εr ) and
dimensions of the material.

11 Dielectric Materials

Electrical insulator materials can be termed as dielectric materials. They can be polar-
ized by an applied electric field. When a dielectric material is placed in an electric
field, the positive and negative electric charges slightly shift from their average equi-
librium positions causing polarization. This creates an internal electric field which
reduces the overall field within the dielectric and electrical energy stored within the
material reduces up to maximum, and radiation can occur from the floating end where
such a material is placed on the ground plane. Dielectric ceramic (εr > 0 & μr = 1)
and ferroelectric ceramic (εr > 0 & μr > 1) are potential ceramic materials which are
used in DRAs as resonators and radiators.
Ceramic dielectrics are extensively used in the wireless communication systems
and electronic devices as well. For practical applications, these materials are usually
prepared by conventional ceramic fabrication routes such as, solid state route, liquid
phase sintering or chemical processing. The dielectric material properties depend
considerably on the chemical composition, porosity, crystal structure and imperfec-
tions in the crystal lattice. The fabrication condition also influences the material prop-
erties, e.g., calcination conditions influence the structure, secondary phase formation
and dielectric characteristics. The secondary phase plays an important role in control-
ling the density, microstructure, grain growth and microwave dielectric properties of
the ceramic resonator materials. The purity of starting material plays an important
role on the sintering conditions and dielectric properties. Some common commer-
cially available and laboratory synthesized dielectric materials are listed in Tables 5
and 6, respectively. The performance of recently designed DRAs with commercially
available and synthesized ceramic materials is described in Table 7. The current
state of art for the ceramic dielectric materials and the dielectric resonator antenna
parameters is given in Table 8.
Microwave Dielectric Resonator Antenna Using … 387

Table 5 Commercially available dielectric materials for DRA applications

S. No. Dielectric material Dielectric constant (εr ) Tangent loss (tanδ)
1 PTFE (Polytetrafluoroethylene or 2.1 0.0002 @ 3 GHz
Teflon)
2 FR-4 4.4 0.008 @ 3 GHz
3 RT duroid 2.3 0.0012
4 Alumina (Al2 O3 ) 10.2 0.0002 @ 1 GHz
5 Glass 4–10
6 Epoxy glass PCB 5.2
7 Wood 1.2–2.1 0.03 @ 3 GHz
8 Soil 2.44 0.0011 @ 3 GHz
9 Neoprene rubber 4 0.034 @ 3 GHz
10 Silicon 11.7–12.9 0.005 @ 1 GHz
11 GaAs 13.1 0.0016 @ 10 GHz

12 Conclusion

The intent of the chapter has been discuss about the types of dielectric resonator
antennas, feeding techniques, mode/modes of excitation, radiation mechanism, band-
width and gain enhancement techniques, parameters affecting the permittivity of
dielectric ceramics used for DRAs as well as commercially and cost effective labo-
ratory synthesized dielectric ceramics which can be used as resonators for dielec-
tric resonator antennas. For future investigations, such studies will be useful for
understanding the effect on the microwave device performance on the end user side.
Also, emphasis should be placed on the low cost production and eco-friendly mate-
rials, which can be recycled further, keeping in view the environmental protection
aspect. This review might provide a systematic guideline to researchers for design
and development of novel DRAs.
The antennas discussed here can be used as primary feed for satellite communi-
cation. It can also be used as transmitting/receiving antenna in radars, in weapons
installed in control military aircrafts, in mapping of ocean currents in harbor area,
in capturing multi-spectral images to study earth science, in observing coastal and
harbor traffic, in weather navigation system, in microwave radiometer to get informa-
tion about various climate parameters, such as rain rate, ice morphology and ocean
wind speed.
388 P. Tripathi and P. Kumari

Table 6 Laboratory synthesized dielectric ceramics for DRA application

S. No. Ceramic material Sintering εr References
temperature
(°C)
Dielectric materials sintered below 1000 °C
1 BaV2 O6 550 °C for 11.2 [109]
1h
2 Li2 O-1.94MgO-0.02Al2 O3 -P2 O5 825 for 6 h 6.2 [110]
3 90 wt% ZnNb2 O6 -TiO2 + 10 wt% 875 20.3 [111]
(Li2 O-B2 O3 -SiO2 )
4 85 wt% BaTi4 O9 + 15 wt% 875 26 [112]
Li2 O-B2 O3 -SiO2 -CaO-Al2 O3
5 Ba0.5 Sr0.5 TiO3 + 10wt%PbO-BaO-B2 O3 -SiO2 875 for 2 h 27 [113]
glass
6 Ba0.5 Sr0.5 TiO3 + 8wt%PbO-BaO-B2 O3 -SiO2 900 for 2 h 25.8 [113]
glass
7 ZnNb2 O6 + 5 wt% CuO + 4B2 O3 900 23.3 [114]
8 5Li2 O-0.583Nb2 O5 -3.248TiO2 + 1wt%V2 O5 920 21.5 [115]
9 Ba0.5 Sr0.5 TiO3 + 5wt%PbO-BaO-B2 O3 -SiO2 925 for 2 h 13.8 [113]
glass
10 LiMgPO4 950 for 2 h 6.4 [116]
11 (Zn0.8 Sn0.2 )TiO4 + 10 wt% 950 for 4 h 17.8 [117]
BaO-B2 O3 -SiO2 -Li2 O-CuO
12 0.83ZnAl2 O4 - 0.17TiO2 + 0.2 wt% BBSZ 950 for 4 h 11.7 [118]
glass
13 Mg3 (VO4 )2 –0.5Ba3 (VO4 )2 + 0.0625 wt% 950 for 5 h 13 [119]
Li2 CO3
14 Mg3 (VO4 )2 –0.5Ba(VO4 )2 + 0.0625 wt% 950 for 5 h 12.6 [119]
Li2 O3
15 (Zr0.8 Sn0.2 )TiO4 + 10wt% 950 for 8 h 18.4 [117]
BaO-B2 O3 -SiO2 -Li2 O-CuO
16 Mg4 Nb2 O9 + 3 wt%LiF + 6 wt% CaTiO3 950 for 5 h 15.7 [120]
17 CaO-Al2 O3 -SiO2 -TiO2 -B2 O3 950 10 [121]
18 Ba0.5 Sr0.5 TiO3 + 3wt%PbO-BaO-B2 O3 -SiO2 950 for 2 h 15.0 [113]
glass
Dielectric materials sintered above 1000 °C
19 CeO2 -0.5WO3 -0.5TiO2 1130 17 [122]
20 0.7CaWO4 –0.3LaNbO4 1150 13.3 [123]
21 MgNb2 O6 + 2wt% CuO 1170 19.9 [124]
22 0.96MgTiO3 -0.036SrTiO3 1170 for 2 h 17.9 [125]
23 0.96MgTiO3 -0.036SrTiO3 + 2wt% B2 O3 1170 for 2 h 19 [125]
24 Mg0.95 Ca0.05 TiO3 + 2 wt% B2 O3 1200 21.2 [126]
(continued)
Microwave Dielectric Resonator Antenna Using … 389

Table 6 (continued)
S. No. Ceramic material Sintering εr References
temperature
(°C)
25 (Mg0.95 Ca0.05 )TiO3 + 5 mol% B2 O3 1200 19.6 [127]
26 0.93(Mg0.6 Zn0.4 )0.95Co0.05 TiO3 –0.07CaTiO3 1200 23.04 [128]
27 Mg4 Ta2 O9 1200 14 [129]
28 0.74CaWO4 -0.26TiO2 1250 17.5 [130]
29 LaNbO4 1250 19.3 [131]
30 La0.9 Nd0.1 NbO4 1250 20 [132]
31 0.94MgTiO3 -0.06CaTiO3 + 0.2 mol% Bi2 O3 1250 22.6 [133]
32 0.964MgTiO3 -0.036SrTiO3 1270 20.8 [134]
33 0.93(Mg0.95 Co0.05 )TiO3 -0.07CaTiO3 1275 for 4 h 21.6 [135]
34 0.92(Mg0.95 Co0.05 )TiO3 -0.08CaTiO3 1275 for 2 h 22.1 [135]
35 0.94(Mg0.95 Co0.05 )TiO3 -0.06CaTiO3 1275 for 4 h 20.9 [135]
36 0.95MgTiO3 -0.05CaTiO3 + 0.25 wt% CuO 1275 for 4 h 20 [136]
37 Sm2 BaCu0.5 Zn0.5 O5 1280 13.4 [137]
38 (Mg0.95 Zn0.05 )TiO3 1300 17.1 [138]
39 0.17Ba5 NbO15 –0.83BaNb2 O6 1300 25.2 [139]
40 0.9Al2 O3 –0.1 TiO2 1300 for 2 h 12.4 [140]
41 Al2 O3 –TiO2 : MnO 1300 12.4 [141]
42 Zn(Nb0.35 Ta0.65 )O6 1300 28 [142]
43 0.96MgTiO3 –0.04SrTiO3 1300 for 4 h 20.9 [143]
44 0.91(Mg0.7 Zn0.3 )TiO3 -0.09CaTiO3 1310 for 3 h 22.5 [144]
45 0.85(Mg0.95 Zn0.05 )TiO3 -0.15Ca0.6 La0.8/3 TiO3 1320 for 3 h 25 [145]
46 Nd(Co0.5 Ti0.5 )O3 + 0.75 wt% B2 O3 1320 for 4 h 27.2 [146]
47 5MgO-Ta2 O5 -TiO2 1325 18 [147]
48 Mg0.93 Ca0.07 TiO3 1350 for 3 h 22.15 [148]
49 Ba(Zn1/3 Ta2/3 )O3 1350 for 28 [149]
20 h
50 0.89Al2 O3 -0.11TiO2 -0.5 wt% ZnO 1350 12.9 [150]
51 0.9Al2 O3 –0.1 TiO2 Annealed at 1000 C 1350 12.4 [151]
52 0.95MgTiO3 -0.05CaTiO3 1400 20 [126]
53 0.83ZnAl2 O4 –0.17TiO2 1410 12.6 [151, 152]
54 0.80ZnAl2 O4 –0.20TiO2 1420 14 [151]
55 0.9Nd(Co0.5 Ti0.5 )O3 –0.1SrTiO3 1440 for 4 h 29.3 [153]
56 0.75MgAl2 O4 -0.25TiO2 1450 10.7 [154]
57 Sm3 Ga5 O12 + TiO2 1450 12.33 [155]
58 Mg4 Ta2 O9 1450 11.5 [129]
59 CaYAlO4 1450 for 3 h 18.9 [156]
(continued)
390 P. Tripathi and P. Kumari

Table 6 (continued)
S. No. Ceramic material Sintering εr References
temperature
(°C)
60 0.95MgTiO3 -0.05CaTiO3 1450 21 [136]
61 0.35(Al0.5 Ta0.5 )O2 –0.65(Mg1/3 Ta2/3 )O2 1450 26.1 [157]
62 0.75(Al0.5 Ta0.5 O2 )–0.25(Ti0.85 Sn0.15 )O2 1450 for 3 h 28 [158]
63 0.8(Al0.5 Ta0.5 )O2 –0.2TiO2 1450 for 3 h 29.4 [159]
64 0.5MgAl2 O4 –0.5TiO2 1460 13.2 [160]
65 0.7MgTiO3 –0.3MgTa2 O6 1460 for 3 h 23 [161]
66 Y3 Ga5 O12 1500 11.56 [162]
67 0.72Ba(Mg0.5 W0.5 )O3 –0.28BaTiO3 1500 for 6 h 12.3 [163]
68 0.67Ba(Mg0.5 W0.5 )O3 –0.33BaTiO3 1500 for 6 h 13.1 [163]
69 BaO-33MgO-0.35WO3 -0.32TiO2 1500 16.3 [163]
70 BaO-0.34MgO-0.32WO3 -0.34TiO2 1500 for 14.5 [163, 164]
12 h
71 BaO-0.35MgO-0.34WO3 -0.31TiO2 1500 for 6 h 15.4 [163]
72 BaO-0.34MgO-0.35WO3 -0.31TiO2 1500 for 6 h 17.1 [163]
73 BaO-0.32MgO-0.28WO3 -0.4TiO2 1500 for 6 h 18.1 [164]
74 BaO-0.32MgO-0.26WO3 -0.42TiO2 1500 for 6 h 21.5 [164]
75 Ba3 (Zr0.0645 Zn0.816 Ni0.1625 Ta1.957 )O9 1510 for 29 [161]
24 h
76 Ba(Zr0.09 Ni0.125 Zn0.845 Ta1.94 )O3 1520 for 30 [165]
48 h
77 0.95Ba(Zn0.5 Ta2/3 )O3 –0.05Sr(Ga0.5 Ta0.5 )O3 1550 for 2 h 29 [166]
78 Ba(Zn1/3 Ta2/3 )O3 + 1 mol%Mn 1550 30 [167]
79 Ba(Mg1/3 Ta(2-2x)/3 Wx/3 Tix/3 )O3 (x = 0.15) 1550 for 4 h 20 [168]
80 Al2 O3 1550 10.05 [169]
81 Ca(Ho0.5 Nb0.5 )O3 1550 for 4 h 23 [170]
82 Ba(Mg0.33 Ta0.53 Ti0.067 W0.067 )O3 1590 23.6 [168]
83 Ba(Mg0.4 Zn0.6 )Ta2/3 O3 1600 for 4 h 27 [171]
84 CaTa2 O6 1600 21.2 [172]
85 Ba0.9925 (Mg0.33 Ta0.67 )O3 1600 24.7 [173]
86 Ba(Ma0.3183 Ta0.67 )O3 1600 25.1 [173]
87 Ba(Mg1/3 Ta2/3 )O3 1640 for 24 [167]
20 h
88 0.85Ba(Mg1/3 Ta2/3 )O3 –0.15BaSnO3 1640 for 24 [174]
20 h
89 Mg3 La4 Al44 O75 1680 13 [175]
Table 7 Recently designed DRAs with commercially available and synthesized ceramic materials
S. Dielectric material(s) DRA shapes Bandwidth Excitation mechanism Mode Application References
No. (year) (GHz)
1 Al2 O3 (εr = 9.8) Cylindrical DRA 1.88–2.06 Ring-shaped patch HE11δ , WLAN (2.4 GHz) [176]
(9.13%), along with an inverted HE12δ and WiMAX (2.5/
2.29–2.58 L-strip (microstrip 3.5 GHz)
(11.9%), line)
2.9–3.93
(30.16%)
2 Al2 O3 Cylindrical DRA 4.9–5.5 (11.5%) Dual feed (Aperture HEx 11δ and MIMO applications [177]
coupling and CPW) HEy 11δ
3 Al2 O3 Dual segment 3.19–4 (23.14%) Conformal strip TE1δ1 Radar and satellite [178]
RDRA (microstrip line) application
(S-band)
4 Al2 O3 Hybrid 2.24–2.56 Annular ring shaped HE11δ , WLAN (2.4/ [179]
cylindrical DRA (13.33%), patch along with HE12δ 5.8 GHz) and
Microwave Dielectric Resonator Antenna Using …

3.28–4.18 T-shaped printed line WiMAX (2.5/3.5/

(24.13%), (Microstrip line) 5.5 GHz)
5.36–5.8
(7.9%)
5 Al2 O3 Stacked CDRA 3.55–10.78 Annular shaped TE01δ , Ultra wide band [180]
(100.9%) (Microstrip line) TM01δ antenna application
for high data rate
6 Al2 O3 CDRA 2.42–2.9 Modified circular HE11δ , WLAN (2.4/5.2/ [181]
(18.04%), shaped aperture HE12δ -like 5.8 GHz) and
4.9–5.98 HE12δ WiMAX (2.5/
(19.85%) 5.5 GHz)
(continued)
391
Table 7 (continued)
392

S. Dielectric material(s) DRA shapes Bandwidth Excitation mechanism Mode Application References
No. (year) (GHz)
7 Al2 O3 Composite 2.25–2.79 Modified annular ring HEM11δ , WLAN and [182]
CDRA (21.42%), printed line with EM12δ WiMAX
3.1–4.0 U-shaped printed applications
(25.35%), Microstrip line
5.05–5.6
(10.32%)
8 Al2 O3 Three element 9.27–11.67 Co-axial probe feed TM10-1 X-band applications [183]
dual segment (22.92%)
triangular DRA
9 Al2 O3 4-Element dual 3.44–3.95 GHz Copper strip excitation TEy 1δ1 Radar and satellite [184]
segment RDRA (connected to application
array microstrip line)
10 Al2 O3 Half split 5.1–8.3 GHz Probe feed TM01δ WLAN and [185]
cylindrical DRA (51.2%) WiMAX
11 Al2 O3 CDRA 1.92–2.3 GHz, Modified annular ring HEM11δ , WLAN/WiMAX [186]
3.13–4.6 GHz, patch feed HE12δ
and 5.4–6.5 GHz
12 Al2 O3 Two segment 2.3–2.5 GHz, Microstrip line along HE11δ , WLAN/WiMAX [187]
CDRA 3.2–3.8 GHz, with two ring patch TM01δ
4.67–7.0 GHz
8.33%; 17.14%,
and 39.93%,
(continued)
P. Tripathi and P. Kumari
Table 7 (continued)
S. Dielectric material(s) DRA shapes Bandwidth Excitation mechanism Mode Application References
No. (year) (GHz)
13 Al2 O3 Hybrid MIMO 2.24–2.38 GHz, Two symmetric folded HEM11δ LTE2500/ [188]
CDRA (6.06%) microstrip line feed WLAN/WiMAX
2.5–3.26 GHz
(26.4%), and
4.88–7.0 GHz
(35.7%) (S11 <
-6 dB)
14 Al2 O3 CDRA 2.5–3.02, Composite feed HEM11δ , WiMAX (2.5 GHz) [189]
3.76–3.86, and (combination of TM01δ , and and vehicular
4.38–4.72 GHz vertical strip and HEM12δ applications
psi-shaped (ψ)
microstrip line)
15 Al2 O3 Cubic DRA BWim = 35.35% Question-mark-shaped TE11δ WiMAX [190]
Microwave Dielectric Resonator Antenna Using …

BWAR = microstrip feed (3.3–3.7 GHz)

20.62%
16 Al2 O3 CDRA BWim = 40% Dual conformal strips – Bluetooth and [191]
BWAR = 9.24% with modified Wi-Fi
Wilkinson power
divider
17 Al2 O3 Rectangular 11.1–11.4 GHz Microstrip line with TE117 , mm-wave and [192]
DRA (2.3%) cross slot TE119 , tetrahertze higher
10.4–11.44 GHz TE11,11 , frequency bands
(9.5%) TE11,13
(continued)
393
Table 7 (continued)
394

S. Dielectric material(s) DRA shapes Bandwidth Excitation mechanism Mode Application References
No. (year) (GHz)
18 Al2 O3 Square DRA 2.19–3.63 GHz Microstrip-coupled TE111 Radio frequency [193]
(49.5%) cross-slot identification
(RFID) system,
Global positioning
system and satellite
communication/
navigation system
19 Al2 O3 Modified 3.37–5.69 GHz Probe feed – Modern wireless [194]
cylindrical (51.2%) communication
shaped dielectric system
resonator
antenna
20 Al2 O3 Spherical 100–110 GHz Microstrip resonator TE113 High data-rate [195]
(9%) and microstrip feed communication and
line sensing
21 SrLa2 Mg2 W2 O12 Dual segment 9.17–10.86 GHz Probe feed – X-band applications [196]
(εr = 22) CDRA
22 SrLa2 Mg2 W2 O12 Dual segment 8.90–11.48 GHz Probe feed – Radio navigation [197]
(εr = 22) CDRA with (25.32%) services, civil and
meta-material military radar
23 Emerson & Cuming Eccostock HIK CDRA array 2.9% Non-resonant HEM12δ Electrically steered [198]
material Fc = 9.04 GHz microstrip patch feed array applications
(εr = 20)
(continued)
P. Tripathi and P. Kumari
Table 7 (continued)
S. Dielectric material(s) DRA shapes Bandwidth Excitation mechanism Mode Application References
No. (year) (GHz)
24 Nd(Mg0.43 Ca0.07 Sn0.5 )O3 CDRA 2280–2593 MHz Microstrip line feed – Industrial, Scientific [199]
(εr = 19.51) (12.5%), with rectangular slot medical (ISM),
5077–5877 MHz High performance
(14.2%) radio local area
network
(HIPERLAN),
Unlicensed national
information
infrastructure
(UNII) bands
25 Zirconium Tin Titanate Cylindrical DR BWim = Probe feed – – [200]
(εr = 38) which is 112–140 MHz
chopped normal BWAR =
to its x axis 28-33 MHz
Microwave Dielectric Resonator Antenna Using …

dianeter or
rectangular
truncation in one
side of resonator
26 Li2 O-1.94MgO-0.02Al2 O3 -P2 O5 (LMAP) Composite 7.70–15.30 GHz Probe feed TMz101 Broadcast [110]
(εr = 6.2) triangular DRA (66.09%) base-stations, radar,
and satellite
communications
27 K9 glass CDRA 3.75–5.37 GHz Coaxial probe feed HEM11δ and Pattern [201]
(εr = 6.85) (35.5%) TM01δ reconfigurable
+ liquid ethyl acetate (εr = 7.1) design without p-i-n
diode, suitable for
systems which
require static
changes
395

(continued)
Table 7 (continued)
396

S. Dielectric material(s) DRA shapes Bandwidth Excitation mechanism Mode Application References
No. (year) (GHz)
28 10 wt% PBBS Glass-added Barium Dual segment 8.68–9.76 GHz Aperture coupled feed – Radar and radio [202]
Strontium Titanate CDRA (11.71%) navigation, military
(εr = 27) satellite
communication
29 10 wt% PBBS Glass-added Barium Dual segment 8.80–9.49 GHz Aperture coupled feed – As primary feed for [203]
Strontium Titanate RDRA radar and satellite
(εr = 27) communication
30 3 wt% PBBS Glass-added Barium Filleted RDRA 7.0–13.048 Aperture coupled feed TEx211 and As primary feed for [50]
Strontium Titanate GHz TEx2n1 parabolic reflector
(εr = 15) (~60%) in radar and satellite
communication
31 1 wt% 55B2 O3 -45Bi2 O3 Glass-added Dual segment 6.44–9.52 GHz Coaxial probe feed – Radar and satellite [204]
Magnesium cobalt titanate RDRA (38.6%) communication
(εr = 11.57)
32 Zn0.7 Mg0.3 TiO3 Cylindrical (2.11%) Coaxial probe feed HEM11δ Wireless [205]
(εr = 15.7) dielectric Fc = 4.26 GHz communication and
resonator radar
antennas
33 εr = 2.2 Triangular DRA 4.55–5.2 Conformal strip TM10δ , – [206]
(13.54%), connected to TM30δ
7.84–8.58 microstrip line
(8.92%)
34 εr = 12 Four element 4.7–6.8 Co-axial probe feed TM10-1 – [207]
triangular DRA (37.61%)
(continued)
P. Tripathi and P. Kumari
Table 7 (continued)
S. Dielectric material(s) DRA shapes Bandwidth Excitation mechanism Mode Application References
No. (year) (GHz)
35 εr = 12 Rectangular 3.3–3.7 GHz Modified microstrip – Massive-MIMO [208]
cylindrical (11.4%) line feed array antennas
dielectric
resonator and a
metallic
semi-loop
36 εr = 10.2, Cylindrical 57–64 GHz Aperture–coupled HEM11δ Antenna-in-package [209]
εr = 2.2 DRA array (11.5%) feed design
37 εr = 38 Four-leaf-clover- 2.50–2.74 GHz Probe feed with T TE111 Front-end in [210]
shaped (9.2%) shape strip wireless
communication
Microwave Dielectric Resonator Antenna Using …
397
398 P. Tripathi and P. Kumari

Table 8 Current state of art of ceramic dielectric materials and dielectric resonant antenna
parameters
Parameters Sate of art References
Lowest dielectric constant for εr = 3 for AlPO4 ceramic [17]
ceramic
Highest quality factor Qf = 773 700 GHz for [17]
0.993MgO–0.007B2 O3
Lowest frequency of operation 55 MHz [211]
Lowest frequency of operation 1.5 GHz [212]
(CP-DRA)
Highest frequency of operation 94 GHz [213]
Higher frequency of operation 60 GHz [214]
(CP-DRA)
Largest DRA CDRA Diameter = 550 mm, height = [211]
200 mm
Wide impedance bandwidth 126% [215]
(LP-DRA)
Wide impedance bandwidth 54% [216]
(CP-DRA)
Wide axial ratio bandwidth (CP- 50% [216]
DRA)
High gain (LP-DRA) 24.5 dBi for 529 rectangular array [217]
High gain (CP-DRA) 12 dBi for 4 CDRA array [218]

References

1. Ullah, U., Ali, W.F.F.W., Ain, M.F., Mahyuddin, N.M., Ahmad, Z.A.: Design of novel dielec-
tric resonator antenna using MgTiO3 -CoTiO3 for wideband applications. Mater. & Des. 85,
396–403 (2015)
2. Richtmyer, R.D.: Dielectric resonators. J. Appl. Phys. 10(6), 391 (1939)
3. Okaya, A., Barash, L.: The dielectric microwave resonator. Proc. IRE 50(10), 2081–2092
(1962)
4. Okaya, A.: The rutile microwave resonator. Proc. IRE 48, 1921 (1962)
5. Long, S.A., McAllister, M.W., Shen, L.C.: The resonant cylindrical dielectric cavity antenna.
IEEE Trans. Antennas Propag. 31(3), 406–412 (1983)
6. Shum, S.M., Luk, K.M.: Stacked annular-ring dielectric resonator antenna excited by axi-
symmetric coaxial probe. IEEE Trans. Antennas Propag. 43(8), 889–892 (1995)
7. Rao, Q., Denidni, T.A., Sebak, A.R.: Broadband compact stacked T-shaped DRA with
equilateral-triangle cross sections. IEEE Microw. Wirel. Compon. Lett. 16(1), 7–9 (2006)
8. Esselle, K.P., Bird, T.S.: A hybrid-resonator antenna: experimental results. IEEE Trans.
Antennas Propag. 53(2), 870–871 (2005)
9. Gao, Y., Ooi, B.L., Ewe, W.B., et al.: A compact wideband hybrid dielectric resonator antenna.
IEEE Microw. Wirel. Compon. Lett. 16(4), 227–229 (2006)
10. Zou, M., Pan, J.: Investigation of resonant modes in wideband hybrid omnidirectional
rectangular dielectric resonator antenna. IEEE Trans. Antennas Propag. 63(7), 3272–3275
(2015)
11. Kishk, A.A., Chair, R., Lee, K.R.: Broadband dielectric resonator antennas excited by L-
shaped probe. IEEE Trans. Antennas Propag. 54(8), 2182–2189 (2006)
Microwave Dielectric Resonator Antenna Using … 399

12. Rashidian, A., Shafai, L., Klymyshyn, D.M.: Tall microstrip transmission lines for dielectric
resonator antenna applications. IET Microw. Antennas Propag. 8(2), 112–124 (2014)
13. Liang, X.L., Denidni, T.A.: H-shaped dielectric resonator antenna for wideband applications.
IEEE Antennas Wirel. Propag. Lett. 7, 163–166 (2008)
14. Gao, Y., Feng, Z., Zhang, L.: Compact asymmetrical T-shaped dielectric resonator antenna
for broadband applications. IEEE Trans. Antennas Propag. 60(3), 1611–1615 (2012)
15. Chaudhary, R.K., Srivastava, V.K., Biswas, A.: A broadband dumbbell-shaped dielectric
resonator antenna. Microw. Opt. Technol. Lett. 56(12), 2944–2947 (2014)
16. Luk, K.M., Lee, M.T., Leung, K.W., et al.: Technique for improving coupling between
microstripline and dielectric resonator antenna. Electron. Lett., 35, 357–358 (1999)
17. Sebastian, M.T., Ubic, R., Jantunen, H.: Microwave Materials and Application. Wiley & Sons
(2017)
18. Petosa, A.: Dielectric Resonator Antenna Handbook, 311 p. Artech House (2007)
19. Guha, D., Gupta, B., Antar, Y.M.M.: Hybrid monopole- DRAs using hemispherical/conical
shaped dielectric ring resonators: improve ultrawideband designs. IEEE Trans. Antennas
Propag. 60(1), (2012)
20. Guha, D., Antar, Y.M.M.: New half-hemispherical dielectric resonator antenna for broadband
monopole- type radiation. IEEE Trans. Antennas Propag. 54(12), (2006)
21. Guha, D., Gupta, B., Antar, Y.M.M.: New pawn-shaped dielectric ring resonator loaded hybrid
monopole antenna for improved ultrawide bandwidth. IEEE Antennas Wirel. Propag. Lett.
08, (2009)
22. Guha, D., Antar, Y.M.M.: Four element cylindrical dielectric resonator antenna for wideband
monopole like radiation. IEEE Trans. Antennas Propag. 54(9), (2006)
23. Luk, K.M., Leung, K.W. (eds.): Dielectric Resonator Antennas, 388 p. Research Studies Press
(2003)
24. Sinha, D., Amaratunga, G.A.J.: Electromagnetic radiation under explicit symmetry breaking.
Phys. Rev. Lett. 114(147701), 1–7 (2015)
25. Cooper, M., et al.: Investigation of dielectric resonator antenna for L-band communications.
In: Symposium on Antenna Technology and Applied Electromagnetics, Montreal, Canada,
pp. 167–170 (1996)
26. Liasne, A., Gillard, R., Piton, G.: A robust slot fed dielectric resonator antenna (DRA) using
an intermediate substrate. IEEE Electron. Lett. 37(25), 1497–1498 (2001)
27. Ittipiboon, A., Petosa, A., Roscoe, D., Cuhaci, M.: An investigation of a novel broad-
band dielectric resonator antenna. In: IEEE Antennas and Propagation Society International
Symposium. Digest, AP-S, pp. 2038–2041 (1996)
28. Petosa, A., Ittipiboon, A., Cuhaci, M., Larose, R.: Low profile phased array of dielec-
tric resonator antennas. In: IEEE International Symposium Phased Array Systems and
Technology, pp. 182–185 (1996)
29. Petosa, A., Larose, R., Ittipiboon, A., Cuhaci, M.: Active phased array of dielectric resonator
antennas. In: IEEE Antennas and Propagation Symposium, Montreal, Canada, pp. 690–693
(1997)
30. Petosa, A., Larose, R., Ittipiboon, A., Cuhaci, M.: Microstrip fed array of multi-segment
dielectric resonator antennas. IEEE Proc. Microw. Antennas Propag. 144(6), 472–476 (1997)
31. Fan, Z., et al.: Parasitic coplanar three element dielectric resonator antenna sub-array. IEE
Electron. Lett. 32(9), 789–790 (1996)
32. Sangiovanni, A., Dauvignac, J.Y., Pichot, C.: Embedded dielectric resonator antenna for
bandwidth enhancement. IEE Electron. Lett. 33(25), 2090–2091 (1997)
33. Kishk, A.A.: Experimental study of broadband embedded dielectric resonator antennas excited
by a narrow slot. Antennas Wirel. Prop. Lett. 4, 79–81 (2005)
34. Chair, R., Yang, S.L., Kishk, A.A., Lee, K.F., Luk, K.M.: Aperture fed wideband circularly
polarized rectangular stair shaped dielectric resonator antenna. IEEE Trans. Antenna Propag.
54(4), 1352 (2006)
35. Chair, R., Kish, A.A., Lee, K.E.: Wideband stair shaped dielectric resonator antennas. IET
Microw. Antennas Propag. 1(2), 299–305 (2007)
400 P. Tripathi and P. Kumari

36. Chair, R., Kishk, A.A., Lee, K.F.: Experimental investigation for wideband perforated
dielectric resonator antenna. Electron. Lett. 42(3), 137–139 (2006)
37. Chair, R., et al.: IEE Electron. Lett. 40(10), 581 (2004)
38. Luk, K.M., Lee, M.T., Leung, K.W., Yung, E.K.N.: Technique for improving coupling between
microstripline and dielectric resonator antenna. IEEE Electron. Lett. 35(5), 357–358 (1999)
39. Leung, K.W., Wong, W.C., Luk, K.M., Yung, E.K.N.: Circular polarized dielectric resonator
antenna excited by dual conformal strips. IEEE Electron. Lett. 36(6), 454–455 (2000)
40. Leung, et al.: Annular slot coupled dielectric resonator antenna. IEEE Electron. Lett. 34(13),
1275–1277 (1998)
41. Leung, K.W., Wong, W.C., Ng, H.K.: Circularly polarized slot- coupled dielectric resonator
antenna with a parasitic patch. IEEE Antennas Wirel. Propag. Lett. 1(1), 57–59 (2002)
42. Yung, K.W.N.: Annular slot- coupled dielectric resonator antenna. Electron. Lett. 34(13),
1275–1277 (1998)
43. Li, T.W., Sun, J.S.: A wide U-shape slot fed broadband dielectric resonator antenna. In: Sympo-
sium on Antenna Technology and Applied Electromagnetics, St. Malo, France, pp. 124–125
(2005)
44. Kishk, A.A., Glisson, A.W., Yin, Y.: Microw. Opt. Technol. Lett. 29(3), 160 (2001)
45. Kishk, A.A., Glisson, A.W., Junker, J.P.: J. Electromagn. Waves Appl. 15(6), 777 (2001)
46. Kishk, A.A.: IEEE Trans. Antenna Propag. 51(10), 2913 (2003)
47. Zhang, L.N., Zhong, S.S., Xu, S.D.: Broadband U-shaped dielectric resonator antenna with
elliptical patch feed. Electron. Lett. 44(16), 947–949 (2008)
48. Dhar, S., Ghatak, R., Gupta, B., Poddar, D.R.: A Wideband Minkowski fractal dielectric
resonator antenna. IEEE Trans. Antenna Propag. 6(6), 2895–2903 (2013)
49. Mukherjee, B., Patel, P., Mukherjee, J.: A novel cup-shaped inverted hemi-spherical dielectric
resonator antenna for wideband applications. IEEE Antennas Wirel. Propag. Lett. 12, 1240–
1243 (2013)
50. Tripathi, P., Kumari, P., Sahu, B., Singh, R., Singh, S.P., Kumar, D.: Filleted RDRA using
novel ceramic dielectric (3G-BST) with stable gain and improved bandwidth for X-band
application. Ceram. Int. 44(5), 5045–5054 (2018)
51. Fakhte, S., Oraizi, H., Matekovits, L.: High gain rectangular dielectric resonator antenna using
uniaxial material at fundamental mode. IEEE Trans. Antennas Propag. 65(1), 342–347 (2017)
52. Perron, A., Denidni, T.A., Sebak, A.R.: High gain hybrid dielectric resonator antenna for
millimeter wave applications, design and implementation. IEEE Trans. Antennas Propag.
57(10), 2882–2892 (2009)
53. Guha, D., Antar, Y.M.M., Petosa, A., Lee, D.: Improved design guidelines for the ultra
wideband monopole dielectric resonator antenna. IEEE Antennas Wirel. Propag. Lett. 5(1),
373–376 (2006)
54. Gao, Y., Popov, A.P., Ooi, B.L., Leong, M.S.: Experimental study of wideband hybrid
dielectric resonator antenna on small ground plane. Electron. Lett. 42(13), 731–733 (2006)
55. Lin, Y.F., Chen, H.M., Lin, C.H.: Compact dual band hybrid dielectric resonator antenna with
radiating slot. IEEE Antenna Wirel. Propag. Lett. 8, 6–9 (2009)
56. Fakhte, S., Oraizi, H., Matekovits, L.: Gain improvement of rectangular dielectric resonator
antenna by engraving grooves on its side walls. IEEE Antennas Wirel. Propag. Lett. https://
[Link]/10.1109/LAWP.2017.2702584
57. Llombart, N., Neto, A., Gerini, G., de Maagt, P.: Planar circularly symmetric EBG structures
for reducing surface waves in printed antennas. IEEE Trans. Antennas Propag. 53(10), 3210–
3218 (2005)
58. Zheng, Q., Guo, C., Vandenbosch, G.A., Ding, J.: Low-profile circularly polarized array
with gain enhancement and RCS reduction using polarization conversion EBG structures.
IEEE Trans. Antennas Propag. 68(3), 2440–2445 (2020). [Link]
2943693.
59. Coulibaly, Y., Boutayeb, H., Denidni, T.A., Talbi, L.: Gain enhancement of a dielectric
resonator antenna using cylindrical electromagnetic crystal substrate. IEEE Antennas and
Propagation Society International Symposium. Digest, pp. 1325–1328 (2007)
Microwave Dielectric Resonator Antenna Using … 401

60. Petosa, A., Thirakoune, S., lttipiboou, A.: Higher order modes in rectangular DRAs for gain
enhancement. Presented at the ANTEM 2009, Banff, Canada (2009)
61. Yarge, S., Sertel, K., Volakis, J.: A directive resonator antenna using degenerate band edge
crystals. IEEE Trans. Antennas Propag. 57, 799–803 (2009)
62. Fakhte, S., Oraizi, H., Matekovits, L.: High gain rectangular dielectric resonator antenna using
uniaxial material at fundamental mode. IEEE Trans. Antennas Propag. 99, (2016). [Link]
org/10.1109/TAP.2016.2627520
63. Yarga, S., Sertel, K., Volakis, J.L.: A directive resonator antenna using degenerate band edge
crystals. IEEE Trans. Antennas Propag. 57(3), (2009)
64. Antar, Y.M.M.: Antenna for wireless communications: recent advances using dielectric
resonators. IET, Prog. Cicuit Devices Syst. 2(1), 133–138 (2008)
65. Carrie, J., et al.: A K-band circularly polarized cavity backed dielectric resonator. IEEE
Antennas and Propagation Symposium, Digest AP-S Baltimore, MD, pp. 734–737 (1996)
66. Carrie, J., et al.: A K-band circularly polarized dielectric resonator modeled using the trans-
mission line matrix method. In: Progress in Antenna Technology and Applied Electromagnetic
Symposium. ANTEM 96, Montreal, Canada, pp. 709–712 (1996)
67. Chattopadhyay, S., Siddiqui, J.Y., Guha, D.: Rectangular microstrip patch on composite dielec-
tric substrate for high gain wide beam radiation patterns. IEEE Trans. Antennas Propag.
57(10), (2009)
68. Long, S.A., McAllister, M.W., Shen, L.C.: The resonant cylindrical dielectric cavity antenna.
IEEE Trans. Antennas & Propag. 31(3), 406–412 (1983)
69. Guha, D., Kumar, C.: Microstrip patch versus dielectric resonator antennas bearing all
commonly used feeds: an experimental study to choose the right element. IEEE Antennas
Propag. Mag. 58(1), 45–55 (2016)
70. Kumari, R., Gangwar, R.K.: Circularly polarized dielectric resonator antennas: design and
developments. Wireless Pers. Commun. 86, 851–886 (2016)
71. Tawk, Y., Costantine, J., Christodoulou, C.G.: A rotatable reconfigurable antenna for cognitive
radio applications. Proceedings of IEEE RWS, pp. 158–161 (2011)
72. Zhu, H.L., Cheung, S.W., Yuk, T.I.: Mechanically pattern reconfigurable antenna using
metasurface. IET Microw. Antennas Propag. 9(12), 1331–1336 (2015)
73. Aboufoul, T., Alomainy, A., Parini, C.: Reconfiguring UWB monopole antenna for cognitive
radio applications using GaAs FET switches. IEEE Antennas Wirel. Propag. Lett. 11, 392–394
(2012)
74. Chen, Z., Shoaib, I., Yao, Y., Yu, J., Chen, X., Parini, C.G.: Pattern-reconfigurable dual-
polarized dielectric resonator antenna. IEEE Antennas Wirel. Propag. Lett. 15, 1273–1276
(2016)
75. Chen, Z., Wong, H.: Wideband glass and liquid cylindrical dielectric resonator antenna for
pattern reconfigurable design. IEEE Trans. Antenna Propag. 65(5), 2157–2164 (2017)
76. Huitema, L., Koubeissi, M., Mouhamadou, M., Arnaud, E., Decroze, C., Monediere, T.:
Compact and multiband dielectric resonator antenna with pattern diversity for multistandard
mobile handheld devices. IEEE Trans. Antennas Propag. 59(11), 4201–4208 (2011)
77. Liu, B.J., Qiu, J.H., Wang, C.L., Li, G.Q.: Pattern reconfigurable cylindrical dielectric
resonator antenna based on parasitic elements. IEEE Access 5, 25584–25590 ((2017))
78. Zhong, L., Hong, J.-S., Zhou, H.-C.: A novel pattern-reconfigurable cylindrical dielectric
resonator antenna with enhanced gain. IEEE Antennas Wirel. Propag. Lett. 15, 1253–1256
(2016)
79. Saleem, M.K., Alkanhal, M.A.S., Sheta, A.F.: Dual strip-excited dielectric resonator antenna
with parasitic strips for radiation pattern reconfigurability. Int. J. Antennas Propag. (2014).
[Link]
80. Mak, K.M., Lai, H.W., Luk, K.M., Ho, K.L.: Polarization reconfigurable circular patch antenna
with a C-shape. IEEE Trans. Antennas Propag. 65(3), 1388–1392 (2017)
81. Hu, J., Hao, Z.C., Miao, Z.W.: Design and implementation of a planar polarization-
reconfigurable antenna. IEEE Antennas Wirel. Propag. Lett. 16, 1557–1560 (2017)
402 P. Tripathi and P. Kumari

82. Qin, P.Y., Weily, A.R., Guo, Y.J., Liang, C.H.: Polarization reconfigurable U-slot patch
antenna. IEEE Trans. Antennas Propag. 58(10), (2010)
83. Khidre, A., Lee, K.-F., Yang, F., Elsherbeni, A.Z.: Circular polarisation reconfigurable wide-
band E shaped patch antenna for wireless applications. IEEE Trans. Antennas Propag. 61(2),
960–964 (2013)
84. Row, J.-S., Hou, M.-J.: Design of polarization diversity patch antenna based on a compact
reconfigurable feeding network. IEEE Trans. Antennas Propag. 62(10), 5349–5352 (2014)
85. Yang, W., Che, W., Jin, H., Feng, W., Xue, Q.: A polarization reconfigurable dipole antenna
using polarization rotation AMC structure. IEEE Trans. Antennas Propag. 63(12), 5305–5315
(2015)
86. Lin, W., Wong, H.: Wideband Circular polarisation reconfigurable antenna with L-shaped
feeding probes. IEEE Antennas Wirel. Propag. Lett. 16, 2114–2117 (2017)
87. Hao, Z.-C., Fan, K.-K., Wang, H.: A planar polarization reconfigurable antenna. IEEE Trans.
Antennas Propag. 65(4), 1624–1632 (2017)
88. Ji, L.Y., Qin, P.Y., Guo, Y.J., Ding, C., Fu, G., Gong, S.X.: A wideband polarisation recon-
figurable antenna with partially reflective surface. IEEE Trans. Antennas Propag. 64(10),
4534–4538 (2016)
89. Hu, J., Luo, G.Q., Hao, Z.C.: A wideband quad-polarization reconfigurable metasurface
antenna. IEEE Access 6, 6130–6137 (2018)
90. Hu, J., Hao, Z.-C., Hong, W.: Design of a wideband quad-polarization reconfigurable patch
antenna array using a stacked structure. IEEE Trans. Antennas Propag. 65(6), 3014–3023
(2017)
91. Lin, W., Wong, H.: Polarization reconfigurable aperture-fed patch antenna and array. IEEE
Access 4, 1510–1517 (2016)
92. Wu, F., Luk, K.M.: Single-port reconfigurable magneto-electric dipole antenna with quad-
polarization diversity. IEEE Trans. Antennas Propag. 65(5), 2289–2296 (2017)
93. Li, W., Xia, S., He, B., Chen, J., Shi, H., Zhang, A., Li, Z., Xu, Z.: A reconfigurable polarization
converter using active metasurface and its application in horn antenna. IEEE Trans. Antennas
Propag. 64(12), 5281–5290 (2016)
94. Farzami, F., Khaledian, S., Smida, B., Erricolo, D.: Reconfigurable linear/circular polarization
rectangular waveguide filtenna. IEEE Trans. Antennas Propag. 66(1), 9–15 (2018)
95. Li, L., Li, Y., Wu, Z., Huo, F., Zhang, Y., Zhao, C.: Novel polarization-reconfigurable converter
based on multilayer frequency-selective surfaces. Proc. IEEE 103(7), 1057–1070 (2015)
96. Dhar, S., Patra, K., Ghatak, R., Gupta, B., Poddar, D.R.: Reconfigurable dielectric resonator
antenna with multiple polarisation states. IET Microw. Antennas Propag. 12(6), 895–902
(2018)
97. Chen, Z., Wong, H.: Liquid dielectric resonator antenna with circular polarization reconfigu-
rality. IEEE Trans. Ant. Propag. 66(1), 444–449 (2018)
98. Yang, W.W., Dong, X., Sun, W.J., Chen, J.X.: Polarization reconfigurable broadband dielectric
resonator antenna with a lattice structure. IEEE Access 6, 21212–21219 (2018)
99. Apperley, T., Okoniewski, M.: An air-gap-based frequency switching method for the dielectric
resonator antenna. IEEE Antennas Wirel. Propag. Lett. 13, 455–458 (2014)
100. Danesh, S., Rahim, S.K.A., Abedian, M., Khalily, M., Hamid, M.R.: Frequency-
reconfigurable rectangular dielectric resonator antenna. IEEE Antennas Wirel. Propag. Lett.
12, 1331–1334 (2013)
101. Yan, J.-B., Bernhard, J.T.: Implementation of a frequency-agile MIMO dielectric resonator
antenna. IEEE Trans. Antennas Propag. 61(7), 3434–3441 (2013)
102. Danesh, S., Rahim, S.K.A., Abedian, M., Hamid, M.R.: A compact frequency-reconfigurable
dielectric resonator antenna for LTE/WWAN and WLAN applications. IEEE Antennas Wirel.
Propag. Lett. 14, 486–489 (2015)
103. Desjardins, J., McNamara, D.A., Thirakoune, S., Petosa, A.: Electronically frequency-
reconfigurable rectangular dielectric resonator antennas. IEEE Trans. Antennas Propag. 60(6),
2997–3002 (2012)
Microwave Dielectric Resonator Antenna Using … 403

104. Huff, G.H., Rolando, D.L., Walters, P., McDonald, J.: A frequency reconfigurable dielectric
resonator antenna using colloidal dispersions. IEEE Antennas Wirel. Propag. Lett. 9, 288–290
(2010)
105. Petosa, A., Mongia, R.K., Cuhaci, M., Wight, J.S.: Magnetically tunable ferrite resonator
antenna. Electron. Lett. 30(13), 1021–1022 (1994)
106. Hao, C.X., Li, B., Leung, K.W., Sheng, X.Q.: Frequency-tunable differentially fed rectangular
dielectric resonator antennas. IEEE Antennas Wirel. Propag. Lett. 10, 884–887 (2011)
107. Baker-Jarvis, J., Kim, S.: The Interaction of radio frequency field with dielectric materials at
macroscopic to mesoscopic scale. J. Res. Natl. Inst. Stand. Technol. 117, (2012). [Link]
org/10.6028/jres.117.001
108. Moulson, A.J., Herbert, J.M.: Electroceramics: Materials, Properties, Applications. Wiley &
Sons (2003)
109. Neelakantan, U.A., Kalathil, S.E., Ratheesh, R.: Structure and microwave dielectric properties
of ultralow-temperature cofirable BaV2 O6 ceramics. Eur. J. Inorg. Chem. 305–310, (2015)
110. Kumari, P., Tripathi, P., Sahu, B., Singh, S.P., Kumar, D.: Four-element composite triangular
dielectric resonator antenna using Li2 O-1.94MgO-0.02Al2 O3 -P2 O5 ceramic for wideband
applications. J. Electron. Mater. 47(9), 5218–5228 (2018)
111. Choi, Y.J., Park, J.H., Ko, W.J., Hwang, I.S., Park, J.G., Nahm, S.: Cofiring and shrinkage
matching in low and middle permittivity dielectric compositions for a low temperature cofired
ceramic system. J. Am. Ceram. Soc. 89, 562–567 (2006)
112. Kagata, H., Kato, J.: Dielectric properties of Ca based complex perovskite at microwave
frequencies. Jpn. J. Appl. Phys. 33, 5463–5465 (1994)
113. Tripathi, P., Kumari, P., Mishra, V.K., Singh, R., Singh, S.P., Kumar, D.: Effect of PbO-
B2 O3 -BaO-SiO2 glass additive on dielectric properties of Ba0.5Sr0.5TiO3 ceramics for radio
frequency applications. J. Phys. Chem. Solids 127, 60–67 (2019)
114. Huang, C.L., Lin, R.J., Wang, J.H.: Effect of B2 O3 additives on sintering and microwave
dielectric behaviours of CuO doped ZnNb2 O6 ceramics. Jpn. J. Appl. Phys. 41, 758–762
(2002)
115. Zheng, Q., Li, W., Shi, J.L., Guo, J.K.: Microwave dielectric properties of 5Li2 O–
0.583Nb2 O5 –3.248TiO2 ceramics with V2 O5 . J. Am. Ceram. Soc. 89, 3305–3307 (2006)
116. Thomas, D., Pullanchiyodan, A., Sebastian, M.T.: Casting and characterization of LiMgPO4
glass free LTCC tape for microwave applications. J. Eur. Ceram. Soc. 33(1), 87–93 (2012)
117. Wang, Y.R., Wang, S.F., Wen, C.K.: Low fire (Zr0.8 Sn0.2 )TiO4 with glass additives. Mater.
Sci. Eng. A 426, 143–146 (2006)
118. Thomas, S., Sebastian, M.T.: Effect of B2 O3 -Bi2 O3 -SiO2 -ZnO glass on the sintering
and microwave dielectric properties of 0.83ZnAl2 O4 –0.17TiO2 . Mater. Res. Bull. 43,
843–851(2008)
119. Ogawa, H., Yokoi, A., Unemura, R., Kan, A.: Microwave dielectric properties of Mg3 (VO4 )2-
xBa3 (VO4 )2 ceramics for LTCC with near zero temperature coefficient of resonant frequency.
J. Eur. Ceram. Soc. 27, 3099–3104 (2007)
120. Yokoi, A., Ogawa, H., Kan, A., Ohsato, H., Higashida, Y.: Microwave dielectric properties
of Mg4 Nb2 O9 -3 wt% LiF ceramics prepared with CaTiO3 additions. J. Eur. Ceram. Soc. 25,
2871–2875 (2005)
121. Mc, N., Alford, N., Penn, S.J.: Sintered alumina with low dielectric loss. J. Appl. Phys. 80,
5895–5898 (1996)
122. Anjana, P.S., Sebastian, M.T., Axelsson, A.K., Mc, N., Alford, N.: Microwave dielectric
properties of CeO2 –0.5AO–0.5TiO2 (A = Ca, Mg, Zn, Mn, Co, Ni, W) ceramics. J. Eur.
Ceram. Soc. 27, 3445–3452 (2007)
123. Kim, E.S., Kim, S.H.: Effects of structural characteristics on microwave dielectric properties
of (1–x)CaWO4 -xLaNbO4 . J. Electroceram. 17, 471–477 (2006)
124. Hsu, C.S., Huang, C.L., Tseng, J.F., Huang, C.Y.: Improved high Q microwave dielectric
resonator using CuO doped MgNb2 O6 ceramics. Mater. Res. Bull. 38, 1091–1099 (2003)
125. Cho, W.W., Kakemoto, K., Ohsato, H.: Microwave dielectric properties and low temperature
sintering of MgTiO3 -SrTiO3 with B2 O3 or CuO. Mater. Sci. Eng. B 121, 48–53 (2005)
404 P. Tripathi and P. Kumari

126. Huang, C.L., Weng, M.H.: Improved high Q values of MgTiO3 -CaTiO3 microwave dielectric
ceramics at low sintering temperatures. Mater. Res. Bull. 36, 2741–2750 (2001)
127. Ichinose, N., Yamamoto, H.: Effect of additives on microwave dielectric properties in low
temperature firing (Mg, Ca)TiO3 based ceramics. Ferroelectrics 201, 255–262 (1997)
128. Cha, H.J., Kang, D.H., Cho, Y.S.: Optimised microwave dielectric properties of Co- and
Ca-substituted Mg0.06 Zn0.04 TiO3 . Mater. Res. Bull. 42, 265–273 (2007)
129. Ogawa, H., Kan, A., Ishihara, S., Higashida, Y.: Crystal structure of corundom type
Mg4 (Nb2-x Tax )O9 microwave dielectric ceramics with low dielectric loss. J. Eur. Ceram.
Soc. 23, 2485–2488 (2003)
130. Yoon, S.H., Choi, G.K., Kim, D.W., Cho, S.Y., Hong, K.S.: Mixture behaviour and microwave
dielectric properties of (1–x)CaWO4 -xTiO2 . J. Eur. Ceram. Soc. 27, 3087–3091 (2007)
131. Subodh, G., Sebastian, M.T.: Glass free microwave ceramics for LTCC applications. J. Am.
Ceram. Soc. 90, 2266–2268 (2007)
132. Kim, D.W., Kwon, D.K., Yoon, S.H., Hong, K.S.: Microwave dielectric properties of rare
earth ortho- niobates with ferroelasticity. J. Am. Ceram. Soc. 89, 3861–3864 (2006)
133. Huang, C.L., Yu, C.L.: Low temperature sintering and microwave dielectric properties of
(1–x)MgTiO3 -CaTiO3 ceramics bismuth addition. Jpn. J. Appl. Phys. 41, 707–711 (2002)
134. Cho, W.W., Kakemoto, K., Ohsato, H.: High Q microwave dielectrics SrTiO3 doped MgTiO3
material with near zero temperature coefficient of resonant frequency. Jpn. J. Appl. Phys. 43,
6221–6224 (2004)
135. Hwang, S.J., Kim, Y.J., Kim, H.S.: Dielectric properties of (1–x)(Mg0.95 Co0.05 )TiO3 -
xCaTiO3 ceramic system at microwave frequency. Mater. Res. Bull. 37, 2483–2490 (2002)
136. Huang, C.L., Pan, C.L., Shim, S.J.: Liquid phase sintering of MgTiO3 -CaTiO3 microwave
dielectric ceramics. Mater. Chem. Phys. 78, 111–115 (2003)
137. Kan, A., Ogawa, H., Watanabe, M., Hatanaka, S., Ohsato, H.: Microwave dielectric properties
of Sm2 Ba(Cu1-x Znx )O5 solid solutions. Jpn. J. Appl. Phys. 38, 5629–5632 (1991)
138. Huang, C.L., Liu, S.S.: Characterisation of extremely low loss dielectrics
(Mg0.95Zn0.05)TiO3 at microwave frequency. Jpn. J. Appl. Phys. 46, 283–285 (2007)
139. Kim, D.W., Youn, H.J., Hong, K.S., Kim, C.K.: Microwave dielectric properties of
(1–x)Ba5 Nb4 O15-xBaNb2 O6 mixtures. Jpn. J. Appl. Phys. 41, 3812–3816 (2002)
140. Miyauchi, Y., Ohishi, Y., Miyake, S., Ohsato, H.: Improvement of the dielectric properties
of rutile doped Al2 O3 ceramics by annealing treatment. J. Eur. Ceram. Soc. 26, 2093–2096
(2006)
141. Kono, M., Takagi, H., Tatekawa, T., Tamura, H.: High Q dielectric resonator material with
low dielectric constant for millimeterwave application. J. Eur. Ceram. Soc. 26, 2093–2096
(2006)
142. Zhang, Y.C., Yue, Z.X., Qi, X., Li, B., Gui, Z., Li, L.T.: Microwave dielectric properties of
Zn(Nb1-x Tax )2 O6 ceramics. Mater. Lett. 58, 1392–1395 (2004)
143. Huang, C.L., Wang, J.J., Chang, Y.P.: Dielectric properties of low loss (1–
x)(Mg0.95 Zn0.05 )TiO3 -xSrTiO3 ceramic system at microwave frequency. J. Am. Ceram. Soc.
90, 858–862 (2007)
144. Su, H., Wu, S.: Studies on the (Mg, Zn)TiO3 -CaTiO3 microwave dielectric ceramics. Mater.
Lett. 59, 2337–2341 (2005)
145. Wang, J.J., Huang, C.L., Li, P.H.: Microwave dielectric properties of (1–
x)(Mg0.95 Zn0.05 )TiO3 -Ca0.6 La0.8/3 TiO3 ceramic system. Jpn. J. Appl. Phys. 45(2006)
6352–6356.
146. Tseng, C.F., Huang, C.L.: Improved microwave dielectric properties of B2 O3 doped
Nd(Co1/2 Ti1/2 )O3 ceramics with near zero temperature coefficient of resonant frequency.
Mater. Res. Bull. 42, 9–16 (2006)
147. Bijumon, P.V., Sebastian, M.T., Mohanan, P.: Experimental investigations and three dimen-
sional transmission line matrix simulation of Ca5-x Ax B2 TiO12 (A = Mg, Zn, Ni and Co; B
= Nb and Ta) ceramic resonators. J. Appl. Phys. 98, 124105 (2005)
148. Cho, J.Y., Yoon, K.H., Kim, E.S.: Effect of stress on microwave dielectric properties
of Mg0.93 Ca0.07 TiO3 -(Ca0.03 Li0.14 Sm0.42 )TiO3 ceramics. Mater. Chem. Phys. 79, 286–288
(2003)
Microwave Dielectric Resonator Antenna Using … 405

149. Kawashima, S., Nishida, N., Ueda, I., Ouchi, H.: Ba(Zn1/3 Ta2/3 )O3 ceramics with low
dielectric loss at microwave frequencies. J. Am. Ceram. Soc. 66, 421–423 (1983)
150. Ohishi, Y., Miyamauchi, Y., Kakimoto, K., Oshato, H.: Proceeding AMF (2004)
151. Surendran, K.P., Santha, N., Mohanan, P., Sebastian, M.T.: Temperature stable low permittivity
ceramic dielectrics in (1–x)ZnAl2 O4 -xTiO2 system for microwave substrate applications. Eur.
Phy. J. B41, 301–306 (2004)
152. Surendran, K.P., Mohanan, P., Manjusha, M.V., Philip, J., Sebastian, M.T.: A low loss dielectric
substrate in ZnAl2 O4 -TiO2 system for microelectronic applications. J. App. Phys. 98, 044101–
044109 (2005)
153. Tseng, C.F., Huang, C.L.: Microwave dielectric properties of (1–x)Nd(Co1/2 Ti1/2 )O3 -xSrTiO3
ceramics with near zero temperature coefficient of resonant frequency. Jpn. J. Appl. Phys. 46,
1571–1573 (2007)
154. Pullar, R.C., Farrah, S., Alford, N.: MgWO4 , ZnWO4 , NiWO4 , and CoWO4 microwave
dielectric ceramics. J. Eur. Ceram. Soc. 27, 1059–1063 (2007)
155. Kim, J.C., Kim, M.H., Nahm, S., Paik, J.H., Kim, J.H., Lee, H.J.: Microwave dielectric
properties of Re3 Ga5 O12 (Re = Nd, Sm, Eu, Dy, Yb) ceramics and effect of TiO2 on the
microwave dielectric properties of Sm3 Ga5 O12 ceramics. J. Eur. Ceram. Soc. 27, 2865–2870
(2007)
156. Xiao, Y., Chen, X.M., Liu, X.Q.: Microstructure and microwave dielectric characteristics of
CaRAlO4 (R = Nd, Sm, Y) ceramics with tetragonal K2 NiF4 structure. J. Am. Ceram. Soc.
87, 2143–2146 (2004)
157. Choi, J.W., Kucheiko, S., Yoon, S.J., Jai, J., Yoon, K.H.: Microwave dielectric properties of
(1–x)(Al1/2 Ta1/2 )O2-x (Mg1/3 Ta2/3 )O2 Ceramics. J. Am. Ceram. Soc. 84, 2570–2572 (2001)
158. Choi, J.W., Ha, J.Y., Yoon, S.J., Kim, H.J., Yoon, K.H.: Microwave dielectric characteristics
of 0.75(Al1/2 Ta1/2 )O2 –0.25(Ti1-x Snx )O2 ceramics. J. Eur. Ceram. Soc. 23, 2507–2510 (2003)
159. Choi, J.W., Yoon, S., Kim, H.J., Yoon, K.H.: Microwave dielectric characteristics of (1–
x)(Al1/2 Ta1/2 )O2 -xTiO2 ceramics. Jpn. J. Appl. Phys. 41, 3804–3807 (2002)
160. Surendran, K.P., Bijumon, P.V., Mohanan, P., Sebastian, M.T.: (1–x)MgAl2 O4 -xTiO2
dielectrics for microwave and millimeter wave applications. Appl. Phys. A 81, 823–826 (2005)
161. Huang, C.L., Chiang, K.H.: Structures and dielectric properties of a new dielectric material
system xMgTiO3 -(1–x)MgTa2 O6 at microwave frequency. J. All. Comp. 431, 326–330 (2007)
162. Kim, J.C., Kim, M.H., Kim, J.B., Nahm, S., Paik, J.H., Kim, J.H.: Synthesis and microwave
dielectric properties of Re3 Ga5 O12 (Re = Nd, Sm, Eu, Dy, Yb, Y) ceramics. J. Am. Ceram.
Soc. 90, 641–664 (2007)
163. Takahashi, H., Ayusawa, K., Sakamoto, N.: Microwave dielectric properties of
Ba(Mg1/2 W1/2 )O3 -BaTiO3 ceramics. Jpn. J. Appl. Phys. 36, 5597–5599 (1997)
164. Takahashi, H., Ayusawa, K., Sakamoto, N.: Ba-Mg-W-Ti-O ceramics with temperature stable
low microwave loss. Jpn. J. Appl. Phys. 37, 908–911 (1998)
165. Rong, G., Newman, N., Shaw, B., Cronin, D.: Role of Ni and Zr doping on the electrical,
optical, magnetic and structural properties of barium zinc tantalite ceramics. J. Mater. Res.
14, 4011–4019 (1999)
166. Reaney, I.M., Wise, P.L., Qazi, I., Miller, C.A., Price, T.J., Cannell, D.S., Idles, D.M.,
Rosienky, M.J., Moussa, S.M., Bieringer, M., Noailles, L.D., Ibberson, R.M.: Ordering and
quality factor in 0.95Ba(Zn1/3 Ta2/3 )O3 –0.05Sr(Ga1/2 Ta1/2 )O3 production resonators. J. Eur.
Ceram. Soc. 23, 3021–3034 (2003)
167. Nomura, S.: Ceramics for microwave dielectric resonator. Ferroelectrics 49, 61–70 (1983)
168. Surendran, K.P., Mohanan, P., Sebastian, M.T.: Microwave dielectric properties of
Ba(Mg1/32-2x/3 )Wx/3 Tix/3 )O3 ceramics. Mater. Res. Bull. 41, 784–790 (2006)
169. Oshato, H., Tsunooka, T., Ohishi, Y., Miyauchi, Y., Ando, M., Kakimoto, K.: Millimeter-
wave dielectric ceramics of alumina and forsterite with high quality factor and low dielectric
constant. J. Korean Ceramic Soc. 40, 350–353 (2003)
170. Khalam, L.A., Sebastian, M.T.: Low loss dielectrics in the Ca(B’1/2 Nb1/2 )O3 [B’ =
lanthanides, Y] system. J. Am. Ceram. Soc. 90, 1467–1474 (2007)
406 P. Tripathi and P. Kumari

171. Surendran, K.P., Sebastian, M.T.: Low loss dielectrics in Ba[(Mg1/3 Ta2/3 )1-x Tix ]O3 and
Ba[(Mg1-x Znx )1/3 Ta2/3 ]O3 systems. J. Mater. Res. 20, 2919–2928 (2005)
172. Lee, H.J., Kim, I.T., Hong, K.S.: Dielectric properties of AB2 O6 compounds at microwave
frequencies (A = Ca, Mg, Mn Co, Ni, Zn and B = Nb, Ta). Jpn. J. Appl. Phys. 36, L1318–
L1320 (1997)
173. Surendran, K.P., Sebastian, M.T., Mohanan, P., Moreira, R.L., Dias, A.: Effect of stoichiometry
on the microwave dielectric properties of Ba(Mg1/3 Ta2/3 )O3 dielectric ceramics. Chem. Mater.
17, 142–151 (2005)
174. Matsumoto, H., Tamura, H., Wakino, K.: Ba(MgTa)O3 -BaSnO3 high Q dielectric resonator.
Jpn. J. Appl. Phys. 30, 2347–2349 (1991)
175. Kagata, H., Saito, R., Katsumura, H.: Al2 O3 -MgO-ReOx (Re = rare earth) based LTCC and
its applications to multilayer non-shrinkage substrate for microwave devices. J. Electroceram.
13, 277–280 (2004)
176. Sharma, A., Gangwar, R.K.: Triple band dual polarized hybrid cylindrical dielectric resonator
antenna with hybrid modes excitation. Prog. Electromagn. Res. C 67, 97–105 (2016)
177. Das, G., Sharma, A., Gangwar, R.K.: Dual feed MIMO CDRA with high isolation. Microw.
Opt. Technol. Lett. 59, 1686–1692 (2017)
178. Gupta, A., Gangwar, R.K.: Design, fabrication and measurement of dual segment rectan-
gular dielectric resonator antenna array excited with conformal strip for S-band application.
Electromagnetics 36(4), 236–248 (2016)
179. Gangwar, R.K., Sharma, A., Gupta, M., Chaudhary, S.: Hybrid cylindrical dielectric resonator
antenna with HE11δ and HE12δ mode excitation for wireless applications. Inter. J. RF Microw.
Comput.-Aided Eng. 26, 812–818 (2016)
180. Sharma, A., Gangwar, R.K.: Asymmetrical annular shape microstrip line fed stacked cylin-
drical dielectric resonator antenna for UWB. In: Proceedings of Asia-Pacific Microwave
Components (2016)
181. Sharma, A., Das, G., Gangwar, R.K.: Dual band circularly polarized modified circular aperture
loaded cylindrical dielectric resonator antenna for wireless application. Microw. Opt. Technol.
Lett. 59, 1562–1570 (2017)
182. Sharma, A., Gangwar, R.K.: Tri-band composite cylindrical dielectric resonator antenna with
hybrid mode excitation and cross-polarization suppression. Int. J. RF Microw. Comput. Aided
Eng. 27, e21130 (2017). [Link]
183. Gupta, A., Gangwar, R.K., Singh, S.P.: Three element dual segment triangular dielectric
resonator antenna for X-Band applications. Prog. Electromagn. Res. (PIER) C 34, 139–150
(2013)
184. Gupta, A., Gangwar, R.K.: Theoretical and experimental investigations on rectangular dielec-
tric resonator antenna array for radar and satellite application. Electromagnetics 37(1), 27–39
(2017)
185. Rajan, P., Gangwar, R.K.: Probe feed half split cylindrical dielectric resonator antenna for
wideband application. Int. J. Electron. Commun. (AEU) 69, 1709–1714 (2015)
186. Sahu, N.K., Sharma, A., Gangwar, R.K.: Modified annular ring patch fed cylindrical dielectric
resonator antenna for WLAN/WiMAX applications. Microw. Opt. Technol. Lett. 59(1), 120–
125 (2017)
187. Sharma, A., Gangwar, R.K.: Triple band two segment cylindrical dielectric resonator antenna
with a novel microstrip feed for WLAN/WiMAX applications. Microw. Opt. Technol. Lett.
57(11), 2649–2655 (2015)
188. Sharma, A., Das, G., Gangwar, R.K.: Dual polarized triple band hybrid MIMO cylindrical
dielectric resonator antenna for LTE2500/WLAN/WiMAX applications. Int. J. RF Microw.
Comput. Aided Eng. 26(9), 763–772 (2016)
189. Sharma, A., Das, G., Ranjan, P., Sahu, N.K., Gangwar, R.K.: Novel feeding mechanism to
stimulate triple radiating modes in cylindrical dielectric resonator antenna. IEEE Access 4,
9987–9992 (2016)
190. Kumar, R., Chaudhary, R.K.: A wideband circularly polarized cubic dielectric resonator
antenna excited with modified microstrip feed. IEEE Antennas Wirel. Propag. Lett. 15,
1285–1288 (2016)
Microwave Dielectric Resonator Antenna Using … 407

191. Kumar, R., Gangwar, R.K.: Circularly polarized cylindrical dielectric resonator antenna
excited by dual conformal strips along with modified Wilkinson power divider for high gain
application. Microw. Opt. Technol. Lett. 59(4), 908–913 (2016)
192. Abdulmajid, A., Khalil, Y., Khamas, S.: Higher order mode circularly polarized two layer
rectangular dielectric resonator antenna. IEEE Antennas Wirel. Propag. Lett. 17(06), (2018)
193. Yang, M., Pan, Y.: A single fed wideband circularly polarized dielectric resonator antenna.
IEEE Antennas Wirel. Propag. Lett. 17(8), (2018)
194. Chowdhary, R., Chaudhary, R.K.: An approach to generate circular polarization in a modified
cylindrical shaped dielectric resonator antenna using PMC boundary approximation. IEEE
Antennas Wirel. Propag. Lett. 17(9), (2018)
195. Ahmad, Z., and Hesselbarth J.: On-chip dual polarized dielectric resonator antenna for
millimeter wave application. IEEE Antennas Wirel. Propag. Lett. 17(10), (2018)
196. Sahu, B., Singh, R., Singh, S.P., Tripathi, P.: Compact Dual segment cylindrical dielectric
resonator antenna for X-Band applications. In: 2013 International Conference on Microwave
and Photonics (ICMAP), pp. 13–15 (2013). [Link]
197. Sahu, B., Tripathi, P., Singh, S.P.: Investigation on Cylindrical dielectric resonator antenna
with metamaterial superstrate. Wirel. Pers. Commun. 84, 1151–1163 (2015)
198. Rana, B., Parui, S.K.: Nonresonant microstrip patch fed dielectric resonator antenna array.
IEEE Antennas Wirel. Propag. Lett. 14, 747–750 (2015)
199. Chen, Y.C., Chang, K.C., Tsai, D.Y.: A hybrid dielectric resonator antenna based upon novel
complex perovskite microwave ceramic. Ceram. Int. 39, 8043–8048 (2013)
200. Malekabadi, S.A., Neshati, M.H., Rashed-Mohassel, J.: Circular polarized dielectric resonator
antenna using a single probe feed. Prog. Electromagn. Res. C 3, 81–94 (2008)
201. Chen, Z., Wong, H.: Wideband glass and liquid cylindrical dielectric resonator antenna for
pattern reconfigurable design. IEEE Trans. Antennas Propag. 65(5), 2157–2164 (2017)
202. Kumari, P., Tripathi, P., Sahu, B., Singh, S.P., Parkash, O., Kumar, D.: Synthesis and char-
acterisation of novel low temperature ceramic and its implementation as substrate in dual
segment CDRA. J. Phys. Chem. Solids 113, 177–185 (2018)
203. Tripathi, P., Kumari, P., Parkash, O., Kumar, D., Sahu, B., Singh, S.P.: Design of rectangular
dielectric resonator antenna using glass added barium strontium titanate. In: 2015 International
Conference on Microwave and Photonics (ICMAP) (2015). [Link]
2015.7408748
204. Tripathi, P., Sahu, B., Singh, S.P., Parkash, O., Kumar, D.: Preparation and characteriza-
tion of liquid phase (55B2 O3 –45Bi2 O3 ) sintered cobalt doped magnesium titanate for wide-
band stacked rectangular dielectric resonator antenna (RDRA). Ceram. Int. 41(2), 2908–2916
(2015)
205. Gangwar, R.K., Singh, S.P., Choudhary, M., Singh, N.K., Kumar, D., Lakshmi Narayana Rao,
G., James Raju, K.C.: Microwave dielectric properties of (Zn1−x Mgx )TiO3 (ZMT) ceramics
for dielectric resonator antenna application. J. Alloy. Compd. 509(42), 10195–10202 (2011)
206. Gupta, A., Gangwar, R.K.: Analysis of conformal strip feed triangular dielectric resonator
antenna using FDTD method. In: 2015 IEEE International Conference on Computational
Electromagnetics, Hong Kong, pp. 92–94 (2015). [Link]
7052567
207. Gangwar, R.K., Ranjan, P., Aigal, A.: Four element triangular dielectric resonator antenna for
wireless application. Int. J. Microw. Wirel. Technol. 9(1), 113–119 (2017). [Link]
1017/S1759078715000860
208. Zhang, Z.Y., Wu, K.L.: A wideband dual polarized dielectric magnetoelectric dipole antenna.
IEEE Trans. Antennas Propag. 66(10), (2018)
209. Sun, Y.X., Leung, K.W.: Circularly polarized substrate integrated cylindrical dielectric
resonator antenna array for 60 GHz applications. IEEE Antennas Wirel. Propag. Lett. 17(8),
(2018)
210. Tang, H., Tong, C., Chen, J.X.: Differential dual polarization filtering dielectric resonator
antenna. IEEE Trans. Antennas Propag. 66(08), (2018)
408 P. Tripathi and P. Kumari

211. Kingsley, S.P., O’Keefe, S.G.: Beam steering and monopulse processing of probe fed dielectric
resonator antenna. Proc. Rada Sonar Navig. 146(3), 121–125 (1999)
212. Massie, G., Caillet, M., Clenet, M., Antar, Y.M.M.: A new wideband circularly polarized
hybrid dielectric resonator antenna. IEEE Antennas Wirel. Propag. Lett. 9, 347–350 (2010)
213. Svedin, J., Huss, L.G., Karlen, D., et al.: A micro-machined 94 GHz dielectric resonator
antenna for focal plane array applications. In: IEEE International Microwave Symposium,
Honolulu, Hawaii, pp. 1375–1378 (2007)
214. Perron, A., Denidni, T.A., Sebak, A.R.: Circularly polarized microstrip/elliptical dielectric
ring resonator antenna for millimeter-wave applications. IEEE Antennas Wirel. Propag. Lett.
9, 783–786 (2010)
215. Guha, D., Gupta, B., Kumar, C., Antar, Y.M.M.: Segmented hemispherical DRA: New geom-
etry characterized and investigated in multi-element composite forms for wideband antenna
applications. IEEE Trans. Antennas Propag. AP 60, 1605–1610 (2012)
216. Khalily, M., Rahim, M.K.A., Kishk, A.A.: Planar wideband circularly polarized antenna
design with rectangular ring dielectric resonator and parasitic printed loops. IEEE Antennas
Wirel. Propag. Lett. 11, 905–908 (2012)
217. Keller, M.G., Cuhaci, M., Shaker, J., Petosa, A., Ittipiboon, A., Antar, Y.M.M.: A Ka-band
dielectric resonator antenna reflect array. In: European MicrowaveConference-2000, Paris,
France, pp. 272–275 (2000)
218. Pang, K.K., Lo, H.Y., Leung, K.W., Luk, K.M., Yung, E.K.N.: Circularly polarized dielectric
resonator antenna sub-arrays. Microw. Opt. Technol. Lett. Opt. Technol. Lett. 27(6), 377–379
(2000)
Electroceramics-Based Materials
for Sensor Technology

Durvesh Gautam, Ashwani Kumar, and Yogendra K. Gautam

Abstract In recent decades, significant strides have been made in the domain of
product innovation and materials technology, especially in the field of electronic
devices and sensors. There is immense potential for future materials in electronic-
based sensing devices, given their exceptional electrical, magnetic, and optical prop-
erties that support the adoption of emerging technologies. In modern electronics, elec-
troceramics is crucial in facilitating new technological advancements. This chapter
briefly introduces the importance and role of electroceramic materials in sensor
technology. The chapter widely explore the application of various electroceramic
materials such as piezoelectric, ferroelectric, semiconductor, solid, Ionic conductors,
solid electrolytes thermoelectric, etc., in diverse sensor technologies. The chapter
describes the various synthesis methods for electroceramic-based sensing materials.
Future perspectives of electrochemical materials for enhancing sensor technology is
also highlighted in the chapter.

Keywords Sensors · Electroceramics · Sensor applications · Piezoelectric

ferroelectric · Environmental considerations

1 Introduction

Ceramic materials boast an unparalleled range of electrical, magnetic, and optical

qualities, making them indispensable in various electronic applications. Notably,
certain ceramics, identified as rapid ion conductors, have gained prominence as excel-
lent ionic conductors, drawing significant attention over the past two decades. Their

D. Gautam · Y. K. Gautam (B)

Smart Materials and Sensor Laboratory, Department of Physics, Ch. Charan Singh University,
Meerut, Uttar Pradesh 250004, India
e-mail: [Link]@[Link]
A. Kumar (B)
Department of Physics, Regional Institute of Education (NCERT), Bhubaneswar, Odisha 751022,
India
e-mail: 01ashraj@[Link]

© The Author(s), under exclusive license to Springer Nature Singapore Pte Ltd. 2024 409
U. Kumar (ed.), Defects Engineering in Electroceramics for Energy Applications,
Engineering Materials, [Link]
410 D. Gautam et al.

pivotal roles in sensor technologies, fuel cells, and batteries have spurred extensive
research efforts. Inorganic, non-metallic, water-soluble compounds with ionic contri-
butions to their chemical bonds make up ceramics [1]. As electronics underwent rapid
progress in the latter part of the 19th century, Ceramic materials’ enormous potential
has been realized and used to an amazing array of electrical and microelectronic
devices and applications [2].
Ni-Zn and Mn-Zn ferrites began to be used more often as transformer and coil
core materials in radio receivers and telephones in the mid-1920s. Due to their special
qualities, which include high dielectric permittivity, high piezoelectric constants and
electromechanical coupling, high pyroelectric coefficient, and, in some cases, high
optical transparency and electro-optic coefficients, ferroelectric ceramics were first
used technologically after World War II [3].
Since the 1970s, monolithic multilayer capacitors have been made using high-
permittivity BaTiO3 -based dielectrics ceramics, which were initially used for tiny
plate and tube capacitors (MLCs) [4]. Furthermore, microwave ceramics are being
utilized more often in wireless communication systems as filters, resonators, and
mixers [5].
The widest range of individual applications can be found in piezoelectric
ceramics, which are typically based on Pb(Ti, Zr)O3 (abbreviated PZT) composi-
tions. These applications include, but are not limited to, sonars, ultrasonic cleaners,
buzzers, accelerometers, hydrophones, surface acoustic wave filters, delay lines,
piezo transformers, ultra-precision positioners for scanning probe analysis (XPM)
systems, inkjet print heads, touch controls, and ultrasonic motors, such as those
used in cameras [6].
Ionic conducting ceramics, including highly acceptor-doped cubic ZrO2 , are
utilized in high-temperature solid oxide fuel cells (SOFCs) and electrochemical
oxygen sensors in automobiles. For the cathode of SOFCs, mixed ionic electrically
conducting ceramics are used [7, 8].
A variety of ceramic materials having electrical properties are referred to as
electroceramics, and they are essential in many different applications. Applications
include electro-optic devices, sensors, energy storage, antennas, electronic circuits,
SiC power modules, and self-cleaning membranes [9]. Notably, ferroelectric, piezo-
electric, electrostrictive, and pyroelectric ceramics, particularly perovskite ceramics
like lead zircon titanate (PZT), have garnered significant attention. They have had a
profound impact on the electronic revolution in the past [10]. Transition temperatures
of over 100 K were reached by high-temperature superconducting ceramics (HTSC)
discovered in the mid-1980s [11].
In the late 1980s, the electroceramics components and materials that have been
mentioned thus far were generally made using standard methods like screen-printing,
tape casting, or powder compacting, which are then followed by sintering procedures.
Thin film deposition methods like chemical vapor deposition (CVD), chemical solu-
tion deposition (CSD), sputtering, and pulsed laser deposition (PLD) began to grad-
ually replace these methods [2]. The newly found HTSC, if formed as thin films, was
first reported to have much higher critical current densities. In addition, the concept
of ferroelectric-semiconductor memory, in the late 1960s, was revived by the use of
Electroceramics-Based Materials for Sensor Technology 411

the highly developed Si semiconductor technology. These pioneering lines led to a

broad research and development effort worldwide to combine the large variety of
functions offered by electroceramics thin films with the standard integrated circuit
chip [12]. “Sensor-actuator” technology is another field in which electroceramics
is essential. It finds use in a variety of equipment, from washing machines to aero-
planes. Hazardous gases and compounds are identified at any concentration because
of electroceramics-based sensor technology [13].

1.1 Sensor Technology Overview

Sensor science and engineering are relevant to virtually all aspects of life including
safety, security, surveillance, monitoring, and awareness in general. Sensors are
central to industrial applications being used for process control, monitoring, and
safety. Sensors are also central to medicine being used for diagnostics, monitoring,
critical care, and public health. Sensors can improve the world through diagnostics
in medical applications; improve the performance of energy sources like fuel cells
and batteries and solar power; improve health and safety and security for people;
sensors for exploring space and improve environmental monitoring [14, 15]. Funda-
mentally, sensors are devices that detect the feature quantity of a measurement object
and convert this quantity into a readable signal, which is displayed on an instrument.
Simply sensing technology is a technology that uses sensors to acquire information
by detecting the physical, chemical, or biological property quantities and converting
them into readable signals, as shown in Fig. 1 [16].
There are a wide variety of sensors available for practically any industrial need.
For demanding, mission-critical industrial applications, sensors can help improve
processes, and offer unmatched asset protection [15]. In this chapter, we embark
on an exploration of the vast and transformative domain of sensor technology.
Sensors, integral to diverse industries, play a pivotal role in converting physical
and chemical signals into valuable data. From the intricacies of mechanical sensors,
including accelerometers and strain gauges, to the nuances of optical sensors utilizing
light properties, we delve into the multifaceted world of sensor applications. The

Fig. 1 Schematic diagram of sensor fundamental

412 D. Gautam et al.

chapter provides insights into the realm of chemical sensors, instrumental in envi-
ronmental monitoring and industrial processes, as well as biomedical sensors that
contribute to revolutionary advancements in healthcare. The basic understanding of
electroceramics is not kept up with the applied technology. Because of the growing
concern over environmental pollution and the safety of industrial processes, ceramic
sensors are frequently used in industrial settings to monitor concentrations of various
substances, such as ozone, ammonia, carbon monoxide, and solvent vapours [7].
These applications are expected to increase in the coming years. The range of sensor
types and applications is expanding at a remarkable rate. The term ‘electronic noses’
has been introduced to describe the technology.
Revealing the fundamental principles that govern the functionality of sensors, we
analyze their diverse operational mechanisms, including alterations in resistance,
variations in capacitance, and the influence of piezoelectric effects. The discussion
extends to the incorporation of emerging technologies such as the Internet of Things
(IoT) and machine learning, enhancing sensor capabilities for the real-time analysis
of data and predictive maintenance. Despite their crucial roles, sensors face chal-
lenges such as the need for miniaturization, power consumption issues, and security
concerns. These challenges drive continuous research and development efforts in the
field.
As we navigate through this chapter, our aim to provide readers with a comprehen-
sive understanding of sensor technology a domain that not only shapes the present
landscape of innovation but also promises to steer the future of interconnected
systems and smart devices.

1.2 Importance of Advanced Materials in Sensor Technology

Within the dynamic realm of sensor technology, the importance of innovative mate-
rials serves as a cornerstone for driving innovation and efficiency. This segment
explores the pivotal role that cutting-edge materials play in augmenting sensor perfor-
mance, durability, and adaptability across diverse applications. Advanced materials,
such as nanomaterials and engineered polymers, play a crucial role in pushing the
boundaries of sensor capabilities. Nanomaterials, characterized by unique proper-
ties at the nanoscale, empower sensors to detect signals with unparalleled sensitivity
[17]. Quantum dots, carbon nanotubes, and graphene are at the forefront, driving
advancements in sensor miniaturization and precision [18]. Furthermore, the emer-
gence of smart materials, capable of adapting their properties in response to external
stimuli, has revolutionized sensor design. Shape memory alloys, piezoelectric mate-
rials, and ferroelectrics contribute to the development of sensors with adaptive func-
tionalities, broadening their utility in various environments [19]. The integration
of composite materials reinforces sensor robustness and resistance to challenging
conditions. Sensors equipped with composite structures can endure extreme temper-
atures, corrosive environments, and mechanical stresses, extending their operational
Electroceramics-Based Materials for Sensor Technology 413

lifespan and reliability [20]. The significance of biocompatible materials in biomed-

ical sensors cannot be overstated. Materials seamlessly interfacing with biological
systems facilitate the creation of wearable and implantable sensors, transforming
healthcare by enabling continuous monitoring and diagnostics [21]. Furthermore,
the chapter delves into the role of advanced ceramics and semiconductors in sensor
technology. These materials serve as the foundation for electronic and optical sensors,
providing a platform for precise signal detection and transduction.
The integration of materials science and sensor innovation opens new frontiers,
fostering a realm of possibilities for future technological advancements.

1.3 Role of Electroceramics in Sensor Applications

Electroceramics, categorized as advanced materials distinguished by their unique

electrical properties, play a pivotal role in shaping the landscape of sensor appli-
cations [22]. This section elucidates the varied and essential functions that electro-
ceramics fulfill in the domain of sensors, underscoring their contributions to sensi-
tivity, stability, and responsiveness. One of the hallmark features of electroceramics
is their outstanding dielectric properties. Ferroelectric materials, exemplified by lead
zirconate titanate (PZT), exhibit high dielectric constants, positioning them as ideal
candidates for capacitive sensors. These sensors utilize changes in capacitance to
detect variations in physical parameters, spanning from pressure to humidity [23].
Another distinctive property, piezoelectricity, found in specific electroceramics, is
harnessed for sensing applications, particularly in the field of acoustic and vibration
sensors. Materials like piezoelectric ceramics generate electrical charges in response
to mechanical stress, facilitating precise detection of sound waves and vibrations [24].
Additionally, the ferroelectric nature of electroceramics contributes to the develop-
ment of pyroelectric sensors. These sensors leverage temperature changes to generate
electrical signals, finding applications in infrared detectors and motion sensors [25].
Semiconducting electroceramics, including metal oxide ceramics, form the founda-
tion of gas sensors. The interaction between target gases and the ceramic surface
induces changes in conductivity, allowing for the detection of gases like carbon
monoxide or nitrogen oxides in automotive exhaust systems [26].
The role of electroceramics extends into the realms of solid oxide fuel cells and
electrochemical sensors [27]. Ion-conductive ceramics facilitate the movement of
ions, crucial for the efficient functioning of fuel cells, while electrochemical sensors
leverage the From capacitive to piezoelectric applications, these materials form
the backbone of sensor technologies, driving advancements in diverse fields and
contributing to the evolution of smart and responsive sensing systems.
414 D. Gautam et al.

2 Piezoelectric Materials for Sensing Applications

Piezoelectric materials have emerged as crucial components in the realm of sensing

applications, demonstrating exceptional capabilities in converting mechanical stimuli
into electrical signals. For piezoelectric materials in sensing applications, the direct
piezoelectric effect is utilized, where there is a conversion of mechanical energy
to electrical energy. The application of mechanical strain to a piezoelectric sensor
induces polarization, leading to a variation in electric potential measurable across
the sensor. Industries such as automotive, medical devices, Internet of Things (IoT),
and energy harvesters extensively utilize piezoelectric sensors, leveraging the direct
piezoelectric effect [30].
This following section explores the importance of piezoelectric materials, eluci-
dating their fundamental principles and showcasing their diverse applications in
sensing technologies.

2.1 Principles of Piezoelectricity

Sensing using piezoelectric, is the distinctive ability of specific materials to generate

an electric charge when subjected to mechanical stress, as shown in Fig. 2. This
phenomenon, recognized as piezoelectricity, is employed by materials such as quartz,
lead zirconate titanate (PZT), and diverse ceramics. Upon experiencing mechanical
deformation, these materials generate electrical charges in proportion to the applied
force [31].

Fig. 2 Schematic of the piezoelectricity principle

Electroceramics-Based Materials for Sensor Technology 415

2.2 Diverse Sensing Applications

Piezoelectric materials play a role in a variety of sensing technologies, spanning from

accelerometers and pressure sensors to ultrasonic transducers. In accelerometers,
piezoelectric crystals produce electrical signals in response to vibrations, enabling
accurate motion detection. Similarly, pressure sensors employ piezoelectric elements
to convert mechanical pressure into electrical signals, facilitating applications in
industrial monitoring and medical devices. Additionally, touchscreens and force-
sensitive devices often integrate piezoelectric materials. When pressure is applied,
these materials generate electrical charges, allowing for precise and responsive touch
and force sensing in electronic devices [32]. Innovatively, piezoelectric materials are
also utilized for energy harvesting. The mechanical vibrations or movements in the
environment can be converted into electrical energy, offering a sustainable power
source for small electronic devices and sensors, especially in remote or inaccessible
locations [33].

2.3 Surface Acoustic Wave (SAW) Sensors

A notable advancement in piezoelectric sensing is the utilization of Surface Acoustic

Wave (SAW) devices. These sensors employ piezoelectric substrates to transmit
acoustic waves across their surface. Any perturbation on the surface alters the wave
characteristics, enabling the detection of changes in mass, temperature, or other
environmental factors. SAW sensors have found applications in chemical sensing,
environmental monitoring, and even healthcare. Surface acoustic waves (SAWs) are
the guided waves that propagate along the top surface of a material with wave vectors
orthogonal to the normal direction to the surface. Derived from these waves, Surface
Acoustic Wave (SAW) sensors are envisioned by utilizing piezoelectric crystals to
generate guided electrodynamics waves through an electromechanical coupling. This
coupling, in both active and passive modes, is accomplished by incorporating inter-
digitated electrode transducers (IDT) with the piezoelectric crystals. The inventive
meta-designs of the periodic IDTs determine the functionality and application of
SAW sensors [34].
The recent research is delving into novel piezoelectric materials, including piezo-
electric polymers and composites, to push the limits of sensing capabilities. The
incorporation of piezoelectric nanomaterials and the creation of flexible piezo-
electric devices are expanding the horizons of sensing applications. Enhanced
material composites and integration with the Internet of Things (IoT) are broad-
ening the scope of piezoelectric sensors. Additionally, advancements in signal
processing techniques offer the potential to improve the accuracy and reliability
of sensor data. In summary, these innovations hold significant promise for devel-
oping more sophisticated, adaptable, and energy-efficient sensing solutions across
various industries.
416 D. Gautam et al.

3 Ferroelectric Materials for Sensing Applications

Ferroelectric materials, known for their spontaneous electric polarization that can be
switched by an external electric field, have become integral components in various
sensing applications [35]. Ferroelectric materials contribute to non-volatile memory
devices like ferroelectric random-access memory (FeRAM) and are integrated into
micro-electro-mechanical systems (MEMS) for applications such as pressure sensors
and microphones [36]. They are tailored for gas sensors, enabling the detection of
specific gases in environmental monitoring and industrial safety [37]. In biolog-
ical sensing, ferroelectric nanoparticles are utilized for their high surface area and
sensitivity to environmental changes [38]. These materials are also employed in
tactile sensors, haptic feedback systems, and energy harvesting devices, converting
mechanical vibrations into electrical energy [33]. Additionally, ferroelectric sensors
play a role in structural health monitoring [32], detecting and monitoring changes
in the integrity of materials and structures in applications like civil engineering and
aerospace [39]. Overall, ferroelectric materials showcase versatility and contribute
significantly to advancing various sensing technologies. This section explores the
significance of ferroelectric materials, their underlying principles, and their diverse
applications in sensing technologies.

3.1 Principles of Ferroelectricity

Ferroelectricity, a characteristic observed in specific crystals and ceramics, is char-

acterized by the presence of a permanent electric dipole moment that can be reversed
by an external electric field [40]. The reversible polarization inherent in ferroelectric
materials, exemplified by substances like lead zirconate titanate (PZT) and barium
titanate (BaTiO3 ), serves as the foundation for their integration into sensing devices.
PZT, a ceramic material renowned for its exceptional ferroelectric properties, finds
suitability in applications such as sensors, capacitors, and memory devices. Barium
titanate (BaTiO3 ) is a well-known ferroelectric material appreciated for its versatile
properties and applications, particularly in electronics, sensors, and energy storage
[41, 42].

3.2 Pyroelectric Sensors

An noteworthy application of ferroelectric materials is evident in pyroelectric

sensors, where alterations in temperature lead to electric polarization [43]. Pyro-
electric materials, such as lithium tantalate (LiTaO3 ) and triglycine sulfate (TGS),
are utilized in infrared detectors and motion sensors. These sensors are responsive to
Electroceramics-Based Materials for Sensor Technology 417

changes in heat, proving valuable in applications like security systems and occupancy
detection [44].

3.3 Ferroelectric Capacitors in Memory Devices

Ferroelectric materials see widespread use in non-volatile memory devices, partic-

ularly in the case of ferroelectric random-access memory (FeRAM). The capacity
of ferroelectric capacitors to preserve polarization without the need for a continuous
power supply facilitates the creation of memory cells with rapid read and write speeds.
FeRAM is applied across various electronic devices, contributing to improved data
storage capabilities [45].

3.4 Strain Sensors and Energy Harvesting

Ferroelectric materials also exhibit piezoelectric properties, enabling them to operate

as strain sensors. The reaction of ferroelectric materials to mechanical deformation
makes them suitable for applications in monitoring structural health, identifying
vibrations, and measuring forces. Additionally, research is ongoing in utilizing ferro-
electric materials for energy harvesting, and converting mechanical vibrations into
electrical energy for powering small electronic devices [46, 47].
As progress in materials science persists, researchers are actively exploring novel
ferroelectric compounds and nanostructured materials. The merging of ferroelectric
materials with emerging technologies, including the Internet of Things (IoT) and
flexible electronics, presents the potential to develop more efficient and versatile
sensing devices. With their diverse properties, ferroelectric materials continue to
lead innovation in the realm of sensing applications.

4 Ionic Conductors and Solid Electrolytes for Sensor

Applications

Ionic conductors, frequently embodied as solid electrolytes, play a vital role in diverse
sensor applications, serving as a fundamental component for advanced sensing
devices. Solid electrolytes have garnered widespread usage in scientific and tech-
nological realms. They prove invaluable for studying thermodynamic and kinetic
phenomena and for constructing various devices, including fuel cells, batteries,
sensors, and chemotronic components [48].
418 D. Gautam et al.

Fig. 3 Typical applications

of ionic and electronic
conductors as a function of
the magnitude of electrical
conductivity

4.1 Ionic Conductivity Fundamentals

Ionic conductors refer to materials that enable the movement of ions within their
structure, providing a pathway for the flow of electric current [49]. In the realm of
sensors, solid electrolytes featuring high ionic conductivity hold particular impor-
tance. Figure 3, presents the application of ionic and electronic conductors and its
relevance in the context of sensor technology.

4.2 Solid Electrolyte Sensors

Solid electrolytes find extensive application in sensor technology, especially in elec-

trochemical sensors and devices [50]. These sensors rely on the migration of ions
within the solid electrolyte when exposed to specific analytes. A common approach
is to use the equilibrium potential generated across a solid electrolyte given by the
Nernst equation as the sensing signal. However, in some cases, stable electrode
materials are not available to establish equilibrium potentials, so non-equilibrium
approaches are necessary [51, 52]. For instance, solid-state oxygen sensors often
employ yttria-stabilized zirconia (YSZ) as a solid electrolyte, allowing for the
measurement of oxygen concentration in gases [52]. A well-known potentiometric
oxygen sensor with a solid oxide electrolyte (YSZ) is the lambda sensor displayed
in Fig. 4, usually employed for the detection of oxygen in exhaust gases [53].

4.3 High-Temperature Sensors

Ionic conductors are crucial in the development of high-temperature sensors, where

traditional electronic conductors may not be suitable. Solid electrolytes, such as
Electroceramics-Based Materials for Sensor Technology 419

Fig. 4 An example of a potentiometric sensor used to detect oxygen in exhaust gases

doped ceria or perovskite oxides, enable the operation of sensors at elevated temper-
atures [54]. These sensors find applications in industries such as metallurgy and
combustion processes.

4.4 Li-Ion Batteries and Beyond

The significance of ionic conductors goes beyond sensing applications and extends
to energy storage devices, particularly lithium-ion batteries. Investigating and
improving the ionic conductivity of solid electrolytes stands as a critical research
focus for the advancement of battery technologies [55].

4.5 Innovations and Emerging Trends

Ongoing research endeavors are directed towards identifying novel materials char-
acterized by improved ionic conductivity, mechanical stability, and chemical robust-
ness. Developments in solid electrolytes, such as the investigation into garnet-type
structures and polymer electrolytes, underscore the dynamic nature of this area. These
breakthroughs set the stage for creating sensors that are more efficient, reliable, and
compact, catering to a wide range of applications.
The trajectory of sensor technology is closely intertwined with continuous
progress in the field of ionic conductors and solid electrolytes. Foreseen advance-
ments encompass the incorporation of these materials into wearable sensors,
420 D. Gautam et al.

implantable medical devices, and environmental monitoring systems. In the journey

towards a more interconnected and sensor-rich world, the significance of ionic
conductors continues to be pivotal in shaping the framework of next-generation
sensing technologies.

5 Thermoelectric Materials for Temperature Sensing

Temperature sensing is a fundamental requirement across various technological

applications, spanning from industrial processes to electronic devices. This segment
delves into the involvement of thermoelectric materials in temperature sensing,
elucidating their principles, applications, and the progress made in the field.

5.1 Thermoelectric Phenomenon

The thermoelectric effect encompasses the transformation of a temperature gradient

into an electric voltage and vice versa. This phenomenon is based on the Seebeck
effect, where the application of a temperature gradient results in the generation
of voltage across a material [56]. Understanding this principle is crucial for the
development of thermoelectric temperature sensors.

5.2 Thermocouples: Traditional Temperature Sensing

Historically, thermocouples have been the workhorses of temperature sensing.

Comprising two different metal wires, they generate a voltage proportional to the
temperature difference between their ends. While widely used, thermocouples have
limitations in terms of accuracy and sensitivity [57].

5.3 Advanced Thermoelectric Materials

Recent progress in the field of materials science has resulted in the identification
and creation of sophisticated thermoelectric materials. These materials demonstrate
increased thermoelectric efficiency, enabling more precise and responsive tempera-
ture measurements. The ongoing investigation into novel compounds and nanostruc-
tured materials is broadening the potential of thermoelectric temperature sensors [58].
Electroceramics-Based Materials for Sensor Technology 421

5.4 Semiconductor Thermoelectric Sensors

Contemporary thermoelectric temperature sensors commonly employ semiconductor

materials, capitalizing on their adjustable electrical and thermal characteristics. The
operation of semiconductor thermoelectric sensors involves the measurement of
voltage across a diode junction, a value that changes with varying temperatures.
These sensors incorporate a dual integrated circuit (IC) featuring two similar diodes
and a temperature-sensitive voltage. The diodes, along with the temperature-sensitive
voltage, are instrumental in temperature measurement. Semiconductor thermoelec-
tric devices offer advantages such as faster response times, enhanced accuracy,
and miniaturization, rendering them suitable for various applications, including
electronics and medical devices [59].

5.5 Applications in Harsh Environments

Thermoelectric temperature sensors demonstrate superior performance in chal-

lenging environments, where conventional sensors may encounter difficulties. Their
solid-state nature and adaptability to diverse materials contribute to their robust-
ness against vibrations, corrosive substances, and extreme temperatures. Industries
such as aerospace, automotive, and energy production derive advantages from the
durability and resilience of thermoelectric sensors [60].

5.6 Energy Harvesting and Temperature Sensing Integration

The concept of energy harvesting, involving the conversion of ambient heat into elec-
trical energy, intersects seamlessly with temperature sensing. In this context, ther-
moelectric materials serve a dual purpose by not only sensing temperature variations
but also simultaneously generating electrical power [61]. This integrated approach
holds significant promise, especially for applications in remote or autonomous sensor
systems. By harnessing the thermoelectric effect, where temperature differences
induce an electric voltage across materials, these dual-function thermoelectric mate-
rials contribute to sustainable and self-sufficient sensor systems. This innovative inte-
gration is particularly advantageous in scenarios where access to traditional power
sources may be limited or impractical. The versatility of this dual-role functionality
extends the potential applications to various fields, including environmental moni-
toring, industrial automation, and IoT devices. The ability to harvest energy from
the surrounding environment while accurately sensing temperature variations makes
these integrated thermoelectric sensors well-suited for challenging and remote envi-
ronments. The ongoing advancements in materials science and energy harvesting
422 D. Gautam et al.

technologies further propel the potential of this integrated approach, paving the way
for more efficient and self-reliant sensor systems in the future.
Continual research endeavors are directed towards augmenting the efficiency and
cost-effectiveness of thermoelectric materials utilized in temperature sensing applica-
tions. Innovations in this domain encompass the exploration of novel nanomaterials,
advancements in manufacturing techniques, and seamless integration with emerging
technologies such as the Internet of Things (IoT). Addressing challenges related to
material toxicity and scalability stands as a pivotal aspect for ensuring the widespread
adoption of thermoelectric temperature sensors. The ongoing efforts in these areas
contribute to the evolution of temperature sensing technologies, making them more
efficient, accessible, and aligned with the demands of various industries.
With the progression of technology and an increasing need for precise temperature
control, thermoelectric materials remain pivotal components in the development of
temperature-sensing devices.

6 Synthesis Methods for Electroceramic Based Sensing

Materials

Electroceramic materials serve as a fundamental element in a multitude of sensor

technologies, crucial for converting physical and chemical stimuli into measurable
signals. This segment explores the various synthesis methods utilized in the creation
of these advanced materials, encompassing a spectrum of techniques ranging from
conventional approaches to state-of-the-art processes.

6.1 Synthesis of Traditional Ceramic

Traditional approaches to ceramic synthesis, including solid-state reactions and

precipitation, have played a significant historical role in the production of sensor
materials for electroceramics. Solid-state reactions entail the thorough blending of
precursor powders, followed by high-temperature sintering to attain the intended
phase. Conversely, precipitation methods involve the controlled chemical precipita-
tion of components, resulting in powders well-suited for applications in sensors [62].

6.2 Sol–Gel Process

The sol–gel process provides a versatile pathway for crafting electroceramic mate-
rials with customized compositions and structures. This method entails the conver-
sion of a sol (a colloidal suspension containing nanoscale particles) into a gel,
Electroceramics-Based Materials for Sensor Technology 423

followed by heat treatment to yield the final ceramic product. The sol–gel process
facilitates control over particle size, homogeneity, and purity, rendering it highly
suitable for sensor applications that require precision [63, 64].

6.3 Hydrothermal Synthesis

Hydrothermal synthesis hinges on the reaction of precursors within an aqueous solu-

tion at elevated temperatures and pressures. This technique facilitates the develop-
ment of crystalline electroceramic materials characterized by heightened purity and
distinctive morphologies. Particularly beneficial for the production of ferroelectric
and piezoelectric materials, hydrothermal synthesis plays a crucial role in crafting
components essential for sensing applications [65].

6.4 Aerosol Techniques

Synthesis techniques based on aerosols, such as spray pyrolysis and flame spray
pyrolysis, present benefits in scalability and the production of nanostructured mate-
rials. These methods involve the generation of fine droplets containing precursor
materials, subsequently transformed into solid particles through controlled pyrolysis.
The resultant electroceramic powders showcase a high surface area, contributing to
enhanced sensor performance [66].

6.5 Microwave-Assisted Synthesis

Microwave-assisted synthesis has become increasingly recognized for its capacity to

swiftly and energy-efficiently produce electroceramic materials. Through microwave
irradiation, uniform heating is achieved, resulting in reduced reaction times and
improved crystallinity. This approach proves especially advantageous in the synthesis
of intricate oxide materials employed in gas sensors, where achieving rapid response
times is of paramount importance [67].

6.6 Chemical Vapor Deposition (CVD)

Chemical vapor deposition (CVD) stands out as a sophisticated method for coating
substrates with thin films of electroceramic materials. In sensor applications, CVD
offers meticulous regulation of film thickness and composition, facilitating the
production of sensor devices with exceptional performance. The films deposited
424 D. Gautam et al.

through this technique demonstrate outstanding adhesion and uniformity, essential

factors contributing to the reliability of sensor coatings [68, 69].
Despite advancements in synthesis methods, challenges endure, encompassing
aspects like attaining a uniform particle size distribution, managing defects, and
ensuring reproducibility. Future research endeavors are set to confront these chal-
lenges with inventive approaches, including additive manufacturing and environ-
mentally friendly synthesis methods. The exploration of sustainable, cost-effective,
and scalable synthesis techniques continues to be a central focus in the ongoing
advancement of electroceramics sensor materials.
The fabrication of electroceramics sensor materials involves a diverse array
of methods, each presenting distinct advantages tailored to specific applica-
tions. Ranging from conventional ceramic pathways to cutting-edge aerosol and
microwave-assisted techniques, the selected synthesis method plays a pivotal role in
shaping the properties and performance of electroceramic materials within sensor
devices.

7 Conclusion and Future Perspectives

Electroceramics-based materials for sensor technology reveals the essential role in

influencing the landscape of sensing applications. From piezoelectric and ferro-
electric materials to ionic conductors and thermoelectric materials, the adaptability
of electroceramics has been demonstrated across diverse sensing scenarios. The
discussed synthesis methods highlight the critical importance of controlled fabrica-
tion processes in determining material performance. Looking ahead, the integration
of electroceramics in smart devices, the internet of things, and wearable technologies
holds the promise of exciting advancements.
The future trajectory will likely involve cross-disciplinary collaborations, ethical
considerations, and a commitment to environmental sustainability, crucial elements
in navigating the evolving field responsibly. While challenges persist, ongoing inno-
vation and a dedication to advancing sensor technologies are meeting them head-on.
To conclude, this chapter issues a call to action, urging sustained exploration, collab-
oration, and ethical practices to ensure that Electroceramics continue to push the
boundaries of sensor capabilities. Ultimately, this contribution aims to pave the way
for a future where sensing technologies play a transformative role in various facets
of our lives.

References

1. Warlimont, H.: Ceramics. In: Springer Handbooks, Springer, pp. 441–484 (2018). [Link]
org/10.1007/978-3-319-69743-7_17
2. Setter, N., Waser, R.: Electroceramic Materials (n.d.). [Link]/locate/actamat
Electroceramics-Based Materials for Sensor Technology 425

3. Salem, M.M., Morchenko, A.T., Panina, L.V., Kostishyn, V.G., Andreev, V.G., Bibikov, S.B.,
Nikolaev, A.N.: Dielectric and magnetic properties of two-phase composite system: Mn-Zn or
Ni-Zn ferrites in dielectric matrices. Phys. Procedia 75, 1360–1369 (2015). [Link]
1016/[Link].2015.12.152
4. Randall, C.A., Newnham, R.E., Cross, L.E.: History of the First Ferroelectric Oxide, BaTiO3
(n.d.)
5. Sebastian, M.T., Ubic, R., Jantunen, H.: Low-loss dielectric ceramic materials and their
properties. Int. Mater. Rev. 60, 392–412 (2015). [Link]
0007
6. Chung, C.-C.: Microstructural Evolution in Lead Zirconate Titanate (PZT) Piezoelectric
Ceramics (2014). [Link] (OD Dissertations)
7. Park, C.O., Akbar, S.A., Weppner, W.: Ceramic electrolytes and electrochemical sensors. J.
Mater. Sci. 38, 4639–4660 (2003). [Link]
8. Marimuthu, S., Grace, A.N.: Ceramics for solid oxide fuel cells. In: Advanced Ceramics for
Energy Storage, Thermoelectrics and Photonics, pp. 185–208. Elsevier (2023). [Link]
10.1016/B978-0-323-90761-3.00006-1
9. Chung, D.D.L., Xi, X.: A review of cement-based materials as electroceramics. Ceram. Int.
49, 24621–24642 (2023). [Link]
10. Baraskar, B.G., Kambale, R.C., James, A.R., Mahesh, M.L., Ramana, C.V., Kolekar, Y.D.:
Ferroelectric, piezoelectric and electrostrictive properties of Sn4+ -modified Ba0.7 Ca0.3 TiO3
lead-free electroceramics. J. Am. Ceram. Soc. 100, 5755–5765 (2017). [Link]
jace.15073.
11. Bednorz, J.G., Müller, K.A.: Possible highT c superconductivity in the Ba–La–Cu–O system.
Z. Für Phys. B Condens. Matter 64, 189–193 (1986). [Link]
12. Atkinson, A., Moseley, P.T.: Thin film electroceramics. Appl. Surf. Sci. 65–66, 212–219 (1993).
[Link]
13. Prakash, C.: Electroceramics for sensors and actuators. In: 2012 1st International Symposium
on Physics and Technology of Sensors (ISPTS-1), pp. 1–2. IEEE (2012). [Link]
1109/ISPTS.2012.6260919
14. Andrejevic, M., Burdon, M.: Defining the Sensor Society. Telev. & New Media 16, 19–36
(2015). [Link]
15. Javaid, M., Haleem, A., Singh, R.P.,Rab, S., Suman, R.: Significance of sensors for industry
4.0: roles, capabilities, and applications. Sens. Int. 2, 100110 (2021). [Link]
[Link].2021.100110
16. Kwaaitaal, T.: The fundamentals of sensors. Sens. Actuators A Phys. 39, 103–110 (1993).
[Link]
17. Kavand, H., Nasiri, R., Herland, A.: Advanced materials and sensors for microphysiological
systems: focus on electronic and electrooptical interfaces. Adv. Mater. 34, (2022). [Link]
org/10.1002/adma.202107876
18. Li, M., Chen, T., Gooding, J.J., Liu, J.: Review of carbon and graphene quantum dots for
sensing. ACS Sens. 4, 1732–1748 (2019). [Link]
19. Krishna Prasad, N.V., Venkata Prasad, K., Ramesh, S., Phanidhar, S.V., Venkata Ratnam,
K., Janardhan, S., Manjunatha, H., Sarma, M.S.S.R.K.N., Srinivas, K.: Ceramic sensors: a
mini-review of their applications. Front. Mater. 7, (2020). [Link]
593342.
20. Xu, X.: Intelligent composite materials for use as sensors and actuators. In: Composite
Materials, pp. 465–487. Elsevier (2021). [Link]
12-5
21. Wang, X., Tao, Y., Pan, S., Fang, X., Lou, C., Xu, Y., Wu, J., Sang, M., Lu, L., Gong, X., Luo,
T., Xuan, S.: Biocompatible and breathable healthcare electronics with sensing performances
and photothermal antibacterial effect for motion-detecting. Npj Flex. Electron. 6, 95 (2022).
[Link]
22. Kadiyala, K.G., Katari, N.K.: Ceramics for sensing application. In: Advanced Ceramic Coatings
for Emerging Applications, pp. 71–84. Elsevier (2023). [Link]
99624-2.00013-9
426 D. Gautam et al.

23. Tiwari, B., Babu, T., Choudhary, R.N.P.: Piezoelectric lead zirconate titanate as an energy
material: a review study. Mater. Today Proc. 43, 407–412 (2021). [Link]
matpr.2020.11.692
24. Liang, H., Hao, G., Olszewski, O.Z.: A review on vibration-based piezoelectric energy
harvesting from the aspect of compliant mechanisms. Sens. Actuators A Phys. 331, 112743
(2021). [Link]
25. Whatmore, R.W., Ward, S.J.: Pyroelectric infrared detectors and materials—a critical perspec-
tive. J. Appl. Phys. 133, (2023). [Link]
26. Mirdamadi, E.S., Haghbin Nazarpak, M., Solati-Hashjin, M.: Metal oxide-based ceramics. In:
Structural Biomaterials, pp. 301–331. Elsevier (2021). [Link]
831-6.00012-4
27. Bharadwaj, S.R., Varma, S., Wani, B.N.: Electroceramics for fuel cells, batteries and sensors.
In: Functional Materials, pp. 639–674. Elsevier (2012). [Link]
142-0.00016-7
28. Le, L.Q., Hernandez, C.H., Rodriguez, M.H., Zhu, L., Duan, C., Ding, H., O’Hayre, R.P.,
Sullivan, N.P.: Proton-conducting ceramic fuel cells: scale up and stack integration. J. Power.
Sources 482, 228868 (2021). [Link]
29. Saputra, H.A.: Electrochemical sensors: basic principles, engineering, and state of the art. Mon.
Für Chem.-Chem. Mon. 154, 1083–1100 (2023). [Link]
30. Manjón-Sanz, A.M., Dolgos, M.R.: Applications of piezoelectrics: old and new. Chem. Mater.
30, 8718–8726 (2018). [Link]
31. Sezer, N., Koç, M.: A comprehensive review on the state-of-the-art of piezoelectric energy
harvesting. Nano Energy 80, 105567 (2021). [Link]
32. Ju, M., Dou, Z., Li, J.-W., Qiu, X., Shen, B., Zhang, D., Yao, F.-Z., Gong, W., Wang, K.: Piezo-
electric materials and sensors for structural health monitoring: fundamental aspects, current
status, and future perspectives. Sensors 23, 543 (2023). [Link]
33. Das Mahapatra, S., Mohapatra, P.C., Aria, A.I., Christie, G., Mishra, Y.K., Hofmann, S., Thakur,
V.K.: Piezoelectric materials for energy harvesting and sensing applications: roadmap for future
smart materials. Adv. Sci. 8, (2021). [Link]
34. Mandal, D., Banerjee, S.: Surface acoustic wave (SAW) sensors: physics, materials, and
applications. Sensors 22, 820 (2022). [Link]
35. Li, S., Wang, Y., Yang, M., Miao, J., Lin, K., Li, Q., Chen, X., Deng, J., Xing, X.: Ferroelectric
thin films: performance modulation and application. Mater. Adv. 3, 5735–5752 (2022). https://
[Link]/10.1039/D2MA00381C
36. Guo, R., You, L., Zhou, Y., Shiuh Lim, Z., Zou, X., Chen, L., Ramesh, R., Wang, J.: Non-
volatile memory based on the ferroelectric photovoltaic effect. Nat. Commun. 4, 1990 (2013).
[Link]
37. Kanno, I.: Piezoelectric MEMS: ferroelectric thin films for MEMS applications. Jpn. J. Appl.
Phys. 57, 040101 (2018). [Link]
38. Blázquez-Castro, A., García-Cabañes, A., Carrascosa, M.: Biological applications of ferro-
electric materials. Appl. Phys. Rev. 5, (2018). [Link]
39. Aydin, A.C., Çelebi̇, O.: Piezoelectric materials in civil engineering applications: a review.
ACS Omega 8, 19168–19193 (2023). [Link]
40. Liu, H.-Y., Zhang, H.-Y., Chen, X.-G., Xiong, R.-G.: Molecular design principles for ferro-
electrics: ferroelectrochemistry. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 142, 15205–15218 (2020). [Link]
10.1021/jacs.0c07055
41. Meng, K., Li, W., Tang, X.-G., Liu, Q.-X., Jiang, Y.-P.: A review of a good binary ferroelectric
ceramic: BaTiO3 –BiFeO3 . ACS Appl. Electron. Mater. 4, 2109–2145 (2022). [Link]
10.1021/acsaelm.1c00109
42. Ghoneim, M.T., Zidan, M.A., Alnassar, M.Y., Hanna, A.N., Kosel, J., Salama, K.N., Hussain,
M.M.: Thin PZT-based ferroelectric capacitors on flexible silicon for nonvolatile memory
applications. Adv. Electron. Mater. 1, (2015). [Link]
43. Lee, M.H., Guo, R., Bhalla, A.S.: Pyroelectric sensors. J. Electroceramics 2, 229–242 (1998).
[Link]
Electroceramics-Based Materials for Sensor Technology 427

44. Aleks, M., Jagtap, C., Kadam, V., Kolev, G., Denishev, K., Pathan, H.: An overview of
microelectronic infrared pyroelectric detector. Eng. Sci. (2021). [Link]
d535
45. Mikolajick, T., Schroeder, U., Slesazeck, S.: The past, the present, and the future of ferroelectric
memories. IEEE Trans. Electron Devices 67, 1434–1443 (2020). [Link]
2020.2976148
46. Yan, M., Xiao, Z., Ye, J., Yuan, X., Li, Z., Bowen, C., Zhang, Y., Zhang, D.: Porous ferroelectric
materials for energy technologies: current status and future perspectives. Energy Environ. Sci.
14, 6158–6190 (2021). [Link]
47. Maurya, D., Abhijit, P.: “Dwight Viehland,” Ferroelectric Materials for Energy Harvesting and
Storage, 1st edn. Woodhead Publishing (2020)
48. Ye, Y., Yu, L., Lizundia, E., Zhu, Y., Chen, C., Jiang, F.: Cellulose-Based Ionic Conductor: An
Emerging Material toward Sustainable Devices. Chem. Rev. 123, 9204–9264 (2023). https://
[Link]/10.1021/[Link].2c00618
49. Tuller, H.: Ionic conduction and applications. In: Springer Handbook of Electronic and Photonic
Materials, pp. 213–228. Springer US, Boston, MA (2006). [Link]
29185-7_11
50. Tombolesi, S., Zanieri, N., Bargnesi, L., Mernini, M., Lacarbonara, G., Arbizzani, C.: A sustain-
able gel polymer electrolyte for solid-state electrochemical devices. Polym. (Basel) 15, 3087
(2023). [Link]
51. Fergus, J.W.: Sensing mechanism of non-equilibrium solid-electrolyte-based chemical sensors.
J. Solid State Electrochem. 15, 971–984 (2011). [Link]
52. Akasaka, S., Amamoto, Y., Yuji, H., Kanno, I.: Limiting current type yttria-stabilized zirconia
thin-film oxygen sensor with spiral Ta2 O5 gas diffusion layer. Sens. Actuators B Chem. 327,
128932 (2021). [Link]
53. López-Gándara, C., Ramos, F.M., Cirera, A.: YSZ-based oxygen sensors and the use of nano-
materials: a review from classical models to current trends. J Sens 2009, 1–15 (2009). https://
[Link]/10.1155/2009/258489
54. Ceramic Fuel Cells for Power Generation (n.d.)
55. Li, J., Qi, J., Jin, F., Zhang, F., Zheng, L., Tang, L., Huang, R., Xu, J., Chen, H., Liu, M., Qiu,
Y., Cooper, A.I., Shen, Y., Chen, L.: Room temperature all-solid-state lithium batteries based
on a soluble organic cage ionic conductor. Nat. Commun. 13, 2031 (2022). [Link]
1038/s41467-022-29743-1
56. Tritt, T.M.: Thermoelectric materials: principles, structure, properties, and applications. In:
Encyclopedia of Materials: Science and Technology, pp. 1–11. Elsevier (2002). [Link]
10.1016/B0-08-043152-6/01822-2
57. Deepak, J.R., Prasanna Kumar, M.. Nithishkar, M.: Review on temperature monitoring system
for welding application–a case study on thermocouple array. Mater. Today Proc. (2023). https://
[Link]/10.1016/[Link].2023.02.373
58. Park, C.R. (ed.): Advanced Thermoelectric Materials. Wiley (2019). [Link]
9781119407348
59. Rettig, F., Moos, R.: Semiconducting direct thermoelectric gas sensors. In: Semiconductor Gas
Sensors, pp. 261–296. Elsevier (2013). [Link]
60. Balakrishnan, V., Phan, H.-P., Dinh, T., Dao, D., Nguyen, N.-T.: Thermal flow sensors for harsh
environments. Sensors 17, 2061 (2017). [Link]
61. Park, H., Lee, D., Park, G., Park, S., Khan, S., Kim, J., Kim, W.: Energy harvesting using
thermoelectricity for IoT (Internet of Things) and E-skin sensors. J. Phys. Energy 1, 042001
(2019). [Link]
62. Ceramic Methods. In: Essentials of Inorganic Materials Synthesis, pp. 17–21. Wiley (2015).
[Link]
63. Hench, L.L., West, J.K.: The sol-gel process. Chem. Rev. 90, 33–72 (1990). [Link]
1021/cr00099a003
64. Dehghanghadikolaei, A., Ansary, J., Ghoreishi, R.: Sol-gel process applications: a mini-review.
Proc. Nat. Res. Soc. 2, 02008 (2018). [Link]
428 D. Gautam et al.

65. Sá, F.G., Silva, M.R.F., Sierra, D.L.G., Ivanov, M., Tkach, A., Vilarinho, P.M., Ferreira, P.:
Comparative microwave- and conventional oven-assisted hydrothermal syntheses of BaTiO3
nanoparticles for improved electroceramics. Ceram. Int. (2023). [Link]
amint.2023.12.223
66. Meierhofer, F., Fritsching, U.: Synthesis of metal oxide nanoparticles in flame sprays: review
on process technology, modeling, and diagnostics. Energy Fuels 35, 5495–5537 (2021). https://
[Link]/10.1021/[Link].0c04054
67. Gawande, M.B., Shelke, S.N., Zboril, R., Varma, R.S.: Microwave-assisted chemistry: synthetic
applications for rapid assembly of nanomaterials and organics. Acc. Chem. Res. 47, 1338–1348
(2014). [Link]
68. Sun, L., Yuan, G., Gao, L., Yang, J., Chhowalla, M., Gharahcheshmeh, M.H., Gleason, K.K.,
Choi, Y.S., Hong, B.H., Liu, Z.: Chemical vapour deposition. Nat. Rev. Methods Prim. 1, 5
(2021). [Link]
69. Zhang, Q., Geng, D., Hu, W.: Chemical vapor deposition for few-layer two-dimensional
materials. SmartMat 4, (2023). [Link]
Piezoelectric, Pyroelectric, and Dielectric
Properties of PZT: Nylon 11
and Graphite Doped PZT: Nylon11
Composites

Avadhesh Sharma, Minakshi Sharma, and Varsha Yadav

Abstract This paper prepared the PZT-Nylon 11 and graphite-doped PZT-Nylon

11 composites with 0–3 phase connectivity geometry using a hot press process. The
samples were poled under different conditions, i.e., at different poling temperatures
and fields, and characterized for their piezo, pyro, and dielectric properties. The
dielectric and AC conductivity measurements were also carried out. The results
showed that the piezoelectric constant and remnant polarization both increased with
graphite doping. Also, the value of the d33 constant for the graphite-doped sample
is almost three times more than the undoped sample, keeping other conditions the
same. In addition, remnant polarization was increased for graphite-doped samples
compared to undoped samples.

1 Introduction

Piezoelectric materials exhibit a mechanical response when subjected to an electric

field and display an electrical response to mechanical inputs. Due to these unique
properties, they are extensively used in sensors, transducers, electromechanical actu-
ators, piezoelectric power supplies, and other advanced applications. These materials
can be broadly classified into inorganic, organic, and composites [1]. In the inorganic
category, ceramics and crystals are notable for their high dielectric constant, high
piezoelectric coefficient, and strong electromechanical coupling. These materials,
such as lead zirconate titanate (PZT), exhibit significant piezoelectric properties,
which make them ideal for various high-performance applications. However, they

A. Sharma
School of Applied Sciences, Invertis University, Bareilly, U.P. 2443123, India
M. Sharma
School of Applied Sciences, Om Sterling Global University, Hisar, Haryana 125001, India
V. Yadav (B)
School of Applied Sciences, Shri Venkateshwara University, Gajraula (Amroha), U.P. 244221,
India
e-mail: varshayadav616@[Link]

© The Author(s), under exclusive license to Springer Nature Singapore Pte Ltd. 2024 429
U. Kumar (ed.), Defects Engineering in Electroceramics for Energy Applications,
Engineering Materials, [Link]
430 A. Sharma et al.

suffer from poor mechanical properties and relatively high acoustic impedance,
which restricts their use to specific applications where these limitations can be
managed. Their brittleness and high density pose additional challenges, particularly
in applications requiring mechanical flexibility and low weight [2, 3]. On the other
hand, the organic category includes polymers like Polyvinylidene Fluoride (PVDF).
PVDF and its copolymers are attractive due to their flexibility, lower density, and ease
of processing. They offer low acoustic impedance, making them suitable for acoustic
matching with water or tissues. However, their piezoelectric coefficients are rela-
tively low compared to ceramics, which limits their use in applications requiring high
piezoelectric responses [4]. Piezoelectric composites, primarily ceramic and polymer
composites, exhibit superior piezoelectric and dielectric properties compared to pure
polymers and offer better mechanical properties than ceramics. These composites
combine the advantages of both materials, providing high coupling factors, low
acoustic impedance, mechanical flexibility, appropriate matching with water and
human tissue, broad bandwidth, and a low mechanical quality factor [5, 6]. As a
result, piezoelectric composites find applications in underwater sonar, medical diag-
nostic ultrasonic transducers, vibration and noise control, and morphing structures
[7–9].
Piezoelectric composites can be further categorized based on the connectivity
scheme of their constituents. Among these, 0–3 connectivity-type composites,
consisting of ferroelectric ceramic (FC) inclusions within an extended polymer
matrix, exhibit various useful physical properties [10]. These composites are widely
used in modern piezoelectric technology, acoustics, and other fields. Extensive
research has been conducted on different composites of PZT with various polymers
such as PVDF, PVC, PVA, and copolymers. However, composites of PZT with Nylon
have not been extensively reported [11]. Nylon possesses unique physical and chem-
ical properties, such as toughness, flexibility, and resistance to chemicals, temper-
ature, and wear [12]. Consequently, composites of PZT and Nylon are expected to
offer valuable properties for applications that require these characteristics [13, 14].
We prepared flexible and freestanding films of PZT and Nylon 11 composites with
0–3 connectivity using the hot press method in this study. These films were prepared
with different volume fractions of PZT and Nylon 11. Previous studies have indicated
that 0–3 composites cannot be fully poled due to the screening effect of the polymer
matrix, resulting in reduced overall properties and limited practical applications of
the 0–3 ferroelectric composite. For example, Satish et al. [15] demonstrated that
the poling behavior of the PZT phase in a PZT/PU composite doped with graphite
particles was improved, enhancing the piezoelectric and pyroelectric properties of
the composite. Similar findings were reported by other researchers [13–16], who
observed that increasing the matrix material’s electrical conductivity improved the
composite’s poling behavior and properties. Graphite doping has shown promising
results in enhancing the electrical properties of piezoelectric composites. Including
conductive graphite particles can significantly improve the poling efficiency of the
ceramic phase by reducing the screening effect. This improvement is crucial for appli-
cations requiring high piezoelectric and pyroelectric responses, such as advanced
sensors and actuators. The improved electrical conductivity facilitates the alignment
Piezoelectric, Pyroelectric, and Dielectric Properties of PZT: Nylon 11 … 431

of dipoles within the ceramic phase, leading to enhanced piezoelectric properties

[15, 16].
In the present work, we characterize these PZT and Nylon 11 composites and
graphite-doped PZT and Nylon 11 composites for their piezoelectric, pyroelec-
tric, and dielectric properties. This study explores the potential advantages of these
composites in various advanced applications, leveraging their unique properties and
improved performance due to graphite doping. The development of these composites
could lead to new and improved materials for use in fields such as biomedical engi-
neering, aerospace, and underwater acoustics. By integrating recent advancements
in the field, we aim to provide a comprehensive understanding of the potential and
limitations of PZT and Nylon 11 composites, as well as graphite-doped PZT and
Nylon 11 composites, in enhancing the performance of piezoelectric, pyroelectric,
and dielectric applications. This research will contribute to developing more effi-
cient and versatile materials, expanding the range of applications, and improving the
performance of piezoelectric devices.
The study will focus on synthesizing these composites and their structural and
morphological characterization and evaluating their piezoelectric, pyroelectric, and
dielectric properties. The insights gained from this research will help optimize the
composition and processing conditions to achieve the desired properties, paving the
way for developing next-generation piezoelectric materials.

2 Material and Methods

2.1 Sample Preparation

The Nylon 11 granules obtained from Sigma-Aldrich were dissolved in DMF by

heating and stirring and converted into fine powder by grinding and sheaving. The
PZT powder was prepared in our laboratory using a well-known mixed oxide route.
The required quantities of PZT and Nylon11 powder were mixed and ground using
agate mortar for 4 h. This mixture was then placed in a die for hot pressing [17]. The
mixture was first heated up to 1840 °C then pressed using the pressure of eight tons.
After cooling, the samples were removed from the die, and the electrode was used
with silver paste. The samples with Graphite doping were also prepared similarly by
adding the required amount of Graphite powder at mixing and grinding.

2.2 Poling

The electrode samples were poled using an in-house developed sample holder in a
silicon oil bath at different temperatures and poling voltages.
432 A. Sharma et al.

2.3 Characterization

The d33 constant was measured using APC-d33 meter. The dielectric properties were
measured using an Agilent precision LCR meter (4284A) at room temperature in the
100 Hz–1 MHz range. The pyroelectric properties were determined by measuring the
thermally stimulated discharge current using a Kiethley electrometer and a temper-
ature bath at 20C/min. of rise. The P-E measurements were carried out using a
Sawyer–Tower circuit and storage oscilloscope [18]. The figure of merit (FOM) was
also calculated theoretically.

3 Characterization of PZT/Nylon11 (50:50) Composite

3.1 Dielectric Properties

Figure 1a and b illustrate the variation in dielectric constant and dielectric loss of
a PZT/Nylon11 (50:50) composite as a function of frequency for both unpoled and
poled samples at different poling fields. From these plots, it is evident that dielectric
loss decreases with increasing frequency. Notably, samples poled at 4, 6, 12, and
13 kV exhibit higher dielectric losses compared to other samples. Despite this, the
dielectric loss in these samples continues to decrease with increasing frequency, albeit
at a slower rate and eventually approaching a constant value [17]. Additionally, a rapid
increase in dielectric loss is observed as the frequency nears 10,000 Hz, which can
be attributed to anomalous dielectric dispersion—a phenomenon where polarization
diminishes with increasing frequency.
The dielectric loss increases with temperature due to enhanced molecular mobility
and dipole relaxation in the polymer matrix. Figure 2a and b illustrate how dielec-
tric constant and dielectric loss vary with temperature for PZT/Nylon11 (50:50)

Fig. 1 Variation of a Dielectric constant and b Dielectric loss with frequency of PZT/Nylon11
(50:50) composite
Piezoelectric, Pyroelectric, and Dielectric Properties of PZT: Nylon 11 … 433

Fig. 2 Variation of a Dielectric constant and b Dielectric loss with Temperature of PZT/Nylon11
(50:50) composite

composite. Concurrently, the dielectric constant experiences a rapid rise with temper-
ature, driven by the temperature-sensitive dielectric properties of the PZT component.
Additionally, the figures reveal that all the composites exhibit a significant increase
in dielectric constant with rising temperature. This is primarily because the dielec-
tric properties of the composites are largely influenced by the PZT (lead zirconate
titanate) component [18]. The PZT part of the composites is responsible for most
of the observed dielectric behavior, and its properties are sensitive to temperature
changes, leading to the rapid increase in dielectric constant as the temperature rises.
The dielectric constant remains nearly constant, showing a slight increase with
rising frequency. At the same time, the dielectric loss is also largely independent
of frequency [19], illustrating the variation of dielectric loss and dielectric constant
with frequency for the PZT/Nylon11 (60:40) composite in Fig. 3. This behavior is
quite similar to what is seen in the 50:50 PZT/Nylon11 composite. This suggests
that the composite material retains its ability to polarize and store energy effectively
over a wide range of frequencies. Similarly, the dielectric loss, which represents the
energy dissipated as heat within the dielectric material under an alternating electric
field, also shows minimal dependency on frequency for the 60:40 composite [20].
This implies that changes do not significantly influence the frequency of energy
dissipation mechanisms in the composite. The PZT content in the composite,
being higher in the 60:40 ratio compared to the 50:50 ratio, contributes to a more
pronounced effect of the PZT phase on the dielectric properties. The ferroelec-
tric nature of PZT, along with the effective poling field, ensures that the dielectric
properties remain stable across a range of frequencies.
The PZT/Nylon11 (60:40) composite exhibits distinctive dielectric loss and
dielectric constant behaviors when subjected to varying temperatures. Figure 4 illus-
trates the variation of dielectric loss and dielectric constant with frequency for
the PZT/Nylon11 (60:40) composite. The behavior of the PZT/Nylon11 (60:40)
composite in terms of dielectric loss and dielectric constant with temperature is
similar to that observed in other PZT/Nylon11 composites, such as the 50:50
434 A. Sharma et al.

Fig. 3 Variation of a Dielectric loss and b Dielectric constant with frequency of PZT/Nylon11
(60:40) composite

ratio. As dielectric Loss is Increases with temperature due to enhanced molecular

mobility, dipole relaxation, and the influence of the PZT component and dielectric
constant shows a rapid increase with temperature, driven by temperature-dependent
polarization, ferroelectric domain alignment, and interfacial polarization [21].
However, the higher PZT content in the 60:40 composite amplifies these effects.
The composite’s dielectric properties are predominantly influenced by the PZT phase,
making it highly responsive to temperature variations.

Fig. 4 Variation of a Dielectric loss and b Dielectric constant with temperature of PZT/Nylon11
(60:40) composite
Piezoelectric, Pyroelectric, and Dielectric Properties of PZT: Nylon 11 … 435

Fig. 5 Variation of a Dielectric constant and b Dielectric loss with frequency of PZT/Nylon11
(70:30) composite

Figure 5a and b present the dielectric constant and dielectric loss of the PZT/
Nylon (70:30) composite. It can be observed that both the dielectric constant and
dielectric loss exhibit minimal variation with increasing frequency, maintaining a
nearly constant value. This behavior can be attributed to the low ceramic fraction
within the composite [22]. The reduced ceramic content leads to a smaller number
of dipoles, which diminishes the effectiveness of the poling process. Consequently,
most of the poling field is absorbed by the Nylon 11 matrix, resulting in the observed
stability of the dielectric properties across different frequencies. This characteristic
indicates that the composite’s dielectric properties are predominantly influenced by
the polymer matrix rather than the ceramic components [23].

3.2 Piezoelectric Properties

The piezoelectric properties of a composite are influenced by the piezoelectric char-

acteristics of its individual phases and the degree of interconnectivity between these
phases. Figure 6a and b illustrate the variation in the d33 coefficient values for the
50:50 and 60:40 composites, respectively, as the poling voltage increases. These
figures clearly demonstrate the rise and fall in the d33 coefficient, allowing for an
easy observation of its values at different poling voltages [24].
Figure 6a and b provide a detailed analysis of the variation in the d33 coefficient
for two different PZT/Nylon composites as the poling voltage is increased. Figure 6a
shows that for the 50:50 composite, the d33 coefficient initially rises from 3 to 6 kV,
then decreases up to 7 kV, and subsequently rises again, reaching its maximum value
at 12 kV/mm. Similarly, Fig. 6b reveals that the 60:40 composite exhibits comparable
behavior, with the d33 coefficient experiencing fluctuations before achieving its peak
value at 11 kV/mm.
436 A. Sharma et al.

Fig. 6 Variation of d33 Coefficient at various poling voltage for a PZT/Nylon11 (50:50) composite
b PZT/Nylon11 (60:40) composite

This pattern of rise and fall in the d33 coefficient highlights the complex rela-
tionship between the poling voltage and the piezoelectric response of the compos-
ites. It can be observed from the figures that the d33 coefficient increases more
steeply with the increase in the volume fraction of PZT, particularly for composites
subjected to higher poling fields. This phenomenon can be attributed to the higher
degree of alignment of the dipoles at elevated fields, which enhances the piezoelectric
properties [25]. As the poling voltage increases, the dipoles within the PZT phase
align more effectively, resulting in a more pronounced piezoelectric response. The
observed trends underscore the importance of optimizing the poling conditions and
PZT content to achieve the desired piezoelectric performance in these composites.
Figure 7a and b depict the piezoelectric figure of merit (FOM) for the 50:50
and 60:40 composites, respectively. These figures reveal distinct behaviors for each
composite when subjected to increasing poling voltages. For the 50:50 composite,
the FOM increases as the poling voltage rises, enhancing piezoelectric performance
with higher poling fields. Conversely, the FOM for the 60:40 composite exhibits a
declining trend with increasing poling voltage. This contrasting behavior highlights
the different responses of the two composites under varying electric fields.
Moreover, it is noteworthy that both composites do not display any significant
FOM at low poling voltages. This phenomenon can be attributed to the insufficient
poling field strength at low voltages, which fails to induce adequate polarization in
the materials. At these low poling fields, both the d33 and g33 coefficients, which
are crucial for determining the FOM, remain almost independent of the PZT volume
fraction. This lack of sufficient electric field results in minimal dipole alignment,
thereby preventing the composites from achieving a measurable FOM. Consequently,
the piezoelectric properties of the composites are not effectively activated until a
higher poling voltage is applied, underscoring the importance of adequate poling to
realize the full piezoelectric potential of these materials.
Piezoelectric, Pyroelectric, and Dielectric Properties of PZT: Nylon 11 … 437

Fig. 7 Variation of piezo. Figure of matrix at various poling voltage for a PZT/Nylon11 (50:50)
composite b PZT/Nylon11 (60:40) composite

3.3 Pyroelectric Properties

Figure 8 illustrates the pyroelectric coefficient of the 50:50 composite as a function

of temperature. The graph shows a gradual increase in the pyroelectric coefficient
up to a temperature of 65 °C. This slow rise indicates a steady enhancement in the
material’s ability to generate an electric charge in response to temperature changes.
However, as the temperature continues to rise and approaches 75 °C, the pyro-
electric coefficient has a noticeable steep increase. This sudden surge suggests a
significant enhancement in the material’s pyroelectric properties at higher tempera-
tures. An exception to this trend is observed in one sample poled at 11 kV, which does

Fig. 8 Variation of pyro. Coefficient at various temperatures for PZT/Nylon11 (50:50) composite
438 A. Sharma et al.

Fig. 9 Variation of pyro coefficient at various temp. of graphite doped and undoped samples PZT/
Nylon11 (60:40) composite

not exhibit the same steep increase. This anomaly indicates that the poling voltage
can influence the temperature dependence of the pyroelectric coefficient, potentially
affecting the material’s overall performance.
Figure 9 compares the pyroelectric coefficient of graphite-doped and undoped
60:40 composites. The graphite-doped samples show a significantly higher pyroelec-
tric coefficient value of 190 µC/m2 ·K, in contrast to the undoped samples, which have
values between 60 and 80 µC/m2 ·K. This marked difference highlights the impact
of graphite doping on the pyroelectric properties. As a good conductor, Graphite
enhances the material’s ability to generate a charge in response to temperature
changes, thereby increasing the pyroelectric coefficient.
Additionally, the figure shows that the pyroelectric coefficient increases with an
increasing poling field. This observation indicates that a higher poling field leads
to better alignment of dipoles within the composite, resulting in enhanced polariza-
tion and, consequently, a higher pyroelectric response [26]. This correlation under-
scores the importance of the poling process in optimizing the composite materials’
pyroelectric properties.
Both Figs. 8 and 9 provide a comprehensive understanding of how temperature
and poling field influence the pyroelectric properties of PZT/Nylon composites in
different configurations.
Piezoelectric, Pyroelectric, and Dielectric Properties of PZT: Nylon 11 … 439

4 Result and Discussion

The variation of dielectric loss and dielectric constant at different frequencies for
poled and unpoled samples of PZT composites is analyzed to understand the impact
of PZT content and graphite doping on these properties. Figure 10a and b represent
the Variation of (a) dielectric constant and (b) dielectric loss at various frequencies for
poled and unpoled samples for different constitutions of PZT in composites, provide
insights into the frequency dependence of the dielectric constant and dielectric loss
for various compositions and processing conditions.
The results indicate that the PZT content, graphite doping, and the poling process
strongly influence the dielectric constant and dielectric loss. The PZT content
primarily affects the magnitude of the dielectric constant and the degree of dielec-
tric dispersion. Graphite doping enhances the dielectric constant and dielectric loss
due to increased interfacial polarization and conductivity. The poling process plays
a critical role in aligning the dipoles, thereby modifying the dielectric properties
of the composite [27]. These findings align with previous studies, which suggest
that the interplay between the matrix and filler materials, interfacial effects, and
processing conditions, such as poling, governs the dielectric properties of compos-
ites. The observed dielectric constant and dielectric loss trends highlight optimizing
the composite formulation and processing to achieve the desired dielectric perfor-
mance for specific applications [28]. According to studies, the dielectric behavior of
similar composites further supports these conclusions, indicating that the observed
phenomena are consistent with established scientific understanding. For instance,
the decrease in dielectric constant with reduced PZT content and the increase upon
graphite doping align with previously reported mechanisms of interfacial polariza-
tion and conductive network formation [16]. Additionally, the reduced dielectric
constant in poled composites corroborates the theory of phase order and interphase
charge formation between the matrix and filler.

Fig. 10 Variation of a dielectric constant and b dielectric loss at various frequencies for poled and
unpoled samples for different constitutions of PZT in composites
440 A. Sharma et al.

Fig. 11 Variation of d33 coefficient at a different PZT volume percentage in composite b various
poling field

The d33 coefficient, a measure of the piezoelectric response in the direction of

applied electric field, is influenced by several factors including the composition of
the composite, the poling conditions, and the volume percentage of piezoelectric
material. In PZT/Nylon composites, the interplay between the ceramic (PZT) and
the polymer (Nylon) components significantly affects the piezoelectric properties.
Figure 11a demonstrates the impact of varying the PZT volume percentage on the
d33 coefficient of the composite and (b) represent the Variation of d33 coefficient at
various poling field.
Adding PZT to the composite leads to a noticeable increase in the d33 coefficient,
highlighting the crucial role of the ceramic component in enhancing the piezoelectric
properties. As the volume percentage of PZT increases, the number of piezoelectric
dipoles within the composite also rises, resulting in a higher d33 coefficient. This
relationship indicates that the piezoelectric performance of the composite is directly
proportional to the PZT content. The improved d33 coefficient with higher PZT
volume percentages can be attributed to the enhanced interaction between the PZT
particles and the polymer matrix, facilitating more efficient stress transfer and dipole
alignment during poling. Thus, optimizing the PZT volume percentage is essential
for achieving superior piezoelectric properties in PZT/Nylon composites.
The piezoelectric d33 coefficient for the composite is depicted in Fig. 11b, which
illustrates how the addition of PZT significantly enhances the d33 coefficient. The
piezoelectric properties of the composite are profoundly influenced by poling condi-
tions, as evident from Fig. 11a. This influence is due to the opposite signs of the
piezo-coefficients of the ceramic and polymer components. As observed, the d33
coefficient increases with an increasing poling field; however, at higher fields, the
change in the d33 coefficient becomes marginal. The poling field serves as the driving
force that realigns the ferroelectric domains during the poling process [29]. There-
fore, a stronger poling field provides a greater driving force, promoting more effective
alignment of the ferroelectric domains. Consequently, the d33 coefficient experiences
Piezoelectric, Pyroelectric, and Dielectric Properties of PZT: Nylon 11 … 441

Fig. 12 Variation of Piezo. Figure of merit at various poling field

a significant increase with the rise in the poling field. Once the polarization intensity
surpasses a specific threshold, the composite reaches saturation poling, causing the
d33 coefficient to stabilize and exhibit minimal changes despite further increases in
the poling field.
The piezoelectric figure of merit is a crucial parameter that combines the piezo-
electric properties and the mechanical stability of the material, offering a comprehen-
sive measure of the material’s performance. As the poling field increases, it enhances
the alignment of ferroelectric domains within the composite, thereby improving the
overall piezoelectric response. Figure 12 shows Variation of Piezo. Figure of merit
at various poling field.
The dielectric constant of both PZT and the polymer decreases with poling, which
contributes to a higher piezoelectric figure of merit (FOM) for the composite. The
inclusion of graphite in the composite leads to an increase in the d33 value, indi-
cating an enhancement in piezoelectric performance. The presence of graphite filler
facilitates the poling process, thereby improving both piezoelectric and pyroelectric
activities [30]. This enhancement can be attributed to the ability of graphite parti-
cles to create continuous electric flux paths between PZT grains, which promotes
more effective poling and alignment of dipoles. Consequently, the composite exhibits
improved electrical properties and overall performance.
The P-E loop serves as a fundamental indicator of the ferroelectric behavior and
polarization properties of these materials under varying electric fields. It’s for these
composites provides insights into their ferroelectric behavior, including polarization
saturation, coercive field strength, and remnant polarization. This analysis is essential
for comprehending how the addition of graphite impacts the ferroelectric properties of
the composite, potentially altering its polarization behavior and overall performance
442 A. Sharma et al.

Fig. 13 P-E loop for PZT Nylon11 and graphite doped PZT Nylon 11

[31]. Figure 13 exhibits P-E Loop for PZT Nylon11 and Graphite doped PZT Nylon
11.
From the analysis of the polarization–electric field (P-E) hysteresis loop, key
parameters such as remnant polarization (Pr) and coercive field (Ec) were derived and
are presented in Fig. 13. These parameters are further detailed in Table 1, providing
the key electrical properties of PZT/Nylon 11 composites under different conditions:
undoped unpoled, undoped poled, and graphite-doped poled (1% graphite). The
parameters evaluated include remnant polarization (Pr), saturation polarization (Ps),
coercive field (Ec), the ratio of remnant to saturation polarization (Pr/Ps), and the
piezoelectric coefficient (d33) [30].
The undoped unpoled sample exhibits the lowest values for Pr and Ps, indicating
minimal polarization due to the absence of an applied poling field. The coercive field
(Ec) is the highest among all samples, which suggests greater difficulty in reori-
enting the dipoles without poling. The piezoelectric coefficient (d33) is negligible,
reflecting the lack of piezoelectric response in the unpoled state [31]. Poling signif-
icantly enhances the electrical properties of the undoped sample—both Pr and Ps

Table 1 Estimated remnant polarization (Pr) and coercive field (Ec) value from P-E hysteresis loop
Sample Pr (µC/cm2 ) Ps (µC/cm2 ) Ec (MV/cm) Pr /Ps d33
(PZT:Nylon11,40:60)
Undoped unpoled 0.5 0.9 2.11 0.55 Nil
Undoped poled 1 2.6 1.3 0.38 12
Doped poled 1.8 4.1 1.25 0.43 37
(Graphite 1%)
Piezoelectric, Pyroelectric, and Dielectric Properties of PZT: Nylon 11 … 443

increase, indicating improved polarization. The coercive field decreases to 1.3 MV/
cm, suggesting that the applied poling field aids in aligning dipoles [32]. The piezo-
electric coefficient (d33) of 12 highlights the development of a measurable piezo-
electric response due to poling. Including 1% graphite in the poled composite leads
to the highest values for Pr and Ps, indicating substantial polarization. The coercive
field (Ec) is slightly reduced to 1.25 MV/cm, showing that graphite doping further
facilitates dipole alignment [33]. The Pr/Ps ratio improves to 0.43, suggesting a more
efficient polarization process. Notably, the piezoelectric coefficient (d33 ) increases
dramatically to 37, highlighting the significant enhancement in piezoelectric response
due to graphite doping.
In conclusion, the results demonstrate that poling significantly improves the
piezoelectric and polarization properties of PZT/Nylon 11 composites. Furthermore,
doping with graphite enhances these properties even more, leading to higher remnant
and saturation polarization, a lower coercive field, and a much higher piezoelectric
coefficient [26, 34]. These improvements suggest that graphite-doped PZT/Nylon 11
composites are highly promising for applications requiring enhanced piezoelectric
and pyroelectric performance.

5 Conclusions

In this study, the piezoelectric composites of PZT and Nylon 11 were successfully
prepared and characterized for their dielectric, piezoelectric, and pyroelectric prop-
erties. The composites exhibited notable behaviors and dependencies on the PZT
content, frequency, temperature, and poling conditions. The dielectric constant and
dielectric loss were found to vary significantly with changes in frequency and temper-
ature, influenced predominantly by the PZT component and the processing condi-
tions, including graphite doping. The analysis revealed that the dielectric properties
of the composites were enhanced with the increase in PZT content and the addition
of graphite due to improved interfacial polarization and conductivity.
The piezoelectric properties, characterized by the d33 coefficient, demonstrated
a strong dependence on the PZT content and poling conditions. Higher PZT volume
fractions and optimized poling fields resulted in improved piezoelectric performance.
The study underscored the importance of poling conditions in aligning the ferro-
electric domains, thereby enhancing the piezoelectric response. The piezoelectric
figure of merit (FOM) also improved with increased PZT content and poling field,
highlighting the potential of these composites for practical applications.
The pyroelectric properties of the composites showed a significant increase in
the pyroelectric coefficient with rising temperature and poling fields. The inclusion
of graphite notably enhanced the pyroelectric response, demonstrating the potential
for these composites in temperature-sensing applications. The P-E hysteresis loop
analysis provided insights into the ferroelectric behavior of the composites, indicating
the effects of graphite doping on polarization properties.
444 A. Sharma et al.

Overall, the study confirms that PZT/Nylon 11 composites exhibit enhanced

dielectric, piezoelectric, and pyroelectric properties, especially with graphite doping.
These findings suggest that such composites are promising candidates for various
applications, including sensors, actuators, and energy-harvesting devices. Future
work may focus on optimizing the composite formulation and processing techniques
to achieve even better performance and exploring new applications for these advanced
materials.

References

1. Newnham, R.E.: Molecular mechanisms in smart materials. MRS Bull. 22(5), 20–34 (1997)
2. Yu, R., Liu, Y., Gao, Z., Liu, M., Zhang, T., Zhang, H., Hu, J.: Preparation and properties of
nylon 11/ethylene-vinyl alcohol/montmorillonite ternary composites. Polym. Compos. 41(12),
5343–5354 (2020)
3. Thomas, P., Ashokbabu, A., Ravindran, R.E., Vaish, R.: Dielectric properties of nylon 11/
CaCu3 Ti4 O12 (CCTO) nanocomposite films with high permittivity. IEEE Trans. Dielectr.
Electr. Insul. 26(2), 568–575 (2019)
4. Kumar, A., Khan, B., Yadav, V., Dixit, A., Kumar, U., Singh, M.K.: Rietveld refinement, optical,
dielectric and ac conductivity studies of Ba-doped SrSnO3 . J. Mater. Sci. Mater. Electron.
31(19), 16838–16848 (2020)
5. Cheema, H., Yadav, V., Maurya, R.S., Yadav, V., Kumar, A., Sharma, N., Alvi, P.A., Kumar, U.:
Structural, optical and electrical properties of Mn-doped ZnFe2 O4 synthesized using sol–gel
method. J. Mater. Sci. Mater. Electron. 32(18), 23578–23600 (2021)
6. Khoroshun, L.P., Maslov, B.P., Leshchenko, P.V.: Prediction of the effective properties of
piezoactive composite materials. Kiev Izdatel Naukova Dumka (1989)
7. Szewczyk, P.K., Busolo, T., Kar-Narayan, S., Stachewicz, U.: Wear-resistant smart textiles
using nylon-11 triboelectric yarns. ACS Appl. Mater. & Interfaces (2023)
8. Chan, H.L.W., Ng, P.K.L., Choy, C.L.: Effect of poling procedure on the properties of lead
zirconate titanate/vinylidene fluoride-trifluoroethylene composites. Appl. Phys. Lett. 74(20),
3029–3031 (1999)
9. Alam, I., Sa, K., Das, S., Subramanyam, B.V.R.S., Raiguru, J., Samanta, B., Kumar, P.,
Mahanandia, P.: Dielectric behavior of PZT/graphene oxide composites. Phys. Status Solidi
(a) 216(20), 1900108 (2019)
10. De Campos Fuzari, Jr., G., Orlandi, M.O., Longo, E., de Barros Melo, W. L., Sakamoto, W.K.:
Effect of controlled conductivity on thermal sensing property of 0–3 pyroelectric composite.
Smart Mater. Struct. 22(2), (2013)
11. Pradhan, S.K., Kour, P., Kumar, A., Pandey, R., Kumar, P., Kar, M., Sinha, A.N.: Effect of ferro-
electric filler nanoarchitectonics on the electrical and mechanical properties of the nanocom-
posite thick films of polyvinylidene fluoride and lanthanum-doped lead zirconate titanate in
0–3 connectivity. Appl. Phys. A 129(11), 805 (2023)
12. Andrusiv, L.: Experimental study of reinforcing mechanical properties of nylon-11 by selective
laser sintering. Phys. Sci. Forum 4(1), 22 (2022). (MDPI.025015)
13. Lous, G.M., Cornejo, I.A., McNulty, T.F., Safari, A., Danforth, S.C.: Fabrication of piezoelectric
ceramic/polymer composite transducers using fused deposition of ceramics. J. Am. Ceram. Soc.
83(1), 124–128 (2000)
14. Cao, V.A., Lee, S., Kim, M., Alam, M.M., Park, P., Nah, J.: Output power density enhancement
of triboelectric nanogenerators via ferroelectric polymer composite interfacial layers. Nano
Energy 67, 104300 (2020)
15. Sakamoto, W.K., Marin-Franch, P., Das-Gupta, D.K.: Characterization and application of PZT/
PU and graphite doped PZT/PU composite. Sens. Actuators A 100(2–3), 165–174 (2002)
Piezoelectric, Pyroelectric, and Dielectric Properties of PZT: Nylon 11 … 445

16. Satish, B., Sridevi, K., Vijaya, M.S.: Study of piezoelectric and dielectric properties of ferro-
electric PZT-polymer composites prepared by hot-press technique. J. Phys. D Appl. Phys.
35(16), 2048 (2002)
17. Thomas, P., Ashokbabu, A., Vaish, R.: Structural, thermal and dielectric properties and thermal
degradation kinetics of nylon 11/CaCu3 Ti4 O12 (CCTO) nanocomposites. J. Therm. Anal.
Calorim. 141, 1123–1135 (2020)
18. Liu, X.F., Xiong, C.X., Sun, H.J., Dong, L.J., Liu, Y.: Piezoelectric and dielectric properties
of PZT/PVC and graphite doped with PZT/PVC composites. Mater. Sci. Eng. B 127(2–3),
261–266 (2006)
19. Xie, H., Hou, C., Qu, Y., Tian, H., Lu, H., Wu, J., Yang, S., Ma, Y.: N-SiOx/graphite/rGO-
CNTs@ C composite with dense structure for high performance lithium-ion battery anode. J.
Energy Storage 72, 108452 (2023)
20. Gupta, S., Wang, D., Shetty, S., Meddeb, A., Dursun, S., Randall, C.A., Trolier-McKinstry,
S.:. Cold sintering of PZT 2–2 composites for high frequency ultrasound transducer arrays.
Actuators 10(9), 235 (2021). (MDPI)
21. Da Costa Rodrigues, A., Bastos, I.N., Kappel, M.A.A., Nascimento, C.R., Ferreira, L.S., da
Silva, A.L.N.: Micromechanical property study of nylon 11 and organoclay systems for offshore
flexible pipe. Fibers Polym. 22(11), 3172–3182 (2021)
22. Tiwari, V., Srivastava, G.: Structural, dielectric and piezoelectric properties of 0–3 PZT/PVDF
composites. Ceram. Int. 41(6), 8008–8013 (2015)
23. Sharma, M., Negi, C.M.S., Alvi, P.A., Yadav, V., Kumar, U.: Carbon nanomaterial-based
composites as an active layer for optoelectronic device application: a comparative study. J.
Mater. Sci. Mater. Electron. 34(32), 2148 (2023)
24. Ernest Ravindran, R.S., Thomas, P., Renganathan, S.: Effect on dielectric, structural and thermal
behaviour of CaCu3 Ti4 O12 in a nylon 11 matrix. Bull. Mater. Sci. 42, 1–7 (2019)
25. Wu, J., Fu, Y., Hu, G.H., Wang, S., Xiong, C.: Effect of stretching on crystalline structure,
ferroelectric and piezoelectric properties of solution-cast nylon-11 films. Polymers 13(13),
2037 (2021)
26. Dang, Z., Shen, Y., Fan, L., Cai, N., Nan, C., Zhao, S.: Dielectric properties of carbon fiber
filled low-density polyethylene. J. Appl. Phys. 93(9), 5543–5545 (2003)
27. Srinivas, S.N.S., Sharma, M., Yadav, V., Kumar, U.: Comprehensive study of CsGeBr3
perovskite: optical, electronic, and thermoelectric properties. Emergent Mater. 6(5), 1685–1696
(2023)
28. Tang, J., Liu, J., Huang, H.: Dielectric, piezoelectric and ferroelectric properties of flexible 0–3
type PZT/PVDF composites doped with graphene. J. Electron. Mater. 48, 4033–4039 (2019)
29. Wang, J., Deng, Q., He, Y., Feng, Y., Yang, Y.: Phase structures, loss storage, damping,
noise absorption, and mechanical properties of nano-graphite/lead zirconium titanate/room-
temperature vulcanized silicone rubber composites. J. Mater. Eng. Perform. 32(5), 2280–2287
(2023)
30. Sonia, Y., Agrawalb, R., Yadavc, V., Singhd, P., Singhe, S., Ranif, U., Vermaf, A.: Electronic
and optical properties of novel double perovskite compound Cs2RbInI6. J. Ovonic Res. 19(5),
(2023)
31. Pal, A., Sasmal, A., Manoj, B., Rao, D.P., Haldar, A.K., Sen, S.: Enhancement in energy storage
and piezoelectric performance of three phase (PZT/MWCNT/PVDF) composite. Mater. Chem.
Phys. 244, 122639 (2020)
32. Ciprari, D., Jacob, K., Tannenbaum, R.: Characterization of polymer nanocomposite interphase
and its impact on mechanical properties. Macromolecules 39(19), 6565–6573 (2006)
33. Murugaraj, P., Mainwaring, D., Mora-Huertas, N.: Dielectric enhancement in polymer-
nanoparticle composites through interphase polarizability. J. Appl. Phys. 98(5), (2005)
34. Or, Y.T., Wong, C.K., Ploss, B., Shin, F.G.: Polarization behavior of ferroelectric multilayered
composite structures. J. Appl. Phys. 93(7), 4112–4119 (2003)
Pyroelectric Properties
of Electroceramics

Priyambada Mallick, Manoj Ku Panda, Subhashree Lopamudra,

Dipan Ku Das, Srikanta Moharana, and Santosh Kumar Satpathy

Abstract This chapter presents an overview of pyroelectric properties, including

principles such as the pyroelectric effect, i.e., the generation of electric polariza-
tion due to the change in temperature and polarization shifts, and their importance
in advanced novel technologies. It also explains the effect of novel characteristics,
including coefficient of pyroelectricity, thermal responsivity, and figure of merit, on
the efficiency and sensitivity of pyroelectric devices. This chapter focuses on the
numerous relevant and practical applications of pyroelectric materials in thermal
energy harvesting from the external environment, pyroelectric sensing, imaging,
wastewater treatment, and disinfection, among other things. Some electroceramic
materials, including lead Zirconate Titanate (PZT), Potassium niobate (LiNbO3 ),
lithium niobate (LiNbO3 ), Lithium Tantalate, and langasite (La3 Ga5 SiO14 ), with
notable pyroelectric properties, are presented to showcase the wide spectrum of pyro-
electric applications. This chapter also highlights the role of material composition,
crystal structure, and processing techniques in tailoring pyroelectric properties to
suit specific application requirements. Finally, developments and future prospects in
the pyroelectric properties of electroceramics for advanced energy-efficient devices
will be explored in this context, as will defects in them. This study may provide
considerable direction and motivation in the development of pyroelectric materials
by providing a comprehensive conclusion and analysis of the most recent research
developments.

P. Mallick · M. K. Panda · S. Lopamudra · D. K. Das · S. Moharana · S. K. Satpathy (B)

School of Applied Sciences, Centurion University of Technology and Management, Jatani,
Odisha, India
e-mail: [Link]@[Link]
P. Mallick
Basic Science and Humanities, Gandhi Institute For Technology, Bhubaneswar, India

© The Author(s), under exclusive license to Springer Nature Singapore Pte Ltd. 2024 447
U. Kumar (ed.), Defects Engineering in Electroceramics for Energy Applications,
Engineering Materials, [Link]
448 P. Mallick et al.

1 Introduction

Ceramics derived from the Greek term keramous which means potter’s clay or product
which are obtained from clay and fired. Generally, ceramics materials are hard,
brittle, resistance to heat and corrosion which is made after the process of shaping
and then firing an inorganic material (clay) at high temperature (900–1200 °C range)
[1]. Previously man-made ceramics were based on pottery pots, vessels, vases etc.,
which are mixed with other materials such as silica or by itself then they are harden
and sintered in fire. Pottery gains their shape by numerous methods and its chemical
stability after firing. Now a days ceramics are used in various sectors like industrial,
domestics, building products, and materials developed for the use in advance ceramics
engineering, such as semiconductor. The evolution of advance ceramics from pottery
has expand the meaning of the word “ceramics”. It is an inorganic, non-metallic
materials that undergo firing and sintering process to gain their mechanical strength.
Initially ceramics are used in electrical sector because of their stability in extreme
weather and their high electrical resistivity such as SiC, which is a material utilized
in heating unit.

1.1 Pyroelectricity

Pyroelectricity is a phenomenon that occurs when specific materials generate an elec-

tric charge or voltage in response to a change in temperature. This effect is occurred
due to the rearrangement of electric dipole within the materials due to fluctuations in
temperature [2, 3]. Ferroelectric materials have wide temperature dependent spon-
taneous polarization range so, they are expected to be strong pyroelectric. The word
“pyroelectric” is derived from the Greek words “pyro,” which represents fire or heat,
and “electric,” which represents the formation of electric charge. Based on pyroelec-
tric, the polarization P of a material is a function of temperature T. In short circuit
conditions with electrodes which are oriented normal to the polar direction, it explain
the link between rate of temperature change (dT/dt), produced charge (Q), surface
area of the material (A), pyroelectric current (I), and pyroelectric coefficient.
The majority of pyroelectric material that possesses a non-centrosymmetric crystal
structure, which means that atomic arrangement, has no center of symmetry. These
materials contain permanent electric dipoles within the structure, as the opposite
charges are separated at the opposing ends. When there are fluctuations in temperature
in pyroelectric materials, the atoms and molecules within the crystals lattice starts to
vibrate.
Pyroelectric materials are generally hard crystals, but, soft pyroelectric can also
be formed by using electrets [4]. As soon as the polarization of the materials changes,
electric charges accumulate on its surfaces. A voltage difference is produced between
the electrodes if the electrodes attached to its surfaces. This voltage difference can
be measured and controlled for various applications. Pyroelectric materials are very
Pyroelectric Properties of Electroceramics 449

Fig. 1 Simple model of

pyroelectricity from
“pyroelectricity: from
ancient curiosity to modern
imaging tool” by Lang [5]

often used in various devices and in different applications such as, Infrared Sensors,
thermal imaging, energy harvesting, and temperature monitoring etc. Pyroelectric
materials are beneficials for a wide range of applications because of their special
properties (Fig. 1).

1.2 Electro-Ceramics

Electro ceramics are a group of ceramics materials which are able to perform their
electrical function because of their conductivity, either ionic or electronic. Ceramics
are well known for their mechanical, thermal, and chemical stability, but also for their
exclusive electrical, optical, and magnetic properties gained importance in several
crucial technologies like communication, energy conservation and storage. Such type
of materials is known as electro ceramics, which are recognized for their ability to
generate an electric charge in reaction to temperature fluctuations.

1.3 Significance of Pyroelectric Properties in Electro

Ceramics

The pyroelectric properties of electro ceramics confine remarkable importance due to

their wide range of applications and the special capabilities. Several key aspects are
450 P. Mallick et al.

given below which highlight the importance of pyroelectric properties in the domain
of electro ceramics.
(a) Sensing and Detection: Pyroelectric materials employed in various applications
for sensing and detection. They are excellent for detecting infrared radiation
produced by warm bodies or humans because they can generate an electric
charge in response to temperature fluctuations. This is particularly useful for
sensors, motion detectors, and intruder alarms.
(b) Infrared imaging: Infrared detectors used pyroelectric materials to detect
thermal radiations, allowing them for thermal imaging. This has applications
in the sectors such as medical imaging, building diagnostics and military
surveillance.
(c) Energy Harvesting: It is the most attractive applications of pyroelectric mate-
rials, as they convert temperature fluctuations into usable electric energy. In
remote or energy inhibited environments, this has significant consequences for
powering tiny electronics devices.
(d) Material Characterization: Analyses pyroelectric characteristics of materials can
assist us to understand more about its anisotropic properties, thermal actions,
and crystallographic structure.

2 Pyroelectric Effect Theory

The pyroelectric theory describes the phenomena of pyroelectricity in materials. It

describes how electric polarization is generated by specific crystals and substances
and eventually electric charge due to temperature fluctuations. The theory based on
the principle of electric dipoles, crystal symmetry, and thermally induced changes
in molecular configurations. In the absence of electric field, pyroelectric materials
show spontaneous polarizations. Ferroelectric materials have spontaneous electric
polarization but when an external field is applied, it can be reversed. So, all pyro-
electric materials show piezoelectric properties, but reverse is not true. As a result,
pyroelectric takes place below curie temperature and when the materials are heated
above curie temperature, the atom come back to its stable positions (Fig. 2). So, the
physical opposite of pyroelectric effect is known as electrocaloric effect.

2.1 Pyroelectric Effect: Concept and Historical Development

In minerals, pyroelectrics charges are produced due to the opposite sides of

asymmetric crystals. Generally, the direction of charge’s propagation is constant
throughout a pyroelectric material, where in some materials the direction is diverse
by an electric field. These materials are said to display ferroelectricity. Pyroelec-
tric are usually hard crystals, however, electrets (a dielectric material that has been
designed with a stable electric) can be used for generating soft pyroelectricity. The
Pyroelectric Properties of Electroceramics 451

Fig. 2 Schematic of pyroelectric effect where time-dependent thermal fluctuations cause the
displacement of the central atom in a non-centrosymmetric perovskite and results in an output
voltage or curren [6]

change in net polarisation with respect to temperature change is used to measure

pyroelectricity whereas even poor materials do not show a net dipole moment under
normal circumstances.
Johann Georg Schmidt introduced pyroelectric effect in 1707, who said that,”
[hot] tourmaline could attract the ashes from the warm or burning coals, as the
magnet does iron, but also repelling them again [after the contact]” [5]. Later in
1717 Louis Lemery discovered that small scarps of non-conducting materials were
first attracted to tourmaline, but then they repelled by it once they come in contact
with the stone [7]. In 19th century, pyroelectricity research gets more sophisticated.
In 1824, Sir David Brewster gave its present name. In 1878 [8], Wiliam Thomson
and Woldermar Voigt in 1897 [9] both contributed to the development for the theory
behind pyroelectricity. Pierre Curie and Jacques Curie are two brothers, who explore
pyroelectricity in 1880s, which led them to discover some of the mechanisms behind
piezoelectricity [10].

2.2 Theoretical Basis of Pyroelectricity

Pyroelectric materials are typically a non-centrosymmetric crystal structure. Gener-

ally, in centrosymmetric crystal structure, the configuration of atom or ions is equal
and opposite around a central point, which causes the cancellation of any net elec-
tric dipole moment. Whereas, in non-centrosymmetric crystal, the distribution of
charge is not symmetric which leads to the presence of permanent electric dipoles
inside the crystal lattice. In pyroelectric crystal, each electric dipole has electric
452 P. Mallick et al.

dipole. The positive end of these dipoles has positively charged atoms or group of
atoms, while the negative end has negatively charged atoms or group of atoms. In
equilibrium condition, these dipoles are arranged randomly, therefore producing no
net polarisation. In pyroelectric materials, when temperature fluctuates, the lattice
structure vibrates due to thermal energy. This vibration causes the dipoles to rotate
and reorient themselves. As a consequence, the arrangement of positive and nega-
tive charges within the crystal lattice differs. The reorientation of dipoles, produce
a net electric polarisation within the material. This polarisation is the outcome of
the alignment of dipoles in a certain direction, as results of which an electric field
produce within the crystal. The change in electric polarisation leads accumulates
electric charges on the surface of pyroelectric materials. These charges are mainly
positive and negative charges, depending on the direction of the temperature change
and initial polarisation of crystal. When electrodes are placed on pyroelectric mate-
rial’s surface, a voltage difference is generated due to charge accumulation between
the electrodes. This voltage can be measured and utilised in a number of ways for
various applications.
The pyroelectric theory explains how electric polarisation and charge accumu-
lation results for the rearrangement of electric dipoles within a crystal lattice in
response to temperature fluctuations. Pyroelectric materials are used in variety of
practical applications, including temperature monitoring, motion detection, energy
harvesting, and thermal imaging.

2.3 Mechanism Describing Pyroelectric Effect

In macroscopic phase, pyroelectric originates from an intrinsic (“spontaneous”) elec-

trical polarisation or from a constant electric dipole moment of the crystal’s unit cell.
Therefore, polarisation is altered by heating and cooling, causing electric charge to
form on specific crystal faces [11]. Pyroelectric effect occurs when specific materials
develop an electric charge or voltage in response to a temperature fluctuation. This
effect occurs within these materials due to the asymmetric distribution of atoms or
molecules within the crystal lattice. The main features of pyroelectric are the change
in dipole orientation and charge separation occurs due to temperature fluctuations.
The mechanism that describes pyroelectric effect are as follows:
(i) Crystal Structure and Dipole Moments

Pyroelectric materials are naturally asymmetrical crystal structure in the arrange-

ment of positive and negative charges, resulting in permanent electric dipole
moments within the crystal lattice. These dipoles can arise from several condi-
tions, such as atom have different electronegative, ionic displacement and other
crystal defects.
Pyroelectric Properties of Electroceramics 453

(ii) Thermal Excitation

When temperature fluctuates in pyroelectric materials, due to thermal energy

the atoms or molecules start to vibrate and oscillate around their equilibrium
positions within the crystal lattice. This vibration altered the balance of the
charges temporarily within the crystal structure.
(iii) Charge in Dipole Orientation
As the temperature fluctuates, the dipole materials start to reorient due to
the thermal vibration within the materials. This reorientation is because of
the changes in the equilibrium positions of atoms or ions. It is ensured that
the dipole reorientation is not symmetric with regard to positive and negative
charges by the asymmetric crystal structure.
(iv) Surface charge Separation
When the dipole moments reorient, the charge get temporarily separated inside
the crystal structure, causes the accumulation of positive and negative charges
at the opposite surface of the material. Due to this separation of the charges,
an electric field is generated across the materials.
(v) Electric Potential Difference and Voltage Generation
The accumulation of the charges at the surface generates an electric potential
difference between both the surfaces of the pyroelectric material. If the mate-
rial is electrically connected then this potential difference allows a current to
flow. If the pyroelectric material is used in an open circuit, the potential differ-
ence between its surface develops a voltage. Alternatively, if the material is
connected to a circuit, the created potential difference can generate an electric
current.

3 Various Types of Pyroelectric Materials

The unique property of pyroelectric materials (i.e., they exhibit a temporary voltage
and electric potential difference, when there is a fluctuation in temperature) makes
them useful in various sector, such as detectors, sensors, and energy harvesting
devices. There are various types of pyroelectric materials each having its own
characteristics and applications. Some of them are given below:
1. Natural pyroelectric materials (tourmaline and quartz)
2. Synthetic Pyroelectric materials (Lithium tantalate (LiTaO3 ) [12], Lithium
Niobate (LiNbO3 )) [13]
3. Organic pyroelectric materials (polyvinylidene fluoride (PVDF)) [14]
4. Inorganic Pyroelectric Materials (Lead zirconate titanate (PZT) [15], Bismuth
Ferrite [16], barium titanate (BaTiO3 ) [17], Strontium Titanate,(SrTiO3 ) [18]
5. Pyroelectric Polymers (PVDF) [19]
6. Composite pyroelectric structure [20]
454 P. Mallick et al.

7. Emerging Pyroelectric Nanomaterials [21] (Nanostructured ceramics, nanopar-

ticles, and thin film).

3.1 Natural and Synthetic Pyroelectric Materials

Natural pyroelectric materials: Natural pyroelectric materials are those minerals or

crystal that exhibits pyroelectric properties in their natural occurring state [22]. These
materials exhibit strong pyroelectric properties and very often use in temperature
sensing device such as sensors and detectors.
Some of natural pyroelectric substances are given in Fig 3.
Some studies claim that pyroelectricity was 1st observed in quartz. Natural pyro-
electric materials are limited to their intrinsic properties but still useful in niche
applications.
Synthetic pyroelectric materials
Scientists and engineers have discovered a wide range of synthetic pyroelectric mate-
rials (or artificially generated materials) with improved performance. Some of the
examples of artificial pyroelectric materials are as follows.
Lead Zirconate Titanate (PZT), Lithium Tantalate (LiTaO3 ) [12], Barium Stron-
tium Titanate (BST) [23] etc. are most commonly used synthetic pyroelectric mate-
rials. They exhibit strong pyroelectric properties, high dielectric constant and tunable
properties which make them suitable for detectors in infrared radiation, sensors, trans-
ducers, and actuators. It is also used in microwave technology, as a material for phase
shifters.

T
Tourmaline
e Quartz Topaz
T
It is a nonn-centrosymmmetric
Peculiaar crystalline structure
s crystal (th
here is no centre of
(i.e. a ppolar non symmmetric symmeetry in its crysstal
cconfiguration)) structure).
s Silicaate mineral
When n heated or coo oled, a When theere is a fluctuaation u in sensorss
Mainly use
staticc electric charrge is mperature, quarrtz
in tem
develooped on their surface.
s develoop a pyroelectrric
charge.

Fig. 3 Different types of natural pyroelectric substances

Pyroelectric Properties of Electroceramics 455

The main advantages of these materials are to perform distinct performance

requirements, including sensitivity, temperature range, and response time.

3.2 Organic and Inorganic Pyroelectric Materials

Organic and inorganic materials also exhibit pyroelectric effect, where pyroelectric
materials generate an electric charge when there will be a temperature change.
Organic pyroelectric materials
These are the materials usually composed of organic compounds, which contain
carbon-hydrogen (C–H) bond. This category involves certain organic crystals and
synthetic organic polymers [24]. They have various advantages such as flexible,
lightweight, low sensitive, ease of processing and a limited temperature range. As
organic pyroelectric materials are flexible, they can be mould and customised for
certain applications. They are mainly use in thermal imaging device, sensors, and
energy harvesting as given in Fig. 4.
Inorganic pyroelectric materials
These materials are composed of inorganic compounds, mainly crystalline structures.
These materials are rigid, highly sensitive, and have a wide temperature range. In

•Infrared • Sensors
detectors •Detectors
• Thermal
imaging

Polyvinylidene
Triglycine
fluoride
Sulphate (TGS)
(PVDF)

Lithium Strontium
Tantalate Barium Niobate
(LiTaO3) (Sr1-xBaxNb2O6)

•Infrared • Thermal
detectors Imaging
•Sensors • Energy
Harvesting

Fig. 4 Examples of organic pyroelectric materials and their uses

456 P. Mallick et al.

•Seensors • Sensors
•Detectors •Detectorss
• Energy
harrvesting
d
device
Baarium
Lead Zirconaate
Stroontium
T)
Titanate (PZT
Titanaate (BST)

Calcium Potaassium
Barium Niobaate
B Niiobate
(CBN) (KNNbO3)

• Th
hermal • Therma al
im
maging Imagingg
•Detectors • Infrared
d
radiationns

Fig. 5 Examples of inorganic pyroelectric materials and their uses

comparison to organic Pyroelectric materials, they have higher Pyroelectric coeffi-

cients and also have better thermal stability [25]. They are used in high performance
infrared detectors, motion sensors, and thermal imaging cameras as shown in Fig. 5.
Both pyroelectric materials have their own benefits and applications depending
on their specific requirements. To enhance the performance of pyroelectric device
and expand their range of applications, researchers are exploring new materials and
refining the existing ones.

3.3 Pyroelectric Polymers

Pyroelectric polymers are a class of polymers which exhibits pyroelectricity, the

ability of a certain materials to generate a temporary electric charge or voltage in
response to temperature fluctuations. These are organic material which consists of
long repeating chains of molecular units. They are lightweight, flexible, and can be
easily customized, so they are attractive for pyroelectric applications. When there
are fluctuations in temperatures caused by motion of an object or heat radiation, they
produce a signal which can be detected and used in various sectors [26]. They are used
in energy harvesting devices, mainly low power electronic devices or sensors can be
operated, which converts temperature fluctuations into electrical energy. They can
also detect defects and irregularities in crystals, by measuring temperature fluctuation
as given in Table 1. These polymers can be customised in various form, like thin films,
Pyroelectric Properties of Electroceramics 457

Table 1 Some examples of pyroelectric polymers

Polymer materials Applications
Polyvinyl fluoride (PVDF) Sensor, thermal imaging, and energy
harvesting devices
Copolymer of PVDF- Trifluoro ethylene Infrared detectors and pyroelectric sensors
(PVDF-TrFE) [27]
Polyurethane Motion sensors and energy harvesting
devices
Polyvinylidene chloride (PVDC) [28] Pyroelectric sensors and detectors

sheets and fibres. Pyroelectric polymers are often polarized during manufacturing,
to improve the pyroelectric response. Because of its unique properties and potentials
for various applications, it is an active area of research and development.

3.4 Composite Pyroelectric Structures

In composite pyroelectric structure, multiple pyroelectric elements are combined or

layered to enhance their pyroelectric properties and functionality. These multiple
pyroelectric elements are combined to form devices. Pyroelectric materials generate
an electric charge when there are temperature variations [29]. This structure is
customised to enhanced the performance of pyroelectric devices for various appli-
cations/purposes. They are mainly used to enhanced the sensitivity of pyroelectric
devices. As we combine multiple pyroelectrics, each having its unique properties,
the composite structure can detect temperature fluctuation and a extend range of
frequencies. The choice of composite pyroelectric structure is to stack several pyro-
electric layers on top of each other. These pyroelectric layers have different pyro-
electric coefficients, which can be modified to improve the device’s performance
for a specific application. These devices can be customised to specific designs to
respond to specific temperature changes or temperature gradients, which allow them
for the applications like thermal imaging or motion detection. By integrating different
frequencies of pyroelectric materials, they can detect a wide range of temperature and
frequencies. This is particularly helpful in applications like infrared spectroscopy.
The composite structure can be customised for powering low energy devices by
utilising the energy from environment. The selection of materials in composite pyro-
electric materials is very much crucial, as they have different pyroelectric coefficients,
dielectric constants, and thermal properties. These composites are manufactured by
the techniques such as thin film deposition, sintering, and layer by layer assembly.
These processes make sure that each pyroelectric layer is properly combined to func-
tion as a single unit. They are used in various applications like motion sensors, secu-
rity systems, thermal cameras, energy efficient devices, and in scientific instruments
for measuring temperature fluctuations.
458 P. Mallick et al.

Table 2 Some examples of pyroelectric nanomaterials and their applications

Emerging proelectric nanomaterials Applications
2D Materials (Graphene, transition metals Skin attached sensors and wearable technology
dichalcogenides (TMD))
Lead zirconate titanate nanowires (PZT) Energy harvesting devices, Nano sensors, nano
generators
Barium titanate nanoparticles (BaTiO3 ) Nanoscale heat sensors and energy scavenging
systems
Ferroelectric polymer nanocomposites Wearable electronics and flexible sensors for
temperature monitoring
Quantum dots High resolution thermal imaging and efficient
energy conversion
Nanostructured thin film Thermal cameras and noncontact temperature
sensing

3.5 Emerging Proelectric Nanomaterials

These Pyroelectric materials are subsets of pyroelectric materials which are designed
at nanoscale level. In recent few years they gained significant attentions for their
unique properties and potentials for various applications. They are frequently use in
research work as researchers explore new techniques and applications. They are very
much use in energy harvesting, thermal imaging, and sensing which is given Table 2.

4 Factors Influencing Pyroelectric Properties

The electro-ceramic materials having spontaneous electric polarization which can

change with temperature have pyroelectric properties which can be altered by several
factors.

4.1 Composition and Doping

The composition of a material can be reformed by changing its purity in material

choice, crystal structure and polarization orientation. In PZT ceramics modifying
the ratio of lead, zirconium and titanium affect the pyroelectric coefficients and
temperature sensitivity. Changing the stochiometric ratio in the material composition
can lead to formation of secondary phase or defects which can affect the pyroelectric
properties. Influencing the microstructures such as grain size or domain structure can
optimize the pyroelectric properties. An alternative way to modify the pyroelectric
properties is doping, which improve the polarization and change the phase transition.
Pyroelectric Properties of Electroceramics 459

For example, doping of rare earth element like lanthanum or neodymium to PZT can
increase the pyroelectric property.

4.2 Crystal Structure and Symmetry

The arrangement of atoms inside a crystalline material is known as crystal structure

of the materials. The strong pyroelectric behavior is shown by the materials having
non-centrosymmetric crystal structures like anisotropic materials. The materials
having trigonal, tetragonal, and orthorhombic crystal structures exhibit well-defined
pyroelectric properties. pyroelectric materials generally lack inversion symmetry.
The materials having high symmetry like cubic crystals exhibit weak pyroelec-
tric response whereas the materials having low symmetry exhibit most profound
pyroelectricity. The reason behind this response is with temperature change lower
symmetry allows in the great degree of freedom for the charge movement but in
higher symmetry the cancellation of dipole happens with temperature variation.

4.3 Polarization

The inherent dipole moment inside the crystal even in the absence of electric field is
known as spontaneous polarization. The change in polarization due to temperature
results in pyroelectricity effect. The asymmetric arrangement of charged ions gives
rise to spontaneous polarization within the crystal lattice. The materials having higher
spontaneous polarization results in strong pyroelectric effect. The polarization of a
pyroelectric material changes with temperature. The average dipole moment changes
with changing temperature of the material. An electric charge is generated on the
materials surface due to the increasing pyroelectric effect caused by temperature-
dependent polarization.
The effect in which the pyroelectric results of a material depend upon the thermal
conductivity of the material is known as thermal hysteresis. Due to this effect the
materials show different pyroelectric behavior when exposed to heating or cooling
cycles. The phase transition and domain switching of a material can influence the
hysteresis loop curve of pyroelectric response. The pyroelectric response of the mate-
rial can be altered by applying external electric field. The applied external electric
field results in affecting temperature induced changes in polarization. The pyroelec-
tric current is generated by the interaction of applied electric field and the pyroelectric
response.
Ferroelectrics have a strong pyroelectric effect close to their phase transition
temperatures and can switch polarization when an electric field is applied. As result,
they are frequently the building blocks of pyroelectric EH devices. The best perfor-
mances are shown by (1 − x)Pb(Mg1/3 Nb2/3 )-xPbTiO3 (PMN-PT) single crystals,
but they are fragile and expensive to produce because the single crystals are grown
460 P. Mallick et al.

by the Bridgman technique. The performance of polyvinylidene fluoride (PVDF)

is compared to bulk ceramics, but with a much larger voltage response (up to six
times that of PZT). Given that it is inexpensive, sturdy and stable under significant
changes in temperature or electric field, this material appears to be very intriguing.
The PZT- poly (vinylidene fluoride- hexafluoropropylene) composite, also known as
PVDF-HFP, is another top-notch material. Due to its flexibility, this type of material
is simple to use, but it has strong temperature dependence [30].

4.4 Temperature Change

The phase transition of electro ceramic materials associated with changes in crystal
structure and spontaneous polarization which happens at specific temperature ranges.
When the phase transition occurs between temperatures ranges the rapid changes in
the polarization of the materials gives strong pyroelectric response. The temperature
range during the phase transitions decide the direction and magnitude of pyroelectric
charge. Two phase changes are seen in the undoped PbZr1-y Tiy O3 system at 255 and
70 °C when y = 0.1. High temperature ferroelectric rhombohedral to low temper-
ature ferroelectric rhombohedral phase transition is the lower transition, whereas
the upper transition is the curie point [paraelectric to high temperature ferroelectric
rhombohedral phase transition]. A key area of research has been the potential use of
the high pyroelectric coefficient connected to this lower transition and the capacity
to change the transition temperature [31].
The temperature at which the phase transition of materials undergoes from ferro-
electric to paraelectric is called as Curie temperature. It is a critical temperature point
range for ferroelectric materials like PZT and BaTiO3 . The spontaneous polarization
of the materials disappears above curie temperature. The change in temperature with
in the Curie temperature range changes the polarization significantly which results
in measurable pyroelectric effect.
The measurement of response electrochemical materials pyroelectric properties
are to temperature changes are known as temperature sensitivity. The temperature
sensitivity is determined by the magnitude of the pyroelectric coefficient, thermal
conductivity and specific heat capacity of the materials. The materials having high
temperature sensitivity gives a strong pyroelectric response within a wide range of
temperature. The high temperature sensitive electro chemical materials are used in
precise temperature measurements. The polarization and pyroelectric charge do not
depend on the current temperature but also on the thermal history of the materials.
This effect on the material is called hysteresis. Within a particular temperature range
the electro ceramic materials displays hysteresis in their pyroelectric response. As
the materials remembers the memory of previous temperature changes, they can be
used in thermal detectors or infrared sensors where hysteresis of the material is very
important.
The PZN-4.5PT single crystal, with dimensions of 8 × 4 × 1 mm3 and 8000 kg/
3
m density at 1300 °C, is subjected to a bipolar cyclic electric field. To prevent
Pyroelectric Properties of Electroceramics 461

arcing, the sample’s two electrodes are electrically connected to the power source
and submerged in a silicon oil bath. This test was carried out using switching cycles of
a bipolar triangular voltage waveform with amplitude of 2 kV/mm. The polarization
starts to rapidly decelerate because the cycling field was gradually increased from
zero to its maximum field value within 0.25 s. The observed shift of the polarization
hysteresis loop to lower polarization values supports the existence of fatigue. Between
two cases, there is a 10% remnant polarization difference [32].
The properties of electrochemical materials are influenced by the chosen temper-
ature range of operation. The selection of the electrochemical material is depended
upon the required application having temperature requirements. A process in which
the external electric field is applied at a high temperature to achieve the polarization in
the electro ceramic material is called as poling. A materials pyroelectric response can
be affected by alignment and stability of domains which caused by the temperature
range and conditions during the poling.

4.5 Thermal Conductivity

In order to provide low-power autonomous sensors, pyroelectric cells based on manu-

factured screen-printed PZT and commercial PVDF films are proposed as thermal
energy harvesting sources. The electrical model of the cells represents them as a
current source running in parallel with output impedance. The pyroelectric converted
were heated and cooled by air-generated temperature changes. According to the theo-
retical model, generated currents and charges for temperature fluctuations from 300
to 360 k in a time period of the order of 100 s were in the range of 107A and 105C,
respectively. The generated current was increased by the arrangement of the cells in
parallel. Additionally, the generated current’s dependance on pertinent technological
parameters has been identified. After rectifying the current caused by cyclic temper-
ature fluctuations, a 1 micro-F load capacitor was used to store the energy. It has
been possible to achieve energies up to 0.5 mJ, which is sufficient to power typical
autonomous sensor nodes for a measurement and transmission cycle [33].
The change in temperature results in generation of electric charge in pyroelec-
tricity. A material gives an efficient pyroelectric response within a significant temper-
ature gradient. The temperature gradient can be reduced by the high thermal conduc-
tivity by quickly dissipating heat. As the temperature changes this high thermal
conductivity of electro ceramic materials reduce the effectiveness of pyroelectric
effect. The response time of an electro ceramic material to the temperature change
can be affected by thermal conductivity of the material. For faster thermal response
time, materials with high thermal conductivity should be considered. The material
selection for the application of electro ceramic materials depends upon the desired
response time required in that application. Although in some cases the fast response
is required for the material application but for the better temperature discrimina-
tion; the slower response is necessary. To match the requirement of the application
the choosing of electro ceramic materials based on their thermal conductivity is
462 P. Mallick et al.

necessary. In pyroelectric devices where slower thermal responses are necessary to

maximize the pyroelectric effect the materials with lower thermal conductivity are
preferred.
To reduce the heat dissipation and maintain a more significant temperature
gradient the thermal insulation layer is added to electro ceramic devices. Thermal
insulation is used for the electro ceramic materials present in the higher thermal
conductivity surrounding environment to enhance its pyroelectric response. To
control the temperature distribution and maintain a stable operating temperature in
some applications such as heat sinks or thermally conductive materials for the electro
ceramic device the heat management strategies are used. Multilayered structures of
pyroelectric devices optimize the temperature gradients. These structures are helpful
to achieve higher pyroelectric response in different thermal conductivities of electro
ceramic materials.

5 Application of Pyroelectric Materials

Pyroelectric materials are versatile and can be used in various industries and technolo-
gies. These materials have a wide range of applications due to their unique property
of generating an electric charge in response to changes in temperature. Their ability
to detect and respond to temperature changes without the need for physical contact
makes them valuable tool in a wide range of applications.

5.1 Pyroelectric Sensors

The devices that detect the changes in temperature and convert them into electrical
signals by utilizing pyroelectric effect are known as pyroelectric sensors. The pyro-
electric material exhibits a unique property in which spontaneous electric polarization
that with temperature; which explains the operation principle of pyroelectric sensors.
The pyroelectric sensors are constructed using pyroelectric materials having non-
centrosymmetric crystal structure. The non-centrosymmetric crystal structure means
the centers of the positive and negative charges within the crystal lattice do not
coincide. The pyroelectric materials having non-centrosymmetric crystal structure
are:—lead zirconia titanate (PZT), lithium tantalate (LiTaO3 ). Small and wearable
electronic devices have drawn a lot of attention over the past few decades. Accord-
ingly, a number of pyroelectric materials have been researched and used in the sensor
industry. The human body continuously emits infrared rays while maintain a specific
temperature. As a result, there is a temperature gradient between the human body
and the environment that can be further tapped to produce electricity, especially
in the winter. As a result, the pyroelectric effect allows for the conversion of the
temperature variations into an electric potential between electrodes when PyNGs are
incorporated into wearable technology [34].
Pyroelectric Properties of Electroceramics 463

Pyroelectric materials exhibit spontaneous polarization which means in the

absence of external electric field there exist an electric dipole moment in the mate-
rial. Due to the non-centrosymmetric nature of the material the displacement of
charged ions within the crystal lattice helps in spontaneous polarization of the mate-
rial. The lattice structure and the ion positions of a pyroelectric material shift with
in the crystal lattice when the material undergoes a change in temperature, which
results in changing the electric dipole moment of the material. The redistribution
of electric charge within the material caused by the change in the dipole moment
which results in the generation of electric voltage across the surface of pyroelec-
tric materials. The sensor’s electrodes which are placed on the opposite side of the
material detect the electric voltage generated across the surface of the pyroelectric
material. For any further control the voltage signals can be amplified and controlled.
A thermal sensor, which is a typical application area for the pyroelectric energy
conversion and can currently detect thermal signals, is used. If the conversion effi-
ciency and total converted energy are high enough to charge electrical energy storage
devices like a supercapacitor battery, it can also be used as a thermal energy harvester.
Even though the PyEH concept was first proposed in the 1960s, there hasn’t been
much research done in this area. According to reports, in 2009, more than 50%
of all consumed energy-primarily from electrical power generation and automotive
systems-was wasted as heat. Additionally, a lot of heat energy is lost through electrical
appliances like air conditioners, heat pumps, and refrigerators [35–38].
• Pyroelectric sensors do not need direct contact with the target object whose
temperature is being measured or monitors. It can respond to temperature changes
without the direct contact. Pyroelectric sensors most responsive to temperature
changes that occur perpendicular to the direction of the spontaneous polarization
within the materials.
• The thermal variations from specific directions can be selected by this property.
The rate of change of temperature and properties of pyroelectric material are
directly proportional to the magnitude of generated voltage.
• By choosing the appropriate pyroelectric material the sensitivity of sensor can be
adjusted. The temperature fluctuations in any pyroelectric device can be rapidly
detected by pyroelectric sensors. The pyroelectric sensors are used in motion
detection for detection of high frequency response.
Ferroelectric polymers and their composites have caught the attention of the
scientific community for the use in sensors and device applications due to their
various functionalities, including flexibility and ease of fabrication [39]. Although
polymers like PVDF have a low pyroelectric coefficient, their ease of fabrication
for large-area thin films, superior stability to TGS under heat, vacuum and moisture
and mechanical robustness make them ideal for the use. Despite having low heat
conductivity and permittivity, PVDF has been widely used as sensors in products
like burglar alarms [40].
Pyroelectric sensors have ability to generate an electric charge due to their ability
to temperature changes. These sensors are used in various fields for detecting,
measuring and monitoring temperature variations, motions and radiations.
464 P. Mallick et al.

• Infrared detection
• Thermal imaging
• Gas analysis
• Temperature measurement
• Non-contact switches
• Radiation detection
• Fire detection
• Environmental monitoring
• Medical devices
• Energy harvesting.
For the same PZT thickness of 100m, a 10mm square PZT cell produced an
entropy variation roughly 25times greater than a 2mm square one. Although it was
advantageous to quadratically reduce the volume of a pyroelectric cell with a smaller
electrode area, the thickness of the cell needed to be significantly reduced in order
to speed up temperature variation and strengthen the induced current and electrical
signals. The time evolution of p from PZT cell at approximately 7.5 s, 11.5 s, 20 s. 30 s
for the applied voltage of 40 v, 35 v, 30 v and 25 v respectively, was used to determine
the threshold time. The measured capacitor’s entropy variation was unaffected by
PZT cell. The pyroelectric cell was better suited to serve as an entropy sensor for
forecasting the ageing and failure characterization of mechanical or electrical systems
because it could identify the peak value and time of the entropy generation rate [41].

5.2 Pyroelectric Actuators

The pyroelectric actuators working principle based on the pyroelectric effect, in

which the electric charge is generated in reaction to temperature variations. They
are frequently utilized in specialized applications where the creation of temper-
ature changes is necessary for the system to function or where alternative actu-
ation techniques are prohibitive. The pyroelectric actuators are constructed using
pyroelectric materials having non-centrosymmetric crystal structure. The non-
centrosymmetric crystal structure means the centers of the positive and negative
charges within the crystal lattice do not coincide. The pyroelectric materials having
non-centrosymmetric crystal structure are:—lead zirconia titanate (PZT), lithium
tantalate (LiTaO3 ). The lattice structure and the ion positions of a pyroelectric mate-
rial shifts with in the crystal lattice when the material undergoes a change in temper-
ature, which results in changing the electric dipole moment of the material. The
redistribution of electric charge within the material caused by the change in the
dipole moment which results in the generation of electric voltage across the surface
of pyroelectric materials. Within the pyroelectric material an internal electric field is
created by the redistribution of charges. The rate of change of temperature is propor-
tional to the internal electric field. The pyroelectric actuators are designed in such a
Pyroelectric Properties of Electroceramics 465

way that the mechanical deformation in the material can be induced by internal elec-
tric field. The mechanical deformation is helpful in designing the actuator by taking
various forms such as bending, expansion or contraction for the required applica-
tion. The amplitude and direction of the mechanical deformation can be precisely
controlled by carefully regulating the temperature variations in the pyroelectric mate-
rial. Depending on the needs of the given applications, the actuation might be either
periodic or continuous. In some micro and nanoscale applications, pyroelectric actu-
ators provide advantages in terms of precision and ease of use, but their usage is
restricted to circumstances in which the generation of temperature changes is compat-
ible with the system’s requirements. Pyroelectric actuators are still being explored
and developed for novel use in micro and nano-systems, especially when their special
qualities can be advantageous.
• Microfluids and lab-on-a-chip devices
• Micro-scale optics
• Scanning probe microscopy
• Micro-actuators for nano-assembly
• Nano-indentation and nanomechanical testing
• Energy harvesting at micro/nano scale
• Microthermal systems
• Biomedical applications
• Nanoscale manipulation in nanorobotics.
The efficiency of PyEH can be increased by using different energy sources. Essen-
tially, the design of the hybrid energy harvesters involves coupling two or more energy
conversion mechanisms, such as the pyroelectric, piezoelectric, photothermal and
thermoelectric processed, without allowing any one of them to inhibit the operation
of the others. The hybrid energy harvesters that combine pyroelectric and piezoelec-
tric systems will be the focus of this section [42]. Since all pyroelectric materials
are also piezoelectric materials, combining both energy harvesting techniques has
garnered a lot of interest in the scientific community. The relevant equations for the
pyroelectricity and piezoelectricity also closely resemble one another because the
temperature change T is equivalent to the stress in the latter’s equations [35–38].

5.3 Pyroelectric Arrays

The devices which consist of an array of pyroelectric sensors which arranged in a

grid or matrix are called pyroelectric arrays. The pyroelectric arrays help in capture
and detect the infrared radiation pattern across the surface and the temperature vari-
ations. The working of pyroelectric arrays is depending upon the pyroelectric effect
and the simultaneous measurement of multiple sensors. The pyroelectric material
is the most important part of a pyroelectric array. This substance demonstrates the
pyroelectric effect, which means that when its temperature changes, it produces an
electric charge. Usually, the material is divided into tiny pieces, or pixels, and each
466 P. Mallick et al.

pixel serves as a separate pyroelectric sensor. These pyroelectric sensor pixels are
arranged in a grid or matrix to form pyroelectric arrays. Depending on the applica-
tion, the arrangement may differ, but square or rectangular grids are frequently used
arrangements. Localized temperature variations occur across the array’s pixels as a
result of incident IR radiation, which typically takes the form of heat or thermal radi-
ation, striking the surface of the pyroelectric array. These temperature variations are
brought on by variations in IR radiation intensity across the field of view. Each pyro-
electric pixel produces an electric charge as a result of temperature changes brought
on by the IR radiation. The rate at which the temperature changes and this charge
are directly proportional. Whether the temperature is rising or falling determines
the direction of the charge produced. Electronic circuity that detects the generated
electric charge is connected to each individual pyroelectric sensor pixel. The readout
circuitry measures the voltage signal that the charge produces across each pixel. All
of the array’s pixel voltage signals are read simultaneously. The array can record the
spatial distribution and temporal variations of incident IR radiation or temperature
changes across the field of view by examining the voltage outputs of each pixel.
Depending on the particular application, it may be possible to reconstruct an image
or pattern that depicts the distribution of IR radiation or temperature using the data
gathered by the array. Applications like temperature profiling, motion detection or
thermal imaging may benefit from this valuable information. To improve the preci-
sion and caliber of the data collected by the array, signal processing techniques may
be the used. To translate voltage signals into temperature or radiometric information,
this can involve noise reduction, background subtraction, and calibration.
With 128, 256 or 510 elements, the lithium tantalate chip is part of the pyroelec-
tric linear array. A CMOS circuit processes the signals that the elements produce.
The analogue circuitry, which consists of a multiplexer, an output amplifier, and a
customized low-noise pre amplifier for each pixel, processes signals. The thick film
substrate on which the pyroelectric chip and CMOS readout circuit are mounted is
hermetically sealed inside a metal housing. An infrared-transparent window or filter
lets the incident radiation pass through.
Due to their capacity to recognize changes in temperature and IR radiation
patterns, pyroelectric arrays are frequently used for imaging and detection appli-
cations. These arrays allow for the capture of spatial and temporal variations in
temperature or IR radiation because they are made up of numerous pyroelectric
sensors arranged in a grid or matrix. Here are some typical uses for pyroelectric
arrays in imaging and detection:
• Thermal imaging
• Passive infrared (PIR) motion sensors
• Gesture recognition
• Object detection and tracking
• Non-contact temperature measurement
• Flame detection
• Medical thermography
• Environmental monitoring
Pyroelectric Properties of Electroceramics 467

• Gas detection
• Spectroscopy
• Energy harvesting
• Biomedical imaging.

6 Recent Advances in Pyroelectric Research

Researchers are vigorously exploring the use of pyroelectric materials in nanoscale,

to enhanced the performance of pyroelectric devices. By the use of nanomaterials,
the sensitivity and response times can be improved. Research is focused on devel-
oping pyroelectric energy harvesters which can convert temperature fluctuations into
electrical energy. Flexible, wearable pyroelectric sensors and energy harvesters are
gaining interest as they can customised into various shapes and can merge into
clothing and wearable devices. Researches are going on to create a hybrid energy
harvester to capture energy from multiple sources which is formed by the integrations
of pyroelectric materials with others technologies, such as thermoelectric and photo-
voltaic materials. These pyroelectric materials are used in various advanced sensing
applications which have implements for fields like healthcare, security, and thermal
monitoring. The uses of perovskites in pyroelectric materials have gained atten-
tions for their unique pyroelectric properties with low-cost fabrication techniques.
Researches are being processed to develop advanced signal processing techniques
and machine learning algorithms to improve accuracy and reliability of pyroelec-
tric sensor data. They also can be used in environmental monitoring applications to
detect rapid temperature changes. A new type of pyroelectric materials was devel-
oped by Yang’s group for the application of temperature sensors [43]. He developed
a microwire for PyENG devices which is a transparent polydimethylsiloxane-based
PZT microwire as well as a non-toxic PyENG for energy harvesting which is made up
of KNbO3 nanowire. Currently, researchers are focused on developing new technique
mainly materials doping, customising the nanomaterial’s structure and designing new
morphology. Pyroelectric materials have unique electrical properties and cutting-
edge design, which can be used in energy harvesting [44, 45], temperature sensing
[44, 46], wearable devices [47, 48], imaging and UV/IR detection [49, 50].

7 Challenges and Future Goals

Challenges
1. It is a challenge to develop pyroelectric materials with improved property such
as wide temperature range and high pyroelectric coefficients.
2. To maximise the output with minimum energy loss is always a challenge,
specifically for small scale and low temperature variations.
468 P. Mallick et al.

3. It is essential for practical applications in several industries to ensure the long-

term stability and reliability of pyroelectric devices in harsh environmental
conditions.
4. Reducing the manufacturing cost is a vast challenge.
5. Without affecting the performance, it is very difficult to integrate pyroelec-
tric device into small, portable, and wearable devices. While miniaturing,
manufacturing is a big challenge.
6. Developing advanced algorithms and machine learning techniques to improve
data accuracy.
Goals
1. Developing improve versions of pyroelectric materials which have superior pyro-
electric properties to enhanced the performance of devices like sensors and energy
harvesters.
2. To expand the range of applications mainly powering low-energy devices and
sensors, to encourage energy efficiency.
3. Focus on wearable and flexible pyroelectric devices which can be customised for
different applications like healthcare, electronics and other applications.
4. To detect multiple environment factors (e.g., humidity, temperature etc.), a
multifunctional sensor has to be created to provide more inclusive data.
5. The use of pyroelectric sensors should expand in the field of environment such
as monitoring wildfire detections, monitoring air quality, and climate research.
6. Integration of pyroelectric devices with artificial intelligence (AI) to achieve
automation and more accuracy to analysis data.
7. Search eco-friendly approaches for the synthesis and manufacture of pyroelectric
materials to lessen environmental effects.

8 Conclusion

Pyroelectric materials are generally found in the class of electro ceramics, which has
the ability to generate electric charge in response to temperature fluctuations. The
materials having pyroelectric property are used in various applications like sensors,
detectors, energy harvesting etc. The applications of pyroelectric materials have
diverse field ranging from thermal imaging, energy harvesting and motion sensing
to environmental monitoring. Research continues to develop new electro ceramics
materials and improved the performance of existing materials. The materials which
mainly focused are composite materials and nanomaterials. Researchers are mainly
focused on the miniaturisation and integrating pyroelectric sensors and device for
the portable, compact and flexible formats, like wearable devices. The materials
should produce in the industrial level to ensure consistency, reliability and compati-
bility for different devices. Current status of the research is to improve pyroelectric
properties, materials and applications. The study of pyroelectric properties in electro
ceramics is a dynamic field and has potentials to improve in technology, efficiency,
Pyroelectric Properties of Electroceramics 469

and sensing capabilities. Researchers and scientists are exploring the field to extend
the boundaries of the achievements with the materials.

References

1. Heimann, R.B.: Classic and Advanced Ceramics: From Fundamentals to Applications. Wiley &
Sons (2010)
2. Kittel, C.: Introduction to Solid State Physics. Wiley & Sons (2005)
3. Webster, J.G.: The Measurement, Instrumentation and Sensors Handbook, vol. 14. CRC Press
(1998)
4. Darbaniyan, F., Dayal, K., Liu, L., Sharma, P.: Designing soft pyroelectric and electrocaloric
materials using electrets. Soft Matter 15(2), 262–277 (2019)
5. Sidney, B.: Lang: pyroelectricity: from ancient curiosity to modern imaging tool. Phys. Today
58(8), 31–36 (2005)
6. Pandey, R., Vats, G., Yun, J., Bowen, C.R., Ho-Baillie, A.W., Seidel, J., Butler, K.T., Seok,
S.I.: Mutual insight on ferroelectrics and hybrid halide perovskites: a platform for future
multifunctional energy conversion. Adv. Mater. 31(43), 1807376 (2019)
7. Roscow, J., Zhang, Y., Taylor, J., Bowen, C.R.: Porous ferroelectrics for energy harvesting
applications. Eur. Phys. J. Spec. Top. 224(14–15), 2949–2966 (2015)
8. Thomson, W.: On the thermoelastic, thermomagnetic, and pyroelectric properties of matter.
Lond. Edinb. Dublin Philos. Mag. J. Sci. 5(28), 4–27 (1878)
9. Voigt, W.: Versuch zur Bestimmung des wahren specifischen electrischen Momentes eines
Turmalins. Ann. Phys. 296(2), 368–375 (1897)
10. Curie, J., Curie, P.: Développement par compression de l’électricité polaire dans les cristaux
hémièdres à faces inclines. Bull. Minér. 3(4), 90–93 (1880)
11. Bassani, F., Liedl, G.L. Wyder, P.: Encyclopedia of Condensed Matter Physics (2005)
12. Irzaman, Siskandar, R., Nabilah, N., Aminullah, Yuliarto, B., Hamam, K.A., Alatas, H.: Appli-
cation of lithium tantalate (LiTaO3 ) films as light sensor to monitor the light status in the Arduino
Uno based energy-saving automatic light prototype and passive infrared sensor. Ferroelectrics
524(1), 44–55 (2018)
13. Poberaj, G., Hu, H., Sohler, W., Guenter, P.: Lithium niobate on insulator (LNOI) for micro-
photonic devices. Laser Photonics Rev. 6(4), 488–503 (2012)
14. Saxena, P., Shukla, P.: A comprehensive review on fundamental properties and applications of
poly (vinylidene fluoride) (PVDF). Adv. Compos. Hybrid Mater. 4, 8–26 (2021)
15. Yamada, T., Ueda, T., Kitayama, T.: Piezoelectricity of a high-content lead zirconate titanate/
polymer composite. J. Appl. Phys. 53(6), 4328–4332 (1982)
16. Mallick, P., Satpathy, S.K., Behera, B.: Investigation on the structural, electrical and thermistor
parameters of La-doped BiFeO3 –PbZrO3 for energy storage devices. Bull. Mater. Sci. 45(4),
198 (2022)
17. Hsiao-Lin, W.: Structure and dielectric properties of perovskite–barium titanate (BaTiO3 ).
Submitt. Part. Fulfillment Course Requir. MatE 115, 3–9 (2002)
18. Mallick, P., Satpathy, S.K.: Synthesis and characterization of zinc doped strontium titanate.
Int. J. Anesth Pain Med 7, 37 (2021)
19. Hammes, P.C.A., Regtien, P.P.L.: An integrated infrared sensor using the pyroelectric polymer
PVDF. Sens. Actuators A 32(1–3), 396–402 (1992)
20. Mallick, P., Patra, R., Mohanty, D., Satpathy, S.K.: Development and characterization of copper
doped perovskite-polymer composite through high-temperature technique. Sādhanā 47(3), 134
(2022)
21. Lingam, D., Parikh, A.R., Huang, J., Jain, A., Minary-Jolandan, M.: Nano/microscale pyroelec-
tric energy harvesting: challenges and opportunities. Int. J. Smart Nano Mater. 4(4), 229–245
(2013)
470 P. Mallick et al.

22. Lu, Q., Li, B., Bai, F.: Electrical effect and influence factors of tourmaline. Charact. Miner.
Metals Mater. 2016, 83–90 (2016)
23. Bunting, E.N., Shelton, G.R., Creamer, A.S.: Properties of barium-strontium titanate dielectrics.
J. Am. Ceram. Soc. 30(4), 114–125 (1947)
24. Çapan, R.: Organic pyroelectric materials for device applications. Balıkesir Üniversitesi Fen
Bilimleri Enstitüsü Dergisi 12(1), 75–90 (2010)
25. Zhang, D., Wu, H., Bowen, C.R., Yang, Y.: Recent advances in pyroelectric materials and
applications. Small 17(51), 2103960 (2021)
26. Malyshkina, O.V., Lisitsin, V.S., Dec, J., Łukasiewicz, T.: Pyroelectric and dielectric properties
of calcium barium niobate single crystals. Phys. Solid State 56, 1824–1827 (2014)
27. Furukawa, T.: Piezoelectricity and pyroelectricity in polymers. IEEE Trans. Electr. Insul. 24(3),
375–394 (1989)
28. Ploss, B.: Dielectric nonlinearity of PVDF–TrFE copolymer. Polymer 41(16), 6087–6093
(2000)
29. Hsieh, T.H., Ho, K.S.: Effects of thermal stability on the crystallization behavior of poly
(vinylidene chloride). J. Polym. Sci. Part A: Polym. Chem. 37(16), 3269–3276 (1999)
30. Fetisov, Y.K., Bush, A.A., Kamentsev, K.E., Srinivasan, G.: Pyroelectric effects in magneto-
electric multilayer composites. Solid State Commun. 132(5), 319–324 (2004)
31. Dhakar, L.: Overview of energy harvesting technologies. Triboelectric Devices Power Gener.
Self-Powered Sens. Appl. 9–37, (2017)
32. Shaw, C.P.: Pyroelectric properties of Mn-doped lead zirconate–lead titanate–lead magnesium
niobate ceramics. J. Eur. Ceram. Soc. 22(13), 2123–2132 (2002)
33. Mohammadi, S.: Effect of polarization fatigue on harvesting energy using pyroelectric
materials. Adv. Mater. Sci. Eng. 2014, (2014)
34. Siao, A.S., Chao, C.K., Hsiao, C.C.: Study on pyroelectric harvesters with various geometry.
Sensors 15, 19633–19648 (2015)
35. Cuadras, A., M. Gasulla., Ferrari, V.: Thermal energy harvesting through pyroelectricity. Sens.
Actuators A: Phys. 158.1, 132–139 (2010)
36. Ryu, H., Yoon, H.-J., Kim, S.-W.: Hybrid energy harvesters: toward sustainable energy
harvesting. Adv. Mater. 1802898, (2019)
37. Chen, Y., Zhang, Y., Yuan, F., Ding, F., Schmidt, O.G.: A flexible PMN-PT ribbon-
based piezoelectric-pyroelectric hybrid generator for human-activity energy harvesting and
monitoring. Adv. Electron. Mater 3, 1600540 (2017)
38. You, M.H., Wang, X.X., Yan, X., Zhang, J., Song, W.Z., Yu, M., Fan, Z.Y., Ramakrishna, S.,
Long, Y.Z.: A self-powered flexible hybrid piezoelectric-pyroelectric nanogenerator based on
non-woven nanofiber membranes. J. Mater. Chem. A 6, 3500–3509 (2018)
39. Xie, Y., Huang, Z., Zhang, S., Li, X., Yang, W., Zhang, H., Lin, Y., He, L., Wu, B., Su, Y.:
Flexible pyroelectric generators for scavenging ambient thermal energy and as self-powered
thermosensors. Energy 101, 202–210 (2016)
40. Zhang, Y., Bowen, C.R., Ghosh, S.K., Mandal, D., Khanate, H., Arafa, M., Wan, C.: Ferro
electret materials and devices for energy harvesting applications. Nano Energy 57, 118–140
(2019)
41. Zabek, D., Taylor, J., Le Boulbar, E., Bowen, C.R.: Micropatterning of flexible and free standing
polyvinylidene difluoride (PVDF) films for enhanced pyroelectric energy transformation. Adv.
Energy Mater. 5, 1–6 (2015)
42. Clingman, W.H., Moore, R.G.: Application of ferroelectricity to energy conversion processes.
J. Appl. Phys. 32(4), 675–681 (1961)
43. Surmenev, R.A., Chernozem, R.V., Pariy, I.O., Surmeneva, M.A.: A review on piezo-and pyro-
electric responses of flexible nano-and micropatterned polymer surfaces for biomedical sensing
and energy harvesting applications. Nano Energy 79, 105442 (2021)
44. Halim, N.A., Velayutham, T.S., Majid, W.A.: Pyroelectric, ferroelectric, piezoelectric and
dielectric properties of Na0.5 Bi0.5 TiO3 ceramic prepared by sol-gel method. Ceram. Int. 42(14),
15664–15670 (2016)
Pyroelectric Properties of Electroceramics 471

45. Shen, M., Li, W., Li, M.Y., Liu, H., Xu, J., Qiu, S., Zhang, G., Lu, Z., Li, H., Jiang, S.:
High room-temperature pyroelectric property in lead-free BNT-BZT ferroelectric ceramics for
thermal energy harvesting. J. Eur. Ceram. Soc. 39(5), 1810–1818 (2019)
46. Ma, N., Yang, Y.: Boosted photocurrent in ferroelectric BaTiO3 materials via two dimensional
planar-structured contact configurations. Nano Energy 50, 417–424 (2018)
47. Lai, Y.X., Jiang, B.C., Liu, C.H., Chen, Z.K., Wu, C.L., Chen, J.H.: Low-alloy-correlated
reversal of the precipitation sequence in Al-Mg-Si alloys. J. Alloy. Compd. 701, 94–98 (2017)
48. Wang, X.Q., Tan, C.F., Chan, K.H., Xu, K., Hong, M., Kim, S.W., Ho, G.W.: Nanophotonic-
engineered photothermal harnessing for waste heat management and pyroelectric generation.
ACS Nano 11(10), 10568–10574 (2017)
49. Yang, X., Zhang, L., Zhang, F., Huang, Y., Chen, Y.: Sulfur-infiltrated graphene-based layered
porous carbon cathodes for high-performance lithium–sulfur batteries. ACS Nano 8(5), 5208–
5215 (2014)
50. Xie, M., Zabek, D., Bowen, C., Abdelmageed, M., Arafa, M.: Wind-driven pyroelectric energy
harvesting device. Smart Mater. Struct. 25(12), 125023 (2016)
Hexaferrite Composite-Based Materials:
Potential Applications

Raphael Victor Barros Campos, Marcelo Antonio Santos da Silva,

Juscelino Chaves Sales, Stephen Rathinaraj Benjamin,
and Antonio Sergio Bezerra Sombra

Abstract Hexaferrite composites have garnered significant attention in recent years

due to their unique structural characteristics, versatile synthesis methods, and diverse
properties, offering promising applications in various fields. This comprehensive
review explores the intricate structures of hexaferrite composites, delves into the
evolving synthesis techniques, and examines their distinct properties. The discus-
sion encompasses the magnetic, electrical, and structural features that contribute
to the multifaceted functionality of hexaferrite composite materials. Furthermore,
this review elucidates the potential applications of hexaferrite composites across
different industries, including but not limited to telecommunications, electronics,
energy storage and biomedical applications. By providing a thorough overview of
the current state of research in this domain, this review aims to guide future investi-
gations and inspire innovative approaches in the design and utilization of hexaferrite
composite-based materials.

Keywords Hexaferrite composite · Antenna · Telecommunication · Dielectric ·

Microwave applications

R. V. B. Campos (B) · M. A. S. da Silva · J. C. Sales · S. R. Benjamin · A. S. B. Sombra

Department of Physics, Telecommunication and Materials Science and Engineering of Laboratory
(LOCEM), Federal University of Ceará (UFC), Campus PICI, Block No-930, Fortaleza,
Ceará 60455-760, Brazil
e-mail: raphaelvbc@[Link]
J. C. Sales
Departamento de Engenharia Civil, Centro de Ciências Exatas E Tecnologia, Universidade
Estadual Vale Do Acaraú (UVA), Sobral, Ceará 62040-370, Brazil
S. R. Benjamin
Department of Physiology and Pharmacology, Neuroscience and Behavior Laboratory, Drug
Research and Development Center (NPDM), Federal University of Ceará (UFC), Coronel Nunes
de Melo 1127, Campus Porangabussu, Fortaleza, Ceará 60430-270, Brazil

© The Author(s), under exclusive license to Springer Nature Singapore Pte Ltd. 2024 473
U. Kumar (ed.), Defects Engineering in Electroceramics for Energy Applications,
Engineering Materials, [Link]
474 R. V. B. Campos et al.

1 Introduction

In recent years, there have been significant advances in fundamental, theoretical, and
experimental studies on different properties of ferrites, with hexagonal crystal struc-
tures commonly known as Hexaferrites. These materials serve multiple purposes
and find extensive applications in an array of devices, such as operational devices,
magnetic recording media, permanent magnets, and data storage devices. Addition-
ally, they are also utilized in microwave components and high-frequency circuits. This
research has enabled the development of various microwave and mm (millimeter)-
wave coatings and devices based on these materials. The growing interest in hexafer-
rites is due to their ferromagnetic and insulating properties at room temperature and
their excellent chemical stability, mechanical hardness, wear, and corrosion resis-
tance. These characteristics enable hexaferrites to be suitable for hard disk media,
producing low noise and high Curie temperature advantages.
Hexaferrites can be classified into six distinct groups—M, U, W, X, Y, and Z—
based on the Fe/O ratio and the presence of various chemical elements. This cate-
gorization arises from the specific chemical formulas and stacking sequences of the
fundamental building blocks of hexaferrites. The magnetic properties of hexaferrites
are closely related to these crystalline structures. There are two types of hexafer-
rites: uniaxial and hexaplane. Uniaxial hexaferrites have a magnetized line easy to
move, while hexaplane hexaferrites are magnetized on a flat surface. These mate-
rials absorb electromagnetic radiation in the microwave frequency range and provide
shielding from electromagnetic interference (EMI) [1–3]. They have diverse appli-
cations, including use in stealth military technology and healthcare. Hexaferrites
exhibit outstanding microwave absorption properties, effective up to 50 GHz, while
others are limited to a ferromagnetic response of only 1 GHz. Furthermore, the evolu-
tion of nanoscience and nanotechnology has played an essential role in developing
microwave-absorbing materials (MAM). These materials can absorb or dissipate
electromagnetic (EM) waves and transform EM energy into heat. However, the highly
effective MAM features strong absorption capacity, small size, low density, and wide
absorption bandwidth. The use of MAM is particularly relevant for dealing with elec-
tromagnetic pollution caused by wireless communication technologies operating in
microwaves. This pollution has become a global health threat and a national defense
and security priority concern. Therefore, continuous research and development of
MAM has been of great importance in mitigating these problems and promoting the
efficiency and safety of microwave technologies and their application in biomedical
areas.
This book chapter aims to investigate hexaferrite composite-based materials, with
a specific focus on their diverse applications in microwave technology, diagnostic
and therapeutic biomedical interventions, and their roles in biomedical sensing and
environmental applications.
Hexaferrite Composite-Based Materials: Potential Applications 475

1.1 EMW Absorption and Blocking Mechanisms

The impact of electromagnetic waves (EMW) on a material can be categorized into

three groups: reflection, absorption, or penetration. The primary pathway for EMW
attenuation is absorption, which can be influenced by various factors, such as input
impedance. If the input impedance equals the free space impedance (Z 0 ), the EMW
coupling into the material is maximum, resulting in maximum absorption. Therefore,
materials with high dielectric constants are better suited for EMW absorption, while
highly conductive materials are ideal for blocking EMW.
The microwave absorption properties of absorbing materials are mainly deter-
mined by the complex permittivity r , which reflects the electric field interaction,
and the complex permeability μr which represents the magnetic field interaction.
This dynamic is demonstrated in the following equations:

r =   − i  (1)

μr = μ − iμ (2)

The interaction between the electric and magnetic field with the absorbing material
occurs in two distinct ways: first, there is the stored power from the external electric
and magnetic field in the substance, represented by the real parts ε and μ. Then,
energy is lost due to the external electric and magnetic field, reflected in the imaginary
parts ε and μ [4]. Furthermore, it is possible to express the dielectric loss tangent
(tanδε) as the ratio between ε and ε , according to Eq. (3), and in a similar way, for
the magnetic loss tangent (tanδμ), using the Eq. (4).

ε
tanδε = (3)
ε
μ
tanδμ = (4)
μ

Reflection loss, which indicates the absorption capacity of electromagnetic (EM)

waves, can be calculated using transmission line theory, as described in the following
equation [5].
  
μr 2π fd √
Z1 = tan h j μr εr (5)
εr c
 
 Z1 − Z0 
Rl = −20 og   (6)
Z1 + Z0 

This mathematical expression is fundamental to understanding how EM waves

interact and are absorbed along a transmission line. Certainly, understanding the
476 R. V. B. Campos et al.

details of this equation provides valuable insights into the efficiency and behavior of
the system in question [6, 7].
Where Z 1 and Z 0 represent the impedance of the material and the impedance of the
air, f is the frequency of the electromagnetic wave, d is the thickness of the absorber
coating, and c is the speed of light. The reflection loss mechanism is mainly due
to dielectric loss, which results primarily from loss of conduction and polarization
relaxation. Ionic, electronic, dipolar and interfacial polarizations are the primary
sources of polarization relaxation. According to the free electron theory, high elec-
trical conductivity (i.e., low resistivity) will increase ε , so the loss of conduction plays
a major role in the dielectric loss, and polarization relaxation is small, as indicated
in Eq. (7) [8, 9].

1
ε ≈ (7)
2πρf ε0

where ρ and ε0 are the resistivities and free-space dielectric constant respectively.
Furthermore, the magnetic loss mechanism is mainly due to natural resonance,
domain wall resonance and eddy current effect [7]. Natural resonance generally
occurs at lower frequencies and is related to the anisotropic domain, which can be
expressed using the Eq. (8).

βHa
fr = (8)
2π

where fr , H a and β represent, respectively, the resonance frequency, the anisotropic

field and the gyromagnetic proportion, it is necessary to effectively integrate dielectric
and magnetic losses to achieve efficient absorption of electromagnetic waves to obtain
specific impedance properties. The impedance matching property (Z) of the pattern
can be determined by Eq. (9) as follows:

Z1
Z= (9)
Z0

When the impedance match approaches 1 or is equal to 1, the electromagnetic

waves are not reflected from the surface of the absorbing substance but are directed
instead into the substance. In this interval, the absolute value of RL (Reflection loss)
reaches its maximum. The attenuation of electromagnetic waves inside the absorbing
substance plays a crucial role in advanced MAM, as the attenuation constant (α), as
defined in Eq. (10) [5], is fundamental to determining the dissipation characteristics
of the substance.
  21
√      2  2 1

μr εr − μr εr + μr εr − μr εr + μr εr − μr εr
2
α= 2π f (10)
Hexaferrite Composite-Based Materials: Potential Applications 477

The attenuation constant reveals that the main mechanisms that influence
microwave absorption are dielectric and magnetic losses.

1.2 Microwave Applications

Hexagonal ferrites are a type of magnetic material that is highly versatile and has been
utilized in various fields owing to its superior chemical stability, high magnetization,
anti-erosion properties, and large magneto-crystalline anisotropy. The hexagonal
structure of these ferrites is particularly useful in microwave absorption applications
because of its high specific resistivity, strong magnetization, and permeability [10,
11]. Charanjeet et al. [10] explored the impact of double cationic (Co2+ and Cr3+ )
substitutions on the magnetic, permittivity, and reflection loss behavior of M-type
Ba-Sr hexaferrite. Remarkably, the study has reported a reflection loss of -52.09 dB
at a frequency of 8.78 GHz, with a thickness of 5.6 mm. These significant findings
demonstrate the potential for further optimizing hexaferrite materials to enable better
microwave absorption performance.
Y-type barium hexaferrites substituted with La-Mg were synthesized by Roy et al.
[12] and employed the sol–gel auto-combustion method. The resulting ceramics
were sintered at 1050 °C for 2 h, producing a hexaferrite sample with improved
shielding effectiveness. This material sample shows excellent potential for absorbing
microwaves in the Ku-band frequency range, which spans from 12.5 to 17.5 GHz.
The reflection loss is moderate, measuring less than −10 dB. Furthermore, hexagonal
ferrites of the X-type exhibit an elevated saturation magnetization and a significant
coercivity. Khan et al. [13] investigated the properties of Mg2+ substituted Ba2 Zn2 X
hexa-ferrites using the sol–gel method for potential microwave device applications.
The dielectric constant values decreased at lower frequencies but gradually increased
at higher frequencies. The dielectric loss graphs also showed an increasing trend at
lower frequencies but decreased at higher frequencies. AC conductivity increased
with frequency and exhibited relaxation peaks at high frequencies. Multiple reso-
nance peaks were observed at various frequencies on the reflection loss curve. Mg-
doped hexagonal ferrites had the potential for microwave absorption applications.
The Cole–Cole plots and complex impedance spectroscopy results revealed that grain
boundaries contributed to most dielectric responses. The study found that Mg substi-
tuted Zn-X ferrite had excellent microwave absorption properties, with RL of −69.3
and −62.0 dB, suitable for absorption and super-capacitor applications. In this study,
Rasool et al. [14] investigated the influence of Cr3+ substitution on the structural and
dielectric properties of Barium-strontium-based W-type hexagonal ferrites utilized
for microwave absorption. The sol–gel auto-ignition process was used to prepare
the hexagonal ferrites with Ba0.5 Sr0.5 Mg2 Crx Fe16-x O27 . The outcomes of the study
showed that increasing the amount of chromium decreased the dielectric permittivity,
tan loss, and ac conductivity. However, the particular value of x = 0.4, the reflection
loss value was found to be −79.62 dB at a frequency of 5.92 GHz and a thickness
of 1.75 mm. Therefore, W-type hexagonal ferrites have potential uses in electronics
478 R. V. B. Campos et al.

such as microwave absorbers, high-density recording media, and multilayer chip

inductors.

1.3 Diagnostic and Therapeutic Biomedical Applications

The forthcoming wave of biomedical applications will transform healthcare, inte-

grating state-of-the-art technologies for diagnostic and therapeutic purposes. These
advancements amplify precision and efficacy in medical procedures and lay the foun-
dation for personalized and targeted treatment modalities. The convergence of diag-
nostic and therapeutic applications is becoming more pronounced, with pioneering
methods like molecular diagnostics, advanced imaging, and precision therapies
reshaping the landscape of medical interventions. From the early identification of
diseases to tailored treatment plans, the cohesive integration of these next-generation
technologies has significant potential to enhance patient outcomes and contribute to
the progression of precision medicine. Looking ahead, the potential applications of
these biomedical breakthroughs span diverse medical domains, offering inventive
solutions to complex healthcare challenges and ushering in a new era of transfor-
mative and patient-centric medical practices. Ferrite materials can be magnetically
excited in an external field for biomedical applications such as MRI tracers, drug
delivery, and cancer treatment [15].

1.3.1 Biomedical-Sensing Applications

Magnetic Resonance Imaging (MRI)

Recent advancements in medical technology have shown remarkable potential in

utilizing hexaferrite nanoparticles for high-contrast cardiovascular imaging. This
innovative approach involves magnetically modulated optical coherence tomography
(IC-OCT) and magnetic resonance imaging (MRI), which have proven highly effec-
tive and accurate in diagnosing cardiovascular diseases. These magnetic capabilities
enable accurate imaging and contrast, improving patient outcomes and advancing
medicine [16]. The research findings indicate that magnetic nanoplatelets have great
potential as contrast agents for high-contrast imaging of the cardiovascular system.
Due to their distinct optical and magnetic properties (below 1 mT), they can accu-
rately locate macrophages and manipulate them in aqueous solutions. The use of
BaFe-NPLTs as contrast agents in intracoronary OCT imaging has produced high-
contrast images, overcoming one of the most significant limitations of current clinical
applications of IC-OCT for molecular diagnosis. The results of ex vivo MRI experi-
ments have further confirmed the potential of BaFe-NPLTs as MRI contrast agents.
Recently, stabilizing polymers such as dextran can be fabricated on BHF surfaces
for biomedical applications.
Hexaferrite Composite-Based Materials: Potential Applications 479

1.3.2 Bone Regeneration

SrFe12 O19 , also known as SrM, is a remarkable permanent magnetic material

with excellent magnetic properties and promotes bone regeneration. Its ability to
encourage the proliferation of pro-osteoblast cells and aid in the differentiation of
osteoblast cells is a critical factor in its efficacy. In addition, SrM helps in bone
matrix mineralization while inhibiting osteoclast cell differentiation [17]. The use
of SrM MNPs in bone scaffolds can attract endogenous stem cells [18], making it a
valuable tool in regenerative medicine. With its numerous benefits, SrM is essential
for promoting bone growth and regeneration.
In addition, Shao and colleagues [19] developed a biogel system that utilizes the
cross-linking of SiO2 to improve the properties of SrM ceramic scaffolds bonded via
3D gel printing. The system involves using CS-Chitosan and PVA-polyvinylalcohol,
which are cross-linked in situ to form a biogel and provide enhanced mechanical
properties to the ceramic scaffolds. The SrM composite scaffolds have a compres-
sive strength of 6.13 ± 2.45 MPa and a degradation rate of 4.90% after 28 days.
SiO2 /CS/PVA/SrM scaffolds showed excellent biological properties for bone repair,
as evidenced by the MC3T3-E1 cell proliferation method, indicating increased cell
adhesion and proliferation. In addition, incorporating in situ SiO2 improves scaf-
fold mechanical properties and increases calcium salt deposition rates. Guo and
colleagues [20] developed a scaffold comprising mesoporous bioglass and chitosan,
modified with SrM nanoparticles. This scaffold effectively promoted bone regener-
ation and acted as a photothermal therapy agent against tumors. This research has
significant implications for developing new treatments for bone-related disorders and
cancer. The SrM nanoparticles possess excellent photothermal conversion capacity,
resulting in the apoptosis and ablation of residual tumors when exposed to NIR
laser irradiation. The combination of a magnetic field with a targeted treatment is
a practical approach to treating bone deficiencies associated with tumors. Xie and
colleagues [21] have proposed a novel method to address bone tumors using MCSC
scaffolds. These scaffolds comprise M-type ferrite particles, mesoporous calcium
silicate microspheres, and chitosan films. They are particularly useful for delivering
drugs, promoting bone regeneration via osteogenic differentiation, and photothermal
therapy. The MCSC/DOX (doxorubicin) scaffolds are highly effective for anti-tumor
therapy. The NIR laser treatment has exhibited promising results in releasing DOX
drug, both in vitro and in vivo, which is further amplified through hyperthermia abla-
tion. The BMP-2/Smad/Runx2 pathway is crucial in encouraging the multiplication
and bone-forming differentiation of hBMSCs. Additionally, higher ratios of M-type
ferrite particles increase the expression of osteogenic proteins, ultimately leading to
better bone formation.

1.3.3 Hyperthermia

Magnetic hyperthermia is a cutting-edge treatment modality that leverages the power

of thermoseeds or magnetic nanoparticles (MNPs) to induce heat within cancer cells.
480 R. V. B. Campos et al.

A radio frequency magnetic field generates this heat and may provide an effective
means of eradicating malignant cells. It is a promising alternative to conventional
cancer therapies (immuno, radio and chemotherapy) that may be of interest to the
medical community and stakeholders involved in cancer care. The use of magnetic
nanoparticles, particularly SrM, with high heating performance and stability, shows
promise in magnetic hyperthermia [22, 23].
The utilization of hard ferromagnetic particles in hyperthermia applications has
been a persistent challenge for researchers, primarily due to their higher anisotropy
compared to superparamagnetic particles. Abdellahi et al. [23] introduced a hard
magnetic material, SrM nanoparticles, and scaffolds for hyperthermia application.
The application of an alternative magnetic field (AC) with the minimum frequency
and amplitude of SrM nanoparticles composited with hydroxyapatite (HA) resulted
in the achievement of high specific absorption rates. This research highlights the
importance of the monodispersed HA-SrM nanocomposite, which demonstrated
robust compressive strength and uniform porosity following the coating of scaf-
folds with gelatin. Recently, the introduction of chromium substitution in barium
hexaferrite (Co2 -Y) resulted in a notable enhancement, with the material demon-
strating the highest Specific Absorption Rate (SAR) at approximately 84.39 W/g,
Initial Permeability (ILP) of around 1.86 nH m2 /Kg. Human osteosarcoma cells were
used to examine the biocompatibility of ferrite powders. This study showed that pris-
tine and oleic acid-coated ferrite particles are highly beneficial for proliferation and
cell growth. This analysis underscores the dual advantage of chromium-substituted
barium hexaferrite, showcasing its potential in magnetic hyperthermia applications
and as biocompatible materials, thereby expanding their utility in diverse biomedical
areas [24].

1.3.4 Drug Delivery/Carriers

CuFe12 O19 @HAp magnetic nanocomposites were synthesized via an ultrasound-

assisted precipitation method, demonstrating superior controlled-release capabili-
ties for the atenolol drug. The nanocomposites exhibited the highest entrapment
efficiency at 63.1%, with the APTES binding to the drug attributed to the increased
efficiency. The magnetic nanocomposites showed promise as effective vehicles for
sustained delivery of atenolol and potential candidates for advancing controlled drug
delivery systems in antihypertensive medications [25]. Recently, using Fructose as a
green capping agent has led to an innovative method for synthesizing ZnFe12 O19
nanostructures. The sol–gel auto-combustion process and a modified dispersive
liquid–liquid microextraction method have paved the way for efficient preconcen-
tration of BTX (Betaxolol) using hydrophobic magnetic nanostructures. The results
of HPLC analysis of human blood serum samples have been impressive, showing a
linear calibration curve ranging from 0.5 to 500 μg/L, with LOD and quantification
limits (0.03 and 0.11 μg/L) and an exceptional recovery rate of 105.8% [26].
Hexaferrite Composite-Based Materials: Potential Applications 481

1.3.5 Biosensor

Hexagonal ferrite particles of the M-type, containing Barium and having a molar
ratio of 4 of Fe/Ba, are highly electrocatalytic and can be substituted with transi-
tion metals. Due to their excellent electrocatalytic activity, they are well-suited for
electro-oxidation methods in electroanalysis. Recently, Banguera et al. [27] used
cobalt-substituted barium hexaferrites to detect acetaminophen in urine samples. A
modified glassy carbon electrode can detect Acetaminophen at 0.255 μM with a linear
concentration-to-current response (1–12 mM). The method had a detection limit and
yielded recovery ranges of 96.6–101.0% and 93.9–98.4%. BaFe12 O19 nanoparticles
on a modified electrode were used for electrochemical oxidation of morphine. The
electrode has a linearity of 0.06–600.0 μM and a LOD of 0.02 μM. Furthermore,
the designed sensor was able to recover morphine in the morphine ampule and urine
sample with a satisfactory recovery value of 103% [28].
Electrochemical methods have been widely used to study the behavior and detec-
tion of amino acids, including L-cysteine. Owing to their simplicity, sensitivity,
and cost-effectiveness, the Strontium Hexaferrites (SrHFs) electrode has been opti-
mized using cyclic voltammetry (CV) at pH 7.0. The concentration of L-cysteine at
the SrHFs electrode shows a linear relationship with its anodic current. The sensor
can detect L-cysteine in the concentration range of 0.5–12 μM, with a LOD of
0.166 μM and a sensitivity value of 6.638 μA/μM [29]. Additionally, a modified
carbon paste electrode with strontium ferrite nanostructures was designed as an elec-
trochemical sensor. Nanostructure modification of the electrode improved catalytic
activity for tyrosine oxidation, increasing anodic peak current and decreasing oxida-
tion overpotential. The electrode was used to measure Tyr concentration in blood
and water samples using DPV (Differential Pulse Voltammetry). The anodic peak
current demonstrated a linear correlation with the concentration of Tyr ranging from
0.8–300.0 μM, LOD of 0.15 μM [30]. Chen et al. [31] developed an electrochemical
sensor that uses SrM NRs and a graphitic carbon nitride matrix. The sensor has a
high BET surface area (325 m2 /g) and excellent electrocatalytic ability. It detects
Fenitrothion in fruit samples with a detection range of 0.005 to 378.15 μM, a LOD
of 0.0014 μM, and a sensitivity of 19.23 μA μM−1 cm−2 by DPV method and
recoveries of 97.6–99.6% (Table 1).

1.3.6 Anti-Bacterial Activity

Currently, the biomedical sector is experiencing significant interest in using particles

for various applications. Notably, drug transport and antibacterial activity are among
the most critical areas where these particles can demonstrate their potential. The
use of ferrite nanoparticles in biomedicine is a groundbreaking development that
produces an array of possibilities. It allows for the precise delivery of drugs to
targeted areas and helps prevent bacterial infections. This innovation can potentially
revolutionize the medical industry and bring life-changing advancements [37–40]. In
a study by Sharma et al. [38] the antibacterial properties of Y-doped BaFe12 O19 were
 482

Table 1 Biosensors using Hexaferrite materials for detecting various analytes

Material used/types of Analyte Synthesis Method Linear range Detection Sample References
ferrites/composite approach limit
Ba1.0 Co1.22 N-acetyl-p-aminophenol Electro-oxidation DPV 1–12 M 0.530 M Urine [27]
Fe11.41 O18.11 0.885 M
Ba1.14 Cu0.82 Fe11.65 O18.02
BaFe12 O19 Morphine Sol–gel DPV 0.06–600.0 μM 0.02 μM Ampule, [28]
auto-combustion Urine
BaFe12 O19 Ammonia Gas Solid-state DC voltage 0.2–100 ppm 0.2 ppm – [32]
reaction
BaFe12 O19 Acetone, Solid-state Resistance 20–200 ppm 20 ppm – [33]
Ethanol reaction transient
BaFe2 O4 -Ba2 Fe12 O19 Humidity Sol–gel Relative 30–90%RH 1.82 more – [34]
auto-combustion humidity sensitive
(RH)
SrFe12 O19 L-cysteine Dual fuel CV111 0.5–12 μM 0.166 μM Phosphate [29]
auto-combustion buffer
SrFe12 O19 /g-C3 N4 Fenitrothion Hydrothermal DPV 0.005–378.15 μM 1.4 μM Fruits [35]
SrFe12 O19 Levofloxacin Chemical Square Wave 55.2–772.8 nM 0.037 nM Tap, lake, [36]
co-precipitation Voltammetry river water
(SWV) and urine
R. V. B. Campos et al.
Hexaferrite Composite-Based Materials: Potential Applications 483

examined utilizing the citrate precursor method. The results showed that both doped
and undoped samples were effective against gram-positive S. aureus (0.80 mg/ml)
and gram-negative E. coli bacteria (0.55 mg/ml).
Bibi et al. [41] synthesized via micro-emulsion route in Pure BaFe12 O19 -BHF and
BaMn0.3 Fe12 O19 -BMHF5 materials were tested for their antibacterial activity against
E. coli and S. aureus. The samples showcase substantial antibacterial activity, effec-
tively hindering bacterial growth. Moreover, the doped material displays significantly
better antibacterial activity when compared to the undoped material. BMHF5 nanos-
tructure is highly effective against bacteria due to oxidative stress caused by reactive
species entering the cell, leading to cell death. These materials can be effectively
used to combat bacterial infections. BaFe12 O19 /CoFe2 O4 nanocomposites synthe-
sized through the sol–gel method have remarkable potential, as shown in a recent
study by Davarpanah et al. [42]. These nanocomposites are highly effective against
bacterial and fungal pathogens, including E. coli, S. aureus, C. albicans, and F.
oxysporum. Antifungal effects range within 4–64 μg/ml, and MIC and MBC values
range from 256–2048 μg/ml against both bacterial pathogens. The study highlights
the potential of these nanocomposites as a solution to combat various pathogens.

1.3.7 Pharmaceutical Analysis

Singhal et al. [36] developed a technology that uses M-type strontium hexagonal
ferrites (SrFe) as a core. The core was modified using dopamine (Dop) and metal
coating, allowing dual applications. Pharmaceutical waste materials like levofloxacin
(35.6 × 10−3 min−1 ) and sulfamethoxazole (31.3 × 10−3 min−1 ) can be detected
and degraded using electrochemical sensing and photocatalysis under visible light.
The SrFe@Dop@Mn/GCE electrochemical sensor demonstrates high effectiveness
in wastewater, exhibiting a linear range of 55.2–772.8 nM and a detection value of
0.037 nM for LVX detection. The designed sensor was tested on various samples
and showed excellent sensing capabilities with acceptable recovery values (96.01–
98.25%). Gherinasab has developed a process for rapidly developing BaFe12 O19
nanoparticles using sol–gel synthesis. These nanoparticles act as a catalyst for elec-
trochemical detection of tramadol alongside acetaminophen. The modified electrode
(BaFe12 O19 /GSPE) can detect tramadol and acetaminophen in pharmaceutical tablets
and urine samples with good linear calibration curves, LOD of 0.025 μM for tramadol
and 1.5 μM for acetaminophen, and acceptable recovery values ranging from 97.1
to 104.4% [43].
484 R. V. B. Campos et al.

1.4 Applications of Ferrites in the Environment

1.4.1 Humidity Sensor

Humidity is a critical environmental factor that affects various industries and tech-
nologies. Therefore, it is essential to detect accurate humidity levels in the air. The
humidity sensors available in the market are usually made up of polymer films and
ceramics. However, there has been an increased interest in studying hexa-ferrite mate-
rials for sensor applications. One of the most significant advantages of ferrites is their
porosity, which is necessary for a humidity sensor. Moreover, ferrite compositions are
recognised for their high resistivity that declines significantly as the surrounding air
relative humidity (RH) increases. A recent study by Roy et al. [44] synthesized Y-type
barium hexaferrite (Co2 -Y) ferrite Ba2 Co2 Wx Fe12-x O22 using a solid-state ceramic
route method. The research found that tungsten substitution within the hexaferrite
increases the optical band gap linearly from 1.38 to 2.21 eV. Additionally, the study
analyzed the frequency-dependent humidity-dielectric response of the material using
an impedance analyzer for a wide range of frequencies (20 Hz–10 MHz) and RH
variation from 20 to 95%.
In addition, Roy et al. [40] examined the synthesis of barium hexaferrite Y-type
(Co2 -Y) ferrite Ba2 Co2 Wx Fe12-x O22 utilizing a solid-state ceramic route method.
The results indicate that tungsten substitution within the hexaferrite has a linear
effect on increasing the optical band gap from 1.38 to 2.21 eV. Furthermore, the
study analyzed the humidity-dielectric response of the material-employed impedance
analyzer for a wide frequency range of (20 Hz–10 MHz) and RH range of 20–95%.
These findings may have important implications for developing advanced materials
for various applications. However, BaFe12 O19 exhibits sensitivity 1.82 times higher
than BaFe2 O4 using the sol–gel technique (1000 °C), frequency of 1 MHz, and
relative humidity of 90%. These results suggest that BaFe12 O19 has potential for use
in humidity-sensitive applications.

1.4.2 Photocatalytic Activity

In materials science, SrFe12 O19 hexaferrite is known for its remarkable photocatalytic
properties. Over the years, numerous studies have explored different techniques
to improve its performance. These methods include doping with other elements,
changing the synthesis conditions, and modifying the morphology of the mate-
rial. The literature reveals that these approaches have shown promising results in
enhancing the photocatalytic efficiency of SrFe12 O19 hexaferrite. The implications
of these findings are significant as they can potentially benefit various industrial
processes and environmental remediation methods [45–47]. The magnetic proper-
ties of certain materials, facilitating easy recovery through external magnetic fields,
Hexaferrite Composite-Based Materials: Potential Applications 485

produce the advantage of simple and pollution-free retrieval and reuse for photocat-
alysts. Several methods are available to modify the properties of materials, including
ion substitution, modulation of intrinsic defects and morphological modification [48].
Ion substitution can enhance the catalytic performance of hexaferrite. Transi-
tion metal ions, including Co [49], Zn [50], Cr and Zn [51, 52], Mg [53, 54], Mn
[55] or Ni [56], can be introduced to modify hexaferrite catalytic and magnetic
properties. Several magnetic materials for devices and photocatalysts for remedi-
ating toxic pollutants dyes from industrial waste have been considered, including
Sr1-x Ndx Fe12-y Mny O19 co-doped nanoparticles. Using the nanoparticles effectively
reduced CV dye by 90.7% in just 1.5 h, and the photocatalyst was highly cyclic stable
and reusable with 1.10% losses after five successive cycles [57]. Additionally, hexa-
ferrites doped with Yb-Zn and CaPbFe12 O19 are exceptional materials for microwave,
dielectric, and photocatalytic applications, specifically in removing textile contam-
inants. This material has exhibited a band gap (2.5–2.6 eV) and improved photo-
catalytic performance. The findings indicated an increased percentage degradation
of methylene blue efficiency up to 96.1% when exposed to visible light irradia-
tion for 90 min at pH 7 [58]. In addition, the compound SrFe12 O19 possesses direct
(1.70 eV) and indirect (0.83 eV) bandgap energy values, respectively. The compound
has photocatalytic solid activity, degrading MB at a rate constant of k = 1.36 ±
0.03 × 10–2 /min. The photodegradation process causes the MB solution to transi-
tion from deep blue to pale white while the absorption intensity rapidly drops from
1.95 to 0.04 [59]. Polley et al. [60], they were successful in synthesizing BaFe12 O19
using the co-precipitation method. Following the synthesis of the powder, MB dye
was adsorbable and degraded by sunlight-induced photocatalysis. The BaM ferrite
exhibited an impressive ability to degrade up to 73% of the methyl blue dye in 3 h
of sunlight irradiation, owing to its calculated band gap of approximately 2.9 eV.
The ultrasonic-assisted synthesis process was recently used to create highly
uniform Strontium Ferrite (SF) nanochain structures. These nanostructures were then
utilized to construct an electrocatalyst, which was used to develop a nitrite sensor.
The electrodes enhanced with SF exhibited impressive electroanalytic performance
and electrocatalytic activity using the amperometric (i-t) method. The nitrite sensor
detects values ranging from 20 nM to 3.6 mM with a detection value of 6.3 nM.
The SF-nitrite sensor efficiently quantified nitrite from real-water samples, such as
rain, tap, and river water [61]. Singhal et al. [62] developed catalysts for wastewater
treatment using a combination of strontium hexaferrite, graphene (Gr), and multi-
walled carbon nanotubes (MWCNT). The composites catalyze the degradation of
antibiotics such as carbol fuscin, ofloxacin and levofloxacin and colorants via two
oxidants (PMS, H2 O2 ). Nanocomposites based on SrFe12 O19 are more effective for
degrading pollutants based on Fe2 O3 . PMS, as an oxidant, can degrade up to 98.1%
of pollutants in 120 min, compared to only 44.6% for Fe2 O3 nanocomposites in
180 min.
Ba-Hexa ferrite-based materials have shown promise in photocatalytic applica-
tions for degrading dyes and pollutants like Rhodamine B [63–65], phenol [66],
Methyl Orange [67], and Methyl green [68]. A range of substances have been
486 R. V. B. Campos et al.

evaluated for their dielectric, structural, magnetic, and photocatalytic character-

istics, including Nd and Cu co-doped barium hexaferrite Congo Red [69] and
Hexahydro-1,3,5- trinitro-1,3,5 triazine (RDX) [70] tetracycline hydrochloride [71,
72], 2-Mercaptobenzothiazole [73, 74], enrofloxacin [75]. Recently, Bibi and their
colleagues [76] synthesized Ba-hexaferrites doped with Cr and Co that showed
promising results in degrading CV dye using photocatalytic activity with UV–
Vis spectroscopy. The doped nanoparticles demonstrated a high level of degrada-
tion, breaking down 64.23% of the CV dye (60 min) under visible light irradiation
(0.02927/min). The catalytic sites were activated on the material surface by solar
light energy equal to its bandgap energy. Futhermore, the same group members
developed Mn doped BMHF5 showed excellent Photocatalytic activity with 94.6%
(CV), 92.2% (MG), and 96.5% (RhB) dyes, respectively. The bandgap of doped
BMHF5 was 1.30 eV, and it exhibited better photo-degradation of all dyes under
solar irradiation as compared to pure barium hexa ferrite [41]. Furthermore, Katubi
and colleagues [77] conducted research on using a hydrothermal method to synthe-
size carbon dots and develop a Y-type hexaferrite composite to degrade MB under
visible light. The study found that a composite material with a ferrite/CDs ratio of 1/
0.5 exhibited significantly higher photocatalytic activity, up to 93%, compared to a
single material, particularly in hydrogen peroxide. Due to its narrow optical energy
band gap of 2.48 eV in the visible light spectrum, the larger flow of charge carriers
on the catalyst surface, and the development of heterostructures, the nanocomposite
catalyst demonstrated enhanced photocatalytic activity.
Barium hexaferrite is a catalyst demonstrating exceptional performance in
degrading Methylene Blue under visible light irradiation. Through the utilization
of the chemical co-precipitation method, the BaFe12 O19 catalyst exhibited a remark-
able ability to decolorize and mineralize the dye, achieving a rate of 70.8% and
63.7%, respectively, after 360 min. This was performed using a 3W Light Emitting
Diode (LED) lamp with a 420–700 nm wavelength. It exhibits excellent catalytic
activity and can degrade MB in photo-Fenton systems using visible light. These
results significantly affect various industries and applications towards removing dye
from wastewater [78]. Erfan et al. [79] employed ball milling to produce barium
hexaferrite-based ceramic glass to absorb pollutants like Congo red and methylene
blue (MB). The study revealed high adsorption capabilities, with 200 mg/g for MB
and 124.5 mg/g for CR and barium hexaferrite demonstrating potential as an effective
environmental adsorbent (Table 2).

1.5 Conclusion

This review highlights the potential of hexaferrite composite-based materials, which

exhibit unique structures and synthesis methods that provide remarkable versa-
tility across a range of applications. The various synthesis techniques for hexagonal
ferrites provide researchers with valuable tools to tailor these materials for specific
Table 2 Application of Hexa ferrite materials in biomedical and environmental applications
Composition Preparation technique Temperature Area of applications Main results References
Microsphere nanoparticles with Hydrothermal 500 °C Cancer HCT-116 and HeLa (cervical cancer [15]
Sr0.5 Ba0.5 Dyx Smx Fe8−2x O19 cells) using MTT;
no significant cytotoxic effect was
observed on HEK-293 cells
Induced cancer cells DNA
disintegration as revealed by DAPI
staining
BaFe12 O19 Hydrothermal 240 °C Bioimaging (magnetically Visualize in macrophages [16]
BaFe-magnetic nanoplatelets modulated optical coherence ex vivo MRI experiments
tomography and MRI) high potential for accurate analysis
intracoronary optical and interpretation of images of the
coherence tomography cardiovascular system
(IC-OCT)
SrFe12 O19 – – Endogenous tissue Stimulate new bone formation [18]
engineering
Bone scaffolds
Ba2 Co2 Fe11.7 Cr 0.3 O22 Calcination 1200 °C/2 h Hyperthermia Saturation magnetization (Ms) [24]
Hexaferrite Composite-Based Materials: Potential Applications

39.07 emu/g
SAR value, 84.39 W/g, and ILP
value of 1.86 nH m2 /Kg
BaFe12 O19 Ball milling – Water treatment Adsorption capacity (200 mg/g [80]
124.5 mg/g)
Removal of methylene blue and
Congo red from water by adsorption
(continued)
487
Table 2 (continued)
488

Composition Preparation technique Temperature Area of applications Main results References

Ca0.5 Pb0.4 Yb0 .1 Zn1.0 Fe11 O19 Sol–gel auto 850 °C Photocatalyst for the removal Removal of methylelne blue [58]
combustion of textile contamination (10 ppm) at pH 7.0,
Degradation efficiency 96.1% and
time 120 min
SrFe12 O19 Polymer precursor 1100 °C Photocatalyst for degradation Degradation of methylene blue [59]
of organic pollutants Degradation efficiency 95% and
time 270 min
CoFe12 O19 /graphene Sol–gel with natural 900 °C Photocatalytic reduction Degradation of methylene orange [81]
nanocomposite reducing agents 10 ppm
(carbohydrate sugar, Degradation efficiency 75.6% and
pigments) time 60 min
BaFe12 O19 + H2 O2 Chemical Photocatalytic reduction Degradation of methylene blue [78]
co-precipitation Degradation efficiency 70.8% and
time 360 min
Ba1-x Ndx Fe12-y Cuy O19 Micro-emulsion 950 °C/9 h Photocatalytic activity Degradation of methylene green, [68]
Degradation efficiency 92.6 % and
time 60 min
Sr1-x Ndx Fe12-y Mny O19 Micro-emulsion 950 °C/9 h Photocatalytic activity Degradation of crystal violet, [57]
Degradation efficiency 90.7 % and
time 90 min
Y/Ba2 Co2 W1 Fe11 O22 Solid-state reaction 1200 °C/2 h Humidity sensor 60–95% RH [44]
R. V. B. Campos et al.
Hexaferrite Composite-Based Materials: Potential Applications 489

needs. Their exceptional properties, particularly in microwave technology, biomed-

ical diagnostics and therapies, and environmental sensing, make hexaferrite compos-
ites highly appealing to researchers in diverse scientific disciplines. As research
advances, hexaferrite composites are expected to play an increasingly significant
role in driving technological innovation and scientific breakthroughs.

2 Conflicts of Interest

The authors declare no conflicts of interest.

Acknowledgements The authors would like to thank the Fundação Cearense de Apoio ao Desen-
volvimento Científicoe Tecnológico, FUNCAP, Coordenação de Aperfeiçoamento de Pessoal de
Nível Superior (CAPES)- and the Drug Research and Development Center (NPDM), Federal
University of Ceará (UFC) in Fortaleza, Brazil.

References

1. Soroka, M., Buršík, J., Kužel, R., Prokleška, J., Aguirre, M.H.: Characterization of W-type
hexaferrite thin films prepared by chemical solution deposition. Thin Solid Films 726, 138670
(2021)
2. Phan, T.L., Tran, N., Nguyen, H.H., Yang, D.S., Dang, N.T., Lee, B.W.: Crystalline and
electronic structures and magnetic properties of BaCo1-x Mnx Fe11 O19 hexaferrites. J. Alloys
Compd. 816, 152528 (2020)
3. View on ScienceDirect Encyclopedia of Materials
4. Green, M., Li, Y., Peng, Z., Chen, X.: Dielectric, magnetic, and microwave absorption properties
of polyoxometalate-based materials. J. Magn. Magn. Mater. 497, 165974 (2020)
5. Jia, Z., Lan, D., Lin, K., Qin, M., Kou, K., Wu, G., Wu, H.: Progress in low-frequency microwave
absorbing materials. J. Mater. Sci. Mater. Electron. 29, 17122–17136 (2018)
6. Houbi, A., Aldashevich, Z.A., Atassi, Y., Bagasharova Telmanovna, Z., Saule, M., Kubanych,
K.: Microwave absorbing properties of ferrites and their composites: a review. J. Magn. Magn.
Mater. 529, 167839 (2021)
7. Duan, Y., Guan, H.: Microwave Absorbing Materials (2016)
8. Xie, P., Li, Y., Hou, Q., Sui, K., Liu, C., Fu, X., Zhang, J., Murugadoss, V., Fan, J., Wang,
Y., Fan, R., Guo, Z.: Tunneling-induced negative permittivity in Ni/MnO nanocomposites by
a bio-gel derived strategy. J. Mater. Chem. C Mater. 8, 3029–3039 (2020)
9. Ren, X., Pu, X., Yin, H., Tang, Y., Yuan, H., Fan, H.: Fabrication of hierarchical PANI@W-
type barium hexaferrite composites for highly efficient microwave absorption. Ceram. Int. 47,
12122–12129 (2021)
10. Singh, J., Singh, C., Kaur, D., Narang, S.B., Jotania, R.B., Ateia, E., Kagdi, A., Joshi, R.,
Sombra, A.S.B., Zhou, D., Trukhanov, S., Panina, L.: Development of doped Ba–Sr hexagonal
ferrites for microwave absorber applications: structural characterization, tunable thickness,
absorption peaks and electromagnetic parameters. J. Alloys Compd. 855, 157242 (2021)
11. Adersh, V., Rajan, A., Ganesanpotti, S.: MgFe1.98 O4 –BaFe12 O19 magneto-dielectric compos-
ites based ferrite resonator antenna for super-high frequency applications. Ceram. Int. 48,
24531–24539 (2022)
490 R. V. B. Campos et al.

12. Suthar, M., Roy, P.K.: Structural, electromagnetic, and Ku-band absorption characterization of
La-Mg substituted Y-type barium hexaferrite for EMI shielding application. Mater. Sci. Eng.
B 283, 115801 (2022)
13. Khan, H.A., Khan, M.A., Gulbadan, S., Ashraf, G.A., Rasool, R.T., Akhtar, M.N., Irfan, M.:
Dielectric, structural and absorption properties of Mg2+ substituted Ba2 Zn2 X hexa-ferrites for
microwave devices and applications. Ceram. Int. 49, 39862–39874 (2023)
14. Iqbal, A., Khan, M.A., Rasool, R.T., Gulbadan, S., Algaradah, M.M., Ashraf, G.A., Alshahrani,
T., Abd-Rabboh, H.S.M., Akhtar, M.N., Irfan, M.: Dielectric, reflection loss and physicochem-
ical studies of Cr doped Ba–Sr based W type hexagonal ferrites for microwave absorption
applications. Ceram. Int. 50, 4446–4461 (2024)
15. Al-Jameel, S.S., Almessiere, M.A., Khan, F.A., Taskhandi, N., Slimani, Y., Al-Saleh, N.S.,
Manikandan, A., Al-Suhaimi, E.A., Baykal, A.: Synthesis, characterization, anti-cancer
analysis of Sr0.5 Ba0.5 Dyx Smx Fe8−2x O19 (0.00 ≤ x ≤ 1.0) microsphere nanocomposites.
Nanomaterials 11, 700 (2021)
16. Hu, J., Gorsak, T., Martín Rodríguez, E., Calle, D., Muñoz-Ortiz, T., Jaque, D., Fernández,
N., Cussó, L., Rivero, F., Aguilar Torres, R., García Solé, J., Mertelj, A., Makovec, D., Desco,
M., Lisjak, D., Alfonso, F., Sanz-Rodríguez, F., Ortgies, D.H.: Magnetic nanoplatelets for high
contrast cardiovascular imaging by magnetically modulated optical coherence tomography.
ChemPhotoChem 3, 529–539 (2019)
17. Boda, S.K., Thrivikraman, G., Panigrahy, B., Sarma, D.D., Basu, B.: Competing Roles
of Substrate Composition, Microstructure, and Sustained Strontium Release in Directing
Osteogenic Differentiation of hMSCs (2017)
18. Wang, Q., Tang, Y., Ke, Q., Yin, W., Zhang, C., Guo, Y., Guan, J.: Magnetic lanthanum-doped
hydroxyapatite/chitosan scaffolds with endogenous stem cell-recruiting and immunomodula-
tory properties for bone regeneration. J. Mater. Chem. B 8, 5280–5292 (2020)
19. Duan, J., Shao, H., Wu, J., Liu, H., Wang, S., Lin, T.: Effect of SiO2 in situ cross-linked CS/PVA
on SrFe12 O19 scaffolds prepared by 3D gel printing for targeting. Ceram. Int. 48, 30307–30316
(2022)
20. Lu, J.-W., Yang, F., Ke, Q.-F., Xie, X.-T., Guo, Y.-P.: Magnetic nanoparticles modified-porous
scaffolds for bone regeneration and photothermal therapy against tumors. Nanomedicine 14,
811–822 (2018)
21. Yang, F., Lu, J., Ke, Q., Peng, X., Guo, Y., Xie, X.: Magnetic mesoporous calcium sillicate/
chitosan porous scaffolds for enhanced bone regeneration and photothermal-chemotherapy of
osteosarcoma. Sci. Rep. 8, 7345 (2018)
22. Rashid, A.U., Southern, P., Darr, J.A., Awan, S., Manzoor, S.: Strontium hexaferrite
(SrFe12 O19 ) based composites for hyperthermia applications. J. Magn. Magn. Mater. 344,
134–139 (2013)
23. Najafinezhad, A., Abdellahi, M., Saber-Samandari, S., Ghayour, H., Khandan, A.:
Hydroxyapatite- M-type strontium hexaferrite: a new composite for hyperthermia applications.
J. Alloys Compd. 734, 290–300 (2018)
24. Suthar, M., Khare, D., Gangwar, A., Banerjee, S., Prasad, N.K., Dubey, A.K., Roy, P.K.: Struc-
tural, magnetic, and biocompatibility evaluations of chromium substituted barium hexaferrite
(Co2 -Y) for hyperthermia application. Mater. Chem. Phys. 296, 127348 (2023)
25. Naseri, K., Khademi, E., Mortazavi-Derazkola, S.: Introducing a new pharmaceutical agent:
facile synthesis of CuFe12 O19 @HAp-APTES magnetic nanocomposites and its cytotoxic effect
on HEK-293 cell as an efficient in vitro drug delivery system for atenolol. Arab. J. Chem. 16,
104404 (2023)
26. Khoobi, A., Salavati-Niasari, M., Amiri, O.: Sol-gel auto-combustion synthesis and characteri-
zation of ZnFe12 O19 as a nanosorbent using fructose for HPLC-UV determination of betaxolol
in biological samples. J. Alloys Compd. 853, 157393 (2021)
27. Granja-Banguera, C.P., Silgado-Cortázar, D.G., Morales-Morales, J.A.: Transition metal
substituted barium hexaferrite-modified electrode: application as electrochemical sensor of
acetaminophen. Molecules 27, 1550 (2022)
Hexaferrite Composite-Based Materials: Potential Applications 491

28. Bagherinasab, Z., Beitollahi, H., Yousefi, M., Bagherzadeh, M., Hekmati, M.: A sensitive
voltammetric morphine nanosensor based on BaFe12 O19 nanoparticle-modified screen-printed
electrodes. J. Iran. Chem. Soc. 17, 717–724 (2020)
29. Lakshmikantha, J., Krishnamurthy, G., Hanumantha Nayak, R., Pari, M., Ranjitha, N., Naik, N.:
Synthesis, structure, thermal, magnetic, dielectric properties of Ce3+ doped M-type SrFe12 O19
and electrochemical determination of L-cysteine. Inorg. Chem. Commun. 146, 110175 (2022)
30. Sheikh-Mohseni, M.A.: Electroanalysis of amino acid tyrosine by an electrochemical sensor
modified by strontium ferrite nanostructure. Anal. Bioanal. Chem. Res. 6, (2019)
31. Rajaji, U., Chinnapaiyan, S., Chen, T.W., Chen, S.M., Mani, G., Mani, V., Ali, M.A., Al-
Hemaid, F.M.A., El-Shikh, M.S.: Rational construction of novel strontium hexaferrite deco-
rated graphitic carbon nitrides for highly sensitive detection of neurotoxic organophosphate
pesticide in fruits. Electrochim. Acta 371, (2021)
32. Das, T., Das, S., Karmakar, M., Chakraborty, S., Saha, D., Pal, M.: Novel barium hexaferrite
based highly selective and stable trace ammonia sensor for detection of renal disease by exhaled
breath analysis. Sens. Actuators, B Chem. 325, 128765 (2020)
33. Karmakar, M., Mondal, B., Pal, M., Mukherjee, K.: Acetone and ethanol sensing of barium
hexaferrite particles: a case study considering the possibilities of non-conventional hexaferrite
sensor. Sens. Actuators B Chem. 190, 627–633 (2014)
34. Hasan, S., Azhdar, B.: Thermo-dielectric, humidito-dielectric, and humidity sensing properties
of barium monoferrite and barium hexaferrite nanoparticles. Results Phys. 42, 105962 (2022)
35. Rajaji, U., Chinnapaiyan, S., Chen, T.-W.W., Chen, S.-M.M., Mani, G., Mani, V., Ali, M.A.,
Al-Hemaid, F.M.A., El-Shikh, M.S.: Rational construction of novel strontium hexaferrite deco-
rated graphitic carbon nitrides for highly sensitive detection of neurotoxic organophosphate
pesticide in fruits. Electrochim. Acta 371, 137756 (2021)
36. Kaur, P., Jyoti, Singh, S., Aggarwal, D., Nitansh, Kumar, V., Tikoo, K., Kaushik, A., Singhal,
S.: Synergizing hexagonal ferrite with transition metals in core-shell-shell nanostructures
(SrFe@Dop@M) as dualistic probe for detoxification and electrochemical detection of phar-
maceutical drugs. Ceram. Int. 49, 6199–6212 (2023). [Link]
10.111
37. Thakur, A., Sharma, N., Bhatti, M., Sharma, M., Trukhanov, A.V., Trukhanov, S.V.,
Panina, L.V., Astapovich, K.A., Thakur, P.: Synthesis of barium ferrite nanoparticles using
rhizome extract of Acorus Calamus: characterization and its efficacy against different plant
phytopathogenic fungi. Nano-Struct. & Nano-Objects 24, 100599 (2020)
38. Sharma, I., Kumari, T., Thakur, N., Sharma, P., Batoo, K.M., Verma, R.: Citrate precursor route
for Y3+ substituted M-type Ba-hexaferrite: synthesis, the effect of doping on structural, optical,
magnetic and anti-bacterial properties. Mater. Chem. Phys. 302, 127664 (2023)
39. Djaniš, J.P., Periša, J., Boštjančič, P.H., Mihajlovski, K., Lazić, V., Dramićanin, M., Lisjak,
D.: Barium hexaferrite nanoplatelets with polyphenol coatings for versatile applications as a
stable, magnetic, and antimicrobial colloid. Colloids Surf. B Biointerfaces 224, 113198 (2023)
40. Sahoo, J.K., Konar, M., Rath, J., Kumar, D., Sahoo, H.: Hexagonal strontium ferrite: cationic
dye adsorption and antibacterial activity. Sep. Sci. Technol. 55, 415–430 (2020)
41. Fatima, G., Bibi, I., Majid, F., Kamal, S., Nouren, S., Ghafoor, A., Raza, Q., Al-Mijalli, S.H.,
Alnafisi, N.M., Iqbal, M.: Mn-doped BaFe12 O19 nanoparticles synthesis via micro-emulsion
route: solar light-driven photo-catalytic degradation of CV, MG and RhB dyes and antibacterial
activity. Mater. Res. Bull. 168, 112491 (2023)
42. Davarpanah, A.M., Rahdar, A., Dastnae, M.A., Zeybek, O., Beyzaei, H.: (1–x)BaFe12 O19 /
xCoFe2 O4 hard/soft magnetic nanocomposites: synthesis, physical characterization, and
antibacterial activities study. J. Mol. Struct. 1175, 445–449 (2019)
43. Bagherinasab, Z., Beitollahi, H., Yousefi, M., Bagherzadeh, M., Hekmati, M.: Rapid sol gel
synthesis of BaFe12 O19 nanoparticles: an excellent catalytic application in the electrochemical
detection of tramadol in the presence of acetaminophen. Microchem. J. 156, 104803 (2020)
44. Suthar, M., Roy, P.K.: Evaluation of magnetic &amp; humidity-dielectric response of tungsten
substituted Y-type barium hexaferrite (Ba2 Co2 Wx Fe12−x O22 , 0.0 ≤ x ≤ 2.0) synthesized by
solid-state reaction route. Inorg. Chem Commun. 150, 110554 (2023)
492 R. V. B. Campos et al.

45. Elansary, M., Belaiche, M., Oulhakem, O., Alaoui, K.B., Lemine, O.M., Mouhib, Y., Iffer,
E., Salameh, B., Alsmadi, A.M.: In-depth study of the photocatalytic performance of novel
magnetic catalysts for efficient photocatalytic degradation of the dye orange G. Mater. Res.
Bull. 170, 112598 (2024)
46. Bavarsiha, F., Montazeri-Pour, M., Rajabi, M.: Effect of non-aqueous media on nano-crystalline
SrFe12 O19 particles produced by co-precipitation with metal chlorides and evaluation of their
magnetic and photocatalytic properties. J. Inorg. Organomet. Polym. Mater. 30, 2386–2396
(2020)
47. Elanthamilan, E., Elizabeth, I.B., Wang, S.-F., Lydia, I.S.: Strontium hexaferrite micro-
spheres: synthesis, characterization and visible-light-driven photocatalytic activity towards the
degradation of methylene blue dye. Opt. Mater. (Amst) 137, 113565 (2023)
48. Elansary, M., Belaiche, M., Ahmani Ferdi, C., Iffer, E., Bsoul, I.: Novel ferrimagnetic nano-
material Sr(1–x) Lax Gdy Smz Fe(12−(z+y)) O19 for recording media applications: experimental and
theoretical investigations. New J. Chem. 45, 10761–10776 (2021)
49. Mustafa, G., Bibi, I., Majid, F., Sultan, M., Taj, B., Nazeer, Z., Muhammad Umair, H., Elqahtani,
Z.M., Alwadai, N., Khan, M.I., Iqbal, M.: Zn and Ni doping effect on barium hexaferrite
ferroelectric, optical properties and photocatalytic activity under visible light irradiation. Phys.
B Condens. Matter. 663, (2023)
50. Muhiuddin, G., Bibi, I., Nazeer, Z., Majid, F., Kamal, S., Kausar, A., Raza, Q., Alwadai, N.,
Ezzine, S., Iqbal, M.: Synthesis of Ni doped barium hexaferrite by microemulsion route to
enhance the visible light-driven photocatalytic degradation of crystal violet dye. Ceram. Int.
49, 4342–4355 (2023)
51. Nazeer, Z., Bibi, I., Majid, F., Kamal, S., Ibrahim, S.M., Iqbal, M.: Energy band gap tuning
of Ba1 ˗x Znx Fe12 -yCrʏO19 doped with Cr and Zn ions to enhance the optical, dielectric,
ferroelectric, and photocatalytic properties. Opt. Mater. (Amst) 125, 112090 (2022)
52. Amirhosseini, Z.K., Monsef, R., Ehsanizadeh, S.A., Albahadly, W.K.Y., Majdi, H.S., Amir,
A.A., Dawood, A.H., Salavati-Niasari, M.: Tailoring the photocatalytic activity of novel
magnetically separable ZnFe12 O19 -chitosan bionanocomposites: a green preparation, structural
characterization and comparative study. Int. J. Hydrog. Energy 48, 37286–37301 (2023)
53. Irshad, A., Zulfiqar, M., Ali, H.M., Shahzadi, N., Abd El-Gawad, H.H., Chokejaroenrat, C.,
Sakulthaew, C., Anjum, F., Suleman, M.: Co-substituted Mg–Zn spinel nanocrystalline ferrites:
synthesis, characterization and evaluation of catalytic degradation efficiency for colored and
colorless compounds. Ceram. Int. 48, (2022)
54. Bibi, I., Naz, T., Majid, F., Kamal, S., Ata, S., Almoneef, M.M., Iqbal, S., Iqbal, M.: Band
gap tuning of BaFe12 O19 with Mg and Mn doping to enhance solar light absorption for
photocatalytic application. Int. J. Energy Res. 45, 11193–11205 (2021)
55. Attia, E.F., Zaki, A.H., El-Dek, S.I., Farghali, A.A.: Synthesis, physicochemical properties and
photocatalytic activity of nanosized Mg doped Mn ferrite. J. Mol. Liq. 231, (2017)
56. Jadhav, S.A., Raut, A. V., Khedkar, M. V., Somvanshi, S.B., Jadhav, K.M.: Photocatalytic
activity of nickel ferrite nanoparticles synthesized via sol-gel auto combustion method. Adv.
Mat. Res. 1169, (2022)
57. Bibi, F., Iqbal, S., Kalsoom, A., Jamshaid, M., Ahmed, A., Mirza, M., Qureshi, W.A.: Magneti-
cally separable Nd and Mn co-doped SrFe12 O19 hexa-ferrites nanostructures for the evaluation
of structural, magnetic and photo-catalytic studies under solar irradiation for the crystal violet
dye removal from the industrial wastes. Ceram. Int. 49, 15990–16001 (2023)
58. Jamshaid, M., Nazir, M.A., Najam, T., Shah, S.S.A., Khan, H.M., Rehman, A.U.: Facile
synthesis of Yb3+ -Zn2+ substituted M type hexaferrites: structural, electric and photocatalytic
properties under visible light for methylene blue removal. Chem. Phys. Lett. 805, 139939
(2022)
59. Mishra, D.D., Tan, G.: Visible photocatalytic degradation of methylene blue on magnetic
SrFe12 O19 . J. Phys. Chem. Solids 123, 157–161 (2018)
60. Polley, K., Kundu, R., Bera, J.: Adsorption and sunlight-induced photocatalytic degradation of
methyl blue by BaFe12 O19 ferrite particles synthesised through co-precipitation method. Int.
J. Environ. Anal. Chem. 103, (2023)
Hexaferrite Composite-Based Materials: Potential Applications 493

61. Annalakshmi, M., Balaji, R., Chen, S.-M., Chen, T.-W., Huang, Y.C.: A sensitive and high-
performance electrochemical detection of nitrite in water samples based on sonochemical
synthesized strontium ferrite nanochain architectures. Electrochim. Acta 360, 136797 (2020)
62. Kaur, P., Singh, S., Renu, Jyoti, Kumar, V., Tikoo, K.B., Kaushik, A., Singhal, S.: Development
of emphatic catalysts for waste water remediation via synchronized free radical and non-free
radical routes with composites of strontium hexaferrite, graphene and multi-walled carbon
nanotubes. Ceram. Int. 48, 4795–4811 (2022)
63. Wang, H., Xu, Y., Jing, L., Huang, S., Zhao, Y., He, M., Xu, H., Li, H.: Novel magnetic
BaFe12 O19 /g-C3 N4 composites with enhanced thermocatalytic and photo-fenton activity under
visible-light. J. Alloys Compd. 710, 510–518 (2017)
64. Basha, B., Manzoor, A., Alrowaili, Z.A., Ihsan, A., Shakir, I., Al-Buriahi, M.S.:
Ba2−x Hox Sr2−y Niy Fe12 O22 and its composite with MXene: synthesis, characterization and
enhanced visible light mediated photocatalytic activity for colored dye and pesticide. RSC
Adv. 13, 29944–29958 (2023)
65. Khan, K., Batool, Z., Manzoor, S., Ahmad, D., Aman, S., Alhashmialameer, D., Abd El-
Gawad, H.H., Taha, T.A., Ashiq, M.N.: Fabrication of substituted Y-type hexaferrites/carbon
dots composites for recording media and photodegradation of dye. Ceram. Int. 48, 27550–27559
(2022)
66. Zielińska-Jurek, A., Bielan, Z., Dudziak, S., Wolak, I., Sobczak, Z., Klimczuk, T., Nowaczyk,
G., Hupka, J.: Design and application of magnetic photocatalysts for water treatment. The
effect of particle charge on surface functionality. Catalysts 7, 360 (2017)
67. Sobhani-Nasab, A., Behpour, M., Rahimi-Nasrabadi, M., Ahmadi, F., Pourmasoud, S.: New
method for synthesis of BaFe12 O19 /Sm2 Ti2 O7 and BaFe12 O19 /Sm2 Ti2 O7 /Ag nano-hybrid and
investigation of optical and photocatalytic properties. J. Mater. Sci. Mater. Electron. 30, 5854–
5865 (2019)
68. Bibi, F., Iqbal, S., Sabeeh, H., Saleem, T., Ahmad, B., Nadeem, M., Shakir, I., Aadil, M.,
Kalsoom, A.: Evaluation of structural, dielectric, magnetic and photocatalytic properties of Nd
and Cu co-doped barium hexaferrite. Ceram. Int. 47, 30911–30921 (2021)
69. Rezaei, A., Nabiyouni, G., Ghanbari, D.: Photo-catalyst and magnetic investigation of
BaFe12 O19 –ZnO nanoparticles and nanocomposites. J. Mater. Sci. Mater. Electron. 27,
11339–11352 (2016)
70. Raut, S.S., Adpa, S.K., Jambhale, A., Abhyankar, A.C., Kulkarni, P.S.: Enhanced photocatalytic
activity of magnetic BaFe12 O19 nanoplatelets than TiO2 with emphasis on reaction kinetics,
mechanism, and reusability. Ind. Eng. Chem. Res. 57, 16192–16200 (2018)
71. Han, Y., Wang, S., Yu, X., Li, M., Yi, Z., Tang, J., Gao, H., Yang, H., Fang, L., Syed,
A., Li, D.: Ba0.5 Sr0.5 TiO3 /BaFe12 O19 magnetic separation photocatalysts: structural, optical,
microstructure, photocatalytic activity, degradation pathway and mechanism. Ceram. Int. 49,
37967–37982 (2023)
72. Feng, S., Xie, T., Wang, J., Yang, J., Kong, D., Liu, C., Chen, S., Yang, F., Pan, M., Yang, J.,
Du, H., Chen, H.: Photocatalytic activation of PMS over magnetic heterojunction photocatalyst
SrTiO3 /BaFe12 O19 for tetracycline ultrafast degradation. Chem. Eng. J. 470, 143900 (2023)
73. Yan, X., Zhang, T., Meng, S., Zhou, P., Xu, Y., Wang, Y., Xie, M.: BaFe12 O19 /BiOBr S-
scheme heterojunction magnetic nanosheets for high-efficiency photocatalytic degradation of
2-mercaptobenzothiazole. Sep. Purif. Technol. 326, 124746 (2023)
74. Xie, M., Wang, D., Jing, L., Wei, W., Xu, Y., Xu, H., Li, H., Xie, J.: Preparation of
magnetically recoverable and Z-scheme BaFe12 O19 /AgBr composite for degradation of 2-
Mercaptobenzothiazole and Methyl orange under visible light. Appl. Surf. Sci. 521, 146343
(2020)
75. Zhou, P., Wang, Y., Yan, X., Gan, Y., Xia, C., Xu, Y., Xie, M.: Nitrogen-defect-modified g-C3 N4 /
BaFe12 O19 S-scheme heterojunction photocatalyst with enhanced advanced oxidation tech-
nology synergistic photothermal degradation ability of antibiotic: insights into performance,
electron transfer pathways and toxicity. Appl. Catal. B 343, 123485 (2024)
76. Bibi, I., Muneer, M., Iqbal, M., Alwadai, N., Almuqrin, A.H., Altowyan, A.S., Alshammari,
F.H., Almuslem, A.S., Slimani, Y.: Effect of doping on dielectric and optical properties of
494 R. V. B. Campos et al.

barium hexaferrite: photocatalytic performance under solar light irradiation. Ceram. Int. 47,
31518–31526 (2021)
77. Khan, K., Katubi, K.M., Batool, Z., Alsaiari, N.S., Manzoor, S., Aman, S., Fatima, A., Al-
Buriahi, M.S., Ashiq, M.N.: Structural, electrical, and photocatalytic properties of Y-type
hexaferrite/carbon dot composite. J. Mater. Sci. Mater. Electron. 34, 1793 (2023)
78. Valero-Luna, C., Palomares-Sanchéz, S.A., Ruíz, F.: Catalytic activity of the barium hexaferrite
with H2 O2 /visible light irradiation for degradation of methylene blue. Catal. Today 266, 110–
119 (2016)
79. Erfan, N.A., Abdel-Hameed, S.A.M., Mohammed, A.A.: Synthesis and characterization of
barium hexaferrite (BaFe12 O19 ) nanoparticles from iron ore waste and their possible application
in water treatment. IOP Conf. Ser. Mater. Sci. Eng. 975, 012002 (2020)
80. Ismail, I., Ibrahim, I.R., Matori, K.A., Awang, Z., Muhammad Zulkimi, M.M., Mohd Idris,
F., Nazlan, R., Azis, R.S., Mohd Zaid, M.H., Rusly, S.N.A., Ertugrul, M.: Comparative study
of single- and double-layer BaFe12 O19 -Graphite nanocomposites for electromagnetic wave
absorber applications. Mater. Res. Bull. 126, 110843 (2020)
81. Ansari, F., Soofivand, F., Salavati-Niasari, M.: Eco-friendly synthesis of cobalt hexaferrite and
improvement of photocatalytic activity by preparation of carbonic-based nanocomposites for
waste-water treatment. Compos. B Eng. 165, 500–509 (2019)
Future Perspectives of Electroceramics

Dipan Kumar Das, Priyambada Mallick, Siddharth Parthasarathy,

Srikanta Moharana Santosh Kumar Satpathy, and Padmaja Patnaik

Abstract Electroceramics are materials that exhibit electrical properties such as

ferroelectricity, piezoelectricity, and pyroelectricity. Electroceramics play a pivotal
role in modern technological advancements by serving as key components in elec-
tronic devices, energy storage systems, and sensors. This study provides a glimpse
into the future perspectives of electroceramics, exploring their potential advance-
ments and novel applications. As researchers delve deeper into the fundamental
understanding of materials at the atomic and nanoscale levels, the design and
synthesis of advanced electroceramics are expected to yield materials with enhanced
properties and tailored functionalities. The integration of electroceramics into next-
generation electronic devices such as high-performance capacitors, piezoelectric
transducers, solid-state fuel cells, and memristors is anticipated to revolutionize
industries and promote sustainable energy solutions. The convergence of electro-
ceramics with emerging technologies like the Internet of Things and wearable elec-
tronics holds promise for the development of versatile and efficient devices. Electrical
conductivity, dielectric behavior, thermal expansion, mechanical strength, chemical
stability, etc., are among the key aspects evaluated in the context of future perspectives
of electroceramics.
Exploring novel fabrication techniques and material compositions could lead to
electroceramics with improved mechanical, thermal, and electrical properties. The
continued advancements in additive manufacturing, nanotechnology, and thin-film
deposition methods are likely to facilitate the production of intricate and miniaturized
electroceramic devices, which open doors to unprecedented applications. Electroce-
ramics are expected to significantly contribute to energy storage, battery development
and supercapacitors. They are ideal for renewable energy integration and electric
vehicle technology. Electroceramics could revolutionize environmental monitoring,
medical diagnostics, and personalized health management through sensor technology
advancements.

D. K. Das · P. Mallick · S. Parthasarathy · S. M. S. K. Satpathy (B) · P. Patnaik (B)

School of Applied Sciences, Centurion University of Technology and Management, Jatani,
Odisha, India
e-mail: [Link]@[Link]
P. Patnaik
e-mail: [Link]@[Link]

© The Author(s), under exclusive license to Springer Nature Singapore Pte Ltd. 2024 495
U. Kumar (ed.), Defects Engineering in Electroceramics for Energy Applications,
Engineering Materials, [Link]
496 D. K. Das et al.

However, challenges such as material stability, cost-effective manufacturing, and

environmental impact must be addressed alongside these promising prospects. The
convergence of multidisciplinary research, innovative fabrication techniques, and
growing emphasis on sustainable solutions is expected to drive the field forward. As
electroceramics evolve, their transformative impact on electronics, energy, health-
care, and beyond is poised to shape a more connected, efficient, and sustainable
future.

1 Introduction

Prakash (2012) discusses the importance of electroceramics in various advanced

applications, such as sensors and actuators [1]. Bharadwaj (2012) highlights the role
of electroceramics in fuel cells, batteries, and sensors [2]. Moulson’s (1990) offers a
synopsis of electroceramics’ composition, characteristics, and uses [3]. Irvine (1990)
focuses on the characterization of electroceramics using impedance spectroscopy
[4]. Overall, these papers emphasize the diverse electrical, electromagnetic, and
optical properties of electroceramics and their significance in various technological
fields. Electroceramics have specific electrical, electromagnetic, or optical properties
and are key components of any smart system. A powerful impedance spectroscopy
technique is used to unravel the complexities of electroceramics. These materials
transition from empirical study and physical demonstration into virtual design and
testing.

1.1 Historical Overview

Electroceramics research and development focus on technology and device appli-

cations, encompassing inorganic materials at all scales. Applications include envi-
ronment monitoring, transportation, medicine, healthcare, electronics, and commu-
nications. Surface and interface phenomena are increasingly important, driven by
integration into microelectronics and MEMS technologies. Electroceramics are
following conventional semiconductors in down-scaling, with nano-size effects and
nanotechnology-related processes gaining importance. High permittivity Barium
Titanate based piezoelectric ceramics and their polymer composites offer outstanding
properties for a variety of applications in sonars, ultrasonic cleaners, micro-
accelerometers, hydrophones, surface acoustic wave filters, delay lines, and micro
actuators. [5].
Technological advancements and device applications in microelectronics,
communications, automation, energy saving, and MEMS are the main drivers of
electroceramics research. Ferroelectric ceramics have unique properties like high
Future Perspectives of Electroceramics 497

dielectric permittivity, piezoelectric coupling, and optical transparency. Indian orga-

nizations, including academic institutions and research laboratories, prepare, char-
acterize, and fabricate electroceramic materials, with ongoing work and future
prospects [6].

1.2 Importance of Electroceramics

Prakash (2012) emphasizes the significance of electroceramics in sensors and

actuators, including ferrites, ferroelectrics, piezoelectrics, and pyroelectrics [1].
Bharadwaj (2012) discusses the role of electroceramics in fuel cells, batteries, and
sensors, emphasizing their tailored properties for insulators, conductive ceramics,
electrodes, and actuators [2]. Setter (2001) emphasizes the broad range of appli-
cations for electroceramics, including environment monitoring, transportation,
medicine, health-care, electronics, and communications [5]. Rosseinsky (2009)
emphasises electroceramics’ considerable technical effect and the significance of
academic and industrial collaboration in progressing the area [7]. Overall, the rele-
vance of electroceramics in many technologies is emphasised in these articles, as is
the continuous research and development in this sector.
Electroceramics are adaptable ceramic materials that are employed in cutting-edge
civil and military applications. Ferrites, ferroelectrics, piezoelectrics, pyroelectrics,
and microwave dielectrics are among them. Because their characteristics are sensi-
tive to environmental changes, they are critical components of smart systems. With
microwave ferrites and dielectrics for phase shifters, prizoelectrics for actuators, and
pyroelectrics for IR detectors, processing methods is critical in regulating material
performance.
Electroceramics has emerged as a critical research subject in materials science,
drawing hundreds of participants from 35 countries. These seminars allow academic
and industrial contact by discussing current breakthroughs and new trends in
processing, characterization, and particular material families.
Point defects are crucial for electroceramics, as they influence material func-
tionality, chemical kinetics, and preparation, conditioning, annealing, and degrada-
tion. They lead to depletion, accumulation, and inversion layers, affecting electrical
and chemical effects. Understanding these effects can help design purposefully for
electroceramics, such as ionically or mixed conducting oxides and halides. Nano-
structured materials also affect local properties, leading to confinement effects and
anomalies in ion conduction and mass transport [8].
498 D. K. Das et al.

2 Emerging Trends in Electroceramics

2.1 Multifunctional Electroceramics

The behaviour of capacitors, thermistors, varistors, and other electroceramic compo-

nents is explained by reviewing structure–property correlations in electronic ceramic
materials. The integration and miniaturisation of ceramic components have advanced
quickly, resulting in the creation of multifunctional electronic packages with intri-
cate three-dimensional circuitry. Concurrently, a vast array of intelligent sensors,
transducers, and actuators are being built with composite materials to focus forces
and fields. Although a number of disruptive technologies are on the horizon, the
processing methods used at the moment rely on tape casting thick film tech-
niques. As component sizes decrease to less than micrometre and nanocomposite
devices become a reality, electroceramic devices should follow in the footsteps of
semiconductor technology in the coming years [9].
Electroceramics are ceramic materials with specific electrical, electromagnetic,
or optical properties, increasingly important in various technologies like communi-
cation, energy conversion, electronics, and sensors. Their performance depends on
the complex interplay between processing, chemistry, and structure. Their develop-
ment depends on ionic-covalent bonding, microstructure, and thermal processing
at elevated temperatures. This chapter provides an overview of electroceramics,
their synthesis, processing, electrical properties, and applications in advanced
electrochemical devices [2].

2.2 Nanoscale Electroceramics

Kidner (2003) introduces a nested cube model (NCM) that accurately calculates the
current distribution in polycrystalline ceramics at the nanoscale [10].
Krol (2002) explores the significance of interfaces in junction-based devices made
of semiconducting oxides, emphasizing the necessity of nanosized structures and
interface state control [11]. Alexe (2004) investigates non-traditional micro- and
nanopatterning strategies for electroceramics, such as focused ion beam patterning,
and bottom-up approaches, such as physical and chemical self-patterning [12]. These
discoveries add to our understanding of nanoscale electroceramics and open up new
options for study and development in this area.
The “bricklayer model” accurately describes the behavior of grain boundary-
controlled electroceramics (BLM) in the microcrystalline domain. However, in the
nanocrystalline domain, where grain boundary layers may form a large volume frac-
tion of the overall microstructure, fundamental layer models are no longer valid.
In order to treat a “nested cube model” (NCM) more precisely, this study details
the creation of a pixel-based finite-difference method. This technique calculates the
current distribution in polycrystalline ceramics at the point when the diameters of
Future Perspectives of Electroceramics 499

the grain borders and grain cores are similar. Furthermore, as the volume fraction
of grain cores approaches unity (thin boundary layers), the NCM approaches layer
model behavior and mimics standard effective medium treatments when the volume
% of grain cores approaches zero. Consequently, the NCM can model electroceramic
behavior at all grain sizes from the nanoscale to the microscale [10].
This paper examines the prospects and possible issues in the development of
junction-based devices made of semiconducting oxides. It is discussed how the mate-
rial properties of oxide semiconductors and conventional semiconductors differ in
significant ways. A review of the research on the many types of oxide junctions, such
as n–n heterojunctions, double Schottky barriers, p–n heterojunctions, and metal–
semiconductor (Schottky) junctions, comes next. Future junction-based devices are
anticipated to rely heavily on the utilization of nanoscale structures, with particular
attention paid to the case when the space charge area is larger than the structure’s
dimensions. The selective activation of shallow donor or acceptor states in normally
p- or n-type conducting oxides, respectively, the growth of single crystal p–n homo-
and heterojunctions, and enhanced control over interface states are three crucial
prerequisites for future advancements in this developing field [11].
A summary of non-traditional techniques, encompassing both top-down and
bottom-up procedures, is provided for the micro- and nanopatterning of electro-
ceramics. The top-down method looks at next-generation lithography techniques
such as nanoimprint lithography, electron-beam direct writing, focused ion beam
patterning, and others, while the bottom-up approach presents a number of physical
and chemical self-patterning options. There is also a chapter discussing the promise
and limitations of piezoresponse scanning force microscopy for ferroelectric testing
of nanopatterned electroceramics [12].

2.3 Biocompatible Electroceramics

Shishov (2022) focuses on the development of electroconductive polymer matrices

for tissue engineering, demonstrating the biocompatibility of composite mate-
rials modified with conductive additives [13]. Bharadwaj (2012) provides a broad
overview of electroceramics, highlighting their diverse properties and applications
in various technologies [2]. Stauss (2018) discusses the potential of biocompatible
batteries for powering medical implants and devices, emphasizing the need for minia-
turization and improved performance [14]. Irvine (1990) explores the characteriza-
tion of electroceramics using impedance spectroscopy, showcasing its effectiveness
in studying electrical properties and phenomena in these materials [4]. In summary,
these papers collectively demonstrate the importance of biocompatible electroce-
ramics in various fields, including tissue engineering, energy storage, and electronic
medical implants.
Various biocompatible polymers (polyimide, chitosan, polyamide) were treated
with various conductive additions to create electroconductive polymer matrices for
application in tissue engineering (graphene, carbon nanotubes, polypyrrole). By
500 D. K. Das et al.

employing human dermal fibroblast culture, the biocompatibility of matrices gener-

ated from composite materials was verified. Upon applying cyclic external potential,
the conducting characteristics of the matrices were examined both in the dry state
and in the physiological solution. It describes how the resultant composites’ ion- and
electron-conducting constituents affect the current flowing through the matrix and
the pattern of the current sweep.
Electroceramics are ceramic materials with specific electrical, electromagnetic,
or optical properties, and they are increasingly important in various technologies
like communication, energy conversion, electronics, and sensors. Their performance
depends on the complex interplay between processing, chemistry, and structure.
Their development depends on ionic-covalent bonding, microstructure, and thermal
processing at elevated temperatures. This chapter provides an overview of electroce-
ramics, their synthesis, processing, electrical properties, and applications in advanced
electrochemical devices.
Conventional electrode materials and electrolytes serve as the foundation for
energy storage systems used to power electronic medical implants and sensors. These
battery systems require careful encapsulation due to their toxicity, which results in
large devices. These drawbacks are addressed by batteries based on biocompat-
ible electrodes and electrolytes, which show promise as workable substitutes for
powering medical implants and equipment. Giving a general overview of potential
battery systems and their current state of performance is the goal of this review.
A synopsis of battery topologies and their construction is also provided, with an
emphasis on possible downsizing. Technological developments in biocompatible
batteries are anticipated to have significant effects on environmental sensing and
transient electronics, in addition to electronic medical implants and point-of-care
monitoring devices.
A new conductive hydrogel method has been developed for implantable flexible
electrical conductors in bioelectronics. This method involves exfoliating graphite
and polymerizing zwitterionic monomers, resulting in a hydrogel with mechanical
properties similar to living tissue. The hydrogel exhibits excellent adhesion, electrical
conductivity, non-swelling, and high conformability in water. Its biocompatibility is
confirmed through cytotoxicity tests and histological analysis. This hydrogel shows
promise for next-generation bioelectronics applications [15].

2.4 Energy Harvesting and Storage

Patel (2021) investigates the effect of stress on energy storage density and elec-
trocaloric performance in BZT ceramics, finding that stress can enhance energy
harvesting and storage potential [16]. Anoufa (2013) focuses on core–shell ferroelec-
tric ceramics and presents a theoretical approach to evaluate the possibility of storing
electrical energy in such materials [17]. Zhang (2014) discusses energy harvesting
based on piezoelectric Ericsson cycles in piezoceramic materials, highlighting the
potential for increasing harvested energy through the coupling of electrical and
Future Perspectives of Electroceramics 501

mechanical excitations [18]. Overall, these papers contribute to our understanding

of energy harvesting and storage in electroceramics, offering valuable insights for
the development of high-performance applications in this field.
This study investigates waste energy harvesting and storage potential in
Ba0.85 Zr0.15 TiO3 ceramics, focusing on stress effects on energy storage density
and electrocaloric performance. Polarization–electric field hysteresis loops were
recorded at various temperatures and uniaxial compressive stress. Results show high
energy storage density and electrocaloric temperature under different stress fields.
The study contributes to understanding stress effects on BZT materials, offering high
performance for energy harvesting and storage-based applications, and improving
energy storage density and electrocaloric effect via stress confinement [16].
A quantitative evaluation of storing electrical energy using a ferroelectric super-
capacitor built on core–shell nanoceramics was conducted. The study solved the
Laplace equation for a single core–shell particle and used an effective medium
approximation to obtain equations for internal electric field, permittivity, and polar-
ization. The results were generalized to different ceramics and anisotropic particle
shapes [17].
The research focuses on the use of electric generators for recycling ambient ener-
gies, particularly from mechanical vibrations. Direct piezoelectric energy harvesting
leads to weak energy levels, but coupling an electric field and mechanical excitation
on Ericsson-based cycles can increase the amplitude of harvested energy. A dynamic
hysteresis model is developed to accurately estimate harvested energy, and theo-
retical predictions and experimental results are compared to validate the proposed
solution [18].

2.5 Additive Manufacturing in Electroceramics

The papers collectively suggest that additive manufacturing, also known as 3D

printing, holds great potential for the production of electroceramics. Hashemi (2020)
and Browne (2020) highlight the advantages of additive manufacturing in electro-
chemistry, including fast prototyping, low cost, and the availability of various 3D
printing technologies [19, 20]. Fieber (2019) explores the use of additive manufac-
turing to fabricate electrochemical double layer capacitor devices, demonstrating
the flexibility and cost-effectiveness of the process [21]. Safari (2002) discusses
the application of layered manufacturing techniques in producing advanced func-
tional electroceramic components, such as piezoelectric actuators and sensors [22].
Overall, these papers indicate that additive manufacturing has the potential to revolu-
tionize the manufacturing of electroceramics by enabling the production of complex
geometries, customization, and improved performance.
Since additive manufacturing allows for quick prototyping and is relatively inex-
pensive, it is widely used in many fields of electrochemistry to make electrodes
and devices. Additive manufacturing is also referred to as three-dimensional (3D)
502 D. K. Das et al.

printing. Additive manufacturing is a very attractive technology for electrochem-

ical applications because of the range of 3D-printing technologies accessible, such
as select laser melting (SLM), stereolithography (SLA), inkjet printing, and fused
deposition modelling (FDM). Specifically, during the past several years, a substantial
body of research has evolved into the use of 3D printing to manufacture electrodes
and devices for the conversion and storage of electrochemical energy. Even though
progress has been made, a number of obstacles and problems still need to be solved
before active and stable electrodes and devices for electrochemical energy conversion
and storage can be 3D printed and compared to state-of-the-art technology. We will
provide an outline of the rationale behind these electrochemical uses of 3D printing
in this Review. Subsequently, we will talk about how different 3D printing processes
and post-modification procedures affect the electrochemical performance of the elec-
trodes and devices [20]. A hybrid additive manufacturing system was designed to
fabricate supercapacitors in a single automated operation [21].
Layered Manufacturing (LM) techniques, such as Fused Deposition of Ceramics
(FDC), Robocasting (RC), Micropen (MP), and Laminated Object Manufacturing
(LOM), are used to create net-shape components quickly. These techniques include
FDC for prototyping piezoelectric and electrostrictive actuators, multi-material
actuators, piezo composite sensors, Templated Grain Growth (TGG), LOM for
torsional and telescoping actuators, and Robocasting for 3–3 piezo composites
and photonic band gaps structures. Micropen allows for multifunctional integrated
ceramic components [22].

3 Challenges and Limitations

3.1 Material Processing and Manufacturing Challenges

Electroceramics face challenges in material processing and manufacturing. One chal-

lenge is the need for improved piezoelectric properties, which can be achieved by
creating a morphotropic structure at the phase interface of the material [23]. Another
challenge is the demand for cost reduction and constant threats of replacement with
substitution products, which puts pressure on processed raw materials suppliers [24].
Ceramic materials offer advantages in terms of dimensional stability and quality
of finish, but grinding processes can cause damage [25]. Sol–gel processing has
been used to create dense insulating electroceramics in thin-layer form, avoiding
the issues associated with powders [26]. Overall, there is a need for advancements
in processing techniques and materials to address the challenges faced by elec-
troceramics in manufacturing and improve their properties and cost-effectiveness
[27].
The creation of a morphotropic structure at the phase interface of the material
can lead to improved piezoelectric properties. The method of manufacturing the
electroceramic multilayer structural element involves grinding and mixing initial
Future Perspectives of Electroceramics 503

materials, calculations, the addition of a binder, formation of green films, stacking

and lamination of the green films, removal of the binder, and sintering of the green
elements.
Nickel may be introduced into the material structure prior to calcination or may
come from internal electrodes applied to the green films during further processing.
Processed raw materials suppliers face challenges in improving their margins and
surviving in a market where buyers constantly demand cost reduction and threaten
to replace them with substitution products.
The demand for cost reduction and threats of replacement creates pressure on
processed raw materials suppliers to find ways to lower their prices and remain
competitive.
This pressure may lead to a need for suppliers to reassess their materials and form
routes to maintain cost-effectiveness.
Suppliers may need to experiment with new materials, shapes, and finishing proce-
dures in order to increase the speed of production and the cost-effectiveness of their
goods. A material-process combination’s cost-effectiveness is determined by factors
such as the cost of the process and the quantity of similar things produced. The high
RD expenses, expertise, and patent laws in certain industries make it difficult for
firms to mimic the process, which can provide some protection for processed raw
materials suppliers.

3.2 Environmental and Sustainability Concerns

Environmental and sustainability concerns in electroceramics are driven by the need

to integrate electroceramic functions into microelectronics and MEMS technologies,
as well as the evolution of bulk products into materials systems. Although electro-
chemical methods have been studied for environmental cleanup, many of these tech-
nologies are currently at a low technical readiness level (TRL) [28]. Manufacturing
technologies, including grinding tool manufacture, must also become more sustain-
able [29]. These considerations underline the relevance of electroceramics research
and development in addressing environmental and sustainability challenges. Elec-
troceramics are complicated materials that are employed in a variety of applications
such as electronics, energy storage, and sensors.
Electroceramics production comprises numerous processes, including raw mate-
rial extraction, processing, and manufacture, all of which can have an influence on the
environment. Using energy-intensive methods and producing trash during production
can contribute to carbon emissions and resource depletion.
Concerns about sustainability in electroceramics include the need for more effi-
cient production methods, waste and emission reduction, and the use of ecologi-
cally friendly materials. Alternative materials and production procedures that mini-
mize environmental consequences and increase the sustainability of electroceramics
require research. Transparency in the supply chain is also vital to guarantee that raw
504 D. K. Das et al.

materials are sustainably acquired and that the complete life cycle of electroceramics
is taken into account in sustainability assessments [30].

3.3 Reliability and Durability Issues

Because of their wide range of applications, reliability and durability difficulties in

electroceramics are critical. This field’s research and development focuses on incor-
porating electroceramic capabilities into microelectronics and MEMS technologies,
as well as enhancing thermoelectric device dependability. The use of novel character-
isation techniques and nanotechnology-related procedures is becoming increasingly
important in understanding the nanoscale properties of electroceramics. Furthermore,
impedance spectroscopy is an effective tool for investigating the complexity of elec-
troceramics, such as electrical inhomogeneities, electrode/electrolyte interfaces, and
surface layers on glasses. Electroceramic components are developed with protec-
tive encapsulation and insulating materials to avoid electric flashover and enable
safe operation to maintain dependability. Overall, electroceramics research strives
to address reliability and durability challenges in order to improve performance and
broaden applications [31, 32].
Because of their particular features and uses, electroceramic components are prone
to reliability and durability concerns. However, using different materials for the
protective encapsulation on opposing portions of the component body might pose
material compatibility and long-term performance difficulties.
The selection of appropriate materials for the protective encapsulation is crit-
ical to ensuring the electroceramic component’s dependability and endurance. More
research and development is needed to solve these reliability and durability chal-
lenges, as well as to improve the performance of electroceramic components in
diverse applications.

3.4 Cost and Scalability Challenges

Cost and scalability issues in electro ceramics are a major source of worry in the
industry. Electronic ceramics for integrated circuit packaging and other applica-
tions demand a high degree of purity and a high-quality regular microstructure [33].
While ceramic materials show promise for super capacitor electrodes, their low
specific surface area and surface activity limit their performance [34]. Traditional
sintering processes used to shape ceramics are ineffective in generating fine shapes
without micro cracks, leading to the exploration of alternative methods such as electro
discharge machining [35]. The development of advanced ceramics has led to the
production of various ceramic products, but their manufacturing is more challenging
compared to metals and polymers [36]. The miniaturization of electronic compo-
nents in the ceramic industry is approaching its technical limit, driving the need for
Future Perspectives of Electroceramics 505

new materials, advanced characterization tools, and innovative ceramic processing

techniques [37]. 3D-printed conductive silicon carbide ceramics have high electrical
conductivity.
Proton-conducting ceramic materials have potential for electrochemical devices.
There are Challenges exist for commercial-scale manufacturing and Nano levels.
Energy ceramics face challenges in stability under extreme redox conditions.

4 Future Applications of Electroceramics

Due to the unique electrical, dielectric, thermal, optical, and mechanical properties,
electroceramics can have a wide range of future applications (Fig. 1), advancing the
technology in human life.

4.1 Neuromorphic Computing

These papers collectively discuss the potential applications of electroceramics in

neuromorphic computing. Schneider (2022) focuses on the use of superconductive
electronics, specifically Josephson junctions, for neuromorphic computing systems
[38]. Nikam (2023) explores electrochemical random access memories (ECRAMs)
as a promising candidate for implementing artificial synapses in neuromorphic
computing [39]. Emboras (2020) introduces opto-electronic memristors as a class of
electro-optical neuromorphic hardware with potential for low-power artificial intel-
ligence applications [40]. Kang (2022) reviews ion-driven ECRAM-based synaptic
devices and their ability to emulate the role of biological synapses in neuromor-
phic computing systems [41]. Overall, these papers highlight the advancements and
potential of electroceramics in enabling neuromorphic computing systems.
Electroceramics have shown promise in various applications, particularly in
neuromorphic computing. These materials can be used to create memristive devices
that mimic the synaptic behavior of biological neurons, store information non-
volatilely, create sensors that provide real-time data input and feedback, and optimize
signal processing. They can also be used for energy-efficient computing by switching
between different polarization states. Electroceramics can be integrated into special-
ized hardware accelerators for tasks related to neuromorphic computing, such as
neural network training and inference. They can also be used in brain-computer
interfaces to enhance interaction between the human brain and artificial systems.
Electroceramics can also be used in neurorobotics to make robots more adaptable
to dynamic environments. They can also be used in AI applications for tasks like
image and speech recognition and autonomous navigation. Lastly, they can enhance
506 D. K. Das et al.

Fig. 1 Future applications

of electroceramics • Solid-state Batteries
Green • Supercapacitors
Energy • Photovoltaic Cells and Fuell Cells
Technology

• Lasers
• Advanced Light Emiting Diodes (LEDs)
Optoelectron • Optical Sensors
ic Devices

• Smart Sensors and Actuators

Advanced • Memory Devices
Electronics • Capacitor, and Transistors
Devices

• Drug delivery systems

• Tissue engineering
Biomedical • Neural interfaces
Applications

• High-frequency filters
• Antennas
Communication • Resonators
Technologies

• Light weight spacecraft satellites

Aerospace • Advanced communication systems
Applications

hardware security by implementing biologically inspired authentication and encryp-

tion mechanisms. A nonvolatile electro-chemical random-access memory is demon-
strated for high-speed, low-power neuromorphic computing [42]. A plastic electro-
chemical neuromorphic organic device switches at low voltage and energy [43]. The
fabricated three-dimensional electronic synapse exhibits the potential for low fabri-
cation cost, high integration density, and excellent performances [44]. Spin-transfer
torque mechanisms can be potentially utilized for device structures mimicking neural
and synaptic functionalities [45].
Future Perspectives of Electroceramics 507

4.2 Quantum Computing

The papers collectively suggest that electroceramics, specifically trapped electrons

in a linear Paul trap, semiconductor quantum dots, and superconducting electrical
circuits, have potential applications in quantum computing. Yu (2021) discusses
the feasibility of using trapped electrons as qubits in a future quantum computer,
achieving high two-qubit Bell-state fidelities [46]. Zhang (2017) highlights the
advancements in semiconductor quantum dot-based quantum computing, including
qubit preparation, readout, and manipulation of quantum logic gates [47]. Blais
(2004) proposes an architecture using superconducting electrical circuits for quantum
computing, offering strong coupling, inhibition of spontaneous emission, and entan-
glement of qubits [48]. Bocko (1997) discusses the prospects and challenges of
implementing a quantum computer using superconducting electronics, with potential
for quantum coherent computations [49].
Electroceramics have the potential to significantly contribute to the field of
quantum computing, which uses quantum mechanics to perform complex calcu-
lations at speeds that classical computers cannot achieve. These materials can be
used in various aspects of quantum computing, including hardware, memory, and
control systems. They can be used to develop microwave resonators and capac-
itors for superconducting qubits, build quantum memory units, design cryogenic
control components, integrate quantum sensors for precision measurements and
feedback control, develop quantum transducers for quantum information conversion,
contribute to quantum error correction codes and schemes, enhance quantum commu-
nication security and reliability, and enhance materials characterization for materials
characterization. Electroceramics can also be integrated into specialized hardware for
quantum machine learning algorithms, enabling faster and more efficient computa-
tion. However, challenges related to material quality, device integration, and control
will be essential for fully harnessing the full potential of electroceramics in quantum
computing.
A Cooper pair box may be used to carry out one- and two-qubit gate operations
[50]. A quasi-2D set of N 108 electrons in vacuum trapped in 1D hydrogenic levels
above a micron-thick helium film can be used as an easily manipulated strongly
interacting set of quantum bits [51]. A quantum computer based on electrons floating
over liquid helium is described [52]. By trapping electrons in vacuum within an
innovative confining structure, a quantum computer can be implemented [53].

4.3 Advanced Medical Devices

The wide spectrum of uses for electroceramics, especially in healthcare and medicine,
is highlighted by Setter [5]. The use of electroceramics to sensors and actuators—
two crucial parts of smart systems—is the main topic of Prakash [1]. The usage of
electroceramics in fuel cells, batteries, and sensors is covered in Bharadwaj (2012),
508 D. K. Das et al.

with an emphasis on how their unique features are suited for certain applications. In
Bharadwaj [2] an summary of electroceramics research conducted in India is given in
Goel (2004), which also highlights the special qualities of ferroelectric ceramics and
its prospective uses in a range of devices [6]. These studies collectively imply that
electroceramics holds great promise for future improvements in medical equipment.
The prospective uses of electroceramics in cutting-edge medical devices are covered
in all of these articles.
Because of their special mechanical and electrical qualities, electroceramics are
perfect for cutting-edge medical equipment. They can raise functionality and perfor-
mance, raise patient care, and raise diagnostic potential. Ultrasound imaging, drug
delivery systems, electrostimulation devices, implanted sensors, biosensors and diag-
nostics, wearable health monitoring, dental devices, tissue engineering, neuropros-
thetics, telemedicine and remote surgery, and wearable rehabilitation devices are
some of the future uses. Ultrasound transducers frequently employ piezoelectric
materials like lead zirconate titanate (PZT), and implanted drug delivery devices
like MEMS-based micropumps and drug reservoirs precisely regulate the release
of drugs. Electroceramic components are used by electrostimulation devices, such
as cochlear implants and deep brain stimulators, to transmit electrical signals to
certain body parts. Electroceramic materials can also be used in biosensors and
diagnostic devices, wearable health monitoring, implantable sensors, tissue engi-
neering, neuroprosthetics, dental devices, and telemedicine. Ensuring the safety and
efficacy of electroceramic-based medical devices through rigorous testing and regu-
latory approval is crucial for their adoption in healthcare settings. Ceramic-polymer
electronic composites have been introduced for medical, telecommunication and
microelectronics applications [54].
The modelling of electroceramic materials and devices is still in its infancy [55].
Impedance spectroscopy is a powerful technique for unravelling the complexities of
advanced materials [4].

4.4 Green Energy Solutions

The papers collectively suggest that electroceramics have promising future applica-
tions in green energy solutions. Maletin (2014) highlights the use of electrochemical
double layer capacitors (EDLCs) and hybrid devices (HDs) in hybrid transport and
wind power stations [56]. The wide spectrum of uses for electroceramics is covered by
Setter (2001), encompassing electronics, transportation, medical, and environmental
monitoring. In Setter [5] electrochemical energy storage and conversion technolo-
gies, such as fuel cells and rechargeable batteries, are examined in Chouhan [57]. The
significance of electroceramics in communication, energy storage and conversion,
sensors, and other areas is emphasised by Bharadwaj [2]. Together, these publications
show how electroceramics may be used to further sustainable energy solutions.
Solid oxide fuel cells (SOFCs), photovoltaic devices, thermoelectric generators,
piezoelectric energy harvesting, energy storage, hydrogen production and storage,
Future Perspectives of Electroceramics 509

high-temperature superconductors, green electronics, environmental monitoring, and

smart grid technologies are just a few of the green energy solutions that electroce-
ramics have many potential uses in. These substances can power low-energy elec-
tronic devices and sensors, increase the efficiency of solar cells, and serve as solid
electrolytes in SOFCs. They can also be utilised in high-temperature superconduc-
tors, piezoelectric energy harvesting devices, and thermoelectric generators. Proton
exchange membrane electrolyzers, which produce and store hydrogen, and high-
temperature superconductors, such as yttrium barium copper oxide (YBCO), which
provide effective superconducting transmission lines, have more application for elec-
troceramics. Electroceramics can also be utilised in smart grid technology and envi-
ronmental monitoring equipment. However, research and development in materials
science, manufacturing techniques, and device integration are crucial for achieving
these applications. Electrochemical energy conversion and storage devices offer envi-
ronmental and sustainable advantages over fossil fuel-based systems [58]. Aqueous
rechargeable batteries and supercapacitors have exhibited high power and energy
densities [59]. Electrochemical energy technologies are critical enabling technologies
for renewable energy, energy management, storage, pollution control/ monitoring,
and greenhouse gas reduction [60].
Energy harvest and storage to fabricate self-powered electrochemical energy
storage systems has promise to power future portable and wearable electronics [61].

4.5 Aerospace and Defence Applications

The papers collectively suggest that electroceramics have potential future applica-
tions in aerospace and defence. Kankam (2001) discusses the widespread use of
power electronics in aerospace technologies, including motor drives in aircraft and
starter/generators [62]. Bashir (2018) highlights the development of electroactive
polymers for aerospace applications, such as aircraft morphing and space robotics
[63]. Gerada (2015) focuses on high-performance electrical machines for aerospace,
emphasizing the importance of electrical machine drive systems in aircraft electrifi-
cation [64]. Last but not least, Setter (2001) covers the wide range of uses for electro-
ceramics, such as communications and electronics, as well as the new developments
in the integration of electroceramic functions into nanotechnology and microelec-
tronics [5]. All of these studies point to the potential uses of electroceramics in
aerospace and defence in the future. Because of their unique characteristics, which
may boost many technologies’ performance, efficiency, and dependability, electro-
ceramics are valuable materials in the aerospace and defence industries. Electronic
warfare, sensors, acoustic devices, inertial navigation systems, stealth technologies,
energy harvesting, thermal protection, satellite technology, directed energy weapons,
cybersecurity, and unmanned aerial vehicles (UAVs) are just a few of the applications
for which they can be used. In a variety of applications, these materials can improve
signal processing, communication capabilities, and dependability. They can also be
510 D. K. Das et al.

employed in countermeasure, spectrum management, and signal jamming applica-

tions in electronic warfare systems. Electroceramics can also be used in acoustic
devices, such as underwater sonar transducers and acoustic emission sensors, for
naval and underwater surveillance and communication. Further research, testing, and
compliance with military and aerospace standards are necessary to ensure the safety
and performance of electroceramic-based technologies in these critical sectors. The
various reduced models can be further extracted from the simplified magneto-fluid
dynamics equations depending on the magnitude of the magnetic Reynolds number
[65]. Electric drives for thrust-vector and flight-control actuation are required for
future space vehicles [66].

5 Innovations in Electroceramic Materials

5.1 High-K Dielectrics

These papers collectively discuss innovations in electroceramic materials in high-k

dielectrics for energy storage applications. Wang (2021) highlights the need for high
energy/power density materials in capacitors and discusses the factors that improve
energy storage properties in dielectrics [67]. Valero (2021) proposes a new vision for
high-k dielectric materials at the nanoscale, demonstrating the potential of ultra-thin
alumina layers for improved electrical conduction and extended lifetime capacity in
micro-supercapacitors [68]. Fang (2002) presents a novel UV photo-assisted chem-
ical vapor deposition process for depositing high-k metal oxide dielectrics, demon-
strating the production of good quality layers at low temperatures [69]. Clark (2014)
summarizes the current status of high-k dielectrics in VLSI technology and high-
lights emerging applications such as resistive RAM memories and ferroelectric logic
and memory devices [70].
High-k dielectric materials are crucial in semiconductor devices, particularly in
advanced microelectronics and integrated circuits. They replace traditional silicon
dioxide as gate dielectrics in transistors, addressing issues like leakage current and
gate capacitance. Innovations in electroceramic materials have improved perfor-
mance and characteristics. Hafnium-based high-k materials, such as HfO2 and
HfSiO4 , offer higher dielectric constants, enabling better gate control and reducing
leakage current. Metal–Insulator-Metal (MIM) structures use high-k materials to
create capacitors with higher capacitance and lower leakage current. Perovskite
oxides, rare earth oxides, and stabilization techniques have been developed to main-
tain stable dielectric properties at nanoscale thicknesses. Atomic Layer Deposition
(ALD) techniques have been refined for depositing high-k materials, and interface
engineering techniques have been improved to reduce defects and minimize interface
trap densities. Multilayer dielectric structures combine various high-k materials and
insulating layers to achieve higher effective dielectric constants while maintaining
low leakage current.
Future Perspectives of Electroceramics 511

ALD high-k materials exhibit compelling thermal/mechanical and electrical/

optical properties [71]. Dielectrics with k-values in the 9–30 range are studied as
insulators between charge storage layers and control gates in flash devices [72]. The
addition of a small amount of metal is an effective method to improve the dielectric
properties of the high-k film [73].
Aluminates derived by mixing aluminum oxide with lanthanum and yttrium oxides
have unique physical attributes for a possible application as gate dielectrics when
stabilized in the rhombohedral perovskite structure [74].

5.2 Lead-Free Piezoelectric Materials

These papers collectively discuss the development and advancements in lead-free

piezoelectric materials. Uchikoba (2005) highlights the ongoing efforts to reduce
lead content in electroceramic devices and introduces new fibrous piezoelectric
materials [75]. Lee (2012) reviews various lead-free alternatives to lead zirconate
titanate (PZT) and discusses their piezoelectric properties and thermal stability [76].
Aksel (2010) focuses on lead-free piezoelectric materials for sensors and actuators,
including BaTiO3 , Na0.5 Bi0.5 TiO3 , K0.5 Bi0.5 TiO3 , Na0.5 K0.5 NbO3 , and their solid
solutions [77]. A review of current developments in lead-free piezoelectric materials,
both organic and inorganic, and their uses in transducers, sensors, and nanogenerators
is given in Wei [78]. These studies highlight the significance of creating lead-free,
eco-friendly substitutes for conventional lead-based piezoelectric materials.
Environmental concerns and regulatory limitations have made the development
of lead-free piezoelectric materials more crucial. Key innovations include bismuth-
based materials, alkaline niobates, perovskite oxides, organic–inorganic hybrids,
relaxor ferroelectrics, mechanochemical synthesis, texturing ceramics, multiferroic
materials, and flexoelectric materials. These substances seek to remove harmful lead
content while preserving or enhancing piezoelectric qualities. As lead-free piezo-
electric materials, bismuth-containing substances like BiFeO3 and Bi4 Ti3 O12 have
surfaced, and the promise of alkaline niobates has also been explored. In lead-
free piezoelectric, perovskite oxides have demonstrated potential, and organic–inor-
ganic hybrids have been created. Relaxor ferroelectrics, which have better crystalline
structure and composition, have also demonstrated potential. Understanding of the
structure–property correlations in lead-free piezoelectrics has increased because to
advances in materials characterization, including piezoresponse force microscopy
and sophisticated spectroscopic techniques.
A lead-free piezoelectric ceramic with an electric-field-induced strain comparable
to typical actuator-grade PZT has been found [79].
The potassium niobate family exhibits low dielectric constants, large thickness
coupling coefficient along certain non-polar directions, and low density [80]. The
current development stage in lead-free piezoceramics is critically assessed [81].
The use of lead should be limited in piezoelectric materials has promoted lead-free
piezoelectric ceramics [82].
512 D. K. Das et al.

5.3 Solid Oxide Fuel Cell Materials

These papers discuss various innovations in electroceramic materials for solid oxide
fuel cells (SOFCs). Eguchi (1997) explores the use of ceria-based electrolytes,
specifically samaria-doped ceria, which lowers the operating temperature of the
cell due to its high oxide ion conductivity [83]. Huang (2001) proposes an alter-
nate approach using Sr- and Mg-doped LaGaO3 perovskite as the electrolyte and a
mixed oxide-ion/electronic conductor (MIEC) as the cathode [84]. Singhal (1997)
provides an overview of the ceramic materials used in different components of SOFCs
and discusses the performance of cells fabricated using these materials [85]. Orera
(2010) discusses new systems being investigated for application in SOFCs, including
electrode materials with perovskite structures and electrolyte materials with diverse
structure-types [86]. Together, these studies emphasise how crucial it is to create elec-
troceramic materials with low operating temperatures and excellent conductivity for
successful and affordable SOFCs.
Energy-converting devices known as solid oxide fuel cells (SOFCs) use high
temperatures to transform chemical energy into electrical energy. Electroceramic
materials are essential to their effectiveness and functionality. Yttria-Stabilized
Zirconia (YSZ), Gadolinium-doped Ceria (GDC), Lanthanum Strontium Manganite
(LSM), Nickel Oxides (NiO), protons-conducting electrolytes, thin-film electrolytes,
proton-conducting electrolytes, mixed ionic and electronic conductors (MIECs),
redox-stable perovskites, ceramic composites, infiltration techniques, additive manu-
facturing, advanced characterization techniques, and alternative fuels are some of the
major advancements in electroceramic materials for SOFCs. These advancements
have contributed to the development of more efficient, durable, and cost-effective
fuel cell systems. As SOFC technology continues to evolve, research is ongoing
to further enhance material properties and address challenges related to long-term
reliability, thermal cycling, and manufacturing scalability.
Electrode materials in cells with ZrO2 -, CeO2 -, LaGaO3 -, and La10 Si6 O27 -based
electrolytes are appraised in context of potential optimization strategies [87]. Mixed
oxide-ion/electron conductors are being explored for natural gas fuel cells [88].
Oxygen-ion conducting solid electrolyte systems have been reviewed with specific
emphasis on their use in solid oxide fuel cells [89]. High-temperature proton conduc-
tors can achieve high conductivity at relatively low temperatures compared to their
oxygen ion-conducting counterparts [90].

5.4 Perovskite Oxides

These papers collectively provide insights into the innovations in electroceramic

materials in perovskite oxides. Cao (2021) discusses the recent advances in perovskite
oxides as electrode materials for supercapacitors, highlighting their unique struc-
ture and compositional flexibility [91]. Tan (2017) focuses on the use of perovskite
Future Perspectives of Electroceramics 513

oxides as electrode materials in nonaqueous lithium-oxygen batteries, emphasizing

their tunability and potential for achieving superior battery performance [92]. Xu
(2018) explores novel nanostructuring methods of perovskite electrocatalysts for
energy-related applications, highlighting the importance of reducing the size of bulk
perovskites to improve their electrocatalytic performance [93]. Lastly, Fu (2023)
reviews recent advances in perovskite oxide electrocatalysts, with a specific focus
on ordered perovskites, cation segregation, and exsolution, providing insights into
the crystal structure and structure regulation of perovskite oxides [94].
Perovskite oxides are a class of electroceramic materials that exhibit several desir-
able properties, such as ferroelectricity, piezoelectricity, high dielectric constants, and
catalytic activity. They are employed in many different domains, including as energy
conversion, electronics, and catalysis. Improvements in perovskite oxide technology
have led to the creation of multifunctional materials, high-K dielectric perovskites,
photovoltaic perovskites, high-temperature superconductors, transparent conductive
oxides, solid oxide fuel cell electrolytes, nanomaterials, strain engineering, multi-
ferroic perovskites, and advanced characterization methods. Perovskite oxides now
have a wider variety of applications thanks to these advancements, which are also
accelerating the search for new components and features. Given the wide range of
prospective applications and industries, perovskite oxides are a promising field for
more research and development.
Since the oxygen-anion-intercalation charge storage process was proposed,
perovskites have been used as an anode material for supercapacitors [95].
Supercapacitors can benefit from the use of perovskite oxides as electrode mate-
rials [91]. In the area of energy storage and conversion, perovskite oxides have shown
to be quite important [96]. Perovskite-based electrodes seem to be a way to satisfy
the high energy density need in the market [97].
Targeted catalysts’ porous nanostructure promotes catalytic activity, which raises
the installations’ overall efficiency in the energy sector [98].

5.5 2D Materials for Electroceramics

The overview of electroceramics and its applications given in these publications

does not explicitly cover advances in 2D materials electroceramic materials. The
significance of electroceramics in many technologies, including their characteristics,
production, processing, and applications in electrochemical devices, is covered by
Bharadwaj [2]. Irvine (1990) emphasises the use of impedance spectroscopy as an
effective method for examining the electrical characteristics of electroceramics and
characterising them [4]. An introduction to electroceramics, covering their synthesis,
characteristics, and many uses, is given by Moulson [3]. In Moulson [3] None of
these studies, meanwhile, specifically address advancements in 2D electroceramic
materials.
Using 2D materials, electroceramics has the potential to revolutionise several
sectors, including electronics, energy storage, and sensing. These materials provide
514 D. K. Das et al.

unique advantages including flexibility, tunability, and high surface-to-volume ratios.

Among the significant advancements in this subject are piezoelectric materials,
dielectrics, FeFETs, electrolytes, thermoelectric materials, piezotronics, magneto-
electric materials, nanogenerators, and integration with other 2D materials.
The synthesis of 2D ferroelectric materials, which show spontaneous electric
polarisation and may be used in sensors, non-volatile storage, and memory devices,
has advanced significantly. Piezoelectric materials are employed in actuators, energy
harvesting devices, and sensors because they produce electrical charge in reaction
to mechanical deformation. Two-dimensional dielectrics reduce flaws and enhance
dielectric characteristics.
While piezotronic devices control the parameters of electrical transmission, ther-
moelectric materials are investigated for their potential to transform waste heat into
power. Magnetoelectric materials are employed in sensors, memory devices, and
energy conversion because they can transform magnetic fields into electric signals and
vice versa. Nanogenerators harvest energy from mechanical vibrations and pressure
changes, used in self-powered sensors and low-power electronics.
Advanced synthesis and characterization techniques are used to control material
properties and understand their structure–function relationships.
High permittivity piezoelectric ceramics and their polymer composites show
unusual properties for many applications in sonars, ultrasonic cleaners, micro-
accelerometers, hydrophones, surface acoustic wave filters, delay lines, and micro-
actuators [6].
Layered manufacturing has been developed and utilized to provide a cost-effective
route to rapidly turn new designs into net-shape components [99]. The modelling of
electroceramic materials and devices is still in its infancy [55]. Electroceramics is
one of the most important research areas in materials science [7].

References

1. Prakash, C.: Electroceramics for sensors and actuators. In: 2012 1st International Symposium
on Physics and Technology of Sensors (ISPTS-1), pp. 1–2 (2012)
2. Bharadwaj, S.R., Varma, S., Wani, B.N.: Electroceramics for Fuel Cells, Batteries and Sensors
(2012)
3. Moulson, A.J., Herbert, J.M.: Electroceramics: Materials, Properties, Applications (1990)
4. Irvine, J.T., Sinclair, D.C., West, A.R.: Electroceramics: characterization by impedance
spectroscopy. Adv. Mater. 2, 132–138 (1990)
5. Setter, N.: Electroceramics: looking ahead. J. Eur. Ceram. Soc. 21, 1279–1293 (2001)
6. Goel, M., Sharma, S.: Electroceramics research in India. J. Electroceram. 12, 175–179 (2004)
7. Rosseinsky, M.J.: Electroceramics. Adv. Appl. Ceram. 108, 261–261 (2009)
8. Maier, J.: Transport in electroceramics: micro- and nano-structural aspects. J. Eur. Ceram. Soc.
24, 1251–1257 (2004)
9. Newnham, R.E.: Electroceramics. Rep. Prog. Phys. 52, 123–156 (1989)
10. Kidner, N.J., Ingram, B.J., Homrighaus, Z.J., Mason, T.O., Garboczi, E.J.: Impedance/dielectric
spectroscopy of electroceramics in the nanograin regime. MRS Proc. 756, 39–50 (2003)
11. Krol, R., Tuller, H.L.: Electroceramics—the role of interfaces. Solid State Ion. 150, 167–179
(2002)
Future Perspectives of Electroceramics 515

12. Alexe, M., Harnagea, C., Hesse, D.: Non-conventional micro- and nanopatterning techniques
for electroceramics. J. Electroceram. 12, 69–88 (2004)
13. Shishov, M.A., Sapurina, I.Y., Smirnova, N.V., Yudin, V.E.: Biocompatible Electroconductive
Matrices for Tissue Engineering: A Comparative Study. Biointerface Research in Applied
Chemistry (2022)
14. Stauss, S., Honma, I.: Biocompatible batteries—materials and chemistry, fabrication, applica-
tions, and future prospects. Bull. Chem. Soc. Jpn. 91, 492–505 (2018)
15. Han, I.K., Song, K., Jung, S., Jo, Y., Kwon, J.I., Chung, T., Yoo, S., Jang, J., Kim, Y., Hwang,
D.S., Kim, Y.S.: Electroconductive, adhesive, non-swelling, and viscoelastic hydrogels for
bioelectronics. Adv. Mater. 35, (2022)
16. Patel, S., Yadav, H., Kumar, M.: Effect of uniaxial stress on energy harvesting, storage and
electrocaloric performance of BZT ceramics. J. Korean Ceram. Soc. 58, 437–444 (2021)
17. Anoufa, M., Kiat, J.M., Kornev, I.A., Bogicevic, C.: Energy harvesting in core-shell ferro-
electric ceramics theoretical approach and practical conclusions. J. Appl. Phys. 113, 054104
(2013)
18. Zhang, B., Ducharne, B., Guyomar, D., Sebald, G.: Energy harvesting based on piezoelectric
Ericsson cycles in a piezoceramic material. Eur. Phys. J. Spec. Top. 222, 1733–1743 (2014)
19. Hashemi, S., Babic, U., Hadikhani, P., Psaltis, D.: The potentials of additive manufacturing
for mass production of electrochemical energy systems. Curr. Opin. Electrochem. 20, 54–59
(2020)
20. Browne, M.P., Redondo, E., Pumera, M.: 3D Printing for electrochemical energy applications.
Chem. Rev. (2020)
21. Fieber, L., Evans, J.D., Huang, C., Grant, P.S.: Single-operation, multi-phase additive
manufacture of electro-chemical double layer capacitor devices. Addit. Manuf. (2019)
22. Safari, A., Cesarano, J., Clem, P.G., Bender, B.: Fabrication of advanced functional electroce-
ramic components by layered manufacturing (LM) methods. In: Proceedings of the 13th IEEE
International Symposium on Applications of Ferroelectrics. ISAF 2002, pp. 1–6 (2002)
23. Kawaguchi, N., Akikubo, K.: Material Manufacturing Device and Material Manufacturing
Method (2018)
24. Shossmann, M., Georg, K., Glazunov, A.: Ceramic Material, Method of its Manufacturing and
Electroceramic Structural Element Containing Electroceramic Material (2012)
25. Harash, J., Sachdev, Cipto, Y., Joegiono.: The challenges of obtaining a competitive advantage
for processed material suppliers: a conceptual study. J. Mark. Dev. Compet. 7(1), 27–41 (2013)
26. Morrell, R., Lindsey, K.: Overv. Mater. Process. 1573, 6–12 (1992). [Link]
12.57737
27. Payne, D.A.: Powderless processing of ceramics: thin-layer electroceramics. J. Sol-Gel Sci.
Technol. 2(1),311–315 (1994). [Link]
28. Vučić, V., Vučić, M.R.: Environmental concerns of energy chain as a reflection of sustainability.
Saf. Eng. 8(2), (2018). [Link]
29. Lacasa, E., Cotillas, S., Saez, C., Lobato, J., Cañizares, P., Rodrigo, M.A.: Environmental
applications of electrochemical technology. What is needed to enable full-scale applications?
Curr. Opin. Electrochem. 16, 149–156 (2019). [Link]
30. Barbara, L.: Sustainability concerns in the life cycle of bonded grinding tools. CIRP J. Manuf.
Sci. Technol. 7(3), 258–263 (2014). [Link]
31. Grobbauer, P., Ott, G. and Zodl, H.: Electroceramic Component and Method of Manufacture
Thereof (1997)
32. Anatychuk, I.I., Luste, O.J.: Problems of Thermoelectric Devices Reliability, pp. 632–635
(1997). [Link]
33. Bernier, J.C.: Chemical processing for electronic ceramics: a challenge. Mater. Sci. Eng. A-
Struct. Mater. Prop. Microstruct. Process. 109, 233–241 (1989). [Link]
5093(89)90593-5
34. Xiaojun, Z., Xiaojun, Z., Hanbin, S., Zong-Yang, S., Martin, M.: Progress and challenges
of ceramics for supercapacitors. J. Mater. 7(6), 1198–1224 (2021). [Link]
JMAT.2021.03.001
516 D. K. Das et al.

35. Farooqui, M.N., Patil, N.G.: A perspective on shaping of advanced ceramics by electro
discharge machining. Procedia Manuf. 20, 65–72 (2018). [Link]
2018.02.009
36. Xiao, P.: “Frontiers in Ceramics” Grand Challenges, vol. 1 (2023). [Link]
fceic.2023.1137377
37. Andrea, T.: Ceramics for electronics and energy: issues and opportunities. Int. J. Appl. Ceram.
Technol. 10(5), 723–730 (2013). [Link]
38. Schneider, M., Toomey, E.A., Rowlands, G.E., Shainline, J.M., Tschirhart, P., Segall, K.: Super-
Mind: a survey of the potential of superconducting electronics for neuromorphic computing.
Supercond. Sci. Technol. 35, (2022)
39. Nikam, R.D., Lee, J., Lee, K., Hwang, H.: Exploring the cutting-edge frontiers of electro-
chemical random access memories (ECRAMs) for neuromorphic computing: revolutionary
advances in material-to-device engineering. Small e2302593, (2023)
40. Emboras, A., Alabastri, A., Lehmann, P., Portner, K., Weilenmann, C., Ma, P., Cheng, B.,
Lewerenz, M., Passerini, E., Koch, U., Aeschlimann, J., Ducry, F., Leuthold, J., Luisier, M.:
Opto-electronic memristors: prospects and challenges in neuromorphic computing. Appl. Phys.
Lett. 117, 230502 (2020)
41. Kang, H., Seo, J., Kim, H., Kim, H.W., Hong, E.R., Kim, N., Lee, D., Woo, J.: Ion-driven
electrochemical random-access memory-based synaptic devices for neuromorphic computing
systems: a mini-review. Micromachines 13, (2022)
42. Tang, J., Bishop, D.M., Kim, S., Copel, M., Gokmen, T., Todorov, T.K., Shin, S., Lee, K.,
Solomon, P.M., Chan, K.K., Haensch, W.E., Rozen, J.: ECRAM as scalable synaptic cell for
high-speed, low-power neuromorphic computing. 2018 IEEE International Electron Devices
Meeting (IEDM), pp. 13.1.1–13.1.4 (2018)
43. Burgt, Y.V., Lubberman, E., Lubberman, E., Fuller, E.J., Keene, S.T., Faria, G.C., Faria, G.C.,
Agarwal, S., Marinella, M.J., Talin, A.A., Salleo, A.: A non-volatile organic electrochemical
device as a low-voltage artificial synapse for neuromorphic computing. Nat. Mater. 16(4),
414–418 (2017)
44. Gao, B., Bi, Y., Chen, H., Liu, R., Huang, P., Chen, B., Liu, L., Liu, X., Yu, S., Wong, H.-S.,
Kang, J.: Ultra-low-energy three-dimensional oxide-based electronic synapses for implementa-
tion of robust high-accuracy neuromorphic computation systems. ACS Nano 8(7), 6998–7004
(2014)
45. Sengupta, A., Roy, K.: Encoding Neural and Synaptic Functionalities in Electron Spin: A
Pathway to Efficient Neuromorphic Computing (2017). [Link]
02235
46. Yu, Q., Alonso, A.M., Caminiti, J., Beck, K.M., Sutherland, R.T., Leibfried, D., Rodriguez,
K., Dhital, M., Hemmerling, B., Haffner, H.: Feasibility study of quantum computing using
trapped electrons. Phys. Rev. A (2021)
47. Zhang, X., Li, H., Wang, K., Cao, G., Guo, G.: Quantum Computation Based on Semiconductor
Quantum Dots (2017)
48. Blais, A., Huang, R., Huang, R., Wallraff, A., Girvin, S.M., Schoelkopf, R.J.: Cavity
quantum electrodynamics for superconducting electrical circuits: an architecture for quantum
computation. Phys. Rev. A 69, 062320 (2004)
49. Bocko, M.F., Herr, A.M., Feldman, M.J.: Prospects for quantum coherent computation using
superconducting electronics. IEEE Trans. Appl. Supercond. 7, 3638–3641 (1997)
50. Wesenberg, J.H., Ardavan, A., Briggs, G.A., Morton, J.J., Schoelkopf, R.J., Schuster, D.I.,
Mølmer, K.: Quantum computing with an electron spin ensemble. Phys. Rev. Lett. 103(7),
070502 (2009)
51. Dykman, M.I., Platzman, P.M.: Quantum computing using electrons floating on liquid helium.
Protein Sci. 48, 1095–1108 (2000)
52. Karakurt, İ: Quantum computing with electrons on liquid helium. Turk. J. Phys. 27, 383–394
(2003)
53. Ciaramicoli, G., Marzoli, I., Tombesi, P.: Scalable quantum processor with trapped electrons.
Phys. Rev. Lett. 91(1), 017901 (2003)
Future Perspectives of Electroceramics 517

54. Guggilla, P., Batra, A.K.: Novel Electroceramic: Polymer Composites-Preparation, Properties
and Applications (2011)
55. Waser, R.: Modeling of electroceramics—applications and prospects. J. Eur. Ceram. Soc. 19,
655–664 (1999)
56. Maletin, Y.A., Stryzhakova, N.G., Zelinsky, S.A., Chernukhin, S.I., Tretyakov, D., Tychina, S.,
Drobny, D.O.: Electrochemical double layer capacitors and hybrid devices for green energy
applications. Green 4, 17–19 (2014)
57. Chouhan, N., Liu, R.: Electrochemical Technologies for Energy Storage and Conversion (2012)
58. Rodríguez-Varela, J., Alonso-Lemus, I.L., Savadogo, O., Palaniswamy, K.: Overview: current
trends in green electrochemical energy conversion and storage. J. Mater. Res. 36, 4071–4083
(2021)
59. Chang, Z., Yang, Y., Li, M., Wang, X., Wu, Y.: Green energy storage chemistries based on
neutral aqueous electrolytes. J. Mater. Chem. 2, 10739–10755 (2014)
60. Badwal, S.P., Giddey, S., Munnings, C., Bhatt, A.I., Hollenkamp, A.F.: Emerging electrochem-
ical energy conversion and storage technologies. Front. Chem. 2, (2014)
61. Wei, H., Cui, D., Ma, J., Chu, L., Zhao, X., Song, H., Liu, H., Liu, T., Wang, N., Guo, Z.:
Energy conversion technologies towards self-powered electrochemical energy storage systems:
the state of the art and perspectives. J. Mater. Chem. 5, 1873–1894 (2017)
62. Kankam, M.D., Elbuluk, M.E.: A Survey of Power Electronics Applications in Aerospace
Technologies (2001)
63. Bashir, M., Rajendran, P.: A review on electroactive polymers development for aerospace
applications. J. Intell. Mater. Syst. Struct. 29, 3681–3695 (2018)
64. Gerada, C., Galea, M., Kladas, A.G.: Electrical machines for aerospace applications. In: 2015
IEEE Workshop on Electrical Machines Design, Control and Diagnosis (WEMDCD), pp. 79–84
(2015)
65. D’Ambrosio, D., Giordano, D.D.: Electromagnetic Fluid Dynamics for Aerospace Applica-
tions. Part I: Classification and Critical Review of Physical Models (2004)
66. Ganev, E.: Selecting the best electric machines for electrical power-generation systems: high-
performance solutions for aerospace more electric architectures. IEEE Electrification Mag. 2,
13–22 (2014)
67. Wang, G., Lu, Z., Li, Y., Li, L., Ji, H., Feteira, A., Zhou, D., Wang, D., Zhang, S., Reaney,
I.M.: Electroceramics for high-energy density capacitors: current status and future perspectives.
Chem. Rev. 121, 6124–6172 (2021)
68. Valero, A., Méry, A., Gaboriau, D.M., Dietrich, M., Fox, M., Chretien, J., Pauc, N., Jouan, P.Y.,
Gentile, P., Sadki, S.: Redefining high-k dielectric materials vision at nanoscale for energy
storage: a new electrochemically active protection barrier. Electrochim. Acta 389, 138727
(2021)
69. Fang, Q., Zhang, J., Boyd, I.W.: High-K Dielectrics by UV Photo-Assisted Chemical Vapour
Deposition (2003)
70. Clark, R.D.: Emerging applications for high K materials in VLSI technology. Materials 7,
2913–2944 (2014)
71. Gaskins, J.T., Hopkins, P.E., Merrill, D.R., Bauers, S.R., Hadland, E.C., Johnson, D.C., Koh, D.,
Yum, J.H., Banerjee, S., Nordell, B.J., Paquette, M.M., Caruso, A.N., Lanford, W.A., Henry, P.,
Ross, L.L., Li, H., Li, L., French, M., Rudolph, A.M., King, S.W.: Review—investigation and
review of the thermal, mechanical, electrical, optical, and structural properties of atomic layer
deposited high-k dielectrics: beryllium oxide, aluminum oxide, hafnium oxide, and aluminum
nitride. ECS J. Solid State Sci. Technol. 6, (2017)
72. Kittl, J.A., Opsomer, K., Popovici, M.I., Menou, N., Kaczer, B., Wang, X.P., Adelmann, C.,
Pawlak, M.A., Tomida, K., Rothschild, A., Govoreanu, B., Degraeve, R., Schaekers, M., Zahid,
M., Delabie, A., Meersschaut, J., Polspoel, W., Clima, S., Pourtois, G., Knaepen, W., Detav-
ernier, C., Afanas’ev, V.V., Blomberg, T., Pierreux, D., Swerts, J., Fischer, P.R., Maes, J.W.,
Manger, D., Vandervorst, W., Conard, T., Franquet, A., Favia, P., Bender, H., Brijs, B., Elshocht,
S.V., Jurczak, M., Houdt, J.V., Wouters, D.J.: High-k dielectrics for future generation memory
devices (Invited paper). Microelectron. Eng. 86, 1789–1795 (2009)
518 D. K. Das et al.

73. Lin, C., Kuo, Y.: Improvement of zirconium-doped hafnium oxide high-k dielectric properties
by adding molybdenum. J. Vac. Sci. & Technol. B Nanotechnol. Microelectron. Mater. Process.
Meas. Phenom. 31, 030605 (2013)
74. Shevlin, S.A., Curioni, A., Andreoni, W.: Ab initio design of high-k dielectrics: La(x) Y1-x AlO3 .
Phys. Rev. Lett. 94(14), 146401 (2005)
75. Uchikoba, F.: Study on lead-free electroceramics-piezoelectric materials focusing on crystalline
orientation. In: 2005 4th International Symposium on Environmentally Conscious Design and
Inverse Manufacturing, pp. 578–585 (2005)
76. Lee, H.J., Zhang, S.: Perovskite Lead-Free Piezoelectric Ceramics (2012)
77. Aksel, E., Jones, J.L.: Advances in lead-free piezoelectric materials for sensors and actuators.
Sens. (Basel, Switz.) 10, 1935–1954 (2010)
78. Wei, H., Wang, H., Yijie, X., Cui, D., Shi, Y., Dong, M., Liu, C., Ding, T., Zhang, J., Ma, Y.,
Wang, N., Wang, Z., Sun, Y., Wei, R., Guo, Z.: An overview of lead-free piezoelectric materials
and devices. J. Mater. Chem. C 6, 12446–12467 (2018)
79. Saito, Y., Takao, H., Tani, T., Nonoyama, T., Takatori, K., Homma, T., Nagaya, T., Nakamura,
M.: Lead-free piezoceramics. Nature 432, 84–87 (2004)
80. Maeder, M.D., Damjanovic, D., Setter, N.: Lead free piezoelectric materials. J. Electroceram.
13, 385–392 (2004)
81. Rödel, J., Jo, W., Seifert, K.T., Anton, E., Granzow, T., Damjanovic, D.: Perspective on the
development of lead-free piezoceramics. J. Am. Ceram. Soc. 92, 1153–1177 (2009)
82. Wu, J.: Perovskite lead-free piezoelectric ceramics. J. Appl. Phys. (2020)
83. Eguchi, K.: Ceramic materials containing rare earth oxides for solid oxide fuel cell. J. Alloy.
Compd. 250, 486–491 (1997)
84. Huang, K., Wan, J., Goodenough, J.: Oxide-ion conducting ceramics for solid oxide fuel cells.
J. Mater. Sci. 36, 1093–1098 (2001)
85. Singhal, S.C.: Application of Ionic and electronic conducting ceramics in solid oxide fuel cells.
ChemInform 29, (1997)
86. Orera, A., Slater, P.R.: New chemical systems for solid oxide fuel cells. Chem. Mater. 22,
675–690 (2010)
87. Tsipis, E.V., Kharton, V.V.: Electrode materials and reaction mechanisms in solid oxide fuel
cells: a brief review. J. Solid State Electrochem. 12, 1367–1391 (2008)
88. Goodenough, J., Huang, Y.: Alternative anode materials for solid oxide fuel cells. J. Power.
Sources 173, 1–10 (2007)
89. Badwal, S.P., Ciacchi, F.T.: Oxygen-ion conducting electrolyte materials for solid oxide fuel
cells. Ionics 6, 1–21 (2000)
90. Medvedev, D.A., Brouzgou, A., Demin, A.K., Tsiakaras, P.E.: Proton-Conducting Electrolytes
for Solid Oxide Fuel Cell Applications (2017)
91. Cao, Y., Liang, J., Li, X., Yue, L., Liu, Q., Lu, S., Asiri, A.M., Hu, J., Luo, Y., Sun, X.: Recent
advances in perovskite oxides as electrode materials for supercapacitors. Chem. Commun.
(2021)
92. Tan, P., Liu, M., Shao, Z., Ni, M.: Recent advances in perovskite oxides as electrode materials
for nonaqueous lithium–oxygen batteries. Adv. Energy Mater. 7, (2017)
93. Xu, X., Wang, W., Zhou, W., Shao, Z., Shao, Z.: Recent advances in novel nanostructuring
methods of perovskite electrocatalysts for energy-related applications. Small Methods (2018)
94. Fu, C., Ma, Q., Gao, L., Li, S.: Recent advances in perovskite oxides electrocatalysts: ordered
perovskites, cations segregation and exsolution. ChemCatChem 15, (2023)
95. Nan, H., Hu, X., Tian, H.: Recent advances in perovskite oxides for anion-intercalation
supercapacitor: a review. Mater. Sci. Semicond. Process. (2019)
96. Sun, C., Alonso, J.A., Bian, J.: Recent advances in perovskite-type oxides for energy conversion
and storage applications. Adv. Energy Mater. 11, (2020)
97. Tomar, A.K., Joshi, A., Singh, G., Sharma, R.K.: Perovskite oxides as supercapacitive electrode:
properties, design and recent advances. Coord. Chem. Rev. 431, 213680 (2021)
Future Perspectives of Electroceramics 519

98. Yu, J., Ran, R., Zhong, Y., Zhou, W., Ni, M., Shao, Z.: Advances in porous perovskites: synthesis
and electrocatalytic performance in fuel cells and metal–air batteries. Energy & Environ. Mater.
3, (2020)
99. Brennan, R.E., Turcu, S., Hall, A., Hagh, N.M., Safari, A.: Fabrication of electroceramic
components by layered manufacturing (LM). Ferroelectrics 293, 17–23 (2003)